Aits 2122

FIITJEE
ALL INDIA TEST SERIES

PART TEST – I
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 20-11-2021
Time Allotted: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 300
General Instructions:
 The test consists of total 90 questions.
 Each subject (PCM) has 30 questions.
 This question paper contains Three Parts.
 Part-A is Physics, Part-B is Chemistry and Part-C is Mathematics.
 Each part has only two sections: Section-A and Section-B.
 Section – A : Attempt all questions.
 Section – B : Do any five questions out of 10 Questions.
Section-A (01 – 20, 31 – 50, 61 – 80) contains 60 multiple choice questions which have only one
correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong
answer.
Section-B (21 – 30, 51 – 60, 81 – 90) contains 30 Numerical answer type questions with answer
XXXXX.XX and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

webs ite: ww w. fi itjee.com
AITS-PT-I-PCM-JEE(Main)/2022 2
P h ys i cs PART – A
SECTION – A
(One Options Correct Type)
This section contains 20 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D), out of which ONLY ONE option is correct.
1. A simple pendulum of length ‘’ is attached to a point in a horizontal roof

as shown in the figure. The bob of mass ‘m’ is given an initial horizontal
velocity v  5g . The coefficient of restitution between the bob and the 
1
horizontal roof is e  . After how many collisions, the bob will never
2
come in contact with the horizontal roof?
m v
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) none of these
2. A uniform rope of mass m and length ‘’ lies on a y

horizontal floor as shown in the figure. Surface is smooth

for x < 0, and has coefficient of friction ‘’ for x > 0. If a F = mg
constant horizontal force F = mg starts acting on the rope
m x=0 x
as shown in the figure, find the speed of the rope when its
rear end crosses x = 0.
(A) zero
g
(B)
2
g
(C)
2
(D) g

3. A particle moves on an elliptical path with its position vector is given by r  a cos t î  b sin tjˆ .
The angular acceleration of particle is
(A) zero
(B) a2 cos t î
(C) b2 sin tjˆ

(D) 2 r
4. In the mass pulley system shown in the figure, y

frictional force on 2 kg block P is f 1 and on 3 kg
block Q is f 2. If T is tension in the string x
connecting the blocks P and Q, then which of
the following options is correct?
  P T Q
(A) f1  8Ni,ˆ f  15Ni,ˆ T  2N
2
  3 kg
(B) ˆ f  15Ni,
f1  8Ni, ˆ T  2N 2 kg
2
 
(C) f1  5Ni,ˆ f  15Ni,
2
ˆ T  5N 1 = 0.4 2 = 0.5
 
(D) ˆ f  15Ni,
f  5Ni, ˆ T  5N
1 2 1 kg 2 kg

3 AITS-PT-I-PCM-JEE(Main)/2022
5. The system is held with the spring at its relaxed length A

and then released. Find the maximum elongation of k
m
spring if coefficient of friction between the block A and
1
the horizontal surface is . (Take g = acceleration due
4 B
to gravity and k = stiffness of spring, m A = mB = m ) m
3mg
(A)
k
3mg
(B)
2k
2mg
(C)
3k
2mg
(D)
k
6. One end of a light string is tied to a bob and other end is P 

connected to a fixed point P. The ball is released from rest with A

string horizontal and just taut. The ball moves in a vertical circular

path as shown in figure. If velocity of the ball at B and C are vB
  
and v C related as 2 | vB || v C | , then the value of sin  is
1
(A) B
4
2
(B) C
3
1
(C)
2
1
(D)
3
   î  ˆj
7. If P  î  ˆj , and vector component of Q along P is , then which of the following cannot
2

be Q ?
(A) î  ˆj
î  ˆj
(B)
2
3iˆ  ˆj
(C)
2
(D) 2(iˆ  k)
ˆ

8. PQR is a plane lamina of the shape of an equilateral triangle. P

S and T are the mid points of PQ and PR respectively and C
is the centroid of lamina. Moment of inertia of the lamina
about an axis passing through C and perpendicular to plane
PQR is I0. If PST is removed, then the moment of inertia of
the remaining part about the same axis is S T
5 I0
(A) C
16
11 I0
(B)
16 Q R
I0
(C)
16
15 I0
(D)
16
9. A rod of length ‘R’ and mass ‘M’ is free to rotate about a

horizontal axis passing through ‘O’. It is released from R
horizontal position as shown in figure. At the lowest point the M O R
rod hits the block of mass ‘m’ and stops. If the block just m
M
completes the vertical circle after collision, then find .
m
(A) 5
(B) 10
(C) 15
(D) 20
10. A particle of mass m collides elastically with a smooth horizontal m

circular disc of same mass ‘m’ and radius ‘R’ placed on a smooth h m
horizontal surface with the plane of the disc lying over the
R R
horizontal surface. If h = , then angle of deviation of particle of
2
mass m after collision in degree will be
(A) 30
(B) 60
(C) 90
(D) 120
11. A ball is projected from ground with some initial speed at an

angle 37 with the horizontal. There is a smooth vertical wall at
a distance of 12m from the point of projection. The collision of
the ball with the wall is elastic. After collision, the ball lands on
the ground at a distance 9m from the point of projection. Find
the height ‘H’ at which the ball hits the wall. H
(A) 1.2 m
(B) 2m
(C) 1.8 m
(D) 3.6 m
9m
12m

12. A particle is thrown with a velocity 10 m/s with respect to a

moving inclined plane as shown in the figure, going up with
2
an acceleration a = 10 m/s . Find the time after which it
lands on the inclined plane. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
1
v = 10 m/s a = 10 m/s
2
(A) sec 30

2
2
(B) sec
3 30
(C) 3 sec
1
(D) sec
3
13. For a thin non-uniform disc of radius R, whose area density of

mass,  as a function of r from its centre is given as F=W
 r 
  0 1   . The disc is placed on a rough horizontal surface and R
 R
a constant horizontal force F = W, where W is weight of disc is
applied as shown in figure. If the disc starts rolling without slipping,
then the linear acceleration of the disc is
5g
(A)
13
10g
(B)
13
15g
(C)
13
20g
(D)
13
14. One end of an ideal spring is fixed at point O and other end is v0
attached to small mass m. Mass is given an initial velocity v 0
perpendicular to its length on a smooth horizontal surface. If the
 O m
maximum elongation of the spring is 0 , where 0 is natural length
4
0
then find the spring constant.
144 mv 20
(A)
25 20
mv 20
(B) 144
 20
25 mv 20
(C)
144 20
1 mv 20
(D)
144 20

15. Two vertical strings support a uniform rod AB

inclined at some angle from horizontal as shown in
the figure. Which of the following options is correct
just after string at right end B is cut?
B
A
(A) Initial acceleration of A is vertical and initial acceleration of centre of mass of the rod is
vertical
(B) Initial acceleration of A is vertical and initial acceleration of centre of mass of the rod is
horizontal.
(C) Initial acceleration of A is horizontal and initial acceleration of centre of mass of the rod is
vertical.
(D) Initial acceleration of A is horizontal and initial acceleration of centre of mass of the rod is
horizontal.
16. Two blocks of same mass ‘m’ are joined with an ideal spring m m
of force constant k and kept on a rough horizontal surface as A B
shown in the figure. The spring is initially unstretched and the
coefficient of friction between the blocks and the horizontal  2
surface are  and 2 respectively. What should be the
maximum speed given to block ‘A’ such that block ‘B’ does
not move.
m
(A) 2g
k
m
(B) 2g
2k
m
(C) g
k
m
(D) g
k
17. A projectile is launched at an angle ‘’ above the horizontal of a roof of

height ‘H’ above the ground. After a time ‘t0’ has elapsed since the
launch, the projectile passes the level of roof top moving downward. It
eventually lands on the ground at a horizontal distance D from its  t0
launch site. Value of tan , in terms of H, t0 and the acceleration due to
gravity (g) is: H
 8H 
t 02 g 1  1  2 
 gt 0 
(A) tan  
2D D
 8H 
t 02 g 1  1  2 
 gt 0 
(B) tan  
4D
 4H 
t 02 g 1  1  2 
 gt 0 
(C) tan  
2D

 4H 
t 02 g 1  1  2 
 gt 0 
(D) tan  
4D
18. One end of the rigid rod (point A) is moving with a constant
velocity v in horizontal direction. If the rod makes an angle  with B
the horizontal, then acceleration of point ‘B’ is
v2 
(A)
 sin  cos 
2
v2
(B) 
 cos2  sin  v
A
v2
(C)
 sin3 
v2
(D)
 cos3 
R
19. A circular disc of radius R and thickness has moment of inertia I about an axis passing
6
through its centre and perpendicular to its plane. It is melted and recasted into solid sphere. What
is the moment of inertia of the sphere about an axis passing through its diameter?
2I
(A)
5
I
(B)
5
I
(C)
10
3I
(D)
5
20. From the top of a cliff at point A, a stone is projected vertically upward. When the stone is at a
distance h below A, its velocity is double of what it was at a height h above A. What is the
greatest height attained by the stone above the point A?
2h
(A)
3
5h
(B)
3
10h
(C)
3
(D) 5h

SECTION – B
(Numerical Answer Type)
This section contains 10 questions. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL VALUE. For each
question, enter the correct numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to the second
decimal place; e.g. XXXXX.XX).
21. The system is released from rest and the wedge P

slides to the left on a smooth horizontal surface and
block A moves on the inclined surface as shown in
the figure. Find the net displacement (in meter) of the 5 kg
block A relative to ground as it reaches the bottom of A
the inclined surface. 20 kg 10 m
60
C B
2
22. A block of mass 1 kg is moving with a constant acceleration 1 m/s on a rough horizontal surface.
The coefficient of friction between the block and the plane is  = 0.1. If initial velocity of the block
is zero, then what is the power delivered in watt by the external agent at a time t = 2 sec from the
2
beginning? (Take g = 10 m/s )
23. A wheel rolls on a plane surface without slipping. At a certain A

instant velocity and acceleration of center ‘O’ are 1 m/s and 3 m/s2.
Radius of the wheel is 0.5 m, BD is horizontal and AC is vertical. If
at that instant ratio of acceleration of point ‘C’ and that of point ‘A’
on the wheel is N . Find N. B D
O
24. A system of two balls of mass m and 2m attached by a spring is released in earth’s gravity by
compressing the spring by some amount. Acceleration of mass 2m at a certain moment during
2 2
the fall is 2 m/s in vertically upward direction. What is the magnitude of acceleration (in m/s ) of
2
m at that instant? (Take g = 10 m/s )
25. A particle is projected along the inner surface of a smooth vertical tube of radius R, its velocity at
95Rg
the lowest point is . It will leave the circle at an angular distance from the highest point in
25
degrees will be
26. A particle is projected from horizontal surface with angle of projection 53 from horizontal. If the
smallest radius of curvature of its path is 90 m. Its radius of curvature at time t = 1sec after the
projection is n 2 meter. Find the value of n. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
27. Block ‘B’ is pulled by using a light string, F

which has a light spring attached to it as
shown in figure. If the pulling force F = 30 N,
then find the tension (in newton) in the string mA = 5 kg mB = 10 kg
connecting the two blocks. There is no 60
friction anywhere. (Take g = 10 m/s2) A B

28. A block of mass 10 kg is suspended inside a lift with the help of two
identical vertical springs, as shown in the figure. When the lift is at rest,
tension in the lower spring is 10 N and it is stretched. What is the magnitude
of the acceleration (in m/s2) of the lift so that to make the tension in the
lower spring equal to zero? (Take g = 10 m/s2) 10kg
29. A block of mass 1 kg is slowly pulled along the curved C

path ACB by a tangential force as shown in the figure. If
coefficient of friction between the curved path and the
block is 0.2, then find the work done (in Joule) against the  = 0.2
A B
frictional force when the block is moved from A to B.
(Take g = 10 m/s2) x = 10 m
30. Two blocks are initially far apart and are 20 m/s 10 m/s
approaching each other with the velocities as 2 kg 2 kg
shown in the figure. If coefficient of friction for
both the blocks is 0.2, then find the distance (in  = 0.2
meter) covered by the centre of mass of the
system before coming to rest permanently. (Take
g = 10 m/s2)

C h em i st r y PART – B
SECTION – A
31. Consider the graph between  and Z. If OX = 1 and Z = 52 then the frequency  of the
element is


45o
O
Z
(A) 2500 Hz
(B) 2501 Hz
(C) 2600 Hz
(D) 2601 Hz
32. K 2Cr2 O7  HCl  xKCl  yCrCl3  zCl2  wH2 O

Then the value of x + y + z is…….
(A) 7
(B) 8
(C) 6
(D) 9
33. The increasing order of bond angles in OF2 ,OCl2 ,ClO2 and H2 O is
(A) OF2  H2 O  OCl2  ClO 2
(B) H2 O  OF2  ClO2  OCl2
(C) OF2  OCl2  H2O  ClO 2
(D) ClO2  OCl2  OF2  ClO2  H2 O
34. The pH of pure water at 25oC and 35oC are 7 and 6 respectively. Then heat of formation of
H and OH ions from H2O in Kcal mol1 is  R  2 cal mol1 k 1 
(A) +84.55
(B) – 84.55
(C) +184.55
(D) – 184.55

35. 2SO3  g  

 2SO2  g   O2  g


At equilibrium 700 cc of gaseous mixture contains 100 cc of gas O2 at 10 atm and 300 K. The KP
of the reaction is
41
(A)
7
1
(B)
30
5
(C)
14
27
(D)
9
36. Choose the correct statement about saline hydrides

(A) have high melting point
(B) formed by transition metals
(C) poor reducing agents
(D) stable towards water and alcohols
37. H2O2 acts neither as an oxidant nor as a reductant in the following reactions:
(A) MnO 4  H2 O2  H 
(B) PbS  H2 O2 
(C) Na2 CO3  H2 O2 

(D) SO 2  H2 O2 
38. The correct order of IE1 values of Group (13) elements is

(A) B > Al > Ga > In > Tl
(B) B > Tl > Ga > Al > In
(C) B > Ga > Al > Tl > In
(D) B > Al > Tl > Ga > In
39. Which of the following is not formed when Pb3 O4 reacts with conc. HNO3 ?
(A) Pb  NO3 2
(B) PbO2
(C) PbO
(D) H2O
40. Which of the following statement is incorrect?

(A) In pyrosilicates, one oxygen atom per tetrahedron is shared.
(B) Pyrosilicates shows structural similarity with Na 4P2 O7 .
The constituent unit of cyclic silicates is  SiO3 n .
2n 
(C)
(D) Beryl is an example of orthosilicates.
41. Which of the following represents the amphoteric oxides only?

(A) Cr2 O3 ,PbO,BeO,CrO3
(B) Cr2 O3 ,B2 O3 ,SnO,PbO
(C) Cr2 O3 ,BeO,SnO,SnO2
(D) ZnO,Al2 O3 ,PbO,CrO

42. Which of the following pairs, the two species are not isostructural?
(A) CO32 ,NO3
(B) PCl4 ,SiCl4
(C) PF5 ,BrF5
(D) AlF63  ,SF6
43. Consider the following reaction at equilibrium


 
 H  HS
H2 S  
Now some dil. HCl is added to the aqueous solution of H2S without any change in temperature,
then
(A) Equilibrium constant will change
(B) Conc. of HS  will increase
(C) Conc. of H2S will decrease
(D) Conc. of HS  will decrease
44. 

 2Y, K C  4 and the plots of the reaction are given below:
X 
A

Conc. D
[Y]
[X]
E
B Time 
I. QC is maximum at A.
II. Reaction is in forward direction when [X] = [Y] = 0.1 M
III. KC = QC when point D or E is reached
Select the correct option regarding I., II., and III.
(A) I, II
(B) II, III
(C) II only
(D) III only
45. Consider the following mechanism

X 2  2X K eq  K 
X  Y2 
K1
ZY K1  rate constant 
Y  X2 
K2
ZX K 2  rate constant 
For the overall reaction
X2  Y2   2Z

d Y
Assuming that the equilibrium is rapidly established and  0 for [Y], the correct rate
dt
expression for [Z] is
2K 1K 1/2  X2   Y2 
1/2
(A)
2K 1/2  X 2 
1/2
(B)
(C) 2K1  Y2 
2K 1K 1/2  X 2   Y2 
1/2 1/ 2
(D)
1
46. A 2  g  B  g  
C g
2
Shows increase in pressure from 100 mm Hg to 120 mm Hg in 5 mins. What is the rate of
disappearance of A 2  g
(A) 10 mm min1
(B) 6 mm min1
(C) 8 mm min1
(D) 12 mm min1
Y 
o
47. CaSO4 .2H2O 
200 C

 120o C Very strong heating
 X  Z  a gaseous compound
Select the correct statement of the following:
(A) (X) is dead burnt plaster.
(B) (Y) is plaster of paris.
(C) (Z) is a gas having irritating smell.
(D) (Z) is an alkaline gas.
48. Choose the correct order of thermal stability

(A) K 2CO3  MgCO3  CaCO3  BeCO3
(B) BeCO3  CaCO3  K 2CO3  MgCO3
(C) BeCO3  MgCO3  CaCO3  K 2 CO3
(D) CaCO3  MgCO3  BeCO3  K 2 CO3
49. Choose the incorrect statement of the following

(A) There is a change in hybridization of P when PCl5 vapours undergoes solidification.
(B) There is a change in hybridization of Si when SiF4 vapours are passed in HF (aq.).
(C) The hybridization of Be in BeCl2  s  is sp3 .
The species  SiCl6  and  SiF6 
2 2
(D) both do not exist.
50. Which of the following is not paramagnetic?

(A) NO
(B) CO
(C) MnO24 
(D) B2

SECTION – B
51. Element (X) has K-shell configuration  n  5  s2 and total number of electrons in outermost,
penultimate and pre-penultimate shell are 2, 8 and 23 respectively, then the number of unpaired
electrons in the ground state of (X) is______
52. If ‘x’ is the number of species having bond order 2.5 among the following then the value of
x
is......
4
N2 ,N2 ,O2 ,O2 ,NO,CN
53. The number of water molecules of crystallization present in Na2B4 O7 .10H2O is
54. The sum of number of five membered and six membered rings present in C60 (the fullerene) is ‘T’
T
then the value of is......
10
55. Hydrolysis of RX by dil. OH ions takes place simultaneously by SN 2 and SN 1 path. A plot of
1 dRX
 vs. OH  is a straight line of slope 4  103 mol1 L s 1 and intercept is equal to
RX dt
2  102 s1 . The initial rate of disappearance of RX when reaction starts with [RX] = 1 M and
OH   0.1M is…… mol L1s1
56. The first order reaction of di-tertbutyl peroxide (D.T.B.P.) to acetone and ethane is given by
equation
C8H18 O 2  g  2CH3 COCH3  g  C2H6  g 
At 300 K, the following data was obtained.
Time ‘minutes’ 0 2 4
Ptotal ‘mm Hg’ 1000 2000 2500
After how many minutes from start of reaction the partial pressure of acetone will become
1000 mm Hg?
57. The sum of number of nodal planes in all the atomic orbitals having principal quantum number
n = 3 is__________
58. C2H5 OH  I2  OH  CHI3  HCOO   H2O  I

If the coefficient of OH ,I2 and I in the balanced equation are x, y and z respectively then the
xz
value of   is _______.
 y 
59. The pH of 0.004 M hydrazine solution is 9.7, then pKb of hydrazine is….
(log2 = 0.30)

60. At 900 K and 1 atm SO3 (g) dissociates as follows

1

SO3   SO2  g  O 2  g

2
density of equilibrium mixture is 0.925 gL1. Then degree of dissociation  is….%
R  0.08 L atm k 1
mol1 

M a t h em a t i cs PART – C
SECTION – A
 x 2013 2  
x2
 
61. lim    cos   is
x   e3x  x 
(A) 0
(B) e3
2
(C) e
–2
(D) e
62. Let A = {1, 2, 3}, then the relation R = {(1, 1), (1, 2), (2, 1)} on A is
(A) reflexive
(B) transitive
(C) symmetric
(D) none of these
x3  x2  x  1
63.  x5  1
dx is
1  1  x5 
(A) ln  c
5  1  x 3 5 
 
1  1 x 5
(B) ln  c
5  1  x3 
1  1  x5 
(C) ln  c
5  1  x 5 
1  1  x5 
(D) ln  c
5  1 x 
64. If |a2| > |a1 + a3|, then atleast one root of the equation a1x4 + a2x3 + a3 = 0 lies in the interval
(A) (–2, 0)
(B) (–1, 1)
(C) (0, 2)
(D) (1, 3)
65. Let f(x) = x 3 + x + 1 and let g(x) be it’s inverse function, then equation of the tangent to y = g(x) at
x = 3 is
(A) x – 4y + 1 = 0
(B) x + 4y – 1 = 0
(C) 4x – y + 1 = 0
(D) 4x + y – 1 = 0

1
ln  x  1
66. The value of 
0
1 x2
dx is
 ln2
(A)
4
 ln2
(B)
8
(C)  ln 2
(D) 0
e
 1  
67. The value of    x  x  x ln x  sin x  dx is
1
(A) sin e – cos 1
(B) cos e – sin 1
(C) sin e + cos 1
(D) cos e + sin 1
 a  1
 x sin    x  0
68. If f(x) =  x is continuous but not differentiable at x = 0, then
 0 x0

(A) a  (–1, 0)
(B) a  (0, 2]
(C) a  (0, 1]
(D) a  [1, 2)
69. The family of curve whose differential equation is (xy + 1)(3x 2 y dx – x3 dy) = (x6 + y2)(x dy + y dx)
is
 x3 
(A) tan1    ln 1  xy   c
 y 
 x3 
(B) sin1    ln 1  xy   c
 y 
(C) sin–1 x3 = y ln (1 + xy) + c
(D) none of these
 1 1 
70. The value of lim  sin4 x  sin4 2x  ..... n sin4  2n x   is
n  4 4 
(A) sin2 x
(B) sin4 x
(C) cos2 x
(D) none of these
71. Let f : N  N where N is set of natural numbers be a function such that f(x + y) = f(xy)  x  4 and
y  4, then
(A) f(4) = f(5)
(B) f(8) = f(9)
(C) f(7) = f(8)
(D) f(5) = f(6)

72. Let f : R  R be a twice differentiable function such that lim f  x   a  a  0  , then lim x 2 f   x 
x  x 
is equal to
(A) a
(B) 2a
(C) a2 + a
(D) none of these
73. A continuous and differentiable function y = f(x) is such that it’s graph cuts line y = mx + c at n
distinct points. Then the minimum number of points at which f(x) = 0 is
(A) n–1
(B) n–3
(C) n–2
(D) can’t say
74. The Boolean expression (p  ~q)  q  (~p  q) is equivalent to

(A) pq
(B) pq
(C) p  ~q
(D) ~p  q
75. Let f : [0, 1]  R be a continuous function, then which of the following is the maximum value of
1 1
x f  x  dx  x  f  x   dx for all such functions
2
 
2
0 0
1
(A)
12
1
(B)
16
1
(C)
8
1
(D)
20
16  x2
76. The area of the region bounded by the curve y  and y  sec 1   sin2 x  (where [.]
4
denotes greatest integer function) is
3
1
(A)  4   2
3
3
(B) 8  4   2
3
8
(C)  4   2
3
1
8
(D)  4   2
3
2 2
77. At how many points in the interval (0, 2) : f(x) = x [2x] – x[x ] is discontinuous (where [x]
represents greatest integer  x)
(A) 5
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) infinite


3
78. The value of 2x 3  3x 2  x  1dx is equal to
0
(A) 5 7
(B) 1
(C) 0
(D) 2 2
2
2   1  2e 2
, I3   tan1 e  
2
79. Let I1   2 , I2   tan1     , then which of the
4   e  2
e 1 2
e 1
following is true?
(A) I1 < I2 < I3
(B) I2 < I1 < I3
(C) I1 < I3 < I2
(D) I3 < I2 < I1
80. The equation of the curve passing through the point (5, 4) if the sum of reciprocal of the intercepts
of the normal drawn at any point P(x, y) on it is
(A) x2 + y2 = 41
2 2
(B) (x – 1) + (y – 1) = 25
2 2
(C) (x – 1) + (y – 2) = 20
(D) none of these
SECTION – B
x 0
81. Let f be a function defined on the interval [0, 2] such that   f   t   sin 2t  dt   f  t  tan t dt
0 x
and
f(0) = 1. Then the maximum value of f(x) is
82. Area bounded by the curve [2x] + [y] = 5, x, y > 0 (where [.] denotes greatest integer function) is
equal to
1
tan1 x
83. The value of  cot
0
1 1  x  x 2 
dx is equal to
2 30
 f  x  dx  f  y  dy
1
84. Let y = f(x) = 4x 3 + 2x – 6, then the value of is equal to
0 0
1  cot 2008 x 1
85. If I   tan x  cot 2009
x
dx =
k
log sink x  cosk x  c , then the value of k is equal to
86. From a given solid cone of height H, another inverted cone is carved whose height is h such that
H
it’s volume is maximum. Then the ratio of is
h

2 4
87. Let f(x) = x(x + mx + n) + 2 for all x  R and m, n  R. If Roll’s theorem hold for f(x) at x  in
3
x  [1, 2], then (m + n) is equal to
3
88. If the slope of line through the origin which is tangent to the curve y = x + x + 16 is m, then the
value of m is equal to
100 50
89. The value of lim 100
 is equal to
x 1 1 x 1  x50
ax8  bx6  cx 4  dx2  15x  1

90. Suppose that f(x) is a function of this form f  x    x  0. If
x
f(5) = 2, then the value of f(–5) is equal to

FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 20-11-2021
ANSWERS, HINTS & SOLUTIONS

SECTION – A
1. D
Sol. After every collision the velocity becomes half. When it comes down 2g is gained, again it
goes up so that it never becomes zero.
2. D
Sol. WF  Wf  K y

mgx mv 2
mg   dx  F = mg
0  2
x=0 x=x x
v  g
3. A
Sol. Here net acceleration is

d2 r
 2 (a cos t î  b sin tj)
ˆ
dt 2
d2 r 
2
 2 r
dt
Hence angular acceleration is zero.
4. D
 
Sol. ˆ
f1  5Ni, ˆ T  5N
f2  15Ni, Q
5N
5N 3 kg
10N 2 kg 20N
f 1 = 5N f 2 = 15N

AITS-PT-I-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/2022 2
5. B
Sol. w g  w sp  w fr  0
1
mgxm  kxm2  mgx m  0
2
3mg kxm

4 2
3mg
Hence, xm 
2k
6. A
Sol. vB  2g sin 
v C  2g
2 2g sin   2g
1
Hence, sin  
4
7. A

Sol. Q cannot be î  ˆj
8. B
Sol. Moment of inertia of STU about an axis passing through P
I
point C and perpendicular to its plane is I1  0
16
IPST  IQSU  ITUR  I2
Hence, 3I2  I1  I0 S T
5I0
I2  C
16
5I0 11I0
Hence, Required moment of inertia = I0  
16 16 Q U R
9. C
Sol. From conservation of energy of rod,
R 1 MR2 2
Mg  
2 2 3
3g

R
From conservation of angular momentum about O;
MR2  M
 mvR v 3gR
3 3m
For complete the circle
M M
3gR  5gR  15
3m m

3 AITS-PT-I-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/2022
10. B
1 v
Sol. sin  
2
  30 m
Deviation; R/2 
= 90  30 = 60 m
R
v
11. C
Sol. Range R = 12 +3 = 15 m
 x
We know, Y = x tan  1  
 R
 3   12 
H  (12)   1  
 4   15 
3
= 9  1.8 m
15
12. D
Sol. Acceleration of particle with respect to the inclined plane y
= 10 + g = 20 m/s2 (vertically downward)
2v y 5 m/s
T
ay
2(5)
T 10 m/s
10 3 30
1 5 3 m/s
T= sec
3 m/s x
13. B
R
 r   R2
Sol. M   0  1  2rdr  0 F = Mg
0  R 3
R
 r 3
I   0  1  2r 3 dr  MR2
0  R 10
f
F  f = Ma …(i)
3
fR  MR2  …(ii)
10
a = R …(iii)
10g
a
13
14. A
4v 0
Sol. From conservation of angular momentum, velocity at maximum elongation is
5
2 2
1 1  4v  1  
Hence, mv 02  m  0   k  0 
2 2  5  2  4
144 mv 20
K
25  20

15. C
Sol. Acceleration of centre of mass of the rod is vertical and due to constraint acceleration of A is
horizontal.
16. A
Sol. For block B to move
kx = 2mg …(i)
If v = velocity of block A
1 1
mv 2  mgx  kx 2 …(ii)
2 2
From (i) and (ii)
2m
v  2g
k
17. B
2u sin 
Sol. t0 
g
gD2
H  D tan  
 g2 t 20 
 cos 
2
2
 4 sin2
 
gt 2
 8H 
= 0 1  1  2 
4D  gt 0 
18. C
Sol. Along the rod,
u sin  = v cos 
cos 
uv (u = velocity of B)
sin 
Acceleration of point B,
du  d 
a a  v cos ec 2   
dt  dt 
d v
Also,  
dt  sin 
v2
Hence, a 
 sin3 
19. B
R
Sol. M  R 2
6
4 3
Also, M  r (r = radius of sphere)
3
MR2
I
2
For sphere,
2
2 2 2 R MR2 I
I  Mr  M    
5 5 2 10 5

20. B
Sol. v12  u2  2gh
v1
v 22  u2  2gh
h
Also, v 22  4v12 u
A u
3u2 = 10gh h
2
u 5h
Hence, Hmax  
2g 3 v2
SECTION – B
21. 00010.00
Sol. AA = AC = 10 m
A C  20 sin30  10 m A 10m A
10m
60
B C C
10 m A
30
A 30
10 m
C
22. 00004.00
Sol. Fext = 2 N 1 m/s2
v = (1) (2) = 2 m/s
Hence, Power P = Fv = 4 watt
1 kg
Fext
f = 1N
23. 00000.10
v2 2
Sol. aC   2 m/s
R
2
 v2  2
a A  (2a)2     36  4  40 m/s
R
 
aC 2 4
   0.1
aA 40 40
24. 00034.00
2m(2)  m(a)
Sol. aCM  10 
2m  m
a 4 = 30
a = 34 m/s2

25. 00053.00
Sol. When it leaves contact, v
mv 2 B
mgcos   …(i)
R 
From conservation of mechanical energy at A and B, 
2
1  95  mv 2 mg
m Rg   mgR 1  cos    …(ii)
2  25 
 2
From (i) and (ii)
3
cos   A
5
 = 53
26. 00180.00
Sol. Smallest radius of curvature is at topmost point
(ucos 53)2
 10
90
u = 50 m/s
After 1 sec from projection
v x = 30 m/s, vy = 30 m/s
Hence, v  30 2 m/s
10
Normal acceleration an  m/s2
2
v 2 (30 2)2
Hence,    180 2
an (10 / 2)
27. 00005.00
Sol. Acceleration of each block = a
30cos60 2
a  1 m/s
5  10
Hence, Tension T = mA a  5N
28. 00002.00
Sol. When the lift is at rest, tension in the upper spring is F2
F2 = 10 + 100 = 110 N
Since both springs are identical, so extension of upper spring is 11
times that of lower spring. When tension in lower spring is zero, then
upper spring stretches 12 times.
ma = 20 F1
100 N
a = 2 m/s2
F2 = 120
100N ma
29. 00020.00
Sol. W = mgx = 20 J

30. 00037.50
Sol. Centre of mass of the system stops moving after both the blocks stop.
Left block stops at t = 10 sec and the right block stops at t = 5 sec
(20)(2)  (10)(2)
v cm   5 m/s
22
Displacement of centre of mass in 5 sec S1 = 25 m
2
Retardation of centre of mass between t = 5 to t = 10 sec is aCM = 1 m/s
Further displacement of centre of mass before it stops
1
S2 = (5)(5)  (1)(5)2  12.5 m
2
Hence, total displacement of centre of mass of the system = 37.50 m

SECTION – A
31. D
Sol. Since,   a  Z  b
  aZ  ab
Slope a  tan 45o  1
Intercept ab  OX  1
  52  1  51
  512
 2601 Hz
32. A
Sol. K 2Cr2 O7  14HCl  2KCl  2CrCl3  3Cl2  7H2 O
x  2, y  2,z  3, w  7
x+y+z=7
33. A
Sol.
O O O Cl
F F H H Cl Cl O O
103 o
104,5 o 111o 118o
34. A
Sol. At 25o C  298K  , H   107
K w  10 14
At 35o C  308 K  , H   10 6
K w  10 12
K w2 Ho  T2  T1 
Since, log   
K w1 2.303R  T1T2 
10 12 Ho  308  298 
log 14
  
10 2.303  2  308  298 
Ho  84551 cal mol1
Ho  84.55 Kcal mol1
 for H O  H
2

 OH 
35. C
Sol. 2SO3  g  
 2SO2  g   O2  g


At equili. 400 CC 200 CC 100 CC

400 40
PSO3   10  atm
700 7
200 20
PSO2   10  atm
700 7
100 10
PO2   10  atm
700 7
 mol% vol. % 
mol fraction vol. fraction 
PSO2  PO2
2
KP 
PSO3 2
20 20 10
 
KP  7 7 7
40 40

7 7
5
KP 
14
36. A
Sol. Saline/Ionic hydrides are
1. Formed by s-Block elements.
2. Good reducing agents.
3. Readily decomposed by water and alcohols to liberate H2(g).
4. Saline hydirides have high melting point
37. C
Sol. MnO 4  H2 O2  H  Mn   O 2 H2 O2 acting as reductant 
PbS 
H2 O2
 PbSO 4 H2 O2 acting as oxidant 
SO 2 
H2O2
 H2SO 4 H2O 2 acting as oxidant 
Na2 CO3  H2 O2  Na2 O2  H2O  CO 2
(Acid – Base reaction)
38. B
Sol. B 801 KJ mol1
Al 577 KJ mol1
Ga 579 KJ mol1
In 558 KJ mol1
Tl 589 KJ mol1
The irregular variation is due to poor shielding offered by d- and f-electrons which effects Zeff.
39. C
Sol. Pb3 O 4  4HNO3  2Pb NO3 2  PbO2  H2 O
40. D
Sol. (A), (B) and (C) are correct (fact based).
Beryl is Be3 Al2  Si6 O18  is a cyclic silicate.

41. C
Sol. Amphoteric oxides  Cr2 O3 ,ZnO,Al2 O3 ,BeO,SnO,SnO2 ,PbO,PbO2
Acidic oxides  CrO3 ,B2O3
Basic oxide  CrO
42. C
Sol. For isostructural species, the hybridization and shape must be same
CO3  2 PCl4  3 AlF63   3 2
sp planar sp tetrahedral sp d octahedral
NO3  SiCl4  SF6 
PF5 Trigonal bipyramidal BrF5 square pyramidal

 sp d3
 sp d 
3 2
43. D
Sol. 
 
 H  HS
H2 S  
HCl  H  Cl
Due to common ion effect the conc. of H will increase, so the equilibrium will shift in backward
direction.
H  ; HS   ; H2 S   and Keq remains same since temperature do not charge.
44. B
Sol. 

 2Y, K C  4
X 
At point (A), QC 
 Y
2
0
 x
Since, [Y] = 0.
So, (I) is incorrect.
When [X] = [Y] = 0.1 M
0.01
QC   0.1 M
0.1
QC  K C
Reaction is in forward direction. So, (II) is correct.
At point (D) or (E), the conc. of [X] and [Y] is constant w.r.t. time. So, equilibrium is reached, i.e.
Q C = KC
(III) is correct.
45. A
Sol. Since, K 
 X
2
 X2 
 X   K  X2 
1/2 1/2
… (1)
d Y
 0  K1  X  Y2   K 2  Y  X2 
dt
or
K 1  X  Y2  K 1K 1/2  X2   Y2 
1/2
 Y  K 2  X2 

K 2  X2 

K 1K 1/2
 Y   X2   Y2 
1/2
K2
d Z
Now,  K 1  X  Y2   K 2  Y  X 2 
dt
K 1K 1/2
K 1.K1/ 2  X 2   Y2   K 2 .  X2   Y2  X2 
1/ 2 1/2
K2
d Z
 2K 1K 1/2  X2   Y2 
1/2
dt
46. C
Sol. 1
A 2  g   B  g  C g
2
t  0, 100  
t5 100  x x x/2
Since, 100  x  x  x / 2  120
x  40
d  A 2  40
Rate of disappearance of A 2  g    8 mm min1
dt 5
47. C
Sol. 1 3
CaSO4 .2H2O 
120o C
CaSO4 . H2 O  H2O
2 2
 200o C X  POP 
CaSO4  2H2 O
Y DBP 
1

Strong
heating
 CaO  O2  SO2
2
 Z
SO 2  Acidic gas  Irritating burning tyre smell gas.
48. C
Sol. Thermal stability of Gr. (2) carbonates increases down the group due to increase in the size of
M++ ion. While K 2 CO3 is thermall stable and decomposes at a very high temperature.
49. D
Sol. PCl5  vapour phase  
P sp3 d 
PCl5  Solid phase  PCl4  PCl6 
 
sp3 sp3 d2
SiF4  2HF  H2  SiF6 
sp3 sp3 d2

BeCl3  s   Polymeric

sp3  Be is bonded to four Cl atoms 
SiCl6 
2
do not exist because six large Cl ions cannot be octahedrally arranged around small
Si4  ion.
50. B
Sol. NO Odd e paramagnetic
C O Diamagnetic  isoelectronic with N2 

MnO24  , i.e. Mn6  one unpaired electron paramagnetic
B2 , i.e.  1s   *  2s    2s   *  2s 
2 2 2 2
  2p 1
 x
 paramagnetic
  2p y 
1
SECTION – B
51. 00005.00
Sol. K  shell 1s 1s 2   n  5  s 2
n6
4s2p6 d10 f 5 5s2 5p 6 6s2
1s2 ........
Pre  penul Penultimate Outermost

 23  8  2
5
Number of unpaired electrons = f
i.e. 5.
52. 00001.25
Sol. 1
N2 ,BO   9  4   2.5 
2

1 
N2 ,BO  10  5   2.5

2 
1 
O 2 ,BO  10  5   2.5 

2
1
O 2 ,BO  10  7   1.5
2
NO and N2 are isoelectronic.
So, BO (NO) = 2.5
CN and N2 are isoelectronic
So, BO (CN) = 2.5
Total species ‘x’ = 5
x
 1.25
4
53. 00008.00
Sol. Borax is Na2 B 4 O5  OH 4  .8H2 O

54. 00003.20
Sol. C60 5 membered rings  12
60
6 membered rings   10  20
2
T = 12 + 20 = 32
T 32
  3.20
10 10
55. 00600.00
d RX 
Sol.  K 2 RX  OH   SN 2 
dt
d RX 
 K1 RX   SN1
dt
d RX 
 K 2 RX  OH   K1 RX 
dt
or
1 d RX 
 .  K 2 OH   K1
RX dt
Slope X Intercept
Y
K 2  4  103 M1s 1
K1  2  102 s1
RX  1 M OH   0.1 M
d RX 
 4  103  0.1  2  102  1
dt
d RX 
 600 mol L1S 1
dt
56. 00002.00
Sol. Given : First order reaction
C8H18 O2  g  2CH3 COCH3  g   C2H6  g 
t0 1000 0 0
t2 100  P 2P P
After 2 minutes
Ptotal  1000  P  2P  P
2000 = 1000 + 2P
2P = 1000
P = 500 mm Hg
Pressure of acetone  2P  2  500  1000 mm Hg .
57. 00011.00
Sol. n=3

3s,  3Px ,3Py ,3Pz  , 3dxy ,3dyz ,3dzx ,3dx2  y2 ,3dz2 
Total nodal planes = 3(1) + 4(2) = 11.
3s No nodal plane
3dz2 No nodal plane rather have two nodal cones.

58. 00002.75
Sol. The balanced equation is
C2H5 OH  4I2  6OH  CHI3  HCOO  5H2 O  5I
x  6, y  4,z  5
x  z 6  5 11
   2.75
y 4 4
59. 00006.20
Sol. Hydrazine is a weak base
1
pOH   pK b  logC 
2
2 14  9.7   pK b  log4  103
8.6  pK b  3  2  0.30 
pK b  6.20
60. 00040.24
dRT 0.925  0.08  900
Sol. Mmixture  P 
1
1
Mmixture  66.6 g mol
80
Now, D   40
2
66.6
d  33.3
2
Dd 40  33.3
 
   3  1 33.3
n  1 d
 
2 
6.7  2
  0.4024
33.3
i.e. 40.24%

SECTION – A
61. D
x2
x 2013  2
Sol. lim  0 ; lim  cos  = e–2
x  e 3x x   x
62. C
Sol. R is not reflexive as (2, 2) R (3, 3) R. Also R is not transitive as (2, 1)  R and (1, 2)  R. But
(2, 2) R. However R is symmetric
63. C
x3  x2  x  1 x4  1 x4 1
Sol.  5
x 1
dx =  x 5
 1  x  1
dx =
x 5
1
dx –  x  1 dx
1
= ln x 5  1  ln x  1  c
5
64. B
Sol. a22  a1  a3 
2
 a1  a2  a3  a1  a2  a3   0 f(–1)·f(1) < 0
65. A
Sol. Let (3, ) be the point on y = g(x) (, 3) lies on y = f(x) =1
1 1 1
Also, x = f(g(x)) g(3) = = 
f  g 3  
f 1 4
1
Hence, tangent is y – 1 =  x  3 x – 4y + 1 = 0
4
66. B
1
1 u ln2  ln 1  u   ln 2
2I  ln2  tan1 u 0
1
Sol. Let x 
1 u
I 
0
1 u 2
dx I
8
67. A
e e
 1
Sol. 1
x 
I   sin x    dx   x ln x  x  sin x dx . Applying integration by parts, we get
1
e
e e
 
e
I sin x ln x 1  cos x ln x dx   x ln x  x  cos x  ln x cos x dx = sin e – cos 1
1 1 1
68. C
 1
ha sin  
f h   f  0   h  = lim  lim ha 1sin  1 
Sol. f   0   lim ; lim  
h 0 h h 0 h h 0 h
This limit will not exist it a – 1  0 or a  1
1
Now, lim f  x   lim xa sin    0 if a > 0 a  (0, 1]
x 0 x 0 x

69. A
2 3 6 2
Sol. (xy + 1)(3x y dx – x dy) = (x + y )(x dy + y dx)
 x3    x3  
2
 xy  1 d        1 d  xy 

 y   y  
70. A
1 2
Sol. sin4 x  sin2 x  sin 2x
4
 1  1 1   1 1 
Sn   sin2 x  sin2 2x    sin2 2x  2 sin2 4x   .....   n sin2 2n x  n1 sin2 2n1 x 
 4  4 4  4 4 
1
Sn  sin2 x  n1 sin2 2n1 x lim Sn  sin2 x
4 n
71. B
Sol. f(8) = f(4 + 4) = f(16) = f(8 + 8) = f(64) = f(16 + 4) = f(20) = f(5 + 4) = f(9)
72. D
x f  x
Sol. lim f  x   lim = lim  f  x   x f   x    a lim x f   x   0
x  x  x x  x 
x2f   x 
Now, lim x f   x   ; lim  2xf   x   x2 f   x    0 lim x 2 f   x   0
x  x x  x 
73. C
Sol. From LMVT, there exists atleast (n – 1) points where f(x) = m, therefore, there exists atleast
(n – 2) points where f(x) = 0 (using Roll’s theorem)
74. B
Sol. This is equivalent to p  q
75. B
1
 x3  x 
2 1
x3 1
Sol. It is equal to 
0

 4
 x  f  x     dx which is less than
 2  
0
4
dx 
16
76. C
Sol.   sin2 x   0 or –1 but sec–1 (0) is not defined. Hence, y  sec 1   sin2 x   
16  x2
Now,   x  2 4
4
2 4 
 16  x 2  8 3
Hence, required area =  
 4
   dx   4    2
 3
2 4 
77. B
Sol. Analyse by graph
78. C
a a
Sol. Using 
0

f  x  dx  f  a  x  dx , we get I = –I
0
I=0

79. B
2
Consider f  x    tan1 x  
2
Sol. , then f(x) > 0  x  (0, )
2
x 1
 1
f    f 1  f  e  I2 < I1 < I2
e
80. B
Sol. From the given information, we get the differential equation (y – 1)dy + (x – 1)dx = 0
On solving, we get the particular solution (x – 1)2 + (y – 1)2 = 25
SECTION – B
81. 00001.13
Sol. On solving the given equation after differentiating, we get
2
 3 9
f(x) = 3 cos x – 2 cos2 x = 2 cos x   
 4 8
9
f  x max   1.125  1.13
8
82. 00003.00
Sol. Considering [2x] = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 and corresponding [y] = 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0, we get
six squares each of area = 0.5 sq. units
Hence, total area = 6  0.5 = 3 sq. units
83. 00000.50
1 1
tan1 x 1
Sol. I  tan
0
1
x  tan 1 
1 x
dx ; 2I  1dx 0
I
2
 0.5
84. 00056.00
2 30 1 2 2
Sol. f(1) = 0 and f(2) = 30  0
f  x  dx  
0
f 1  y  dy = 
0

1

f  x  dx  f  x  dx  t f  t  dt
1
2 2
=  x 4  x 2  6x 0  f  x  dx   t f  t  1  f  t  dt  56
1 2

1

1
85. 02010.00
sin2009 x cos x  cos2009 x sin x
Sol. I  sin2010 x  cos2010 x
dx , put sin2010 x  cos2010 x  t
1 dt 1
I
2010 t
= 
2010
log sin2010 x  cos2010 x  c k = 2010
86. 00003.00
r Hh R H  h 
Sol. Here,  r
R H H 
2
1 R H  h  2
Volume =  h H
3 H2 r
dv H
Now, 0 h h
dh 3
H
For maximum volume 3
h R

87. 00003.00
4
Sol. f(1) = f(2) also f(x) = 0 at x  on solving, we get m = –5, n = 8 ; m + n = 3
3
88. 00013.00
 dy  y1 y1
Sol.    3x12  1 3x12  1  3x13  x1  x13  x1  16 x1 = 2 and y1 = 26 m  13
 dx x1y1 x1 x1
89. 00025.00
50 1  x 50  50
Sol. On simplification, this becomes lim = lim  25
x 1 1  x 1  x 
50 50 x 1 1  x 50
90. 00028.00
1 1
Sol. f(x) = ax7 + bx5 + cx3 + dx + + 15 ; f(–x) = –ax7 – bx5 – cx3 – dx – + 15
x x
f(x) + f(–x) = 30 f(5) + f(–5) = 30 f(–5) = 28

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
PART TEST – I
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 21-11-2021
 Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.
 Each Part is further divided into Three Sections: Section-A, Section-B & Section-C.
Section – A (01 – 04, 20 – 23, 39 – 42): This section contains TWELVE (12) questions. Each question has
FOUR options. ONLY ONE of these four options is the correct answer.
Section – A (05 –10, 24 – 29, 43 – 48): This section contains EIGHTEEN (18) questions. Each question has
FOUR options. ONE OR MORE THAN ONE of these four option(s) is(are) correct answer(s).
Section – B (11 – 13, 30 – 32, 49 – 51): This section contains NINE (09) questions. The answer to each
question is a NON-NEGATIVE INTEGER.
Section – C (14 – 19, 33 – 38, 52 – 57): This section contains NINE (09) question stems. There are TWO
(02) questions corresponding to each question stem. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL
VALUE. If the numerical value has more than two decimal places, truncate/round-off the value to TWO
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
Section – A (Single Correct): Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the following marking scheme:
Full Marks : +3 If ONLY the correct option is chosen.
Zero Marks : 0 If none of the options is chosen (i.e. the question is unanswered);
Negative Marks : –1 In all other cases.
Section – A (One or More than One Correct): Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the following
marking scheme:
Full Marks : +4 If only (all) the correct option(s) is (are) chosen;
Partial Marks : +3 If all the four options are correct but ONLY three options are chosen;
Partial marks : +2 if three or more options are correct but ONLY two options are chosen and both
of which are correct;
Partial Marks : +1 If two or more options are correct but ONLY one option is chosen and it is a
correct option;
Section – B: Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the following marking scheme:
Full Marks : +4 If ONLY the correct integer is entered;
Zero Marks : 0 In all other cases.
Section – C: Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the following marking scheme:
Full Marks : +2 If ONLY the correct numerical value is entered at the designated place;

AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/2022 2
P h ys i cs PART – I
Section – A (Maximum Marks: 12)

This section contains FOUR (04) questions. Each question has FOUR options. ONLY ONE of these four
options is the correct answer.
1. A vertical uniform rod of length  is projected into the air with a

vertical velocity v 0. It is given just enough angular impulse so that the
rod rotates by an angle of 2 before landing at the same horizontal
level of projection. The initial horizontal velocity of the bottom of the
rod is
2v 02
(A)
 g
(B) g
g
(C)
2v 0
2v 20
(D)
g
2. The toy in the figure consists of a solid cylinder of radius 1 cm attached to the centre of two discs
of radius 2cm. It is placed on a sufficiently rough horizontal surface where it can roll without
slipping. A thread is wrapped around the central cylinder, when the thread is pulled at the angle
 = 90 to the horizontal, the toy rolls to the right. Then the maximum value of  for which it will
not perform pure rolling towards right when pulling on the thread.
2 cm

1 cm
(A)  = 30
(B)  = 45
(C)  = 60
 1
(D)   tan1  
 2

3 AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/2022
3. A solid ball is released from rest down the incline at various inclination angle  but through a fixed
vertical height h. The coefficient of static and kinetic friction are both equal to . Which of the
following graph best represents the total kinetic energy of the ball at the bottom of the incline as a
function of the angle of the incline?
(A) K.E. (B) K.E.
90  90 
(C) K.E. (D) K.E.
90  90 
4. A vertical pole has two massless strings each of length , attached to the vertical pole at a
distance L apart. The other ends of the strings are attached to a mass M. The mass is rotated
around the pole with angular speed . Which of the following graphs best gives the ratio of the
tension in the bottom string to the tension in the top string as a function of .
(A) (B)
Tension Ratio
Tension Ratio
1.5 1.5
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
0  0 
(C) (D)
2.0
Tension Ratio
Tension Ratio
1.5 1.5
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
0  0 


This section contains SIX (06) question. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONE OR
MOER THAN ONE of these four option(s) is (are) correct answer(s).
5. In the figure shown all the surfaces are smooth. All the blocks A, y
B and C are movable. x-y plane is vertical plane as shown in the
figure. The system is released from rest at the shown instant.
Then choose the correct opiton(s).
A x
B
C

(A) Acceleration of block A relative to ground is along negative y-direction.
(B) Acceleration of block A relative to block B is along negative x-direction.
(C) Acceleration of block B with respect to ground is g sin along the incline direction.
(D) Acceleration of block B and block C along horizontal must be equal in magnitude if their
masses are equal.
6. A ball of mass m is projected from a level ground with a velocity u making an angle  with the
horizontal. There is a horizontal wind blowing in the direction of motion of the ball. Due to wind
mg
the ball experiences a constant horizontal force of in the direction of its motion. Then choose
3
the correct option(s).
(A) Trajectory of the ball with respect to ground will not be parabolic.
(B) For horizontal range of the ball to be maximum,  = 60
1
(C) For horizontal range of the ball to be maximum,   tan1( 2)
2
2
3u
(D) Maximum possible horizontal range = .
g
7. A particle of mass m is moving under the action of a central force. Its potential energy function is
 
given by U  cm | r |2 , where c is a positive constant and r is the position vector of the particle
with respect to the centre of attraction O. Choose the correct option(s).
(A) Mechanical energy of the particle moving in a circle of radius R and centered at O is
2
2 cmR
(B) Angular velocity of the line joining the point P (performing circular motion about O) and
point O is c .

(C) If the particle is released at any r , then it will perform oscillatory motion about point O.
(D) If the particle is released at a distance R from point O, then its speed at O will be R 2c .
8. The moment of inertia of a hollow cylinder of mass M, length 2R and radius R about an axis
passing through the centre of mass and perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder is I1 and about
an axis passing through one end of the cylinder and perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder is I2.
Then choose the correct option(s).
I1 1
(A) 
I2 4
8
(B) I1  I2  MR 2
3
(C) I2  I1  MR 2
(D) I1 is the minimum among all the axes parallel to I1

9. A heavy uniform sphere is suspended from a string whose end is attached to a vertical wall. The
point at which the string is attached to the sphere lies on the same vertical line as the center of
the sphere. If the sphere is in equilibrium, then choose the correct option(s).
(A) The wall can not be smooth for the sphere to remain in equilibrium.
(B) Coefficient of static friction between the wall and the sphere can be less than 1.
(C) Coefficient of static friction between the wall and the sphere can be equal to 1.
(D) Coefficient of static friction between the wall and the sphere can be greater
than 1.
10. A rod of mass m = 2kg and length L = 1m is suspended

form the ceiling with the help of two light inextensible
1
cords each of the length   m , so that the rod is
2


horizontal. The rod is given an angular velocity  = 2
rad/s about its central vertical axis as shown in the
figure. Then just immediately after the rod is given the
angular velocity.
(A) Angular velocity  of the cord is 2 rad/s L
(B) Angular velocity  of the cord is 4 rad/s
(C) Increment in tension in each cord is 2N
(D) Increment in tension in each cord is 1 N
Section – B (Maximum Marks: 12)

This section contains THREE (03) questions. The answer to each question is a NON-NEGATIVE
INTEGER.
11. A 1500 watt motor is used to pump the water to a vertical height of 2 meters out of a flooded
basement through a cylindrical pipe. The water is ejected through the end of the pipe at a speed
of 2.5 m/s. Ignoring friction and assuming that all of the energy of the motor goes to the water,
2 3
then the radius(in cm) of the pipe is (Take g = 10 m/s , density of water = 1000 kg/m and
 = 3.20)
12. A 60 kg boy carries a launcher loaded with a 15 kg ball. The launcher is having negligible mass.
The boy can fire the ball with a relative speed of 10 m/s. The boy is skating on an ice rink (can be
assumed smooth) with a velocity of 4 m/s with respect to ground. The boy wants to fire the ball in
such a way that his velocity turns through the largest possible angle. Find this maximum angle in
degrees.
13. Cart of mass m moving with a velocity 12 m/s to the right collides perfectly elastically with a cart
of mass 4 kg that is originally at rest. After the collision, the cart of mass m moves to the left with
a velocity of 6 m/s. Assuming the collision to be head on, what is the velocity (in m/s) of the
centre of mass of the two carts before the collision?

Section – C (Maximum Marks: 12)

This section contains THREE (03) question stems. There are TWO (02) questions corresponding to each
question stem. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL VALUE. If the numerical value has more
than two decimal places, truncate/round-off the value to TWO decimal places.
Question Stem for Question Nos. 14 and 15
Question Stem
An unsymmetrical dumbell formed by two small spherical masses A

of 3 kg and B of 1 kg connected by a massless rod of length  = 1 B
meter placed vertically on a smooth horizontal surface as shown in
the figure. The original orientation of the dumbell is vertical. Now, the A
2
mass B is given a negligible horizontal impulse. (Take g = 9.8 m/s )
14. Horizontal displacement (in meter) of mass B just before it hits the ground is ………
15. Speed v (in m/s) of mass B just before it hits the ground is ……….
Question Stem
In a stationary wagon of mass M = 32 kg and length d = 1m, a small d

block of mass m = 1 kg is projected along its length with a velocity v =
10 m/s towards right end from left end as shown in the figure. If v
1
coefficient of restitution of the collision is e  . All contact surfaces are
2
smooth and each collision is instantaneous.
16. Velocity (in m/s) of the wagon after two collisions is ………
17. Time (in sec) after the projection of the block when the block comes at rest with respect to ground
is ……………
Question Stem
Raindrops with a number density of n drops per cubic meter and radius r hits the ground perfectly
inelastically with a speed v = 10 m/s. (Given that  = 3.14, r = 1 mm, n = 105 and water density = 103
3
kg/m )
18. The pressure (in N/m2) applied by the raindrops on the ground is …………..
19. If the number density is doubled, the drop radius is halved and the speed of raindrops is also
halved, then new pressure (in N/m 2) will be ………………

C h em i st r y PART – II

20. Consider the following equilibrium in a vessel at 25oC

SO2 Cl2  g  
 SO 2  g   Cl2  g 


Which of the following statement is correct?
(A) Addition of helium gas at constant volume increases the concentration of SO2 .
(B) Addition of helium gas at constant volume increases the concentration of SO2 Cl2 .
(C) Increase in pressure increases the value of KP for the reaction.
(D) Addition of helium gas at constant volume does not change the concentration of SO2 Cl2
21. The chemical reaction 2O3  3O2 proceeds as

k1

O3   O2  O  fast 
k  2
O3  O 
k3
2O 2  slow 
The rate law expression will be
(A) Rate  k1  OO3 
(B) Rate  k1  O3 
k .k  O3 
2
(C) Rate  1 3
k 2  O2 
O 3 
2
(D) Rate  k 3
 O2 
22. If o is the threshold wavelength for photoelectric emission from metal surface, is the
wavelength of light falling in the metal surface and m is the mass of electron, then the maximum
speed of ejected electron is given by
1/ 2
 2h 
(A) m  o  
 
1/2
 2hc
(B)  m  o   
 
1/2
 2hc  1 1  
(C)    
 m  o  
1/2
 2hc   
(D)  
o

 m  o  
23. Which of the following is a pyrosilicate?

(A) Sc 2 Si2 O7 
(B) Ca3 Si3 O9 
(C) Zn2  SiO4 
(D) Mg2  SiO4 


24. The incorrect order for the given properties among the following is/are
(A) LiH < NaH < KH Thermal stability
(B) MgSO 4  CaSO 4  SrSO4 Solubility
(C) MgO  CaO  SrO Basic nature
(D) Li2CO3  Na2 CO3  K 2 CO3 Thermal stability
25. According to molecular orbital theory the correct statement among the following is/are
(A) O 2 is more stable than O 2
(B) N2 is more stable than N2
(C) O22  is paramagnetic
(D) N22  is paramagnetic
26. The ion(s) which contain O – O bond is/are

(A) S 2 O82 
(B) S 4 O 62 
(C) SO52 
(D) S 2 O72 
27. The correct statement(s) among the following is/are

(A) Number of B – O – B bonds in borax is 5.
(B) Formula of borax is Na 2 B 4 O5  OH  4  .8H2 O .
(C) BF3 is a stronger Lewis acid than BI3 .
(D) B  OH3 behaves as a strong acid in the presence of glycerol.
28. The correct order for the given properties among the following is/are
(A) NF3 NH3 Dipole moment 
(B) NH3 PH3 Bond angle 
(C) O2 O 
2 Bond order 
(D) Cl – Cl > F – F (Bond energy)
29. The hydroxide (s) which is/are soluble in excess of NaOH is/are
(A) Al  OH3
(B) Zn  OH2
(C) Fe  OH3
(D) Sn  OH 2


INTEGER.
30. Pure PCl5 is introduced into an evacuated chamber comes to equilibrium at 25o C and 1 atm.
The equilibrium mixture contains 40% chlorine by volume K P for the reaction
PCl5  g  
 PCl3  g   Cl2  g 


is x  10 1 atm. . The value of x is
31. The speed of an electron in an orbit of hydrogen atom is 4.376  10 5 m / sec . The number of
waves made by the electron in one complete revolution in this orbit is
32. In a closed flask at 400 K solid NH4 2 S was taken. At equilibrium a constant pressure of 3 atm
was found in the flask. What is the K P of the reaction
NH4 2 S  s  
 2NH3  g   H2 S  g


at 400K is


Question Stem
100 ml of 0.1 M H3PO 4 solution is titrated with 0.5 M NaOH solution till the second equivalent point. At
second equivalent point the pH of the solution was found to be x. after second equivalent point 10 ml of
0.5 M HCl solution is added to the resulting solution and the pH of the solution after adding HCl was
found to be y.
Dissociation constants K a1 ,K a2 and K a3 of H3PO4 are 10 3 , 10 8 and 10 13 respectively.
33. The value of x is_______
34. The value of y is______

Question Stem
PCl5  g when heated in a sealed tube at 500 K it undergoes decomposition as

PCl5  g  
 PCl3  g   Cl2  g 


The equilibrium constant K P is 98.52 at 500 K. Vapour density of equilibrium mixture is 60.
R0.0821 L atm K 1
mol 1 
35. Percentage dissociation of PCl5 is________
36. Equilibrium constant K C for the reaction is_______


Question Stem
Substance ‘A’ undergoes first order reaction by two parallel paths forming products B and C in two paths
respectively as follows
B
K1
C K2
The percentage yield of B is 10% and that of C is 90%. The rate constant for the disappearance of A is
1.4  10 4 sec 1 . The rate constant  k1  for the formation of B is x  105 sec 1 and the rate constant  k 2 
for the formation of C is y  104 sec 1 .
37. The value of x is_______
38. The value of y is_______

M a t h em a t i cs PART – III

 x ; x Z
39. Consider two functions f 1(x) and f 2(x) satisfying f1  x    and
1  f1  x  1 ; otherwise
 x ; x Z f n  4
f2  x    , if for an integer n, 1  (Z is set of integer), then n is
2  f2  x  1 ; otherwise f2  n  7
(A) 2
(B) 16
(C) 258
(D) 129
 x  2x   nx 
40. Let f(x) be a real valued function such that f(x) = lim  1  2  1  2  .....  1  2   x  R+ and
n  n  n   n 
n  N, then which one is CORRECT?
(A) f(1) > f(1)
(B) f(x) < ex  x  (0, )
1
(C) f  c   for some c, c  (0, )
2
2
(D) f(x) < x  x  (0, )
41. Let f(x) : Z  Z be a function that satisfies f(x) + f(y) = f(x + y) – xy and if f(7) = 21, then (Z is a set
of integers)
(A) f(x) is onto and one-one
(B) f(x) is into and many one
(C) f(x) is into and one-one
(D) f(x) is onto and many one
42. Consider a real triplet (x1, x2, x3) satisfying  22x1  1 22x2  2   22x3  8    2x1  x 2  x3 5   0 , then
which of the following is TRUE?
(A) x1 < 0
(B) x2 > 1
3
(C) x1  x 2 
4
(D) x1 + x2 + x3 > 3
43. Let f : [0, )  R be a function satisfying f(x) ef(x) = x  x  [0, ), then which of the following
statements is(are) TRUE?
(A) f(x)  0  x  (0, )
(B) lim f  x   0
x 
f x
(C) lim 1
x  ln x
f x
(D) lim 0
x  ln x

 x 1 
 x  1  2
 
 f  x 
44. Let f : (0, )  R, f  x     and g  x   , then
 x  f x
(A) g(x) is increasing in (0, )
(B) lim g  x   0
x 
(C) lim f  x   e
x 
(D) lim g  x   e
x 
n
1 2
45. For any natural number n, let lim  , then which of the following statements is(are)
n
r 1 r2 6
TRUE?
1
ln 1  x  2
(A) 
0
x
dx 
12
1
ln 1  x  2
(B) 
0
x
dx  
6
 1
2
(C) 
k 1 0
x k ln x dx  1 
6
ln 1  x 2 
1
2
(D)

0
x
dx 
12
/ 4  /3
46. Let A1 and A2 are two real numbers such that A 1  0
sin  tan x  dx and A 2   tan  sin x  dx ,
0
then for A1 and A2 which of the following statements is(are) TRUE?
2 1
(A) A1 
2
2
(B) A2 
18
2
(C) A1 
32
(D) A 2  ln2
47. Let y = g(x) be a real valued function and g(x) is continuous function such that g(x)  0 and g(0)
= 0, g(1) = 1 and if area bounded by y  1   g  x   , x = 0, x = 1 and x-axis is S, then which of
2
the following statements is(are) TRUE?

(A) S<2
(B) S>2
1
(C) S
2
(D) S 2

f  x
48. Let y = f(x) be a real valued differentiable function  x  R, such that  1 and
f x
3 3 3
(f(x)) + x + 3xf(x)f(x) = (f(x))  x  R, then which of the following statements is(are) TRUE?
k
(A) if f(–1) = 0, then f(x) = (x + 1)e
(x – 1)
(B) if f(–1) = 1, then f(x) = (x + 1) – e
f c   f c 
(C)  1 for some c  R
c
f c   f c 
(D)  e for some c  R
c

INTEGER.
 x
49. If x1, x2, x3, ....., x n are n positive real numbers which satisfies the equation x   5 , then the
25
n
1
value of
3
 xi   xi   _____ (where [.] denotes greatest integer function and {.} is fractional
i1
part function)
k
 4
50. Let f  n   1  4 sin2 n
be a function and Tk  f  n  , then value of lim is _____
3 2 n 2
k  Tk
2x  1
51. Let f(x) be a real valued function such that f  x    x  (2, ) and
x2
x 2  1  f  x   1
2
g x    x > 2, then minimum value of g(x) is _____
x f x


Question Stem
Let f(x) = x2 + ax + b is a function a, b  R, a2 > 4b and g(x) = x2 + 2x – 1 such that

f(g(xi)) = 0  i  {1, 2, 3, 4} and x i < xi + 1  i = 1, 2, 3 and x 1, x2, x3, x4 are for an Arithmetic Progression,
then
52. The maximum value of (a – b) is _____
53. The values of |a| when (a – b) at its maximum value _____


Question Stem
2 3
Let f(x) = x – kx and g(x) = x – kx, k  R are two real valued function such that for a rational number ,
f() and g() both are rational number, then
54. Least positive value of k is _____
55. Least positive integral value of k is _____

Question Stem
n
 k 
For a real valued function f(x, k) = lim  1/n
n  
  x  (0, 1), k > 1, n  N and let
 x  k  1
1

T  k   f  x, k   ln x  dx , then
2
1
 5
56. The value of  f  x, 2  dx is _____
0
57. The value of T(3) is _____

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
PART TEST – I
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 21-11-2021

Section – A
1. C
2v 0
Sol. Time of flight 
g
2v 0
So, 2   ( is the angular velocity of rod)
g
 g
So, v x   
2 2v 0
2. C
1 T
Sol. cos     60
2


fs
3. C
Sol. By observation
4. C
Sol. For smaller , tension in the lower string is zero. So, the tension ratio is zero. For a larger ,
tension in both the strings will tend to the same value. So, the ratio will tend to 1.

AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/2022 2
Section – A
5. A, B, D
Sol. So, acceleration of A is always vertically downward and F.B.D of A F.B.D of B
acceleration of B is along the incline more than g sin.
Further we can also say that there is no horizontal force on N
the system. So, mBaBx  mC aCx  0 N
N
WA
WB
6. B, D
2u sin  1 g  2usin  
2
ax = g / 3
Sol. R  ucos    
g 2 3 g  T
2usin 
2u2  1  T
  cos  sin   sin2   g
g  3 
dR ay = g
 0, tan 2   3
d
 = 60
7. A, C, D
2
Sol. U = cmr
dU
F  2cmr
dr
mv 2
So,  2cmr
r
2 2 2
So, mechanical energy = cmR + cmR = 2cmR
v
So,    2c
R  
Acceleration of a particle a  2cr
So, it will perform oscillatory motion about O.
8. B, C, D
1 M 5
Sol. I1  MR 2  (2R)2  MR 2
2 12 6
5 11
I2  MR 2  MR 2  MR 2
6 6
I1 and I2 are related by parallel axis theorem.

3 AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/2022
9. A, C, D
Sol. fs  N …(i)
fS  SN …(ii) T
N   SN
So,  s  1
fS N
mg
10. A, C
L
Sol. d  d
2
d L d
So,    2 rad/s
dt 2
  2 rad/s
 1 d
dy   d   aCM (dt)2
2
2 2
L2 2
So, aCM 
4
So, 2T = maCM
mL2 2
T =  2N
8
Section – B
11. 9
2
Sol. Mass of water pumped in time dt is dm = r vdt
 v2   v2 
So, Pdt  dm  gh    r 2 vdt  gh  
 2   2 
 v2 
So, P  r 2 v  gh  
 2 
P
So, r   9 cm
 v2 
v  gh  
 2 
12. 30
Sol. Velocity of centre of mass of the system = 4 m/s. With respect C
to the centre of mass frame, net momentum is zero.
So, 60 V + 15(10  v) = 0 v = 2 m/s 2
So velocity triangle for the boy 
   
AB  v Cg , BC  v bC A 4 B
For max, ACB = 90
2
So, max  sin1    30
4

13. 3
Sol. In the centre of mass frame, change in the velocity of the moving cart
= 12 (6) = 18 m/s
So, in the centre of mass frame velocity before the collision = 9 m/s
So, v cm  12  9  3 m/s
Section – C
14. 0.75
15. 1.40
Sol. (Q.14-15)
3 1
Position of centre of mass from mass B is  0.75 m
1 3
So, horizontal displacement of B = 0.75 m
From conservation of mechanical energy
1
mg  mv 2 (velocity of mass A will be zero at this instant)
2
So, v  2g  1.40 m/s
16. 0.23
17. 3.10
Sol. (Q.16-17)
v
Relative velocity of the block after two collisions = towards right.
4
From conservation of momentum
v 
mv  m   v w   32mv w
 4 
v 10
So, v w    0.23 m/s
44 44
v
Velocity of the wagon, when the block is at rest with respect to ground = m/s
32
d d d d d 31d
So, time taken =       3.10 sec
v v / 2 v / 4 v / 8 v / 16 v
18. 41.87
19. 2.62
Sol. (Q.18-19)
Qv
Pressure P  , Q = volume flow rate
A
4 2
  nr 3 v 2  41.87 N/m
3
P 2
So, new pressure P   2.62 N/m
16

Section – A
20. D
Sol. Addition of inert gas at constant volume does not affect the equilibrium.
21. C
k1 O2 O 
Sol. 
k2 O3 
O 3 
k
 O  k 1
2 O 2 
Rate  k 3 O O3 
k .k  O3 
Rate  3 1  O3 
k 2  O2 
k .k  O3 
2
Rate  1 3
k 2  O2 
22. D
hc hc 1
Sol.   mv 2
o 2
1/2
 2hc   
V 
o

 m  o  
23. A
Pyrosilicate contains the unit  Si2 O7  . Sc 2 Si2 O7  is a pyrosilicate.
6
Sol.
Section – A
24. A, B
Sol. The correct order are
LiH > NaH > KH Thermal stability
MgSO 4 CaSO4 SrSO 4 Solubility
25. A, D
Sol. N2 is less stable than N2
O22  is diamagnetic
26. A, C
Sol. O O O
O S O O S O O O S O
O O O
S O 
2
2
8  SO52 

27. A, B, D
Sol. BF3 is a weaker Lewis acid than BI3 .
28. B, D
Sol. NH3 NF3 Dipole moment 
O 
2 O2 Bond order 
29. A, B, D
Sol. Al  OH3  NaOH 
 NaAlO2  2H2 O
Zn  OH2  2NaOH  Na2 ZnO2  2H2 O
Sn  OH2  2NaOH  Na2SnO2  2H2O
Section – B
30. 8
Sol. PCl2  0.4 atm, PPCl3  0.4 atm
PPCl5  0.2 atm
PPCl3  PCl2
KP 
PPCl5
0.4  0.4
KP   0.8 atm
0.2
K P  8  10 1 atm
x  8.
31. 5
2.188  106
Sol. V m / sec
n
2.188  106
4.376  105 
n
n5
Number of waves made by an electron in one complete revolution = n  5 .
32. 4
Sol. NH4 2 S  s  
 2NH3  g 

 H2 S  g 
2P P
2P + P = 3 atm
P  1 atm
PNH3  2 atm and PH2 S  1 atm
   P 
2
K P  PNH3 H2S
KP   2   1  4
2
Section – C
33. 10.50
pK a2  pK a3 8  13
Sol. pH    10.5
2 2

34. 8.00
Sol. HPO24  H 


 H2PO 4
10 millim oles 5 millimoles 0
5 millimoles 0 5 millim oles
5
pH  pK a2  log
5
pH = 8 + log1 = 8
35. 73.75
Dd
Sol. 
d  n  1
104.25  60
 0.7375
60  2  1
Percentage dissociation = 73.75
36. 2.40
K P  K C  RT 
n
Sol.
98.52  K C  0.0821 500 
K C  2.40
37. 1.40
10
Sol. k1  k 
100
10
 1.4  104 
100
 1.4  10 5 sec 1
x  1.40
38. 1.26
90
Sol. k2  k 
100
90
 1.4  104 
100
 1.26  10 4 sec 1
y  1.26

Section – A
39. C
Sol. Let n = k2 + m
3k  2  m 4
f 1(n) = 3k + 2 – m  
5x  6  m 7
f 2(n) = 5k + 6 – m
So, 3m = k – 10 for min k, m = 2
k = 16 n = 258
40. B
Sol. For 1  k  n
k /n k
 x  kx   x 
1    1  2   1 2 
 n  n   n 
n 1 n n 1
 x 2  x  2
1    Pn   1  2 
 n  n 
e x/2  lim Pn  e x/ 2
f  x   e x/2
n 
41. B
Sol. Put y = 1
f(x) – f(x + 1) = –f(1) – x
Put x = 1, 2, ..... x
x  x  1
f  x   f 1 x   as f(7) = 21
2
x  x  1
f(1) = 0 f x 
2
42. C
t
Sol. Let f(t) = ln(2 + 1) f(t) > 0 f(t) is concave up
1 3
x2  x3 
Let 2x1  a , b, 2 2 c 2 2
2 2 2
(a + 1)  2a, (b + 1)  2b, (c + 1)  2c
(a + 1)(b + 1)(c + 1)  23 2x1  x2  x 3 2
2 2 2
 1 3
(x1, x2, x3)  0, , 
 2 2
Section – A
43. A, C
Sol. Let f(x) is decreasing x2 > x1 f(x2) < f(x1)
 f  x2   f  x1 
e e f(x2) < f(x1)
f(x) is increasing
Now x   f(x)  
ln x ln f  x  ln x
 1 lim 1
f x f x x  f  x 

44. A, B, C
f   x   2x  1  1 
Sol.   ln 1     g  x 
f  x   2x  x  1  x 
1
g  x   0
 2
2 x x  2
 x 1  1 
  
lim f  x   e 2  x   e1/2
x 
45. A, B, C
1  1 
ln 1  x  xn1 1
Sol. 0
x
dx  
n 1
n 
dn  
0 n 1 n
2
1
ln 1  x 

 1n1 2
0
x
dx 
n 1 n2

12
 1 
1 2

n 1 0
x n ln x  
k 1  k  12
 1
6
46. B, C, D
  
sin  tan x   x x   0, 
  4
  
Sol. tan  sin x   x x   , 0
 3 
sin  tan x   sin x

tan  sin x   tan x
47. A, D
Sol. If a, b  0
ab a2  b2 a  b
 
2 2 2
1 1 2 1
1  g  x  1  g  x  1  g  x 
g(x)  0 
0
2
dx  0
2
dx 
2 
0
dx
1
1 S 2 2 S2
2
48. B, C
3 3 3
Sol. (f(x)) + (–f(x)) + x = –3x f(x) f(x)
f(x) = –f(x) = x or f(x) – f(x) + x = 0 as f(x)  –f(x) so f(x) – f(x) = –x
d x
 e f  x    xe x e x f  x   x  x e  e  x  c
du
f(x) = (x + 1) + cex
Section – B
49. 8
Sol. {x}  [0, 1) [x]  (100, 125]
x i  24

50. 6

cos
 2n as sin 2 = 2 sin  cos 
Sol. f  n   4cos 2
3 
3 2n 
cos3
2n
          3 
sin  n 1  2sin  n  sin  n1  sin  n 
f n    2   2  ; f n   2   2 
 3   3      3 
sin  n 1  2sin  n  sin  n  sin  n1 
2  2  2  2 
   
sin   sin  k 
2 3 2  2
Tk  lim Tk 

  
  k  3
sin   sin  k 
6 2 
51. 8
2  x 2  1
2
Sol. g x 
 x  2  x  2x  1
4  x  1
2
 x 4  5x3  6x 2  5x  1
g  x  
 x2  2  x2  2x  12
g(x) = 0 x = 1, 2 3
g2  3   8
Section – C
52. 2.78
53. 1.56
Sol. (Q.52 – 53)
Let four root p – 3q, p – q, p + q, p + 3q
4a 9a2  128a  256
p = –1 and q  ; b
10 100
2
 14 
9a  
 a  b   25   9 
9 9
54. 1.33
55. 2.00
Sol. (Q.54 – 55)
Let x  a  b , b  0
a  b   k  a  b   Q1
2
2a – k = 0
a  b   k  a  b   Q2
3
3a2 + b – k = 0
3 2 4 
bk k , b  0, k   , 0  3, 
4  

56. 1.67
57. 6.75
Sol. (Q.56 – 57)
n 1 x1/n 
lim
 x1/n k 1  x 1/ x 
 eln  x 1/k
n 
f(x, k) = e
1
5
x
2/5
dx 
3
0
1

2
T  k   x 1/k  ln x  dx (apply integration by parts)
0
2k 3 27
T k   3
T 3 
k  1 4

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
PART TEST – I
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 21-11-2021
Section – A (07 –10, 26 – 29, 45 – 48): This section contains SIX (06) paragraphs. Based on each
paragraph, there are TWO (02) questions. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONLY ONE
of these four options is the correct answer.
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
Partial marks : +2 if three or more options are correct but ONLY two options are chosen and both of which
are correct;
Partial Marks : +1 If two or more options are correct but ONLY one option is chosen and it is a correct
option;


1. A person of mass 60 kg is standing on the door of a bus moving with a velocity 72 km/hr. A trolley
of mass 90 kg is moving on the smooth rails along side the bus with a velocity 90 km/hr in the
direction of motion of the bus. Person jumps on the trolley with a velocity 18 km/hr with respect to
the bus in a direction perpendicular to the velocity of trolley. (Assuming person comes to rest on
the trolley in 0.1 sec after coming in contact with it)
(A) Speed of the trolley is 82.8 km/hr after person comes at rest on it.
(B) Force on the person during his contact with the trolley in time interval 0.1 sec is
nearly 3500 N.
(C) Force on the trolley during person’s contact with the trolley in time interval 0.1 sec is
1800 N.
(D) Force on the person during his contact with the trolley in time interval 0.1 sec is 1800 N.
2. A rod of length L and mass m is hinged at its one end at point O. It can rotate O 0
freely in the vertical plane. It is given an angular velocity 0 when it is in the
vertical position. Rod just completes the full circle. ( is angle made by the rod
with the vertically up direction)
A
(A) Magnitude of normal reaction at hinge versus  graph is a continuous graph.
3
(B) Normal reaction at hinge is along the rod at   cos1  
5
3
(C) Normal reaction at hinge is perpendicular to the rod at   cos1  
5
(D) Direction of normal reaction at hinge continuously changes with .
3. Two particles P and Q are moving on a straight line and their Velocity
velocity versus time graph are shown in the figure.
Q
2
1
Time
(A) Both particles start from the same position.
(B) At any given time Q is always ahead of P.
(C) In given time interval Q travels more distance than P.
(D) Impulse on P may be greater than that on Q in a given time interval.

4. One end of a spring having spring constant k = 50 N/m is m = 2kg u = 5 m/s

attached to a block of mass 2 kg. Free end of the spring
moves with a constant velocity 5 m/s. Assuming surfaces to
be smooth and block is at rest at t = 0. (Initially the spring is
nondeformed)
(A) Block will finally move with a velocity 5 m/s.
(B) Maximum elongation in the spring may be 1 m.
(C) Speed of the block will always vary between zero and 5 m/s.
(D) Maximum speed of the block may be greater than 5 m/s.
5. A particle is moving in a conservative field and its potential energy is given as U = (6x 8y) J,
where x and y co-ordinates are in meters. Particle has initial velocity 2iˆ  3ˆj m/s at origin.  
(Given: mass of the particle is 2 kg)
(A) Speed of the particle will not be zero for any time t.
 7 
(B) At t = 1 sec, the angle between velocity and acceleration of particle is cos 1  
5 2 
3
(C) When the particle crosses x axis, x   m
8
(D) Particle never has its velocity perpendicular to acceleration.
6. Two particles A and B each of mass m are attached to free y

ends of inextensible string of length L. Whole arrangement is
lying on a smooth horizontal surface. Particle A is a given
 
velocity v î  ˆj m/s, while particle B is given a velocity
0
x
z
1 3 
v 0  î  ˆj  m/s. (Take z-axis normal to horizontal plane)
 2 2  A B
2L L
(A) String will become taut at t 
v0
41
(B) Just after string becomes taut, velocity of particle A will be v 0 m/s
4
mv 20
(C) Tension in the string just after it becomes taut is
8L
(D) There will be loss of energy when string becomes taut.

This section contains TWO (02) paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are TWO (02) questions.
Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is the correct
answer.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 07 and 08
A small body of mass m is rigidly fixed to the inside of a thin rigid hoop of same m,R
mass m and radius R placed on a rough horizontal surface. When the body is
getting in the lowest position, the velocity of the centre of the hoop is v0 v0
 0
v 0  5gR as shown in the figure. The hoop rolls without slipping on the rough R
m
horizontal surface.
Rough

7. When the body will get to the left end of the horizontal diameter of the hoop, the frictional force
acting on the hoop due to the horizontal surface is
mg
(A)
2
3mg
(B)
4
3mg
(C)
2
7mg
(D)
2
8. When the body will get to the left end of the horizontal diameter of the hoop, the normal force
acting on the hoop due to the horizontal surface is
mg
(A)
4
3mg
(B)
4
5mg
(C)
4
7mg
(D)
4
A hemispherical body B of mass 2m is placed on a rough

horizontal surface with coefficient of friction  = 0.5. A ball ‘A’ of A B
mass m moving with a velocity v0 = 15 m/s at an angle  = 37
from the horizontal surface collides with the body B at point P with m v0 2m
coefficient of restitution e = 0.6 as shown in the figure. There is no P
friction between the ball A and the body B. (Take m = 1 kg) 37
O  = 0.5
9. The velocity of the hemispherical body B just after collision is

(A) 3 m/s
(B) 5 m/s
(C) 8 m/s
(D) 10 m/s
10. The impulse due to frictional force of the horizontal surface on the hemispherical body B during
collision is
(A) 20 N-s
(B) 16 N-s
(C) 12 N-s
(D) 6 N-s


INTEGER.
11. A rod of length L and mass m is sliding with one end on the v
horizontal surface and the other end on the vertical wall as
shown in the figure. At the given instant, speed of end A and B
end B are same. Angular momentum (in kg-m2/sec) of rod
about point O at the given instant is (Given L = 3m, m = 1kg,
v = 2 m/s)
 v
O A
12. A loop of radius 1 m is made from string and this loop is slid on the 
surface of sphere of radius 2m. Sphere along with loop rotates about
its axis with a constant angular velocity  rad/sec. Assuming that loop
2n 1m
does not slip on the sphere. If tension in the loop (in S.I. units) is .
3
Find n. (There is no friction between the loop and spherical surface).
1 2m
[Given mass per unit length of the loop is kg/m, 2  2 3 R
3
(rad/sec)2 and g = 10 m/s2]
13. Assuming all parts of the string to be vertical and pulleys P1 and P2 to be P1
massless and frictionless. Find the acceleration (in m/s2) of point A of the
string. Assuming string to be massless and inextensible. (Take m 1 = m2 =
2
1kg, g = 10 m/s ) A
P2
m1
m2


Question Stem
A ball of mass 1 kg is projected horizontally with a velocity 10 m/s from a height of 5 m from ground. After
hitting the ground, the ball has its vertical component of velocity 2.5 m/s. The co-efficient of friction
between the ball and the ground is 0.1 and the ball remains in contact with the ground for 0.1 sec.
Average normal reaction during collision (contact force between the ball and the ground in vertical
direction) is N newton and the horizontal component of velocity of the ball just after the impact of ball with
ground for first time is v x m/s. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
14. The value of N is ……….

15. The value of v x is ……………
Question Stem
A particle of mass m is attached to inner portion of periphery of a ring of radius

R = 1m and mass m. System is slightly disturbed when the particle is at the
highest point of the ring. Normal reaction between the ring and the ground is N
and angular velocity of system is  rad/s. (Given m = 1kg, g = 10 m/s2). There
is no slipping between the ring and the ground at any instant.
16. The value of N (in newton) when the particle is at lowest position of the ring is ……….
17. The value of  when the particle is at level of the centre of ring is…………

Question Stem
Two particles P and Q each of mass 2 kg are projected along D

the surface AC and AD respectively with the same speed 10
m/s. Assuming that particles negotiate the points C and D
smoothly. The velocity of particle P is v P m/s and the velocity
of particle Q is vQ m/s, when they reach at point B. (Take g = C
10 m/s2 and AB is horizontal and coefficient of friction for the 3m
path ACB and the path ADB is 0.2 between the path and the 2m
60
particle) A 30 E F
B
5m
18. The value of v P is …………….
v 
19. The value of the ratio  P  is ………………
 vQ 


20. The correct statement (s) among the following is/are

(A) Nitrogen atom in N  CH3 3 is sp3 hybridized
(B) Nitrogen atom in N  SiH3 3 is sp2 hybridized
(C) N  SiH3 3 is less basic than N  CH3 3 hybridized
(D) The shape of N  SiH3 3 is pyramidal
21. The disproportionation reaction (s) among the following is/are

(A) 2H2 O2  2H2 O  O2

(B) 4H3PO4   3H3PO4  PH3
3Cl2  6NaOH 
 5NaCl  NaClO3  3H2 O
(C)
Hot & conc.
(D) 2Pb  NO3  2 

 2PbO  4NO2  O2
22. Consider the following equilibrium in a vessel

NH4HS  s  
 NH3  g   H2 S  g 
The incorrect statement(s) among the following is/are
(A) Addition of catalyst at constant temperature increases the value of K C
(B) Addition of catalyst at constant temperature increases the value of K P
(C) Addition of NH4HS at equilibrium increases the value of K C
(D) Addition of inert gas at constant volume shifts the equilibrium in the forward direction
23. The correct statement (s) among the following is/are

(A) A catalyst can change the value of H of a reaction
(B) A positive catalyst decreases the activation energy of a reaction
(C) At equilibrium the rate of forward reaction is equal to the rate of backward reaction
(D) Molecularity and order of reaction both are equal for elementary reaction
24. The correct statement(s) among the following is/are

(A) LiHCO3 does not exist in the solid state
(B) LiNO3 on decomposition by heating produces N2 gas
(C) Lithium reacts with nitrogen to form Li3N
(D) Lithium is the strongest reducing agent among alkali metals in aqueous solution
25. The molecule (s) in which the central atom is sp3 d hybridized is/are
(A) BrF5
(B) PCl5
(C) ClF3
(D) XeO2F2


answer.
Hydrolysis of salt is the reaction of cation or anion or both of a salt with water. Salts of strong acid and
strong base do not undergo hydrolysis. Salts of weak acid and strong base undergo anionic hydrolysis
and salts of strong acid and weak base undergo cationic hydrolysis. Salts of weak acid and weak base
undergo both cationic and anionic hydrolysis.
26. The pH of a solution obtained by mixing 100 ml of 0.2 M CH3 COOH with 100 ml of 0.2 M NaOH
is  pK a of CH3 COOH  4.74 
(A) 4.74
(B) 8.87
(C) 9.26
(D) 8.57
27. The pH of 0.005 M  NH4 2 SO4 solution is

 pK b of NH4OH  4.74 
(A) 9.26
(B) 8.87
(C) 4.73
(D) 5.63
According to valence shell electron pair repulsion theory the shape of the molecule depends upon the
repulsion between the electron pairs present in the valence shell. The repulsion between two lone pairs is
greater than the repulsion between a lone pair and a bond pair, which in turn is greater than the repulsion
between two bond pairs. The magnitude of repulsion between bonding pairs of electrons depends on the
electronegativity difference between the central atom and the other atoms.
28. The shape of which of the molecule is pyramidal?

(A) SF4
(B) XeO3
(C) XeF4
(D) BF3
29. Which of the following pair of species have identical shapes?

(A) I3 , XeF2
(B) ClF3 ,BF3
(C) PCl5 ,BrF5
(D) CH4 , XeF4


INTEGER.
30. Among the following the total number of species which are paramagnetic is
C 2 ,O2 ,S2 ,O2 ,N2 ,N2 ,CN ,B2 ,NO 2
31. What is the maximum number of electrons in a sub-shell that can have quantum number
n  3 and   1 ?
32. A compound of vanadium has a magnetic moment of 1.73 B.M. If the vanadium ion in the
compound is present as V x  , then the value of x is


Question Stem
Solid Na2 SO 4 is slowly added to a solution which is 0.1 M in Ca2  and 0.1 M in Ba2  . The minimum
concentration of SO24  required to start the precipitation of CaSO 4 is x  10 4 M . The concentration of
Ba 2  when CaSO 4 begins to precipitate is y  10 6 M.
K SP CaSO 4  2.4  10 5
K SP BaSO 4  9  10 10
33. The value of x is________
34. The value of y is_________

Question Stem
When NO and NO2 are mixed the following equilibria are readily obtained
2NO2  g  
 N2 O 4  g  K P  6.8 atm

 1
NO  g   NO 2  g 
 N2 O3  g  K P


In an experiment when NO and NO2 are mixed in the ratio 1 : 2, the final total pressure was found to be 5
atm and the partial pressure of N2 O4 at equilibrium was 1.7 atm.
35. The K P for the reaction

NO  g   NO 2  g  
 N2 O 3  g  is______


36. The equilibrium partial pressure of N2 O3 in atm is_________

Question Stem
M M
20 ml of CH3 COOH solution is titrated with solution of NaOH. When 16 ml of NaOH solution is
10 10
added to the CH3 COOH solution a buffer solution was formed and when 20 ml of NaOH solution was
added complete neutralization took place pK a of CH3 COOH is 4.74. (log2 = 0.3, log 5 = 0.7)
M M
37. What is the pH of the solution when 20 ml of CH3 COOH is mixed with 16 ml of NaOH
10 10
solution?
M M
38. What is the pH of the solution when 20 ml of CH3 COOH is mixed with 20 ml of NaOH
10 10
solution?


x2
39. Let yk  x   x
 kx 2  1
dx be family of curves and S  y k  x  | k  R , then which of the
4
following family of curves belong(s) to the set S?

1 x2  x  1 1 x 2  5x  1
(A) ln 2  ln 2 c
4 x  x  1 4 5 x  5x  1
x 1 x 1
(B) ln c
2x  2 4 x  1
2
1  x2  1  1 x 2  2x  1
(C) tan1   ln 2 c
2 2  2x  4 2 x  2x  1
1  x2  1 x
(D) tan1   2 c
4  2x  2x  2
40. Let P : y2 = 4ax and L : y = x tan . Let A(t) represents area bounded by P and L where  varies
with t and is equal to 2t (t is time in seconds), then which of the following statements is/are true
for the function A(t)
(A) It is a periodic function
(B) Fundamental period of the function in 2
8a2
(C) Minimum area bounded by y cot  = x – a and P is
3
8a2
(D) There exists atleast four roots of the equation A  t   in t  (0, 1)
3
1
Let f(x) be a differentiable function satisfying f  x   x 
  xt  x 2 t f  t  dt and g(x) be a
2
41.
0
 1 1
polynomial satisfying g  x   g    g  x  g   , g(2) = 9, then which of the following is/are
x x
FALSE?
(A) y = f(x) and y = g(x) intersect at only two points
(B) y = f(x) is even function
(C) y = g(x) is odd function
(D) f(x) and g(x) do not have a global minima  x  R – {0}
42. Which of the following statements is/are true?

(A) If f(x) is differentiable at x = a, then f(x) is always continuous at x = a
(B) If f(x) and g(x) are discontinuous at x = a and x = f(a) respectively, then g(f(x)) can be
continuous at x = a
(C) If lim f  x   b and lim g  x   c , then lim g  f  x    c
x a x b x a
b b
(D) If
 f  x  dx   g  x  dx  0 , then the equation f(x) = g(x) may not have any solution in x 
a a
[a, b]

1
xn
43. Let In  
0 1 x2
dx , n  N, then In  an  bnIn 2 , where an and bn are functions of ‘n’, then
1
(A) a1 + b2 = 2
2
2
(B) 2a2  b3  2 
3
1
(C) 3a4  b4  2 
2
1
(D) a2  3b5   21
2
2
sin x
44. Let I 
1
x2
dx , then
(A) I < ln 2
1
(B) I > ln 2 –
4
1
(C) I
2 2
2   2   2   
(D) I ln   
  2   2 

answer.
A tank contains 100 litre of salt solution which has 100 grams of salt at time t = 0. It has an inlet valve
through which salt solution of 10 gm/litre concentration enters the tank at the rate of 10 ltr/hr. Tank also
has an outflow valve through which salt solution in tank exists at a rate of 5 ltr/hr. The contents of the tank
are kept thoroughly mixed at all times.
The tank can only hold upto 200 litre of contents, the rest exits out through a spill over valve
45. Amount of salt (in grams) in tank after 20 hours is

(A) 2000
(B) 1850
(C) 1750
(D) 1550
 10 
46. Amount of salt (in grams) in tank at t = 20  ln  will be
 e 
(A) 1955
(B) 1895
(C) 1925
(D) none of these

2021 2022
r  rx 
Let f  x  
r 1 rx 2  1 
, F  x   f  x  dx , g  x  
r 1
tan   , G  x   g  x  dx
 2022  
A r  x | f  x   r, r  R, x   1, 1 , Br  y | g  y   r, r  R, x   1, 1
47. Value of n(A1) + n(B2) is

(A) 6060
(B) 6062
(C) 6064
(D) none of these
48. If m1, m2 be number of local minima of functions F, G and n1, n2 be number of local maxima of F,
G respectively in x  (–1, 1), then value of m 1 + m2 – n1 – n2 equals
(A) –2
(B) 0
(C) 2
(D) none of these

INTEGER.
3 6 1 5/ 2
49. Let 
0
f  x  dx  4 , 3
f  x  1 dx  5 and 
0
f  x  2  dx  1 , then  f  2x  dx equals _____
0
50. Number of points where f(x) = [{x} + |x + sin x|] sgn(x 2 – 1), x  (–6, 6) is discontinuous is _____
(where [.] denotes greatest integer function and {.} is fractional part function, sgn(x) is signum
function)
dy x 2 y 3  2y3  2xy 2
51. Let y(x) be solution of the differential equation  . If y(1) = 1 and the
dx y 2 x 3  2x2 y  2x 3
k2
 xy 
k1 
xy 
solution is y  xe  , then k1 + k2 equals _____


Question Stem
1/ x
 fn1  x   1
Let f 1(x) = (1 + x) , x > 0 and fn  x     ln , lim fn  x   mn and
1/x
  n  N – {1}. Let lim
 e  x 0 fn  x  x 0
S = {mj | j  N}. Let n(S) denote number of elements in set S
52. Value of l2 is _____

53. Value of n(S) is _____

Question Stem
x2
Tangents PA, PB are drawn from any point P to the ellipse E :  y 2  1 such that the angle between
4
the tangents is fixed angle . Let R = {(x, y) | (x, y) lies in region bounded by PA, PB and E}
S = {(x, y) | (x, y) lies in region bounded by PA, PB and E if P varies so as to keep  fixed}
If point P is (2, 1), then
54. Area of region R is _____
55. Area of region S is _____

Question Stem
Let S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}. A, B and C be non-null subsets of S. Let f : A  B, g : B  C and ‘h’ be the
composite function defined from A to C such that h(x) = g(f(x)) and h(x) is bijective function. Let P(A, B, C)
= h a
aA
56. Number of possible functions h(x) is _____
57. Number of possible functions h(x) if P is divisible by 3 is _____

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
PART TEST – I
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 21-11-2021

Section – A
1. A, B, C
Sol. 60  72 + 90  90 = 150 v
12420
v  82.8 km/hr = 23 m/s
150

| Pperson | (60  5)2  {60  (23  20)} 2
Force on the person = 
t 0.1
60 25  9
=  60  5.83  10  3500 N
0.1
90  (25  23) 90  2
Force on the trolley =  =1800 N
0.1 0.1
2. A, C, D
Sol. Using conservation of energy
L 1 mL2 2
mg 1  cos    
2 2 3 
3g(1  cos ) mg cos
2 
L N1 mg sin
N2 mg
N1  normal reaction at hinge along rod
3mg(1  cos ) L
mgcos   N1  
L 2
3
N1  mgcos   mg(1  cos )
2
3 5
N1 = mg  mg cos …(i)
2 2
3
For N1 = 0, cos  =
5

L mL2 3gsin 
(mgsin )   
2 3 2L
For centre of mass
L 3
a t    gsin 
2 4
3
mgsin   N2  mgsin 
4
mg
N2 =  sin 
4
For any , N2 is always negative
N2  normal reaction at hinge perpendicular to rod
3. C, D
Sol. Graph shows that particles P and Q are starting from rest while their initial positions may be
different. Also impulse is change in linear momentum so it will depend on the mass of P and Q.
4. B, D
Sol. If spring is initially in relaxed state.
1 2 1
kx  mv 2
2 2
 m 2
x v 5  1m
 k  50
 
5. A, B, C
U
Sol. Fx    6N
x
U
Fy    8N
y

F  6iˆ  8 ˆj

 F
a   ( 3iˆ  4ˆj)  constant
m
  

v  u  at = 2iˆ  3ˆj  3iˆ  4ˆj t   
 (2  3t)iˆ  (3  4t)jˆ
For any time t, v x and vy are not zero simultaneously
ˆ  (2iˆ  3ˆj)t  1 (3iˆ  4ˆj)t 2   2t  3 t 2  î  ( 3t  2t 2 )jˆ
(xiˆ  yj)
2  2 

4
for x = 0, t  sec
3
3
for y = 0, t  sec
2
angle between velocity and acceleration at t = 1 sec
 
v a (î  ˆj)( 3iˆ  4ˆj) 34  7 
cos        
| v || a | 2 5 25 5 2 
2
3 3 33 27 3
At, t  sec , x  2      3   m
2 2 2 2 8 8
For velocity to be perpendicular to acceleration

 
a v0
3iˆ  4ˆj 
(2  3t)iˆ  ( 3  4t)jˆ   0
 
3(2  3t)  4(3  4t)  0
6  9t  12  16t  0
25t  18
18
t
25
6. A, B, C, D
Sol. Velocity of particle B with respect to particle
v0/2
A at t = 0
vB/ A  vB/G  v A /G
45
1
 2
3 
v 0  î  ˆj   v 0 î  ˆj
2 
  A v0/2 B
v v L
  0 î  0 ˆj
2 2
V
Just before string becomes taut v0/2 3v 0/2
m
v0/2 B B v0/2
45
L
L
v0
45
A A
m L v0
In the frame of In ground frame
particle A
Just after string becomes taut.
Conserving momentum of A and B along length
of string 0 v
3 5
2mv  mv 0  mv 0  mv 0 m
2 2 v0/2 B B v0/2
5
v  v0
4
L 2 2L
Also string will become taut at t  
v0 v0
2 v
2
In the frame of A, motion of particle B will be
circular A A
2 m v0
v 
m 0 
m  v0 
2
2 In the frame of In ground frame
T + maA =   , T  particle A
L 8L

Section – A
7. A
8. C
Sol. (Q.7-8) m,R
For rolling without slipping,
v = R and a = R
Using conservation of energy CM a v
1 m
mv 20  mv 2  m(v 2)2  mgR


2 R/2
mv 02  2mv 2  mgR 2mg N
fs
5mgR  2mv  mgR 2
P
v 2g
v  2gR and    …(i)
R R
 
2
IP  2mR 2  m R 2  4mR2
P  IP 
R
2m(g  2R)  4mR2 
2
m(g  2g)R  4mR 2 
3g
 …(ii)
4R
 2R  CM
fs  2m   a a
 2  2R
 2R  2
fs  2m   R 
 2  R
 3g  2
fs  2m  g 
 4 
mg
fs 
2
2m R
Also, 2mg  N 
2
2mg  N  mR
3mg
2mg  N 
4
3mg
N  2mg 
4
5mg
N
4

9. B
10. D
Sol. (Q.9-10) v1
N0 = normal force on the body B due to the horizontal
surface A B
 N0 dt   Nsin 37dt m
N
2m
3 P
 N dt  5  Ndt
0
…(i) 37
v2
3 fk = N0 N0 O  = 0.5
 f dt    N dt  0.5  5  Ndt
k 0
 f dt  0.3  Ndt
k …(ii)
 Ndt  m  v  v  1 0 …(iii)
 Ncos 37dt   f dt  2mv k 2
0.8  Ndt  0.3  Ndt  2mv 2
0.5  Ndt  2mv  Ndt  4mv

2 2 …(iv)
From equation (iii) and (iv)
m(v1  v 0 )  4mv 2
4v 2  v1  v 0 …(v)
v 2 cos 37  v1
0.6  e 
v0
0.8v 2  v1  0.6v 0 …(vi)
Solving equation (v) and (vi), we get
4.8v 2  1.6v 0
v
v 2  0  5 m/s v 2  5 m/s
3
From equation (v),
v1  4v 2  v 0  20  15  5 m/s
v1  5 m/s
From equation (iii)
 fk dt  0.3  Ndt  0.3  20  6 N-S
The impulse due to frictional force of the horizontal surface on the hemispherical body B during
collision is
 fk dt  6 N-s
Section – B
11. 1
Sol. At given instant OA = OB v
OACB will be square and point C will be ICOR
Angular momentum about C B C
 mL2 L 
2
90
L C  IC     m   
 12  2  
Angular momentum about O
 mL2 L 
2
mL2  v
LO    m     
 12  2   6 O A

 v 
2 2
mL  2 2 2
  (mLv)  1 kg-m /sec
6 L 6
12. 8
1 N
Sol. cos     60 1
2 O 
Consider small length dL of loop which makes angle d at O 
Let is mass per unit length of string 2
O
dm = .d = .rd …(i)
R
N.sin = (dm)g …(ii)
d
2T sin  N cos = (dm)r2
2
d 2
2T sin = N cos + (dm)r
2
d (dm)g
2T  cos   (dm)r2
2 sin 
( rd)g ( .r.d ) 16
T cos   r2  rgcot   r 2 2 
d sin  d 3
n=8
13. 4
Sol. m1g  T1  2m1a …(i) 2T1 T1
2T1  m2 g  m2 a …(ii)
a
2m1g  m2 g  (4m1  m2 )a 2a
 2m1  m2   2 1 1 m1
a g     10  2 m/s2
 4m1  m2   4  1 1 m2g m1g
2
aA = 4 m/s
Section – C
14. 125.00
15. 8.75
Sol. (Q.14-15) 10 m/s
Vertical component of velocity of ball just before impact =
2gh  2  10  5  10 m/s
10 m/s
Just before
collision 10 m/s
After impact
N t  1 2.5  ( 1 10) 2.5 m/s
N t  12.5 ...(i)
(N)t = 1  v x  1  10 …(ii)
v x = 10  0.1  12.5 vx
= 10  1.25 = 8.75 m/s Just after collision
Putting value of t in (i)
N  0.1 = 12.5
N = 125 newton

16. 40.00
17. 2.24
Sol. (Q.16-17) N
When the particle is at the lowest position of the ring
1
2mgR  I0 2
2
C
1
2mgR   (2mR 2 )2
2
  2g / R
(R2 ) 2mg
N  2mg  2m 
2
2
N = 2mg + mR
= 2  1  10 + 1  1  20 =40 N
R 1 C
Also, 2mg    2mR2  2mR 2  2
2 2
2gR  4R 2 2
O
g
  2.24 rad/s
2R
18. 8.94
19. 1.00
Sol. (Q.18-19)
Work done by the friction force in both cases will be equal and given by
W(friction)  mgx  0.2  2  10  5 =20 J
Using work energy theorem
1 1
 2  vP2   2  (10)2  20
2 2
2
vP  = 100 20 = 80
vP  80  8.94 m/s

Section – A
20. A, B, C
Sol. In N  SiH3 3 there is p  d bond.
21. A, B, C
Sol. Decomposition of Pb NO3 2 is not a disproportionation reaction.
22. A, B, C, D
Sol. Addition of catalyst does not change the value of KP and K C .
23. B, C, D
Sol. A catalyst does not change the value of H of a reaction.
24. A, C, D
Sol. LiNO3 on decomposition produces NO2 .
25. B, C, D
Sol. In BrF5 the central atom is sp3 d2 hybridized.
Section – A
26. B
1 1
Sol. pH  7  pK a  logC
2 2
4.74 1
7  log10 1
2 2
= 8.87
27. D
Sol. NH4   2  0.005  0.01 M
1 1
pH  7  pK b  logC
2 2
4.74 1
7  log102
2 2
= 5.63
28. B
Sol. The shape of XeO3 is pyramidal
Xe
O O
O

29. A
Sol. I3 and XeF2 have linear shape.
Section – B
30. 6
Sol. The following species are paramagnetic
O2 ,S 2 ,O2 ,N2 ,B2 ,NO2
31. 6
Sol. For 3p sub-shell n  3 and   1 .
3p sub-shell contains maximum 6 electrons.
32. 4
Sol.   n  n  2  BM
 n  n  2   1.73
n 1
Vanadium ion is present as V 4 
x4
Section – C
33. 2.40
K SP CaSO4
Sol. SO24  
Ca 2 
2.4  105

0.1
 2.4  10 4 M
x  2.40
34. 3.75
K SP BaSO4
Sol. Ba2   
SO24 
9  10 10

2.4  104
 3.75  10 6
y  3.75
35. 3.09
36. 1.70
Sol. (Q. 35 and 36)
2NO 2  g 
 N2O 4  g 

2P  x  2y y
NO  g  NO2  g   N2 O3  g



Px 2P  x  2y x

PN2O4 1.7
KP  ,PNO2   0.5
P 
2
6.8
NO2
PNO2  PN2 O4  PNO  PN2 O3  5

0.5 + 1.7 + P – x + x = 5
P = 2.8 atm,
2P – x – 2y = 0.5
x  1.7 atm
PN2 O3  1.7 atm, PNO  P  x  2.8  1.7  1.1
PN2O3 1.7
K P    3.09
PNO  PNO 2
 1.1 0.5
37. 5.34
CH3 COO  
Sol. pH  pK a  log 
CH3COOH
1.6
pH  4.74  log
0.4
pH = 5.34
38. 8.72
1 1
Sol. pH  7  pK a  logC
2 2
4.74 1 2
7  log
2 2 40
= 8.72

Section – A
39. A, B, C, D
 1 1 
1 2 1
x2 1 x2

Sol. I x 4  kx 2  1
dx  
2 2 1
x
x  2 k
dx    1
x2  2  k
dx 

 x x 
1 1
Let x   t + Let x   s
x x
1 dt ds 
2   2
t k 2
 2  
s  k  2
  1   1 
x  1 x  5 
1 1  x 1 x
If k = –3 I   ln    ln    c
2 2  1 1
x  1  2 5  x   5  
  x   x  
  1 
x  2 
1  1 1  x
If k = –2 I   ln    c
2 1 4  1
x x  2  
 x  x  
  1  1 
x  x  2 
1 1  x  1 x
If k = 0 I  tan1   ln    c
2 2 1
 2  2 2  x   2  
  x  
  1 
x 
1 1  x  1 
If k = 2 I   tan1   c
2 2  2  x 1
 x 
40. A, C, D
2 a cot  y = x tan 
8a2
Sol. A t  
0
4ax  x tan  dx =
3
cot 3  y2 = 4ax
Minimum area bounded by y cot  = x – a and

 8a2
P is when  is , then area is
2 3
41. A, B, C
1 1
Sol. 
f  x   x  x t 2 f  t  dt  x 2 tf  t  dt
0

0
a b
1 1

f(x) = (a + 1)x + bx 2 where a   a  1 t 3  bt 4 dt and b   a  1 t 2  bt 3 dt
0

0

180x 80x 2
f  x 
3
 and g(x) = 1 + x
119 119
42. B, D
 2  1
x sin   x  0
Sol. (A) Not always true of f  x    x

 0 x0
(B) e.g. f(x) = [x], g(x) = {x}, x = 0
(C) lim g  x  may not be equal to lim g  x 
x b x b
(D) f(x) – g(x) needs to be continuous for a solution to always exist
43. A, B
1 1
xn x 1
Sol.
0 1 x 2
dx  x n1 
0 1 x 2
= xn 1 1  x 2 0 
  n  1 xn2 1  x2 dx
1
xn  2  x n 2  n  1 In 2 2 1 
= 2   n  1 
0 1  x2
dx 
n

n
=    1 In 2
n n 
2 1
an  , bn   1
n n
44. A, B, C, D
2 2
sin x x
Sol. (A)
1
x 2
 x
1
2
dx  ln2
2 2
sin x 1 x 1
(B)
1
x 2
dx  x  6 dx  ln 2  4
1
2 2
sin x 1 1
(C) 1
x 2
dx 
1
2x 2
dx 
2 2
2 
2x 2
2   x  
sin x  dx  
(D) 1
x2
dx 
1
x2 
x 
2
dx
2 2  2   1 1 2  2  2
= ln    ln    2     = ln   
      2    2    
Section – A
45. D
46. A
Sol. (Q.45 – 46)
x
Let x be amount of salt of time t in the tank. So concentration of salt at time t is
100  5t
dx 5x dx x
 100    100
dt 100  5t dt 20  t
2
100  20  t 
x(20 + t) =  100  20  t  dt x  20  t  
2
c

18000
At t = 0, x = 100 c = –18000 x  50  20  t  
20  t
1800
At t = 20 x  50 40   1550
4
dy 10y
Let y be amount of salt in table after at time t (t > 20), then  100 
dt 200
dy dt t
 2000  y   20  ln  2000  y  
20
 c
t
450 1
At t = 20, y = 1550 c = 1 – ln(450)  e 20
2000  y
 t 
  1
y  2000  450 e 20 
47. B
Sol. From graph of the functions, we can observe n(A1) = 4040, n(B2) = 2022
48. D
Sol. m1 = 2020 m 2 = 2021
n1 = 2020 n2 = 0
Section – B
49. 5
6 5 1 3
Sol. 3

f  x  1 dx  f  x  dx ,
2

0

f  x  2  dx  f  x  dx
2
5/ 2
1  
5
1
5 3 3 
 f  2x  dx 
2   
f x dx =  f  x  dx  f  x  dx  f  x  dx   5
2  
0 0 0 2 2 
50. 19
2
Sol. f(x) = ({x} + [|x + sin x|]) sgn(x – 1)
|x + sin x| will have 11 points of discontinuity {x} will have 11 points of discontinuity of which x = 0
is common in both and f(x) is continuous at x = 1
51. 1
Sol. (x3y2 + 2x2y – 2x3)dy = (x2y3 + 2y3 – 2xy2)dx
3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2
x y dy – x y dx = 2y(y dx – x dy) + 2x(x dy – y dx)
2 3 2 3 2 2
y x dy – x y dx = 2(y – x)(y dx – x dy)
dy dx  1 1  dx dy 
  2    2  2 
y x  x y  x y 
1 1 1 1
d  ln y   d  ln x   2    d   
y x y x
2
 1 1
ln y  ln x       c , satisfy (1, 1) c=0
y x

Section – C
52. 1.65
1/x
 e  1  e 
Sol. Let P  lim  1/x 
lnP  lim ln  1/x 
x 0
 1  x   x  0 x  1  x  
x  ln 1  x  1
lnP  lim  P e
x 0 x2 2
53. 3.00
Sol. lim f2  x   e lim fn  n   0  n > 2
x 0 x 0 
54. 0.43
Sol. Area of region R
= Area of OAPB – Area of OAB A P(2, 1)

= 2 2
4 O B
~ 0.43
55. 9.42
Sol. Area of region S = 5 – 2 = 3
56. 126525.00
Sol. For h(x) to be bijective n(A) = n(B) = n(C)
Number of possible function
 5 C1    5 C2   2! 2   5 C3   3! 2   5 C4   4!2   5 C5   5!2  126525
3 3 3 3 3
=
57. 44825.00
Sol. Let n(A) = n(B) = n(C) = d
If d = 1  5 C15 C1 1  25
2
If d = 2  5 C25 C2 4   2!   1600
If d = 3  5 C35 C3 4   3!   14400
2
2
If d = 4  5 C 45 C4 1  4!   14400
C5  5!  14400
2
If d = 5  5 C5 5
C5 5
Total = 44825

FIITJEE
PART TEST – II
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 11-12-2021
answer.
FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i , S a r v ap r i y a Vi h a r, New Del h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3, F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

websi te: ww w. fi i tjee.com
AITS-PT-II-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. Three moles of an ideal diatomic gas is taken through a P

process AB as shown in the figure. During the process,
pressure and temperatue of gas varies such that PT2 = B
4P0
constant. If TB = 300 K, the work done on the gas in the
process is
P0 A
(A) 900 R
(B) +2700 R
(C) 2700 R
(D) +900 R
Ans. B
Sol. PT2 = constant

 TA = 2TB = 600 K
Or P3 V 2  k
k1/3
 P  2 /3
v
R
WAB   PdV  3k1/3 (VB1/3  VA1/3 )
A
 3(PB VB  PA VA )  3nR(TB  TA )
5R
2. An ideal gas has a molar heat capacity at constant pressure CP  . The gas is kept in a
2
closed vessel of volume V0 at a temperarue T0 and pressure P0. If 10P0V0 heat is supplied to the
gas, then the final pressure of the gas is
23
(A) P0
3
17
(B) P0
3
(C) 5P0
(D) 3P0

3 AITS-PT-II-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
Ans. A
Sol. Q = U = nCvT
3 
Or 10nRT0  n  R  (T  T0 )
2 
23
T= T0
3
PT
23
 P P0
3
3. Three identical particles, each of mass 1 gm and charge ‘q’ are suspended from a common point
by insulated massless strings, each of length 100 cm. If the particles are in equilibrium at the
corners of an equilateral triangle of side length 3 cm lying in the horizontal plane, calculate the
charge ‘q’ on each particle. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
(A) 1 nC
(B) 10 nC
(C) 0.1 nC
(D) 10 nC
Ans. D
2 3
Sol. AO    (3cm)  3 cm
3 2 3 cm 3 cm
Net electrostatic force on each particle,
kq2 O
Fe   2cos30  3  1013 q2
(0.03)2
A 3 cm
F.B.D. T

Fe
mg
mg
Now, tan  = q= 10 nC
Fe 100 cm

3 cm

4. Four identical rods are joined together as shwon in the figure. T is the mid P R
point of the rod QS. Points P, R and V are maintained at 10C, 15C and
30C respectively. Assuming no heat loss to the atmosphere, find the
temperature at point T.
Q S
T
(A) 18C
(B) 25C
(C) 20C
(D) 22C
Ans. C
(T  10) (T  15) (T  30)

Sol.   0
 3R   3R  (R)
 2   2 
   
5. The electric field intensity in a region of space can be given as,

 xiˆ  yjˆ  zkˆ
Ec 2 , where c is a constant of appropritae dimension. Find the net charge
(x  y 2  z2 )
enclosed by a sphere of radius ‘a’ centred at origin.
(A) (40 )c
c 
(B) (40 )  
a
(C) (40 )ca
 c 
(D) (40 )  2 
a 
Ans. C
Sol. Taking the sphere as the gaussian surface

c q
E  (4a2 ) 
a 0
 q  (4 0 )ca
6. A charged particle is placed on the axis of a cylinder as shown in

the figure. Then, find the electric flux through the curved surface R Q
of the cylinder. 4R/3 R/ 3

 7  Q 
(A)  20    
  0 
 13   Q 
(B)  20    
  0 
 13   Q 
(C)  40    
  0 
 27   Q 
(D)  40    
  0 
Ans. B
Sol. Solid angle subteneded by the two plane surface are,

 1 1 7
plane  2 1  cos 60   2 1  cos37   2     
2 5 5
 Solid angle subteneded by the curved surface is
7 13
cs  4    
5 5
13 / 5 Q  13   Q 
 cs     
4 0  20   0 
7. In an uncharged conducting spehre of radius R, a

spherical cavity of radius R/3 is made as shown in the
R
figure. It is given that OC  and PX = R. A point
2 C O P X
charge, q is placed at c and another point charge Q is
palced at x. Find the potential of point P due to charges
at the outer surface of the sphere.
k(Q  q)
(A)
2R
k(Q  2q)
(B)
R
k(q  Q)
(C)
R
k(2q  Q)
(D)
2R
Ans. D
kQ kq k(Q  2q)
Sol. VP  V0   
2R R 2R

kQ
Potential of P due to ‘Q’ is V1 
R
 Potential of P due to surface charge,
k(2q  Q)
V = V P  V1 =
2R
8. In the given diagram, each branch has a resistance r0. Then, the equivalent
resistacne between the points A and O is:
O
 49 
(A)  105  r0
 
 51 
(B)  105  r0
 
 47 
(C)  105  r0
 
 53 
(D)  105  r0
 
Ans. C
Sol. With the help of symmetry, the circuit can be simplified as: r0/2 r0/2
Then the circuit can be solved as simple series parallel circuit. r0/2
r0/2 r0/2
O r0
r0/2
r0/2 r0
9. A galvanometer of resistance 20  shows a deflection of 10 divisions when a current of 1 mA is

passed through it. If a shunt of 4  is connected and there are 50 divisions on the scale, then the
range of the ammeter is:
(A) 0.3 A
(B) 1A
(C) 3A
(D) 30 mA
Ans. D
 50 
Sol. Ig  1mA    5 mA
 10 

Rg  20
IgRg  ISRS  IS  25mA
 Range of the ammeter r = Ig + IS = 30 mA
10. In the shwon potentiometer setup, length of AB is 10 m and has a 15V 40
resistance 20 . If the switch in the secondary circiuit is open, the
galvanometer gives zero deflection at 240 cm from point A. If the
switch is closed and R = x, the zero deflection is at 180 cm from
x A
point A. If the switch is closed and R   , the zero deflection is at y
3 B
cm from point A. Then the value of y is r
 S
(A) 90
(B) 120
(C) 60
(D) 80
Ans. B
Sol. Potential drop per unit length across

1
 20
 1
AB  4    V/m
10 2
1
    2.4 V  1.2 V
2
x 1
Also,   1.8 …(i)
rx 2
x
 
 3   1  1.2 …(ii)
x 2
r  
3
Hence, y = 120 cm
11. If L1, L2 and L3 in the figure are identical lamps, which of the V
following changes to the brightness of the lamps, occur when the
switch S is closed? L3
L1 S
L2
(A) In L1 stays the same, in L2 decreases
(B) In L1 increases, in L2 decreases

(C) In L1 increases, in L2 stays the same
(D) In L1 decreases, in L2 increases
Ans. B
Sol. Basic concept of current and voltage in series parallel circuit.
12. A thin rod of length 2 3 R is charged uniformly with linear charge density . Another rod,
sermcircular in shape and radius R is also charged with the same linear charge density . Now,
the rod is placed perpendicular to the plane of the semi-circular ring in such a way that the mid
point of the rod coincides with the centre of the semi-circular ring. Find the magnitude of the froce
experienced by the rod.
(A) 2 3k 2
(B) 3k 2
3 2
(C) k
2
(D) k 2
Ans. A
Sol. Electric field due to the rod at the ring, dF

k 3k
E  2  sin60 
R R
 3k  
dF   (Rd )  3k 2 d d
 R 
 
90
Fnet  2  (dF)cos   2 3k 2
0
13. In the given capacitance circuit, all the capacitors are 1 F 1 F

uncharged. Find the charge flown through the battery, as
the switch ‘S’ is closed.
1 F 2 F 0.5 F
1 F 2 F 0.5 F
130 V S
(A) 135 C
(B) 150 C
(C) 155 C
(D) 160 C

Ans. C
155
Sol. Ceq  F 2F 1F
130
 Q = Ceq  (130 V) = 155 C
4F
1F 1F
S
130 V
14. The end points of a uniform conducting rod slide on the two
mutually perpendicular non-conducting surfaces in a uniform B       B0 
magnetic field as shown. If velocity of end A is V0 and the rod        
makes an angle of 53 with the horizontal as shown. Then the        

maximum value of v A  v P is (where P is a point on the rod)        
(VA and VP are potential of point A and P respectively).        
  53
    v0 
9
(A) B 0 v 0
125
18
(B) B 0 v 0
125
16
(C) B 0 v 0
125
32
(D) B 0 v 0
125
Ans. D
Sol. vA  vP is maximum when OP is perpendicular to AB

B 3/5 O
v0 5v
  0 
4 / 5 4
53
B
v A  vP max  (OA)2  (OP)2  4/5
2  P
B 0 5v 0  4   12  
2 2
  53 v0
 
2 4  5   25  
A
3  4  12
OP     OP
5  5  25  cos53
OA
5B0 v 0 2 (20  12)(20  12) 32
  B0 v 0
8(25)2 125

15. A thermodynamic process consists of two isobars and two isotherms. The minimum and
maximum temperatures are 400 K and 800 K. The maximum volume is 4 times the minimum
volume and cycle does positive work and the gas contained by system is an ideal diatomic gas.
The efficiency of the cyclic process is
2n2
(A)
7  4n2
2n2
(B)
7  2n2
2n2
(C)
7  4n2
2n2
(D)
7  2n2
Ans. C
Sol. P-V curve for the given process is shown

Also, 2P0V0 = nR400 A B
w cycle 2n2 2P0
 
 T2 = 800K
Q 7  4n2 T1=400K
P0
D C
V0 2V0 4V0 V
16. One gram vapour at 100C is added in a calorimeter which contains 20 gm mixture (of water and
ice in equilibrium) to just melt the ice completely. Then the mass of water present in the mixture
before the process is (Given: Sw = 1 calgm1C1, Lf = 80 calgm1, Lv = 540 calgm1)
(A) 4 gm
(B) 8 gm
(C) 12 gm
(D) 16 gm
Ans. C
Sol. Heat loss by vapour = Heat gain by ice

mv L v  mv Sw (100  0)  miceL f
1[540 + 100] = mice80
mice = 8gm
mwater = 12 gm

17. The magnetic needle performs 20 oscillations per minute in a horizontal plane. If the angle of dip
is 30, then how many oscillations per minute will this needle perform in vertical north-south plane
1/ 4
2
(A) 20  
3
1/ 4
3
(B) 20  
2
1/2
4
(C) 20  
3 
1/4
4
(D) 20  
3 
Ans. D
Sol. In horizontal plane, the magnetic needle oscillates in horizontal component

I
BH , T1  2
MBH
In vertical north south plane, the needle oscillates in the total earth’s magnetic field B
I
T2  2
MB
T12 B 2
 2   (sec )1 
T2 BH 3
1/ 2
n12  3 

n22  4 
2 2
n22  n1
3
1/4
4
n2  20  
3 
18. A wooden cylinder of 50 kg is floating in water. A weight of 2 kg is to be placed on it to just make

it submerged when the temperature is 10C. How much less weight is to be placed when the
temperature increases to 30C. ( Ywater  104 C1, Ywood is negligible)
(A) 104 gm
(B) 58 gm
(C) 208 gm
(D) 54 gm
Ans. A
Sol. (50 + 2)g = Vg

 Vg
(50  2  m)g    1  Y (20) Vg
1  Y (30  10) 
 m = 104 gm

19. Initially there is no current in the inductors and capacitor is 2L

charged to a potential difference V0. Then the maximum
energy stored in the inductor (L) after the switch is closed. L
3L
C
5
(A) CV02
11
5
(B) CV02
22
5
(C) CV02
33
5
(D) CV02
44
Ans. B
Sol. i1  i2  i …(i) i2 i1 2L
di1 di
2L  3L 2 L
dt dt 3L
2i1  3i2 …(ii)
i
3i 2i
Solving (i) and (ii) i1  and i2  C
5 5
When i is maximum then i1 and i2 are also maximum, hence the
charge on capacitor is zero at this instant.
Applying conservation of Energy
2 2
CV02 Li2 2L  3i  3L  2i 
      
2 2 2  5  2  5 
5CV02 5CV02
i2  , Umax (in L) 
11L 22
20. If the wattless current through the AC source is zero in the xL

given circuit. Then which of the following is correct.
R xC
(A) R2  xL (xC  xL )
(B) R2  x C (xL  x C )
(C) R2  x C (xL  xC )
(D) R2  xL (xC  xL )

Ans. B
Sol. The phasor diagram for the following circuit is shown as

I2 I1 xL
I2 R xC

I
V ~
I1
R
cos  
R  xC2
2
If wattless current is zero, then I and V must be in the same phase,

 I1 = I2 sin 
V V XC

xL x R
2 2
x  R2
2
C C
x 2C  R2  xC xL
R2  x C (xL  x C )
SECTION – B
21. Two uniform spheres A and B are made up of the same material which is a good conductor of
heat. The radius of A is twice the radius of B. The rate of fall of temperature of A is ‘x’ times that
of the B when both are at the same surface temperature. The value of ‘x’ is
Ans. 00000.50
dQ
Sol.  R2
dt
Heat capacity H  R3
 dQ 
dT  dt 
Clearly, 
dt H
dT  1 
  
dt R 
 dT 
 dt 
 A RB 1
  
 dT  RA 2
 dt 
 B

22. The spectral emissive power for a body at temperature T1 dU/d

and T2 are plotted against the wavelength. The area under
the curve at temperatue T2 is four times the area under the
curve at tempeature T1. Then, 1/2 is equal to:
T2
T1
2 1
Ans. 00001.41
Sol. Area under the curve,

U  T4
4
U T 
 2  2 4
U1  T1 
T
 2  2
T1
Also, 1T1   2 T2
  T
  1   2  2  1.41
  2  T1
23. In the given circuit, switch ‘S’ is closed at t = 0 and initially S

capacitor is uncharged. Then the charge (in C) on the
capacitor after long time is
C = 1F
2
9V
4
1
Ans. 00006.00
Sol. After loing time current in the branch of the i i

capacitor is zero.
9
Therefore, i   3A C=1F +
1 2 q
9V 
q 2
 2(3)
C 4
q = 6 C
1
24. A bar magnet is inserted inside a solenoid of length 0.2 m and 100 turns. It gets completely
magnetized if a current of 4A is passed through it. The coercivity of the bar magnet is n  1000
A/m. The vlaue of ‘n’ is
Ans. 00002.00

Sol. B = 0H = 0nI

 H = nI = 2000 A/m
25. A closed vessel of volume V0 contains oxygen gas at a pressure P0 and temperature T0. Another
T
closed vessel of same volume V0 contains helium gas at pressure P0 and temperature 0 . Find
2
the ratio of the mass of helium gas to the oxygen gas.
Ans. 00000.25
Sol. Using, PV = nRT for both gases

m T mO2
P0 V0  He R 0 P0 V0 RT0
MHe 2 MO2
mHe 2MHe 2(4) 1
    0.25
mO2 MO2 32 4
26. Two infinite current carrying wires having currents I1 and y

I2 are placed as shown. If point P has a net magnetic field
I  P(4, 3, 12)
along y-axis, then the ratio  1  is
 I2 
x
I1(0,0,0) I2(4,0,0)
Ans. 00002.78
Sol. Bx = 0 y B1
3B1 37
B2 
5
0I2 3 0I1
 B2
2(3) 5 2(5) 5 3
I1 25
  2.78 37
I2 9
4 x
I1 I2
27. Two glass bulbs of equal volume are connected by a narrow tube and are filled with a gas at 0C
and a pressure of 76 cm of mercury. One of the bulb is then placed in melting ice and the other is
placed in water bath maintained at 62C. The new value of pressure inside the bulb is (assuming
that volume of connecting tube is negligible) x cm of mercury. Find the vlaue of x.
0C = 273 K 0C = 273 K 0C = 273 K 62C = 335 K
V, n, P0 V, n, P0 n1, P n2, P
Ans. 00083.75

Sol. Total number of moles remains conserved as the whole system is closed.
n1  n2  2n
PV PV 2P0 V
 
R(273) R(335) R(273)
335
P (P0 )
304
335
P (76 cm of Hg) = 83.75 cm of Hg
304
x = 83.75
28. In the circuit shown in figure, power factor of the box is 0.5 and the BOX
3
power factor of the circuit is given as . If the current is lagging the
2 10
voltage. The effective resistance (in ) of the box is …………
Ans. 00005.00
Sol. If current is lagging the voltage and power factor of the box is 0.5, XL R
then box must contains a resistance in series with an inductor.
Now the circuit looks like
R2
 (0.5)2 …(i) 10
xL2  R 2
2
(R  10)2  3
 …(ii)
xL  (R  10)
2 2  2  ~
 
Solving (i) and (ii)
R = 5
29. A particle having charge q and mass m is projected with a velocity (4iˆ  6ˆj  3k) ˆ m/s from the

origin in a region occupied by electric field (E) and magnetic field (B) such that E  E0 ˆj and

B  B ˆj . Find the time (in sec) after which the speed of charged particle will be 5 5 m/s (neglect
0
qE0
the gravity) (take  2 m/s2)
m
Ans. 00008.00
Sol. v y  uy  ay t
qE0
0  6 t1 t1 = 3 sec
m
v 2x  v 2y  v z2  125 vy = 10 m/s
(4)  v  (3)  125
2 2
y
2
v y  uy  ay t
qE0
10  0  t2 t2 = 5 sec
m
t  t1  t 2 = 8 sec

30. In the circuit shown, the current at t = 0 is I1 and the current at 0.5 H
time t   is I2. Then the value of (I1 + I2) in ampere is ……
10 
5 F
S
15V
Ans. 00003.00
Sol. I1 = 1.5 A
I2 = 1.5 A
I1 + I2 = 3 A

SECTION – A
31. Which of the following compound has negligible enol content?
(A)
O
O
(B) O O
(C) O O
(D) O O
H3C C CH2 C CH3
Ans. A
Sol. Option (A) has negligible enol content because its enol would be highly unstable (Anti –
Aromatic).
32. Which of the following is a meso compound
(A) CH3
H Cl
Cl H
CH3
(B) Cl
H
CH3
CH3
H
Cl

(C) Cl
Cl
(D) Cl
Cl
Ans. B
Sol. Meso compound are those compounds which contain chiral carbon but are optically inactive due
to presence of POS or COS or both.
33. Which of the given following stability order is correct?
(A)
O O
H2C <
(B)
> O
(C)
> H2N CH2
(D)
CH2
CH2 < F
Cl
Ans. A
Sol. Option (A) is correct because second resonating structure has complete octet of all its atoms.
34. Cl
Na
dry ether
  x  . Where x is the number of dim eric product  s  . Then x is :
(A) 1

(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
Ans. C
Sol. It’s Wurtz reaction which involves formation of free-radical.
Cl 
Na
This free radical has resonating structures.
(I) (II)
Dimerisation of these free radicals can form three product as there are three possibilities:
I+I
II + II Three dimerisation possibilities
I + II
35. Which one of the following is most reactive for electrophilic addition reactions?
(A) CH3  CH  CH2
(B) CH3 – O – CH  CH2
(C) C6H5  CH  CH2
(D) CH3  CH  CH  CH3
Ans. B
Sol. Option (B) is most reactive because carbocation from option (B) would be most stable because its
resonating structure will have complete octet of all its atoms.

36. Which of the following aldohexoses give the same osazone derivative?
CHO CHO CHO CHO
H OH HO H HO H HO H
HO H H OH HO H HO H
H OH H H H OH HO H
H OH H OH H OH H OH
CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH
(2) (3) (4)
(1)
(A) 1 and 4
(B) 1 and 3
(C) 2 and 3
(D) 3 and 4
Ans. B
Sol. 1 and 3 has identical configuration at carbon number 3, 4 and 5. Hence, give same osazone.
37. You have a mixture of three amino acids E(PI = 3.2), Y(PI = 5.7) and K(PI = 9.7). Under
electrophoresis at pH = 7.7, in which direction will each component of the mixture move?
(PI stands for isoelectric point of amino acid)
(A) E towards anode side; Y and K towards cathode side

(B) E towards anode side; Y constants; K towards cathode side
(C) E towards cathode side; Y constant; K towards anode side
(D) E and Y towards anode side; K towards cathode side
Ans. D
Sol. An amino acid will be positively charged if the pH of the solution is less than PI (iso-electric point)
of the amino acid, it will be negatively charged if the pH of the solution is greater than the PI of
the amino acid.
Therefore, option (D) is correct.
38. What sequence of reactions would best accomplish the following reaction?
?
C N CH2
(A)  i LiAlH4 in ether; ii  3CH3I followed by heating with AgOH
(B)  i LiAlH4 in ether; ii P2O5 and heat
(C)  i 20% H2SO 4 and heat; ii  P2O5 and heat
(D)  i H2 and Lindlar catalyst

Ans. A
Sol.
C N 
LiAlH4
ether
CH2 NH2
MeI excess 
AgOH
CH3
CH2 N CH3 OH
CH3
CH2
39. COCH3

 P 
i KMnO /KOH, 
 4
 ii H
H3C
The product (P) is:
(A) COCH3
OHC
(B) COOK
H3C
(C) COOH
HOOC
(D) COCH3
HOOC
Ans. C
Sol. COCH3 COOH

 i KMnO /KOH, 
 4
 ii H

H3C HOOC

40. CH3 COOH H  COOCH3 CH3  CONH2 CH3  CH2  CH2  OH

I II III IV 
The correct increasing order of boiling points is
(A) II < IV < I < III
(B) I < II < III < IV
(C) IV < II < I < III
(D) III < I < IV < II
Ans. A
Sol. B.P.  extent of inter-molecular H-bonding.
41. Which is the major product of the following elimination reaction?

Br CH3
H3C C CH2 C CH3 
E1
H3C CH3
(A) H3C
H3C
C CH CH CH2
H3C CH2
(B) CH3
H3C HC
CH3
C C
H3C CH3
(C) H3C H
C C CH3
H3C C CH3
CH3
(D) CH3
H2C C CH3
CH2 C CH3
CH3
Ans. D
Sol. Due to steric hindrance, Hoffmann product is the major product.

42. Observe the following reaction sequence and identify (X).

O
 X  
Br /h
 Y  
2 Mg/Ether
 Z
H3 O 
OH
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D) CH3
Ans. A
Sol. O
Br MgBr
Br2 / h
 
Mg/Ether

H3 O  OH
43. Which of the following is correctly matched?
(A)
CH CH2 
Br2 /Fe
free radical reaction
O 2N
(B)
CH3 
Cl2 /Fe
electrophilic addition

(C)
CH CH2 
HBr /R2 O2
electrophilic substitution
(D) F
CH2   nucleophilic substitution

CH3NH2
CH 
O 2N
Ans. D
Sol. Factual question.
44. Consider the following carbanions:
H3CO CH 2 O 2N CH 2 CH2 H3C CH 2
I II III IV 

The correct decreasing order of pKb is:
(A) II > III > IV > I
(B) III > IV > I > II
(C) I > IV > III > II
(D) II > I > III > IV
Ans. A
Sol. Carbanion are Lewis bases. Electron withdrawing groups decrease the basic nature and electron
donating groups increase the basic nature and as we know that more the basic nature, lesser the
pK b .
45. Which of the following polymer, not having C – C bond formation during polymerization?
(A) Teflon
(B) Bakelite
(C) Natural rubber
(D) Terylene
Ans. D
Sol. Refer to NCERT.

46. Which is the best method for carrying out the following reaction?
COOH
NO 2
(A) CH3 Cl / AlCl3 ;KMnO 4 / H ;heat;HNO3 / H2 SO 4
(B) CH3 Cl / AlCl3 ;HNO3 / H2 SO 4 ;KMnO4 / H ,heat
(C) HNO3 / H2SO 4 ;CH3 Cl / AlCl3 ;KMnO4 / H ,heat
(D) HNO3 / H2SO 4 ;Sn / HCl;H3 O
Ans. A
Sol. CH3 COOH COOH

CH3 Cl
AlCl3
 
KMnO4
H / 
 
HNO3


H2 SO4
NO 2
47. The compound which does not give blue colour in Lassaigne’s test is:
(A) Aniline
(B) Glycine
(C) Hydrazine
(D) Urea
Ans. C
Sol. Lassaigne’s test can be used for detection of N in organic compounds.
48. Drugs which do not bind to the enzyme’s active site, but to different site. This different site is
(A) Inhibition site
(B) Competitive site
(C) Allosteric site
(D) None of these
Ans. C
Sol. Refer to NCERT.

49. What is the name of the amino acid produced when propanoic acid is subjected to the following
sequence of reagents:
1. Re d P  Br2 / 
2. H3 O 
3. NH3 ,
4. H3 O 
(A) Alanine
(B) Aspartic acid
(C) Asparagine
(D) Glutamic acid
Ans. A
Sol. 1. P4  Br2 , 
CH3  CH2  COOH   H3C CH COOH  3
 H3C1. NH / 
CH COOH
2. H O  3 2. H O 3
Br NH2
Alanine
50. O
is final product when which of following is reacted with base followed by heating?
CH3
(A) O O
H3C C CH2 CH2 CH2 C CH3
(B) O O
H3C CH2 CH2 C CH2 C CH3
(C) O O
H3C C CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 C CH2 Cl
(D) O O
H3C C CH2 CH CH C CH3
Ans. A
Sol. CH3
H3C OH
O O
Intra  molecular Aldol reaction
H3C C CH2 CH2 CH2 C CH3  Dilute base
 
 
O O
Product 

SECTION – B
51. Consider the following structure
Tropylium cation Benzene

If x and y are the number of major resonating structures of tropylium cation and benzene, then
x
what is the value of ?
y
Ans. 00003.50
Sol. There are seven resonating structure for tropylium cation and two resonating structures for
benzene.
7 
 2  3.5 
 
52. Consider the following molecule
If x = number of   hydrogen
y = number of secondary hydrogen
x
What is the value of ?
y
Ans. 00000.25
Sol. 2o 2o

2o
 
2o 2o
2o 2o
 
2o  2o
o o
2 2

Number of   H  6
Number secondary hydrogen = 24
6 
 24   0.25
 
53. If x are the total number of structural isomers for molecular formula C7H16 and y are the number of
x
isomers which contain chiral carbon. What is the value of ?
y
Ans. 00004.50
Sol. Total number of structural isomers for C7H16  9

1. CH3  CH2  CH2  CH2  CH2  CH2  CH3
2. H3C CH CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3
CH3
3.
H3C CH2 CH CH2 CH2 CH3
CH3
4. CH3
H3C C CH2 CH2 CH3
CH3
5. CH3
H3C CH2 C CH2 CH3
CH3
6.
H3C CH CH CH2 CH3
CH3 CH3
7. H3C CH CH2 CH CH3
CH3 CH3
8. H3C CH2 CH CH2 CH3
CH2
CH3
9. CH3
H3C C CH CH3
CH3 CH3
Out of these 9 isomers, only two isomers (3 and 6) contain chiral carbon.
Therefore, x = 9
y=2
9
 4.5
2

54. Consider the following reaction

1. x moles of LiAlH4
CH3  COOH  2. H O
 CH3  CH2  OH
3
1 mole  1 mole 
What is the minimum value of x?
Ans. 00000.75
Sol. 1 mole of carboxylic acid requires at least 0.75 moles of LiAlH4 for its reduction into alcohol.
55. D  Glucose 

HIO4
 x moles of HCOOH
D  Fructose 
HIO4
 y moles of HCOOH
x
y
Ans. 00001.67
Sol. CHO
H OH
HO H

HIO 4
 5HCOOH  1CH2 O
H OH
H OH
CH2OH
D-Glucose
CH2OH
C O
HO H

HIO 4
 2CH2 O
H OH

H OH 1CO2

CH2OH 3HCOOH
D-Fructose
x=5
y=3
5
 1.67
3

Chlorobenzene  Chloral 
conc. H2 SO4

 Product
What is % of chlorine in the product?
Ans. 00050.07

Sol.
Cl H
 O  CH  CCl3
Cl H
H2 O conc. H2 SO4 , 
Cl
CH CCl 3
Cl
DDT
177.5
% of chlorine in DDT   100  50.07%
354.5
57. CHO


conc. KOH

A 
H

B
CHO
degree of unsaturation
What is the ratio of in B?
number of sp2 hybridized carbon
Ans. 00000.86
Sol.
CHO COO K CO
H

conc. KOH
   O
CHO CH2OH CH2
 cyclic ester 
B 
Degree of unsaturation of B = 6
Number of sp2 hybridized carbon in B = 7
6
 0.86
7

R  2  chloropentane Cl2
h
 optically active di  chloro products P 

Cl2
h
 optically active di  chloro products  Q 
R  2  chlorobutane 
Cl2
h
 optically active di  chloro products  R 
Q R
P

Ans. 00001.00
Sol. CH3 CH2Cl

Cl H Cl H
CH2 
Cl2 /h
CH2
CH2 CH2
CH3 CH3
R-2-chloropentane (1)
CH3 CH3 CH3
Cl Cl Cl H Cl H
 
CH2 Cl C H H C Cl
CH2 CH2 CH2
CH3 CH3 CH3
(2) (3) (4)
CH3 CH3 CH3
Cl H Cl H Cl H
  CH2
CH2 CH2
Cl H H Cl CH2
CH3 CH3 CH2Cl

(5) (6) (7)
Out of these 7 product, only 5 (1, 3, 4, 6 and 7) are optically active.
Cl
Cl

Cl2
h

(1)
+
Cl cis (optically inactive)
(2) Cl trans (optically active)

+
Cl cis (optically inactive)
Cl (3) trans (optically inactive)

Q  2

CH3 CH2Cl
Cl H Cl H +
CH2  Cl2 /h
CH2
CH3 CH3
R-2-chlorobutane (1)
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
Cl Cl Cl H Cl H Cl H
+ + +
CH2 Cl H H Cl CH2
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH2Cl

(2) (3) (4) (5)
Out of these 5 products, only three (1, 4 and 5) are optically active.
R  3
Q R 2 3
Thus,   1.00
P 5
59. A non-cyclic aldehyde A having molecular formula C xHy O has one chiral carbon. A does not
participate in Aldol condensation. Calculate ratio of
number of possible structural isomers justifying above statement
.
minimum value of x
Ans. 00172.26
Sol. There are two possible structures for A which satisfy the statement given in the question
CH3
CH2
H3C CH2 CH2 C CHO
CH3
or
C8H16O
CH3
H3C CH2 CH C CHO
CH3 CH3
2 1
   0.25
8 4
60. If x is the total number of alkenes of molecular formula C6H12 which show geometrical isomerism.
If y is the total number of cyclic isomers for molecular formula C5H10 . Then, what is the value of
y
?
x

Ans. 00001.75
Sol. Total number of alkenes of MF C6H12 showing geometrical isomerism = 4

These four are:
1. CH3  CH  CH  CH2  CH2  CH3
2. H3C CH CH CH CH3
CH3
3. H3C CH C CH2 CH3
CH3
4. CH3  CH2  CH  CH  CH2  CH3
Total number of cyclic isomer of MF C5H10  7
These seven are:
1.
CH3
2.
3.
CH2CH3
4.
(5)
cis (optically inactive)
(6)
d
H3C CH3
trans (optically active)
(7)

 y  7, x  4
y 7
   1.75
x 4

SECTION – A
61. In a ABC a2 sin 2B + b2 sin 2A is equal to (where  is area of ABC)
(A) 4
(B) 2
(C) 

(D)
2
Ans. A
Sol. a2 sin 2B + b2 sin 2A = 4R2(sin2 A(2 sin B cos B)) + (sin2 B(2 sin A cos A))
 8R2 sin A sin B(sin A cos B + cos B sin A)
 8R2 sin A sin B sin C
 4
62. If the distance between the foci of an ellipse is 8 and distance between its directrix is 10, then
length of its latus rectum is
(A) 5
2
(B)
5
4
(C)
5
(D) 2 5
Ans. C
2a
Sol. 2ae = 8 and  10
e
2a e  e 8 8 8 2
  e2   e 
2a 10 10 10 5
2b2 2  a2 1  e2  8 5  8   2  4
Length of latus rectum =   2a 1  e2   1  = 4 5  
a a 2  10   10  5

63. The locus of the mid-points of the perpendiculars drawn from points on the line x + y + 5 = 0 to
the line 2x – y + 3 = 0 is
(A) 2y + x – 6 = 0
(B) 11x – 8y – 16 = 0
(C) 11x + 8y + 16 = 0
(D) y–x+2=0
Ans. B
y   2  3 
Sol.  2  1
x A(, 2 + 3)
2(y – 2 – 3) =  – x M(x, y)
2y – 4 – 6 =  – x
2y – 6 + x = 5 ..... (1) B(, – – 5)
   5  2  3
x, y
2 2
 +  = 2x, 2y – 2 + 2 +  = 2x
2y – 2x + 2 = 
– + 2 – 2 = 2y,  = 2y – 2 + 2
So, equation 2y – 6 + x = 5(2y – 2x + 2) ; 2y – 6 + x = 10y – 10x + 10 ; 11x – 8y – 16 = 0
64. Let the tangents drawn from the point (1, 1) to the circle x2 + y2 + 16x + 8y – 1 = 0 touch it at the
points A and B. The (AB)2 is equal to
90
(A)
106
81
(B)
106
8100
(C)
212
4050
(D)
53
Ans. D
Sol. OA  5  1  1  16  8  1  5 A
2LR 25 9 90 5
9
Length of AB   
2
L R 2 25  81 106 O
90  90 90  90 8100 4050 (P, P)
AB2    
106 106 106 53
B

65. Let P(a, b) be a point on the curve y = 2x2 + 6x + 5 nearest to the line 2x + y + 3 = 0, then the
equation of the normal to the curve at P is
(A) x + 2y – 4 = 0
(B) 2x + y + 4 = 0
(C) 2x – y + 3 = 0
(D) x – 2y + 4 = 0
Ans. D
Sol. Let y = 2x2 + 6x + 5

y = 4x + 6
4a + 6 = –2 P (a, b)
4a = –8
a = –2
y = 2(–2)2 + 6(–2) + 5 = 8 – 12 + 5 = 1
P(–2, 1) equation of normal at P 2x + y + 3
1
y – 1 =  x  2  ; 2y – 2 = x + 2 ; x – 2y + 4 = 0
2
66. In any ABC which of the following inequalities holds true?
A B C 1
(A) sin  sin  sin 
2 2 2 8
A B C 3 3
(B) cos  cos  cos 
2 2 2 8
A B C 9
(C) cos2  cos2  cos2 
2 2 2 4
(D) All of the above
Ans. D
Sol. Obvious solutions
67. If the equation cos4  + sin2  +  = 0 has real solution for , then  lies in the interval
 3
(A)  1,  4 
 1
(B) 0, 2 
(C) (–1, 0)
(D) not possible
Ans. A

Sol. cos2 (1 – sin2 ) + sin2  +  = 0

1 – sin2  cos2  +  = 0
1 2 1 2
1   sin2     0 ;    sin2   1
4 4
1 2 1 1 2 3
 0  sin 2  ; 1  sin 2  1  
4 4 4 4
 3
    1,  
 4
 
68. For some    0,  if eccentricity of the hyperbola x2 – y2 cosec2  = 8 is 7 times the
 2
eccentricity of the ellipse x2 + y2 cosec2  = 4, then the length of the latus rectum of the ellipse is
8
(A)
3
3
(B)
2
8
(C)
3
(D) 8 3
Ans. B
x2 y2 2 8 sin2 
Sol. Hyperbola  2
 1 ; en  1  ; en  1  sin2 
8 8 sin  8
x2 y2 2 4 sin2 
Ellipse  2
 1 ; e e  1   1  sin2  ; ee  1  sin2 
4 4 sin  4
en  7 ee  1 + sin2  = 7(1 – sin2 ) = 8 sin2  = 6
3 2b2 3
 sin2   latus rectum of ellipse = 
4 a 2
69. Rectangle ABCD has AB = 5 and BC = 4, point E lies on AB so that EB = 1 point G lies on BC so
that CG = 1 and point F lies on CD so that DF = 2, segment AG and AC intersect EF at Q and P
PQ
respectively that ratio is
EF
13
(A)
16
2
(B)
13
9
(C)
82
10
(D)
91

Ans. D
Sol. Equation of AG y
4 1
y4  x  0 ; y  4   3  x E(4, 4)
05 5 (0, 4)A B(5, 4)
3 Q
5y  20  3x ; y   x  4
5 G(5, 1)
Equation AC P
4
y   x4 x
5 D F C(5, 0)
PQ 10
Equation of EF, y = 2x – 7  
EF 91
Greatest and least value of  sin1 x    cos 1 x  are respectively

2 2
70.
2 2
(A) and 
4 4
 
(B) and 
2 4
2
(C) and 0
4
5 2 2
(D) and
4 8
Ans. D
 sin1 x 2   cos1 x 2   sin1 x  cos1 x 2  2 sin1 x cos 1 x 2  

Sol. =  2sin1 x   sin1 x 
4 2 
 5 2
 Least value , greatest value
8 4
71. The centre of the circle passing through (0, 2) and touching the parabola y = 2x2 at (2, 2) is
 5
(A)  2, 
 2
 5
(B)  2, 
 2
(C) (12, 4)
(D) (4, 12)

Ans. B
y2
Sol. Equation of tangent at (4, 2) to y = 2x2 is  2 2  x 
2
 y + 2 = 8x ; 8x – y – 2 = 0
Equation family of circle touching the parabola at (2, 2) is (x – 2)2 + (y – 2)2 + (8x – y – 2) = 0
If this passes through (0, 2) ; 4 + 0 + (–2, –2) = 0 ; 4 + (–4) = 0,  = 1
 (x – 2)2 + (y – 2)2 + 8x – y – 2 = 0 ; x2 + y2 – 4x – 4y + 8 + 8x – y – 2 = 0
 5
x2 + y2 + 4x – 5y + 6 = 0 centre  2, 
 2
72. Let L1 be a tangent to the parabola y2 = 4(x + 2) and L2 be a tangent to the parabola y2 = 8(x + 3)
such that L1 and L2 intersect at right angles, then L1 and L2 meet on the straight line
(A) x+4=0
(B) x–4=0
(C) y+4=0
(D) y–4=0
Ans. A
Sol. Equation of tangent to y2 = 4(x + 2) is

1
y  m x  2  ..... (1)
m
1
Equation of tangent to y2 = 8(x + 3) is y    x  3  2
m 1

m
1
y  x  3   2m ...... (2)
m
1 1
Solving for point of intersection m  x  2      x  3   2m
m m
1  1
m x  4    x  4   0 ;  m    x  4  0  x + 4 = 0
m  m
73. A ray of light coming from the point  3, 3 3  is incident at an angle 30 on the line x = 2 at the
point A. The ray gets reflected on the line x = 2 and meets x-axis at the point B. The line AB
passes through the point
(A) 1, 3
(B)  2, 2 3 
(C)  2, 2 3 
(D)  2,  2 3 

Ans. B
Sol. Equation of AP ; y  3 3  3  x  3  y
30 P  3, 3 3 
y  3x
60
A  2, 2 3  A
Equation of AB ; y  2 3   3  x  2  120
x
y  2 3   3x  2 3 B
3x  y  4 3  0
x=2
74. Which of the following points lies on the locus of the foot of perpendicular drawn upon any
x2 y 2
tangent to the ellipse   1 from any of its foci
9 4
(A) (1, 2)
(B)  2, 2 
(C) 1, 2 2 
(D) (3, 3)
Ans. C
Sol. So, locus is its auxiliary circle x2 + y2 = 9
x2
75. If tangent to the hyperbola  y 2  1 cut the circle x2 + y2 = 16 at two distinct point A and B,
4
then the locus of mid-point of A and B is
(A) x 2  y2  4x 2  y 2
(B) x 2  y 2  4x 2  y2
(C) x 2 y 2  x 2  y2
(D) x 2  y 2  4x 2  y 2
Ans. D
Sol. The equation of tangent to hyperbola

y  mx  4m2  1 ..... (1)
Let mid-point of AB is (h, k) so, equation chord AB is T = S1
 hx + ky = h2 + k2
h  h2  k 2 
y x ..... (2)
k k

h
By equation (1) and (2), we get m  
k
h2  k 2 h2  k 2 h2
 4m2  1 ;  4  2 1
k k k
 h2  k 2  4h2  k 2  x 2  y 2  4x 2  y 2
76. The length of transverse common tangent of circles x2 + y2 = 1 and (x – a)2 + y2 = 1 is 2 3 , then
the value of a is (where a > 2)
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 6
Ans. B
2
Sol. OQ  a2   2   a2  4  2 3 O
a2 – 4 = 12 1 C2(a, 0)
P
a2 = 16  0 = 4
C1(0, 0)  a 
 , 0 1
2  Q
77. The number of solution of 2sin x  3 x 1  31 x is
(A) one solution

(B) infinite solution
(C) zero solution
(D) cannot be calculated
Ans. C
 1 
Sol. 2 sin x = 3  3 x  x  = R.H.S  6
 3 
L.H.S  2, no solution
1
78. The range of will be
4 sin x  3
 1
(A)  , 3   1,  
 
 1
(B)  ,  3   1,  
 
(C) [2, )
(D) (–, )

Ans. B
Sol. 0  sin x  1
0  4 sin x  2
3  4 sin x  3  1
1  1
  ,    1,  
4 sin x  3  3
79. If sec  – tan  = a and cosec  + cot  = b, then which relation is true?
(A) b – a = 1 + ab
(B) ab = a – b
(C) 1 – ab = a – b
(D) all of the above
Ans. A
Sol. ab + 1 = (sec  – tan )(cosec  + cot ) + 1 = (tan  + cot ) – (sec  – cosec )

 (cosec  + cot ) – (sec  – tan ) = b – a
1  2x  1 
80. If (x – 1)(x2 + 2) > 0, then the value of sin  tan1    tan x  is
 2  1  x2  
(A) 1
(B) –1
(C) 0
(D) 2
Ans. B
Sol. (x –1)(x2 + 2) > 0  x > 1

1 2x  1 
 sin  tan1  tan1 x   sin     2 tan1 x   tan 1 x 
2 1 x 2
 2 
 
= sin     1
 2
SECTION – B
81. If the line 2x – y =  and x + 2y = m touch the curve y = x2 – 5x + 6 at the points where the curve

intersect the x-axis, then is equal to
m

Ans. 00003.00
Sol. y = x2 – 5x + 6 cut x-axis at (2, 0) and (3, 0) y


  = 6, m = 2 so, 3
m
(2, 0)
x
(3, 0)
 1 1 1
82. If A + B + C = , then   is equal to
2 cot A cotB cotB cot C cot C cot A
Ans. 00001.00

Sol. If A + B + C = , cot A cot B cot C = cot A + cot B + cot C
2
83. All three vertices of ABC lie on the parabola y = x2 with A at origin and BC parallel to the x-axis.
The area of the triangle is 64. What is the length of BC
Ans. 00008.00
 2r   r 2 y
Sol. Area =  r 3  64
2
r=4 r
BC = 8 C B
2
r
x
A
x2
84. A line parallel to the straight line 2x – y + 1 = 0 is tangent to the hyperbola  y 2  1 at the point
4
p(h, k), then h2 + 11k2 is
Ans. 00005.00
xh h
Sol. Equation of tangent at p(h, k) to the hyperbola is  yk  1 , slope of the tangent = 2
4 4k
 h = 8k and (h, k) lies on the curve
h2 82 k 2
 k2  1 ;  k 2  1 ; 15k2 – 1
4 4
1 64
 k2  so, h2  64  k 2 
15 15
64 11 75
h2 + 11k2 =   5
15 15 15
85. If the line y = mx + 2 is tangent to both the parabola y2 = 8x and x2 = 4by, then |b| is equal to

Ans. 00002.00
a
Sol. Equation of tangent to y2 = 8x is y  mx 
m
2
 y  mx  ..... (1)
m
2
So, y = mx + 2 is given on companying  2, m = 1
m
So, line y = x + 2 is tangent to x2 = 4by
 x2 – 4b(x + 2) = 0 ; x2 – 4bx – 8b = 0
 D = 0, 16b2 + 32b = 0; b  0, b = –2
x2 y2
86. If 2x + 3y = 15 is a tangent to the ellipse   1 for some a  R, then square of the distance
a2 9
between the foci of the ellipse is
Ans. 00108.00
Sol. 2x + 3y = 15 ; 3y = –2x + 15
2 x2 y2
y x  5 is tangent to ellipse 2  1
3 a 9
4
So, c2 = a2m2 + b2 ; 25  a2  9
9
16  9 43
a2   a 6
4 2
9 1
b2 = a2(1 – e2)  9 = 36( 1 – e2) ;   1  e2
36 4
1 3 3
e2  1   ; e
4 4 2
Distance between focus = 2ae = 108
87. Number of root of the equation is sin x cos x  tan2 x  cot 2 x  2  2 where x  [0, 4]
Ans. 00000.00
1
Sol. sin x cos x   2 , so it has no solution
sin x cos x
1 1
88. The number of value of x which satisfy cos1  cos1 x  sin1  sin1 x
x x
Ans. 00002.00
1
Sol. Since, x,   1, 1  x = 1 only
x
tan140  tan130 1  ka2

89. If tan 40 = a, then is , then k is equal to
1  tan140 tan130  2a

Ans. 00001.00
1
a 
tan 180  40   tan  90  40   tan 40  cot 40 a 1  a2
Sol. =  
1  tan 180  40  tan  90  40  1  tan 40 cot 40
1 a 
1 2a
a
x2 y2
90. If the line y = ax + b is a common tangent to the hyperbola   1 and circle x2 + y2 = 64,
144 100
80a2
then is
41
Ans. 00004.00
Sol. b2 = 144a2 – 100 ; b2 = 64(1 + a2)

 144a2 – 100 = 64 + 64a2
80a2 = 164
164 41
a2  
80 20

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
PART TEST – II
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 12-12-2021
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
correct option;

AITS-PT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/2022 2

1. The circuit consists of a capacitor, inductance, and two resistors,

A L
see figure. The voltage across both the resistors is 10V, and the R1
voltage between the points A and B is also 10V. Find the applied C
voltage U (in volts). B
R2
~
U
(A) 10
(B) 20
(C) 30
(D) 40
Ans. B
Sol. Notice that the four vectors form a quadrilateral, opposing angles A and B of which are right
angles, hence this is an inscribed quadrilateral, and the other diagonal (other than AB) is the
diameter. Pay attention to the fact that the quadrilateral is not convex, because the direction of
the voltage vector on L is obtained from that of R1 by a 90.-counter-clockwise rotation
(multiplication by iL/R1), and the direction of the voltage vector on R2 is obtained from that of C
by the same rotation (multiplication by iCR2). The problem simplifies further owing to the fact
that two sides and one diagonal of the inscribed quadrilateral are all equal to each other.
2. Two identical conducting bars rest on two horizontal parallel

conducting rails. The bars are perpendicular to the rails and
parallel to each other as shown. The distance between the 
bars is . At a certain moment, a uniform vertical upward
magnetic field is turned on. The field quickly reaches its
maximum magnitude and then remains constant. Neglecting
(top view)
friction, find the new distance between the bars. Assume that
the resistance of each bar is much greater than the
resistance of the rails.
(A) 2
(B) 0.5
(C) 
(D) 0.7

3 AITS-PT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/2022
Ans. B
Sol. First, it should be noted immediately that a trivial dimensional analysis reveals that the answer
can only be zero or a numerical multiple of . It’s not hard to guess that the answer might well be
/2 . The somewhat harder part is proving it. this result might well have been anticipated from a
combination of
(1) the dimensional analysis argument,
(2) the fact that the rods clearly get closer together, and
(3) an analogy with other problems in which reaching a new equilibrium involves energy
dissipation. For instance, when a fully charged capacitor is connected to an identical
uncharged capacitor, half the energy is lost and the final potential difference is half the
original value. This result depends on there being resistance in the system. Without it we get
LC oscillations with each capacitor’s potential difference oscillating about half the original
value. Similarly, in this problem the resistance is vital in order to allow the magnetic flux
through the loop to change from its original value, zero. If the rods had moved to conserve
the flux, they would have ended up at a separation of zero, with the resistance they moved
just half that far, and ended up with half the flux they would have had if they hadn’t moved at
all. The answer doesn’t depend on R as long as there is some R.
3. A thin copper plate of mass m has a shape of a square with a side

b and thickness d. The plate is suspended on a vertical spring with k
a force constant k in a uniform horizontal magnetic field B parallel
to the plane of the plate. Find the period of the small-amplitude
vertical oscillations of the plate. m
B
m +  o b 2 B2 d
(A) 2
k
m
(B) 2
k
m + 2o b2B2 d
(C) 2
k
m + 4o b2B2 d
(D) 2
k
Ans. A
Sol. Use the concept of motional emf
4. A planet of radius r0 is at a distance r from the sun (r >> r0). The sun has radius R. Temperature
of the planet is T0, and that of the surface of the sun is Ts. Calculate the temperature of another
planet whose radius is 2r0 and which is at a distance 2r from the sun. Assume that the sun and
the planets are black bodies.
(A) 2T0

T0
(B)
2
(C) 2To
(D) 3To
Ans. B
Sol. Power radiated by the sun = 4 R2 TS4

4 R2 TS4 R2 TS4
Intensity of the sun light at a distance r from the sun is I  
4r 2 r2
R 2 TS4
Power received by the planet = r02
r2
If T0 = temperature of the planet then power radiated by the planet at T0 must be equal to power
received.
R2 TS4
r02  4 r02 T04
r2
R2
 T04  2 TS4
4r
Temperature of the planet does not depend on its radius
T
If distance r is doubled, the temperature will become 0
2

5. Element X in the circuit below has a resistance RX which depends on the voltage VX on it: for VX ≤
1V, RX = 1Ω, and for VX > 1V, RX = 2Ω. Three such elements are connected with an ideal
ammeter as shown below; the voltage on the leads of the circuit varies in time as shown in the
graph.
X V(V)
10
X A
X
0
10 20 t(S)
Which of the following combinations of (current, time) is/are possible?
(A) (1A, 1.5s)
(B) (2A, 5s)
(C) (5/3A, 5s)
(D) (0.6A, 1.5s)
Ans. A, B, C, D

Sol. For the first half of the process, the transitions of the states of the resistors will take place at the
overall voltage values V1 = 1.5V and V2 = 5V; for the second half, the respective transition
voltages are V2 = 3V and V1 = 1.25V. The current time graph will be straight lines connecting the
following points:
(0A,0s),(1A,1.5s),(0.6A,1.5s),(2A,5),(5/3A,5s),(10/3A,10s),(1A,17s),(1.2A,17s),(0.5A,18.75s),(5/6
A,18.75s),(0A,20s)
6. There is a long vertical tube of radius r containing air at atmospheric

pressure. A steel ball is held at the mouth of the tube and dropped.
The ball has radius r and it just fits inside the tube. The tube wall is
perfectly smooth and no air can leak from the tube as the ball falls
inside it. The ball falls through half the length of the tube before
coming to rest. Assume that wall of the tube is perfectly conducting
and temperature of the air inside the tube remains constant. Density
of steel is d and atmospheric pressure is P0 and take L >> r. Take air
to be an ideal gas.
3P0
(A) The radius (r) of the tube is n2
2dg
3P0
(B) The radius (r) of the tube is n2
dg
(C) Depth from the top of the tube the ball will be in equilibrium is L/2
 1 
(D) Depth from the top of the tube the ball will be in equilibrium is L  1 
 2n2 
Ans. A, D
Sol. For isothermal compression of air

PV = P0V0
 L  x
PA [L – x] = P0 AL= P  P0  
L x 
P0
 L  V0 P
Work done by the gas on the ball = P0 V0 n  
L x  V
Work done by the gravity on the ball = mgx

 L 
If the ball comes to rest : mgx  P0 V0 n  0
L x 
Given x = /2
 
L  L 
mg  P0 ALn  
2  L  L 
 2
4 3 1
 r dg  P0 r 2 n2
3 2
3 P0 n2
 r
2 dg
(b) In equilibrium,
Pr2 = mg

 L  2 4 3
P0   r  3 r dg
L x 
 1 
x  L 1 
 2n2 
7. An ideal gas is inside a cylinder with a piston that can move freely. The walls of the cylinder and
piston are non- conducting. The piston is being moved out of the cylinder at a constant speed u.
(A) Consider a gas molecule of mass m moving with speed v (>> u). It hits the piston
elastically at an angle of incidence . The loss in kinetic energy of the molecule is 2muv
cos .
(B) If the area of piston is A and pressure of the gas is P, The rate of decreases of molecular
Kinetic energy of the gas sample is PAu.
(C) If u >> molecular velocities, the rate at which the gas looses its molecular kinetic energy
is 2mu cos.
(D) If u >> molecular velocities, the rate at which the gas looses its molecular kinetic energy
is zero.
Ans. A,B,D
Sol. (A) The velocity component of the molecule parallel to the wall do not change. Velocity
component perpendicular to the wall is v cos  and after the collision it becomes v cos  – 2u.
[since, speed of approach = speed of separation in an elastic collision]
Loss in kinetic energy of the molecule is
1 1
m(v cos )2  m(v cos   2u)2  2mvucos 
2 2
(B) The product Fu = PAu is the rate at which work is done on the piston or the power developed
by the expanding gas. This is the rate at which the molecules will loose kinetic energy as they
are not receiving energy from any other source.
(D) Molecules will not collide with the piston in this case. There is no loss in kinetic energy and no
change in temperature.
8. A particle is projected at a speed of u = 40 m/s in vertically upward direction in a place where

exists a horizontal uniform electric field E0. The charge of the particle is (4mg)/(3E0), where m is
the mass of the particle.
36
(A) The time after projection, when speed of the particle will be least is seconds.
25
(B) The time after projection, when displacement of the particle becomes perpendicular to its
72
acceleration is seconds .
25
(C) Assuming that the particle has been projected from a great height and the electric field is
present in large region, the angle that the velocity of the particle makes with horizontal
3
after a long time is tan1  
4

(D) Assuming that the particle has been projected from a great height and the electric field is
present in large region, the angle that the velocity of the particle makes with horizontal
4
after a long time is tan1  
3
Ans. A,B,C
Sol. Acceleration of the particle

Vertical acceleration av = g
Horizontal acceleration qE0
qE0 4gE0 4g aH 
aH    m
m 3E0 3
2
 4g  5
a  g2     g
 3  3
4 av a
tan  
3
Consider, x as direction perpnendicular to acceleration and y as direction opposite to a.
Now, the situation is like projectile motion. u
x
uy 40cos  40  3  3 36
(a) t     s
a 5g 5  10  5 25 y
3
72
(b) 2t  s
25
(c) velocity will get almost parallel to acceleration.
3
   tan1  
4 a
9. A liquid having coefficient of volume expansion 0 is filled in a cylindrical glass vessel. Glass has a
coefficient of linear expansion of g. The liquid along with the container is heated to raise their
temperature by T. Mass of the container is negligible.
(A) For the centre of mass of the system not to move due to heating 0 = 2g.
(B) For the centre of mass of the system not to move due to heating 0 = 3g.
(C) If the fraction of the volume of the container occupied by the liquid does not change due
to heating 0 = 2g.
(D) If the fraction of the volume of the container occupied by the liquid does not change due
to heating 0 = 3g.
Ans. A, D
Sol. The COM will not move if the height of liquid column in the container does not change. Let
original volume of liquid, area of cross section of the container and height of liquid be V0, A0 and
H0 respectively.
V
H0  0
A0
V  V0 1  0   , A  A 0 1  2 s  

If temperature increases:
V (1  0 )
H 0
A 0 (1  2 S )
H = H0
 0 = 2g
10. A uniform metal rod (AB) of mass m and length L is lying on a B

rough incline. The inclination of the incline and coefficient of
friction between the rod and the incline is  = 37° and  = 1.0
3
respectively. tan 37° =   . A
 4
(A) If temperature increases the rod expands. However, there is a point P on the rod which
L  tan  
does not move. The distance of this point from the lower end of the rod is 1  .
2  
(B) If the temperature falls the rod contracts. Once again there is a point Q which does not
L  tan  
move. Find distance of Q from the lower end the rod is 1  .
2  
(C) Repeated expansion and contraction cause the rod to slide down.
(D) Repeated expansion and contraction will not cause the rod to slide down.
Ans. A, B, C
m
Sol. (a) Let the required distance be 1. The lower part AP of the rod mass 1 and the upper part
L
m
BP has mass (L  1 ) . When heated, the part AP will be moving down and friction on it (f1)
L
will be up the incline. The part BP will move up and friciton on it will be down (say f2).
For equilibrium of the entire rod
f1 f2 = mg sin 
m m
 1gcos    (L  1 )gcos   mgsin 
L L
 L
(1  L   1 )  tan   21  L  tan 
L 
L  tan  
1 
1    0.875 L
2  
(b) In this case the firciton on upper part will be up and that on the lower part will be down.
Proceeding in similar way as above we can get
L  tan  
 2  1    0.125 L
2  
(c) During expansion P is fixed but Q moves down. Then during contraction Q remains fixed.
Therefore, in one cycle the point Q has moved down.


INTEGER.
11. The plane of a square loop of wire with edge length l = 0.2 m is  
perpendicular to the Earth’s magnetic field at a point where B = 25
T, as shown in figure. The total resistance of the loop and the wires F F
connecting it to a sensitive ammeter is 0.5 . If the loop is suddenly
collapsed by horizontal forces as shown, what is the total charge, in
C, that passes through the ammeter?
Ans. 2
Sol. Use Faraday’s law.
12. A long solenoid of radius 2R contains another coaxial solenoid I

of half the radius (The diagram shows cross section of these
solenoids). The coils have the same number of turns per unit 2I
length and initially both carry no current. At a same instant, the 2R
currents in both solenoids start increasing linearly with time. At R
any moment the current flowing in the inner coil is twice as r
large as that in the outer one and their charged particle, initially
at rest between the solenoids, starts moving along a circular
trajectory (see figure) of radius r  kR . Then find k.
Ans. 2
Sol. The change in current in the solenoid will cause a time varying magnetic field .
13. A small conducting loop for radius a and resistance per unit
length , is pulled with velocity v perpendicular to a long straight
conductor carrying a current I0. If a constant power P is I0
dissipated in the loop, the variation of velocity of the loop as a
x2 a
function of x is kaP , where k is an integer. {Given that v
0I0 a2
x>>a}. x
Ans. 8
Sol. Use Faraday’s law. The magnetic field on the circular loop can be assumed to be approximately
constant as x>>a.


Question Stem
For the circuit shown in Figure, R1 = 3Ω, R2 = 1Ω, C1 = C2 = 2F, V

and L1 = L2 = L = 2H. The electromotive force of the battery is ε =
1Volt. Initially the switch is closed and the system is operating in a R1
R2
stationary regime (steady state).
C1
L2
C2
L1
14. The reading of the voltmeter in the stationary regime is …………
Ans. 1.00
Sol. The reading will be equal to ε.
15. The total amount of heat (in Joules) which will be dissipated on each of the resistors after opening
the switch, and until a new equilibrium state is achieved is ……………
Ans. 2.00
Sol. The total amount of heat which will be dissipated on each of the resistors after opening the
C 2 L2
switch, and until a new equilibrium state is achieved will be  = 2J
2 2R2
Question Stem
A spherical black body of radius r at absolute temperature T is surrounded by a thin spherical and
concentric shell of radius R, black on both sides. The factor by which this radiation shield reduces the rate
of cooling of the body (consider space between spheres evacuated, with no thermal conduction losses) is
aR2
given by the following expression: 2
R  br 2
16. The value of a is ………..
Ans. 1.00
17. The value of b is ………….
Ans. 1.00

Sol. (Q.16-17)
Let the surrounding temperature be T0. The rate of energy loss of the black body before being
surrounded by the spherical shell is : Q  4r 2 (T 4  T04 )
The energy loss per unit time by the black body after being surrounded by the shell is
Q  4r 2 (T 4  T14 ) .where T1 is temperature of the shell.
The energy loss per unit time by the shell is Q  4 r 2 (T 4  T04 )
Q R2
Since Q” = Q’, we obtain  2 2
Q R r
Question Stem
Two small positively charged spheres are suspended from a common point at the ceiling by the insulating
light strings of equal length. The first sphere has mass m1 and charge q1 while the second one has mass
m2 and charge q2. If the first string makes an angle 1 with the vertical, and the second string makes an
angle 2 with the vertical.
18. Find the value of 1 (in degrees) if m1 = m2 , q1 = 2q2 and 2 = 30
Ans. 30.00
19. Find the value of 1 (in degrees) if m2  2m1 , q1 = 13q2 and 2 = 45
Ans. 30.00
Sol. (Q.18-19)
m 
Use the condition for equilibrium to prove that 2  sin1  1 sin 1 
 m2 


COOH
20. Major species obtained when is dissolved in H2O at pH = 2, pH = 7 and pH = 12,
NH3
respectively are? pK a  2.35,pK a  4.98 .
1 2
(A)
COOH2 COO COO
, ,
NH3 NH3 NH2
(B) COOH COO COO
, ,
NH3 NH3 NH2
(C)
COOH2 COO
COO
, ,
NH3 NH2
NH2
(D)
COOH2 COO COO
, ,
NH3 NH2 NH

Ans. C
Sol. At pH  2 both COOH and NH2

Remains protonated
at pH  7 COOH  COO 

at pH 12  NH3  NH2
21. O
pH 4  5 SO  i LiAlH
 NH2 OH   x 
3
 y  4
 ii NaNO /HCl
z
2
0  5o C
Which option is correct?
(A) x is  -amino ketone
(B) y is cyclic amide
(C) z is yellow oily liquid
(D) both (B) and (C) are correct
Ans. D
Sol. OH
O N H
N O
NH2 OH

 
3 SO

NO H
N N
NaNO2

LiAlH

HCl 4
22. Major product of reaction is

Cl H
 i Br /H O
C C 
2 2

 ii OH excess 
H Cl
(A) H
Br Cl
HO Cl
H

(B) O
Cl Cl
C C
H Br
(C) Cl
O C
C H
Cl H
(D) H2C COO
O
Ans. D
Sol. Br
Cl H HO H Cl
Br2 /H2O OH H
C C  C C
Cl Cl
H Cl
H Br H
Cl
H Cl
Cl
O C
OH 
 

C H
OH OH
O Cl
H H
OH
H
CHO OH

 H COO
CHO
O
23. SOCl2
x
H
H3C OH
D SOCl2
y
Pyridine
Which statement is correct?
(A) x and y are superimposable mirror images
(B) x and y are non-superimposable mirror images
(C) x and y are neither mirror images nor super imposable
(D) x and y are structural isomers
Ans. B

Sol. x is formed via SNi and y is formed via SN2.

24. Which of the following pair of compounds does not represent enantiomeric pair?
(A) COOH
OH OH
H OH
H3C COOH and HO H
OH H OH
CH3
(B) CH2OH CH2OH
H O H H O OH
H H
and
OH H OH H
OH OH
H OH OH H OH H
(C)
and
H3C CH3 H3C CH3
(D) Cl Cl
and
Cl Cl
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. A – diastereomeric pair.

B – diastereomeric pair.
C – identical pair.
25. Which of the following does not give Lassaigne’s test for nitrogen?
(A) Hydrazine
(B) HN3

(C) PhN2 Cl
(D) CH3 CONH2
Ans. A, B, C


Sol. PhN2 Cl gives off N2 while N2H4 and HN3 don’t have ‘C’ atoms to form NaCN.
26.
i O /THF
Mg Hg hot conc. H SO

ii H O  x 
3
 y 
2 4
z 
alk. KMnO
N  W
2 4
Which of the following option(s) is/are correct?
(A) x is a diketone
(B) y is a gemdiol
(C) z is a conjugated diene
(D) W and N are   diketone and   dicarboxylic acid
Ans. A, C, D
Sol. OH
O O
(y)
(x) OH
conc. H2 SO 4
OH
O CH2COOH
hot

alkaline KMnO 4
CH2COOH
O
(w) (z)
(N)
27. How many of the following elimination takes place via E1CB mechanism
(A) C2H5O 


Br
(B) OH

H3C CH CH2 C CH3 
OH
 H3C CH CH C CH3

O O
(C) Ph
MeO Ph
NO 2 NO 2
MeO



H
(D) O O
NaOD
H3C S CH2 CH2 OPh 
D O,
 H3C S CH CH2
2

Ans. B, C, D
Sol. Carbanion is stable in B, C, D.
28. Which of the following reactions/statements is/are correct?
(A) O
O
OR
 i Cl /H


2

 ii RO excess 
 iii H2O
(B) HCl
CH3  CH  CH2   CH3CH2 CH2Cl
Peroxide
(C) O
 i Na/Ether
H3C C OC2H5 
 ii H O  P roduct, product gives Tollen's test
2
(D) OH

H3C CH COOH  Lactide
Ans. A, C, D
Sol. Only HBr shows peroxide effect.   hydroxy acid forms Lactide on heating.
29. Select the best reagent for the conversion

O
O CH2OH OH
O
x
C  H2C CH (CH2)2 CH
O OH
C COOC2H 5 COOH
H5 C2
O  i PCl5
 ii y
 iii  H3O
CH2OH OH
H 2C CH2 CH (CH2) 2 CH COOH  C2H5 OH
CH2OH
(A) x is LiAlH4
(B) x is NaBH4
(C) y is NaBH4
(D) y is B2H6 / THF
Ans. B, D


INTEGER.
30. Number of chiral carbon atoms in  – D (+) glucose?
Ans. 5
Sol. CH2OH
H O H
H
OH H
OH
H OH OH
31. 59 gm of an amide is obtained from a carboxylic acid. Which on hydrolysis gives 17 gm of NH3,
the molecular mass of acid is x. x is.
Ans. 60
Sol. CH3 CONH2 

2 H O
 CH3COOH  NH3
59 gm 60 gm 17 gm
 x  60
32. Platinum salt of an organic base contains 25% platinum. Equivalent weight of the base is E. The
value of E is [Atomic mass of platinum is 195 and atomic mass of Cl is 35.5].
Ans. 185
1  100  
Sol. E    195  410   185
2  25  
E = 185


Question Stem
0.35 gm of an organic compound containing carbon, hydrogen and oxygen was analysed by the
combustion method. The increase in mass of calcium chloride tube and potash bulbs at the end of the
experiment was found to be 0.21 gm and 0.26 gm respectively. On analysis, the above organic
compound is found to contain x % carbon and y % oxygen by mass, respectively.
33. Value of x is_______
Ans. 20.26
(Range : 20.25 – 20.27%)

34. Value of y is _______
Ans. 73.07
(Range: 73.00 – 73.10%)
Sol. (for the Q. No. 33 and 34)

12 0.26
% of C    100  20.2597  20.26
44 0.35
1 0.21
% of H    100  6.6666  6.67
18 0.35
% oxygen = 100 – (20.26 + 6.67) = 73.07

Question Stem
The rate law for the substitution reaction of 2-bromobutane and OH in 75% ethanol – 25% water at 30oC
is rate = 3.0  105 2  bromobutane OH   1.5  106 2  bromobu tane
35. What percent of the reaction takes place by the SN 2 mechanism when OH   1.0 M?
Ans. 95.24
(Range : 95.23 – 95.25)
3.0  10 5  2  bromobu tan e

Sol. % of SN 2   100
31.5  106  2  bromobu tane 
 95.238  95.24
36. What percentage of reaction takes place by the SN 2 mechanism when OH   0.01 M?
Ans. 16.67
(Range:16.65 – 16.68)
Sol. % of SN 2 
 3.0  10   0.01 2  bromobu tan e  100
5
1.8  106  2  bromobu tan e

 16.67
Question Stem
NaOH  i Br /P
CH3  CH2  COOH   A  B
2 r ed
 ii H3 O
 i C2H5 OH / conc. H2SO4

 ii CH3COCH3 / Zn / Ether
 iii  H2O / CH3 COOH
C
[Given atomic mass of C = 12, H = 1, O = 16, Na = 23]

37. If 7.4 gm of CH3 CH2COOH is taken, then the mass of B (in gm) produced will be?
Ans. 11.20
38. Mass of ‘C’ (in gm) produced by 3.6 gm of C2H5COOH is?
Ans. 7.78
(Range: 7.77 – 7.79)

Br OH
 i Br2 /Pr ed OH
C2H5  COOH 
  H3C CH COOH   H3C CH COONa
 ii H3 O
A B 
 i C2H5 OH / conc. H2SO4
 ii CH3COCH3 / Zn / Ether
 iii  H2O / CH3 COOH
H3C CH COOC2H5
H3C C CH3
OH
C
Molar mass of C2H5COOH  74 gm

Molar mass of CH3 CH  OH COONa  112
 74 gm gives  112 gm
112
 7.4 gm gives   7.4  11.2 gm
74
160
 3.6 gm C2H5 COOH gives   3.6
74
 7.7837
 7.78


39. Let ABC be an isosceles triangle with AB = AC = 6 units and let D be mid-point of AC. A circle
through D touches AB at B. If OC = 2, then radius of the circle is equal to
(A) 4
(B) 3 2
(C) 2 5
(D) 22
Ans. D
Sol. AD is extended to meet the circle at E and OC is extended to meet the circle at H and F
Clearly, AD·AE = AB2
 3·(6 + CE) = 62  CE = 6
Again CD·CE = CF·CH
 3·6 = (r + 2)(r – 2)  r  22

40. If tan1 a  tan1  a2  k   holds for integral values of a  [–2, 2]. Then number of integral
4
value(s) of k is equal to
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 0
Ans. A

Sol. Given equation  tan1  a2  k   tan1 a 
4
Case (1): If |a| = 0  k = 1
Case (2): If |a| = 1  k  

Case (3): If |a| = 2  tan1 a   tan1  a2  k 
4
a 1
   tan1  tan1  k  a2 
1 a
    
  – tan–1 3 = tan–1 (k + 4) ; not possible as LHS   ,   and RHS   , 
2   2 2

41. Let S 0 and S 0 be two circles belonging to the family of circles x2 + y2 + x – 4y + 3 = 0 : (

 R) such that S 0 bisects the circumference of circle S 0 and has radius equal to twice of
radius of S 0. Then distance between their centres is
1
(A)
2
(B) 1
(C) 2
1
(D)
2
Ans. B
Sol. Given family of circles is x2 + y2 – 4y + 3 + x = 0

 Common points are (0, 1) and (0, 3)
Clearly S 0 will be the circle with common points as diameter
 S (x – 0)(x – 0) + (y – 1)(y – 3) = 0
 x2 + y2 – 4y + 3 = 0
 Centre S 0 is (0, 2) and radius = 1
2
 Radius of S  4  3   = 2
0 is 2 
4
 Distance between their centres = 1 unit
42. Let P be a point inside a triangle ABC such that PA = PC = AB and angles ABC, PAC and PCB
are of magnitude 12, 3 and 2 respectively. Then maximum value of expression
f() = sin 5 sin  + cos 10 cos , (  R) is equal to
(A) 2
(B) 1
(C) 2
1
(D)
2
Ans. D
Sol. We have PAB = 180 – (5 + 12 + 3) = 180 – 20 A

As PBA = BPA =  (say)  180 – 2 = 180 – 20   = 10
 PBC = 2  PB = PC  P is circumcentre
 APC = 2 ABC = 24  24 + 3 + 3 = 180   = 6 P C
1 1
We get f      sin   cos    Maximum value =
2 2
B


43. The chord AB of the circle x2 + y2 = 8 is given by mx – y = 2m – 2; m  R. If P is a variable point


on the circle such that APB  ; then
4
(A) there exist exactly two such chords
(B) there exist exactly one such chord
(C) slope of chord is 1
(D) length of chord is 4 units
Ans. A, D

Sol. Clearly, variable chord passes through the fixed point (2, 2) lying on the circle APB 
4

 AOB 
2
 Chord subtends right angle at the origin
2
 mx  y 
Now on homogenization, we get x 2  y2  8   0
 2m  2 
 (m – 1)2 [x2 + y2] – 2[m2x2 – 2mxy + y2] = 0
 Coefficient of x2 + coefficient of y2 = 0
 (m – 1)2 – 2m2 + (m – 1)2 – 2 = 0
 om2 – 4m + 0 = 0  m = 0 and undefined (A) and (D) are correct
44. Let C1 : x2 + y2 – 60x – 20y + k1 = 0 and C2 : x2 + y2 – 20x – 30y + k2 = 0. If ABC is a triangle with
its vertices on C1. Let altitudes AD, BE and CF intersect C1 again at points H, J and K
respectively. If C2 is incircle of DEF and D (8, 9), then which of the following is/are TRUE?
(A) K1 is equal to 375
(B) The distance of orthocentre of ABC from vertex C is equal to 5 2 units
(C) AD is equal to 7 10 units
(D) Area of hexagon AKBHCJA is equal to 1050 sq. units
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. Clearly incentre of triangle DEF is orthocentre of ABC

 Orthocentre P (10, 15) and as mirror image of orthocentre about any side of triangle lies on
the circumcircle : equation of side BC DP is x + 3y – 35 = 0
 H (6, 3)  radius of circumcircle = 25 units  K1 = 375
 Equation of circumcircle is (x – 30)2 + (y – 10)2 = 252 ….. (1)
Equation of side BC is x + 3y – 35 = 0 ….. (2)
and equation of altitude AD is 3x – y – 18 = 0 ….. (3)
Solving equation (1), (2) and (3), we get A, B and C as (15, 30), (50, –5) and (5, 10)

 CP  5 2 and AD  7 10
Area of hexagon = 2ABC = AD·BC = 1050 sq. units
45. Let a line parallel to the axis of the parabola y2 = 4x be drawn through point P( – 5, ) to meet
the parabola at Q. Equation of tangent at Q is x – 2y + 4 = 0. Let T be a point on the tangent, and
M, N be feet of perpendiculars on SQ and directrix respectively from point T, S is focus, then
(A)  ( 0) is equal to –4
(B) if QM = 3, then TN is 2
(C) if two tangents are drawn from point P to the parabola touching it at A and B and
circumcentre of PAB is at (, ), then is –1
(D) if orthocentre of PAB (as defined in option C) is at (a, b), then a + b equals to 3
Ans. B, D
 2  R
Sol. Let Q  ,   lies on x – 2y + 4 = 0 P
 4  T Q
N
=4 M
s TMQ ad TRQ are congruent A S
 QM = QR
 SM = TN = SQ – QM = 5 – 3 = 2
Now, P = (–1, 4) which lies on directrix
 Two tangents are perpendicular
 P is orthocentre and mid-point of AB as circumcentre which has same y co-ordinate as that
of P
2 2 2
 sin2 24   sin2 48   sin2 96 
46. Let S  sin4 12         ..... upto 9 terms.
 2   4   8 
If P   29 cosec 12  S , then P is divisible by
2
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 7
(D) 21
Ans. A, C, D
1 2
Sol. We have sin4  = sin2 (1 – cos2 ) = sin2  – sin 2
4
Putting  = 12, 24, 48, 96, ….. etc., we get
1
sin4 12  sin2 12  sin2 24
4
1
sin4 24  sin2 24  sin2 48
4
………………………………………….
………………………………………….
Putting the values in S, we get

1 49  1 2
S  sin2 12  sin2 3072 = sin 12
49 49
P=4 –1 9
47. The tangents x – 2 = 0 and x – 2y + 10 = 0 drawn to a parabola intersect the tangent at the vertex
at (2, 0) and (–2, 4) respectively, then
(A) equation of tangent at the vertex is x + y – 2 = 0
(B) focus is (0, –1)
(C) equation of axis of parabola is x – y – 1 = 0
(D) length of latus rectum is 4 2 units
Ans. A, D
Sol. As perpendicular from focus on any tangent to a parabola meets it on the tangent at vertex
 Focus is point of intersection of lines perpendicular to the given tangents, we get the lines as y
= 0 and 2x + y = 0
 Focus (0, 0). Again axis is perpendicular to tangent at the vertex and passes through focus
 Equation is y = x
x2 y2
48. Let P be a point on the ellipse   1 , in first quadrant with focal distance 7 units w.r.t focus
25 9
S(–4, 0). Let SP and perpendicular from focus S on the tangent at P intersect at Q. Then which
of the following is not TRUE?
(A) PQ is equal to 3
3 3
(B) SQ is equal to
7
3
(C) Slope of tangent at P is equal to
5
(D) Let P be a variable point then locus of Q is a circle with radius = 10 units
Ans. B, C
Sol. Clearly S (4, 0); Let P = (, )

4 5 3 3
 a + e = 7  5    7    and  
5 2 2
Hence, equation of tangent at P is 3x  5y  10 3  0
As tangent is bisector of angle between SP and SP
 PQ = PS = 3. As PS + PS = 10 = Length of major axis
When P is variable then SQ = SP + PQ = SP + PS = 10
 Variable point Q is at a fixed distance from S
 Locus is a circle with centre S and radius = 10 units


INTEGER.
49. Let ABC be an isosceles triangle obtuse at A. If two altitudes are of lengths 3 and 2 respectively,
then area of ABC is k, then [k] is equal to (where [.] denotes greatest integer function)
Ans. 4
Sol. Clearly altitudes are of lengths 2, 3 and 3

1 1 1
Also we have   a  AD  b  BE  c  CF
2 2 2
2 2 2
 a ;b and c 
2 3 3
abc    7
 S     
2 2 3 3 6
7    12
       = 4.54 sq. units
6 2 2 6 7
50. Let H : xy – y – 2x – 2 = 0. If normal drawn to H at P(3, 4) intersects the curve again at


Q( + 1,  + 1), then is

Ans. 2
Sol. Given equation of curve (x – 1)(y – 2) = 4 ; hyperbola

Let x – 1 = X and y – 2 = Y  XY = 4
 c  c 1
Clearly normal at  ct,  intersects the curve again at  ct ,  where t    3 ; c = 2
 t   t   t
 2t = 2  t = 1  Q = (–2, –2)  Q in old system ( + 1,  + 1) (–1, 0)

 2

51. Number of solutions of equation |sin | = 2d (  [–2, 2]) where d represents the shortest
distance between the curves 2x2 – 2y + 1 = 0 and 2y2 – 2x + 1 = 0 is equal to
Ans. 8
Sol. Shortest distance lies along common normal

 Slope of common normal = –1 1 3
Now on differentiation of curve 2y2 – 2x + 1 = 0  ,  P
 2 4
dy dx
 4y 2  0    2y  1
dx dy P
1 1 1
 y  d = PP =  sin  
2 2 2 2  3 1
 , 
 Number of solution = 8  4 2


Question Stem
  5
Let ABCD be a quadrilateral with ADB  , CBD  and BDC  if AD = 2AB; and diagonals
6 4 12
intersect at M, then

52. If CMD  , then k is equal to _____
k
Ans. 3.00
53. If AB  6  2 , then distance between orthocentre and ex-centre (opposite angle A) of ABD is
equal to _____
Ans. 2.00
Sol. (52.-53.)
AB 1 C
We are given  B
AD 2 45º
sin30 1 
 
sin  2 M 75º
 30º D
 
2 A
Clearly, BC and DC are external angle bisectors of ABD
 C is ex-centre of ABD

Clearly, B is orthocentre as ABD  . Now, using sin rule in ABC
2
1
AB BC
 6  2
  BC  2 2
  3 1
sin sin
12 6 2 2
Question Stem
ABCD is a concyclic quadrilateral on the curve xy – x – y – 3 = 0. Let E, F and H be feet of perpendiculars

from vertices A, B and C on sides BC, CA and AB of ABC. If A (0, –3), D (, ) and incentre of EFH
is at (, ) (in first quadrant). If ABC and BCD are acute angle triangles, then
54. The value of 2 – is equal to _____
Ans. 2.00

55. Distance between orthocentres of ABC and BCD is equal to _____
Ans. 2.24
Sol. (54.-55)
As EFH is pedal triangle
 Incentre of EFH is orthocentre of ABC which lies on the curve
 2 – 2 – 3 = 0   = 3
 D (–1, –1)
 2 – = 1 – (–1) = 2
Distance between orthocentres = Distance between A and D =  0  12   3  12
= 5 = 2.24
Question Stem
Consider the parabola E1 : y2 = 8x and ellipse E2 : x2 + 4y2 – 4k = 0. If a common tangent to E1 and E2

2
meets them at points A and B respectively. If eccentric angle of point B is ; then
3
56. The value of k is equal to _____
Ans. 36.00
2
Sol. Equation of tangent having slope m for y2 = 8x is y  mx 
m
 m2x – my + 2 = 0 ..... (1)
Equation of tangent to the ellipse with parametric angle  is
x cos  y sin 
 1 ..... (2)
2 k k
For common tangent (1) and (2) are identical
 cos  2sin   cos  4 sin2 
 m2  and m   
k k k k
4 sin2  2
 k   6 , for  
cos  3
 k = 36
57. If two of the three normals drawn from the point (, 0) on the ellipse to the parabola y2 = 8x are
perpendicular, then  is equal to _____
Ans. 6.00
Sol. Equation of normal to parabola is y = mx – 4m – 2m3

 2m3 + (4 – )m = 0  m[2m2 + (4 – )] = 0
4
Product of slopes = –1   1   = 6
2

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
PART TEST – II
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 12-12-2021
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
are correct;
option;


1. A partition divides a container having insulated walls into two

compartments 1 and 2. Same gas fills the two compartments and the P, V, T 2P, 2V, T
initial temperature, pressure and volume of gas is shown in the diagram (I) (II)
[in the left chamber pressure, volume and temperature are (P, V, T) and
in the right chamber it is (2P, 2V, T)]. The partition is conducting and
can move freely without friction. Which of the following statements
is/are correct, with reference to final equilibrium position?
(A) The pressure in the two compartments will be equal.
(B) The volume of compartment 1 will be 3V/5.
(C) The volume of compartment 1 will be 2V/5.
(D) The pressure in compartment 1 will be 5P/3
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. At equilibrium temperature and pressure on both sides will be same .
2. An ideal gas is taken from state 1 to state 2 through optional P

path A , B ,C and D as shown on P-V diagram . Let Q , W
and U represent heat supplied to gas , work done by gas Q
2
and change in internal energy of the gas respectively, then:
B
A
C
1 D
(0, 0) V
(A) QB  WB QC  WC
(B) Q A  QD  WA  WD
(C) WA  WB  WC  WD
(D) QA QB QC QD
Ans. B, D
Sol. Change in internal energy of the gas is path independent and use first law of thermodynamics.

3. The nominal voltage of a light bulb is V0 = 26 V and nominal current I0 = 0.12 A. Cold tungsten
filament of this light bulb has resistance R0 = 24 Ω. L is length of the filament and is the diameter.
T is the temperature at which this filament is supposed to emit light (when working in nominal
regime . The resistivity of tungsten at room tem erature is 0 = 5.3 × 10 8 Ω m. or metals, the
resistivity can be taken to be proportional to the temperature in Kelvins. Treat tungsten as a
perfectly grey body which absorbs k = 0.3 of the incident radiation at any wavelength. Stefan-
olt mann constant = . × 10 8 W/(m2 · K4 ). Neglect thermal expansion of the filament.T0 is
the room temperature .
V0 T0
(A) T
I0R0
4V0I0 0
(B) d 3
2R0k T 4
R0 d2 
(C) L
40
4V0I0 0
(D) d 3
2R0k T04
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. Use Ohm’s law for the tungsten resistance. The resistivity of the resistance will change as it is not
being operated at room temperature.
4. An insulated container is filled with ice at 00C, and another Insulators

container is filled with water that is continuously boiling at
1000C. In series of experiments, the container is Water Ice
connected by various , thick metal rods that pass through Metal rod
100C 0C
the walls of the container as shown in the figure .
In experiment I : A copper rod is used and all ice melts in 20 minutes
In experiment II : A steel rod of identical dimensions is used and all ice melts in 80 minutes
In experiment III : Both rods are used in series and all ice melts in t1 minutes.
In experiment III : Both rods are used in parallel and all ice melts in t2 minutes.
(A) t1 = 100
(B) t1 = 50
(C) t2 = 16
(D) t2 = 8
Ans. A, C
dq T
Sol. When the rods are connected alone use 
dt 
KA

dq T
For series combination use : 
dt 1 2

K1A1 K 2 A 2
dq K A K A 
For parallel use :  T  1 1  2 2 
dt  1 2 
5. Three bodies A, B and C have equal surface area and thermal emissivity in the ratio
1 1
e A : eB : eC = 1: : . All three bodies are radiating heat at the same rate. Their wavelengths
2 4
corresponding to maximum intensity are  A , B , C respectively and their temperatures are TA, TB
and TC on kelvin scale . Select the correct statement/s:
(A) TA TC  TB
(B)  A  C  B
(C) e A eC TA TC  eB TB
(D) e A eB TA TB  A B  eC TC C
Ans. A, B, C
dQe 4
Sol. Rate of emission is given by  AeTbody . Along with this use Wein’s displacement law .
dt
6. Consider a thermodynamic cycle in a PV diagram shown in the figure P B

performed on one mole of a ideal monoatomic gas. The temperature
at A is T0 and volume at A and B are related as VB = VC = 2VA. Choose
A C
the correct option(s) from the following.
(A) The maximum temperature during the cycle is 4T0
(B) Net work done by the gas during the cycle is 0.5 RT0
(C) The heat capacity of the process AB is 2R.
(D) The efficiency of the cycle is 8.33%
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. PAVA = RT0

PB = 2PA
VB = VC = 2VA
P V
TB = B B  4T0
R
 V  VA 
W   C  (PB  PC )  0.5 RT0
 2 

1 3
WAB  (PA  PB )(VB  VA )  PA VA  1.5RT0
2 2
3
UAB  R(TB  TA )  4.5 RT0
2
Q AB  WAB  UAB  6RT0
 Q AB 
C   2R
 TB  TA 
WNET 1
   8.33%
Q AB 12

answer.
A dodecahedron is shown to you in the diagram. Each edge of the

B
dodecahedron has a resistance R=330Ω . oints , , C and C
are marked in the diagram : A
D
7. The value of RAB:RCD is:
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
Ans. A
Sol. Use symmetry arguments.
8. Find RAB.
(A) 209 Ω
(B) 570Ω
(C) 500Ω
(D) 770Ω
Ans. A

Sol. Use symmetry arguments to prove that the equivalent resistance is 19R/30
Consider an electric circuit consisting of a coil of negligibly small

inductance, consisting of N = 10 turns and with the surface area of
a single loop S = 10 cm2), resistors R1= R2= Ω, ca acitor C = 0.2 C L
F, and an inductance L = 1H, connected as shown in Fig. At the
moment of time t = 0, a magnetic field, parallel to the axis of the coil
R1 R2
is switched on. The induction of the magnetic field starts growing
linearly, starting from B = 0 until the maximal value B = 1T is
achieved at t = 10 ms. Further, the induction of the magnetic field B
remains constant (and equal to 1T).
9. Find the current through the resistors R2at the moment of time t1= 5 ms.
(A) 5mA
(B) 10mA
(C) 20 mA
(D) 40mA
Ans. A
Sol. During the linear growth of B (from 0 ms to 10 ms, the coil serves as an ideal battery of emf.
NS(dB/dt). Estimate the characteristic times for two current loops: first involving the coil and C,
and second, involving the coil and L; compare this with the time-scale of 10 ms.
10. What is the net charge passing through the resistor R2?
(A) 1.5mC
(B) 3.3mC
(C) 7.6mC
(D) 13.3mC
Ans. B
Sol. Apply KVL for the current loop consisting of the coil, L, and R2.


INTEGER.
11. A metal cylinder of radius R is placed on a A

wooden plank BD. The plank is kept horizontal
suspended with the help of two identical string  
AB and CD each of length L. The temperature L
coefficient of linear expansion of the cylinder R L
and the strings are 1 and 2 respectively.
Angle  shown in the figure is 30°. It was found
that with change in temperature the centre of B D

the cylinder did not move. Find the ratio 1 , if
2
it is know that L = 4R. Assume that change in
value of is negligible for small temperature
changes.
Ans. 8
Sol. Let change in temperature be T A

Length of a string changes by L = L T 2

L
The wooden plank descends by y  L
sin 
 1 B
y  2L  sin   
 2 M
Change in radius of the ball : R = R 1 T y
The centre of the ball will not move if y = R L
 8
 2L 2 T = R 1 T  8R 2 = R 1  1  B
2 1
12. Consider a uniformly charged hemispherical shell having charge per unit
area . ind the otential in olts at oint due to the shell. R is the
radius of shell. The distance of point P from the center is R/2 (see R
R
diagram). given: = 4 SI units. C
0 P
R/2
Ans. 2
Sol. The field from P to C will be perpendicular to line PC . Hence , potential at P = Potential at C .
13. An electric bulb of 100 W – 300 V is connected with an A.C. supply of 500 V and 150/ Hz. The
required inductance to save the electric bulb is H. Find the value of .
Ans. 4
V2 V 2 3002
Sol. P R= 2   900 
R P 100

V 300 1
 current i   = A
R 900 3
Let L be the required inductance, then
500 1 500 1
 or =
z 3 (900)  x 2
2 2 3
XL  1200
1200 1200 1200
L    4H
W 2f 150
2 


Question Stem
The number of turns of a solenoid (straight coil) of length L=0.5 m is N=2000, the area of its cross section
is A=16 cm2, and it has an iron core of relative permittivity of 2500. At a moment the current in the coil
changes at a rate of 100 A/s. What is the induced voltage(in volts) in that long straight wire of length 2l =
20 cm (the wire is next to the centre of the coil)
14. Which is perpendicular to the axis of the coil, if its two ends are I(t)
equidistant from the coil, and its centre is at a distance of l from
the coil?
2

L
Ans. 0.50
0 r NAI
Sol. The voltage induced will be:  0.5V
4Lt

15. Which has the same direction as the previous one, and one of I(t)
its end is at a distance of l from the axis of the coil?
2
Ans. 0.35
0 r NAI
Sol. The voltage induced will be :  0.35V
Lt
Question Stem
Consider a uniformly charged hemispherical shell having charge per unit area . P1
E1 is the electric field at P1 (which is at a distance R from the centre of the
hemispherical shell and lying on an imaginary sphere having same radius as the
given hemisphere (see adjacent diagram), E2 is the electric field at P2(which is a
point just inside the hemispherical shell) and E3 is the electric field at P3 (which is
a point just outside the hemispherical shell).
P2
P3
16. The value of E1:E2 is ……………….
Ans. 1.00
Sol. If you consider the whole sphere the net field at P1 will be zero. Now, make use of symmetry
arguments.
17. The value of E2 : E3 is …………..
Ans. 0.17
2 2
Sol. The ratio of fields will come out to be equal to
2 2


Question Stem
A charge particle of charge q and mass m is clamped rigidly at the E

circumference of a ring of mass m and radius R. Initially ring is in
vertical plane resting on a sufficiently rough horizontal surface, with
charge q at the same horizontal level as the center of the ring. There (Q, m)
exists a uniform horizontal electric field E as shown in the figure. At t =
0 the system is set free. (Given that qE= mg)
18. The magnitude of frictional force acting on the ring immediately after the ring is released
is………….
Ans. 0.00
Sol. Initial torque about point of contact is zero. Hence the initial angular acceleration of the ring will
be zero. Now, consider torque about the centre of the ring to prove that the initial frictional force
on the ring is zero.
19. The work done (in Joules) by electric field during the time ring rotates by 900 is ………..
22
(Take mgR= 7Joules and   )
7
Ans. 7.00
Sol. Electric field will be exerting a constant force on the particle hence work done will be QER = mgR
= 7.


20. Identify the correct option(s)
(A) Diastereomers can be separated by fractional distillation
(B) Enantiomers are also called as optical antipodes
(C) ‘Epimers’ and ‘Anomer’s are the type of diastereomers
(D) Geometrical isomers are diastereomers
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. Enantiomers are also called as optical antipodes.
21. Correct statement(s) is/are
(A) Benzyl alcohol also gives Lucas test as fast as 3o alcohol
(B) Beilstein test is used to detect the presence of chlorine
O O
|| ||
(C)  CH3 2 CH  C  CH3 has more enol content than CH3  C CH3
(D) RCH2 OH gives reaction with Heinsberg reagent
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. Benzyl cation is stable. Enol of  CH3  2 CHCOCH3 is more stable.
22. Which of the following reaction(s) and product(s) are correct?
(A) OTs O
N H /Alc. KOH

2 4
 CH2  CH  CH3
H2C C
CH3
(B) O
NH2
 i Cl /H

2

 ii NH2 /NH3
 iii Br2 /KOH alc.
(C) Cu
Ph  I   Ph  Ph


(D) CH2OH H C O
Jone ' s reagent

 
OH OH
Major product
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. O O O
Cl C NH2

NH2
Cl2 /H NH2
  Br
2
KOH

23. Which of the following compounds will respond to the Beilstein test positively?
(A) Cl
(B) COOH
Cl
(C) Na2 S
(D) NH2 CONH2
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. Urea also gives positive test.
24. Which of the following used to detect protein?
(A) Biuret test
(B) Molisch test
(C) Xanthoprotic test
(D) Ninhydrin test

Ans. A, C, D
Sol. All are the tests of protein except Molisch test which is for carbohydrate.
25. The Cannizzaro reaction is given by
(A) Benzaldehyde
(B) Formaldehyde
(C) Glyoxal
(D) Furfural
CHO
O
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. All can give Cannizzaro reaction.

answer.
Aldehydes and Ketones are very reactive towards nucleophilic addition reaction because they have polar
C O group. Polarity arises due to electronegativity difference between carbon and oxygen.
Reactivity of carbonyl compound towards nucleophilic addition increases with the electron deficiency at
carbonyl carbon.
26. CH3  CHO shows nucleophilic addition reaction with


(A) CHCl3 / OH
(B) NaHSO3
(C) N2H4
(D) All of these
Ans. D
Sol. All of these gives nucleophilic addition reaction with CH3  CHO .

27. Which of the following reaction(s) does not involve in nucleophilic attack on C O group?
(A) Aldol reaction
(B) Cannizzaro reaction
(C) Perkin reaction
(D) Rosenmund’s reduction
Ans. D
Sol. In Rosenmund reduction it’s catalytic reduction of RCOCl into RCHO.
 i HCN/OH LiAlH HNO /HCl


 ii H O,Weak Acid
 x 
4
 y 
2
z
2
28.  i NH OH
z 

2
 w, w is
 ii H
 iii H2 O/ 
(A)
(B) O
(C) H
N
(D) Nylon-6
Ans. D
i Alkaline KMnO /  C H OH/conc. H SO

29. Z 

4
 N 
2 5 2 4
 P,
 ii H
Excess
(A) P is  CH2  4  COOC2H5 2
(B) P on reaction with C2H5 O Na gives   keto ester  Q 

(C) Q on heating after hydrolysis gives
(D) All of these
Ans. D

i HCN/OH

 ii H O,WA 
4

LiAlH

2

HNO /HCl
2
HO CN CH2NH2
O HO
O
(z)
O
i NH OH NH (CH2)4 C


2

 ii H
 iii H2O/ 
w Polymer Nylon  6
O
O 
  CH2 4  COOH 2  CH2 4  COOC2H5 2 P 
C H OH
 2 5
conc. H SO 2 4
 N
O RO 
O O O
COOH COOC2H5
 
H O
  
3
Q
INTEGER.
30. How many of the following are meta directing (Major) groups
O CH3
CF 3 , C Cl , Cl , CH2NO 2 , C CH3
CH3
O
CN , O C CH3 , H3C , N(CH3)3
Ans. 5

Sol. O
CF 3 , C Cl , CH2NO 2 , C N , N(CH3)3
31. How many of these reaction gives coloured product (s) (not white)
(a) OH
Liberman ' s Nitrous test

 
(b) OH
Neutral FeCl

so ln.
3

(c) Cerric ammonium nitrate test

RCH2OH  
(d) Victor Meyer test

R3 COH  
(e) O
NaHSO test
H3C C CH3 
3

(f) O
2  4 DNP test
H3C C CH3  
(g) Heinsberg test

RCH2NH2  
(h) Xanthoprotic test

Protein  
Ans. 5
Sol. (d), (e) and (g) are colourless/white.
32. Number of isomers with the formula C7H8 O containing a benzene ring
Ans. 5
Sol. CH3 OH OH
CH2OH O OH
CH3
CH3
CH3


Question Stem
O
H3C C CH COCH /C H O Na OH /I

3 3 2 5
 A 
2
B  C
Yellow
OC2H5
Ag
C 

D
If 8.8 gram of CH3 COOC2H5 was taken, then the mass of product D is found to be x gram and mass of
product A is found to be y gram. (Assume 100% efficiency of each reaction).
[Atomic mass of C = 12, H = 1, O = 16]
33. Value of x is_________
Ans. 1.30
Sol. 1 mole of CH3 COOC2H5 gives 1 mole of CHI3

C 
1
1 mole CHI3 gives mole CH CH
2  D
8.8 1  8.8 
 mole of CH3 COOC2H5    moles of C2H2
88 2  88 
1
WC2H2   0.1 26  1.30 gm
2
34. Value of y is_________
Ans. 10.00
O O
|| ||
Sol. A is CH3  C  CH2  C  CH3
Molar mass = 60 + 8 + 32 = 100
100
 8.8 gm gives   8.8  10.00 gm
88

Question Stem
O
 i CH COO  Na  i  PCl
Ph C   CH3 CO 2 O 
 ii H O/CH COOH  A 
3
ii  H PdBaSO  B
5
2 3 2 4
H Quinoline S
NaOH / CaO, 
35. If molar mass of C  M then M / 5 is _____
Ans. 20.80
36. If 0.1 mole of PhCHO is taken then mass of B formed (with 100 efficiency of the reaction)
Ans. 13.20
Sol. 0.1 mole of PhCHO gives 0.1 mole of Ph – CH = CHCHO (B)

132
 WPhCHCHCHO   13.20 gm
10
 CH CO  O  i PCl
PhCHO 
3 2
CH COONa
PhCH  CHCOOH  5
 ii Rosenmund reduction
 PhCH  CH  CHO
3
A B 
NaOH / CaO, 
PhCH  CH2
C 

Question Stem
0.5 gm of an organic compound was Kjeldahlised and the ammonia evolved was absorbed in to 60 ml of
0.1 N sulphuric acid solution. The residual acid solution was diluted with distilled water and the volume
was made up to 150 ml. 50 ml of this solution required 20 ml of N/20 NaOH solution for complete
neutralization.
[Atomic mass of N = 14, H = 1]
37. Calculate the mass percentage of nitrogen in the compound.
Ans. 8.40
 1  150
Sol. Meq. of residual H2 SO4   20   3
 20  50
Meq.of H2 SO 4 taken  60  0.1  6

 Meq. of H2 SO4 consumed  Meq. of NH3  6  3  3

1.4  3
Percentage of nitrogen   100  8.40
0.5
38. If we use Duma’s process then the volume of N2 at STP will be V lit. Calculate 100 V.
Ans. 3.36
(Range : 3.35 – 3.37)
1 3 1
Sol. Moles of N2  moles of NH3  
2 1000 2
 1.5  10 3
 vol of N2 at STP  22.4  1.5  10 3  0.0336 lit.
 0.0336  100  3.36



39. If sin1  2x   cos1  x 2  
, then the number of positive solution(s) is/are k1 and total number of
2
solution(s) of equation is/are k2, then
(A) k2 – k1 = 0
(B) k1 + k2 = 2
(C) k2 + k1 = 1
(D) 3k1 + 2k2 = 2
Ans. C, D
Sol. Sol(s)
Method-1:
–1  2x  1  x  (–, 0]
–1  x2  1  x  [–1, 1]
Domain  [–1, 0] so no positive solution can possible
Method-2:
x 2
No cut for x  R+ so no positive real solution 2 =x
40. Consider the two curves C1 : y2 = 6x and C2 : x2 + y2 – 18x + 36 = 0, then
(A) C1 and C2 touches each other
(B) C1 and C2 intersect each other at four distinct points
(C) equation of common tangent of C1 and C2 is x – 2y + 6 = 0
(D) equation of common chord of C1 and C2 is x + y – 3 = 0
Ans. A, C
Sol. Equation of tangent to parabola at (6, 6) is x – 2y + 6 = (6, 6)

0
and this is tangent to given circle also
Family of circle (x – 6)2 + (y – 6)2 + (x – 2y + 6) = 0

Put  = –6 we will get desired circle

5
41. If the equation 7 tan1  3x 2  2x  c   3cot 1  3x 2  2x  c   has two distinct real solutions,
2
then the range of c is super set of
(A) (–, –1)
 7
(B)  , 
 3
 4
(C)  5, 
 3
4 
(D) 3 , 5
 
Ans. A, C
5
Sol. 7 tan1  3x 2  2x  c   3cot 1  3x 2  2x  c  
2

 tan1  3x2  2x  c  
4
 3x2 + 2x + c = 1
4
 3x2 + 2x + (c – 1) = 0 equation has two distinct real solution when c 
3
42. Let ABC be a triangle with sides a, b, c with corresponding angle , , respectively. The circum-
radius of triangle is R. If  = 3, then (a2 – b2)(a – b) is equal to
(A) bc2
(B) b2c
(C) 8R3 sin  sin2
(D) 8R3 sin2  sin
Ans. A, C
Sol. (a2 – b2)(a – b) = 8R3(sin2  – sin2 )(sin  – sin )

= 8R3{sin2 3 – sin2 } {sin 3 – sin }
= 8R3{sin 4 sin 2 2 cos 2 sin }
= 8R3 sin2 4 sin 
= 8R3 sin2( – 4) sin 
= 8R3 sin2 sin 
= bc2
A B C
43. Let p  sin sin sin , where, A, B, C are angles of a triangle such that 2x2 – 8x – 8p + 9 = 0
2 2 2
for some real x, then
(A) sin A + sin B + sin C < cos A + cos B + cos C

A B C
(B) tan2  tan2  tan2  1
2 2 2
(C) sin A + sin B + sin C > 1
3
(D) cos A  3 sinB
2
Ans. C, D
1
Sol. 64 – 8(–8p + 9)  0  p 
8
A B C 1
 sin sin sin 
2 2 2 8
A B C 1  A B C 1
 sin sin sin   sin 2 sin 2 sin 2  8 
2 2 2 8

 A B C 
3
44. In a given plane, let K and k be circles with radii R and r respectively and suppose that K and k
intersect in precisely two points S and T. Let the tangent to k through S intersect K also in B and
suppose B lies on the common tangent to K and k.

r   2
If  is the interior angle between the tangents of K and k at S, then   1 sin  , then
R  2
(A) 1 = 2
(B) 2 = 2
(C) 1 = 3
(D) 2 = 3
Ans. A, B
Sol. Let common tangent contact k at A. A t B

Let t denotes the length of AB and O and M are
centres of k and K respectively r
R
Now, MSB = 90 –  = MBS (BSM is isosceles)
k  M K
therefore ABS =  (90 – MBS) O
also since BA and BS are tangents to k from a
common point B S

 BS = BA = t ; ABO = OBS =
2
r 
In ABO,  tan ….. (1)
t 2
In BSM by cosine rule
R2 = t2 + R2 – 2Rt cos(90 – )
t = 2R sin  ….. (2)
From equation (1) and (2), we get


sin
 2 r  r r r 
tan     4 sin2
2  t 2R sin    R 2
cos 4R sin cos
2 2 2

answer.
Let P(, ) be a point in the first quadrant. Circles are drawn through P touching the coordinate axes
45. Radius of one of the circles through P is
   
2
(A)
   
2
(B)
(C)     
(D)     2
Ans. D
46. Relation between  and  for which two circles are orthogonal is
(A) 2 + 2 = 4
(B) 2 + 2 = 6
(C) 2 + 2 = 
(D) 2 + 2 = 2
Ans. A
Sol. (Q.45.-46)
Let circle be (x – r)2 + (y – r)2 = r2
 r2 – 2r(+ ) + 2 + 2 = 0
 r        2
For orthogonal intersection
 r12  r22  4r1r2  2 + 2 = 4

8 3
x and C2 : y   x  a 
2
Consider the curves C1 : y 
27
47. The range of “a” for which there exists two common tangents to the curves C1 and C2, other than
x-axis is
(A) (0, )
 1 
(B)  ,  ~ 0
 2 
 3 
(C)  ,  ~ 0
 2 
(D) [1, )
Ans. B
48. If a = 4, then the area bounded by the two tangent lines mentioned in the previous question and
the given parabola C2 is
(A) 100 sq. units
(B) 144 sq. units
(C) 180 sq. units
(D) 200 sq. units
Ans. B
Sol. (Q.47-48)
8 3
Let (x1, y1) is contact point of common tangent on curve C1 : y = x and slope of common
27
tangent be m
8
 m  x12 and 2x12  6x1  9a  0
9
 1 
 a    ,   ~ 0 . If a = 4, then C2 : y = (x + 4)2
 2 
 Common tangents are y = 32x – 128 ad y = 8x + 16
 Required area = 144 sq. units

INTEGER.
49. The number of roots of equation sin x  cos1  cos  x   in (0, 3) is
Ans. 3

Sol. Shown in the given figure
O 2 3
Total 3 solutions by graph
50. If the sum of infinite series

1 + k cos  + k2 cos 2 + k3 cos 3 …..  is L,
1
then max value of L is equal to (where k  )
2
Ans. 2
Sol. Let C = 1 + k cos  + k2 cos 2 + k3 cos 3 ….. 

Let consider S = k sin  + k2 sin 2 + k3 sin 3 ….. 
C + iS = 1 + k(ei) + k2(ei)2 + k3(ei)3 ….. 
1 1 1  k cos   ik sin 
=  =
1 k  ei
1  k  cos   isin   1  k 2  2k cos 
1  k cos 
 C  L (given)
1  k 2  2k cos 
1
Now, if k 
2
1
1  cos 
2 5L  4 5L  4
L  cos    1   1
1 4L  2 4L  2
1   cos 
4
2 
L   , 2
3 
51. For each natural number n  2, the largest possible value of the expression
Vn = sin x1 cos x2 + sin x2 cos x3 + ….. + sin xn cos x1 is f(n), then f(100) is equal to
(where x1, x2, x3, ….. xn are arbitrary real numbers)
Ans. 50
Sol. By the inequality 2ab  a2 + b2, we get

sin2 x1  cos2 x 2 sin2 x2  cos 2 x 3 sin2 x n  cos2 x1 n
Vn   ..... 
2 2 2 2

with inequality for x1 = x2 = ….. xn =
4


Question Stem
A circle S = 0 has radius 10 units. Point P is outside the circle and shortest distance of P from circle S = 0
is 6 units. Chord RQ is parallel to OP, where O is centre of circle S = 0 and distance between RQ and OP
is 3 units. If (PR)2 + (PQ)2 is a three digit number  , then
52. The value of  +  is equal to _____
Ans. 8.00
53. The value of –  is equal to _____
Ans. 1.00
Sol. (Q.52-53)
PQ 2  9  16  91
2
 PR 2  9  16  91
2
 (PQ)2 + (PR)2 = 712

  = 7,  = 1, = 2
Question Stem
In a ABC, the three altitudes from vertices are along the lines 4x = y, x = y, x + 2y = 0 and A (, ),
where  is a parameter. If centroid of triangle is (1, 1) and circumcentre of triangle is (2, 2), then
54. The value of 1 + 31 + 2 is equal to _____
Ans. 2.00
55. The value of 22 + 62 + 5 is equal to _____
Ans. 5.00
Sol. Locus of centroid and circumcentre is x + 3y = 0

 1 + 31 = 0, 2 + 32 = 0


Question Stem
Perpendicular is drawn from a fixed point (3, 4) to a variable line which cuts positive x-axis at one unit
distance from origin. Circle S(x, y) = 0 represents the locus of the foot of perpendicular drawn from point
(3, 4) to the variable line. If radius of S(x, y) = 0 is 1 and length of tangent drawn to S(x, y) = 0 from
origin is  2 , then
56. The value of 1 is equal to _____
Ans. 5.00
57. The value of 2 is equal to _____
Ans. 3.00
Sol. (Q.56-57)
Let x + y – 1 = 0 be the variable line and (h, k) be the foot of perpendicular on it from (3, 4)
 (h – 2)2 + (k – 2)2 = 5
 Radius of S(x, y) = 0 is 5
 Length of tangent from origin to S(x, y) = 0 is 3

FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 18-12-2021
answer.

AITS-PT-III-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. A thin convex lens of focal length ‘f’ is put on a plane mirror as

shown in the figure. When an object is kept at a distance ‘a’ from the
a
lens mirror combination, its image is formed at a distance in front
3
of the combination. The value of ‘a’ is
(A) 3f
3
(B) f
2
(C) f
(D) 2f
Ans. D
Sol. When object is kept at a distance ‘a’ from thin

convex lens.
By lens formula 
1 1 1 v
 
v u f I1 O
1 1 1
 
v ( a) f
a
1 1 1
   …(i)
v f a
Mirror forms image at equal distance from mirror
I1 I2
Now again from lens formula,

3 1 1
 
a v f
3 1 1 1
   I1 I3
a f a f I2
 a = 2f
a/3
v

3 AITS-PT-III-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
2. A bottle has an opening of radius a and length b. A cork of length b and a

radius (a + a) where ( a <<a) is compressed to fit into opening
completely as shown in the figure. If the bulk modulus of cork is B and b
frictional coefficient between the bottle and cork is  then the force
needed to push the cork into the bottle is
(A) ( Bb)a
(B) (2 Bb) a
(C) ( Bb) a
(D) (4 Bb) a
Ans. D
normal force
Sol. Stress =
Area
N
 stress = …(i)
(2a)b
Stress = B  strain …(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii)
N  2a( a)  b 
 B 
(2a)b  a2b 
B(2a)2 ab2
 N = (4 b)( a)
a2b
Force needed to push the cork
f = N
= (4 b)( a)
= (4 Bb) a
a4 b2
3. A physical quantity y  has four variables a, b, c and d. The percentage error in a, b, c
(cd4 )1/3
and d are 2%, 3%, 4% and 5% respectively. The error in y will be
(A) 6%
(B) 11%
(C) 12%
(D) 22%
Ans. D

y a 2b 1 c 4 d
Sol. 4   
y a b 3 c 3 d
1 4
 42  23   4   5  22
3 3
4. The ratio of contributions made by the electric field and magnetic field components to the intensity
of an EM wave is
(A) c:1
(B) c2 : 1
(C) 1:1
(D) c :1
Ans. C
Sol. Average energy by electric field E0 is

1
Uav  0E02 (But E0 = cB0)
2
1 1
Hence,  Uav  electric field   0 (cB0 )2  0 c 2B02
2 2
1 1  1 
 0  c 
2
(B0 )2 
2 (0  0 )   0 0 
1 2
(Uav )electric field  B0  (Uav )magnetic field
20
(Uave )electric field 1

(Uav )magnetic field 1
5. An electron beam is accelerated by a potential difference V to hit a metallic target to produce X-

rays. It produces continuous as well as characteristic X-ray. If min is the smallest possible
wavelenghth of X-ray in the spectrum, the variation of log min with log V is correctly represented
in
(A) (B)
log min log min
log V log V

(C) (D)
log min log min
log V log V
Ans. C
Sol. In X-ray tube

hc
min 
eV
 hc 
log min  log    log V
 e 
Clearly, log min versus log V graph slope is negative and intercept on y-axis is positive
6. The displacement (x) is plotted with time (t) for a x

particle executing SHM as shown below. The correct
4
equation of SHM is
0
1 7 13 t(s)
2
4
 t  
(A) x  4 sin   
 6 6
 t  
(B) x  4 sin   
 6 6
 t  
(C) x  2 sin   
 6 6
 t  
(D) x  2 sin   
 6 6
Ans. B
Sol. x  4 sin(t  )
2 2 
  
T 12 6
 t 
x  4 sin    
6 
2 = 4 sin
1
  sin 
2


6

 t  
x  4 sin   
 6 6

7. Consider single slit experiment of diffraction of light. If the light of wavelength 5000 Ao fall on a slit
of width 1 m then the angular width of central maximum is
(A) 30
(B) 15
(C) 60
(D) none of these
Ans. C
Sol. d sin  = Angular width of central

 maximum
sin   Ist minima
d
5  107
For first minima = d
106
 = 30 angular width of first minima 

2 = 60
Ist minima
8. Two identical sources each of intensity I0 have a separation

 P
d  , where  is the wavelength of the waves emitted by
8
S1

either source. The phase difference of the sources is . The
4 
intensity distribution I() in the radiation field as a funciton of d P0
, which specifies the direction from the soruces to the
distant observation point P is given by S2
(A) I()  4I0 cos2 
I0   
(B) I()  cos2  
4  8 
 
(C) I()  4I0 cos2  (sin   1) 
 8 
 
(D) I()  I0 sin2  (sin   1)
 8 
Ans. C


Sol. x  dsin   sin 
8 P
2     S1
   sin   
 8  4

 d P0
 (1  sin  )
4
   x
 I()  4I0 cos 2  S2

 2 
 
I()  4I0 cos2  (1  sin  )
8 
9. A closed pipe of length 22 cm, when excited by a 1875 Hz source forms standing waves. The
number of pressure nodes formed in the pipe are (velocity of sound in air = 330 m/s)
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) 3
Ans. D
Sol. Velocity of sound = 330 m/s

Length of closed pipe = 22 cm = 22  102 m
The fundamental frequency of stationary wave,
 330 3000
0     375 Hz
4 4  22  102 8
30  375  3  1125 Hz
50  375  5  1875 Hz
Thus we get 5 th harmonic and number of nodes = 3
Note : In closed pipe, odd harmonics are produced.
10. If velocity, force and time are taken to be fundamental quantities, then the dimensional formula for
mass is
(A) Q  Kv 1FT
(B) Q  Kv 3FT 2
(C) Q  2Kv 2FT
(D) Q  3Kv 2FT
Ans. A
Sol. Let the quantity be Q , then

Q = f(v,F,T)
Assuming that the function is the product of power functions of v, F and T
Q  Kv xF y T z …(i)

Where K is a dimensionless constant of proportionality. The above equation dimensionally

becomes
Q  LT 1  MLT 2  T z
x y
i.e.,  Q  My  Lx  y T  x  2y  z  …(ii)

Now,
Q = mass i.e., [Q] = [M]
So equation (ii) becomes
M  MyLx  y T  x  2y  z 
Its dimensional correctness require
y = 1, x + y = 0 and x 2y +z = 0
Which on solving yields
x = 1, y = 1 and z = 1
substituting it in equation (i), we get
Q = Kv1FT
11. A 3.6 m long vertical pipe is filled completely with a liquid. A small hole is drilled at the base of the
pipe due to which liquid starts leaking out. The pipe resonates with a tuning fork. The first two
resonances occur when height of water column is 3.22 m and 2.34 m respectively. The area of
the cross section of the pipe is
(A) 25 cm2
(B) 100 cm2
(C) 200 cm2
(D) 400 cm2
Ans. B
(2n  1)v
Sol. f
4(  e)
v 3v
1  e  and  2  e 
4f 4f
2  e
 3
1  e
 2  (3.6  2.34)m and 1  (3.6  3.22) m
 e  0.06 m  0.6 r
 r = 0.1 m
 A = 100 cm2
12. A stationary source of sound is emitting wave of frequency 30 Hz towards a stationary wall. There
is an observer standing between the source and the wall. If the wind blows from the source to the
wall with a speed 30 m/s, then the number of beats heard by the observer is (velocity of sound
with respect to wind is 330 m/s)
(A) 10
(B) 3
(C) 6
(D) zero

Ans. D
Sol. Doppler’s effect depends upon velocity of approach and separation of source and observer,
hence no change in frequency received by the observer.
Hence no beat is heard.
13. A simple pendulum is suspended from the ceiling of an empty box falling near earth surface. The
 
total mass of the system is M. The box experience air resistance R  kv , where v is the velocity
of the box and k is positive constant. After some time it is found that the period of oscillation of
pendulum becomes double the value when it would have suspended from a point on earth. The
velocity of box at that moment (take g in air same as on earth’s surface)
Mg
(A)
4k
Mg
(B)
k
Mg
(C)
2k
2Mg
(D)
k
Ans. A
 R
Sol. T  2
ga
Where a is the downward acceleration of box. a
 3g
T0  2  a (as T = 2T0)
g 4
 For Box; Mg  R = Ma Mg
 R = Mg/4
and v = R/k
Mg
 v
4k
3
14. A bird is flying up at an angle sin1   with the horizontal. A fish in a pond look at the bird. When
5
 4
it is vertically above the fish. The angle at which the bird appears to fly (to the fish) is nwater  
 3
3
(A) sin1  
5
 4
(B) sin1  
5
(C) 45

 9 
(D) sin1  
 16 
Ans. C
Sol. Let y-axis be vertically upwards and x-axis be horizontal vy(real)

v y (real)
v y (app) 
 1
 

v x (app)  v x (real)
3
v y (app)   sin1  
4 4 3 5
tan    tan     1
v x (app) 3 3 4
vx(real)
15. A thin spherical shell of total mass M and radius R is held fixed. There is m
a small hole in the shell. A particle of mass m is released from rest at a
distance R from the hole as shown in the figure. This particle
subsequently moves under gravitational force of the shell. How long
does it take to travel from the hole to the point diametrically opposite? R
2R3
(A)
GM
2R3
(B) 2
GM
R3
(C) 2
GM
2R3
(D) 3
GM
Ans. C

Sol. Let v be the velocity of the particle at point B. Applying conservation fo A

mechanical energy at point A and B. u=0
GMm GMm 1
   mvB2
2R R 2
GM B
 vB 
R v M
GM
Thereafter, vB  = constant C
R R
 
(Hence, inside shell, Fg  mE g  0 )
2R
(Hence, tBD  ) D
vB
7
16. Refractive index of a prism is and the angle of prism is 60. The minimum angle of incidence
3
of a ray that will be transmitted through the prism is
(A) 30
(B) 45
(C) 15
(D) 50
Ans. A
Sol. r2 < C, A  r1 < C

 r1 > A  C
sinr1 sin(A  C ) i 60
sini r1 r2
sin(A  C )
 
 sini  sin(A  C )  sin A  cos C  cos A  sin C 
1
sini
2
 i > 30
ke2
17. If potential energy between a proton and an electron is given by U  , where e is the charge
2R3
of electron and R is the radius of atom, then radius of Bohr’s orbits given by (h = Plank’s
constant, K = constant)
ke2m
(A)
h2
62 ke2m
(B)
n2 h2
2 ke2m
(C)
n h2

42 ke2m
(D)
n2 h2
Ans. B
Ke2
Sol. U
2R3
dU 3Ke2
F 
dR 2R 4
mv 2
But F 
R
2
mv 3ke2
  …(i)
R 2R 4
nh
Also, mvR  …(ii)
2
Solving (i) and (ii), we get
62 ke2m
R 2
n h2
18. In an experiment, a small steel ball falls through a liquid at a constant speed of 10 cm/sec. If the
steel ball is pulled upward with a force equal to twice its effective weight, how fast will it move
upward?
(A) 5 cm/s
(B) zero
(C) 10 cm/s
(D) 20 cm/s
Ans. C
Sol. Initially Finally

FB Fv Fv 2Weffective Weffective
 
mg Weffective Weffective Fv
Fv
Where Weffective = mg  FB This is same situation as earlier but in oppsite
direction
 speed = 10 m/s in downward direction
19. AM radio band has carrier frequency from 500 kHz to 1500 kHz. Assuming a fixed inductance in a
simple LC circuit, what is ratio of highest capacitance to lowest capacitance required to cover this
frequency range?

(A) 3
(B) 6
(C) 9
(D) 12
Ans. C
1
Sol. 2  500   
LCH
1
2  1500 
LCL
1 CL C
  H 9
3 CH CL
20. A particle of mass 4 kg executes SHM such that its energy of SHM is 36 J. Its velocioty at t = 0 is
3 m/s and displacment from the mean position is +20 cm. The equation of its motion is :
 3 
(A) x  20 2 sin  15t  cm
 4 
 5 
(B) x  40 2 sin  20t  cm
 6 
 2 
(C) x  40 sin  15t  cm
 3 
 5 
(D) x  20 2 sin  20t  cm
 6 
Ans. A
1
Sol. k  A 2  36
2
v   A2  x2
3   A 2  0.04 A
2 20 cm 
kA  0.04k 45
9
m
36 = 72  0.04 k
0.04 k = 36  k = 900
900 30
   15
4 2
72 8 3
A   20 2 cm Initial phase
900 100 4

SECTION – B
21. Parallel beam is incident on a thin lens ( = 1.4) t screen

and radii 25 cm of each of the surface as shown.
What should be the thickness of a slab (in cm) (
= 1.5) between the lens and the screen so that
final image is formed on the screen.
35 cm
Ans. 00011.25
1 2
Sol.  0.4 
f 25
 f = 31.25
 1 
NS  3.75  t 1  
 1.5 
 t = 3.75  3 = 11.25 cm
22. A sample of  active nuclei has a half-life of 100 minutes. Initially there are 1013  active nuclei.
Assume that all particles emitted leave the sample. What is the charge acquired (in C) by the
sample in 200 minutes?
Ans. 00001.20
2
N  1 1
Sol. N  N0 e t (where    )
N0  2  4
 1 3
 
Ndecays  N0 1  et  1013  1     1013
 4 4
3
Q  1.6  1019   1013  1.2 C
4
23. In a coolidge tube, the potential difference used to accelerate the electron increased from 24.8
kV to 49.6 kV. As a result, the difference between the wavelength of K -line and minimum
 hc 
wavelength becomes two time. Then the wavelength (in Ao) of K -line is   12.4 kV A o 
e 
Ans. 00000.75
hc
Sol. Let E be the energy of K -line then  Ek
k
hc
 k 
EK

hc 12.4 o 1 o
Now,  min   A  A and
e  24.8 kV 24.8 2
hc 12.4 o 1 o
  2min   A  A
e  49.6 kV 49.6 4
 1  1
 2  k     k  
 2  4
1
 2k  1  k 
4
1
 k  1 
4
 k  0.75 A o
24. A string of length 1.5 m with its two ends clamped is vibrating in the fundamental mode. The
amplitude at the centre of the string is 4 mm. Find the minimum distance (in meter) between the
two points having amplitude of 2 mm.
Ans. 00001.00

Sol.   = 2 = 3
2
Equation of stationary wave 2mm 4mm
2mm
y = [2A sin Kx] cos (t) x=0
Amplitude = 2A sin Kx
 2  4 sinkx
1 2
sin Kx  ; K 
2 
 5
 kx1 = , kx 2 
6 6
5  
 x 2  x1     1m
6k 6k 3
25. In the given figure, the current through zenor

diode (in mA) is R1 = 500
15 V
R2 = 1500 vZ = 10 V
Ans. 00003.33
vz 1
Sol. IR2   A
1500 150
15  v z 1
IR1   A
R1 100
1
 Iz  IR1  IR2  A  3.33 mA
300

26. A compound microscope is used to enlarge an object kept at a distance of 3 cm from its
objective. The objective consists of several convex lenses in contact and has a focal length of 2
cm. If a lens of focal length 10 cm is removed from the objective, the eyepiece has to be moved
by x cm to refocus the image. The value of x is
Ans. 00009.00
1 1 1
Sol. Ist case :    v1 = 6 cm
v1 ( 3) 2
When one lens is removed, the new focal length of the objective is
1 1 1 1 1
   
F F f1 2 10
 F = 2.5 cm
The new postion of the image is
1 1 1
   v2 = 15 cm
v 2 (3) 2.5
The position of the image changes by 15  6 = 9 cm. Here, eye piece must be moved by the
same distance (=9 cm) to refocus the image.
27. In a screw gauge, 5 complete rotations of the screw cause it to move a linear distance of 0.25 cm
and each rotation corresponds to one main scale division. There are 100 circular scale divisions.
The thickness of a wire measured by this screw gauge gives a reading of 4 main scale divisions
and 30 circular scale divisions. Assuming negligible zero error. What is the thickness (in mm) of
the wire?
Ans. 00002.15
0.25
Sol. Least count = cm  5  10 4 cm
5  100
Reading = 4  0.05 cm + 30  5  104 cm = 2.15 mm
28. Sound wave of frequency 600 Hz falls normally on a perfectly reflecting wall. The shortest
distance (in cm) from the wall at which the air particles will have a maximum amplitude of
vibration will be (speed of sound = 300 m/s)
Ans. 00012.50
Sol. The wall acts like rigid boundary and reflects this wave and sends it back towards the open end.
At the open end antinode is formed and a node is formed at the wall.
The distance between antinode and node = /4
300
So, wavelength of note emitted =  
600
1
 m
2
So, maximum amplitude is obtained at a distance = /4
1 1 1
=   m
2 4 8
29. Assume pupil diameter to be 2.5 mm. Assume light of wavelength 500 nm. What is the minimum
distance (in mm) between two point objects that can be seen clearly by the eye when kept at
least distnace of distinct vision?

Ans. 00000.06
x 1.22
Sol. 
d D
1.22  5  107  0.25
x  0.061 mm
2.5  10 3
30. A ball of mass 10 kg and density 1 gm/cm3 is attached to the base of 2 m/s2
a container having a liquid of density 1.1 gm/cm3, with the help of a
spring as shown in the figure. The container is going up with an
acceleration 2 m/s2. If the spring constant of the spring is 200 N/m,
the elongation (in cm) in the spring is (There is no relative motion
between ball and container) (g = 10 m/s2)
Ans. 00006.00
Sol. The force acting on the ball are B

B  Mg – kx = Ma
V0 s (g  a)  V0 sg  kx  V0 sa a
kx  V0 s (g  a)  V0 s(g  a)
M 10
 V0 (g  a)(s  s)  (12)(0.1)  103  3  12  102
s 10
x = 6 cm kx + mg

SECTION – A
31. Which is incorrect?
(A) Iproniazid - Transquilizer
(B) Codein – non-narcotic
(C) Prontosil - Antibiotic
(D) Chloramphenicol – Broad spectrum
Ans. B
Sol. Codein is a narcotic drug.
32. Salts of metals W, X and Y are electrolysed under identical conditions using same quantity of
electricity. If was observed that 4.8 g of W, 5.8 g of X and 19.2 g of Y were deposited at
respective cathode. If the atomic weights of W, X and Y are 8, 29 and 64 respectively, then the
ratio of their valencies is
(A) 2:3:1
(B) 1:2:3
(C) 1:3:2
(D) 3:2:2
Ans. C
AM1 AM2 AM3

Sol. W1  W2  W3 
nf1 nf2 nf3
nf1 : nf2 : nf3  1: 3 : 2
(A) Black phosphorous is not toxic while white phosphorous is toxic.
(B) White phosphorous is not soluble in NaOH and does not evolve phosphine gas while red
phosphorous is soluble in NaOH and evolves phosphine gas.
(C) Black phosphorous is the thermodynamically most stable allotrope among white
phosphorous, red phosphorous and black phosphorous.
(D) White phosphorous is soluble in CS2 while red phosphorous is not soluble in CS2 .

Ans. B
(A) SO2 is used as an anti-chlor.
(B) S2 molecule has two unpaired electrons in  * (  antibonding) orbital.
(C) SO3 gas is produced as by-product of the roasting of FeS2 .
(D) O 3 is dark blue in liquid state.
Ans. C
Sol. SO2 gas is produced as by-product of the roasting of FeS2 .
35. Which of the following pair is paramagnetic?
Co  ox 3  , FeF6 
3 3
(A)
3 3
(B) Co  ox 3  , Fe  ox 3 
CoF6 3 , Fe CN6 

4
(C)
Fe  CN 6  , CoF6 

3 3
(D)
Ans. D
3 4 3
Co  ox 3  and Fe  CN6  do not have unpaired electrons while FeF6  and Fe  ox 3 
3
Sol.
have unpaired electrons and  CoF6 
3
has 4 unpaired electrons.
and  CrF6 
2
The calculated spin only magnetic moments of Ni  NH3 6 
3
36. in B.M. respectively,
are (Atomic mass of Cr and Ni are 24, 28, respectively)
(A) 0, 3.87
(B) 3.87, 1.73
(C) 2.83, 3.87
(D) 1.73, 4.9
Ans. C
2
Sol. Ni  NH3 6  has two unpaired electrons hence   8  2.83 BM
CrF6 
3
has three unpaired electrons hence   15  3.87 BM

37. Among the following metal carbonyl species, the one with the weakest carbon-oxygen bonding is
(A) Cr  CO 6
2
(B)  Ti  CO  6 

(C)  V  CO 6 

(D) Mn  CO 6 
Ans. B
38. Which one of the following impurities present in colloidal solution cannot be removed by
electrodialysis?
(A) Sodium sulphate
(B) Potassium chloride
(C) Glucose
(D) Barium nitrate
Ans. C
Sol. Glucose is non-electrolyte hence can’t be removed by electrodialysis.
(A) Actinoid contraction is greater from element to element than lanthanoid contraction
because of poor shielding of 5f orbitals than 4f orbitals.
(B) The magnetic properties of the actinoids are more complex than those of the lanthanoids.
(C) The study of lanthanoids is easier than actinoids because actinoids are radioactive
elements.
(D) Eu3  is a strong oxidizing agent changing to Eu2  , because Eu2  has f 7 configuration.
Ans. D
Sol. Eu2  is a strong reducing agent changing to the common +3 state.

40. H2S gas passed in all the following test tube having one of the ions Zn2 ,Ni2 ,Mn2 and Cd2  so
that that precipitation is observed. Which is correct match
Yellow Black
White Buff
(A) Ni – yellow
(B) Cd - buff
(C) Zn - white
(D) Mn - black
Ans. C
Sol. NiS – black, CdS – yellow, Zn – white, Mns – buff.
41. Select the incorrect observation(s) for a 8.21 litre container, filled with 2 moles of Ar at 300 K
(A) It has pressure 6 atm if Ar behaves as an ideal gas and walls of container are rigid.
(B) If the container is opened at one side, moles of gas diffused from container when heated
to 400 K is 1.75 if Ar behaves as an ideal gas.
(C) If Ar behaves as a non-ideal gas and volume of gas is negligible compared to the total
volume occupied by gas, it would have pressure greater than 6 atm.
(D) If it is in closed non-rigid (like thin balloon) container and Ar gas behaves an ideal gas, its
volume increases to 16.42 lit on heating to 600 K.
Ans. C
 an2 
Sol.  P   V  nRT
 V2 
nRT an2
P  2
V V
Hence, would have pressure lesser than 6 atm.
(A) In the metallurgy of aluminium, purified Al2 O3 is mixed with CaF2 which lowers the
melting point of the mixture and brings conductivity.

(B) In the metallurgy of gold by forest cyanide process Zn acts as a reducing agent.
(C) Van Arkel method is used for refining Zirconium.
(D) Pig iron obtained from blast furnace contains about 1% carbon and many impurities in
smaller amount.
Ans. D
Sol. Pig iron contains about 4% carbon.
2
43. Which of the following statement is incorrect regarding complex Fe  H2 O 5 NO  ?
(A) The oxidation state of iron in the complex is +2.
(B) Complex is formed during the brown ring test for nitrate ion.
(C) The colour is because of charge transfer.
(D) There are three unpaired electrons so that its magnetic moment is 3.87 BM.
Ans. A
Sol. NO transfer its electron to Fe2  so that iron exists as Fe(I) and NO as NO  .
44. Which of the following statement is correct?
(A) Photochemical smog occurs in a day time while classical smog occurs in the morning
hours.
(B) Classical smog has an oxidizing character whereas the photochemical smog is reducing
in character
(C) During formation of smog, the level of ozone in the atmosphere goes down.
(D) Classical smog is good for health but not photochemical smog.
Ans. C
Sol. Conceptual
45. Select the incorrect statement
(A) Silicon carbide is an example of network solid.
(B) The number of atoms present in one unit cell of body centred cubic is two.
(C) In face centred cubic unit cell two tetrahedral voids are present at each body diagonal of
the cube.
(D) Coordination number of Na with respect to Na in NaCl is 6.
Ans. D

Sol. Coordination number of Na with respect to Na in NaCl lattice is 12.
46. Which of the following does not give precipitate with K 2CrO 4 ?
(A) Ag
(B) Pb2 
(C) Ca2 
(D) Sr 2 
Ans. C
47. 54 g of aluminium is treated with 100 ml of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The volume of H2 gas evolved
at 1 atm and 300 K is _____(assume that H2 behaves as an ideal gas and
R = 0.082 L atm mol1 K 1 , atomic mass of Al = 27)
(A) 73.8 L
(B) 1.48 L
(C) 36.9 L
(D) 2.96 L
Ans. B
Sol. 2H2 O  2NaOH  2Al  2NaAlO2  3H2

100  0.4
Moles of NaOH   4  10 2
1000
54
Moles of Al  2
27
3
Limiting reagent is NaOH hence moles of H2 produced   4  102  6  102
2
PV = nRT
6  10 2  0.082  300
V
1
= 1.48 L
48. The enthalpy change for the following reactin is 369 kJ.
NF3  g  N  g  3F  g
The average N – F bond energy is
(A) 369 kJ mol1
(B) 1107 kJ mol1
(C) 184.5 kJ mol1
(D) 123 kJ mol1

Ans. D
Sol. r H  BE R  BE P

369  3   BE N F  0
369
BE NF   123 kJ mol1
3
49. Which of the following statement is correct?
(A) Non-ideal solution obeys Raoult’s law over the entire range of concentration.
(B) Hmix and Vmix for an ideal solution are less than zero.
(C) Non-ideal solution that shows positive deviation, the escaping tendency of each
component decreases after mixing.
(D) Non-ideal solution that shows large negative deviation, form maximum boiling
azeotropes.
Ans. D
50. Formula of metal oxide with metal deficiency defect in its crystal is A 0.7 O . The crystal contains
A 2  and A 3  ions. The fraction of metal existing as A 2  ions in the crystal is
(A) 0.96
(B) 0.14
(C) 0.50
(D) 0.31
Ans. B
Sol.  x  2    0.7  x   3  2
2x  2.1  3x  2
0.1  x
0.1 1
Fraction    0.14
0.7 7

SECTION – B
51. The factor of G values is important in metallurgy. The G values for the following reactions at
800o C are given as
S2  g  2O2  g 
 2SO2  g  G1  544 kJ
2Pb  s   S 2  g  2PbS  s  G2  287 kJ
2PbS  s   O2  g  
 2PbO  s  G3  472 kJ
The G for the following reaction is – x kJ at 800oC. The X is______
2PbS  s   3O2  g  2PbO  s   2SO2  g
Ans. 00729.00
Sol. G   G1  G3    G2 

  544  472    287 
 1016  287
 729 kJ
52. Formation of polythene from calcium carbide takes place according to the following process
CaC2  2H2O  80%
yield
 Ca  OH 2  C2H2
70%
C2H2  H2 
yield
 C2H4
100%
nC2H4 
yield
CH2 CH2
n
The amount of polyethylene (in g) obtained from 12.8 g of CaC2 is_____
Ans. 00003.14
80 70
Sol. Moles of C2H4 formed  0.2    0.112
100 100
Amount of polyethylene formed  0.112  28
= 3.136
 3.14 g
53. For the following cell reaction A  2B   A 2   2B the equilibrium constant at 300 K is 1015.
Find Eo for the B   e   B at 300 K. (Given Eo for A 2   2e    A at 300 K is
2.303R
0.34 V and  0.0002)
F
Ans. 00000.79
2.303RT
Sol. Eo  logK
nF
0.0002  300
EoC  EoA  log1015
2

EoC  0.01 3  15  0.34

= 0.45 + 0.34
= 0.79 V
54. An LPG cylinder, containing 14 kg butane (assume it behaves as an ideal gas) at 27o C and 20
atm pressure is leaking. After one day, its pressure reduced to 12 atm at the same temperature.
The quantity of gas leaked (in kg) is ______
Ans. 00005.60
Sol. PW
P1 W1

P2 W2
20 14

12 x
12  14 42
x   8.4 kg
20 5
Gas leaked = 14 – 8.4
= 5.6 kg
55. The tetrahedral voids present in 0.2 mole of a compound forming hexagonal close packing crystal
structure are x  1023 . The x is_____(Given NA  6  1023 )
Ans. 00002.40
0.2  6  1023
Sol. Number of hexagonal units   0.2  1023
6
Number of tetrahedral voids  0.2  1023  12
= 2.4  1023
56. Adsorption of a gas follows Freundlich adsorption isotherm. x is the mass of the gas adsorbed on
x
mass m of the adsorbent. The plot of log versus logP is shown is the given graph.
m
x
log
m
3
logP  2
x
is proportional to Pn , the n is_____
m
Ans. 00001.50
3
Sol. Slope   1.5, hence n  1.5 .
2

3
57. Total number of isomers (including stereoisomers) of Co  ox 3  are______
Ans. 00002.00
58. In the conversion of PCl5 to PCl3

PCl5  g  
 PCl3  g  Cl2  g
the values of Ho and So are 180 kJ mol1 and 150 J / K respectively at 300 K and 1 atm
assuming that Ho and So do not change with temperature, then temperature (in K) above
which conversion of PCl5 to PCl3 will be spontaneous is_____
Ans. 01200.00
Sol. Ho  TSo

Ho 180  1000
T   1200 K
So 150
59. Vapour pressure of CHCl3 at 27o C is 280 mm Hg. 2 g of non-volatile solute (molar mass
 40 g mol1 ) is dissolved in 100 ml of CHCl3 . The vapour pressure (in mm Hg) of the solution
is______(Given density of CHCl3 11.95 g / mL and molar mass of H, C and Cl are 1, 12 and
35.5 g mol1 respectively)
Ans. 00278.60
Sol. Mass of CHCl3  d  V  11.95  100  1195 g

1195
Moles of CHCl3   10 mole
119.5
2 1
Moles of non-volatile solute  
40 20
1
P o  P nB
  20
Po nA 10
280  P 1

280 200
280
280  P   1.4
200
P = 280 -1.4
= 278.6 mm Hg
60. wMg  xHNO3  yMg NO3  2  NH4NO3  zH2 O (balanced equation) w, x, y and z are the
x
stoichiometric coefficient of Mg, HNO3 ,Mg NO3 2 and H2 O respectively, the value of 
y
Ans. 00002.50
Sol.  4Mg NO3 2  NH4NO3  3H2O

4Mg  10HNO3 
x 10
  2.5
y 4

SECTION – A
61. The coefficient of x n 2 in the polynomial (x – 1)(x – 2)(x – 3) ….. (x – n) is
n  n2  2   3n  1
(A)
24
n  n2  1  3n  2 
(B)
24
n  n2  1  3n  4 
(C)
24
n  n2  1  3n  2 
(D)
24
Ans. B
Sol. Coefficient x n 2 is sum of product of two natural numbers from first n natural numbers
1  2  3  .....  n  2  12  22  32  .....  n 2 
=
2
1  n  n  1 n  n  1  2n  1 
2 2
=   
2 4 6 
   
1 n n  1  n n  1 2n  1 
=    
2 2  2 3 
n  n  1  3n2  3n  4n  2 
=  
4  6 
n  n  1  3n  n  2  n n2  1  3n  2 
2
= 
24 24
37b  81b4  3
62. If   4  where b > 0, then sum of all possible integral values of  is
b
(A) 0
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 5
Ans. D

4
Sol.   2  4 2  37b  81b  3  37   81b3  3 
b  b
AM  GM
1 1 1 1
81b3   
b b b   81b3  1  4
 
4  b3 
3 3
81b2   4  3 ; 81b2   12
b b
3
81b3   37    2  4   12
2
b
25  (2 – 4)2 ; (2 – 4)2  52
(2 – 9)(2 + 1)  0 ; 2  9
–3    3 ;  = –3, –2, –1, 0, 1, 2, 3
  –3, –2, –1, 0, 1, so  = 2 or 3
 Sum is 5
63. If x2y + y2z + z2x = 2022 ; x2z + y2x + z2y = 2020. Then value of (x – y)3 + (y – z)3 + (z – x)3 is
equal to
(A) –3
(B) –6
(C) –9
(D) none of these
Ans. B
Sol. x 2y + y 2z + z 2x – x 2z – y 2x – z 2y = 2
x2(y – z) + yz(y – z) – x(y2 – z2) = 2
(x – y)(y – z)(z – x) = –2
So, (x – y)3 + (y – z)3 + (z – x)3 = 3(x – y)(y – z)(z – x) = 3  –2 = –6
64. If , , are the roots of the equation x3 – 3x2 + 7x – 5 = 0, then value of  2 is
(A) 4
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D) none of these
Ans. B
Sol.  +  + = 3,  +  +  = 7,  = 5
( +  + )( +  + ) = 21
2 + 2 +  +  + 2 +  2 + 2 +  + 2
 = 21
 2  3  21
 2  21  3  21  3  5  21  15  6
 2  6

z5 ei
65. If imaginary part of  is zero and if locus of z is a circle, then its radius is
ei z5
(A) 1
(B) 4
(C) 9
(D) none of these
Ans. A
z5ei t
Sol. Let w  i

t 2
e z  5 t
x  iy  5
, t   x  5  y2
2
Let t 
cos   isin 
 1 
Im(w) = (y cos  – (x – 5) sin )  1  0
2 
  x  5  y 
2
(x – 5)2 + y2 = 1, radius = 1
66. If z3 + (3 + 2i)z + (–1 + ia) = 0 has one real root, then the value of “a” can lie in the interval
(A) (–2, –1)

(B) (–1, 0)
(C) (0, 1)
(D) (1, 2)
Ans. B
Sol. Let z =  one real root 3 + (3 + 2i) + (–1 + ia) = 0

(3 + 3 – 1) + i(2 + a) = 0
a
So, 3 + 3 – 1 = 0 and   
2
a3 3a
   1  0 ; a3 + 12a + 8 = 0
8 2
Let f(a) = a3 + 12a + 8, f(a) = 3a2 + 12 > 0
So, f(a) is increasing has only one real root
f(–1) < 0, f(0) > 0  f(–1)f(0) < 0
So, a  (–1, 0)
n
n
ar n 101100
67. If 1  x   ar x r , br  1  and br  , then value of n is
r 0 ar 1 r 1 100!
(A) 50
(B) 100
(C) 101
(D) none of these

Ans. B
n
Cr n r 1 n 1
Sol. ar  nCr , br  1  n
 1 
Cr 1 r r
n
n
n 1 n 1 n 1 n  1 n  1
br    ..... 
r 1 1 2 3 n n!
So, n = 100
1 1 n
68. If x   1 , p  x 4000  4000 and q is the digit at unit place in the number 22  1 , n  N and n >
x x
1, then p + q is
(A) 8
(B) 6
(C) 7
(D) 5
Ans. B
Sol. x2 – x + 1 = 0, x = –w, –w2

1 1
p  w 4000  4000  w   1
w w
Since, n > 1, so 2n = 4k, 24k  1  16   1
k
So, unit place is 7 = q

p + q = –1 + 7 = 6
x3  1 x2 y x2 z
69. The number of triplets satisfying the equation xy 2 y3  1 y 2 z  11 where x, y, z are positive
xz2 yz2 z3  1
integers
(A) 0
(B) 3
(C) 6
(D) 12
Ans. B
Sol. x3 + y3 + z3 = 10
(2, 1, 1), (1, 2, 1) (1, 1, 2), so three triplets

a b c
70. If f(x) = a + bx + cx and , , are roots of x – 1 = 0, then b c a is equal to
2 3
c a b
(A) f() f() f( )
(B) 3f() f() f( )
(C) –f() f() f( )
(D) –3f() f() f( )
Ans. C
Sol.  = 1,  = w, 2 =
a b c
b c a    a  b  c   a2  b2  c 2  ab  bc  ca  = –f() f( f( )
c a b
 1 1 1 
 
71. If A   1 1 1  , then the value of Det(AB + 2I) where B = adj A and I is identify matrix of
 1 1 1
order 3
(A) 64
(B) 125
(C) 216
(D) 343
Ans. C
Sol. |A| = 4, |AB + 2I| = (|A| + 2)3 = (4 + 2)3 = 63 = 216

Since, B = adj A so A adj A = |A|I + 2I = (|A| + 2)I
det((|A| + 2)I) = (|A| + 2)3
2 ; where i  j
72. If matrix A = [aij]5  5 such that aij  , then value of det(adj(adj(adj A))) is equal to
0 ; when i  j
(A) (2)220
(B) (2)320
(C) (2)420
(D) none of these
Ans. B

2 0 0 0 0
 
0 2 0 0 0
 3
Sol. A  0 0 2 0 0  , A  25 and det(adj(adj(adj A)))=  A  n1
 
0 0 0 2 0
0 0 0 0 2 
 4 3
=  25    25 
64 320
  2
73. If the number of ways of selecting m cards out of unlimited number of cards bearing the number
2, 3, 4 so that they can not be used to write the number 423 is 93. Then m is equal to
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
(D) none of these
Ans. B
Sol. We can choose either 2, 3 or 3, 4 or 2, 4 or 2 only or 3 only or 4 only

So, 2m + 2m + 2m – 3 = 93
3·2m = 96, 2m = 32, m = 5
74. The number of polynomials of the form x3 + ax2 + bx + c that are divisible by x2 + 1
where a, b, c  {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, ….. 1000} is
(A) 625
(B) 729
(C) 825
(D) 1000
Ans. D
Sol. x3 + ax2 + bx + c = 0 for x = i, –i

x = i ; i3 + ai2 + bi + c = 0, (b – 1)i + (c – a) = 0
x = –i ; –i3 + ai2 – bi + c = 0 (1 – b)I + (c – a) = 0
So, b = 1, c = a
a, c can take 1000 values
75. Let pn denote the probability of getting n heads when a fair coin is tossed m times. If P4, P5, P6
are in Arithmetic Progression, then the sum of all possible values of m is
(A) 14
(B) 21
(C) 28
(D) 35

Ans. B
m m m
 1  1  1
Sol. P4  m C4   , P5  m C5   , P6  m C6  
2  2  2
2  5 = P4 + P6
2  m C5  m C4  m C6  m = 7, 14
So, sum of all possible values = 21
76. The mean and variance of a binomial variable x are 2 and 1 respectively. Then the probability that
x takes values greater than 1 is
11
(A)
16
13
(B)
16
15
(C)
16
7
(D)
16
Ans. A
1
Sol. np = 2, npq = 1, p  q  , n = 4, p(x = 2) + p(x = 3) + p(x = 4)
2
4 4 4 4
 1  1  1 C2  4 C3  4 C4 11
= 4 C2    4 C3    4 C 4    
 2  2 2 16 16
       
77. Let a, b and c be such that a  1, b  2, c  3 if the projection of b along a is equal to that of
      
c along a and b, c are perpendicular to each other, then the value of a  b  c is equal to
(A) 13
(B) 14
(C) 15
(D) 17
Ans. B
   
   ab c a      
Sol. a  1, b  2 , c  3 ,    a  b  a  c and b  c  0
a a
  2 2 2 2      
a  b  c  a  b  c  2a  b  2b  c  2a  c = 1 + 4 + 9 = 14
  
a  b  c  14

 
78. The locus of a point equidistant from two given points whose position vectors are a and b is
equal to
 
 ab  
(A) r    a  b   0
 2 
 
 ab  
(B) r    a  b   0
 2 
 
 ab 
(C) r  a  0
 2 
 
(D)  r   a  b    b  0
Ans. B
  
Sol. PA  PB Pr 
 2  2
r a  r b
2 2   2 2  
r  a  2a  b  r  b  2b  r
2 2     
a  b  2r   a  b  A a  B b 
   2 2
2r   a  b   a  b
      
2r   a  b    a  b a  b 
    
2r   a  b    a  b   0
t
79. If the straight lines x = –1 + s, y = 3 – s, z = 1 + s and x  , y = 1 + t, z = 2 – t with
2
parameters s and t respectively are coplanar, then value of  is
(A) –3
(B) –2
(C) 2
(D) none of these
Ans. B
x 1 y  3 z 1 x  0 y 1 z  2
Sol.   and   are coplanar
1   1/ 2 1 1
0  1 1 3 2  1
If shortest distance = 1    0 ,  = –2
1
1 1
2

80. If a variable plane forms a tetrahedron of constant volume 64 units with coordinate planes, then
the locus of the centroid of the tetrahedron is
(A) x2yz = 8
(B) xyz = 6
(C) xy2z = 6
(D) xyz2 = 6
Ans. B
a b c Z
Sol.  ,  , 
4 4 4 C(0, 0, C)
a = 4, b = 4, c = 4
1 1  abc
Volume of tetrahedron OABC =   ab   c  G (, , )
3 2  6
O
64 (a, 0, 0)A B(0, b, 0)
 64 ,  = 6, locus xyz = 6
6 X Y
SECTION – B
            2
81. If a   b  c  b   c  2a  c  a  3b   = k a b c  , then k is equal to
Ans. 00007.00
           
Sol. a  b  a  c b  c  2b  a c  a  3c  b 
           
= a  b  c  a b  c  2a  b c  a  3b  c 
              
Let a  b  p , b  c  q , c  a  r = p  r q  2p r  3q
1 0 1
        
= p  r 2p  q 3q  r  = 2 1 0 p q r 
0 3 1
     
= 11  0   1 6  0   a  b b  c c  a 
         2
= 7 a  b b  c c  a   7 a b c 
So, k = 7
82. The distance of the point (1, 0, –3) from the plane x – y – z = 9 measured parallel to the line
x2 y2 z6
  is
2 3 6
Ans. 00007.00

Sol. Given plane is x – y – z = 9 ….. (1)

x2 y2 z6 P
Given line is   ….. (2)
2 3 6
So, equation of line parallel to (2) and passing through points r x–y–z=9
x 1 y  0 z  3
(1, 0, –3) is   r A(1, 0, –3)
2 3 6
x = 2r + 1, y = 3r, z = –3 – 6r
P(2r + 1, 3r, –6r – 3) where P lies on plane
So, 2r + 1 – 3r + 6r + 3 = 9 ; 5r = 5, r = 1
P(3, 3, –9) ; AP   3  1  32   3  9  =
2 2
4  9  36  49  7
So, AP = 7
83. If 0     and the system of equations x = (sin )y + (cos )z, y = z + x cos , and z = x sin  + y
4
has a non-trivial solutions, then is equal to

Ans. 00003.00
1  sin   cos 
Sol. cos  1 1 0
sin  1 1
1(1 – 1) + sin (–cos  – sin ) – cos (cos  + sin ) = 0
–(sin  + cos )2 = 0, sin  + cos  = 0
3 4
sin  = –cos , tan  = –1,   , 3
4 
0   a  1 b  1
84. Let A    , and (A + I)80 – 80A =   , then value of a + b + c + d is
0 0  c  1 d  2
Ans. 00001.00
 0   0    0 0 
Sol. A2     0
 0 0  0 0   0 0 
80
So, I  A   80
C0I  80
C1IA  .....  80
C80 A 80
I  A 80  80A  I
a  1 b  1  1 0 
c  1 d  2  0 1 ; a = 0, b = –1, c = –1, d = 3
   
a+b+c+d=0–1–1+3=1
2 1
85. Let P(x) = 1 + x – x2 – x3 + x4 + x5 – x6 – x7 + …..  where 0 < x < 1, if P  x   , then value
2
of (x + 1)4 is equal to
Ans. 00004.00
Sol. p(x) = (1 + x) – x2(1 + x) + x4(1 + x) – x6(1 + x) + ….. 

 1 
P(x) = (1 + x)(1 – x2 + x4 – x6 + – ) = (1 + x)  
 1  x2 

1 x 2 1
P  x  
1  x2 2
 2  1  x 2  1  2x  2
 2  1 x 2  2  1  2x  2  0
 2  1 x2  2x   2  1  0
2 2 1
x2  x 0
2 1 2 1
x 2  2  2  1 x   2  1  0
2
x   2  1   0 ; x  2  1 ; x  1  2
2
 x  1 4   2   4
4
33x  2 11x  2
86. If x1, x2, x3 are the roots of the equation  2   2  222x 1  1 , then 44(x1 + x2 + x3) is
equal to
Ans. 00008.00
11x
Sol. Let  2   t
t3
 4t  2t 2  1
4
t3 + 16t = 8t2 + 4
t3 – 8t2 + 16t – 4 = 0 has roots t1, t2, t3
t1 t2 t3 = 4
2  1 2 3   4 , 11(x1 + x2 + x3) = 2
11 x  x  x
100 100
1
87. Let r where r = 1, 2, 3, 4, ….., 100 be the roots of  z r  0 . If  10 , then || is
r 0 r 1   r  1
equal to
Ans. 00005.00
Sol. 1 + z + z2 + ….. + 2100 = (z – 1)(z – 2)(z – 3) ….. (z – 100)

log(1 + z + z2 + ….. + z100) = log(z – 1) + log(z – 2) + ….. + log(z – 100)
1  2z  3z 2  .....  100z 99 1 1 1
Differentiating    ..... 
2
1  z  z  .....  z100
z  1 z   2 z  100
Put z = 1
1  2  3  .....  100 1 1 1
   ..... 
1  1  1  1  .....  1 1  1 1   2 1  100
100  101  1 1 1 
    ..... 
2  101  1  1  2  1 100  1 
1 1 1
50    ..... 
1  1  2  1 100  1
100
1
 50  10 ;  = –5, so || = 5
r 1  r  1

6
 1   b   b   b 
88. If  x   1  a0   a1x  1    a2 x 2  22   .....   a6 x 6  66  , then the sum of the digits of the
 x   x  x   x 
value of a0 is
Ans. 00006.00
6 2 6 6 r
 1 6 6  1 6  1 6  1 6  1
Sol.  1  x    C0  C1  x    C2  x    .....  C6  x   = Cr  x  
 x  x  x  x r 0  x
Constant term will develop if r is even integer r = 0, 2, 4, 6
a0  6 C0  6 C2  2C1  6 C4  4C2  6 C6  6 C3
a0  1  30  90  20  141
a0  141
89. The number of positive integer solutions of a + b + c = 60 where “a” is a factor of b and c is 2,

then is equal to
4
Ans. 00003.00
Sol. Since, “a” is a factor of b and c

So, a divides 60
So, a = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 30 (a  60)
b = ma, c = na so a + ma + na = 60
60
a(1 + m + n) = 60, m + n =  1, where m, n  1
a
60
60 11
So, solution is 2
a C 2 1 
a
Total number of solution = 58 + 28 + 18 + 13 + 10 + 8 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 0 = 144

 2  144 ,  = 12,  3
4
90. The digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 are written in random order to form a nine digit number. Let p
be the probability that this number is divisible by 36. Then the value of 36p is
Ans. 00008.00
Sol. Since, nine digit numbers consists of 1, 2, 3, ….., 9 where sum 1 + 2 + 3 + ….. + 9 = 45
So, it is divisible by 9, to be divisible by 36. This number should also be divisible by 4
So, last two digits must be 12, 16, 24, 28, 32, 36, 48, 52, 56, 64, 72, 76, 84, 92, 96
So there are 16 options. Number of favourable event = 16  7!
16  7! 2
Total number of events = 9!, so probability p  
9  8  7! 9
9p = 2  36p = 8

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
PART TEST – III
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 19-12-2021
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
correct option;

AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22 2

1. A ray is incident on a curved spherical mirror of radius of curvatue y Normal

 
10 cm along a vector î  2jˆ  2kˆ . The direction of normal at the
point of incidence is along the vector 3iˆ  4ˆj   as shown in the

figure. The unit vector along the reflected ray is x
O
41 ˆ 38 ˆ 2 ˆ
(A) i j k
75 75 3
41 ˆ 38 ˆ 2 ˆ
(B) i j k
75 75 3
41 ˆ 38 ˆ 2 ˆ
(C) i j k
75 75 3
41 ˆ 38 ˆ 2 ˆ
(D)  i j k
75 75 3
Ans. C
Sol. eˆ r  eˆ i  2(eˆ i  n)n

ˆ ˆ
 î  2ˆj  2kˆ   11   3iˆ  4ˆj 
   2  
 3   15   5 
 
41 ˆ 38 ˆ 2 ˆ
= i j k
75 75 3
2. A monochromatic point source ‘S’ of wavelength M A M

‘’ is kept in front of a plane mirror MM. B C
Interference is observed at point ‘P’ of two waves
SAP and SP. It is given that AB = 14x , x
AC  8x, BS  2x , SD  2(11  2 )x . The P

minimum value of ‘x’ for which the maximum
intesnity is obtained at point P after interference is
S
D
(A) 
3
(B) 
4

3 AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22

(C)
2

(D)
4
Ans. D
  
Sol. Path difference, r   SA  AP    SP  2x 
 2 2

For maxima, 2x   n
2
x = /4
3. A massless spring of spring constant k = 100 N/m hangs in a O

vertical plane from point ‘O’, its other end is attached with a
block of mass m = 2kg and system is in equilibrium. Now
another small spherical ball of same mass moving with a k = 100 N/m
velocity v 0  10 m/s collides with the block and gets stuck
to it as shown in the figure. The new amplitude of oscillation m = 2kg
will be
m = 2kg v0 = 10 m/s
34
(A) m
5
14
(B) m
10
17
(C) m
2
13
(D) m
4
Ans. B
Sol. mv0 = (m + m)v

v
v 0 …(i)
2
v   A 2  x2
2
v0 k  mg 
 A2   
2 2m  k 
mv 20 m2 g2 14
A  2  m
2k k 10

4. In a setup of photoelectric experiment, a light of intensity 384 W/m2 is used which is equally
distributed among three wavelengths 620 nm, 496 nm and 310 nm. The light is incident
perpendiculary on a surface of area 0.01 cm2, having work function of 2.25 eV. Assuming there is
no loss of light and efficiency of emission of electrons from the surface is 50%. The photocurrent
in the circuit is
(A) 83.2  106 amp
(B) 166.4  106 amp
(C) 20.8  106 amp
(D) 41.6  106 amp
Ans. D
Sol. Energy of light

1240
E1   2 eV
620
1240
E2   2.5 eV
496
1240
E3   4 eV
310
No. of photons capable to emit electorns per second
 384  6  384  6
 3   10  3   10 83.2  106
      
2.5 e 4e e
83.2  106
No. of electrons emitted per second =
2 e
Photo current = ne = 41.6  106 ampere

5. h, G, S, , 0 and 0 are the plank constant. Gravitational constant, surface tension, coefficient of
viscocity, permeability and permittivity of free space respectively. [M], [L], [T] and [A] denote the
fundamental dimension of mass, length, time and current respectively. Regarding the dimension
of some physical quantity choose the correct option(s).
hG
(A) Dimension of 2
is M1L7 T 1 

0
(B) Dimension of is M1L1T 1A 2 
Sh
hG
(C) Dimension of is ML8 T 7 A 2 
0
S0
(D) Dimension of is M1L2 T 3 A 2 


Ans. C, D
Sol. Dimension of h is ML2 T 1 

 
 1 3 2 
Dimension of G is M L T
 
Dimension of S is MT  2
 
Dimension of  is ML T 1 
1
 

Dimension of 0 is MLT A 2 2 
 
Dimension of 0 is M L T A 
1 3 4 2
 
6. A concave mirror of focal length 3 meter is moving in y

the x-y plane with a velocity (4iˆ  4ˆj) m/s. A point
source ‘S’ is also moving in the x-y plane with a 10m/s x
velocity 10 m/s as shown in the figure. At a given ‘S’ 37
instant, the object is at 5 m along the negative x-axis
from pole and 20 cm along positive y-axis form the 20 cm
pole. The pole is assumed to be origin at this instant. P
Assuming paraxial approximation, choose the correct 5m
option(s).
 18 ˆ 
(A) Velocity of image with respect to mirror at the same instant is  9iˆ  j m/s
 5 
 51 
(B) Velocity of image with respect to mirror at the same instant is  18iˆ  ˆj  m/s
 5 
 2 
(C) Velocity of image with respect to ground at the same instant is  5iˆ  ˆj  m/s
 5 
 28 ˆ 
(D) Velocity of image with respect to source at the same instant is  13iˆ  j m/s
 5 
Ans. A, C, D
f
Sol. m …(i)
f u
h î f

h0 f  u
 f 
hî  h0   …(ii)
 f u 
f
v u …(iii)
uf
Differentiate equation (ii) and (iii) with respect time then we will get velocity of image.

7. Choose the correct statement(s).
(A) A particle of mass m at rest disintegrates into two particles of masses m1 and m2. Let 1
and 2 are their de-Broglie wavelengths respectively. It is given that m1 > m2 then 1 > 2
(B) The process of photoelectric emission is different to that of thermionic emission.
(C) Two radioactive samples A and B initially contain same number of nuclei. Sample A has
half life of 1 year and B has half life of 2 years. At the end of 2 years, both samples have
the same activity.
(D) When ultraviolet light is incident on a photocell, stopping potential is V0 and the maximum
kinetic energy of the photoelectrons is Kmax. When the ultraviolet light is replaced by x-
ray. Kmax increases but V0 decreases.
Ans. B, C
Sol. Use conservation of momentum

h

p
Activity = N
8. A satellite of mass ‘m’ is moving around a stationary m

planet of mass 10 m in an elliptical orbit of eccentricity
e = 1/3 and semi-major axis ‘a’ as shown in the figure.
Now choose the correct option(s). B A
10m
5Gm
(A) The velocities of satellite at perihelion and aphelion are 2 and
a
5Gm
respectively.
a
8 
(B) The radius of curvature of the path of the satellite at perihelion is  a 
9 
2 
(C) The radius of curvature of the path of the satellite at perihelion is  a 
3 
2a3/ 2
(D) Total time taken by the satellite in one complete revolution is
Gm
Ans. A, B

 2a   4a  v1
Sol. mv 2    mv1   …(i)
 3   3 
1 Gm(10m) 1 Gm(10m)
mv 22   mv12  …(ii)
2 (2a / 3) 2 4a / 3 10m m
5Gm 5Gm
v1  , v2  2
a a v2
2
Gm(10m) mv 2 8a
2
 , r2 
 2a  r2 9
 3 
 
9. A disc of mass ‘m’ and radius ‘R’ is kept on a rough k disc

horizontal surface in a vertical plane. A massless
spring of spring constant ‘k’ is attached at the top of
disc. The centre of disc is connected with a block of
mass ‘m0’ which is submerged in water as shown in
the figure. The relative density of block is 3. There
is sufficient friction between the disc and the
surface to prevent slipping. Take m0 = 2m and g is
acceleration due to gravity. m0
2mg
(A) The elongation in the spring in equilibrium is
3k
mg
(B) The elongation in the spring in equilibrium is
3k
(C) If the disc is slightly displaced from its equilibrium position and released then its angular
8k
frequency of oscillations will be
3m
(D) If the disc is slightly displaced from its equilibrium position and released then its angular
8k
frequency of oscillations will be
7m
Ans. A, D
Sol. At equilibrium
m 0g = T 0 + F B …(i)
T0 = kx0 + f0 …(ii)
kx0.R = f0R …(iii)
2kx0 = T0 …(iv)
2mg
 x0 
3k
Now if disc is slightly displaced

T  m 0g + F B = m 0a …(v) k K(x0+2x)
k(x0 + 2x) + f  T = ma …(vi)
k(x0 + 2x).2R  TR = IP …(vii) T

On solving disc
f a
4k 8k
a x .x P
 IP  7m
 2  m0  FB T
R 
m0
m 0g
10. A standing wave is formed in a long tube by a tuning fork of

frequency 500 Hz kept at its open end and other end is closed by a
movable piston as shown in the figure. A resonance is produced
when  = 18.0 cm, 55.5 cm and 93.0 cm respectivley. The 
temperature of air is maintained at 77C and molecular weight of air Piston
is 28.8  103 kg/mole. Choose the correct option(s).
Long Tube
(A) The minimum distance between node and antinode is 18.75 cm
(B) The speed of wave in the tube is approximately 375 m/s.
(C) The adiabatic coefficient of air inside the tube is approximately 1.39
(D) There is an end correction of 0.75 cm
Ans. A, B, C, D

Sol.  37.5 cm ,  = 75.0 cm
2

So,  18.75 cm
4
 v = f = 375 m/s
RT
 v
M
= 1.39
 end correction = 18.75  18.00 = 0.75


INTEGER.
11. Consider a planet whose density is half of the earth and its radius is double of the earth. What will
be the time period (in sec) of oscillation of the pendulum on this planet if it is a second pendulum
of the earth.
Ans. 2
L
Sol. T  2
g
1
Tk
 Re
12. A sphere of refractive index 2 is kept in a space whose B

centre is O. A ray is incident at point ‘A’ of the sphere and A
after refraction at A it is internally reflected at point ‘B’ then
refracted at ‘C’ and finally comes out from the sphere. It is
given that the total deviation produced in the incident ray is O
 2
minimum, if the angle of incidence is given by i  sin1  ,
  
  C
then find the value of .
Ans. 3
Sol. Net deviation

= (i  r) + (  2r) + (i r)
A B
= 2(i  r) + (  2r) i r r
d r
For minimum deviation 0
di O
dr 1 r
 …(i)
di 2
Snell’s law C
sin i =  sin r
dr cosi
 …(ii)
di  cosr
On solving
4  2 
sin2 i  1  
3 4
2
sini 
3

13. A liquid drop of radius 5R is kept in the open atmosphere of pressure

P0. C is the centre of the liquid drop. Two air bubbles are formed
inside the liquid drop centred at A and B of radii 2R and R 5R
respectively. Let the gauge pressure at A, B and C are PA, PB and PC
P P
respectively. The ratio of A 2 B is equal to 3. Find the value of . A C B
PC
Ans. 7
2S
Sol. PC  P0 
5R
2S
PC = PC  P0 
5R
2S 7S
PA  PC   P0 
2R 5R
7S
PA = PA  P0 
5R
2S 12S
PB  PC   P0 
R 5R
12S
PB = PB  P0 
5R

Question Stem
A rope of length ‘L’ is kept along x-axis such that its one end is at the y
origion as shown in the figure. An external force is applied on rope
 x
such that restoring force developed in the rope is given by F0  1   ,
 L 
where F0 is constant. The young’s modulus of the rope is given by x
1
 x  x
Y0  1   and cross-sectional area is A 0 1   , where Y0 and A0 L
 L  L
are constant. The elongation in the rope is  mm and elastic potential
energy stored in the rope is  joule. It is given that F0 = 1kN, Y0 = 2 
1011 N/m2, A0 = 5 mm2 and L = 1m.
14. The value of  is …………….
Ans. 1.50

15. The value of  is …………….
Ans. 1.17
Sol. (Q.14-15)
L
Fx F0 L  x 3F0L
Net elongation = 0 A x Yx dx =   1  dx =
Y0 A 0 0  L  2Y0 A 0
L 2
1 Fx2 F02 L  x 7 F02L
2 0 A x Yx 2Y0 A 0 0 
Total potential energy = dx   1   dx 
L 6 Y0 A 0
Question Stem
An elevator is moving vertically upward with an acceleration a0 = 4 m/s2.

A man of mass M = 60 kg is standing on a massless weighing machine
which is kept on a platform of mass m = 10 kg. Platform is connected
M
with a spring as shown in the figure. Platform oscillates with a frequency
of 0.5 sec1 and amplitude 0.2 m. N0 is the maximum reading of the Weighing
weighing machine in kilogram and x0 is the additional compression (in machine a0
meter) in the spring from equilibrium position when the reading was 90
kg. (Take 2 = 10, g = 10 m/s2) m
16. The value of N0 is …………….
Ans. 96.00
17. The value of x0 is …………
Ans. 0.10
Sol. (Q.16-17)
Nmax = Mg + Ma0 + M2A
= 960 Newton
N = Mg + Ma0 + M2x
x = 0.1 meter


Question Stem
A monochromatic light of wavelength ‘’ is incident on two slits y

S1 and S2 made on x-axis. The mid point of the line S1S2 is
considered as origin and ‘d’ is the distance between the two
slits which are symmetric about y-axis. The interference pattern
is observed on a plate of mass M which is acting as a screen.
The screen is attached to one end of a vertical spring of spring S1 O S2 x
constant ‘k’ and the other end of spring is attached with the
ground. Spring is massless and screen always remains in D
horizontal plane. The distance between the plane of slits and
the screen is D (D>>d). Assuming S1 and S2 are coherent in t=0
nature. At t = 0, screen is released and spring is in its natural
5Mg
M
length. It is given that M = 1kg, k = 1 N/m. D = , g = 10 k (screen)
k
m/s2, d = 200. The x co-ordinate (in cm) of the first order
maxima on the screen as a function of time is given by
  1   2 cos t  .
18. The value of 1 is …………..
Ans. 30.00
19. The value of 2 is …………….
Ans. 5.00
Sol. (Q.18-19)
D
x-coordinate of first order maxima = 
d
Mg  k 
Where D  D  (1  cos t),    
k  M 
5Mg Mg
  (1  cos t) = 60  10 cos t
k k
1
So, x   (60  10cos t)m  (30  5 cos t) cm
200


20. In which of the following crystals alternate tetrahedral voids are occupied
(A) NaCl
(B) ZnS
(C) CaF2
(D) Na2 O
Ans. B
Sol. ZnS
21. The enthalpy of combustion of C and CO are – 393.5 kJ and – 283 kJ, respectively, the enthalpy
of formation of CO is
(A) 110.5 kJ
(B) 6765 kJ
(C) 676.5 kJ
(D) 273.6 kJ
Ans. A
Sol. C  O2  CO 2 H  393.5 kJ … (1)

1
CO  O2  CO2 H  283.0 kJ … (2)
2
1
C O2 
 CO H  110.5 kJ
2
22. HNO3  P2O5  A  B

Product A and B are
(A) H3PO3 ,N2 O3
(B) HPO3 ,N2 O5
(C) H3PO3 ,N2 O4
(D) HPO3 ,NO2

Ans. B
Sol. HNO3  P2 O5  HPO3  N2O5
23. During electrolysis of aqueous CuSO 4 , two Faraday of charge was passed. Find the volume of
O 2 gas produced at anode at STP in litres?
(A) 5.6 L
(B) 11.2 L
(C) 22.4 L
(D) 2.8 L
Ans. B
Sol.  4H  O2  4e

2H2 O 

24. Which of the following are correct statements?
(A) The hydro metallurgy process of extraction of silver metal is based on complex formation
(B) Cinnabar ore is concentrated by froth floatation process
(C) The process of converting hydrated alumina into alumina is called as calcination
(D) In alumino-thermite process Al is used as reducing agent
Ans. A, B, C, D
25. Which of the following is/are incorrect statements?
(A) Heating mixture of Cu2O and Cu2S give Cu
(B) Zn is the common metal in ore Brass, Bronze and German Silver
(C) Native silver form a complex with NaCN in presence of N2
(D) In dichromate dianion all Cr – O bonds are equivalent
Ans. B, C, D
Sol. B = Cu
C  O 2 gas
D = Six Cr – O bonds are equivalent.

O
O O
Cr Cr O
O
O O
26. Which of the following cations cannot be separated by passing H2S through their solutions to
which NH4 Cl and NH4 OH have been added?
(A) Ca 2 and Ni2
(B) Mg2 and Mn2
(C) Ni2 and Co 2
(D) Mn2 and Zn2
Ans. C, D
Sol. NiS, CoS = black ppt.

MnS = buff clour ppt.
ZnS = white ppt.
27. Which of the following are correct regarding Xe and its compound?
(A) XeF2 and SbF5 reacts to form  XeFSbF6 
(B) XeF6 and RbF reacts to form  XeF5 RbF2 
(C) XeF6 and SiO2 reacts to form XeOF4 and SiF4
(D) XeO3 can be prepared by direct reaction between constituent elements
Ans. A, C
Sol. XeF2  SbF5   XeF SbF6 

XeF6  RbF  Rb  XeF7 
XeF6  SiO2  XeOF4  SiF4
XeF6  H2O  XeO3
28. Following are exothermic reactions
(A) Dehydrogenation of ethane to ethene
(B) Conversion of graphite to diamond
(C) Combustion of ethane
(D) Heat of neutralization

Ans. C, D
29. Which of the following is/are correct statement (s)?
(A) 100% tetrahedral voids are occupied by carbon in diamond
(B) Coordination number of HCP is 12
(C) In CsCl the coordination number of each ion is 8
(D) HCP shows ABCABCABC……..arrangement
Ans. B, C
Sol. 50% tetrahedral void in diamond

HCP = ABABAB…..

INTEGER.
30. To a 56 ml H2 O2 solution excess of acidified solution of KI was added. The I2 liberated requires
200 ml of 0.3 N Na2 S2 O3 . Calculate the volume strength of H2 O2 .
Ans. 6
Sol. 56  N  200  0.3

60
N
56
60
Volume strength   5.6  6
56
31. How many among the following metals are soluble in NH3 / NH4 OH
Ag, Cu, Zn, Al , Ni, Fe, Pb
Ans. 4
Sol. Ag, Cu, Zn, Ni
32. 25 calories of heat is required to raise the temperature by 10o C for 0.5 mole of a unknown gas at
constant volume. Find molar heat capacity at constant pressure of unknown gas (in calorie).
[Given R = 2 calorie/mole.K]
Ans. 7
Sol. q  25  2  50 cal / mole

50
CV   5 cal / mole / K
10
CP  5  2  7 cal / mole / K


Question Stem
All values are in Kcal per mole at 25o C given below

HoCombustion ethane  372.0
HoCombustionpropane  530.0
Ho for C  graphite   C  g  172.0
Bond energy of H – H = 104.0
Hof of H2 O     68.0
Hof of CO2  g  94.0
33. Find the C – C bond energy in Kcal/mole_______
Ans. 82.00
34. Find the C – H bond energy in Kcal/mole______
Ans. 99.00
Sol. (for Q. 33 and 34)

7
C2H6  O2  2CO2  3H2 O
2
372  2   94   3  68   Hof  C2H6 
Hof  C2H6   20
C3H8  5O2 
 3CO2  4H2 O
530  3  94   4  68   Hof  C3H8 
Hof  C3H8   24
2C  s   3H2 
 C2H6
20  2  172  3  104    x  6y 
3C  s   4H2  C3H8
24  3  172  4 104    2x  8y 
After solving, we get x and y
x = 82 Kcal/mol
y = 99 Kcal/mol

Question Stem
7.02 gram of benzene containing 0.122 gram of benzoic acid freezes at 0.512o C below the freezing point
of pure benzene, benzoic acid exists as a dimer during this van’t Hoff factor is found to be x  10 1 and
degree of association y%. ( K f for benezene is 5.12 K / molal ).

Ans. 7.02
36. The value of y is________
Ans. 59.60
Sol. (for the Q. 35 and 36)

1 1000
Molality  
1000 7.02
1
0.512  i  5.12 
7.02
i  0.702  7.02  10 1

i  0.702  1 
2
  59.60%

Question Stem
The equivalent conductivity of 0.02 N solution of monobasic acid is 15.75 S cm2 eq1 . If equivalent
conductivity of the acid at infinite dilution is 350 Scm2 eq1 , the degree of dissociation found to be x% and
it’s Ka is found to be y  10 5
Ans. 4.50
38. The value of y is________
Ans. 4.05
Sol. (for the Q. 37 and 38)

15.75
  0.045
350
= 4.5%
x = 4.50
C 2
Ka  1  1
1 
K a  C 2

  0.02  4.5  102 
2
 4.05  105
y = 4.05


 x  2 10   x  2 11  3  x  2 12   x  2 15   x  2 23   x  2 25

39. The minimum value of f  x 
 x  2 15
x>2
(A) 2
(B) 4
(C) 6
(D) 8
Ans. D
Sol. f(x) = (x – 2)–5 + (x – 2)–4 + 3(x – 2)–3 + 1 + (x – 2)8 + (x – 2)10

Say x – 2 = t (> 0)
f(x) = t–5 + t–4 + 3t–3 + 1 + t8 + t10. Now apply AM  GM
1
t 5  t 4  t 3  t 3  t 3  1  t 8  t10  5 4 3 3 3
 t  t  t  t  t  1 t 8  t10  8
8
 f(x)  8 x > 2 min value of f(x) is 8
40. The number of integral solution of the inequality 4 < x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 < 9 where x1, x2, x3, x4  0
(A) 263
(B) 264
(C) 425
(D) none of these
Ans. C
Sol. x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 < 9  x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 + A = 10
Number of integral solution = 12 C4 and x1 + x2 + x3 + x4  4
x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 + B = 4 number of integral solution 8 C4
12
So, total number of integral solution C4  8C4  495  70  425
41. A matrix of order 3  3 formed by using the elements {2021, 2022, ….. 2029} without repetition.
Then the probability that first row of matrix has entries increasing order
1
(A)
3

1
(B)
4
1
(C)
5
1
(D)
6
Ans. D
9
Favourable cases C3  1  6 1
Sol. Required probability =  
Total cases 9 6
42. Number of different terms in the expression (1 + x)300 + (1 + x2)200 + (1 + x3)150 are
(A) 385
(B) 386
(C) 384
(D) 387
Ans. A
Sol. Let A = (1 + x)300, B = (1 + x2)200, C = (1 + x3)150

n(A) = 301, n(B) = 201, n(C) = 151
n(A B) = 151, n(B C) = 67, n(A C) = 101, n(A B C) = 51
 n(A  B  C) = 385

43. Let z1, z2, z3, z4 are distinct complex number such that |z1| = |z2| = |z3| = |z4|.
If |tz1 + z2 + z3 + z4| = |z1 + tz2 + z3 + z4| = |z1 + z2 + tz3 + z4| where t  R – {1}, then
(A) z1, z2, z3, z4 must be the vertices of a rectangle
(B) z1, z2, z3, z4 may be the vertices of a square
(C) z1, z2, z3, z4 are collinear
(D) z1, z2, z3, z4 must be vertices of a rhombus
Ans. A, B
Sol. Let z = z1 + z2 + z3 + z4 then |z – (1 – t)z1| = |z – (1 – t)z2| = |z – (1 – t)z3|

 z is equidistant from 3 points so z will be the circumcentre of  formed by these points and
distance of points (1 – t)z1, (1 – t)z2 and (1 – t)z3 from (0, 0) are equal so z = 0
 z1 + z2 + z3 + z4 = 0 and z1 + z2 = –z3 – z4  z1, z2, –z3, –z4 are vertices of a parallelogram
described in a circle centre at (0, 0) and so a rectangle whose diagonal intersect at origin

44. Let A be a 4  4 matrix such that each entry of A is either 2 or –1. Let d = det(A), then
(A) d is divisible by 9
(B) d is always divisible by 27
(C) d is always divisible by 81
(D) d is composite number
Ans. A, B, D
a11 a12 a13 a14

   
Sol. Let A  . If R1  R1 – R4, R2  R2 – R4, R3  R3 – R4
   
   
Then elements of I, II, III row are 3, 0, or – 3
So, we take 3 common, then
A  33  |A| is divisible by 27
45. If three AM, A1, A2, A3 and three HM H1, H2, H3 are inserted between 3 and 6 and A1H3 – A2H2 is
equal to r
(A) the value of r is equal to 2
100
1 25
(B) 2

n r 1  2n  1 1 101

n
(C) n 1
1
n r 1 2
(D) none of these
Ans. B, C
3 15
Sol. 3, A1, A2, A3, 6  A1  3 

4 4
6 9 9 21 1 1 1 1
A 2  3   ; A3  3   and , , ,
4 2 4 4 3 H1 H2 6
24 24
 H1  , H2  4 and H3 
7 5
15 24 9
Thus, A1H3 – A2H2 =   4  0
4 5 2
100
1 1 1 n  1  n 
Now, ; Tn   
2
n 1  2n  1  1
 
2n  2 2n    
4 n n1 4  n  1 n 

1 100  1 1  1 1  25 n
    1   and n 1
4 n 1  n n  1  4  101  101 n 1 2

n 1 1 2 3 
Tn      .....
22 n
2  2 22 23 
1
Tn  S
2
1 2 3 S 1 2
S   2  3  .....  ;  2  3  ..... 
2 2 2 2 2 2
1
S 1 1 S
   2  .....  ;  2  S = 2
2 2 2 2 1
1
2
46. Let n be the number of ways in which the letters of the word “FIITJEE” can be arranged so that
vowels appears at odd places and m be the number of ways in which “FIITJEE” can be arranged
so that letters F, T, J appear in the same position as in the word “FIITJEE”, then correct
statement is/are
(A) the value of n is 36
(B) the number of zero’s at the end in n is 8
(C) the value of m + n is 42
(D) the value of n – m is 20
Ans. A, B, C
4
Sol. n  4 C4 .  3 C3  3  36
2 2
Number of zero’s in 36 = exponent of 5 in 36  8
4
m 6
2 2
47. Let 1, 2, ….. 20 are roots of equation 1 + 2x + 3x2 + ….. + 11x10 + 10x11 + ….. x20 = 0, then
(A) equation has 10 repeated roots
(B) all roots are complex
(C) |1| + |2| + ….. + |20| = 20
(D) equation has 10 real roots
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. 1 + 2x + 3x2 + ….. + 11x10 + 10x11 + ….. x20 = (1 + x + ….. + x10)2

2
 1  x11  2k 2k
    0  x  cos  isin , k = 1, 2, ….. 10
 1 x  11 11

 10 C1   2  10 C2   3  10 C3   ..... 10  10 C10  equals

2 2 2 2
48. Sum of the series
20
(A) 10  C10
(B) 10  19 C9
 110  21
(C)   C11
 21 
20
(D) 5 C10
Ans. B, D
S  0  10 C10   1 10 C1   2  10 C2   ..... 10  10 C10 

2 2 2 2
Sol.
S  10  10 C10   9  10 C1   8  10 C2   ..... 0  10 C10 

2 2 2 2
2S  10  10 C0    10 C1    10 C2   .....  10 C10  

2 2 2 2
20  20  !
2S  10  C10  10 
10! 10!
19!
S  10  ; S  10  19 C9
9! 10!

INTEGER.
49. The number of real solution of equation 2021x6 + 2021x5 – 2020x4 + x3 + 2020x2 + 2021x – 2021
=0
Ans. 2
Sol. 2021x6 + 2021x5 – 2020x4 + x3 + 2020x2 + 2021x – 2021 = (x2 + x – 1)(2021x4 + x2 + 2021) = 0
50. The sum of last 100 digits of numbers 1.2.3.4 …..2021 + 2020 is
Ans. 4
 2021  2021  2021  2021 

Sol. 2021! + 2020 exponent of 5 in 2021! is     + …..
 5   25   625   3125 
404 + 80 + 3 = 487
So, sum of last 100 digits is 2 + 0 + 0 + 2 = 4
10
1
51. Let z be a non-real complex number which satisfy the equation z11 = 1, then find 4k
k 1 1  z  z8k
Ans. 7

10
1 10
z 4k  1 10
z 4k  1 10
Sol.  1  zk  z 2k  z3k
= =
z 4k  z 8k k 1 z12k  1 k 1 zk  1
k 1 1  k 1
= 10 + (z + z2 + ….. z10) + (z2 + z4 + z6 + ….. z20) + (z3 + z6 + ….. z30)
= 10 + (–1) + (–1) + (–1) = 7

Question Stem
   
Let a, b and c be three non-coplanar unit vector such that the angle between every pair of them is .
3
      
If a  b  b  c  pa  qb  rc , where p, q, r are scalars; then
   4
52. The value of a b c  is _____
Ans. 0.25
53. The value of 20p2 + 21q2 – 22r2 is _____
Ans. 9.50
Sol. (Q.52-53)
       
a  b  b  c  pa  qb  rc taking dot product with a
     
0   abc   pa  a  qa  b  ra  c
q r
[abc] = p   ….. (1)
2 2 
Similarly taking dot product with b
p r
0  q ….. (2)
2 2

and taking dot product with c
p q
 a b c     r ….. (3)
2 2
From equation (1) and (3), we get p = r
From equation (2) p = –q
p p
 [abc] = p    p
2 2
1 1
      1
aa a b a c 2 2
2       1 1
But we know that  a b c   b  a b b b c  1
      2 2
c a c b c c 1 1
1
2 2
2 1
  a b c  
2

   4 1
 a b c    0.25
4
1 1 1
p ,q  ;r 
2 2 2
20 21 22
Now, 20p2 + 21q2 – 22r2 =   = 9.50
2 2 2
Question Stem
Let ,  be real numbers such that the system of linear equations

x+y+z=2
x + 2y + 3z = 5
x + 3y + z = 
has infinitely many solutions. Let |M| represent the determinant of the matrix
 2 3   sin   2 
 
M   1 sin   2 
  2 sin   1  sin   2  2 
where  R and   [0, 2] and min value of determinant M is 8 and foot of perpendicular from point
P( – 4,  – 10, 1) (where (, ) for which the above system of linear equation has infinitely many
solution) to the plane x + 2y – 2z – 10 = 0 is F (a, b, c), then
54. The value of is _____

5
Ans. 0.20
3
55. The value of  a  b  c  is _____
2
Ans. 2.50
Sol. (Q.54-55)
1 1 1
D 1 2 3 0 =5
1 3 
2 1 1 2 5 sin   2
D1  5 2 3  0   = 8 and M  1 sin   2 0
 3 5 5 2sin   1  sin   2  2
Applying R3  R3 – 2R2 + R1
2 5 sin   2
M  1 sin   2 = 5 – (sin2  – 4)
1 0 0
Minimum value of det |m| is obtained when sin2  = 1
5 +3=8 =1  0.20 and point P ( – 4,  – 10, 1) (1, –2, 1)
5

P(1, –2, 1)
F x + 2y – 2z – 10 = 0
x  1 y  2 z  1  1  4  2  10  8 4 7
Foot of perpendicular F is    =  , , 
1 2 2 2 2 
1  2  2  2
3 3 3
3
Then,  a  b  c   2.50
2

Question Stem
There are four parcels namely A, B, C and D in a room. A particular I-phone is in one of them. The
2
probability that it is in parcel A is , but if it is not in parcel A its probability is equally likely to be either in
5
B or C or D.
I sent any delivery man to bring one of a parcel to me. The Probability that my delivery man brings the
2 1
parcel A is and the probability that he brings any other parcel is . Let  = I get the particular I-phone,
3 3
 = my delivery man brings parcel A
15
56. The value of P    _____
2
Ans. 3.50

57. The value of 7P   _____

Ans. 4.00
Sol. (Q.56-57)
2 1
P  A   ; P B   P  C   P D  
5 5
Let F denote “I will got I-Phone”
4
 
F  F  4 3 7 
  4
Then, P     P  A   P    P not in A  P   =   and P    15 
A  not in A  15 15 15  4 3 7

15 15
15 15 7 
Hence, P      3.50 and 7P    4.00
2 2 15 

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
PART TEST – III
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 19-12-2021
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
are correct;
option;


1. A liquid of density ‘’ is filled in a cuboidal container

H
of dimension (H  H  2H) as shown in the figure. A
semicircular gate is made at the bottom of container H
H
of radius R  . Let F is the force acting on the
2
gate due to the liquid and is the torque acting on
the gate due to the liquid about a line PQ. Then
choose the correct option(s).
P 2H Q
H3 g   1 
(A) F 
4  4 3 
H3 g   1 
(B) F 
2  4 6 
H4  g  1  
(C)  
4  3 32 
H3 g  1  
(D)  
3  3 16 
Ans. B, C
Sol. dF = pdA = g(H R sin ).2Rcos . R cos  d

 /2 Hy
 H R 
F = 2R2 g  (H  R sin )cos 2 d  2R2 g   
0  4 3
d = dFy y 
 /2
 H R 
 2R3 g  (H  R sin )cos2  sin d  2R3 g   
0  3 16 
2. Consider a hypothetical hydrogen like atom. The wavelength of spectral line from pth orbit to
3500 p2
ground state is given by   in Å. Choose the correct option(s) for considered
p2  1
hypothetical atom. (hC = 1240 eV-nm)
(A) The ionization potential of considered hypothetical atom is 3.54 V approximately.
(B) The ionization potential of considered hypothetical atom is 0.354 V approximately.
(C) The wavelength of least energetic photon in the spectral line series is 466.67 nm
approximately.

(D) The wavelength of maximum energetic photon in the spectral line series is 350.00 nm
approximately.
Ans. A, C, D
3500
Sol. 
1
1 2
p
3500
max   466.67 nm
1
1
4
3. A Searle’s experiment, a wire of diameter d = 0.060 cm is used to find its young’s modulus. The
length of given wire is L = 200 cm and when weight of mass m = 30.0 kg is used in experiment,
extension in the length of wire was found to be 0.200 cm. Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) Maximum permissible error in young’s modulus of wire is 4.66%.
(B) Maximum permissible error in young’s modulus of wire is 3%.
(C) The least count of the instrument by which length of the wire is to be measured is 1 cm.
(D) The least count of the instrument by which diameter of the wire is to be measured is
0.001 cm.
Ans. A, C, D
Y m L 2d x
Sol.    
Y max m L d x
0.1 1 2(0.001) 0.001
     0.0466
30 200 0.060 0.200
Y
 4.66%
Y max
4. A cylindrical string is used in guitar. The string is to be made of 11.0 gm and density of string is
5  103 kg/m3. The string can withstand a breaking stress 14  106 N/m2. String can be used
under a tension of 44 newton without breaking. A stationary wave is formed on the guitar string.
Now choose the correct option(s).
(A) Length and radius of the longest and thinest string are 70 cm and 1 mm respectively.
(B) Length and radius of the shortest and thickest string are 70 cm and 1 mm respectively.
(C) When the standing wave is formed in the guitar string, then the particle of the string at the
maximum displacement from mean position have maximum potential energy.
(D) The frequency of the fourth overtone formed in the guitar string is 189 Hz approximately.
Ans. A, D
F F
Sol. Breaking stress =  2
A rmin

44
rmin   10 3  1 mm
  14  106
2
m  (rminLmax )
m 11 103
Lmax    0.7 m
2
rmin   5  103  (103 )2
5v 5 F
f   189 Hz
2L 2L 
3v N R
5. A car is moving with a velocity towards a
10
medium MNRP as shown, where ‘v’ is the speed
of sound in air. Two men A and B are moving A B
towards each other in the medium with the
M P
v v
velocities and respectively. The speed of
6 9
sound in medium is 7v and medium is kept at rest.
The car is emitting a sound of frequency f. Then
choose the correct option(s).
49v
(A) The wavelength received by the man A is .
10f
(B) The wavelength received by the man A is different from the wavelength received by
man B.
123
(C) The ratio of frequency observed by the man A to that observed by the man B is .
128
 640 
(D) The frequency observed by the man B is  f .
 441 
Ans. A, C, D
10f
Sol. Frequency of surface MN (f) =
7
7v 49v
A  
f 10f
7v 49v
B  
f 10f
 v
 7v  6   205 
fA   f   f
 7v   147 
 
 v
 7v  9   640 
fB   f   f
 7v   441 
 

6. Consider a satellite ‘S’ which is just above the Brazil Brazil

and rotating on equatorial plane of earth. The sense of
rotation of earth and satellite are similar means both
are rotating from west to east. The time period of
satellite is 6 hours. At t = 0, satellite is just above the
Brazil. Now choose the correct option(s). S
Earth
r0
(A) The time after which the satellite will be above the Brazil again is 8 hours.
(B) The above satellite may be a geostationary satellite.
(C) The height of geostationary satellite above the sea level is 35,800 km approximately.
(D) If the distance from the centre of earth to the satellite ‘S’ becomes 4r0, then the time after
which the satellite will be above the Brazil again is 24 hours.
Ans. A, C

Sol. Angular velocity of earth 1  rad/hr
12

Angular velocity of satellite 2  rad/hr
3
(2  1)t = 2
t = 8 hours
 for option ‘B’
T 2  r3
T = 48 hours

  hours
24
(  1 )t  2
t = 48 hours

answer.
An isosceles right angle tunnel ABO is made inside the earth from surface
of earth to its centre as shown in the figure. The distance between the
R
points A and B and that between the points B and O is , where R is the
2 R O
A
radius of earth. The surface of tunnel is assumed to be frictionless. A small 2 R
particle of mass m0 is released from point A. The collision between the
particle and the tunnel is assumed to be perfectly inelastic. Take mass of B 2
earth is M, Radius of earth R = 6400 km and g = 10 m/s2. Now answer the
following questions.

7. The time taken by the particle to move in the tunnel from A to O.
(A) 1600  sec
(B) 800  sec
(C) 400  sec
(D) 200  sec
Ans. B
8. Work done by gravitational field of earth on the particle to reach from B to O.
Gm0M
(A)
2R
Gm0M
(B)
8R
Gm0M
(C)
4R
Gm0M
(D)
6R
Ans. C
Sol. (Q.7-8)
T
t AB 
4
T R
tBO  , where T  2
4 g
T R
t  t AB  tBO    800 sec
2 g
Wqr  m0 (V0  VB )
 3 GM 5 GM  Gm0M
 m    =
 2 R 4 R  4R

A monochromatic light of wave length  = 6000 Å is used and

incident on two slits S1 and S2 as shown. The width of slits S1 and
S2 are different in such a way the intensity on the screen due to S1
the slit S2 is 9 times the intensity due to the slit S1 on the screen.
The distance between the two slits S1S2 is d = 1mm and the d
distance between the slits and the screen is D = 2m. A mica sheet
 4 S2
of refractive index     and thickness t = 0.1 m is kept in front
 3
of slit S1. Assuming both the slits behave like coherent sources. D
The minimum distance between the two points on the screen
 1
th Screen
which have intensities equal to the   of the maximum intensity
4
on the screen is ‘a’ mm. The minimum distance between the two
 13 
points on the screen which have intensities equal to   times
 16 
the maximum intensity on the screen is ‘b’ mm.
9. The value of ‘a’ is …………
Ans. 1.20
10. The value of ‘b’ is ………
Ans. 0.80
Sol. (Q.9-10)
I  I0  9I0  2 I0 9I0 cos 
I  10I0  6I0 cos  …(i)
Imax = 16I0, Imin = 4I0
16I0
Sol. (9).  10I0  6I0 cos 
4
cos  = 1
 = , 3, 5 …………..
2y
 , 3, 5 .........

D
So, y2  y1 =  =  1.2 mm
d
a = 1.2 mm
13
Sol.(10). (16I0 )  10I0  6I0 cos 
16
1
cos  
2
 5
 , , ...........
3 3

2y  5
 , , ..........
 3 3
2 2 D
y 2  y1   = 0.8 mm
3 3 d
b = 0.8 mm

INTEGER.
11. Seven ideal massless springs and three smooth massless pullies
are connected with a plank of mass M in vertical plane as shown
2k
in the figure. Plank is slightly displaced from equilibrium position
in vertical plane such that plank always remain in horizontal
position. The spring constant of springs are shown in the figure. If 4k 4k
8k
angular frequency of oscillation of plank is , then find the 4k 4k
11m
value of .
k k
Plank
Ans. 2
2x3  x2
Sol. x  x1 …(i)
4 2k x3
2kx3 = 2kx2 …(ii)
2kx2 = kx1 …(iii) x2 k
8
On solving x1  x
11
16
Fr  2kx1  kx1
11
16k

11m
x1 k k x1
M x

12. PQR is an isosceles prism in which point ‘S’ is the Q

mid point of the face PQ. The refractive index of the
prism is 3 and its face QR is silvered. ‘O’ is a
point source. A light ray has been sent from the 30
source ‘O’ to point ‘S’ in such a way that it comes
20 S
back to point ‘O’. It is given that PR  cm.
3 1
Find the distance (in cm) of the source ‘O’ from the
point ‘P’.
75 75
O P R
Ans. 5
Sol. 1 sini  3  sin30 Q

i = 60
SN
tan75  …(i) 30
d/ 4
SN S
tan 45  …(ii) i
d 30
x
4
From (i) and (ii)
d 45 75 75
x  ( 3  1)
4
O P N M R
x d
13. A liquid of density  = 5  103 kg/m3 is filled in a closed

container. A cylinder of length L = 2 meter and radius r
= 1/2 meter is fully submerged and floats on the surface
of liquid as shown in the figure. Take minimum
pressure in the container is zero and acceleration due
to gravity g = 10 m/s2. The force due to pressure of
liquid on the lower half surface of the cylinder is L
25 22
 105 N. Find the vlaue of ‘’. (Take   )
7 7 Closed container
Ans. 4
Sol. Draw F.B.D. of half cylinder F1

F2  F1 = FB
F2 = FB + F1
r 2   FB
=  Lg  (gr)2rL  gLr 2   2 
2 2 
25 F2
  105 N/m2
28


Question Stem
A screw gauge has 100 divisions on the circular scale and linear distance travelled by the head scale is 5
mm in 10 complete rotation of circular scale. When nothing is placed between its studs, the zero of
circular scale is 26 divisions above the reference line, it means zero error is 26 divisions on the circular
scale. Now if the diameter of a wire is measured by keeping the wire between its studs, the main scale
reading is 6 divisions and 48th division of circular scale coincides with the reference line. If the negative
zero error of screw gauge is x mm and the measured diameter of the wire is y mm.
14. The value of x is …………..
Ans. 0.13
15. The value of y is …………..
Ans. 3.37
Sol. (Q.14-15)
5 mm
Pitch   0.5mm
10
0.5
Least count   0.005 mm
100
Negative zero error = 26  0.005 = 0.13 mm
Diameter of the wire measured, d = 6  0.5 mm + 48  0.005 + 26  0.005 = 3.37 mm
Question Stem
Four ideal massless springs of spring constant k, k 3k and 3k are y x

connected with a ring of mass 3m. The ring has uniform mass density
and all the springs are in natural length initially. The other ends of
springs are connected with a block of mass m. The system is kept on k
a firctionless horizontal surface. The block is slightly displaced along 
the positive x-axis in such a way that the centre of the ring is at origin
and co-ordinates of block are (a0, 0) and then system is released from 3k k
rest. The motion of the block is simple harmonic motion with a time 3k
 m
period T  1 2 . The position vector of the centre of the ring
 3k
relative to the origin as a function of time is given by
a0  c 3k 
c 2  cos t.
c1  c 4m 
   3 
16. The value of  2  is ……………
 1 

Ans. 9.50
 c  c4 
17. The value of  3  is …………..
 c1c 2 
Ans. 4.75
Sol. (Q.16-17)
Let ‘x’ is the dispalcement of block along x-axis, then restoring force will be
Fr  kx cos2   3kx cos 2   kx sin2   3kx sin2 
= 4kx cos2 + 4kx sin2 = 4kx …(i)
 m  3m
So, T  2 , where  
k eq m  3m
3
m
3m
= 2 4  2
4k 16k
 Centre of ring will accelerate about the centre of mass of the system
a  16k 
x  0 1  cos t
4  3m 

Question Stem
A wire of uniform linear mass density is bent in the from of semi- y

circular loop of radius R. Semicircular loop is hinged at origin in a
vertical plane as shown in the figure. It can freely rotate about the
z-axis in the vertical plane. Now, a small angular displacement of R R
A B
2 is given to the loop and released from rest such that it oscillate O x
about the z-axis in the vertical xy plane as shown in the figure.
During the subsequent motion, the maximum velocity of point B is
 n2 gR
found to be , where n1, n2, n3 and n4 are +ve
n1 (n3  n4 )
constants. Air resistance is neglected and ‘g’ is acceleration due
to gravity.
 n1 
18. The value of   is ………..
 n2  n3 
Ans. 7.50
n n n 
19. The value of  2 3 4  is …………
 n1 
Ans. 0.40

Sol. (Q.18-19) y
(2R)2 R3
Iz  (2R)  ( R)R2  (2  3) …(i)
12 3 R R
A B
 2R  x
d  …(ii) O d
2
Iz (2  3)R
T  2  2 …(iii)
mgd 6g M

 0 = 2 =
90
  0 cos t
d
Angular velocity =  0  sin t
dt
d
vB  R   0 R sin t
dt
 6gR
(v B )max  R0  
90 (2  3)


20. Correct statement(s) among the following is/are.
(A) PH3 reduces AgNO3 to Ag
(B) AgCl is soluble in KCN
(C) CuSO 4 on reaction with KCN for K 2 Cu  CN 4 
(D) AgNO3 on reaction with NaOH from brown residue
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. CuSO4  KCN  K 3 Cu  CN 4 

AgNO3  NaOH 
 Ag2 O
Brown
21. Which statement(s) is/are correct?
(A) Higher the oxidation state of metal more stable is the complex
(B) Chelating ligand form more stable complex as compared to monodentate ligands
(C) All the octahedral complexes of Ni2  are outer orbital complexes
 SCN

(D) shows linkage isomerism in co-ordination compounds
Ans. A, B, C, D
22. Which of the followings ores are concentrated by froth floatation process?
(A) Copper pyrites
(B) Zinc blende
(C) Pyrolusite
(D) Cinnabar
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. Sulphide ores are concentrated by Froath-Floatation method.

Pyrolusite is MnO 2 .

23. Which of the followings are correct statements?
(A) ClO 2 is the anhydride of HClO2 and HClO3
(B) I2O5 is used in the quantitative estimation of CO
(C) Cl2 on reaction with hot conc. NaOH produces O 2 gas
(D) F2 on reaction with hot conc. NaOH produces O 2 gas.
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. ClO 2  H2O  HClO 2  HClO3

l2 O5  5CO  I2  5CO 2
F2  conc. NaOH 
 NaF  H2 O  O2
24. In which of the following species d – d transition do not account for it’s colour?
(A) Cr2 O72
(B) CrO 42
(C) CrO2 Cl2
(D) MnO 4
Ans. A, B, C, D
25. Which statement(s) is/are true?
(A) Schottky defect is more common in a solid having high radius ratio.
(B) Frenkel defect is observed in solid having low co-ordination number or low radius ratio.
(C) In Schottky defect density remain same.
(D) In Frenkel defect density decreases
Ans. A, B

answer.
A white compound (A) on heating gives residue and two gas (B) and (C). Gas (B) burns with blue flame.
Gas (C) turns lime water milky and residue aqueous solution is alkaline. Compound (A) impart brick-red
colour to flame

26. Compound [A] is
(A) CaCO3
(B) CaC2O 4
(C) BaC2 O4
(D) BaCO3
Ans. B
27. Gas [B] is
(A) CO 2
(B) SO2
(C) CO
(D) SO3
Ans. C
Compressibility factor of real gas can be written as

PV B C D
Z  1   2  3 ………
RT V V V
This is virial equation and B, C and D are second, third, fourth virial coefficient.
At Boyle’s temperature second virial coefficient is zero. Z > 1 repulsive force dominates and Z < 1
attractive force dominates.
28. Compressibility factor for real gas at high pressure is
(A) 1
Pb
(B) 1
RT
Pb
(C) 1
RT
RT
(D) 1
Pb
Ans. C
29. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?
(A) When Z > 1 real gas are difficult to compress.

(B) When Z > 1 real gas easier to compress.
3
(C) Compressibility factor for real gas at critical state is .
8
 a 
(D) Z for real gas at low pressure is  1  .
 VRT 
Ans. A, C, D

INTEGER.
30. The effective atomic number (EAN) of M  CO  x is 36. The atomic number of M is 26. Find the
value of x.
Ans. 5
Sol. 36  26  2  x
x = 5.
31. 3.55 gram of bleaching powder when treated with acetic acid and excess of KI, liberated iodine
required 60 ml 0.05 N Na2 S2O3 solution. In this reaction available Cl2 is x%. Find x?
Ans. 3
Sol. Meq of Cl2  60  0.05  3

3  35.5
Wt. of Cl2 
1000
3  35.5
%available Cl2   100%
1000  3.55
= 3%
x=3
32. The number of atoms in 100 gram of an FCC crystal with density d  10 gram cm 3 and edge
length as 200 pm is x  1024. The value of ‘x’ is
Ans. 5
Z M
Sol. 
Na a3
 
3
10  6.02  10 23  200  10 10
M
4
= 12.04
6.02  1023
Number of atom in 100 gram is   100
12.04
 5  1024


Question Stem
A person inhales 640 gram of O 2 per day. If all the O 2 is used for converting sugar into CO 2 and H2 O .
‘x’ kg of sugar  C12H22O11  is consumed in the body and the heat liberated is y  103 kJ . Heat of
combustion of C12H22O11 is 5640 kJ / mol .
33. Find x _______
Ans. 0.57
Sol. C12H22 O11  12O2 

 12CO2  11H2 O
20
Moles of C12H22 O11 per day  mole .
12
20
  342  570 gram
12
= 0.57 kg
x = 0.57
34. Find y _________
Ans. 9.40
20
Sol. Heat liberated  5640
12
5
  5640
3
 9.40  103 kJ
y = 9.40.
Question Stem
During electrolysis process of aqueous NaCl, 710 gram of Cl2 was produced at anode. And ‘x’ kg of
NaOH as well as y  102 litres  S.T.P. of H2 gas at cathode obtained during this process.
35. Find the value of x____
Ans. 0.80
710
Sol. Moles of Cl2   10 mole
71
2Cl  Cl2  2e 
Means 20 F charge passed in this process, means 20 mole of NaOH would be formed.

NaOH weight  20  40
= 800 gram = 00.80 kg
36. Find the value of y________
Ans. 2.24
Sol. 2H2 O  2e   H2  2OH

20F 10 mole H2
Volume of H2 at S.T.P.  22.4  10
 2.24  102 L
y = 2.24

Question Stem
‘x’ gram of non-volatile solute urea needs to dissolve in 100 gram of water, due to this vapour pressure of
water decreased by 25%. Finally molality of solution becomes y molal.
37. Find x_______
Ans. 111.11
 x 
100  75  
Sol.   60 
100 x  100 
 
60  18 
x  111.11 gram
38. Find y_____
Ans. 18.52
 Po  Ps   1000 
Sol. Molality    
 P s  M.W. of solvent 
 100  75  1000 
  
 75  18 
1000
  18.52 molal
54
y = 18.52


39. Let ,  are the roots of equation x2 – a1x + 1 = 0 and consider the sequence of numbers ar , r  0
with a0  1 and ar21  1  ar  ar 2 . Then which of the following is true?
(A) ar  ar 2  a1  ar 1
(B) ar  ar  2  2ar 1
n1  n1
(C) an 
 
 n 1  n 1
(D) an 
 
Ans. A, C
Sol. We have ar  ar  2  ar21  1 r  0 and a0 = 1

ar21 1 ar2  ar21  1 a2  1  ar21
So, ar  ar  2  ar   = r
ar ar ar

ar 1  ar 1  ar21  ar 1  ar 1   ar 1  a0  a2   ar 1 1  a12  1  ar 1  a
= ….. = = 1  ar 1
ar ar a1 a1
 ar  ar 2  a1  ar 1 again  +  = a1,  = 1
So, ar  ar  2        ar 1 ; ar  2  ar 1  ar 1  ar = ar 1  ar
ar  2   ar 1    ar 1  ar   an  an1    an1  an 2 
an  an1    an1  an 2  =  2  an 2  an 3  = n1  a1  a0  = n1  a1   
an  an 1 ; an  an1  n ; an 1    an 2  n 1 ;   an 1    an 2     n1
n1  a1  a0   n1  

Add
an  n  n  n1  2 n2  .....    n1
 n 1 
n   1   n 1 n 1
 an      a   
n
  
1


1 1   r  1
r  2 2 r  2   r  2 2
1 1 1 1
40. Let   r    which of the following statements is(are)
 r  3 2 r 1 r  3  2  r  1
2 1 0
CORRECT?
7
49
(A)  r  
r 1 900

1
(B)  r  
r 1 18
7
49
(C)  r  
n 1 450

1
(D)  r  
r 1 9
Ans. A, B
Sol. C3  C3 + C2 – C1
1 1
0
r  2   r  2 
2
1 1 1 1
 r   0 ;  r   
r  3  2
r 1  r  1  r  2  2
 r  2   r  3 2
2 1 1
 1 1   1 1   1 1 
 r     
2  
 2 
…..   2 
 23 2
34  34 2
45    n  1 n  2 
2
 n  2  n  3  
1 1 1 1 49 1
=  ;n=7=   
23 2
n  2  n  3  2
2  9 9  100 900 9
nr
Cr  2r  1 nr
Cr
41. Let t  r   , then which of the following are true? (Where v  r   )
n
Cr   n  r  n
Cr
2n
(A) tr  Cn  1
(B) t  r   v  r   v  r  1
2n
(C) tr  Cn
2n 1 3  5 .....  2n  1 
(D) tr 
n!
Ans. A, B

nr
Cr   2r  1 n r
Cr  n  r  1  nr
Cr nr
Cr  n  r  1 
Sol. tr   1   =   
n
Cr   n  r  n
Cr  nr  n
Cr n
Cr  n  r 
nr
Cr  n  r  1   n  r  1 n  r !r!  n  r !  n  r  1! n  r  1! n  r 1
Cr  1
Now,   = 
n
Cr  n  r  r!n!  n  r  n!
n
n! n! Cr 1
nr n  r 1
Cr Cr 1 2n
tr  n
 n
 tr  Cn  1
Cr Cr 1
42. Let x + y + 3z – 4 = 0, x + 2y + bz – 5 = 0 and 2x + ay + 6z – 8 = 0 be three planes, then
(A) three planes intersect at a point if a  2, b  3
(B) three planes do not have any common point of intersection if a  2, b = 3
(C) three planes have infinite points common among them if a = 2, b  R
(D) three planes never intersect at exactly two distinct points
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. Unique solution if a  2 and b  3

 No solution if a  2 and b = 3
 Infinite solution if a = 2, b  R
If 1  x  x 2   A 0 x6   A1x2  B1  x5   A 2 x 4  B2  x 4 .....  A 6 x12  B 6  , then

6
43.
(A) A 0  141
(B) A5  6
6
(C)  A i  Bi   588
i 1
6
(D)  A i  Bi   36
i 1
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. 1  x  x 2 6  x 6  A 0   A1x  B1     A 2 x2  B22   .....   A 6 x 6  B66 

  x   x   x 
6 6 r
 1  6  1
  x   1  Cr   x  
 x  r 1  x
(A) A 0  1  6 C2  2C1  6 C4  4C2  6 C5  6 C3  141
5
 1
(B) A 5  6 C2 coefficient of x5 in  x    6C5  5C0  6
 x
6
  A i  Bi   36  141
i j

0 a1  x a2  x
44. The necessary and sufficient conditions that the equation a1  x 0 a3  x  0 , where ai
a2  x a3  x 0
 0 shall have a multiple roots
(A) a1a2 + a2 a3 + a3 a1 = 0
(B) a1a2 + a2a3 – a1a3 = 0
1 1 1
(C)   0
a1 a2 a3
1 1 1
(D)  
a1 a3 a2
Ans. B, D
Sol. Given determinant is 2x 3  2  a1a2  a2a3  a1a3  x  0

So, condition is a1a2  a2a3  a1a 3  0

answer.
For a polynomial an  xn  an1  xn1  .....  a0  0 . If x1, x2, x3 ….. xn are n roots, then
 11  an1
xi 
an
 12  an2
xi  x j 
an
 1n  a0
x1  x 2 ..... x n 
an
45. Let P(x) be a quadratic polynomial with complex coefficient whose leading coefficient 1. Suppose
the equation P(P(x)) = 0 has 4 distinct solution, x = 3, 4, , , then the sum of all possible values
of ( + )2 is
(A) 49
(B) 36
(C) 85
(D) 70
Ans. C

Sol. Let P(x) = x2 + ax + b since P(P(x)) = 0 has roots 3, 4

 P(P(3)) = 0 = P(P(4))
Case-I: P(3)  P(4) and P(3) and P(4) will be roots of P(x) = 0
1 21
So, P(3) + P(4) = –a and P(3) P(4) = b  a   and b  
2 2
So, ( + )2 = 36
Case-II: P(3) = P(4)   +  = –7
So, ( + )2 = 49
So, required sum is 85
6  a5  b5  c 5 
46. If a, b, c be the roots of the equation x3 + px + q = 0, then is
 a3  b3  c 3  a2  b2  c 2 
(A) 5
(B) 3
(C) 2
(D) 1
Ans. A
Sol. (Q.45-46)
Since, a, b, c are roots of the equation x3 + px + q = 0 ….. (1)
 a3 + pa + q = 0 ….. (2)
b3 + pb + q = 0 ….. (3)
c3 + pc + q = 0 ….. (4)
From equation (2), (3) (4), we get a3  p a  3q  0
a2   a  2
2
 a3  32  a  0 also a  b  2p
2 5 3 2
Now, multiply x in equation (2), we get x + px + qx = 0 also has roots a, b, c
a2  p a3  2 a2  0 ; a5  p  32   q  2p   0
1 a3 a2 6 a5
a5  5 pq ; a5    5
5  3   2  a3 a2

         
If a and b are two vectors, then a  b  a  b  cos  and a  b  a  b  sin  nˆ where  is angle between
two vectors, then
        
47. Let a , b and c be three vectors such that a  2 , b  3 and c  5 satisfying a, b, c   30 ,
       
then  2a  b  c    a  c   a  c   b  is equal to
(A) 308
(B) 309
(C) 310
(D) 311

Ans. B
   
Sol. a b c cos   sin   30 ; sin  cos  = 1    ,  = 0
2
  
 a, b, c are mutually perpendicular
       
So,  2a  b  c    a  c   a  c   b   2 a c  b  a c  309
2 2 2 2 2
         
48. Let a, b, c be three vectors satisfying a  b  c  2b where b  c  2 and a  4 , then the sum
  
of possible value of 2a  b  c is
(A) 8
(B) 12
(C) 20
(D) 32
Ans. C
    
Sol. a  b  c  2b taking dot product with b
  2   2 4
a  b  2 b  a  b cos   2 b  cos     a  4   = 0
a
       
 a  2b  b  c  0  b  c or b  c
    
So, 2a  b  c  a  12 and 2 a  8
 12 + 8 = 20

INTEGER.
49. For any increasing sequence of positive integers a1, a2, a3, ….. has the property that for every
positive integer k, the subsequence a2k 1 , a2k , a2k 1 is in geometric sequence and the
subsequence a2k , a2k 1, a2k  2 is in Arithmetic sequence, if a13 = 2016, then a1 is _____
Ans. 504
Sol. Let a1 = a and a2 = ka

Sequence becomes a, ka, k2a, k(2k – 1)a, (2k – 1)2a, (2k – 1)(3k – 2)a, (3k – 2)2a
So, a2k 1   nk   n  1  a
2
 a13   6k  5  a  2016
2
2016 2016
 a   504
 6k  5  2
22
50. The nine delegates in a conference included 2 from Pakistan, 3 from China and 4 from United
States. During the opening session, three of the delegates fall asleep. Assuming that the three
sleepers where determined randomly. The probability that exactly two of the sleepers are from
a
the same country in , where a and b are relative prime, then a + b is _____
b

Ans. 139
55
Sol. Required probability =
84
51. Six cards numbered 1 to 6 are to be lined up in a row. Then the number of arrangements of these
six cards where one of the cards can be removed leaving the remaining five cards in either
ascending or descending order
Ans. 52
Sol. Ascending can be reversed for descending so taking one order

i.e., if we choose any of the numbers 1 to 6 these are five other place to put them
So, we get b  5 = 30. But some case repeated
So, repeated case are only 5
Total = 30 – 5 = 25 add one more for original case = 25 + 1 = 26
 26  2 = 52

Question Stem
n
2 1
Let A      aij  n   , then
1 0
a12  n 
52. lim is equal to _____
n  a22  n 
Ans. 2.41
53. a12(n) for n = 2 is equal to _____
Ans. 2.00
Sol. (Q.52-53)
n n
2 1   1 0  1 1  
A1        
1 0  0 1 1 1 
 I B 
n
A  I  B   nC0  I  nC1B  nC2  B2  n C3  B3  .....  nCnBn
1 1  1 1  2 0 
Since, B 2       2I
1 1 1 1 0 2 
B 2k  2k  I and B 2k 1  B 2k  B  2k  B
n
 2 1
   C0  C2  2  C4  2  ..... I   C1  C3  2  C3  2 ..... B
n n n 2 n n n 2
 A
 1 0  y
x

 x 0  y y   x  y y 
=     
0 x   y  y   y x  y 
a12

y

 n C1  nC3  2  nC3  22  .....
a22 x  y  n C0  nC2  2  nC4  22.....   n C1  nC3  .....
1  
1  2   1  2 
n n

2
lim 2  1 2
 2  11  2    2  11  2 
n  n n
2 2
a11 is n C0  nC2  2  nC4  22  ..... ; n C1  nC3  2  nC5  22  .....
1
 n
C1  2  C3  2   C5  2   ..... 
n
3
n
2
 1  1  2   1  2 
n n

2 2 2
Question Stem
If y = loga x, x > 0, a > 0, a  1
54. For each ordered pairs of real number x, y satisfying log2  2x  y   log4  x 2  xy  7y 2  there is a
real number k such that log3  3x  y   log9  3x 2  4xy  ky 2  , then the product of all possible
values of k is
Ans. 189.00
Sol. Since (2x + y)2 = x2 + xy + 7y2  x = y or x = –2y and for that k = 9, 21

Product = 189
55. There is a unique positive real x such that the three numbers log8 2x, log4 x, log2 x in that order
m
form a geometric progression with positive common ratio, if x  , where m, n relative prime
n
positive integer, then m + n is
Ans. 17.00
log2 x
Sol. These form a Geometric Progression, is common ratio = 2
log4 x
log4 x
Now,  2  log4 x  2log8 2x
log8 2x
1 1 2 2
log2 x  2log8 2  2log8 x ; log2 x   log2 x
2 2 3 3
 1 2  2 1 2 2 6
   log2 x  ;  log2 x  ; log2 x    4
2 3 3 6 3 3
1
 x  2 4 
16


Question Stem
Let z be a complex number and z = a + ib, a, b  R (where i  1 )
56. Let N be the number of complex numbers z with the properties that |z| = 1 and z 6!  z 5! is a real
number. Find remainder when N is divided by 1000
Ans. 440.00
Sol. Since |z| = 1, let z = cos  + i sin  so, z720  z120 is real
840 600
 sin 720 – sin 120 = 0  2cos  sin 0
2 2
840 600
 cos   0 or sin   0   = 840 or  = 600
2 2
Total = 1440 solution so option is 440
57. For all complex number z with |z| = 1, the maximum of |1 – z| + |1 + z2| is
Ans. 4.00
  
Sol. Let z = cos  + i sin  ; 1  z  2 sin ; 1  z2  2 1  2 sin 
2  2
 |1 – z| + |1 + z2|  4

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
FULL TEST – I
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 23-12-2021
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
correct option;

AITS-FT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22 2

1. In an X-ray set up accelerating potential difference is set at V volt and first a target metal having
atomic no. Z1 is used then target metal having Z2 is used ( 1 is wavelength of K  X–ray from
Z 1 target and 2 is wavelength of K  , x-ray with Z2 target)
(A) If Z1 Z 2 then  1  min   2  min 

(B) If Z 1  Z 2 then  1  min   2  min 
(C) The difference  1  min  and  12  min  will be same for both the target metals.
(D) If Z 1  Z 2 then  1  min   2  min 
Ans. B
1 2 1 1
Sol.  RZ  b   2  2 
 n1 n 2 
1 2 1
For K transition  RZ  1 1  
  4
1
  min depends on
3R(Z  1) 2
2. In a YDSE experiment, the two slits are covered with a Screen

transparent membrane of negligible thickness which allows water
light to pass through it but does not allow water. A glass slab w = 4/3 S1
of thickness t = 0.41 mm and refractive index g = 1.5 is d t =30°
placed in front of one of the slits as shown in the figure. The
separation between the slits is d = 0.30 mm. The entire g
s
space to the left of the slits is filled with water of refractive S2
D
index w = 4/3.
A coherent light of intensity I and absolute wavelength = 5000A° is being incident on the slits
making an angle 30° with horizontal. If screen is placed at a distance D = 1m from the slits, then
the position of central maxima will be
(A) 0.58 cm above the central line of slits
(B) 0.58 cm below the central line of slits
(C) 1.66 cm above the central line of slits
(D) 1.66 cm below the central line of slits

3 AITS-FT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22
Ans. D
Sol. If central maxima is formed at point P on the screen, then P Screen

Path difference = S2P + (g–1)t – S1P – wd sin 30° = 0 water x
w = 4/3 S1
xd
S2P  S1P    w d sin 30  ( g  1)  t d t =30°
D
x  1.66 cm s
g
S2
D
3. A cylinder is filled with a liquid of refractive index . The radius of the cylinder observer
is decreasing at a constant rate K. The volume of the liquid inside the
container remains constant at V. The observer and the object O are in a state
of rest and at a distance L from each other. The apparent velocity of the
object as seen by the observer, (when radius of cylinder is r) L
object
(1  ) 2 KV
(A)
( r 3 )
(1  ) 2 KV
(B)
( Lr 2 )
(1  )2 K
(C)

(1  ) K
(D)
2
Ans. A
H observer
Sol. X app  L  H 

dX app dH  1    (L–H)
  
dt dt   
r 2 H  V H
dH 2 H dr 2 KH
 
dt r dt r object
dX app 2 KV  1    
  
dt r 3   

4. A car starts from rest from origin an straight line with an acceleration (a) given by the relation
25
a , where a is in m/s2 and x is in metre. The maximum velocity of the car will be (x is
( x  2) 3
the position of the car)
(A) 2.5 m/s
(B) 5 m/s
(C) 10 m/s
(D) Infinite
Ans. A
x
dv 25 v2  1  1 1 
  25    , v  25  
2
Sol. a= v , 2 2
dx ( x  2) 3 2  2( x  2)  o  4 ( x  2) 
1 1  5
v  25   2
, v max   2.5 m/s (at x = )
 4 ( x  2)  2

5. An electron in H-atom jumps from second excited state to first excited state and then from first
excited to ground state. Let the ratio of wavelength, momentum and energy of photons emitted in
these two cases be a, b and c respectively. Then
1
(A) c
a
9
(B) a
4
5
(C) b
27
5
(D) c
27
Ans. A, C, D
1  1 1  h
Sol. As  R 2  2  and P 
 n1 n 2 
hc
Also, E

6. In a cylindrical region of radius R, there exists a time varying magnetic field B such that
dB
 k ( 0) . A charged particle having charge q is placed at the point P at a distance d (> R)
dt
from its centre O. Now, the particle is moved in the direction perpendicular to OP (see figure) by
an external agent upto infinity so that there is no gain in kinetic energy of the charged particle.
Choose the correct statement/s.
×
× R ×
× × ×
O ×
× × ×
d
qR 2
(A) Work done by external agent is k if d = 2R
4
qR 2
(B) Work done by external agent is k if d = 4R
8
qR 2
(C) Work done by external agent is k if d = 4R
4
qR 2
(D) Work done by external agent is k if d = 6R
4
Ans. A, C, D
  dB ×
Sol.:  dl  A dt
E × R ×
× × ×
O
E 2 x  d  R k2 2 2
× × ×
×
R 2 k d
E
2 x2  d 2 
  P
qR 2
Wext   qE dx  k E
0 4
7. In the given figure a block A rests on a smooth triangular

block B and the block B is given an acceleration of a = 2 A
m/s2 along the plane SB
a

(A) normal force on block A due to block B is m g  a 
(B) acceleration of block A relative to block B is a cos .

(C) If friction is present between block and A and B, the coefficient of friction should be
a
greater than cos  , for no relative motion between A and B
g
(D) If friction is present between block and A and B, the coefficient of friction should be
a cos 
greater than , for no relative motion between A and B.
g  a sin 
Ans. B, D
Sol. From FBD of A with respect to B N

av = 0 ma
mg  N  ma sin 
A
N  mg  ma sin 
ma cos   ma H a H  a cos  aH
mg
If block B is having friction then, for aH = 0
ma cos   N  mg  ma sin 
a cos 

g  a sin 
8. Three particles each of mass m, can slide on fixed frictionless circular A v0

tracks in the same horizontal plane as shown. Particle A moves with B
velocity v0 and hits particle B elastically. Assuming that B and C are
initially at rest and lie along a radial line and the spring is initially relaxed k
before impact, then 2R C
R
(A) the velocity of B immediately after impact is v0
2v 0
(B) the velocity of C when the stretch in the spring is maximum is
5
4v 0
(C) the velocity of B when the stretch in the spring is maximum is
5
m
(D) the maximum stretch in the spring in the spring is v0
5k
Ans.
Sol. At the time of maximum elongation angular speed of B and C are equal, let speed of B is 2v and
C is v, By conserving angular momentum of the system about the centre
mv0 2 R  m2v (2 R )  mv ( R )
2v 0 4 v0 2v0
v , vB  , vC 
5 5 5

2 2
1 2 1 2 1  4v  1  2v 
Conserving energy of the system mv0  kx max  m 0   m 0 
2 2 2  5  2  5 
m
xmax  v0
5k
(a), (b), (c) and (d)
9. Two concentric spherical shells masses m1 and m2 and radii r1 and

m2 m1
r2 . Then m3
P
r
r1 O
r2
(A) outer shell will have no contribution in gravitational field at point P
(B) force on P is directed towards O
Gm1m2
(C) force on P is
r2
Gm1m3
(D) force on P is
r2
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. Gravitational field intensity inside the spherical shell is zero.

Gravitational force is always directed towards the source mass.
Force on P act only due to m1 because point P is outside the spherical shell of mass m1.
So choice (a), (b) and (d) are correct.
10. A small solid ball of density is held inside at point A a cubical P Q

container of side L, filled with an ideal liquid of density 4 as shown
in the figure. Now, if the container starts moving with constant L/2
acceleration a horizontally and the ball is released from point A A a
simultaneously, then L/2
R L S
(A) For ball to hit the top of container at end Q, a = 3g

(B) For ball to hit the top of container at end Q, a = 2g
L
(C) Ball hits the top of container at end Q after a time t =
3g
2L
(D) Ball hits the top of container at end Q after a time t =
3g

Ans. B, C
Sol. F.B.D. of ball in frame of container 4 Vg

4 Vg  Vg Y
ay   3g
V Va 4 Va
L 1 L X
 3 gt 2 t
2 2 3g Vg
4 Va  Va
ax =  3a
V
1 2L
L  3at 2 t
2 3a
2L L
Ball to collide at point Q, t   a = 2g
3a 3g

INTEGER.
11. Inner surface of a cylindrical shell of length l and of material of thermal T1 T2

conductivity k is kept at constant temperature T1 and outer surface of
the cylinder is kept at constant temperature T2 such that T1 T2  as
shown in figure. Heat flows from inner surface to outer surface radially
outward. Inner and outer radii of the shell are R and 2R respectively.
Due to lack of space this cylinder has to be replaced by a smaller
R l
l R 2R
cylinder of length , inner and outer radii and R respectively and
2 4
thermal conductivity of material nk. If rate of radial outward heat flow
remains same for same temperatures of inner and outer surface i.e. T1
and T2, then find the value of n.
Ans. 4
Sol. Since rate of heat flow remains same in both the cases, so
2R R
dx dx
R k 2 x l  R l
nk  4k n=4
nk 2 x 
4 2
12. A block is attached to the ceiling by a spring that has a force constant k = 200
N/m. A conducting rod is rigidly attached to the block. The combined mass of k
the block and the rod is m = 0.3 kg. The rod can slide without friction along two
vertical parallel rails, which are a distance l = 1 m apart. A capacitor of known m
capacitance C = 500 F is attached to the rails by the wires. The entire system B
is placed in a uniform magnetic field B = 20 T directed as shown. Find the 
angular frequency (in rad/sec) of the vertical oscillations of the block. Neglect
the self-inductance and electrical resistance of the rod and all wires.
C
l

Ans. 20
1 2 1 2 1 q2 q
Sol. Total energy E = mv  kx  , e  Bvl 
2 2 2 C C
1 2 2 2 1 2 dE dv  k 
E = ( m  B l C )v  kx as E = constant 0,   2 2
x ,
2 2 dt dt mB l C
k
= = 20 rad/sec.
m  B 2l 2C
13. Find the effective value or rms value of an alternating current that changes according to the law
(All quantities are in S.I. unit and symbols have their usual meaning)
T T
I  10 , when 0  t  T / 8 ; I  0 , when t
8 2
T 5 5 9
I  10 , when t T ; I  0 , when T  t  T ; I  10 , when T  t  T
2 8 8 8
Ans. 5
Sol. We solve this problem using the fact that the effective value of as alternating current is the value
of a direct current that produces the same quantity of heat in a conductor the alternating current
during the same time
The heat produced by the AC current during on time period from 0 to T is
T T
H  10 2 R  0  10 2 R  0
8 8
T
H  10 2 R …(1)
4
In the same time interval 0 to T heat produced by constant direct current I, would have been
H ' I 2 RT …(2)
T
H  H' I 2 RT  10 2 R
4
10
I
2
effective value or rms value of required current is 5


Question Stem
A U-shape wire is formed by connecting a resistance R with two parallel B

conducting rod at its both ends and kept on a horizontal table. A sliding P
wire PQ of length l and mass m can slide over the U-Shape wire without R
friction. This rod PQ is connected to a block of mass m through an
insulating string going over a smooth pulley as shown. A vertical
magnetic field B is switched on and rod PQ is allowed to move from rest. Q
After some time it attains a constant velocity v0 (also called terminal m
velocity). Now mass of the block is tripled, it attain another terminal
velocity vT.
(Given B  10T , l = 1 m, v0 = 10 m/s, R = 10 , g = 10 m/s )
2
14. The value of mass m is
Ans. 1.00
15. The value of terminal velocity vT is
Ans. 30.00
Sol. (Q.14 & 15)

B 2 l 2 v0  Blv0 
Since velocity is constant, Fnet = 0 mg  ilB   i 
R  R R 
On solving we get, m = 1 kg
B 2l 2 v
Now, when mass is tripled 3mg  T  3ma and T   ma
R
B 2l 2v
On solving, 3mg   4ma … (i)
R
3mgR
Now, v  vT when a = 0 vT   30 m/s
B 2l 2
Question Stem
A solid cylinder of mass m and radius R is kept at rest on a plank of m

A R
mass 2m lying on a smooth horizontal surface. Massless and
inextensible string connecting cylinder to the plank is passing over a F
massless pulley. The friction between the cylinder and the plank is 2m
sufficient to prevent slipping. Pulley A is pulled with a constant
horizontal force F.[F =100N, m = 1kg]
16. Acceleration of cylinder with respect to earth is

Ans. 42.86
17. Acceleration of plank with respect to earth is
Ans. 28.57
Question Stem
A light of wavelength is incident on a metal sheet of work function = 2eV. The wavelength varies
with time as = 3000 + 40t, where is in Å and t is in second. The power incident on metal sheet is
constant at 100 W. This signal is switched on and off for time intervals of 2 minutes and 1 minute
respectively. Each time the signal is switched on, the start from initial value of 3000Å. The metal plate is
grounded and electron clouding is negligible. The efficiency of photoemission is 1% (hc = 12400 eVÅ).
18. The time after which photomission will stop is
Ans. 80.00
hc
Sol. Photo emission will stop if  0 
12400
3000  40t 0  , t 0  80 s
2
19. If the total number of photoelectrons ejected in one hour is N x 1020, value of ‘N’ is
Ans. 37.10
Sol. Rate of photo emission at time t

dN 1 100
  [3000  40t ]
dt 100 19840  10 19
1
N 19
[3000t  20t 2 ]80
0
19840  10
N  18.55  1019  1.855  10 20
This is the number of photoelectron ejected in 1 blinking.
In 1 hr, total number of photoelectron ejected is
= 1.855 × 1020 × 20 = 3.71 × 1021


20. Which of the following is NOT correct about hydrides ?

I. Saline hydrides are stoichiometric and metallic hydrides are non-stoichiometric.
II. BeH2 is monomeric whereas MgH2 is polymeric.
III. Hydrides of the elements of Group 13 are electron deficient.
IV. NaH reacts with water and liberates H2 whereas B2H6 does not react with water.
(A) IV only
(B) I and III
(C) III only
(D) II and IV
Ans. D
Sol. BeH2 is polymetric while MgH2 is monomeric

2NaH  H2O  2NaOH  H2
B2H6  H2O  B(OH)3  H2
21. What is the major organic product of the following reaction?

O OH
CrO /H SO /H O

3 2 4
Acetone
2

(A) O (B) O
CHO COOH
O O
(C) (D)
O CHO O COOH
Ans. D
Sol. OH
O
CrO /H SO /H O

3 2 4
Acetone
2
 O COOH
O

22. The solubility product of salt AB  M.W  100  is 4  10 10 M2 at 25ºC. Loss in weight of precipitate
of AB by washing it with 5 litre of water is
(A) 0.1 g
(B) 1g
(C) 104 g
(D) 0.01 g
Ans. D
 
Sol. A B


AB 
s  K sp  2  10 5 moles lit
in 5 litres of water 5   2  10 5  moles of AB will dissolve.
 104 moles
 10 4  100 g
 0.01g
23. pH of mixture having 0.1 M NH4OH and 0.1 NH4Cl is equal to pK w  pK b . If 0.1 M NH4 OH and
0.1 M  NH4 2 SO 4 are taken, the pH will be
(A) pK w  pK b
(B) pK w  pK b
(C) pK w  pK b  log2
(D) pK w  pK b  log2
Ans. D
NH4 
Sol. Case-I: pOH  pK  log  pK b NH4   NH4 OH  0.1
b
NH4OH
pH  pK w  pK b
NH4 
Case-II pOH  PK b  log
NH4 OH  NH4   0.1 2 
pOH  pK b  log2
pH  pK w  log2


24. Which of the following statements is/are not correct for following compounds
(I) SCl2  OCH3 2 and (II) SF2  OCH3 2
(A) OCH3 groups in both cases occupy the same position
(B) Cl-atoms occupy equatorial position in case of (I) and F-atoms occupy equatorial position
in case of (II)
(C) Cl-atoms occupy axial position in case of (I) and F-atoms occupy equatorial position in
case of (II)
(D) Cl and F atoms all occupy axial position in case of both (I) and (II).
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. OCH3 F
Cl OCH3
Cl OCH3
OCH3 F
25. Identify the incorrect statement/s
(A) Combustion of methane in an adiabatic rigid container will cause no change in

temperature of the system.
(B) Dimerization of acetic acid causes an increase in entropy of the system
(C) It is possible to have both adiabatic reversible and adiabatic irreversible processes
between two states.
(D) P – V work is always non-zero when there is a change in volume.
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. (A) Combustion of CH4 is exothermic so temperature will increase

(B) Entropy decreases during dimerization.
26. According to kinetic theory of gases (more than one correct answers):
(A) Collisions are always elastic
(B) heavier molecules transfer more momentum to the wall of container
(C) Only a small number of molecules have high velocity
(D) Between collision, the molecule move in straight line with constant (average) velocities

Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. Factual
27. Ethyl acetoacetate gives the test of:
(A) O
C O and C OC2H5 groups
(B) CH  CH and OH groups

(C) O
C O C2 H5 and OH group
(D) –CHO group
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. H
O O
O O
H3C C CH2 C Tautomerism
OC2H5 
 
 H C C C O C2H5
3
CH
(A) Pot. Tetracyanocuperate (I) tetrahedral complex

(B) Sod. Tetracyanonickelate (II) is a square planar complex
(C) Pot. Tetrachloridopatinate (II) is a tetrahedral complex
(D) Tetraamminecopper (II) sulphate is a square planar complex
Ans. A, B, D
 
3
Sol. Cu  CN4   tetrahedral sp3
 
2
NI  CN 4   squareplanar dsp2
PtCl4 
2
 square planar dsp   2
 square planar  dsp 

2
Cu NH3  4  2
Hence, (A), (B) and (D) are the correct answer.
29. Select CORRECT order of bond energy.
(A) F2 Cl2 Br2 I2 (halogen-halogen)
(B) N2 N2H2 N2H4 (N  N)
(C) O2 O3 H2 O2 (O  O)
(D) C2H2 C2H4 C2H6 (C  C)

Ans. B, C, D
Sol. N N N N H N N H
H H H H
+ H
O O O
O O O
O
H

INTEGER.
30. What is the number of hyperconjugative structures of the given carbocation
Ans. 7
Sol. Number of hyperconjugative structure = number of alpha Hydrogen.
31. The van der Wal’s constant ‘b’ of a gas is 3.42  10–2 L mol–1. How near can be centres of the two
molecules approach each other with respect to their nuclei (in A)?
Ans. 3
Sol. b  3.42  105 m3mol1

4
b  4  r 3  NA  3.42  10 5
3
r  3.38  1010 m  1.5A
3
2r  3A
32. In a first order reaction, the conc. of reactant decreases from 0.8 M to 0.4 M in 15 minutes. The
time take for the conc. to change from 0.1M to 0.025M is:
Ans. 30
Sol. Change of conc. from 0.8M to 0.4M revels t1/2 to be 15 min.

Change from 0.1M to 0.025M requires two half lives. So, the time required
 2  15  30 min.


Question Stem
1
An enclosed glass bulb of volume V contains a pinch of solid NH4 Cl and moles of Ne gas. At 300 K,
100
the internal pressure inside the glass bulb is 114 mm Hg which increases to 908 mm Hg when the bulb is
heated to 600 K. Assume ideal gas behaviour.
33. What will be the partial pressure of NH3  g  (in mm of Hg) in the bulb at 600K
Ans. 340.00
34. What mass of NH4 Cl (in grams) is approximately present in ‘Pinch’
Ans. 0.80
Sol. (Q.33-34)
Volume of bulb (V) can be calculated as per data given at 300 K
PV = nRT
114 1
V   0.0821 300
760 100
V = 1.642 lit,.
Now at 600 K when NH4 Cl would have decomposed
PV = nRT
908
 1.64 = n  0.082  600
760
n= 0.039 moles
NH3  HCl  0.039  0.01  0.029 moles
0.029
NH3   0.0145moles
2
0.029
HCl   0.0145moles
2
0.0145
PNH2   908 340mm
0.039
Question Stem
3.6 gm of Mg is burnt in limited supply of oxygen. The residue was treated with 100 ml of H2 SO4 (35% by
mass, 1.26 g/ml density), 2.463 litre of H2 at 760 mm at 27ºC was evolved. Assume MgSO4 is completely
soluble.
35. Find the % of mass of final H2 SO4

Ans. 22.58
1
Sol. Mg  0.15 moles  
O2  MgO
2
 mgSO 4  H2   0.1 moles 
Mg  H2 SO 4 
MgO  H2 SO4  MgSO4  H2O
Moles of Mg left in first reaction = 0.1 moles
Moles of MgO formed in first reaction = 0.05 moles
Moles of H2 SO4 initially taken = 0.45
Moles of H2 SO4 net consumed = 0.15
H2 SO4 left = 0.30 moles
Water left = water present initially + formed = 81.9 + 0.9 = 82.8g
MgSO4 formed = 18g
Total mass of final solution = 0.3(98) + 82.8 + 18 = 130.2
0.3  98
% by mass of final H2 SO 4   100 = 22.58 %
105
36. Volume of O 2 (in litre) taken initially at STP will be:
Ans. 0.56
Sol. For volume of O 2 consumed at STP

1
Moles taken = (moles of MgO formed) 
2
1
 0.05 moles   0.025
2
Volume of O 2  22.4  0.025  0.56 litre
Question Stem
Three bulbs (I), (II), and (III) of volume V litres, 2V litres and 3V litres are connected by tubes of negligible
volume fitted by stopping valve (as shown in fig). The bulb I is at 1 atm containing 0.3 moles of H2 gas at
temp 127ºC. Bulb (III) contains O2 gas at 77ºC and pressure of 2 atm. Bulb (II) is vacuum and maintained
at temp. 27ºC.
VL 2VL 3VL
1 atm 2 atm
0.3 moles
O2 gas
of H2 valve(a) valve(b)
o o
127o C (i) (ii)
27 C 77 C
(iii)
The valve (b) is opened first and then closed after some time. Then the valve (a) is opened and closed
after same time as for valve (b). The number of moles of O2 diffused into bulb (II) is 0.1 mole
37. The partial pressure (in atm) of H2 observed in bulb (I) after diffusion is
Ans. 0.38
Sol. Number of moles of H2  g  remaining in bulb (I) = 0.3 – 0.185 = 0.115

P n (at constant T & V)

Pafter diffusion no. of moles of H2 after diffusion


Pinitial no.of moles initially present
0.115 0.115
Pressure in bulb (I) after diffusion = Piniital   1  0.38atm
0.3 0.3
38. The pressure (in atm) observed in bulb (III) after diffusion is
Ans. 1.90
Sol. 37 - 38.
From bulb (I)
PV  nRT
nRT 0.3  0.082  400
V 
P 1
V  0.3  0.082  400L
Calculation of number of moles of H2 diffused in bulb (II)
rH2 nH2 diffused PH2 MO2 .TO2  PA 
   r 
rO2 nO2 diffused MH2 .TH2 PO2  2MRT 
nH2 diffused nH2 1 32  350 14 3.7
      1.85
nO2 diffused 0.1 2  100 2 2 2
number of moles of H2 diffused in bulb (II) = 0.185
For bulb (III)
Volume = 3V = 3  0.3  0.082  400 L
PV 2  3  0.3  0.082  400
Number of moles of O2 initially in bulb (III) =   2.05
RT 0.082  350
Number of moles of O2 remaining after diffusion = 2.05 – 0.1 = 1.95
P n (at const. T & V)
Pinitial 2.05

Pafter diffusion 1.95
1.95 1.95
Pafter diffusion  Pinitial   2  1.9 atm
2.05 2.05


 
3
(esin x  1)4  (cos x  1)3 esinx  ex  e x  x3  2x2  4
39. y
ex
Then the value of y "(0) is
(A) -4
(B) 4
(C) -8
(D) 8
Ans. D
Sol. At x  0,y  4
ex y  x 3  2x 2  4
y "(0)  8
y "(0)
 
Because y "(0) , esin x  1   cos x  1 e sin x  e x  e x  
4 3 3
is always gives zero at x = 0
40. If p, q, r are prime numbers and , , are positive integers such that L.C.M. of , , is p3q2r
and greatest common divisor of , , is pqr then the number of possible triplets (, , ) will be
(A) 6
(B) 12
(C) 72
(D) 96
Ans. C
Sol. LCM of , ,  p3 q2r and H.C.F. = qpr

Let   p m1 qn1 r,  pm2 qn2 r and r  p m3 qn3 r.
Minimum of (m1,m2 ,m3 ) = 1 and maximum of (m1,m2 ,m3 )  3.
Number of possibilities for m1,m2 ,m3  3  6  3  12
Similarly, number of possibilities for n1,n2 ,n3  3  3  6
And number of possibilities for r1,r2 ,r3  1
Total triplets 12  6  1  72

41. Each of the nine balls can be placed with equal probability in any of the three initially empty
boxes. Let P1 be the probability that there will be four balls in the first box, three in the second box
and two in the third box, and P2 be the probability that three will be in each box then the ratio
(P2 / P1 ) equal to.
4
(A)
3
2
(B)
9
(C) 8
(D) 2
Ans. A
9! 1
Sol. P1  . 9 (4 must go in B1, 3 in B2 and 2 in B3)
4!3!2! 3
9! 3! 1
And P2  . all boxes are different
(3!)3 3! 39
P2 4

P1 3
42. If a, b, c are distinct positive real number such that b(a + c) = 2ac, then the roots of ax 2+2bx+c=0
are
(A) real and equal
(B) real and distinct
(C) imaginary
(D) none of these
Ans. C
2ac
Sol. b that means b is the H.M. of a and c.
ac
ax2+2bx+c=0
2
D = 4(b ac)
Since G.M. of a and c is ac
ac > b2
D < 0.


43. If a set ‘A’ is {1, 0, -1, 2} then which of the following is(are) correct?
(A) A square matrix of order 3 is constructed whose elements are from set ‘A’ then the
27
probability that matrix is skew matrix is 9 .
4
(B) A square matrix of order 3 is constructed whose elements are from set ‘A’ then probability
1
that matrix is symmetric is .
64
3
(C) A function f : A A is defined then probability that function is onto is .
32
3
(D) A function f : A A is defined and f is onto then the probability that f(i)  i  i A is .
8
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. (A) In skew symmetric matrix aij  a ji and all element of diagonal are zero
3  3  3 27
So required probability   9
49 4
(B) For symmetric matrix aij  a ji
(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(1.1.1) 1
So, required probability  
49 64
4! 3
(C) Probability 
44 32
1 1 1
4!    
2! 3! 4!  9 3
(D) Probability =    .
4! 24 8
44. Three circles C1, C2, C3 with radii r1,r2 ,r3 (r1  r2  r3 ) touches each other externally as shown and
L1,L 2 are two common tangents to these circles from P.
Which of the following is(are) correct?
L1
C3
C2
C1
P D E F L2
r12  r32
(A) r2 
r1  r3

(B) r22  r1 r3
(C) DE  2 r1 r2
(D) DE  r22  r12
Ans. B, C
Sol. DE  AK  (r1  r2 )2  (r2  r1 )2  2 r1r2

L1
C3
C2 C
C1 B
A
K

P D E F L2
Let PD  x and APD  
AD BE CF
tan    
x x  DE x  DE  EF
r1 r2 r3
 
x x  2 r1r2 x  2 r1 r2  2 r2 r3
r2  r1 r3  r2
 r22  r1r3
2 r1r2 2 r2r3
1 11
45. Let g(x)  ax 2  bx  c, a, b, c  N and  0
g(x)dx 
6
. Let f(x) be a continuous and derivable
1
function in (x1, x 2 ). If f(x).f '(x)  x 1  (f(x))4 and lim (f(x))2  1 and lim (f(x))2  , then
x  x1 x  x2 2
minimum value of [x12  x 22 ] is equal to,
Where [.] denotes greatest integer function.
(A) 2  abc
(B) abc
(C) bc
(D) ab
Ans. A, B
1 11 a b 11
Sol.  0
g(x) dx 
6
 c 
3 2 6
2a  3b  6c  11
a b c 1 a,b,c  N
f(x) f '(x)
x  0 h(x)  sin 1(f(x)2  x 2 is non-decreasing function
1  f(x))4

  
lim h(x)  lim  x12   x 22 x12  x 22   x12  x 22   1
x  x1 x  x2 2 6 3
i.e.,  x12  x 22   1.
     1 
46. Given that a and b are two unit vectors such that angle between a and b, is cos1   . If c be a
4
 
         
vector in the plane of a and b , such that c  4, c  b  2a  b and c  a  b then,
(A) 2
(B) sum of values of  = -1
(C) product of all possible values of  = -12
(D) number of distinct values of  is three.
Ans. A, B, C
         
Sol. Given c  b  2a  b (c  2a) ||b c  2a  b ..(1)
=2
   1
Also (1) a.c  2   a.b  2   ...(2)
4
  1
Again, (1) b.c  2a.b       
2
    1 
Again, (1) c.c  2(a.c)   b.c) 16  2.(2  )      
4 2 
 
12    2 2     
2 2
47. PQ and RS are normal chord to parabola y 2  8x at P and R on the curve respectively and the
points P, Q, R, S are concyclic. If A is vertex of parabola, then
(A) centroid of APR lies on x-axis
(B) centroid of APR lies on y-axis
(C) PR is parallel to tangent at the vertex
(D) PR is parallel to axis of parabola
Ans. A, C
Sol. Equation of normal chord at P(2t12 ,4t1 ) & R(2t 22 ,4t 2 ) are y  t1x  4t1  2t13  0 and
y  xt 2  4t 2  2t32  0 .Equation of any two degree curve passing through P, Q, R, S is
(y  xt1  4t1  2t13 )(y  xt 2  4t 2  2t32 )   y 2  8x)  0
P, Q, R, S are concyclic
1   t1t 2 & t1  t 2  0

4(t1  t 2 ) 2
Centroid of APR lies on x-axis & slope of PR  
2(t12  t 22 ) t1  t 2
PR is parallel to y-axis
x 2  9bx  17
48. If f : R  [ 1, 2], f(x)  is onto function and f '(d)  f '(e)  0. Then
ax 3  x 2  bx  33
x2 y2 1
(A) eccentricity of curve   1 can be
(d  e) 2
b 1 2
x2 y2 5
(B) eccentricity of curve   1 can be
(d  e) 2
b 1 2
x2 y2 3
(C) eccentricity of curve   1 can be
(d  e)2 (a  1) 2
x2 y2 7
(D) eccentricity of curve   1 can be
(d e)2 a  1 2
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. Domain of function is real number so a = 0

x 2  9bx  17
Now y  2 (y  1)x 2  (by  9b)x  (33y  17)  0
x  bx  33
x  R so D  0 (by  9b)  4(y  1)(33y  17)  0
2
b  2 and -2
For b = 2 d = -5 , e = 7
For b = -2 d = -7, e = 5

INTEGER.
49. A 3  3 determinant has entries either 1 or -1. Let S be the set of all determinants such that the
1 1 1
product of elements of any row or column is -1. For example 1 1 1 is an element of S and
1 1 1
number of elements in S is m.
3 2 3 
  m
Let P  2 2 3  and trace of the matrix adj (adj P) is n then the value of is
n
0 1 1
Ans. 8
Sol. Elements of determinant can be 1 or -1

First two places of first row can be filled in 2  2 =4 ways and last place can be filled in only
one way to product be 1
First row can be made in 4 ways

Similarly second row can be made in 4 ways and third row can be made in 1 ways only
m = 16
3 2 3
P  2 2 3  1
0 1 1
n2
adj(adjP)  P P P tr(adj(adjP))  tr(P)  2  n.
m 16
 8
n 2
a
50. A normal coin is tossed six times. If p  where a, b are relatively prime positive integers,
b
denotes the chance that there will be exactly one sequence of 3 consecutive heads in six tosses,
 a  b  1
then the value of   is
 4 
Ans. 5
Sol. HHHTXX
THHHTX
XTHHHT
XXTHHH
1 1 1 1 6 3
P(E)      
16 32 32 16 32 16
3  16  1
5
4
51. If a, b, c, d, e are positive real numbers such that a  b  c  d  e  15 and

ab2c 3 d4 e5  (120)3 .50, then the value of a 2  b 2  c 2  d2  e 2 is
Ans. 55
b b c c c   d d d d e e e e e
a              
Sol. A.M. = 2 2 3 3 3  4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 1
15
1
 b b c c c d d d d e e e e e 15
And G.M. =  a. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5
b c d e
a   
2 3 4 5
a  1,b  2,c  3,d  4,e  5
a 2  b 2  c 2  d2  e 2  55


Question Stem
A ten-sided regular polygon is inscribed in a circle |z| = 1. A1A2…….A10 to its vertices, G1 is centroid of 
A1A4A8, G2 be centroid of  A2A6A9 and G3 be centroid of A3A5A7. P is centroid of G1G2G3. If O is the
centre of circle.
52. Angle POA1 is equal to
Ans. 2.51
Sol. Consider x10 = 1

Hence x = eix2r/10 (r = 1, 2,....., 10)
A1  eix2  /10  1
A 2  eix 4  /10   2
A 3  eix6  /10  3
A10  1  10
Here centroid of A1A4A8 is
  4  8
G1  1
3
 2   6  9
G2 
3
3  5   7
G3 
3
1   2  3  ....  9 1
Hence centroid of G1G2 G3 is P  
9 9
4
Hence POA1 
5
53. 100  OP is equal to
Ans. 11.11
Sol. Consider x10 = 1

Hence x = eix2r/10 (r = 1, 2,.....10)
A1  eix2  /10  1
A 2  eix 4  /10   2
A 3  eix6  /10  3
A10  1  10
Here centroid of A1A4A8 is

1   4   8
G1 
3
 2   6  9
G2 
3
3  5   7
G3 
3
1   2  3  ....  9 1
Hence centroid of G1G2 G3 is P  
9 9
1
OP =
9
Question Stem
Define a function  : N  N as follows, (1) = 1,  (rn) = rn-1(r – 1), if r is prime and n  N,  (   n)

=       n  , if H.C.F (  , n )  1 .
54. (1672) 125 is equal to
Ans. 5.76
Sol. 1672  209  8, whose HCF is 1

 1672     209    8     209    23    11 19    23 
5
55. If  (61 ) = , then is equal to
1000
Ans. 223.26
Sol.   61n   61n 1  60  612  60
Question Stem
 x   x 
F, g : R  R are functions such that f(x) = 3x – sin   , g  x   x 3  2x  sin  
 2   2 
d 1 1 2
56. The value of f  g  x  x 12 is equal to then k is equal to
dx 3k
Ans. 31.14
Sol.  f 1g1  x     gf  x  1

d 1 1 1
 f g  x  x 12 
d
dx
 gof  x   x 1
dx

57. The area bounded by y = f -1(x), y = g-1(x) is
Ans. 0.50
Sol. Area will be same as bounded by y = f(x), y = g(x)

1
1

1
x 3  x dx 
2

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
FULL TEST – I
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 23-12-2021
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
are correct;
option;


1. n number of identical equilateral

prisms are kept in contact as shown 2 4
in figure. If deviation through a single 1 3 5 n
prism is . Then (n, m are integers)
(A) if n = 2m, deviation through n prism is zero.
(B) if n = 2m + 1, deviation through system of n prisms is .
(C) if n = 2m, deviation through system of n prism is
(D) if n = 2m + 1 deviation through system of n prisms is zero
Ans. A, B
Sol. The consecutive prism produce equal and opposite deviation. Hence if number of prism is even
deviation is zero and if odd, deviation is .
2. A block of mass ‘m’ is attached by means of a spring to the bottom of a

tank of water as shown in figure. At equilibrium, the spring is under
compression. If the tank is now allowed to fall freely, then choose the
correct alternative(s)
(A) the spring comes to its relaxed position
(B) the spring compresses more than its equilibrium compression
(C) the boyant force becomes zero
(D) there will be some elongation is the spring
Ans. B, C
Sol. As the tank allowed to fall vertically, so bouyant force becomes zero, so the spring compresses
more than its equilibrium compression.
3. A 10 m long horizontal stainless steel wire AB of mass 1 kg whose end A is fixed, is connected to
a massless string BC passing over a smooth pulley. String BC is connected to a container of
mass 2 kg at end C. Water (density = 1 × 103 kg/m3) is poured in the container at a constant rate
of 2.25 litre/sec at t = 0. Also at t = 0, a pulse is generated at end A.
(A) Time taken by the pulse to reach point B is 0.612 sec
(B) Time taken by the pulse to reach point B is 0.212 sec

(C) Tension in the string at this moment is 33.77 N
(D) Tension in the string at this moment is 24.77 N
Ans. A, C
Sol. Mass per unit length of the wire = 0.1 kg/m.

At any instant, tension in the string is (2 + 2.25 t) g N
(2  2.25 t ) g
v
0.1
10 t
 dx  10 2  2.25 t dt
0 0
t = 0.612 s
T  2  2.25  0.612  10  33.77 N
4. Three capacitors each having capacitance C = 2F are connected S

with a battery of emf 30V as shown in the figure. When the switch
S is closed. C
C
C
30V
(A) the amount of charge flown through the battery is 20 C
(B) the heat generated in the circuit is 0.6 mJ
(C) the energy supplied by the battery is 0.6 mJ
(D) the amount of charge flown through the switch S is 60 C
Ans. A, C, D
Sol. Charge flow through battery = 20 C

U = energy supplied by battery = 0.6 m
Ui = energy store in capacitor’s before closing = 0.6 m J
Uf = energy store in capacitor after closing = 0.9 mJ
Heat generated = U – (Uf -Ui ) = 0.3 mJ , charge flow through switch is 60C.
5. Two plates of a parallel plate capacitors carry changes q and –q and

are separated by a distance x from each other. The capacitor is
V0
connected to a constant voltage source V0 . The distance between the
plates is changed to x  dx. Then in steady state.
+q –q
 Udx
(A) change in electrostatic energy stored in the capacitor is , where U is initial
x
potential energy.

Ux
(B) change in electrostatic energy stored in the capacitor is 
dx
1
(C) attraction force between the plates is qE
2
(D) attraction force between the plates is qE. (where E is electric field between the plates)
Ans. A, C
1 0 AV02
Sol. Initial stored energy U i 
2 x
1 0 AV02
Final stored energy U f 
2 ( x  dx)
1 2 1 1
So, U  U f  U i  0 AV0   
2  x  dx x 
2  x  x  dx 
2 2
1 1 0 AV0 1 0 AV0 dx Udx
 0 AV0    dx   . 
 x( x  dx ) 
2
2 2 x 2 x x x
dU U
So, choice (a) is correct and choice (b) is wrong. F 
dx x
1 0 A V02 1 A  V 1
F 
.    0 .V0 . 0   qE
2 x x 2 x  x 2
1
So magnitude of attractive force is qE.
2
So, choice (c) is correct and choice (d) is wrong.
6. A charged particle of unit mass and unit charge moves with velocity of v  8iˆ  6 ˆj m/s in a


 
magnetic field of B  2kˆT . Choose the correct alternative(s)
The path of the particle may be x  y  4 x  21  0

2 2
(A)
The path of the particle may be x  y  25

2 2
(B)
The path of the particle may be y  z  25

2 2
(C)
(D) The time period of the particle will be 3.14s
Ans. A, B, D
2m 1
Sol. Motion is in x-y plane and T  =  s
qB 12 


answer.
A plane loop is shaped in the form, as shown in the figure with        

radii a = 20 cm and b = 10 cm and is placed in a uniform time
       
varying magnetic field B  20  10t  T , where t is the time in
  a     
second. Answer the following questions based on the above
statement 10F B 10F
  A  b   
       
7. The induced emf in the loop is
(A) 0.942 V
(B) 1.57 V
(C) 0.157 V
(D) 0.0942 V
Ans. A
Sol. = instantaneous flux through loop = BA1  BA2

Sense of induced emf is opposite in each loop
Hence, the net emf induced  A1

dB
dt
 A2
dB
dt
 10 a 2  b 2 = 0.942 V  
8. The maximum charge on each capacitor is
–6
(A) 4.71  10 C
–6
(B) 0.471  10 C
(C) 52  10–6 C
(D) 5.2  10–6 C
Ans. A
Sol. Q  CV  5  10 6  0.942  4.71  10 –6 C

A uniform chain of length L is suspended in equilibrium by an elastic string of natural length h as shown.
The chain is then suddenly cut at point A which is x distance below the upper end of chain.
2h
h
9. If x  L / 3 , the velocity of suspended part of chain when it rises by from its equilibrium
2
position is
gh
(A)
3
4
(B) gh
3
5
(C) gh
4
2
(D) gh
3
Ans. C
Sol. For equilibrium kh = mg

x = L/3 suspended mass = m/3
2
1 m 2 mg h 1  h  1
v   k    kh 2
2 3 3 2 2  2 2
5
v gh
4
10. To allow the elastic string to become slack, the minimum value of x is
L
(A)
2
L
(B)
3

L
(C)
4
2L
(D)
3
Ans. A
Sol. To just slack height raised = h

mx 1
gh  kh 2
L 2
L
x=
2
INTEGER.
11. A block A of mass 2 kg is hanging in a vertical plane with a

spring of stiffness constant k = 100 N/m. A block B of mass 1
kg is kept on block A and the system is in equilibrium.
Suddenly block B is removed. The amplitude of resulting SHM
of A is B
A
Ans. 10
3 g 2 g g 10
Sol. Shift of equilibrium position      0.1 m = 10 cm
k k k 100
Hence amplitude = 10 cm
12. A plano-convex lens has a thickness of 4 cm. When placed on a horizontal table with curved
surface in contact with it, the apparent depth of the bottom most point of the lens is found to be 3
cm. If the lens is inverted such that the plane face is in contact with the table, the apparent depth
of the centre of plane face is found to be 25/8 cm. The focal length of the lens is
Ans. 75
4 4
Sol. 3 =
 3
R  25 cm
1  1 1 
 (  1)  
f  R1 R2 
f  75 cm

13. A galvanometer of coil resistance 1 is converted into V

voltmeter by using a resistance of 5 in series and same
galvanometer is converted into ammeter by using a shunt of
1 . Now ammeter and voltmeter connected in circuit as 15 15 6
shown, find the reading of voltmeter. 4.5
12
30 V
A
Ans. 3
Sol. RVoltmeter = 6 , Rammeter = 0.5

Req = 10
30
I  3A
10
Reading of voltmeter = 1  3 = 3 volt.

Question Stem
A horizontal frictionless string is threaded through a bead of mass m. The M

m
string is kept in tension between two vertical opposite sides of a cart of
mass M (see figure). Length of thread is L and radius of bead is r (r << L). L
Initially, the bead is at right edge of the cart. At t = 0, the cart is imparted a
velocity v0. All collisions are elastic.[ v0 = 10m/s , M = 2kg, m = 1kg, L =1m]
14. The velocity of C.O.M of the cart and the bead after 3 successive collisions is
Ans. 6.67
Mv0  m(0)
Sol. VCM 
M m
15. Distance traveled by cart before second collision is
Ans. 1.33
 M m L
Sol. Distance = L   v 0
 m  M  v0
 2M 
 L
 M m

Question Stem
A wire is bend at an angle . A rod of mass m can slide along the bend wire
without friction as shown in figure. If a soap film is maintained in the frame and 
l
frame is kept in a vertical position, the rod is in equilibrium.[  = 900 ,m =
100gm, l =1m) soap film rod of mass m
16. Surface tension of the soap solution is [in S.I system]
Ans. 0.25
  mg
Sol. 2T  2l tan   mg ,T =
 2 
4l tan
2
17. If rod is displaced slightly in vertical direction, find the time period of small oscillation
1/2
[take g
Ans. 2.00
Sol. If x be the displacement in vertical direction of the rod from equilibrium position

 4T tan
 2 x,
Fres  2 x tan T  2 , a
2 m
m m l
T  2  2  2
 mg g
4T tan 4
2 4l

Question Stem
The magnetic force on a moving charge is given by Wall x

  
F  qv  B . Further when a charge particle moves in x x
uniform magnetic field such that its velocity is perpendicular to
x1 D=75cm
the magnetic field then its path is circular.
x
A particle with charge 2.4C and mass 3.2 × 10–12 kg is × × × × × × × d=30cm x
initially traveling in the +y direction with a speed v0 = 1.35 × × × × × × × ×
105 m/s. It then enters a region containing a v0
uniform magnetic field that is directed into, and perpendicular to, the edge. The magnitude of field is
0.360 T. The region extends a distance of 30 cm along the initial direction of travel; 75 cm from the point
of entry in to the magnetic field region there is a wall. The length of the field free region is thus 45 cm.
When the charged particle enters the magnetic field, it follows a curved path whose radius of curvature is
r. It then leaves the magnetic field after time t1, having been deflected a distance x1. The particle then
travels in the field-free region and strikes the wall after undergoing a total deflection x.

18. The radius r of the curved part of the path is(in cm)
Ans. 50.00
mv 3.2  10 12  1.35  10 5 Wall BA

Sol. R  = 0.5 m x
qB 2.4  10 6  0.36

D=75cm
× × × r× × × ×
Q x
× × × × × × ×
O RP
19. The total horizontal deflection is(in cm)
Ans. 44.00
3
Sol. x = AB + BC = x1 + BQ tan  = x1 + (D – d) tan  = 0.1  (0.75  0.30)  0.44 m
4


20. The time required for an electron to make one complete revolution around nucleus of H-atom in a
higher orbit n2 is 8 times to that of a lower orbit n1 . Therefore n1 and n2 are
(A) 1 and 2
(B) 2 and 3
(C) 2 and 4
(D) 3 and 6
Ans. A, C, D
Sol. Time period n3

3
T1  n1 
 
T2  n2 
T2  8 T1 n2  2n1
21. Which of the following compounds acts both an oxidising as well as a reducing agent?
(A) HNO2
(B) H2 O2
(C) H2 S
(D) SO2
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. In H2S oxidation number of sulphur is minimum-2, it can act as only reducing agent.
22. Which compounds would not give 5-keto-2-methylhexanal upon ozonolysis?
(A) CH3 (B) CH3
H3C CH3

(C) CH3 (D) CH3
CH3 H3C
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. Only C will give 5-keto-2-methylhexanal upon ozonolysis.

CH3
O O
O
3
 H C C CH2 CH2 CH C H
Zn/H2 O 3
CH3 CH3
23. Among the follow compounds which do not give positive iodoform test
(A) CH3
|
CH3  CH  CH2 OH
(B) C6H5 CHOHCH3
(C) CH3  CH2  CH(OH)  CH2  CH3
(D) C6H5 CH2CH2OH
Ans. A, C, D
Sol. Alcohols lacking CH3 group do not give iodoform test.
24. Metals which form protective layer of oxide when react with dil. HNO3
(A) Al
(B) Cr
(C) Cu
(D) Zn
Ans. A, B
Sol. Al, Cr form protective layer of oxide and renders passive.

25. For [Ni(CN)4 ]2  and [Ni(CN)4 ]4  , which of the following statement(s) is/are CORRECT?
(A) Differ in hybridisation but magnetic properties are same
(B) Differ in magnetic property and hybridisation but no one can show optical isomerism
(C) Differ in shape and EAN value but no one can show geometrical isomerism
(D) Different number of atoms are in same plane and same dipole moment.
Ans. A, C, D
Sol. (i) [Ni(CN)4 ]2 
Ni2 [Ar]
3d 4s
In presence of ligand:
[Ar]    
3d CN CN CN CN
=0
2
Hybridisation = dsp , geometry – square planar
Magnetic nature – diamagnetic
EAN = [28-2+2×4] =34
(ii)[Ni(CN)4 ]4 
Ni [Ar]3d8 4s2
[Ar]    
3d CN CN CN CN
 =0
3
Hybridisation = sp , geometry – tetrahedral
Magnetic nature – diamagnetic
EAN = [28-0+2×4] = 36

answer.
A charged particle like electron produces induced magnetic field when it is in motion. Therefore the
revolving electrons of an atom can create magnetic field The paramagnetic substances are attracted
towards an external magnetic field because they possess certain magnetic moment. The magnetic
moment of an atom depends on the number of unpaired electrons. It is determined by using the formula
 n  n  2 B.M

26. The magnetic moment of an oxide of vanadium is 1.732 B.M. What is the molecular formula of
the oxide?
(A) VO
(B) VO2
(C) V 2O
(D) V 2O 3
Ans. B
Sol. n n  2   1.732  3
or, n (n + 2) = 3
or, n = 1
The electronic configuration of vanadium is:
V = [Ar]18 3d34s2
4+
In V state, vanadium will contain one unpaired electron.
The molecular formula of its oxide is V2O4 or VO2
27. The magnetic moment of which of the following ions is same as that of nitrogen atom?
2+
(A) Co
(B) Fe3+
(C) Ni2+
2+
(D) Zn
Ans. A
Sol. Nitrogen contains three unpaired electrons.

2+ 7
Co (3d ) also contains three unpaired electrons
Co2+ (3d7) =
In the following reaction sequence, the compound J is an intermediate

(i) H2 / Pd / C
(CH3 CO)2 O
I J 
(ii)SOCl2
(iii)anhyd.AlCl3
K
CH3 COONa
J(C9H8O2) gives effervescence on treatment with NaHCO3 and a positive Baeyer’s test
28. The compound I is
(A) O H (B) HO

(C) O CH3 (D) H

H
H
Ans. A
Sol. Perkin reaction
29. The compound K is
(A) (B)
O O
(C) (D)
O
Ans. C
Sol. FC acylation

INTEGER.
30. The trade name of one stereoisomer of compound B is Aspartame. How many total
stereoisomers of Compound B exist?
Ans. 4
Sol. There are two chiral centre so total stereoisomers will be 4.
31. 1.3245 g of a monobasic acid when dissolved in 100 g of water lowers the freezing point by
N
0.2046C. 0.2 g of the same acid when dissolved and titrated required 15.1 ml of alkall.
10
(Assuming molarity = molality), the pH of acid solution is: ( K f of water 1.86 K kg mol–1)
Ans. 2
Sol. Meq. of alkali = Meq. of acid

1 0.2
15.1   1000
10 M
On, solving M = 132.45 g mol–1
1.3245  1000
Now, molality of acid solution (m) =  0.1
132.45  100
Tf  i  K f  m
0.2048  i  1.86  0.1

I = 1.1 = 1 + 
  0.1
HA 
 
 H  A
Now,C 0 0
C  C C  C C
H   C  0.1 0.1  10 2
pH  2
32. I.E.1 and I.E.2 of Mg are 178 and 348 kcal mol1 . The enthalpy required for the reaction in
kcal/mole
Mg(g)  Mg2 (g)  2e  is:
Ans. 526
Sol. I.E.  I.E.1  I.E.2

Question Stem
On addition of 0.25 mole of a non volatile solute HA (mono basic acid) in 5 moles of benzene solute gets
partially dimerised and the pressure of solution measured is 581.11 mm Hg.
On further titration of this solution 200 ml of 1.25 M NaOH required to reach end point.
 NaOH  1.21gm ml 
PBenzene  600 mm Hg 

 
PH2 O  23.76 mm Hg
2HA HA 2
33. Degree of association of solute () in solution is?
Ans. 0.70
34. How many mL of 1.25M NaOH will be required for complete neutralization of the acid?
Ans. 200.00
Sol. (Q.33 – 34)

PS  P. Xsolvent
P  PS n
 solute
PS Nsolvent
600  581.11 n
 , n  0.1625
581.11 5

0.25
When n  0.25 
2
  0.7
Question Stem
The emf of the given cell is –0.46 V

Pt  H2  H2PO4  0.4M , HPO 4 6.4  10 3 M   M2   0.81M M  s 
1atm
1L solution
If EºM M  0.76 V  log3  0.477, log 2  0.3010   and temperature is 25ºC.

2
35. The pH of left compartment initially is
Ans. 4.57
2
0.0591 H 
Sol. 0.46  0.76  log using Nernst equation
2 0.81
Cell reaction 2H  2H  2e  anode 
2
 M  cathode 
Mi2  2e 
log
H  2
 0.6   0.6 
   
1
.81  
 0.059   0.06  10
 
0.81 
log   10  log1010
 H  2 
  
H 
 2
 81 1012
H  9  106
pH  6  3log3
pH  4.5687
36. 

pK a for reaction H2PO4  2 
 HPO 4  H is
Ans. 6.84
Sol. H2PO2 



 HPO 4  H
3
0.4M 6.4  10 9  104
6.4  103  9  106
Ka 
0.4
pK a  9   4log2  2log3  6.8419


Question Stem
Internal energy is a state function quantity. It is a measurement of total energy of system. For ideal gas
potential energy is zero therefore internal energy is function of temperature only. For ideal gas molecules
kinetic energy is divided in three part?
(i) Translational (ii) Rotational (iii) Vibrational
vibrational energy become effective only at very high temperature
Take R = 2 cal/mol/K
37. For diatomic ideal gas molecules C p (molar heat capacity) value (in cal) is equal to
Ans. 7.00
38. C p value (in cal) for water molecules in vapour state is equal to (assuming ideal condition)
Ans. 8.00
Sol. (Q.37-38)
R
Cv  (degrees of freedom) 
2


39. The number of solutions in [0, ] of the equation

sin4 x  cos6 x  a is
1
(A) none if a 
4
(B) three if a = 1
1
(C) two if a 
4
5
(D) three if a 
4
Ans. A, B, C
3 8a  5
Sol. a  1 1  cos 4x  cos 4x 
8 3
For real solution
8a  5
1  1
3
3  8a  5  3
1
2  8a  8 a 1
4
(A) The number of quadratic equations having real roots which remain unchanged even after
squaring their roots is 3.
(B) The number of solutions of the equation tan2  tan3  in the interval [0, ] is equal
to 6.
2x1 128x32 x 23
(C) For x1,x 2 , x 3 0 the minimum value of   equals 24.
x2 x 22 4x1x32
(D) The locus of the mid points of chords of the circle x 2  y 2  2x  6y  1  0, which are
passing through origin is x 2  y 2  x  3y  0.
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. (A) We have    2  2 and    2 2

Number of quadratic equations with real roots are 3.

(B) tan3  tan   3  n     n  z


   n  1 ,n  I,
5 (1,3)
Putting n  1,0,1,2,3,4
 2 3 4 5
We get   0, , , , , (0,0)
5 5 5 5 5
M(x1, y1)
(C) AM  GM minimum value = 4

(D) Let M(x1, y1 ) be the mid-point of chord
 y1  3  y1 
Then m1m2  1     1
 x1  1  x1 
Locus of M(x1, y1 ) is x 2  y 2  x  3y  0
41. If 4 sin  cos  2 cos  3  2 3 sin  where   [0,2 and L    then
11
(A) maximum value of L is
6
5
(B) minimum value of L is 
6
5
(C) maximum value of L is
3
11
(D) minimum value of L is
6
Ans. A, D
Sol. (2 cos  3 )(2 sin    

3 1
cos  or sin   
2 2
 11 7  11
 , or   ,
6 6 6 6
 11
maximum where   6 and 
L  
 minimum when   11

 6
 11
L max i  11 ;L min i 
6 6
42. A differentiable function f : R  R satisfies the functional equation

f(x).f(y)  f(x  y)  e x f(y)  ey f(x)  xy  x,y  R. If f '(0)  0 and f(0)  0, then which of the
following statements is/are correct ?
f(x) 1
(A) lim 
x 0 x2 2

x2
(B)   f '(t)  f(t) dt
x
0 x 1
(C) F(x 2 ) F(x1 )x 2 x1, where F(x)  f '(x)  f(x)
(D) There exists at least two horizontal tangents to the curve y  f(x) in (-1, 1).
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. f(x).f(y)  f(x  y)  e x f(y)  e y (x)  xy.

f(x).f '(y)  f '(x  y)  e x f '(y)  e y f(x)  x
Put y = 0
f(x).f '(0)  f '(x)  e x f '(0)  f(x)  x
f '(x)  f(x)  x f(x)  ex  x  1
f(x) ex  x  1 1
(A) lim  lim  .
x 0 x 2 x 0 x2 2
x2 x2
 t2  x 4  x2
(B)  t dt     0 x 1
x  2 x 2
(C) F(x)  f '(x)  f(x)  (e x  1)  (e x  x  1)  x which is increasing function so
F(x 2 ) F(x1 ) if x 2 x1
(D) Now f '(x)  ex  1 and f "(x)  ex 0x  R
f '(x) is increasing function or R
f '( 1)  ve and f '(1)   ve
f '(c)  0 has exactly are root in (-1, 1).
i.e., one horizontal tangent. In (-1, 1)
43. Let f(x) be the remainder when p(x)  x 73  2x 6  3x3 is divided by x 4 (x 2  1). Identify which of the
following statement is(are) correct?
(A) Range of f  f(x)  is R
(B) Range of f  f(x)  is [0, )
(C) f(x) has exactly 3 points of inflection.
(D) f(x) has exactly one point of inflection.
Ans. A, D
Sol. P(x)  x 73  2x 6  3x3  Q(x).x 4 (x 2  1)  (ax 2  bx  c)x 3

After cancelling x 3
Put x  0 c  3.
x 1 abc  2
x  1 a  b  c  6
a  1,b  2
f(x)  x5  2x 4  3x 3

Degree of f(f(x)) is 25 so range of f(f(x)) is R

f "(x)  20x 3  24x 2  18x
Only one real root
44. Let S1 : x 2  y 2  10x  16  0 and S2 be image of S1 w.r.t line y = x and S3 be image of S2 w.r.t
y = 0. If S’ be the circle which cuts all three circles orthogonally, then
(A) S' : x 2  y 2  16
(B) S2 : x 2  y 2  10y  16  0
(C) S3 : x 2  y2  10y  16  0
(D) radius of director circle of S’ is 8 2
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. Centre of S 1  (5,0) and radius r1  3

Centre of S2 = (0, 5) and radius r2  3 and centre of S3 = (0, -5) and radius r3  3.
Radical centre of S1,S2 ,S3 will be (0, 0)
Length of tangent from (0, 0) upon S1 or S2 or S3 = 4
S' : x 2  y 2  16

answer.
Let 1
denotes the equation of the plane to which the vector (1, 1, 0) is normal and which contains the

line L whose equation is r  î  ˆj  kˆ   î  ˆj  k).
ˆ
2
denotes the equation of the plane containing the line
L and a point with position vector (0, 1, 0).
45. Vector of magnitude 6 along the line of intersection of planes 1

and 2
perpendicular to
normal vector of plane 1
, is
(A) 2( 1,1,1)
(B) 2(1,  1,1)
(C) 2(1,1,  1)
(D) 2(1,1,1)
Ans. A

46. The acute angle between 1

and 2
is
(A) tan 1(1)  tan1( 2  1)
(B) tan 1 (1)  tan 1(2  3 )
(C) tan 1(1)  tan 1( 2  1)
(D) tan 1 (1)  tan 1(2  3 )
Ans. B
Sol . (Q.45

& 
Q46) 
r.n1  a.n n1  i  j
  
xiˆ  yjˆ  zkˆ . î  ˆj  2
A
xy 2 .... (Plane ) 1 

1
(1,1,1) r  1, 1, 1  1,  1,  1
ˆ 1,1,1 and B(0, 1, 0)
Now, AB  î  k;A
î ˆj kˆ
     
Now, AB  V  n2 . 1 0 1 n2  AB  V
1 1 1
 
n2  i (0  1)  ˆj(1 1)  k( B,  ˆj 
ˆ 1)
LL
 
n 2  î  2 ˆj  kˆ  î  ˆj  kˆ
Hence, equation of plane

2
is (r  ˆj).( î  2 ˆj  k)
ˆ 0 2
Or x  2y  z  2
(i) Vector along the line of intersection of
planes
 
1
and 2
is n1  n2 which is also perpendicular to the normal vector of plane 1
.
   î  ˆj  kˆ 
n1  n 2   î  ˆj  k,
ˆ so required vector  6
 
 3 
(ii) If  is the acute angle between 1
and 2
then

n .n (iˆ  ˆj).(iˆ  2jˆ  k)
ˆ (1  2) 3 
cos    1 2     .
n1 n2 2 6 2 3 2 6
Let A be a square matrix of order n  n . A constant is said to be characteristic root of A if there exists a
n  1 matrix X such that AX  X
47. If 0 is a characteristic root of A, then
(A) A is non – singular
(B) A is singular

(C) A=O
(D) A  In
Ans. B
Sol. If  0, we get A  0
A is singular.
48. If is a characteristic root of A and n  N , then n

is a characteristic root of
(A) An
(B) A n1
(C) A n
(D) A  A n  A n
Ans. A
We have, A X  A  AX   A  X 
2
Sol.
  AX   2
X
A XA A x A
3
 2
  2
X 
 2
 AX   2
 X
 3
X
Continuing in this way, we obtain
An X  n
Xn N

INTEGER.
49. If the plane 2x  3y  6z  11  0 makes an angle sin 1(  with x-axis then the value of 7 is
Ans. 2
Sol.   sin1() sin   

  1.2  3.0  6.0
cos     
2  4  9  36. 1
2 2
sin   
7 7
7  2
(2n  1)(2n2  2n  1) n
50. If Tn  ,n  N,n  2 . If K  lim Tr then 27 k is equal to
(n  1)2 n2 (n  1)2 (n 2)2 n
r 2

Ans. 3
(2r  1)(2r 2  2r  1) (2r  1)(2r 2  2r  1)

Sol. Tr   2
(r 2  1)2 (r 2  2r)2 (r  1)2 ((r  1)2  1)2
 1 1 
Tr   2  2
 (r  1) ((r  1)  1) 
2 2
 1 1   1 1   1 1 
K  lim   2  2   2  2   ....   2  
  (2  1) (3  1)   (3  1) (4  1)2  (n  1) ((n  1)2  1)2
2 2 2 2
n
 
1
k
9
51. Let f : R  R be a function defined by f(x)  x 3  3x 2  9x  27. If x  (a,b) (c,d) then

f (x)  3f (x)  9f(x)  27  f(x  4x  3x  19). Then (b  a)  (c  d) is
3 2 3 2
Ans. 10
Sol. f '(x)  3(x2  2x  3)  3(x  1)(x  3)

Case-I f '(x) 0 i.e. f(x) is increasing the x 3 or x  1
f(f(x)  f(x  4x  3x  19)
3 2
f(x)  x  4x  3x  19
3 2
x  6x  8  0 x  (2,4)
2
x  (3,4)
Case-II f '(x)  0 i.e. f(x) is decreasing then 1  x  3
f(x) x 3  4x 2  3x  19
x 2  6x  8 0 (x  2)(x  4) 0 x  2 or x 4
x  ( 1,2)
x  ( 1,2) (3,4)
b  a  c  d  2  1  3  4  10

Question Stem
Let f be a real valued function from N to N satisfying the relation f(m + n) = f(m) + f(n) for all m, n  N.
52. If range of f contains all the even numbers, then the possible value of f(1) are A & B then
3A  2B
is equal to
5
Ans. 1.40
Sol. f m  n   f m   f n 
m  1, n  N  1

f N   f 1  f N  1
f N  1  f 1  f N  2
:
f N   Nf 1 .
If f(1) = 1 f(N) = N which contains even numbers.
If f(1) = 2 f(N) = 2 which contains even numbers.
53. If domain of f is first ‘3m’ natural numbers and if the number of elements common in domain and
25f 1
range is ‘m’, then the value of is
4
Ans. 18.75
Sol. f(n) = nf(1)

Number of elements common in domain and range is m
n D 
n R D  
3
Question Stem
Let a sequence T1, T2, T3, …..Tn ……. And Sn = T1 + T2 + ……Tn, S’n = S1 + S2 + S3……Sn,
S"n  S1'  S'2  S'3 .....S'n , Sn"  n4
T3  T2
54. is equal to
4
Ans. 5.75
Sol. S’ = 1, 15, 65, 175

S 1, 14, 50, 110
T 1, 13, 36, 60
Tn = 24n – 36 for n  3
 3A - B 
55. Tn is given by An + B then is equal to
5
Ans. 21.60
Sol. S’ = 1, 15, 65, 175

S 1, 14, 50, 110
T 1, 13, 36, 60
Tn = 24n – 36 for n  3

Question Stem
For a recursive relation in ‘n’ we may generate nth term free from any other term i.e. purely in ‘n’. Based
on this answer the following questions
If  an 1  an  2  an 1   an  0 and a0  1, then lim 2n  4  an  is

2
56.
n

Ans. 12.56
2an 1
Sol. Given equation converts to an 
1   an 1 
2
  
a n  tan  n  2 
2 

lim an 2n 
n  4
57. If an  2an21  1 and a0  0, then lim ean  2 (use e = 2.72)

n
Ans. 5.44
1  an
Sol. Given equation converts to an 1 
2
  
an  cos  n 1 
2 
  
cos  n1 
Hence, lim e 2 
e
n 

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – I
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 23-12-2021
answer.

AITS-FT-I-PCM-JEE(Main)/2022 2
SECTION – A
1. A ball of mass m = 1kg is hung vertically by a thread of length  =

1.50 m. Upper end of the thread is attached to the ceiling of a trolley
of mass M = 4kg. Initially, trolley is stationary and it is free to move 1.50m
along horizontal rails without friction. A shell of mass m = 1kg, moving m M
m
horizontally with velocity v0 = 6 ms–1, collides with the ball and gets stuck v0
with it. As a result, thread starts to deflect towards right. Calculate its
maximum deflection with the vertical. (g = 10 ms–2)
(A) 37
(B) 53
(C) 30
(D) 60
Ans. A
Sol. When shell strikes the ball and gets stuck with it, combined body of mass 2m starts to move to
the right. Let velocity of combined body (just after collision) be v 1.
According to law of conservation of momentum,
v
(m + m) v1 = mv0 or v1 = 0 = 3 ms–1.
2
As soon as the combined body starts to move rightwards, thread becomes inclined to the vertical.
Horizontal component of its tension retards the combined body while trolley accelerates
rightwards due to the same component of tension.
Inclination of thread with the vertical continues to increase till velocities of both (combined body
and trolley) become identical or combined body comes to rest relative to trolley. Let velocity at
that instant of maximum inclination of thread be v. According to law of conservation of momentum
(2m + M) v = 2m.v 1 or v = 1 ms–1
During collision of ball and shell, a part of energy is lost. But after that, there is no loss of energy.
Hence, after collision, kinetic energy lost is used up in increasing gravitational potential energy of
the combined body.
If maximum inclination of thread with the vertical be  then according to law of conservation of
energy,
1 1
(2m) v12 – (2m + M) v2
2 2
= 2mg ( –  cos )
cos  = 0.8 or  = 37°

3 AITS-FT-I-PCM-JEE(Main)/2022
  
2. The torque (  r  F ) of a force F = –3 î + ˆj +5 k̂ acting at the point r = 7 î + 3 ˆj + k̂ is -
(A) 14 î – 38 ˆj + 16 k̂
(B) 4 î + 4 ˆj + 6 k̂
(C) –21 î + 4 ˆj + 4 k̂
(D) –14 î + 34 ˆj – 16 k̂
Ans. A
Sol. The torque is defined as

=r×F
î ˆj k̂
r×F= 7 3 1
3 1 5
3 1 1 7 7 3
= î + ˆj + k̂
1 5 5 3 3 1
= î (15 – 1) + ĵ (–3 – 35) + (7– (–9))
= 14 î – 38 ĵ + 16 k̂
3. In a two slit experiment with monochromatic light, fringes are obtained on a screen placed at
some distance from the plane of slits. If the screen is moved by 5 × 10–2 m towards the slits, the
change in fringe width is 3 × 10–5 cm. If the distance between the slits is 10–3 m, calculate the
wavelength of the light used.
(A) 4500 Å
(B) 3000 Å
(C) 9000 Å
(D) 6000 Å
Ans. D
Sol. The fringe–width is given by

D D'
= and  =
2d 2d
Where is the wavelength of light used, D is the distance of the screen from the two slits and 2 d
is the separation between two slits.
(D  D' )
Now –  =
2d

(  ' ) 2d
=
D  D'
(3  10 5 )(10 3 )
=
5  10 2
= 0.6 × 10–6 m = 6000 Å
 2
4. A certain physical quantity is calculated from the formula (a – b2) h, where h, a and b are all
3
length. The quantity being calculated is-
(A) Velocity
(B) Length
(C) Area
(D) Volume
Ans. D
Sol. Given quantity is = (a2 – b2) h

dimension of h = [L]
dimensions of a2 – b2 = [L2 – L2] = L2
Therefore the dimensions of the given quantity are [L3]. Thus the quantity being measured is
volume
5. A point object O is placed at a distance of 0.3 m from a convex

lens (focal length 0.2 m) cut into two halves each to which is
displacement by 0.005 m as shown in fig. Find the position of the
image. Find the distance between the images.
(A) 0.003 m
(B) 0.002 m
(C) 0.004 m
(D) 0.001 m
Ans. A
Sol. The image formation is shown in fig.

The rays through optical centres O1 and O2 pass undeflected. The image of O are formed at 1
and 2 due to upper and lower lenses respectively.
The number of images formed = two
1 1 1
For a convex lens, – =
v u f
Here u = – 0.3 m and f = 0.2 m
1 1 1 1 1 1
= + =– + =
v u f 0 .3 0.2 0.6
u = 0.6 m
Let d be the distance between the two images 1 and 2. From  OO1O2 and  1 2, we have
d uv
=
O1O 2 u
d 0.3  0.6
or =
0.0005  0.0005 0 .3
Solving we get d = 0.003 m
6. A truck starts from rest with an acceleration of 1.5 metre/sec2 while a car 150 metre behind starts
from rest with an acceleration of 2 metre/sec2. How long will it take before both the truck and car
to be side by side, and how much distance is travelled by each?
(A) 2.45 sec
(B) 5 sec
(C) 24.5 sec
(D) 5.3 sec
Ans. C
Sol. Let x be the distance travelled by the truck when both truck and car are side by side. The
distance travelled by the car will be
(x + 150) as the car is 150 metre behind the truck. Applying the formula
s = ut + (1/2) a t2, we have
x = 1/2 × (1.5) t2 ..........(1)
and (x + 150) = (1/2) × (2) t2 ..........(2)
Here t is the common time.
From eqs. (1) and (2) we have
x  150 2
= =
x 1 .5
Solving we get x = 450 metre (truck) and
x + 150 = 600 metre (car).
Substituting the value of x in eq. (1),
we get 450 = 1/2 (1.5) t2
450  2
t= = 600 = 24.5 sec.
1.5
Hence correct answer is (C)

7. The back side of the truck which is moving with 40 km/h

has shining surface. The surface can be treated as a
plane mirror. A motorist trying to overtake the truck from
behind is moving with speed of 100 km/h. Find the 100 Km / h
v = 40 Km / h
velocity of the image of motorist observed to himself and
to a person standing on the roadside.
(A) 10 kmph
(B) 30 kmph
(C) 20 kmph
(D) 5 kmph
Ans. C
Sol. Velocity of object = 100 km/h.

Velocity of mirror = 40 km/h
Due to velocity of mirror the image will move towards right with double the velocity i.e., 80 km/h.
and due to the motion of the object the image will move with velocity 100 km/h towards left.
Hence net velocity of the image is 100 – 80 = 20 kmph towards left.
Velocity of image observed to the motorist = 20 + 100 = 120 kmph towards left.
Velocity of image observed to the standing person = 20 kmph.
8. In the position 1 (figure) the spring of constant K is undeformed. F

 2
Find the work done by the force F (which is always directed along a
0
the tangent to the smooth hemi spherical surface) on the small a 1
block of mass m to shift it from the position 1 to position 2 slowly.
2
KR 2  0
(A) mg R sin θ 0 +
2
(B) mg R sin θ 0
KR 2 0 2
(C) mg R sin θ 0 +
4
(D) Zero
Ans. A
Sol. Let us locate the block at an arbitrary angular position  < 

 
dW = F . dr = Fds = F (Rd) ...(1)
Now from the condition of equilibrium of the block, we have
F = mg cos  + KR  ...(2)
from eq. (1) & (2)
dW = mg R cos  d + KR2  d
Hence the sought work

0 0
W=  dW =  0
cos  d  KR 2  0
 d
KR 2  0 2
W = mg R sin  +
2
9. The ionization potential of Li++ ion is 122.4 V. Find the value of its first excitation potential.
(A) 91.8v
(B) 45.9 V
(C) 122.4V
(D) 28.4 V
Ans. A
Sol. According to given data, ionization energy of Li++ ion is 122.4 eV
Excitation energy of this ion

1 1 
= 122.4  2 – 2 
1 2 
 1
= 122.4 1 – 
 4
3
= 122.4 × eV
4
Eex = 91.8 eV
Hence, the value of the first excitation potential
= 91.8 V
10. A rigid body is made of three identical thin rods, each of length L
fastened together in the form of the letter H. The body is free to rotate
about a horizontal axis that runs along the length of one of the legs of
the H. The body is allowed to fall from rest from a position in which the
plane of the H is horizontal. What is the angular speed of the body
3 g
when the plane of H is vertical
2 L
5 g
(A)
2 L
3 g
(B)
2 L
3 g
(C)
4 L
g
(D)
L

Ans. B
Sol. Moment of inertia of the system about the given axis

I = IA + IB + IC
Now as rod is thin
IA = m x 02 = 0
Rod B is rotating about one end
IB = ML2 / 3
And for rod C all points are always at distance L from the axis of rotation, so
IC = mL2 =ML2
I = 0 + (ML2 / 3) + ML2 = 4ML2 / 3
So if  is the desired angular speed, gain in kinetic energy due to rotation of H from horizontal to
vertical position.
1 1 4 
KR = I2 =  ML2   2
2 2  3 
And loss in potential energy of the system in doing so
L 3
= 0 + Mg + MgL = MgL
2 2
So by conservation of mechanical energy
(2 / 3) ML22 = (3/2) MgL
3 g
or =
2 L
A radioactive sample has 6.0  10 active nuclei at a certain instant. How many of these nuclei
18
11.
will still be in the same active state after two half-lives?
(A) 3 1018
(B) 1.5 1018
(C) 0.75  1018
(D) 6 1018
Ans. B
Sol. In one half-life the number of active nuclei reduces to half the original number. Thus, in two half-
1 1
lives the number is reduced to     of the original number. The number of remaining active
 2  2
1 1
nuclei is, therefore, 6.0 × 1018 ×   ×   = 1.5 × 1018
2
   2

12. One solid sphere, having mass 1kg & diameter 0.3m is suspended from a wire. If the twisting
couple per unit twist for the wire is 6 × 10–3 N-m/radian, then the time period of small oscillations
will be:
(A) 0.7 sec
(B) 7.7 sec
(C) 77 sec
(D) 777 sec
Ans. B
I
Sol. T = 2 ......(1)
C
2
= MR2 ......(2)
5
By equation (1) & (2)
2 MR 2
T = 2
5C
given, M = 1kg
R = 0.15 m
C = 6 × 10–3 N-m/rad.
T=?
0.4  1 (0.15) 2
T = 6.28
6  10 3
9  10 3
T = 6.28 = 6.28 × 1.5
6  10 3
T = 7.7 sec.
13. Find the constant b in Moseley’s equation  = a (Z – b) from the following data.
Element Z Wavelength of KaX-ray
Mo 42 71 pm
Co 27 178.5 pm
(A) 1.43
(B) 1.11
(C) 1
(D) 1.37
Ans. D
Sol. Moseley’s equation is

 = a (Z – b).

c
Thus = a(Z1 – b) …(i)
1
c
and = a (Z2 – b) …(ii)
2
Using equations (i) and (ii), we get
 1 1 
c   = a (Z1 – Z2)
 
 1 2 
 1c 1 
a=  

( Z1  Z 2 ) 
 1 2 
Putting given values

a = 5.06 × 107 Hz
Dividing equation (i) by (ii), we get
Z b
2
= 1
1 Z2  b
178.5 42  b
=
71 27  b
b = 1.37
14. A 70 cm long sonometer wire is in unison with a tuning fork. If the length of the wire is decreased
by 1.0 cm, it produces 4 beats per sec. with the same tuning fork. Find the frequency of the tuning
fork -
1
(A) 276 sec
1
(B) 272 sec
1
(C) 269 sec
1
(D) 280 sec
Ans. A
Sol. Let the frequency of the fork be n. In the first case, the length of the wire is 70 cm (0.70 m).
Therefore,
1 T
n= ...(1)
2  0.70 m
On decreasing the length of the wire, its frequency will increase. Hence in the second case when
the length is 69 cm = 0.69 m, then
1 T
n+4= ...(2)
2  0.69 m
dividing equation (1) by (2), we get
n 0.69

n 4 0.70
n × 0.70 = (n + 4) × 0.69

4  0.69
n= = 276 sec–1
0.01
15. Mr. Sanjay wants to calculate the current and power dissipated in an LCR series circuit. He connected
100W resistance to an AC source of 200 V and angular frequency 300 radian/sec. When he removed
only the capacitance, the current was found to be lagging behind the voltage by 60°. While on
removing the inductance he found, the current leading the voltage by 60°. Find the value of current
and the power dissipated obtained by him
(A) 200 Watt
(B) 100 Watt
(C) 400 Watt
(D) 300 Watt
Ans. A
L 1 / C
Sol. tan 60º = , tan 60º = .
R R
1
L = .
C
impedance of the circuit,
1
 2  1  2
2
Z =  R   L    = R.
  C  
Current in the circuit,
V V 200
i0 = 0 = 0 = = 2 ampere.
Z R 100
1
Average power, P = V0 i0 cos .
2
 L  1 / C
But tan = = 0, cos = 1.
R
1
P = × 200 × 2 × 1 = 200
2
16. The length of a wire between the two ends of a sonometer is 105 cm. Where the two bridges
should be placed so that the fundamental frequencies of the three segments are in the ratio of
1:3:15.
(A) 75 cm, 25 cm,
(B) 25 cm, 75 cm,
(C) 75 cm, 100 cm,
(D) None of these
Ans. C

Sol. From the law of length of stretched string, we have n11 = n22 = n33
Here n1 : n2 : n3 = 1 : 3 : 15
 1 n1 3 1 n 3
 = and  = 15/1
2 n2 1  3 n1
 
 2  1 and  3  1
3 15
The total length of the wire is 105 cm.
Therefore 1 + 2 + 3 = 105
1 1 21 1
or 1 + + = 105 or = 105
3 15 15
105  15
1 = = 75 cm.
21
 75
2 = 1 = = 25 cm
3 3
 75
3 = 1 = = 5 cm
15 15
Hence the bridge should be placed at 75 cm and (75 + 25) = 100 cm from one end.
17. In an LR circuit as shown in fig. when the switch is closed how much L R
time will it take the current to grow a value (where  < 1)

R
S e
1
(A) (L/R) In

1
(B) (L/R) In
1 
1
(C) (2L/R) In

(D) None of these
Ans. B
Sol. We know that

i= (1– e t/ )
R
i= (given)
R
n
= (1 – e–t / )
R R
or e–t/ = 1–

1
or t= In
1
18. An infinite number of charges each equal to q are placed along the x-axis at x = 1, x = 2, x = 4,
x = 8 ...... and so on. Find the electric field at the point x = 0 due to this set of charges.
1 2 
(A)
4 0
 3 q 
1 8 
(B)
4 0
 3 q 
1 4 
(C)
4  3 q
0  
1 5 
(D)
4 0
 3 q 
Ans. C
Sol. As potential V and intensity E due to a point charge at position x are respectively given by-
q q q q q
x=01 2 4 8 16
1 q q q 
E=
4 12  2 2  4 2  ...
0  
q  1 1 1 
=
4 1  4  16  64 ....
0  
i.e.,
q 1 1 4 
E=
4
=
[1  (1 / 4)] 4  3 q
0 0  
A large plane charge sheet having surface charge density   2.0  10 C/m lies in the X-Y
6 2
19.
plane. Find the flux of the electric field through a circular area of radius 1 cm lying completely in
the region where x, y, z are all positive and with its normal making an angle of 60° with the Z-axis.
2
(A) 15 N- m /C
2
(B) 12.5 N- m /C
2
(C) 17.5 N- m /C
(D) None of these
Ans. C

Sol. The electric field near the plane charge sheet is E = /2 0 in the direction away from the sheet. At
the given area, the field is along the Z-axis.
The area = r2 = 3.14 × 1 cm 2
= 3.14 × 10–4 m2.
The angle between the normal to the area and the field is 60º.
 
Hence, the flux = E . S = ES cos

= pr2 cos 60º
2 0
2.0  10 6 C / m 2
= ×
2  8.85  10 12 C 2 / N  m 2
1
(3.14 × 10–4m2)
2
= 17.5 N-m2/C
20. Seven capacitors each of capacitance 2 mF are to be connected in a configuration to obtain an

effective capacitance of 10/11 mF . Which of the combination(s) shown in figure will achieve the
desired result?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Ans. A
SECTION – B
21. A point charge is placed outside a spherical shell as shown in the figure.
Find the electric potential (in kilo volt) on the surface of shell R
(Take: q=1μc and R=50cm ) q
2R
Ans. 00009.00
Sol. Field inside the shell is zero, so potential is uniform

kq
V= =9 kilo volts
2R

22. A spring block system is placed on a horizontal rough surface 4

as shown in the figure. The block is given velocity when the V= 10m/s
5
spring is in natural length. The total distance travelled by the k=50 N/m
2 5kg
block before it finally comes to rest is meters. Find the
k
value of k  =3/5
Ans. 00005.00
2
3
 50  x    50 x 2   0   5  10 
1 1 4
Sol.
5 2  2 5 
2
25x 2  30 x  16  0 x= meters
5
2 3
So at maximum compression spring force =50   =20N and friction force =  50   30 N .
5 5
Hence the block will not move so distance  2 / 5m .
23. A small spherical ball of density same as that of liquid is released

from rest in a vessel filled completely with a liquid and accelerating
with acceleration 5iˆ  5 ˆj m / s as shown in the figure. Find the y
initial acceleration of ball just after the release with respect to
x
vessel.

Ans. 00000.00
24. A ball is projected from the point O with velocity 20 m/s at an

20m/s A
angle of 60° with horizontal as shown in figure. At highest point
of its trajectory it strikes a smooth plane of inclination 30° at
point A. The collision is perfectly inelastic. The maximum height 60º 30º
75 O
from the ground attained by the ball is meter . Find the value
k
of k ? (g = 10 m/s2)
Ans. 00004.00
25. In the figure shown, pulley and spring are ideal and strings are light and
inextensible. Initially all the bodies are at rest when string connecting A and B is
cut. Find initial acceleration of C.
m A
C 2m
m B
Ans. 00000.00

26. A small ball of mass M=1kg is attached to two identical springs of constant
10 0N/m , which are attached to floor and roof. The springs are initially 1m
unstretched. By what distance ball comes down to attain equilibrium? (in cm) M
Ans. 00005.00
27. In YDSE, when a glass plate of refractive index 1.5 of thickness t is placed in the path of one of
the interfering beams of wavelength , intensity at the position where central maximum occurred
previously remain unchanged. If the minimum thickness of the glass plate is k  . Find the value
of k ….
Ans. 00002.00
Sol. t   1  t 1.5  1   t=2
28. If the ionization potential of hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV , the energy required to remove from the
third orbit of hydrogen atom is k/2eV . Find the value of k …..
Ans. 00003.00
Sol. Energy required removing the electron from the third orbit
13.6
 2
eV  1.5 eV = 1.5  1.6  10–19J = 3 eV
3
29. When an object is at a distance 3meters and 1meters from the optical centre of a convex lens,
a real and virtual images are formed respectively, with the same magnification. Find the focal
length of the lens (in meters)
Ans. 00002.00
f f u1  u2
Sol.   u 2  f  u1  f f  2
 u1  f  u 2  f  2
30. A man observes a coin placed at the bottom of a beaker which 1.2 3.6cm
contains two immiscible liquids of refractive indices 1.2 and 1.4 as 1.4
shown in the figure. Find the depth of the coin below the surface, as 7cm
observed from above. coin
Ans. 00008.00
3.6 7
Sol. d  8
1.2 1.4

SECTION – A
31. In which of the following reactions tertiary butyl benzene is formed?
(A) (B)
+Me3C-OH+BF3 +Me 2 C=CH 2 +H 2SO 4
(C) (D) All of these

+Me 2 CH-CH 2 Cl+AlCl 3
Ans. D
32. In equilibrium:

SCN  aq   Fe 3  aq  
  Fe  SCN  2    aq 
 
colourless yellow
If thiocyanate ions are added in equilibrium mixture
(A) The solution becomes colourless
(B) The yellow colour of solution deepens.
(C) The red colour of the solution deepens.
2
(D) Concentration of  Fe  SCN   ion will decrease.
Ans. C
33.  i  BH 3  THF
 ii  H 2O2 /OH 
CH3
(A) (B)
CH3 H OH
OH CH3 H
(C) (D) OH
CH3 H
CH3
H
OH OH

Ans. B
Sol. Anti-markownikoff addition of H2O and syn-mechanism
34. Which of the following is incorrect?
(A) The heats of hydration of the dipositive alkaline earth metal ions decrease with an
increase in their ionic size
(B) NaNO3 forms Na2O2 on heating
(C) Hydration of alkali metal ion is less than that of IIA group
(D) Alkaline earth metal ions, because of their much larger charge to size ratio, exert a much
stronger electrostatic attraction on the oxygen of water molecule surrounding them.
Ans. B
35. Referring to figure, identify the three spots obtained by electrophoresis at p H  7 of a mixture of
the proteins pepsin p I
 1.1 haemoglobin  p I  6.8  and Lysozyme  p I  11.0  :
Start
 +  electrode     - electrode
A B C
Which of the following options are correct about position of various proteins?
(A) Lysozyme will be present at spot A
(B) pepsin will be present at spot B
(C) pepsin will be present at spot A
(D) haemoglobin will be present at spot C
Ans. C
36. Which of the following is incorrect statement/reaction?
(A) N N
+ aq.HCl
+
N N Cl
H H H
(B)
is less basic than
N N
H
(C) N
N
purine has 3 N's as basic sites
N N
H

(D) E
+ E
E +
N N
H N
H H  very minor product 
 major product 
Ans. A
37. Which of the following statement about diffusion of gas is true?
(A) Rate of diffusion of a gas will increase if an inert gas is added to gaseous mixture and
allowed to diffuse through a pin hole
(B) Rate of effusion of O2 is 2 times that of SO 2 , for every composition of O2 and SO 2

mixture
(C) Rate of effusion decrease on increasing the temperature
(D) All are true
Ans. C
1
Sol. Rate of effusion
T
38. Which of the following carboxylic acid could be resolved by reaction with an enantiomerically pure
chiral amine?
(A) COOH (B) NO 2 COOH

NO 2
HOOC NO 2
O 2N
COOH
(C) NO2 HOOC (D) COOH
COOH O 2N NO 2
Ans C
Sol. NO2 HOOC
is optically active
COOH O 2N

39. 2, 7-Octanedione on treatment with aq. KOH and 100°C produces?
(A) O (B) O
(C) O (D) O
Ans. B
40. The compound which gives Carbylamine reaction.
(A) H3C (B) H3C

NH
H2N CH3 CH3
(C) NO2 (D) H3C

NH2
O
Ans. A
Sol. Primary amines give Carbylamine test.
41. Which of the following combinations are correct for a binary solution, in which the solute and
solvent are liquid?
(A) C6 H 6 and C6 H 5CH 3 ; ΔH sol >ΔVsol =0
(B) O
H3C C CH3 and CHCl ;ΔH <0;ΔV <0

3 sol sol
(C) H 2 O and HCl; ΔH sol >0;ΔVsol <0
(D) H 2 O and C2 H 5OH; ΔH sol <0; ΔVsol >0
Ans. B

3 3
42. Crystal field splitting energy   0  of complexes CrCl6  3 , Cr  CN 6  and Cr  NH 3 6 
are x, y and z cm1 respectively. Then correct order 0 values is:
(A) x yz
(B) xz y
(C) x y z
(D) x z y
Ans. B
43. Optical isomerism is not shown by the complex:
3
(A) Cr  ox 3 

(B) Cis Co  en  2 Cl2 

(C) Trans Co  en  2 Cl2 
3
(D) Cr  en 3 
Ans. C
44. Consider the following sequence of reaction:

ΔH 5
H 4 H1 H 2 H 3
X   X    X    X 2   X 3
ΔH 6
If electronic configuration of element X is  Ne 3s1 , then which of the following order is incorrect
regarding given enthalpies?
(A) ΔH 4 = ΔH5
(B) ΔH 2 > ΔH1
(C) ΔH 2 > ΔH3
(D) ΔH1 = ΔH 6

Ans. C
Sol. When a reaction is reversed, magnitude of enthalpy change remains same.
45. Which of the following does not represent the correct sequence of property indicated?
(A) Sc3+ > Cr3+ > Fe3+ > Mn3+ - Stability of +3 ions
(B) Sc < Ti < Cr < Mn – number of oxidation states
(C) Mn2+ < Ni2+ < CO2+ < Fe2+ - Magnetic moment
(D) FeO > CoO > NiO > CuO – Basic nature
Ans. C
Sol. Magnetic moment sequence is Mn2+ (3d5) > Fe2+ (3d6) > Co2+ (3d7) > Ni2+ (3d8)]
46. Which plot is the adsorption isobar for chemisorption?
(A) (B)
x x
m m
T T
(C) (D)
x x
m m
T T
Ans. C
Sol. Chemisorption increases with increase in temperature initially and then decreases.
47. Which of the following reaction is non-redox?
(A) 2NaNO 3 
 2NaNO 2 +O 2
(B) KCl+NaNO 3 
 KNO 3 +NaCl
(C) Fe+H 2SO 4 

 FeSO 4 +H 2
-
(D)  4  Ag  CN  2  +4OH -
4Ag+8CN - +O 2 +H 2 O 
Ans. B

Sol. Oxidation state of all species remain unchanged so it is not redox
48. Find the correct order of reactivity of carbonyl groups with LiAlH 4 :
O O
RO C
 D
A
C
CHO
 BCOCl
(A) A>B>C>D
(B) B>C>D>A
(C) D>C>B>A
(D) B>D>C>A
Ans. B
Sol. Reactivity of carbonyl compounds follow the order acid chlorides > aldehydes > ketones > ester
49. Product of reaction is:

+
OH N NCl 
+ 
OH

-
OCH3
(A) OH (B)
N N
H3OC
OCH3
(C) OH (D)
N N N N
HO
OCH3
Ans. C

Sol. OH  Converts phenol to phenoxide ion which is strongly activating so attack occurs at ortho
position w.r.t. hydroxyl group
50. A sulphide of a metal M with formula MS is white coloured ppt which is soluble in acidic
solution  pH<6  . Metal cation M is:
(A) Pb 2
(B) Zn 2
(C) Hg 2+
(D) Cu 2
Ans. B
Sol. ZnS is white coloured ppt which is soluble in acidic solution below pH=6
SECTION – B
X+Y+Z
51. Calculate value of , here X is O  N  O bond angle in NO3 Y is O  N  O bond
10

angle in NO2 and Z is F  Xe  F adjacent bond angle in XeF4 .
Ans. 00039.00
Sol. X=120 (sp2-hybridization)

Y=180 (sp-hybridization)
3 2
Z=90 (sp d -hybridization)
120  180  90 390
  39
10 10
 
n
52. The overall charge present on the cyclic silicate anion Si 6 O18 is___
Ans. 00012.00
Given silicate anion is  SiO3  

2
Sol.
 6
n  12
53. How many of the following molecules or ions have sp3d hybridisation of their central atom ?
I3 ,SbF6 ,F3 ,ClO3 , XeO 2F2 , XeO 64  ,SF4

Ans. 00003.00
Sol. I3 , XeO2F2 ,SF4
54. For the reactions

 i  A k
P I
 ii  B K
 Q,following observation is made
II
2M 2M
Concentration Concentration
1M 1M
0.5M  A  B
30 60 30
Time  min  Time  min 
kI
Calculate , where k I and k II and rate constant for the respective reaction:
K II
Ans. 00000.69
55. One mole of a real gas is subjected to a process from (2 bar, 30 L, 300 K) to (2 bar, 40 L, 500 K).
The molar heat capacity of gas at constant pressure is 40J/K mol. What is the change in internal
energy (in kJ) of the gas in this process?
Ans. 00006.00
56. A saturated solution of silver benzoate, AgOCOC6 H 5 , has pH of 8.6 Ka for benzoic acid is
5.0×105 . The value of K sp for silver benzoate is x 103 . Then the value of x is?
 log 2  0.3
Ans. 00006.40
57. P4 +HNO 3   H 3 PO 4 +NO 2   H 2 O

Product mixture is titrated with 0.1M NaOH , indicator shows colour change at second end
point and 100ml of NaOH is used for that. How much volume (in mL) of 1M HNO3 is used
is above reaction?
Ans. 00025.00
Sol. P4  20 HNO3 
 4 H 3 PO4  20 NO2  4 H 2O
100  0.1
m. moles of NaOH  2  m. moles of H 3 PO4 m. moles H 3 PO4  5
2
20
m. moles of HNO3   5  25
4
Volume of HNO3  25 ml

58. Potassium crystallizes in BCC lattice with a unit cell length a  5.0 Å . What is the distance
(in Å ) between next nearest neighbours?
Ans. 00005.00
59. The dissociation constant of a weak acid is 1.6×105 and molar conductivity at infinite dilution is
380  104 Sm 2 mol1 . If the cell constant is 0.01m1 the conductance (in S ) of 0.01M acid
solution is____
Ans. 00001.52
Ka 1.6  105
Sol.  
C 0.01
K×1000
λ m =αλ °m = when λ m is in Scm 2 mol-1
molarity
K
G=
cell constant
60. For 3s orbital of hydrogen atom, the normalised wave function is

3/ 2 r
1  1   18r 2r 2  3 a0
 3s     27   2 e
81 3  a0   a0 a0 
d
If distance between the radial nodes is d, calculate the value of
1.73a0
Ans. 00003.00

SECTION – A
3x2  4 x  1
61.  dx is equal to:
 x2  1
2
x 1
x 1
(A) c
x 1
2
2 x 1
(B)  c
x2  1
2
(C)
 x  1 x  1
2
x
(D) c
 x  1 x  1
2
Ans. B
3x2  4 x  1
Sol.  dx
 x 2  1
2
x 1
4 x2  4 x  x 2  1
 dx
x  1
2
2
x 1
x  x  1 dx dx
 4 
x 2
 1
2
x 1  x  1 x  1
2
x  x  1 dx  
4  2 x  1 1 2 x.2 x  1 .dx 
.  x2 1 2
 x2  1 x  1  x  1   
2 2

x  x  1 dx 2 x 1
 4  2
 x 2  1 x  1 x  1
2
2 x  1
 c
x2 1

62. The general solution of the differential y xy  x  y   2 2 2

  dx  y 3  x  x 2  y 2  dy is:
2
y 1
(A)  2 c
x x  y2
x 1 x y
(B)  ln c
y 2 x y
2x 1
(C)  2 c
y x  y2
2x 1
(D)  2 c
y x  y2
Ans. C
Sol.  2

y xy   x 2  y 2  .dx  y 3  x  x 2  y 2  dy
2
xy 2 dx  y  x 2  y 2  dx  y 3dy  x  x 2  y 2  dy
2 2
y 2  xdx  ydy    x 2  y 2   ydx  xdy 

2
2  ydx  xdy 
xdx  ydy   x 2  y 2 
y2
2  xdx  ydy  2  ydx  xdy 

x  y 2 2 2 y2
d x  y  2
x
2
 x  y  2 d  y 
 
2 2 2
1 2x
 C
x y
2 2
y
2x 1
 2 C
y x  y2
63. In how many ways can the letters of the word ARRANGE be arranged so that the two A’s are
always together and two R’s are never together.
(A) 240
(B) 260
(C) 300
(D) 340

Ans. A
64. The equation of a circle whose diameter is the common chord of the circle
x 2  y 2  4 x  8 y  5  0 and x 2  y 2  12 x  2 y  29  0 is:
(A) 41x 2  41 y 2  396 x  38 y  781  0
(B) 2 x 2  2 y 2  16 x  6 y  25  0
(C) 41x 2  41 y 2  396 x  38 y  781  0
(D) 17 x 2  17 y 2  300 x  154 y  901  0
Ans. A
Sol. C :  x 2 y 2  4 x  8 y  5     x 2  y 2  12 x  2 y  29   0
 2  6 4   
Centre :  , 
 1  1  
Common chord 4 x  5 y  17  0
Centre lies on common chord
29

12
 1  6  29 / 12  4  29 / 12 
centre  , 
 1  29 / 12 1  29 / 12 
 198 19 
centre  , 
 41 41 
11
65.  0
3
1  cos 2 x dx is equal to:
11 3
(A)
2
3
(B) 8 2
2
3
(C) 8 2
2
22
(D)
3

Ans. B
11
Sol.  0
3
1  cos 2 x .dx
11
 3
2 cos x .dx
0
3 3  2 /3
 2 cos x .dx   2 cos x dx
0 3
 2  /3
3 2  cos x .dx  2  cos x .dx
0 0
 /2  /2 2 /3
 6 2
0
 cos x  dx  2
0
cos x.dx  2 
 /2
cos x.dx
 3
6 2 2  2
2
3
 2
2
 
66. Consider the vectors a  2iˆ  ˆj  2kˆ and b  3iˆ  ˆj  kˆ . A parallelogram is constructed such
   
that its diagonal are along 2a  b and a  2b . The area of the parallelogram is:
(A) 9 5 sq. units
9 10
(B) sq. units
2
(C) 9 10 sq. units
(D) 18 5 sq. units
Ans. B
 
Sol. 2a  b  iˆ  3 ˆj  5kˆ
 
a  2b  4iˆ  4 ˆj  4kˆ
1   
Area of 
2


2a  b  a  2b   
  
 
 
2a  b  a  2b  3iˆ  24 ˆj  15kˆ 
9 10
Area 
2

π  π  π 
tan  +α  tan  +β  tan  +γ 
67. Let 4  4   4  .Then 12 sin 2  α-β   15sin 2  β-γ   7 sin 2  γ-α  is
5 3 2
equal to?
1
(A) 
2
1
(B)
2
(C) 1
(D) 0
Ans. D
Sol. Taking first two

tan  / 4    5

tan  / 4    3
cos     8
 4
sin     2
cos      4 sin            1
Similarly
cos       sin             2 
3cos       7 sin            3 
After marking sin 2 terms
1   2    3
Then,
12 sin 2      15sin 2       7 sin       0
1 2
68. The angle of intersection of the curves y  1  x 
cos x
 sin x and y=
2
 x +x+2 at  h,k 
where h and k are integers, is  , then tan  equals:
3
(A)
4
4
(B)
3
(C) 1
(D) 0

Ans. A
Sol. At x  0, y  1 for both curves intersect

Now y  1  x 
cos x
 sin x
dy
 2 at x  0
dx
1 2
And y   x  x  2 
2
dy 1
 at x  0
dx 2
1
Now m1  2, m2 
2
2  1/ 2 3/ 2 3
tan   
1   2 1 / 2  2 4
69. A plane 2 x  3 y  6 z  12 intersects the x-axis, y-axis and z-axis at A, B, C respectively. The
orthocentre of the triangle ABC is:
 24 36 72 
(A)  , , 
 49 49 49 
 36 72 27 
(B)  , , 
 49 49 49 
 24 16 1 
(C)  , , 
 49 49 49 
 36 72 24 
(D)  , , 
 49 49 49 
Ans. A
Sol. Now AH BC
Now D of AH    6,  ,  
r
A  6,0,0 
H  ,  ,  

B  0,4,0  C  0,0,2 
D of BC   0, 4, 2 
r
Now for 1 lines,

a1a2  b1b2  c1c2  0
0   6     4   2  0

4  2  0
2       1
Similarly
6  2  0       2 
6  4   0       3 
2
2   ; 
3
Now may lie on
2 x  3 y  6 z  12
2  3  6  12
 2 
2   3  6  2   12
 3 
4  9  36  36
49  36
36

49
24 72
Now,   and  
49 49
 ,  ,     , , 
24 36 72
 49 49 49 
    x 1
70. The domain of the function given by f  x  = log 3  log 1  log 2  log 1  x      is:
  
 2   3    1  3x  4 x 2
 1
(A)  1, 
 3
1 1
(B)  , 
 4 3
1 1
(C)  , 
9 4
1 1
(D)  , 
9 3
Ans. C
Sol. 
f  x   log 3 log1/2  log 2  log1/3   

x 1
1  3x  4 x 2
Now, 1  3x  4 x2 0
4 x  3x  1  0
2
 4 x  1 x  1  0
x    1,1 / 4 
log1/ 2  log 2  log1/3  x    0
log 2  log1/3  x    1
log1/3  x   2
x 1/ 9
1
Now F  f  x   x x   1,1/ 4 
9
1 1
x , 
9 4
71. Let  and  be the roots of the equation x 2  13 x  5  0 . If S n   n    n ; n  , then the

S  13S12
value of 13 is equal to___
S11
(A) 13
(B) 13
(C) 5
(D) 5
Ans. C
S13  13S12
Sol.
S11
 13    13       13    12 

 11    11
 
5


 2 n

72. The value of cot cot 1  2 k3 
n 1 n k 1 
1
(A)
2
1
(B)
4
1
(C)
3
1
(D)
6
Ans. C
 n  1
2

1 1
Sol. cot cot 2  n 2
n 1 n 2

2
 cot tan 1
 n  1
2
n 1

 cot  tan  n  2  tan n 
1 1
h 1
 tan 1 3  tan 1 1 
 1 
sn   tan 4  tan 1 2 
 tan 1  n  2   tan 1 n 
 
 3n 2  7n 
sn  tan 1  2 
 n  9n  10 
s  tan 13
1 1
cot tan 13  cot cot 1
3 3
73. The graph of the function y  f  x  has a unique tangent at  , 0  . If

a
ln 1  9 f  x    sin f  x  
A  lima , then A n is equal to:
x  2 f  x n 1
1
(A)
3

1
(B)
2
(C) 4
1
(D)
4
Ans. A
 1 
 9 f '  x   cos  f  x   f '  x 
1  9 f  x  
Sol. lim a
x  2 f ' x
9 1
 4
2

1 1
4 n   2  ......
h 1 4 4
1

3
74. Let ar ' r  1, 2,3, 4 represent four positive real numbers other than unity such that
 1 
 log e ar ,  is a point on a circle whose abscissa of end of diameter are  and  ,
 log e , ar 
then the minimum value of a1  a2  a3  a4 is:
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 5
Ans. C
Sol. Centre  0,  f 
Equation of circle
x 2  y 2  2 fy  c  0
1  1 
 log a 
2
 2f  c  0
 log a 
e r 2
e r  log e ar 
 log ar   c  log ar   2 f  log ar   0

4 2
log a1 , log a2 , log a3 , log a4 are roots of equation

log  a1.a2 .a3 .a4   0

a1a2 a3 a4  1
a1  a2  a3  a4
 1
1/4
4
a1  a2  a3  a4  4
75. The chord of contact of tangents drawn from any point on the circle x 2  y 2  p 2 to the circle
x 2  y 2  q 2 touches the circle x 2  y 2  r 2 , then 2a  log e p, 4a  log e q, 6a  log e r are in (a
is real value):
(A) AP
(B) GP
(C) HP
(D) AGP
Ans. A
Sol. distance from (centre) to chord of contact

p cos   0  p sin   0  q 2
r
p
 0, 0 
r

p cos  , p sin 
chord of contact
p cos  x  p sin  y  q 2
q 2  rp
p, q, r areinGP
2a  log ep , 4a  log qe , 6 a  log er are in AP
76. If t1 ,t2 and t3 are distinct, the points  t1 , 2at1  at13  ,  t2 , 2at2  at23  and  t3 , 2at3  at33  are
4t1.6t2 .8t3
collinear, then is equal to:
2t1.3t2 .4t3
(A) 0
(B) 4
(C) 2
(D) 1

Ans. D
Sol. G.E. of line

Ax  By  C  0
At1  B  2at1  at13   c  0
Bat13   2aB  A  t1  c  0
Sum of roots
t1  t2  t3  0
2t1.2t2 .2t3  2  1
77. The area of the triangle formed by the linex  y  2 and angle bisectors of the pair of straight
lines x  y  2 y  1 is a and coordinate of orthocentre of triangle is  b , c  , then 4a  b  c is
2 2
equal to:
(A) 0
(B) 4
(C) 2
(D) 3
Ans. D
Sol. x2  y 2  2 y 1  0
x 2   y  1  0
2
 0, 2
1,1
 
 0,1
 2, 0 
 x  y  1 x  y  1  0
Angle bisector
x  y 1 x  y 1

2 2
x  y 1  x  y  1
x  y 1   x  y 1
y 1 x0
1 1
Area a   1 1 
2 2
Orthocentre  0,1 b  0, c  1
4a  b  c  2  0  1  3

z4 z z2 z4
78.
th
If z is the complex 5 root of unity, then 4    is:
z 1 1 z z2 1 z  z 4
(A) 2
(B) 0
(C) 4
(D) 1
Ans. A
Sol. z5  1
z5 z z2 z5
  
z5  z z  1 z 2  1 z 2  z5
1 z z2 1
   2  2
1 z 1 z z 1 z 1
 11  2
x 2 y2
If a tangent of slope 3 of the ellipse 2 + 2  1 is normal to the circle x  y  4 x  1  0 then
2 2
79.
a b
the maximum value of ab is:
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 6
Ans. D
Sol. Equation of tangent y  3 x 9a 2  b 2

This is normal to circle
x2  y2  4x  1  0
Panes – 1 brought  2, 0 
0  6 9a 2  b 2
36  9a 2  b2
AM  GM
9a 2  b 2
 9 a 2b 2
2
18  3ab
6  ab

x
80. If F  x    f  t  .dt and F x    x 1+x  , then value of f  4   n .
2 2
Then unit place of
0
 985697 
n2
is:
(A) 3
(B) 7
(C) 1
(D) 9
Ans. C
x
Sol. F  x  =  f  t dt
0
F  x 2  =  f  t dt
x2
 x 1  x 
2
Diff. both side

F '  x 2  .2 x  2 x  3x 2
3
f  x 2  =1+ x
2
x=2, f  4  =1+3x/2
3
x=2, f  4  =1+ ×2=4
2
Unit place  985697   1
16
SECTION – B
81. A nine digit number is formed from 1, 2,3, 4,5 such that product of all digits is always 1920 . The
total number of ways is 393  P  , where the value of r is________
9
r
Ans. 00002.00
9!
Sol. 1920  5  3  27  5  3  2  2  2  2  2  2  2   98
7!
9!
1920  5  3  4  2  2  2  2  2 1   98 7  6
5!

1920  3,5, 4, 4, 2, 2, 2,1,1

9!
2!2!3!
3,5, 4, 4, 4, 2,1,1,1
9!
3!3!
9! 9! 9! 9!
Total =   
7! 5! 2!2!3! 3!3!
9!
 1  42  210  140 
7!
=393 9 P2
5m
82. The sum  
20
i
30
5 m i , p
Cq   qp   0 if p  q , is maximum, then m equals________
i 0
Ans. 00005.00
Sol. 20c0  30c5 m  20c1  30c5 m 1

......  20c5 m  30c0
 1  x  1  x 
5m 20 30
Coeff of x
50
50c5m ,5m   25
2
m5
83. Let f  x  be a function such that f  x   f  x  2   3 f  x  1 for all x  R, then f is

periodic with period T. Then value of T is_______
Ans. 00012.00
Sol. f  x   f  x  2   3 f  x  1
x  x  2       1
f  x  2   f  x  14   3 f  x  3        2 
1   2 
f  x   2   x  2   f  x  14 
 3 f  x  1  f  x  3
 3 f  x  2
f  x   f  x  4   f  x  2
x  x  2       3
f  x  2   f  x  16   f  x  4      4 

 3   4 
f  x  f  x  6  0
f  x  6   f  x 
f  x  12    f  x  6 
 f  x
Period T  12
84. If the sum of first n terms of the A. P. 85,90,95,.... is equal to the sum of first 3n terms of the A.
P. 9,11,13,..., then n  10 equals_____
Ans. 00019.00
Let f be a continuous and differentiable function in  a , b  , if f  x  . f '  x   x 1  f  x   

4
85. and
1
lim  f  x    1 and lim  f  x   
2 2
. Then the minimum value of  a  b   80 is
2 2
x a x b 2
.  represent greatest integer function  :
Ans. 00081.00
f  x f ' x
Sol. Given x
1   f  x 
4
2 f  x f ' x
 2  0
1   f  x 
4
g  x   sin 1  f  x    x 2 is non decreasing function

2
Let
lim g  x   lim g  x 
x a  x b
 
 a 2   b2
2 6

a 2  b 2  ;  a 2  b 2   1
3
40
86. 
Let 1  x  x
2 20
  ak x k . If  a11   a10   a9 , where  ,  ,   then the value of
k 0
 
is___

Ans. 00002.00
40
20 1  x  x 2  1  2 x    ka x 1  x  x 
20 k 1 2
Sol. k
k 1

Equating coeff. Of x 10 on both side

20  a10  2a9   11a11  10a10  9a9
11a11  10a10  31a9
   31  11
 2
 10
If f  x  
3x 3 for all x  Q, then the value of  1   2   3   108  is.
87. f  f   f   ....  f 
31 x  3x  109   109   109   109 
Ans. 00002.00
1
Sol. f  x   f 1  x  
27
54
2
27
88. Let number of non-negative integral solutions of the inequality x  y  z  6 be m and number of
2n
natural solutions of the inequality x  y  z  t  10 be n, then find the value of is__
m
Ans. 00003.00
Sol. m= 9C3 n 9 C4
2n 2 9 C4 2  9! 6! 3! 2  6
 9   3
m C3 4! 5! 9! 4
89. Of the three independent events E1 ,E 2 and E3 , the probability that onlyE1 occurs is  , only E2
occurs is  and only E3 occurs is  . Let the probability p that none of events E1 ,E2 or E3 occurs
satisfy the equations ( -  )p=  and ( -3 )p=2 . All the given probabilities are assumed
to lie in the interval  0,1 .
Probability of occurrence of E1
Then 
Probability of occurrence of E 3
Ans. 00006.00
90. A line is drawn at an angle θ with positive direction of x-axis. It intersects the parabola
y  8 x at A and B. If AB is a normal chord which subtend a right angle at the vertex of the
2
2
parabola, then tan θ equals____
Ans. 00002.00
Sol. y 2  8x
Now, t1t2  4

2
And t2  t1 
t1
A

 at , 2at 
1
2
1
 0,0  

 at , 2at 
2
2 2
B
4 2
 t1 
t1 t1
t12  2
t12  2
y 2  4ax
dy 4ax

dx 2 y
dy 1

dx t
Slope of normal  t and tan
2
  t12  2

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – II
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 25-12-2021
answer.

AITS-FT-II-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. A cannon fires successively two shells with speed 10 m/s, the first at an angle 60 and the
second at an angle 45 to the horizontal in same plane. Find horizontal distance where firing
leads to collision of shells (take g = 10 m/s2 and 3  1.7 )
(A) 3m
(B) 5m
(C) 7m
(D) 9m
Ans. C
Sol. At the point of collision

1 gx 2 1 gx 2
x tan60   x tan 45  
2 u2 cos2 60 2 u2 cos2 45
gx
 (4  2)  3  1
2u2
u2
 x ( 3  1)  7 m
g
2. A ball is held at rest in position A and another identical ball is

released from rest in position B. The ratio of tension T1 and T2
is: (string connecting wall and ball A is horizontal)
30 30
T1 T2
A B
(A) 1
1
(B)
2
4
(C)
3
3
(D)
4

3 AITS-FT-II-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
Ans. C
Sol. T1 cos 30 = mg

and T2 = mg cos 30
T1 4
 sec 2 30 
T2 3
3. If there is air drag in the ascent of a ground to ground projectile:
(A) The magnitude of tangential acceleration increases while magnitude of normal

acceleration decreases.
(B) The magnitude of tangential acceleration decreases while magnitude of normal

acceleration increases
(C) Both increase
(D) Both decrease
Ans. B
Sol. Tangential acceleration = g sin   kv

Normal acceleration = gcos  
kv 90
g sin g cos
g
4. A particle moves along x-axis. Its velocity time graph is shwon in v

figure. The distance travelled by particle in 0 to 3s.
0 1 2 3 t
3 parabola
(A) zero
(B) 4m
(C) 8m
(D) 12m
Ans. C
Sol. Equation of parabola

v  3t 2  6t

2 3
Distance =  vdt   vdt  8m
0 2
5. In the given figure mass of block A is m and that B is 2m. They are A B
attached at the ends of spring and kept on horizontal surface. Now
m 2m
the spring is compressed by x0 and released. Find displacement of
x
block B by the time compression of the spring is reduced to 0 .  = 0.2  = 0.1
2
Assuem both are slipping in opposite directions together.
x0
(A)
3
x0
(B)
2
x0
(C)
6
x0
(D)
4
Ans. C
Sol. Since net force on the system of two blocks is zero.

x
x A  xB  0
2
mx A  2mxB
x0
 xB 
6
6. A pendulum bob of mass m with string length  can swing in a vertical plane. The bob is given an
initial velocity from lowermost point in horizontal direction such that tension in rope and speed of
pendulum becomes zero simultaneously. Find maximum height rise by pendulum.

(A)
2

(B)
3
(C) 
4
(D)
3
Ans. C

Sol. Given case is only possible for

u  2g
So, maximum height = 
7. A sheet ABCD has mass M. Sides AB and CD are parallel to each other
and perpendicular to BC. The perpendicular distance of mid point of AD
from side BC is half of length of BC then moment of inertia of sheet about A
axis AD is B
O

D
C
M 2
(A)
3
M 2
(B)
2
M 2
(C)
12
4M2
(D)
3
Ans. C
Sol. Plate is half of square plate

M 2
So, I  A
12 B
D
C
8. A uniform rod of m mass is hinged at and kept one end at initially

vertical at rest. It is disturbed slightly. The hinge force when rod is
about to hit ground.
3
(A) mg
2

1
(B) mg
4
37
(C) mg
4
41
(D) mg
4
Ans. C
Sol. Final angular velocity (MEC) Hy

1 m 2 2 
   Mg aC
2 3 2
 3g Hx
 2  mg
2 2
aC
Angular acceleration
 m 2  3g
Mg    
2 3 2 4
3mg mg 37
Hx  , Hy  H mg
2 4 4
9. Two spherical balls of radius 2r and r both having density are tied up
with light string and released in a viscous fluid of density  > with the
rope just taut. The tension in rope when spheres attain terminal velocity: 2r
3 3
(A) r (  )g
5
8 3
(B) r (  )g
3
10 3
(C) r (  )g
5
5 3
(D) r (  )g
3
Ans. B
Sol. At internal velocity Balancing forces

 
Mg   1  T  6(2r)v
 

 
mg   1  6rv  T
 
     
Mg   1  T  2 mg   1  T 
     
 M  2m    8 3
T   1 g  3 r (  )g
 3  
10. A planet of mass m revolves around sun of (mass M) along an elliptical orbit such that its
minimum and maximum distance from centre of the sun are r and 3r respectively. Its time period
of revolution will be
2r 3
(A) 4
GM
r3
(B) 2
GM
2r 3
(C) 
GM
 r3
(D)
2 GM
Ans. A
Sol. a + ae = 3r
a  ae = r
 a = 2r
2 3/2
T a
GM
11. Potential energy of a particle of mass 2kg is given as

x3
 2x
6
Initially particle is at equilibrium position, then time period for small oscillation about stabe
equilibrium position is
(A) 2 sec

(B) sec
2
4
(C) sec
3

(D) sec
3

Ans. A
Sol. At stable equilibrium

dF = 2dx
k=2
2
T  2  2 sec
2
12. Two moles of an ideal monoatomic gas undergoes into a process such that internal energy
depends on entropy S  ogeU . Molar specific heat of gas is
(A) 3
(B) 1
(C) 0.5
(D) 5
Ans. C
dU
Sol.  dS
U
dT dQ

T T
ncdT  dT
1
c
n
13. A point source is placed at 1 m perpendicular height of a square plate of side 2m from its center.
A source is producing sound with power 18 J. The amount of energy collected by plate per
second.
(A) 2J
(B) 3 J
(C) 0.18 J
(D) 0.1J
Ans. B
Sol. Similar to Gauss’s Law
14. A point charge 1 nC is placed at 50 cm from the centre of a

conducting shell of radius 20 cm having 3 nC charge. There
is a cavity in the solid sphere having a positive charge 2 nC. A P B
Due to system of shell potential at point P (AP = 10 cm) as
2nC
shown in the figure, is
(A) 27 V
(B) 45 V
(C) 49.5 V

(D) 22.5 V
Ans. C
 1 1 1 
Sol. Potential of shell due to spherical system at P =  9  109  10 9      49.5 V
 0.2 0.1 0.4 
Which is also potential of P.
15. In measurement of resistance by meter bridge. The resistivity of wire increases linearly. Then, the
percentage error is minimum when null point is at
(A) close to 50 cm
(B) close to 57 cm
(C) close to 45 cm
(D) close to 83 cm
Ans. B
 x2 
Sol. Q  P
 1002  x 2 
 
dQ 2dx 2xdx
 
Q x 1002  x 2
dQ
For minimum  x  57 cm
Q
16. Two conductors of same length and area of cross section i  3 i

are connected in series as shown in the figure. An electric
current i flows through them. The total charge accumulated
at junction would be ( and 2 are their resistivity)
(A) i0
(B) 2 i0
(C) 3 i0
(D) zero
Ans. B
Sol. E1 = J Q
E2 = 3J E1 E2
Q
 
0
 Q = 2 i0

17. Two co-axial current carrying loops having currents in I

 3I
opposite directions. Then value of  B.dx ,

where B is
 
magnetic field on x-axis will be
(A) 0I
(B) 20I
(C) 20I
(D) 0I
Ans. B

Sol. For one ring  Bdx   I

00
Due to opposite direction field will cancel out.
18. In the arrangement shown the maximum current in circuit when 4V0 V0
switch is closed.  + +  S
2C C
6C
(A) V0
L
C
(B) V0
L
V0 C
(C)
2 6L
V0 6C
(D)
2 L
Ans. A
Qmax 2CV0 3V0

Sol. maximum current =   +
LC 2C
L 2C/3
3
6C
= V0
L
L

20
19. A toroid has mean radius R  cm and a total of 400 turns of wire carrying a current of 2A. A

metallic ring at 300 K inside the toroid provides core. If the magnetization intensity I = 4.8  102
A/m the susceptibility of metal is:
(A) 2.4  105
(B) 4.2  105
(C) 2.4  104
(D) 4.2  104
Ans. A
I I 4.8  102
Sol. cm    3
 2.4  105
H ni 10  2
20. An EM wave enters from vacuum into a non magnetic medium of refractive index 1.5. Then the
ratio of electric fields in vacuum and medium will be
3
(A)
2
2
(B)
3
1
(C)
2
(D) 2
Ans. A
Sol. E0 = cB0
E = vB
E0 c
 n {B = B0 due to nonmagnetic medium)
E v
= 1.5
SECTION – B
21. An ideal choke takes a current of 8A when connected to an AC source of 100 V and 50 Hz. A
pure resistance under the same conditions takes a current of 10A. If two are connected in series
to an AC supply of 100 V and 40 Hz then current in the circuit is k 2 . Find the value of k.
Ans. 00005.00

100 12.5
Sol. XL   12.5  L 
8 100
100
R  10
10
at 40 Hz
XL  10  Z  102  102  10 2
V
i 5 2 A
Z
22. A combination of two lenses is used to converge

30 cm
parallel beam. If final image is at 1 cm height from
axis, then value of tan  is
f1 = 10 cm f2 = 10 cm
Ans. 00000.10
Sol. h = f tan 
h = 10 tan 
final image has 1 cm height
So, h = 1 cm F  f
Hence tan  = 0.1 
h
23. A hemispherical concave mirror is filled with a liquid of

refractive index 2 . A light centres into liquid at grazing
incidence. The optical path of ray only due to medium at 90
the emerging point is NR. Find the value of N. (R is radius
of concave mirror) P
Ans. 00004.00
Sol. Optical path = n(2 2R)  4R
45 45

24. A radioactive sample contains two radioactive elements A and B having decay constant  and 2.
Initially 25% of total decay comes from A. After how many seconds 75% of total decay comes
from A? (Take  = n3)
Ans. 00002.00
Sol. Ratio of initial activity

RA0 1

RB0 3
Ratio of final activity
R A 0 e t
3
RB 0 e 2 t
 et  9
25. The k  line wavelength is  for an element with atomic number z = 19. Another atom having

k  wavelength   will have atomic number equal to
 4
Ans. 00037.00
2
 A  zB  1 
Sol.  
B  z A  1 
zB = 37
26. Two Silicon and Germanium diodes are connected Si Ge

in a circuit. The knee voltage of Si and Ge are 0.7
V and 0.3 V respectively. The current in resistance
1 is
R=1 2V
1V
Ans. 00001.70
Sol. As per knee voltage Ge is conducting but Si is blocking 0.3 V

the current
So current
2  0.3 i
i  1.7 A R=1
1 2V
1V
27. Equation of an amplitude modulated wave is given as

C(t)  20cos(200t)  10cos(200t)cos(2t)
Then ratio of bandwidth and modulation index is :
Ans. 00001.00
Sol. C  200  fc  100 Hz A C  20

m  2  fm  1 Hz Am  20
Band width 2fm
 1
 A C / Am
28. A vernier calipers have 10 divisions on vernier scale coincide with 9 main scale division. When
there is not any object between jaws and jaws touch each other the first main scale division
coincides with first vernier scale division. If one main scale division is 1 mm then find distance
moved by vernier calipers till third vernier scale division coincides with third main scale division (in
mm).
Ans. 00000.20
Sol. 10 VSD = 9 MSD

 L.C. = 0.1 mm
Distance = 0.1 mm  2 = 0.2 mm
29. When water freezes into ice its volume increases by 2%. A rigid spherical shell is filled completely
with water at 0C. Now water is freezed completely then Bulk stress on sunface of ice is N  109
Pa. Find the value of N. (Bulk’s modulus of water = 2  1011 N/m2)
Ans. 00004.00
V
Sol. B  P
V
0.02  2  1011  P
 P = 4  109
 
30. Two vectors a and b are such that
   
(a  2b)  (2a  3b)  2
   
and (a  b)  (2a  b)  1
then the value of 4a2  7b2 is
Ans. 00003.00
 
Sol. 2a2  6b2  a  b  2
 
2a2  b2  a  b  1
4a2  7b2  3

SECTION – A
31. While calculating the strength of KMnO 4 using titration:
(A) KMnO 4 is in burette and conc. H2 SO4 is in conical flask.
(B) KMnO 4 is in conical flask and conc. H2 SO4 is in burette.
(C) KMnO 4 is in burette and oxalic acid is in conical flask.
(D) KMnO 4 is in conical flask and oxalic acid is in burette.
Ans. D
Sol. KMnO 4 is in conical flask and oxalic acid is added from burette. Cannot use H2 SO4 as it is a
secondary standard.
32. Br

KOH
 X 
conc. H2 SO4
 Y; Y is :
(A)
(B)
(C) OH
(D)

Ans. A
Sol. Br OH

KOH

OH
CH2
 H2 SO4  HSO4

 H2O   
 
H2 SO 4

33. The hybridization of nitrogen atom in solid state structure of N2 O5 is
(A) sp3 , sp3
(B) sp2 , sp2
(C) sp, sp2
(D) sp2 , sp3
Ans. C
Sol. N2 O5  NO2  NO3 

 
sp sp2
34. CFCl carbene and CCl2 carbene are respectively:
(A) Singlet, Singlet
(B) Triplet, Triplet
(C) Singlet, Triplet
(D) Triplet, Singlet
Ans. A
Sol. Both CFCl and CCl2 are capable of back-bonding, therefore, singlet state is more stable.
35. COCH3

Cl2
EtOH
 The major product out of the following is :

(A) COCH3
Cl
Cl
(B) COCH3
Cl
Cl
(C) COCH3
OEt
Cl
(D) COCH3
Cl
OEt
Ans. C
Sol. COCH3 COCH3

COCH3
+ OEt

Cl2
 Cl

EtOH
Cl
2
36. The hybridization of central atom in H6 SnO 6  is:
(A) sp3
(B) sp3 d2
(C) sp3 d
(D) sp3 d3
Ans. B

Sol. 2
OH
OH
HO
sp3 d2
Sn
OH
HO
OH
37. O
NH2  2i Br /h 

 ii KOH  The major product is :
CH2CH3
CH2
(A)
NH
(B)
NH
(C) O
NH
(D) O
NH
Ans. C

Sol. O O O
NH2 NH2 NH

Br2 /h

KOH

CH2CH3 CH2CH3
CH2 CH
Br Br
NH
38. Which of the following form the most stable dihydrate?
(A) O
(B) O
(C) O
(D) O
Ans. A
Sol.  OH
O 
H2 O/H

, releases the strain and so form a stable dihydrate.
OH

39. The correct sequence of amino acid present in this tetrapeptide given is:’
OH
Me Me
O O
NH C NH
H2N NH OH
O O Me
OH
(A) Iso-Tyr-Ala-Ser
(B) Ala-Tyr-Iso-Ser
(C) Tyr-Ser-Iso-Ala
(D) Iso-Ser-Tyr-Ala
Ans. D
Sol. Isoleucine  H2N CH COOH ,Serine  H2N CH COOH
OH
Tyrosine  H2N CH COOH , Alanine  H2N CH COOH
CH3
OH
40. What types of forces are present in diethyl ether?
(A) Hydrogen bonding only
(B) London dispersion forces and ion-dipole forces
(C) London dispersion forces and dipole-dipole forces
(D) Dipole-dipole forces and hydrogen bonding
Ans. C
Sol. Diethyl ether has slight polarity so, weak dipole-dipole forces exist along with London-dispersion
forms.
41. Which of the following is an incorrect path of reduction under normal condition?
(A) CH3 CH3
Na
Liq. NH3


(B) NO 2 NH2
Zn Hg

HCl
(C) O
OEt   CH3  CH2OH
H2 /Ni
H3C C
(D) H3C CH2 C Cl 
H2 /Pd/BaSO4
H3C CH2 C H
Xylene
O O
Ans. C
Sol. H2 / Ni does not react with ester under normal conditions.
42. The total number of stereoisomers of the given compound is/are:

O
Cl CH2NH2
Cl CH C CH CH3
(A) 8
(B) 16
(C) 64
(D) 32
Ans. D
Sol. 5 stereocenters are present.

Total isomer  2n  25  32 .
43. For a reaction A   P, the energy of activation is 15.8 Kcal at 298 K. Calculate the number of
activated molecules if we start with 1 mole of A, considering Arhenius equation to be valid
(Given: e  26.51  3.067  10 12 )
(A) 1.031 10 21
(B) 1.847  1012
(C) 5.86  1023
(D) 3.067  1012
Ans. B

Ea
Total molecules activated 
Sol.  e RT
Total number of molecules present
 15.8103 
 
Molecules activated 2 298 
e 
NA 1 mole 
Molecule activated  3.067  10 12  6.023  1023
 1.847  1012
44. The flocculation values of these effective ions vary in the order for Gold sol as:
(A) Sn4  Al3  Ba 2  Na
(B) PO33   SO24   Cl
(C) Na Al3 Ba 2 Sn4
(D) SO 24   Na  PO34   Ba 2
Ans. A
1
Sol. Flocculating value 
Flocculating power
According to Hardy-Schulze rule: Flocculating power : Sn4 Al3 Ba2 Na 
45. Equimolar solutions of KCl and compound X in water show depression in freezing point in the
ratio of 4 : 1. Assuming KCl to be completely ionized, the compound X in the solutions must:
(A) Dissociate to the extent of 50%
(B) Hydrolyze to the extent of 80%
(C) Dimerise to the extent of 50%
(D) Trimerise to the extent of 75%
Ans. D
Sol. mKCl  mX
Tf KCl Tf  X
 
iKCl i X
1
i X  
2
For trimerisation to 75% extent
1  3
i  1    1 
6  4
1
i
2

46. The process which is suitable for refining of Ti, Zr and Hf is
(A) Zone refining
(B) Mond’s refining
(C) Electrolytic refining
(D) Van-Arkel method
Ans. D
Sol. All 3 belong to same group and Van-Arkel method is used for this refining.
47. If the colour of Cr  H2 O 6  Cl3 is violet, than the colour for Cr  H2 O 5 Cl Cl2H2 O would be:
(A) Yellow
(B) Green
(C) Violet
(D) Red
Ans. B
Sol. Cr  H2 O 5 Cl Cl2H2 O is green in colour which is expected as Cl is WFL with respect to H2O
hence abs should increase.
48. NaAlSiO 4 is preferred for
(A) Production of silicones
(B) Removing permanent hardness of water
(C) Calculating strength of KMnO 4
(D) Manufacturing high quality soaps
Ans. B
Sol. NaAlSiO 4 is a Zeolite used for removing permanent hardness of water.
49. Acid rain can have a pH value of:
(A) 4.6
(B) 5.7
(C) 6.6
(D) 7.0

Ans. A
Sol. Acid rain has pH < 5.6.
50. Select the incorrect statement:
(A) Novalac is linear polymer
(B) Glyptal is a polymer of ethylene glycol and pthalic acid
(C) Bakelite is a cross-linked phenol formaldehyde polymer
(D) In manufacturing of tyre rubber, 10% of sulphur is used as a cross-linking agent
Ans. D
Sol. 5% of sulphur is used for manufacturing of tyre rubber
SECTION – B
51. The EMF of the cell M | Mn  0.02 M  || H 1M | H2  g1atm  at 25oC is 0.81 V. The valency of
metal if the standard oxidation potential of M | Mn is 0.76 V, is:
Ans. 00002.00
n
Sol. M  s   nH  Mn   aq  H2  g
2
 
n/2
0.059 Mn   PH 2
Ecell  E  o
celllog n
n H 
0.059
0.81  0.76  log  0.02 
n
n2
52. Calculate the entropy change involved to convert 2 Kg H2 O  g at 385 K to


H2 O    at 280 K in kJ kg1 k 1 , (magnitude only). 
Given: specific heat of water liquid and water vapour are 4.2 and 2 kJ K-1 kg-1 respectively. Latent
heat of vaporization is 2491 kJ K-1 kg-1. [Take log385 = 2.58, log373 = 2.57, log280 = 2.45)
Ans. 00009.20
Sol. H2 O  g  H2 O  g H2O     H2 O   

385 K 373 K 373 K 280 K
T2
S  mCn
T1

 373 
S1  2  2  2.303log    0.1267
 385 
Hcondensation 2491
S2    6.67
T 373
 280 
S3  2  4.2  2.303log    2.409
 385 
STotal  9.205 kJ kg1 K 1
53. The number of – OH groups acquiring equatorial position in most stable form of
  D      Glucopyranose are:
Ans. 00003.00
Sol. HO CH2OH
O
HO
Only 3 are equitorial position.
OH
OH
54. The ideal limiting radius ratio of Ni  CO  4  is:
Ans. 00000.22
Sol. Ni  CO  4  is sp3 hybridised, hence tetrahedral.

Limiting ratio for tetrahedral is 0.225.
Zr
1/ 2
 Z   Zr  eao
55. Given 2s     2   , the distance from the nucleus of the radial node of 2s electron
 2ao   ao 
of Li2 ion is equal to xao (ao = Bohr radius). The value of x is:
Ans. 00000.67
Sol. For node, 2

2s 0  2s 0
 Zr 
2    0
 ao 
2a 2a
r  o  o  0.67ao
Z 3
56. 100 mL sample of tap water contain 18 mg MgSO 4 . If the hardness of sample (in terms of
x
CaCO3) is x ppm. Calculate ?
8
Ans. 00018.75
Sol. 100 mL H2 O 
 18 mg MgSO 4

 1 L 
 180 mg MgSO 4
180 mg
nMgSO4  nCaCO3 
120 g / mol
w CaCO3  150 mg in 1 L
 x  150 ppm
x 150
   18.75
8 8
57. Calculate P, if the amount of charge required (in terms of Faraday’s constant) is PF to reduce
12.3 g of nitrobenzene completely in acidic medium.
Ans. 00000.60
Sol. C6H5NO 2  C6H5NH2

Q  n  nf  F
12.3
  6F
123
58. The number of metal-metal bond in Fe2  CO 9  is/are:
Ans. 00001.00
Sol. O
OC
CO
OC Fe Fe CO
OC C CO
59. Calculate the isoelectric point for Aspartic acid

O
O 3 pK a1  COOH  1.88
1 OH
pK a2 NH2   9.60
OH NH2
2 pK a3  COOH  3.65
Ans. 00002.76
pK a1  pK a3 1.88  3.65
Sol. pI  
2 2
= 2.765

60. The sum of reaction numbers that can be used for preparation of diborane amongst given is
1. NaBH4  BF3  ether

2. NaBH4  I2 
3. BF3  NaH 
Ans. 00006.00
Sol. All three reactions can be used.

 Sum is (1 +2 +3) = 6.

SECTION – A
61. If r  40, then the greatest possible value of

40
C0  60 Cr  40C1  60Cr 1  40 C2  60Cr 2 ..... 40 C40  60
Cr  40 is
200
(A) C50
60
(B) C50
100
(C) C50
200
(D) C100
Ans. C
40
Sol. C0  60 Cr  40 C1  60Cr 1  40C2  60Cr 2 ..... 40C40  60
Cr  40  100
Cr
This will be maximum when r = 50
62. The value of k for which the equation |x2 – 5x + 6| = k has three real and distinct roots is
(A) 4
(B) 2
1
(C)
4
1
(D)
2
Ans. C
Sol. |x2 – 5x + 6| = k has three real roots when the line y = k touches the parabola y = –(x2 – 5x + 6) at
vertex
D 1 1
 k    
4a 4 4
63. The number of ways in which letters of word IITJEE can be placed in the
squares of the figure as shown, so that no row remains empty, are
(A) 1620
(B) 810
(C) 5040
(D) 2520

Ans. A
6!
Sol. Arrangement of IITJEE is  180 ways 6 place can be selected by 3 C2  3 C2 ways
2!2!
Total ways = 9  180 = 1620
    
64. Let O be the origin and OA  3iˆ  2ˆj  kˆ , OB  î  ˆj  2kˆ and OC  OB  OA for some ,  > 0.
  
If OB  OC  83 and OC  14 , then
1
(A)  = 1,  
3
1
(B)  ,  2
3
1
(C)  , 1
3
1 2
(D)  , 
3 3
Ans. C
     
Sol. OB  OC    OB  OB     OB  OA   83
   3iˆ  7ˆj  5kˆ   83   = 1

Now, OC    î  ˆj  2kˆ    3iˆ  2jˆ  kˆ 

OC     3  î     2  ˆj   2  1 kˆ  14
1

3
1 1
65. Let E, F and G be three events, probability of event P  E F  , P E G  ,
2 3
1
P E F G  . For any event A, if AC denotes its complement, then P(E F GC) + P(E G
6
FC) is
1
(A)
3
1
(B)
6
1
(C)
2
2
(D)
3
Ans. C

Sol. P(E F GC) = P(E F) – P(E F G)

P(E G FC) = P(E G) – P(E F G)
66. The number of 3  3 matrices M with entries from elements of set {0, 1, 2, 3, 4} are there for
which the tr(M) = 5 are (where tr(M) denotes trace of matrix M)
(A) 12(56)
(B) 6(56)
(C) 21(56)
(D) 18(56)
Ans. D
Sol. Let diagonal elements are x1, x2, x3, then x1 + x2 + x3 = 5  x1  

 Coefficient of x5 in (x0 + x1 + x2 + x3 + x4)3  x2  
 18 
   x3 
Now, total matrices are 18(56)
67. A debate club consists 6 girls and 4 boys. A team of 4 member is to be selected from this club
including the selection of a captain and a vice captain (from among these 4 members) for the
team. If the team has to include atmost two boy, then the number of way of selecting the team is
(A) 2200
(B) 2220
(C) 380
(D) 2320
Ans. B
Sol. Number of way of selection of 4 girls = 6C4

Number of way of selection of 3 girls, one boy = 6C3·4C1
Number of way of selection of 2 girls and 2 boys = 6C2·4C2
Now, number of way of selection of one captain and one vice captain = 4C2·2!
Total way =  6 C4  6 C3  4 C1  6C2  4C2  4C2  2!
x2 y2
68. The value of b for which the common tangent to ellipse   1 and the parabola y2 = 4x and
4 b2
their chord of contact to parabola form an equilateral triangle
2
(A)
3
5
(B)
3
7
(C)
3
11
(D)
3

Ans. B
Sol. Let common tangent AB and AC, intersect on x-axis

(by symmetry) B
 ABC is equilateral if BAC = 60
1 1 A
 Slope of AB = ; Slope of AC  
3 3
1 5
  4m2  b2  b2 
m 3 C
f  2  5h2  3h   f  2 
69. If f(x) be a differentiable function such that f(2) = 1, f(3) = 2, then lim equal
h 0 f  3  h2  2h   f  3 
to
1
(A)
4
1
(B)
2
3
(C) 
2
3
(D)
4
Ans. D
f  2  5h2  3h   f  2 
Sol. lim by L. Hospital Rule
h 0 f  3  h2  2h   f  3 
f   2  5h2  3h  10h  3  3
= lim 
h 0 f   3  h2  2h   2h  2  4
70. Equation of common tangent of parabola y2 = 12x and y2 = 16(x – 3) is
(A) 3x  y  3  0
(B) 3y  x  9  0
(C) xy 3 0
(D) 3x  3y  3  0
Ans. B
Sol. Equation of common tangent to both parabola

3
y2 = 12x equation of tangent y  mx 
m

4 1
y2 = 16(x –3) ; y  m  x  3  
by comparing both slope = 
m 3
1 3
So, equation of common tangent y   x
3  1 
 
 3
71. The point on the curve x + y2 = 0 which is closest to the point (0, –3)
(A)  2, 2  1
2
(B) (–1, –1)
(C) (–1, 1)
(D)  2,  2  1
2
Ans. B
1 1
Sol. For parabola y2 = –x equation of normal  y  mx  m  m3 this passes through (0, –3)
2 4
1 1
3  m  0   m  m3  m = –2
2 4
 1 2  1 
So, point will be (–a(–m)2, –2a(–m)) =    2  ,  2    2  = (–1, –1)
 4 4 
72. Let a, b, c be the sides, ma, mb, mc the lengths of the altitudes and da, db, dc the distances from
the vertices to the orthocentre in an acute triangle, then mada + mbdb + mcdc is equal to
(A) a2 + b2 + c2
(B) 2(a2 + b2 + c2)
a2  b2  c 2
(C)
2
(D) ab + bc + ca
Ans. C
Sol. Let D, E, F are altitudes from A, B, C respectively H be the A

orthocentre of ABC, then the ACD and HAE are similar
triangle
So, AD·AH = ma·da = AC·AE = AE·b similarly in ADB ad AHF F E
H
ma·da = AF·c
AF  c  AE  b BF  c  BD  a
So, ma·da = . Similarly mb  db  ,
2 2
B D C
CD  a  CE  b
mc dc 
2

Therefore mada + mbdb + mcdc

1
= AE  b  AF  c  BF  c  BD  a  CD  a  CE  b
2
1 1
= BD  CD   a   AE  CE   b  BF  AF   c =  a2  b2  c 2 
2 2
1
73. Let consider a function defined in R, f  x   , then which of the following option is
1  e x 2
correct?
1
(A) lim f  x  
x 0  2
(B) f(x) is discontinuous at exactly one point in R
(C) f(x) is non differentiable at x = 0
(D) x = –ln 2 is point of inflection
Ans. D
1
Sol. f  x  is always continuous and differentiable in R
1  e x 2
2e x
f x  
1  ex 3
2e x  2e x  1
f   x   clearly x = –ln 2 is point of inflection
1  e x 4
74. The contrapositive of p  (~q  ~r) is
(A) (~q r)  ~p
(B) (q  r)  ~p
(C) (q ~r)  ~p
(D) (~q ~r)  ~p
Ans. A
Sol. Contrapositive will be ~(~q  ~r)  ~p

 ~(q ~r)  ~p
 (~q r)  ~p
75. The mean square deviation of a set of n observations x1, x2, ….. xn about a point c is defined as
1 n
 xi  c  . The mean square deviation about –2 and 2 are 18 and 10 respectively, then the
2
n i 1
standard deviation of this set of observation is
(A) 3

(B) 2
(C) 1
(D) 4
Ans. A
1 n 1 n
 xi  2   10 and  xi  2   18
2 2
Sol.
n i 1 n i 1
n n n n
 xi  2   xi  2   xi  2   xi  2 
2 2 2 2
   28n and   8n
i 1 i 1 i 1 i 1
n n n n
 2 x i2  8n  28n and 8 x i  8n  x i2  10n and xi  n
i 1 i 1 i 1 i 1
n
xi2 2 2
i 1
 xi  10n  n 
   =    3
n  n  n n
3
76. The value of the integral I    x  2   3  x dx is equal to
2

(A)
4

(B)
2

(C)
8
(D) 2
Ans. C
3
Sol. I    x  2   3  x dx put x = 2 cos2  + 3 sin2 
2

I
8
x
77. Let f : [0, )  R be a continuous and strictly increasing function such that f 4  x    t  f 3  t  dt
0
x > 0. The area enclosed by y = f(x), x-axis and the ordinate at x  2 2 is
(A) 2 2
2 2
(B)
5

2 2
(C)
3
8
(D)
3
Ans. C
x
x x2
Sol. f 4  x    t  f 3  t  dt  f   x    f  x   c , f(0) = 0
0
4 8
x2
 c = 0 ; f x 
8
2 2 2 2
x2  x3  2 2
Area =  8
dx   
 24  0

3
0
x2 y 2
78. Tangents are drawn from any point of the hyperbola   1 to the circle x2 + y2 = 1, then the
9 4
locus of midpoint of chord of contact is
x2 y2
  x2  y2 
2
(A) 
2 3
x2 y2
 3  x2  y2 
2
(B) 
9 2
x2 y 2
 3  x2  y2 
2
(C) 
9 4
x2 y2
  x2  y2 
2
(D) 
9 4
Ans. D
Sol. Let any point on hyperbola is (3 sec , 2 tan )

Equation of chord of contact (3 sec )x + (2 tan )y = 1 ….. (1)
Also, let midpoint (h, k) of chord of contact so equation of chord
xh + yk = h2 + k2 ….. (2)
3 sec  2 tan  1
Equation (1) and (2) are equal   2
h k h  k2
h2 k2
 sec2  – tan2  = 1   1
9  h2  k 2  4 h2  k 2 
2 2

79. Three circles are tangent to each other and to the straight
line. The radii of the circles with centres A, B and C are 4, 9, r
respectively, then r is equal to B
A
(A) 1.42
(B) 1.43
(C) 1.44
(D) 1.45
Ans. C
Sol. If two circle touches each other externally, then

Lext = 2 r1r2 when r1 and r2 are radii of circles
 2 4.9  2 r  4  2 r  9
36
 r
25
2 2
80. Orthogonal trajectories of family of the curve x 3  y 3  a where a is an arbitrary constant, is
2 2
(A) x3  y3  c
2 2
(B) x 3  y 3  cx
4 4
(C) x3  y3  c
4 4
(D) x 3  y 3  cx
Ans. C
2 2
Sol. x 3  y3  a
1 1
  dy
Differential equation : x 3 y 3 0
dx
1 1
  dx
Orthogonal differential equation : x 3 y 3 0
dy
4 4
Curve x 3  y 3  c

SECTION – B
 
81. If z lies on locus arg(z – 1 – 2i) = and arg(z – 1 + 2i) = , then the number of complex number
4 6
which satisfy both the locus
Ans. 00000.00
Sol. As both of ray

 
arg(z – 1 – 2i) = the originate ray (1) from z1 (1 + 2i) and having argument and ray (2)
4 4
 
arg  z  1  2i   is originating from (1, –2) having argument
6 6
So, arg(ray 1) > arg(ray 2) they will never intersect
82. If z lies on locus ||z – 2| – |z + 2|| = 2, then the min|z – 4| is
Ans. 00003.00
x2 y 2
Sol. z lies on hyperbola  1
1 3
x3  1 2x 2
83. If bx5 + cx4 + dx3 + ex2 + fx + g = is an identity in x, where b, c, d, e, f, g are
4x 3 5x
constants, then |f| is equal to
Ans. 00005.00
Sol. Differentiate once both side and put x = 0

3x 2 4x x 3  1 2x 2
  5bx 4  4cx 4  3dx 3  2ex  f
3 2
4x 5x 12x 5
 f = –5
84. Let S = {(i, j, k) ; 1  i < j  k  20 ; i, j, k, {1, 2, ….., 20}}, then total number of elements in set S
are
Ans. 01330.00
20
Sol. Case-1: 1  i < j < k  20 = C3
20
Case-2: 1 < i < j = k  20 = C2
20 20 21
So, total elements = C3  C2  C3  1330
100 100 100 100 2k1  1

85. The value of C0  C3  C6  C9 ..... 100C99 is , then k1 – k2 is equal to
k2

Ans. 00097.00
Sol. 1  x 100  100

C0  100
C1x1  100
C2 x 2 ..... 100C100 x100
1  1100  100
C0  100
C1  100
C2  100
C3 ..... 100 C100
1   100  100 C0  100
C1  100
C2 2 ..... 100 C100 
1  2 100  100C0  100C12  100C2  ..... 100 C100 2
2100  200  100  3 100
C0  100
C3  100
C6  100
C9 ..... 100 C99
2100  1 100 100 100 100
 C0  C3  C6  C9 ..... 100C99
3
86. Suppose that f : R  R is continuous and satisfies the equation f(x)·f(f(x)) = 1 for all real x.
Assuming that f(1000) = 999, then the value of f(10) is
Ans. 00000.10
1
Sol. We have f(1000) = 999 ; f(1000)·f(f(1000)) = 1 ; f  f 1000   
999
1
So, the range of f contains and 999 so by intermediate mean value theorem. Let f(a) = 10
999
1
So, f(a)·f(f(a)) = 1 ; 10f(10) = 1 ; f 10    0.1
10
n
1
87. If a > 0, p  2 evaluate the value of lim p
n  p
r 1 n  ra
Ans. 00001.00
Sol. By Squeeze Play Theorem

n
1 1 1 1 1 n
p p
 p p , then n  p  p
 p
p p p p p
n  na n  ra n a n  na r 1 n  ra n a
n n
n n 1
lim p  lim p
 1  lim p
n 
np  na n r 1 np  a n  p
r 1 n  ra
n 1
 1 
88. If lim tan1  2    , then [] is equal to (where [.] denotes greatest integer function)
n 
k 1  2k 
Ans. 00000.00
n 1
 1  1  k  1  k  1   1   n  
Sol. tan1  2   tan    tan    lim tan1  2   nlim tan1  
 2k   k  1  k  n 
k 1  2k    n  1 4
89. A rectangle with sides parallel to the coordinate axes is to be inscribed in the region enclosed by
the graphs of y = x2 and y = 4, then maximum length of its perimeter is _____ (in unit)
Ans. 00010.00

Sol. Perimeter = 2(2) + 2(4 – 2) (–, 4) (, 4)

dP
P = 4 + 8 – 22 extrema when  0  4  4   = 1
d 2 2
(–,  ) (,  )
d2P
 4  0 local maxima at  = 1
d 2
So, perimeter P = 4 + 8 – 22  4 + 8 – 2 = 10
90. Suppose that a, b, c d are positive real numbers satisfying (a + c)(b + d) = ac + bd, then the
a b c d
smallest possible value of    is
b c d a
Ans. 00008.00
Sol. Apply A.M.  G.M.

a c  b d ac bd
      2 
b d c a bd ac
ac  bd
2
abcd
 a  c b  d
2
abcd
2 ac  2 bd
2
abcd
8

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
FULL TEST – II
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 04-01-2022
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
correct option;

AITS-FT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22 2

1. There is a very small hole in a totally enclosed heated furnace. Outside the furnace, the air
temperature is 0°C and the air pressure is 100kPa. The air inside the furnace is kept at a constant
temperature of 57°C by the controlled heating system, and after a sufficiently long time its
pressure also becomes stationary. Calculate (to the nearest integer) the magnitude of this
stationary pressure.
(A) 105kPa
(B) 120kPa
(C) 110kPa
(D) 124kPa
Ans. C
Sol. The number of molecules passing through a hole of cross-sectional area A during a time interval t
is AvNt, where v is the component, perpendicular to the wall, of the average molecular velocity,
and N is the number density (the number of particles in unit volume). At equilibrium no of
molecules going out should be equal to the number of molecules going in.
The square of the speed of the molecules (a measure of the internal energy of the gas) is
proportional to the gas temperature T, and, from the ideal gas equation, the number density is
proportional to the quotient of the pressure p and the tempera-ture.
2. A particle of charge q and mass m is projected with a velocity Magnetic field
v 0 towards a circular region having uniform magnetic field B × × ×

O
× × ×
perpendicular and into the plane of paper from point P as shown v0 × × ×
in the figure. R is the radius and O is the centre of the circular q,m P
region. If the line OP makes an angle  with the direction of v 0
then the value of v 0 so that particle passes through O is
qBR
(A)
m sin 
qBR
(B)
2m sin 
2qBR
(C)
m sin 
3qBR
(D)
2m sin 

3 AITS-FT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22
Ans. B
3. A ray of light from a liquid    3  is incident on a system of Liquid

i
A
 2
D
air
two right angled prism of refractive indices 3 and 2 as  3
shown. The ray suffers zero deviation when emerges into air from B
CD. The angle of incidence i is C
(A) 450
(B) 350
0
(C) 20
(D) 100
Ans. A
4. In Young's experiment, the interference pattern is found to have an intensity ratio between the
bright and dark fringes as 9. What is the ratio of intensities and amplitudes of the two interfering
waves, respectively?
(A) 4, 2
(B) 9,3
(C) 2.25,1.5
(D) None of these
Ans. A
Sol. In case of interference,

I = I1 + I2 + 2 I 1 I 2 cos
(a) for I to be maximum and minimum cos is 1 and – 1 respectively, i.e.,
Imax = I1 + I2 + 2 I 1 I 2
= ( I1 + I 2 )2
and Imax = I1 + I2 – 2 I1I 2
= I1  I 2  2
According to given problem,

I max ( I1  I 2 ) 2 9
= = ,
I min ( I1  I 2 ) 2 1
I1  I 2 3
i.e., =
I 2  I1 1
By componendo and dividendo,

I1 3 1
=
I2 3 1
I1 4
i.e., = =4
I2 1
(b) Now as for a wave I A2,
2 2
I1 A  A 
=  1 ,  1 = 4
I2 A2  A2 
A1
i.e., =2
A2

1 F=kt
5. Two blocks A and B each of mass kg is connected by a B A
2
massless inextensible string and kept on horizontal k= 0.2 k= 0.2
surface. Coefficient of friction between block and surface is s= 0.2 s= 0.4
shown in figure. A force F  kt (where k = 1 N/s and t is
time in second) applied on A. Then (g = 10 m/s2)
(A) work done by friction force on block B is zero in time interval t = 0 to t = 3s.
(B) work done by friction force on block A is zero in time interval t = 0 to t = 3s.
(C) work done by tension on B is also zero in time interval t = 0 to t = 3s.
(D) speed of blocks at t = 10s is 27.5 m/s.
Ans. ABC
6. A particle starts SHM at time t  0. Its amplitude is A and angular frequency is . At time
E
t  0 its kinetic energy is , where E is total energy. Assuming potential energy to be zero at
4
mean position, the displacement-time equation of the particle can be written as
 
(A) x  A cos  t  
 6
 
(B) x  A sin t  
 3
 2 
(C) x  A sin  t  
 3 
 
(D) x  A cos  t  
 6

Ans. ABCD
7. A 4 μ capacitor is given 20 charge and is connected with an 4F 2F

+–
uncharged capacitor of capacitance 2 as shown in figure. When switch 20C + –
+–
+–
S is closed. +–
+– C
S
10V
40
(A) charged flown through the battery is
3
20
(B) charge flown through the battery is
3
200
(C) work done by the battery is
3
100
(D) work done by the battery is
3
Ans. BC
8. A disc of radius R rolls on a horizontal surface with linear velocity V and P

angular velocity . There is a point P on circumference of disc at angle   
with upward vertical diameter measured anticlockwise (see figure), which V
O
has a vertical velocity. Here  is equal to
V
(A)   sin 1
R
 V
(B)  sin 1
2 R
V
(C)   cos 1
R
V
(D)   cos 1
R
Ans. CD
9. A source of sound moves along a circle of radius 2 m with constant angular S

velocity 40 rad/s. Frequency of the source is 300 Hz. A detector is kept at
some distance from the circle in the same plane of the circle (as shown in D
figure). Which of the following is not the possible value of frequency
registered by the detector? (Speed of sound = 320 m/s)
(A) 250 Hz
(B) 360 Hz
(C) 410 Hz
(D) 220 Hz

Ans. CD
10. An electron in H-atom jumps from second excited state to first excited state and then from first
excited to ground state. Let the ratio of wavelength, momentum and energy of photons emitted in
these two cases be a, b and c respectively. Then
1
(A) c
a
9
(B) a
4
5
(C) b
27
5
(D) c
27
Ans. ACD

INTEGER.
11. In a slow reaction, heat is being evolved at a rate about 10mW in a liquid. If the heat were being
32
generated by the decay of P , a radioactive isotope of phosphorus that has half-life of 14 days
32
and emits only beta-particles with a mean energy of 700KeV. The number of P atoms in the
liquid is A×77  10 find a: [Take: ln 2 = 0.7]
15
Ans. 2
dn
Sol. P  700 103 1.6  10 19   10  10 3
dt
dN 101 1 1012
 14   λ 0
dt 10 7 16 11.2
ln 2 14  86400 1012
λ 0   15  1015
14  86400 11.2ln 2
12. An old record player of 10 cm radius turns at 10 rad/s while mounted on
a 30° incline as shown in the figure. A particle of mass m can be placed
anywhere on the rotating record. If the least possible coefficient of 
friction  that must exist for no slipping to occur is  , find 2 3 .
30°
Ans. 6
Sol. f  mg sinθ  m w 2

μ m cosθ  m sinθ  m w 2
w 2r
or μ  tan θ 
g cosθ
  
13. Consider the circuit shown in figure. With switch S1 closed
  S  S 
and the other two switches open, the circuit has a time S1 2 3
constant 0.05 sec. With switch S2 closed and the other two L C R
switches open, the circuit has a time constant 2 sec. With
switch S3 closed and the other two switches open, the circuit
oscillates with a period T. Find T (in sec). (Take π 2  10 )
Ans. 2
Sol. 1 R
L
2 
R
LC  t1t 2  0.1sec
T  2π  π 1 10  sec
Question Stem
A two way switch S is used in the circuit shown in fig. First, the capacitor is charged by putting the
switch in position 1.
60V
+ – 10
1 0.1F
2 S 6
4
3
14. What is the heat generated across 4 resistor (in Joules)?
Ans. 120.00

15. What is the heat generated across 10 resistor (in Joules)?
Ans. 0.00
Sol. Initially the switch was in position 1. Therefore, initially potential difference across capacitors was
equal to emf of the battery i.e. 60 volt
Initially energy stored in the capacitor was
1 1
U = CV2 = × 0.1× 602 J = 180 J
2 2
When switch is shifted to position 2, capacitor begins to discharge and energy stored in it is
dissipated in the form of heat across resistances. Let at some instant discharging current through
the capacitor be i as shown in fig.
+ –
i q
6
i1
i
4 i2
3
According to Kirchoff’s laws,
i1 + i2 = i …(1)
6i1–3i2 = 0 or i2 = 2i2 …(2)
From above two equations,
i 2
i1 = and i2 = i
3 3
But thermal power generated in a resistance R is P = i2 R where is current flowing through it.
Therefore, heat generated P1, P2 and P3 across 4 , 6 and 3 resistances is in ratio
4i 2 : 6i12 : 3 i 22
2 4
or P1 : P2 : P3 = 4 : : = 6 : 1: 2
3 3
But total heat generated is
P1 + P2 + P 3 = U
Heat generated across 4 is
P1 = 120 J Ans.
P2 = 20 J Ans.
P3 = 40 J Ans.
Since, during discharging, no current flows through 10 , therefore heat generated across it is
equal to zero.
Question Stem
A choke coil is needed to operate an arc lamp at 160 V (rms) and 50 Hz. The arc lamp has an
effective of 5 when running at 10 A (rms). Compare the power losses in both cases.
16. Calculate the inductance of the choke coil (in H).
Ans. 0.05

17. If the same arc lamp is to be operated on 160V (dc), what additional resistance is required
(in )?
Ans. 11.00
Sol. Given that Vrms = 160 volt, f = 50 Hz.

R = Resistance of arc lamp = 5 .
irms = 10 amp = current through arc lamp.
If L be inductance of required choke coil then impedance of the circuit is
Z= [ R 2  (2fL ) 2 ] =
[ 25  (100L) 2 ]
V
current through arc lamp, irms = rms
Z
160
or 10 = or, 25 + (100 L)2 = (16)2 = 256 or, (100 L)2
2
25  (100L)
= 256 – 25 = 231
231
L= Henry = 0.05 H
100
When the same arc lamp is to be operated on 160 volt DC source, then
160
= i = 10. (where R is the additional resistance required to run the lamp)
5 R
Solving, we get : R = 11
Question Stem
A uniform rod of mass 8m lies on a smooth horizontal table. Two point masses m and 2m moving in the
same horizontal plane with speeds 2v and v (v = 10 m/s) respectively strike the bar as shown in Fig. and
stick to the bar after collision. C denotes the center of mass of the rod and the length of the rod is 6a,
where a = 1m.
2m
v 3a
C
2v
a 2a
m
18. What is the velocity of centre of mass just after collision (in m/s).
Ans. 0.00
19. What is the angular velocity of the system just after collision (in rad/s).
Ans. 2.00
Sol. Both the masses, 2m and m, after striking the bar give equal momentum each 2mv to the bar in
opposite directions. Hence, after collision the bar has no translational motion, i.e. the linear
velocity of the centre of mass of the bar is zero (v c = 0)-

When both the masses stick to the bar, the whole system rotates about the centre of mass C. As
there is no external torque acting on the system, the angular momentum is conserved.
Before collision (bar is stationary), there will be only the angular momentum of 2m and m about
C. Hence the initial angular momentum (see Fig.) is
Ji = 2mva + m (2v) 2a = 6 m v a.
(in an anticlockwise direction)
After collision, the bar and both the masses (2m and m) rotate with angular velocity  about the
centre of mass C. The moment of inertia of the bar (mass 8m and length 6a) about C is
M 2 8 m (6 a ) 2
= = 24m a2, and the moments of inertia of 2m and m about C are 2ma2 and 4ma2
12 12
respectively. Hence, after collision the angular momentum of the system is
Jf = (24ma2 + 2ma2 + 4ma2)  = 30ma2
But Ji = Jf (conservation of angular momentum)
6 ma v v
= 2
=
30 ma 5a


20. The necessary condition for a compound to be optically active is:
(A) Presence of chiral carbon atom
(B) Presence of atleast one asymmetric atom
(C) Non-superimposable mirror image.
(D) Absence of plane of symmetry.
Ans. C
21. White phosphorus is a tetra atomic solid  P4  s   at room temperature and on strong heating in
absence of oxygen, it polymerizes into red phosphorus as:
P P P
P P P P P P H=-104KJ/mol of P4
P P P
White  g  red  g 
The enthalpy of sublimation  P4  s  
 P4  g   white is 59 KJ/mol and enthalpy of atomization
is 316.25 KJ/mol of P  g  . The average P  P bond enthalpy in P4 molecule is:
(A) 102 KJ
(B) 201KJ
(C) 104 KJ
(D) 120 KJ
Ans. B
22. Which of the following is weaker base?
(A) N  SiH 3 3
(B) N  CH 3  3
(C) NH  CH 3 3
(D) All are equally basic
Ans. A

Sol. Due to back bonding (A) is a weaker base.
23. Consider the reaction

B
k1
A
k2 C
2
The rate constant for two parallel reactions were found to be 10 dm3 mol 1 s 1 and
4  10 2 dm 3 mol 1s 1 . If the corresponding energies of activation of the parallel reaction are 100
and 120 kJ/mol respectively, what is the net energy of activation  Ea  of A?
(A) 100 kJ / mol
(B) 120 kJ / mol
(C) 116 kJ / mol
(D) 220 kJ / mol
Ans. C

24. Which of the following have transition metal?
(A) Haemoglobin
(B) Vitamin B12
(C) Cis – platin
(D) Chlorophyll
Ans. ABC
25. Which one of the following reactions is/are correct?
(A) CH 3COOK  CF3COOH 

 CH 3COOH  CF3COOK
(B) OH ONa
NO 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO 2
+ NaHCO3 + CO     H O
2 2
NO 2 NO2

(C)

+ NH4
+ + NH3
N N
N H N
(D)  CH 3CH 3ONa  H 2O  CO2   

CH 3CH 2OH  NaHCO3 
Ans. ABC
26. Which of the following carbanions are not resonance stabilized?
(A) O O (B)
O O
(C) (D)
O
O O O
O
Ans. BD
27. Which of the following statements are correct?
(A) The highest probability of finding an electron in 1 s orbital is exactly at the middle
between nucleus and circumference.
(B) In the Lyman series as the energy liberated during transition increases then distance
between the special lines goes on decreasing.
(C) The highest probability of finding an electron in 1 s orbital is in the vicinity of the
circumference.
(D) None of these
Ans. BC
28. Which of the following statements is / are correct?
(A) When lead nitrate is heated to at 400 C only brown gas is released.
(B) Complete Hydrolysis of PCl5 gives H3 PO 4 and HCl
(C) N 2O5 (g)+2NaOH(aq.)  2NaNO3  H 2O
(D) CCl 4 cannot be hydrolysed but hydrolysis of SiCl4 conform H 4SiO 4 +HCl

Ans. BCD
29. Which of the following statements is (are) correct?
(A) Antimony on reaction with conc. HNO3 gives antimonic acid.
(B) Manganese on reaction with cold and dilute HNO3 gives NO 2 gas.
(C) HNO 2 disproportionate to give HNO3 and NO
(D) HNO3 on reaction with P4 O10 gives N 2 O5
Ans. ACD

INTEGER.
30. O
C O t

NaOC2 H 5
 Cyclic Product,
Br  n Br
CH 2 C2 H 5OH
C O t
O
At what value of ' n ' the formation of six membered ring take place.
Ans. 3
Sol. O
Product:
31. Examine the structural formulas of compounds given below and identify number of compounds
which show positive iodoform test.
O
O O O O
, , , ,
H
O
O
O O O
C CH3 , , ,
Ph Ph
O
Ans. 6
Sol. These compounds will give iodoform test

O O O O O
, , , , C CH3
,
H
O
O O
,
Ph Ph
O
32. For oxyacid HClOx , if x  y  z ( x, y and z are natural numbers), then calculate the value
of x  y  z . Where x  Number of ‘O’ atoms.
y= Total number of lone pairs at central atom
z= Total number of pi  π  electrons in the oxyacid
Ans. 6
Sol. The compound is HClO2

Question Stem
The boiling point of water in a 0.1 molal silver nitrate solution (solution A) is x °C . To this solution A, an
equal volume of 0.1 molal aqueous barium chloride solution is added to make a new solution B. The
2
difference in the boiling points of water in the two solutions A and B is y×10 °C .
(Assume: Densities of the solutions A and B are the same as that of water and the soluble salts
dissociate completely.
Use: Molal elevation constant (Ebullioscopic Constant), K b = 0.5 K kg mol1 ; Boiling point of pure water
as 100C .)
33. The value of x is___
Ans. 100.10
34. The value of y is____.
Ans. 2.50

Question Stem
Hindsberg's
'A' white ppt  soluble in basic medium 
reagent
NaNO 2 +HCl
 0  5C 
 HF, O2 ,  H 2 O/H 
'B' 'C' 'D' 'E' 'F' + 'G'
 unstable  
  NaOH, I 2
 compound 
H+yellow ppt
H 2 O/H +
'I'  MW=60 
35. What is the degree of unsaturation in compound 'D' ?
Ans. 4.00
36. What is the molecular weight of compound 'A' ?
Ans. 59.00
Question Stem
Pb  OAc 2
Conc. HCl
'A' 'B'  gas  + Compound 'C'  soluble in hot water 
 black mineral  dil.H 2SO 4
 , air
white ppt
K 2 Cr2 O 7 solution
'D' + 'E'  pungent gas  Green solution.
NaOH
K 2 Cr2 O 7 /AcOH
'F' 'G'  yellow ppt 
excess NaOH

37. The number of p -d bonds in the structure of gas 'E' is____.
Ans. 1.00
38. The sum of oxidation numbers of two metals present in yellow ppt 'G' is_____.
Ans. 8.00


x2 y2
39. If the normals at four points  x1 , y1  ,  x2 , y2  ,  x3 , y3  and  x4 , y 4  on the ellipse  1
a2 b2
are concurrent then cos  . sec  is (where  ,  ,,  , are the eccentric angles of the
points):
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
Ans. D
 1
Sol. a 2
 b 2  x 4  2ha 2  a 2  b 2  x3  x 2  2a 4 h  a 2  b 2   a 6 h 2  0  x1   4
x1 

f '  x  f '''  x   3  f ''  x   ,  y  f  x   is:

2
40. Solution of differential equation
(A) x  k1 y 2  k2 y  k3
(B) y  k1 x 2  k2  k3
(C) x  sin y
(D) None of these
Ans. A
3 f ''  x  f '''  x 
Sol. 
f ' x f ''  x 
3ln f '  x   ln f ''  x   k
d 2x
c
dy 2

  ln x
1
41. f  x   e  x ln x
Where ever it is defined is:
0 otherwise

(A) not a periodic function
(B) even function
(C) range of f  x  contains more than 1 element
(D) None of these
Ans. B
Sol. e   ln t
t  ln t
, t   0,1
42. Suppose f and g are functions having second derivatives f" and g" everywhere, if f(x) g(x) = 1 for
f " ( x ) g" ( x )
all x and f ' (x) and g' are never zero, then  equals
f ' (x) g' (x)
f ' (x )
(A)
f (x)
f ' (x )
(B) 2
f (x )
2g' ( x )
(C) 
g(x )
2f ' ( x )
(D) 
f (x)
Ans. B
d
f " (x ) g" (x ) dx
f ' ( x ) / g' ( x ) g ' d  f '  2f ' x 
Sol.  =
f ' x . g ' (x )
= .    f ( x ) . g( x )  1 .
f ' x  g' x  f ' dx  g '  f x 
g ' x 2


  px n  r 2  e  x  r  1 
lim      , x 0
  n  n
r 1 r   
r  1

43. Let f  x    q, x0

lim
n r 2  r  ex 1
 n r 1 , x0
r  r  1

Is differentiable is R:
. is G.I.F.and . is F.P.of x  Then:
(A) p=1
(B) q=1
(C) p+q+ =3
(D) if g is inverse of F then g ' 1/ 2   2
Ans. ABCD
 px   , x 0

Sol. f  x    q, x  0
e x , x  0

Consider f  x   4 x  24 x  31x  6 x  8 be a polynomial function and  ,  ,  ,

4 3 2
44. are the
roots.         . So:
1
(A) p   r  r  36

1
(B) p 
  r  r   18

2
x 1  5 x r 1  2  x  1
(C) 
2
x 2  4 x  1
dx  2 ln 2
2
x 1  5 x r 1  2  x  1
(D) 
2
x 2  4 x  1
dx  ln 2
Ans. AC

Sol. f  x    2 x  1 2 x  1 x  2  x  4 
45. Each of 2010 boxes in a line contains one red marble and for 1  k  2010, the box is the k th
position also contain k white marbles. A child begins at the fist box and successively drawn a
single marble at random from each box in order. He stops when be first draws a red marble. Let
p  n  be the probability that he stops after drawing exactly n marbles. The possible value(s) of
1
n for which p  n   is:
2010
(A) 44
(B) 45
(C) 46
(D) 47
Ans. BCD
Sol. p  n   Probability that child stops after drawing exactly n marbles

1 2 3  n  1  1  1
p  n   . . .......    
2 3 4  n  n  1  n  n  1
Consider the equation z   3  i  z   m  2i   0  m  R  . If the equation has exactly one real

2
46.
and one-non-real complex root, then which of the following hold(s) good:
(A) Modulus of the non-real complex root is 2

(B) The value of m is 3
(C) Additive inverse of non-real root is  1  i 
(D) Product of real root and imaginary part of non-real complex root is 2
Ans. CD
Sol. If  is real root then   2, m  2, non-real root = 1  i
1 1  x
2
2x 2x
Consider a function f  x   sin  a tan 1 x  a  R  , the
1
47.  cos  tan 1
1 x 2
1 x 2
1 x 2
value of a if f  x   0 for all x :
(A) 6
(B) 6
(C) 2
(D) 2

Ans. ACD
Sol. If 0  x  1, a  6; if x 1, a  2, if x  1, a  2
 
m2n p
48.  (Where p & q are coprime) then:
n 1  n.3  m.3 
m n
m 1 q
(A) p  q  41
(B) pq
(C) p is perfect square
(D) q is perfect square
Ans. ABC
 
 m.n  n m 
Sol. 2S   n  m
 n
m 1 n 1  m.3  n.3   3
n
3 

INTEGER.
49. lim  2009 

n 
2010 n
    2010  ]
2009 n 1/ n
is equal to a
b
where a, b  N then a  b is….
Ans. 1
 AB 
10
A and B are two square matrices such that A B  BA and if  Ak B10 then the value of
2
50.
k  1020 is….
Ans. 3
51. AI1 I 2 I3 is an excentral triangle of equilateral triangle ABC such that I1 I 2  4 unit, if DEF
Ar  I1 I 2 I 3 
is pedal triangle of ABC then 
Ar  DEF 
Ans. 4



Question Stem
y z x z
A plane P contains the lines L1 :   1, x  0 and L 2 :   1, y  0
b c a c
1 1 1 1
52. If the shortest distance between the lines L1 and L2 is , then 2  2  2 is______
4 a b c
Ans. 64.00
53. If B is the image of the point A 1, 0, 0  in the plane P where a=b=c=1 and M 1, 2,3 is a  
point in the space then length BM is____
Ans. 2.24

Question Stem
x2 y2
For the curves 2   1 and y 2  4 x
a 63
54. The maximum integral value of a for which there is only one common normal to the two curves
is_____.
Ans. 8.00
55. If the two curves have only two distinct common normal then the value of a is_____.
Ans. 9.00

Question Stem
ABC is an isosceles triangle with AB = AC = 5 and BC = 6. Let P be a point inside the triangle ABC such
that the distance from P to the base BC equals the geometric mean of the distances to the sides AB and
AC.
56. The minimum distance of the point A from the locus of the point P is____.
Ans. 2.50
57. If R is a point of locus of point P which is nearest to the point A, then ratio of area of Δ to
the area of ΔR is_____.
[Answer should be rounded off to two decimal planes]
Ans. 2.67

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
FULL TEST – II
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 04-01-2022
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
are correct;
option;


1. A rod of mass ' M  m' carries an insect of mass ‘m’ at its bottom end and its top
end is connected with a string which passes over a smooth pulley and the other
end of the string is connected to a counter mass M. Initially the insect is at rest.
Choose the correct option(s). M
M m
(A) As insect starts moving up relative to rod, the acceleration of centre of mass of the
system (insect + rod + counter mass) becomes non-zero
(B) As insect starts moving up relative to rod, tension in the string remains constant and is
equal to Mg.
(C) As insect starts moving up relative to rod, the tension in the string becomes more than
Mg.
(D) Acceleration of centre of mass of the system (insect + rod +counter mass) is zero when
insect moves with constant velocity.
Ans. ACD
2. In the given circuit the value of m is varying. The correct statements x

about the circuit are +
mr mr
V
(r/m)
y
–
(A) The condition for maximum current flowing from x is m =2.
V
(B) The maximum current is .
2r
(C) The condition for maximum current flowing from x is m = 2.
3V
(D) The maximum current is .
2r
Ans. BC

2mV
Sol. i
r  m2  2 
di
0 m 2
dm
V
and i 
2v
3. A triangle is made from thin insulating rods of different lengths; the linear charge density on each
rod is uniform and the same for all three. At which point in the plane of the triangle at which the
electric field strength is zero.
(A) Incentre of the triangle
(B) Centroid of the triangle
(C) Circumcenter of the triangle
(D) None of these
Ans. A
Sol. The electric field due to uniform line charge at a point is equal to the electric field due to a circular
arc centered at that point which touches the line charge and limited by the ends of the line
charge.
4. A uniformly charged insulating square sheet of side length d has charge Q. A point charge q is
placed at a distance a/2 normally from the intersection of diagonals of the sheet. How much
Qq
(A) The force of electrostatic repulsion acts on the point charge due to the sheet is .
2 0d 2
Qq
(B) The force of electrostatic repulsion acts on the point charge due to the sheet is .
6 0d 2
Q
(C) The flux of electric field of the point charge that passes through the sheet is .
6 0
Q
(D) The flux of electric field of the point charge that passes through the sheet is .
12 0
Ans. BC
Sol. Force on the sheet due to the point charge = charge density * electric flux passing through the
sheet.

5. A ball of mass m = 1kg is hung vertically by a thread of length  = 1.50 m.

1.50m
Upper end of the thread is attached to the ceiling of a trolley of mass M = m M
4kg. Initially, trolley is stationary and it is free to move along horizontal m
v0
rails without friction. A shell of mass m = 1kg, moving horizontally with
1
velocity v 0  6 ms , collides with the ball and gets stuck with it. As a result,
2
thread starts to deflect towards right (g = 10 ms )
(A) The maximum deflection of the thread with the vertical is 37°
(B) The maximum deflection of the thread with the vertical is 45°
1
(C) The velocity of the trolley at that instant of maximum inclination of thread is 1 ms
1
(D) The velocity of the trolley at that instant of maximum inclination of thread is 2 ms
Ans. AC
Sol. When shell strikes the ball and gets stuck with it, combined body of mass 2m starts to move to
the right. Let velocity of combined body (just after collision) be v 1.
According to law of conservation of momentum,
v
(m + m) v1 = mv0 or v1 = 0 = 3 ms–1.
2
As soon as the combined body starts to move rightwards, thread becomes inclined to the vertical.
Horizontal component of its tension retards the combined body while trolley accelerates
rightwards due to the same component of tension.
Inclination of thread with the vertical continues to increase till velocities of both (combined body
and trolley) become identical or combined body comes to rest relative to trolley. Let velocity at
that instant of maximum inclination of thread be v. According to law of conservation of
momentum.
(2m + M) v = 2m.v 1 or v = 1 ms–1
During collision of ball and shell, a part of energy is lost. But after that, there is no loss of energy.
Hence, after collision, kinetic energy lost is used up in increasing gravitational potential energy of
the combined body.
If maximum inclination of thread with the vertical be  then according to law of conservation of
energy,
1 1
(2m) v12 – (2m + M) v2
2 2
= 2mg (  –  cos )
cos  = 0.8 or  = 37°
6. If 1 kg of water freezes, then 334 kJ of energy are released. The energy released if 1 kg of super
cooled water at 10°C freezes is Q. Assume that during the freezing process the temperature
remains constant, and the specific heat of water is 4.2kJ kg 1K 1 and constant and specific heat
of ice is 2.1kJ kg 1K 1 which is also constant?
(A) The value of Q is 313 kJ
(B) The value of Q is 334 kJ

(C) The internal energy of ice obtained by this process is not equal to the internal energy of
ice obtained by freezing water at 00 C and then cooled upto 10°C .
(D) The internal energy of ice obtained by this process is equal to the internal energy of ice
obtained by freezing water at 00 C and then cooled upto 10°C .
Ans. AD
Sol. We could first carefully warm up the super cooled water from f
water at its normal freezing point. In the first part of this process, the heat that has to be supplied
is 42 kJ, during the freezing stage the heat released is 334 kJ.
Q+21 kJ = 42 kJ 334 kJ.
From this, Q = 313 kJ.

answer.
Two capacitors of capacity 6 F and 3F are charged to 100V and 50V separately and connected as
shown in figure. Now all the three switches S1, S2 and S3 are closed.
6F 3F
1 +– 2 3 +– 4
+ –– + ––
+ S2 +
100V 50V
S1
S3
200V
7. Charges on the 6F capacitor in steady state will be
(A) 400 C
(B) 700 C
(C) 800 C
(D) 250 C
Ans. B
8. Suppose q1, q2 and q3 be the magnitudes of charges flown from switches S1, S2 and S3 after they
are closed. Then
(A) q1  q 3 and q2 = 0
q2
(B) q1  q 3 
2
(C) q1  q 3  2q 2
(D) q1  q 2  q 3

Ans. D
Sol. (Q.7 – 8)
600  q 150  q
  200
6 3
q q
100   50   200
6 3
q
 50 q  100 c
2
Charge on 6  F capacitor  700  c
From conservation of charge q1  q2  q3
In physics laboratory, Peter is trying to calculate the focal lengths of a convex lens. He measures the
distance between a screen and a light source lined up on the optical bench to be 120 cm. When Peter
shifts the convex lens along the axis of optical bench, sharp images of the source is obtained at two lens
positions. He also measures the ratio of these two magnifications to be 1 : 9.
9. The focal length of the convex lens measured by Peter is
(A) 22.5 cm
(B) 30 cm
(C) 45 cm
(D) none of these
Ans. A
10. Which image, as seen by Peter is brighter?
(A) smaller
(B) bigger
(C) both are equally bright
(D) cannot be judged
Ans. B
Sol. (Q.9 – 10)

v  u  120............. 1
m1 I1 v 2 1 v 1
  2   .......  2 
m2 I 2 u 9 u 3
So v  30 cm and u  90 cm so f  22.5 cm
As more light passes through lens, so bigger image is brighter


INTEGER.
11. Ann is sitting on the edge of a Disc that has a radius of 6 m and is rotating steadily. Bob is
standing still on the ground at a point that is 12m from the centre of the carousel. At a particular
instant, Bob observes Ann moving directly towards him with a speed of 1ms 1 . With what speed
(in m/s) does Ann observe Bob to be moving at that same moment?
Ans. 2
Sol. Consider the motions of the bodies both in the original frame of reference and in another frame
that moves with velocity v0 relative to the first one. Apply the Relative motion formulae. If Ann
were sitting at the centre of the disc, she would see the whole world around her rotating with the
m g m d observe Bob
standing 12 m away from the centre of the disc, but moving with a speed of 1/6 ×12 = 2 m s 1 in a
direction perpendicular to the line joining him to the centre of the disc. Although Ann is not sitting
at the centre of the disc, but at its edge, the same conclusion applies.
12. A pulley system is attached to a massless board as shown below. θ

F

The board pivots only at the pivot point. A 10 kg mass M sits
exactly in the middle of the board. If the angle  is 60°. The
force F (in N) necessary to hold the board in the position shown is 
5  x , find x?
M
Pivot point
Ans. 5
Sol. 2F
Mg

For equilibrium

Mg  2F 1
2
mg 100
F   25 N
4 4
13. The peak emission from a black body at a certain temperature occurs at a wavelength of 6000 Å.
On increasing its temperature, the total radiation emitted is increased 16 times. These radiations
are allowed to fall on a metal surface. Photoelectrons emitted by the peak radiation at higher
temperature can be bought to rest by applying a potential equivalent to the excitation potential
corresponding to the transition for the level n = 4 to n = 2 in the Bohr's hydrogen atom. The work

function of the metal is given by eV where  is the numerical constant. The value of  is
100
found 53  x , find x? [Take: he = 12420 eV- Å ]
Ans. 3


Question Stem
A quantity, n mol say, of helium gas undergoes a thermodynamic process (neither isothermal nor
isobaric) in which the molar heat capacity C of the gas can be described as a function of the absolute
temperature by C = 3RT/(4 T0 ), where R is the gas constant and T0 is the initial temperature of the
helium gas.
14 The temperature of the gas, when is reaches its minimal volume is nT0 , find the value of n.
Ans. 2.00
15. The work done on the system up until the point at which the helium gas reaches its minimal
 3
volume is   nRT0 , find the value of n.
n
Ans. 8.00
Sol. (Q.14 – 15)

When the helium gas is close to its minimal volume, to first order there is no change in the volume
for a finite change in the temperature. This means that, in this region, the process is
approximately isochoric, and so the molar heat capacity of the monatomic helium gas must be CV

Question Stem
A constant current flows through a cable consisting of two thin co-axial metallic cylinders of radii R and
2R, as shown in figure
0
16. If the inductance per unit length is loge n. Then find the value of n.
2
Ans. 2.00
0 2
17. If the energy stored in it per unit length and loge n. Then find the value of n.
4
Ans. 2.00
Sol. (Q.16 – 17)

Due to flow of current through the cable, shown in fig. magnetic field is established in the space
between cylinders. Energy is stored in this space due to magnetic field.

Since, energy stored per unit volume in magnetic field of induction B is equal to B2 / 2µ0, therefore,
magnetic induction in the space must be known. But magnetic field in the space is not uniform.
Hence, consider a thin cylindrical coaxial shell in the space. Let radius of the shell be x and radial
thickness dx as shown in fig.
According to Ampere's circuital law, magnetic induction B is given by B 2x = µ0
dx
x
R 2R
0 
or B =
2 x
Energy stored per unit length of the shell considered is
B2  2
dU = (2x dx) = 0 dx
2 0 4x
Energy stored per unit length of the cable,
x 2 R  2
 
0
U = dU = dx
x r 4x
0 2
= loge 2
4
1 2
Since, energy stored in magnetic field is U = L where L is self inductance, therefore,
2
2U 
inductance per unit length of the cable is L = 2 = 0 loge 2
2
Question Stem
A cylindrical tank is filled with two liquids of density 1 = 900 kg m –3 & 2 = 600 kgm–3, to a height h = 60
cm each as shown in figure. A small hole having area a = 4.9 cm2 is made in right vertical wall at a height
y = 20 cm from the bottom. (g = 10 m/s2)
h ( 2)
h ( 1)
F y
18. The velocity of efflux is (in m/s)
Ans. 4.00

19. The horizontal force F to keep the cylinder in static equilibrium, if it is placed on a smooth
horizontal plane is (in N)
Ans. 7.00
Sol. (Q.18 – 19)

Since area a of hole is very small in comparison to base area A of the cylinder, therefore, velocity
of liquid inside the cylinder is negligible. Let velocity of efflux be v and atmospheric pressure P0.
Consider two points A (inside the cylinder) and B (just outside the hole) in the same horizontal
line as shown in figure.
1
B
A
Pressure at A, PA = P0 + h 2g + (h – y) 1g
Pressure at B, PB = P0
According to Bernoulli's theorem,
pressure energy at A
= pressure energy at B + kinetic energy at B
1 2
PA = P B + 1v
2
v = 4ms–1 Ans. (i)
When cylinder is on smooth horizontal plane, force F required to keep cylinder stationary equals
horizontal thrust exerted by water jet. But that is equal to mass flowing per second × change in
velocity of this mass.
F = (av ) (v – 0) = a v 2
or F = 7.2 N Ans.(ii)
mg
Fmax 7.2 N
N
N
Total mass of the liquid in the cylinder is
m = Ah 1 + Ah 2 = 450 kg
Limiting friction = mg = 45 N
F < Limiting friction, therefore, minimum
force required is zero. Ans. (iii)


20. The vapour pressure of pure liquids A and B are 450 & 700 mm Hg respectively at 350K. If the
total vapour pressure of solution (A+B) is 600 mm Hg, then which of the following is/are correct?
(A) Mole fraction of A in liquid mixture is 0.4

(B) Mole fraction of A in liquid mixture is 0.6
(C) Mole fraction of A in vapour phase is 0.3
(D) Mole fraction of A in vapour phase is 0.35
Ans. AC
21. An optically active alcohol A  C8 H 16O  on oxidation gives B . A on acidic heating gives
C  C8 H 14  as major product. C on ozonolysis produces D  C5 H 8O  and
H3C C CH3 . D on reduction with LiAlH 4 gave OH .

O
Identify correct answer:
(A) CH3 (B) CH3

A is CH2OH B is COOH
H H
(C) (D)
C is D is O
Ans. ABCD
Sol. CH3 CH3

CH2OH  O  COOH
H H
 A  C8 H16O  B
H / 
H3C

ozonolysis
 O + C O
H3C
C  D
LiAlH 4
OH

22. Which of the following order for basic strength is/are correct?
(A) N (B) O
NH2 NH2
N N N
H H
(C) (D)
N NH
NH N N
N H H
H
Ans. ABC
Sol. A lone pair of N-atom participating in resonance will be less basic
23. Which of the following is/are correct :
(A) Carbon-carbon bond length in CaC 2 will be more than in CH2CCH2
(B) O–O bond length in KO2 will be more than in Na 2 O 2 .
(C) O–O bond length in O2 [PtF6] will be less than that in KO2
(D) N–O bond length in NO gaseous molecule will be smaller than in NOCl gaseous
molecule.
Ans. CD
24. Anode rays
(A) contain positively charged particles
(B) have constant e/m ratio irrespective of the type of gas used
(C) may contain He+ ions
(D) are always beams of protons
Ans. AC
25. Which is correct for a gas described by van der Waal’s equation:
(A) behaves similar to an ideal gas in the limit of large molar volumes
(B) behaves similar to an ideal gas in the limit of large pressures
(C) is characterized by van der Waal’s coefficients that are dependent on the identity of the
gas but are independent of the temperature.
(D) has the pressure that is lower than the pressure exerted by the same gas behaving
ideally

Ans. ACD

answer.
CrO

3
S
O3 N2H4

 P 
 Q  R
Zn / H2O
KOH
EtONa
NH

HBr
 U  3
excess
V
H2 /Pd

KOH

T excess
26. Which of the following statement is correct about S?
(A) It will not give yellow/orange or red colour with 2, 4-DNP
(B) It will give red colour with Cerric Ammonia Nitrate
(C) It will not give Fehling test
(D) None of these
Ans. C
27. Which of the following statement is correct about V?
(A) It will not give mustard oil reaction
(B) It will not give carbylamines test or isocyanide test
(C) It is less basic than aniline
(D) It will give base soluble product with Hinsburg reagent
Ans. D
An acyclic hydrocarbon P, having molecular formula C6 H10 , give acetone as the only organic product
through the following sequence of reactions, in which Q is an intermediate organic compound.
 i  conc.H 2SO 4
O
 Catalytic amount 
 i  dil.H 2SO 4 /HgSO 4  H 2 O  C
P Q 2 H3C CH3
 C6 H10   ii  NaBH 4 /ethanol  ii  O3
 iii  dil.acid  iii  Zn/H 2 O

28. The structure of compounds P is:
(A) CH 3CH 2CH 2CH 2  C CH (B) H 3CH 2C C  CH 2CH 3
(C) H3C (D) H3C

H C C C CH3 H3C C C C CH3
H3C H3C
Ans. D
29. The structure of the compound Q is:
(A) H3C OH (B) H3C OH

H C C CH2CH3 H C CH2CHCH3
H3C H H3C
(C) H3C OH (D) OH
H3C C C CH3 CH 3CH 2 CH 2CHCH 2CH 3

H3C H
Ans. B

INTEGER.
2
30. The number of electrons for Zn cation that have the value of azimuthal quantum number  0 is:
Ans. 6
Sol. Azimuthal quantum number is zero for s-subshell
31. Co forms dinuclear complex with a sigma bond within two Co atoms. Consider that metal
carbonyls follows EAN rule. The complex can be written as CO 2  CO  x . Find the value of x ?
Ans. 8
Sol.  CO  x / 2 Co  Co  CO  x / 2
x
EAN   36   27  1  2 
2
28  x  36
x8
32. If four atoms of same radius are placed at the alternate corner of a cube touching each other,
than the length of body diagonal of the cube is equal to x  R , where R is the radius of atom.
Find the value of x?

Ans. 6
Sol. A

E 

B D
Face diagonal of cube  AB  =2R
2R
Edge length of cube  BE  =
2
2R
Body diagonal of cube  AD  = 3×
2
= 6R

Question Stem
An aluminium block of 270gm having total heat capacity 490 J/K. at 127°C is placed in a lake at 27°C.
Suniverse is given by x J/K . When the same block at 27°C is dropped in the lake (27°C) from a height of
200m. ΔSuniverse is given by y J/K . [ ln  4 / 3   0.29, g  10.0m/sec ]
2
33. The value of x is_____.

Ans. 21.23
490   400  300 

Sol. ΔSlake  1 Sblack  0  ln  00 00   1 1
300
x  Suniv  163.33  142.1  21.23 J / K
34. The value of y is_____.
Ans. 1.80
mgh 0.270  10  200

Sol. Sblack  0; Slake    1.8 J/K
300 300

Question Stem
A mixture of NaCl & NaBr weighing 4.0 gm was dissolved and treated with excess of AgNO3 to
precipitate all of the chlorides & bromides as AgCl and AgBr . The washed ppt was treated with KCN to
dissolve the precipitates. The resulting solution was electrolysed, the weight of Ag deposited is 6.0 gm.
K  Ag  CN  2  +KOH 
electrolysis
 Ag+KCN+O 2 +H 2O
 M.W.of NaCl, NaBr and Ag are 58.5,103,108g/mol 
35. Wight percent of NaCl in the original mixture is____.
Ans. 56.60
36. The volume  at STP,in ltr  of O2 produced during electrolysis is_____.
Ans. 0.31
Sol. (Q.35 – 36)

x mass of NaCl
x 4 x 6
  x  2.264
58.5 103 108
1
Moles of O2 produced = ×moles of Ag
4
Question Stem
2 2 1
At 298 K, the limiting molar conductivity of a weak monobasic acid is 4×10 S cm mol . At 298 K, for an
aqueous solution of the acid the degree of dissociation is  and the molar conductivity
is y×10S cm 2 mol 1 . At 298 K, upon 20 times dilution with water, the molar conductivity of the solution
2
2 2 1
becomes 3y×10 S cm mol .
37. The value of  is____.
Ans. 0.22
mc y  102 y
Sol. 1    
m0 4  102 4
mc 3 y  102 3 y
2  0    3
m 4  102 4
C112 C2 2 2
Ka  
1  1 1   2

C 2  C / 20  3 
2

1 1  3
  0.2156
  0.22
38. The value of y is______.
Ans. 0.88
y
Sol.  ; y  4  4  0.22  0.88
4


39. The volume of a right triangular prism ABCA1B1C1 is equal to 3. If the position vectors of the
vertices of the base ABC are A(1, 0, 1) ; B(2,0, 0) and C(0, 1, 0) the position vectors of the vertex
A1 can be:
(A) (2, 2, 2)
(B) (0, 2, 0)
(C) (0, - 2, 2)
(D) (0, - 2, 0)
Ans. AD
Sol. knowing the volume of the prism we find its altitude H = (A A1) = and designating the vertex A1

(x1, y1, z1) relate the co-ordinates of the vector A A1 = (x - 1, y, z - 1) and its length. We get the
 
other equation from the condition A A1 perpendicular to AC ]
40. If the equation | z | (z  1)8  z8 | z  1| where z  C and z(z  1)  0 has distinct roots
z1, z2, z3, ..., zn (where n  N) then which of the following is/are true?
(A) z1, z2, z3, ...., zn are concyclic points

(B) z1, z2, z3, ...., zn are collinear points
(C)
n
7
Re(zr ) 
r 1 2
n
(D) m(zr )  0
r 1
Ans. BCD
41. If in a ABC, a, b, c are in A.P. and P1, P2, P3 are the altitudes from the vertices A, B and C
respectively, then
(A) P1, P2, P3 are in A.P.
(B) P1, P2, P3 are in H.P.
3R
(C) P1  P2  P3 

(D) 1 1 1 3R
  
P1 P2 P3 

Ans. BD
a1  b1 a1  b2 a1  b3
42. Suppose a1, a2, a3 are in A.P. and b1, b2, b3 are in H.P. and let  = a  b a  b a2  b3 ,
2 1 2 2
a3  b1 a3  b2 a3  b3
then
(A)  is independent of a1, a2, a3, b1, b2, b3
(B) a1 – , a2 – 2, a3 – 3 are in A.P.
(C) b1 + , b2 + 2, b3 +  are in H.P
(D) none of these
Ans. ABC
43. Let A, B, C be nn real matrices and are pair wise commutative and ABC = On and if
= det(A3 + B3 + C3). det (A + B + C) then
(A) >0
(B) <0
(C) =0
(D)  (-, ) – {0}
Ans. AC
Sol. A 3  B3  C3  A 3  B3  C3  3ABC

=  A  B  C  A 2  B2  C2  AB  BC  CA
=  A  B  C   A  WB  W C  A  W B  WC  [W = cube root of unity]
2 2
=  A  B  C   A  WB  W C  A  WB  W C  2 2
thus det(A3 + B3 + C3).det(A + B + C)


det(A + B + C)2.det(A + WB + W 2C)det A  WB  W 2 C 
=  det  A  B  C   . det  A  WB  W C 
2 2
2
 0.
44. Let f: A  A, where A is a set of non-negative integers and satisfying the condition.
(i) x  f(x) = 19 [x/19]  90[f(x)/90],  x  A
(ii) 1900 < f(1900) < 2000
then f(1900) equals, where [ ] indenter greatest integer function
(A) 1994
(B) 1900
(C) 1904
(D) 1890

Ans. AC
 f 1990  
Sol. Put x = 1990 in(i) we get   = f(1990)  14 ……….(0)(iii)
 90 
1990 f 1990  2000
Using relation(ii)  
90 90 90
 f 1990  
  = 21 or 22
 90 
 f 1990  
of   = 21 f(1990) = 1904 Using (iii)
 90 
 f 1990  
of   = 22 f(1990) = 1994 using (iii)
 90 

answer.
1
Let t be a real number satisfying 2t 3  9t 2  30   0 where t  x  and  R then
x
45. If the cubic equation has three real and distinct solution for x then
(A) Is greater than 9
(B) Is greater than 11
(C) Is less than 8
(D) Is not equal to 10
Ans. A
Sol. For  10 t1  2, t 2 2 and if x  1/ x  2 x  1 and x  1/ x  t 2 so there will be two

distinct values of x
46. If the cubic equation has exactly two real and distinct roots of x then exhaustive set of values of
is
(A)   ,3   30,  

(B)   , 22  10,   {3}
(C)  {3,30}
(D) None of these
Ans. B

Sol. Since domain of f  t   2t 3  9t 2  30, t  x  1/ x, t  2 f  2    22, f  2   10, critical

points at t  0 & 3; f  3   3
Let P, Q are two points on the curve y = log1/ 2  x  0.5   log2 4x 2  4x  1 and P is also on the circle
x2 + y2 = 10, Q lies inside the given circle such that its abscissa is an integer.
47. The co–ordinates of P are given by
(A) (1, 2)
(B) (2, 4)
(C) (3, 1)
(D) (3, 5)
Ans. C
 1 2 1
Sol. y = log1/ 2  x    log2  2x  1 But x >
 2 2
 1
= log1/ 2  x    log2  2x  1
 2
y=1
P (3, 1).
 
48. OP OQ , ‘O’ being the origin is
(A) 4 or 7
(B) 4 or 2
(C) 2 or 3
(D) 7 or 8
Ans. A

Sol. OP  3iˆ  ˆj
Q (1, 1) or (2, 1)

OQ  î  ˆj and 2iˆ  ˆj
 
OP OQ  3  1  4 and 6 + 1 = 7


INTEGER.
49. Consider on equation with x as variable 7 sin3x  2sin9x  sec 2   4cosec 2  then the value of
15 [minimum positive root – maximum negative root] is:
2
Ans. 5
50.  
If the area enclosed by g x ,x  3,x  5 and x-axis where g x is the inverse of  
f  x   x  3x  1 is A, then  A  is ( . is G. I. F)
3
Ans. 4
1   f  x 
3
51. Let f  x   cos2x.cos 4x.cos 6x.cos8x.cos10x then lim equals

x 0 55 sin2 x
Ans. 6
Sol. ln cos 2x 22 ln cos 4x 42

lim   ,lim  
x 0 x2 2 x0 x2 2

Question Stem
Let f  x   x
2010
 x1010  x 510  x 210  x 2 . If f  x  is divided by x 2  x 2  1 , then we get remainder
as g  x   ax  bx  cx  d .
2 2
52. a  b  c  d is equal to____.
Ans. 3.00
If roots of g  x   0 lies between the roots of the equation x  2  a  1 x  a  a  1  0 then

2
53.
the number of integral values of a will be_____.
Ans. 0.00


Question Stem
2 3 2.4 5 2.4.6 7
Let f  x   x  x  x  x  .... x   0,1
1.3 1.35 1.3.5.7
1 
54. If the value of f   is (where a, b  ) then a  b is______.
2 a b
Ans. 6.00
 
Let g  x   1  x . f  x  for all x   0,1 . If the range of g  x  is  0,  (where c 
2
55. )
 c
then c is_____.
Ans. 2.00
Question Stem
Let z1 and z2 are two complex numbers such that z1  a and z2  b satisfying the equation
 z 2
3 z12  2 z1 z 2  2 z12  0 and also Re  1   0 . Also P,Q and O are points in complex plane
 z1  2 
corresponding to z1 , z2 and origin respectively.
x2 y 2
56. Eccentricity of the ellipse   1, is_____.
a 2 b2
Ans. 0.58
57. Area of triangle OPQ is______.

Ans. 2.24

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – III
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 04-01-2022
answer.

AITS-FT-III-PCM-JEE(Main)/2022 2
SECTION – A
1. What are the dimensions of electrical permittivity?

–2 –2 –2
(A) ML T Q
–1 2 –3 –1
(B) M LT Q
(C) M–1 L–3T2Q2

–1 3 –2 –2
(D) M LT Q
Ans. C
Sol. Permittivity 
ch arg e2 
Q2
 M 1L3 T 2 Q 2
force  dis tan ce  MLT 2  L2
2
2. Two particles A and B are projected simultaneously in the directions vB= 10 3 m/s
shown in figure with velocities v A  25m/s and v B  10 3 m/s. If they vA=25m/s
collide in air after 2s, the angle  is
 60°
x
(A) 30°
(B) 45°
(C) 53°
(D) 37°
Ans. D
Sol. For collision, vB= 10 3 m/s

vA sin  = vB sin 60°
vA=25m/s
3
25 sin  = 10 3   60°
2
x
3
sin  =
5
or = 37°

3 AITS-FT-III-PCM-JEE(Main)/2022
3. A uniform chain of length L has one of its end attached to the wall at
A
3L
point A, while of the length of the chain is lying on table as shown 37°
4
in figure. The minimum co-efficient of friction between table and chain
so that chain remains in equilibrium is
(A) 1/3
(B) 1/4
(C) 3/4
(D) 1/5
Ans. B
L F
Sol. F cos 37  g N
4 T f
T
(where is the mass/length of the chain). L
g
F sin 37  T  f  N 4 3 L
g
4
1 1
  min 
4 4
4. A block of mass m is released from rest when the extension in the k
spring is x0. The maximum downward displacement of the block is
Mg
(A)  x0
2k
Mg
(B)  x0
2k
2Mg
(C)  x0
k
2Mg
(D)  x0
k
Ans. A
Sol. If block M moves a distance of x the extension in spring increases by 2x.

By work energy theorem,
1
k[ x02  ( x 0  2 x ) 2 ]  Mgx  O
2

1
 k ( 4 x 2  4 xx0 )  Mgx  O
2
1
k ( 4 x  4 x 0 )  Mg
2
Mg
x  x0 
2k
Mg
x  x0
2k
5. A particle is projected with such a velocity that its range is R. The particle
undergoes elastic collision with a wall placed at a distance of x (> R/2). x
The horizontal distance of point of projection and point where particle
hits the ground is R
(A) R+x
(B) x–R
(C) 2x – R
(D) R + 2x
Ans. C
Sol. Since collision is elastic, the horizontal velocity reverses its direction.
6. A ball of mass m is attached to the end of a thread fastened to the top of a O

vertical rod which is fitted to a horizontally revolving round table as shown. If w
l
the thread forms an angle  with the vertical, the angular velocity  of table
is r
g
(A)
l cos 
r
(B)
g tan 
g tan 
(C)
r  l sin 
g tan 
(D)
r
Ans. C

Sol. T sin   m 2 R Tcos

T cos   mg T 
2 R Tsin
tan  
g
mg
g tan  g tan 
  R= r+lsin
R r  l sin 
7. An artificial satellite of mass m is moving in a circular orbit at a height equal to the radius R of the
earth. Suddenly due to internal explosion the satellite breaks into two parts of equal masses. One
part of the satellite stops just after the explosion. The increase in the mechanical energy of the
system (satellite + earth) due to explosion will be
(Given: acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth is g)
(A) mgR
mgR
(B)
2
mgR
(C)
4
3mgR
(D)
4
Ans. C
m m
Sol. Conserving momentum during the explosion mv   0  v' or v' = 2v
2 2
1m 1 1
Increase in the mechanical energy = K + U = K + 0 = ( 2v) 2  mv 2  mv 2
2 2 2 2
GMm mgR  GM 
=  v  
4R 4  2R 
8. A container has two immiscible liquids of densities 1 and 2 (>

1). A capillary tube of radius r is inserted in the liquid so that
its bottom reaches upto the denser liquid. The denser liquid
rises in the capillary and attains a height h from the interface of h 1
the liquids, which is equal to the column length of the lighter
liquid. Assuming angle of contact to be zero, the surface
tension of heavier liquid is 2
(A) 2r 2 gh

2 rgh
(B)
2
r
(C)  2  1 gh
2
(D) 2r  2  1 gh

Ans. C
2T r
Sol. P0  h 1 g  2 gh   P0 , T   2  1 gh
r 2
9. A cylindrical vessel contains a liquid of density upto a height h. The liquid

is closed by a piston of mass m and area of cross-section A. There is a m, A
small hole at the bottom of the vessel. The speed v with which the liquid
comes out of the hole is: (neglect presence of atmosphere)
h
v
(A) 2 gh
 mg 
(B) 2 gh  
 A 
 mg 
(C) 2 gh  
 A 
mg
(D) 2 gh 
A
Ans. B
Sol. Applying Bernoulli’s theorem at 1 and 2

mg 1 2 m, A
gh   v
A 2 h
1 2
v
 mg 
or v  2 gh  
 A 
10. Find the natural frequency of the system as shown in figure. The pulleys are
massless and frictionless. k

2 k
(A)
 m
1 k
(B)
2 m
4 k
(C)
 m
8 k
(D)
 m
Ans. A
Sol. Let m is displaced downward by x from its mean position then spring will stretched by x0  4 x .
x0 2 k
x , m x  4 kx0  16 kx
2
f 
4  m
11. A stationary wave is set up on a string fixed at both ends. The distance between two consecutive
nodes is 18 cm at a particular mode of vibration and for the next higher mode of vibration in the
same string the distance between two consecutive nodes is 16 cm. The length of string is
(A) 144 cm
(B) 140 cm
(C) 36 cm
(D) 32 cm
Ans. A
Sol. n 1
 n  1 2
… (i)
2 2
(Given 1 = 36, 2 = 32)
n=8
n 1
l l = 144 cm
2
12. The give curve represents the variation of temperature as a function of T

volume for one mole of an ideal gas. Which of the following curves
represents the variation of pressure as a function of volume?
To 45°

(A) P (B) P
V V
(C) P (D) P
V V
Ans. A
Sol. T  V tan 45  T0

T  V  T0
PV
For one mole of an ideal gas T 
R
PV
 V  T0 ( P  R ) V  RT0
R
Hence graph is rectangular hyperbola given in option (a).
13. A solid conducting sphere having a charge Q is surrounded by an uncharged concentric

conducting hollow spherical shell. The potential difference between the surface of solid sphere
and the outer surface of the hollow shell is V. If the shell is now given a charge of –3Q, the new
potential difference between the same two surfaces is
(A) V
(B) 2V
(C) 4V
(D) –2 V
Ans. A
Sol. In the given situation potential difference is independent of charge on outer shell.
14. A potentiometer wire AB is 100cm long and has total 10V

resistance of 10 . Find the value of unknown resistance R so
that null point is obtained at a distance 40 cm from A.
40cm
C B
A
E = 5V G
r=1

(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
Ans. D
10 5
Sol.  40  5  1 R=4
100 R 1
15. A conducting wire bent in the form of a parabola y  2 x carries a

2 y i A
current i = 2A as shown in figure. This wire is placed in a uniform
 2.0
magnetic field B  4kˆ tesla. The magnetic force on the wire is O x(m)
(A) –16 iˆ
(B) 32 iˆ
(C) –32 iˆ
(D) 16 iˆ
Ans. B
Sol.

    
Fm  2 4  ˆj  4  kˆ = Fm  32iˆ
16. A very long uniformly charged rod falls with a constant velocity V through the +
center of a circular loop. Then the magnitude of induced emf in loop is (charge +
+
per unit length of rod = ) +
+
+
+
+
0
(A) V2
2
0
(B) V2
2
0
(C) V
2
(D) zero

Ans. D
Sol. Magnetic flux linked with the loop is always zero.

So induced emf is also zero
17. A capacitor of capacity 2 F is charged to a potential difference of 12V. It is then connected

across an inductor of inductance 0.6 mH. The current in the circuit at a time when the P.D. across
the capacitor is 6.0 V is
(A) 0.6 A
(B) 1.2 A
(C) 2.4 A
(D) 3.6 A
Ans. A
1 10 5
Sol.  
LC 12
q  q 0 cos t
2  10 6  6  2  10 6  12 cos t
1 
cos t  t 
2 3
dq
i   q0  sin t
dt
i=6A
18. A thin converging lens of refractive index 1.5 has power of +5D. When this lens is immersed in a
liquid, it acts as a diverging lens of focal length 100 cm. The refractive index of the liquid is
(A) 2
15
(B)
11
4
(C)
3
5
(D)
3
Ans. D
1 2 =1.5
Sol. P  (  1)
f R 
2
P  (1.5  1)  5
R

R = 20 cm
Focal length of this lens in medium (  ' )
1    2  1.5  2
   1    1
f '  '  R  '  20
 1  1. 5  1 1.5 1 9
   1  1 
10  ' 1 ' 10 10
15 5
'  
9 3
19. Unpolarized light of intensity 32Wm–2 passes through three polarizers such that transmission
axes of the first and second polarizer makes and angle 30° with each other and the transmission
axis of the last polarizer is crossed with that of the first. The intensity of final emerging light will be
(A) 32 Wm–2
–2
(B) 3 Wm
(C) 8 Wm–2
–2
(D) 4 Wm
Ans. B
Sol. I 0  32 Wm -2
I0
After passing through first polarizer, I 1  = 16 W/m2
2
After passing through second polarizer, I 2  I1 cos 30  12 W/m
2 2
After passing through third polarizer, I 3  I 2 cos 60  3 W/m

2 2
20. When photons of energy 4.25 eV strike the surface of a metal A, the ejected photoelectrons have
maximum kinetic energy TA eV and de Broglie wavelength A. The maximum kinetic energy of
photoelectrons liberated from another metal B by photons of energy 4.70 eV is
TB  (T A  1.50) eV. If the de Broglie wavelength of these photoelectrons is B = 2 A, then
choose the incorrect statement.
(A) the work function of A is 1.25 eV
(B) the work function of B is 4.20 eV
(C) TA = 2.00 eV
(D) TB = 0.5 eV
Ans. A
Sol. 2 A
B 4TB  TA
TB  TA  1.5
TB  0.5 eV

T A  2 eV
A = 2.25 eV and B = 4.2 eV
SECTION – B
21. A binary star consists of two starts A (mass 2.2 MS) and B (mass 11 MS), where MS is the mass of
the sun. They are separated by distance d and are rotating about their centre of mass, which is
stationary. The ratio of the total angular momentum of the binary star to the angular momentum of
star B about the centre of mass is
Ans. 00006.00
L total (IA  IB )w m A rA2 11

Sol.    1  1 6
LB IB .w mBrB 2
2.2
22. Degree of freedom for a gas is 6. This gas does 25 J of piston work at constant pressure. Net
heat absorbed by the gas during this process is ……… .
Ans. 00075.00
Sol. Work done at constant pressure is

 1
W   1    Q total
 r
 1
25   1   Qtotal
 r
2 2
But, r  1  1
f 6
4
or r
3
 3
So, 25   1    Q total
 4
or Q total  100 J
So, net heat absorbed by the gas = 100 – 25 = 75 J
23. A thin plano-convex lens of focal length f is split into two halves. One of
the halves is shifted along the optical axis. The separation between
object and image planes is 1.8 m. The magnification of the image formed
by one of the half lens is 2. Find the separation between the halves.
Ans. 00000.60

v
Sol.  2 or u  2 u
u
When u = –x, then v = + 2x and x  v  1.8m
3x  1.8m or x  0.60 m
24. A uniformly charged thin spherical shell of radius R carries uniform

surface charge density 6 per unit area. It is made of two hemispherical
shells, held together by pressing them with force F. The value of F will
2 2
be (Take,  R = 4 0)
Ans. 00002.00
Sol. For the given area total force will be u dA

When dA is the area, then electrical force per unit area
2
1 1    2
 0
E2  0   
2 2 2 0  2ge0
Projection area  r 2
 2 
Net electrical force    ( R )
2
2
 0
In equilibrium, this force should be equal to the applied force,
2R 2 4
F  0
2
2 0 2 0
25. Find charge supplied by the cell after the switch is closed (in C)
Ans. 00016.80
Sol. The potential difference across 1 F and 2 F (uppermost) capacitor

must sum up to
q q/2 24
 6 C q
1 2 5
24
Answer is 12   16.8C
5
26. Light of wavelength 1800 Å ejects photoelectrons from a plane of a metal whose work function is
2 eV. If a uniform magnetic field of 5  10–5 tesla is applied parallel to plate, what would be the
radius of the path (in metre) followed by electrons ejected normally from the plate with maximum
energy.

Ans. 00000.15
Sol. Energy of incident photons in eV is given as

12431
E eV
1800
As work function of metal is 2eV, the maximum kinetic energy of ejected electrons is
KEmax  E 
KEmax  6.9  2eV
KEmax  4.9eV
If max be the speed of fastest electrons then we have
1
m max
2
 4.9  1.6  1019 joule
2
2  4.9  1.6  10 19
 max 
9.1 10 31
 max  1.31 10 6 m/s
When an electron with this speed enters a uniform magnetic field normally it follows a circular
path whose radius can be given by
mv mv 2
r [As qvB  ]
qB r
9.1 10 31  1.31 106
r
1.6  10 19  5  105
r  0.149 m
27. A U tube contains water and methylated spirit separated by mercury. The mercury columns in the
two arms are at the same level with 10.0 cm of water in one arm and 12.5 cm of spirit in the other.
What is the relative density of spirit?
Ans. 00000.80
–3
Sol. For water column in one arm of U tube, h1 = 10.0 cm; 1 (density = 1 gcm )
For spirit column in other arm of U tube, h2 = 12.5 cm; 2 = ?
As the mercury columns in the two arms of U tube are in level, therefore pressure exerted by
each is equal.
h1 1 10  1
Hence h1 1 g  h2 2 g or 2    0.8 g cm–3
h2 12.5
Therefore, relative density of spirit = 2 / 1 = 0.8 / 1 = 0.8
28. In an -decay the kinetic energy of -particle is 48 MeV and Q-value of the reaction is 50 MeV.
The mass number of the mother nucleus is X. Find the value of X/4. (Assume that daughter
nucleus is in ground state)
Ans. 00025.00
my
Sol. We have K   .Q
my  m
A4 A4
K  .Q 48  .50 A  100
A A

29. Electrons in hydrogen like atom (Z = 3) make transitions from the fifth to the fourth orbit and from
the fourth to the third orbit. The resulting radiations are incident normally on a metal plate and
eject photoelectrons. The stopping potential for the photoelectrons ejected by the shorter
wavelength is 3.95 volts. Calculate the work function of the metal (in eV).
7 –1
(Rydberg constant = 1.094  10 m )
Ans. 00002.00
Sol. For hydrogen like atom energy of the nth orbit is

13.6 2
En   Z eV/atom
n2
For transition from n = 5 to n = 4,
1 1  13.6  9  9
hv  13.6  9     16  25  2.754 eV
 16 25 
For transition from n = 4 to n = 3,
 1 1  13.6  9  7
hv  13.6  9      5.95 eV
 9 16  9  16
For transition n = 4 to n = 3, the frequency is high and hence wavelength is short.
For photoelectric effect, hv - W = eV0, where W = work function
–19 –19
5.95  1.6  10 – W = 1.6  10  3.95
W = 2  1.6  10–19 = 2 eV
30. The convex surface of a thin concavo-convex lens of glass of

refractive index 1.5 has a radius of curvature 20 cm. The concave
surface has a radius of curvature 60 cm. The convex side is silvered
and placed on a horizontal surface. At what distance should a pin be
placed on optical axis so that image is formed at same place.
Ans. 00015.00
Sol. This silvered concavo-convex lens behaves like a mirror whose focal length can be calculated by
the formula
1 2 1
 
f f1 f2
f 1 = focal length of concave surface.
f 2 = focal length of concave mirror.
1 2 1 4
  
f 30 10 30
f = –7.5 cm
Using mirror formula
1 1 1 1 1 1
    x  15 cm
f v u 7.5  x  x

SECTION – A
31. When the letters shown have their usual meanings, the velocity of photoelectrons is:
1/2
 2hc  0  
(A)   
 m  0 

2
 2hc  0  
(B)   
 m  0 

2hc
(C)
m
2
 m 
(D)  
 2hc 
Ans. A
Sol. KE  h(v  v 0 )
1 1 1 
mv 2  hc   
2  0 
2hc  0  
v2   
m  0 
32. Which of the following properties is not shown by NO?
(A) It is a neutral oxide
(B) It combines with oxygen to form nitrogen dioxide
(C) Its bond order is 2.5
(D) It is diamagnetic in gaseous state
Ans. D
Sol. NO has total 15 electrons and one electron is unpaired.
33. AlCl3 and FeCl3 can be separated from their mixture by using:
(A) NH4OH
(B) NaOH

(C) H2O
(D) magnetic method
Ans. B
Sol. AlCl3 dissolves in aqueous NaOH while FeCl3 gives brown ppt. of Fe(OH)3 which on separation
can again be converted to respective chlorides.
NaOH
AlCl3  3NaOH 
3NaCl
 Al(OH)3 
 Na[Al(OH)4 ]
solution
FeCl3  3NaOH 
3NaCl
 Fe(OH)3
(brown ppt.)
34. OH
+
 ; Major product is ........

(A) OH (B) OH
(C) OH (D) OH
Ans. A
Sol. OH
OH
+
(for 1,4-addition)
35. What is R in the following set of reactions?

COOH
CH2
SOCl Zn/Hg/HClAlCl

2
 P 

3
Q  R
(A) (B)
CH2
OH

(C) (D)
Ans. C
Sol. CH2 CH2
SOCl

2
 
AlCl
2

HO C C
Cl
O O
(P)
ZnHgHCl
 
O
(Q)
(R)
36. Which of the following species has the shortest bond length?
2-
(A) NO
+
(B) NO
(C) NO
-
(D) NO
Ans. B
Sol. MOT of NO,

* *
1s2  1s 2  
2s2
 2s 2  
2px 2
 2py 2  2pz 2  px1  2py
10  5
B.O   2.5
2
For NO 
10  4
B.O.  3
2
For NO2 
10  7
B.O.   1.5
2
10  6
For NO  ,B.O.  2
2
1
Bond length 
Bond order

37. Consider the standard reduction potentials (in volts) as shown below. Find Eo.
0.936 0.576 1
SO24   SO32   S2O32
2
Eo  ?
(A) 0.326 V
(B) 0.425 V
(C) 0.756 V
(D) 0.512
Ans. C
Sol. Go  G1o  Go2

nFEo  nFE1o  nFEo2
4FEo  2F  (0.936)  2F(0.576)
4Eo  2  0.936  2  0.576
1.872  1.152
Eo   0.756
4
38. 100 mL of 0.2 M CH3COOH, 50 mL of 0.1 M HCl and 50 mL of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed together at
25°C If Ka (CH3COOH) = 10-5, then pH of the resulting solution will be;
(A) pH = 8
(B) pH = 9
(C) pH = 8.5
(D) pH = 9.5
Ans. B
Sol. (1) HCl + NaOH  NaCl+H2

5 25 0
0 20 5
(2) CH3 COOH + NaOH  CH3 COONa+H2 O

20 20 0
0 0 20
20
C  0.1M
200
1
pH  7  {5  log(0.1)}  9
2
39. Which of the following does not exist?
(A) PF5
(B) SF4

(C) BiI5
(D) BiI3
Ans. C
Sol. BiI5 doesn’t exist due to the inert pair effect of Bi and reducing property of I--.
40. For equilibrium process S8(g) 4S2 (g) reaction starts with S8(g), at equilibrium V.D. of mixture
is found to be 64. Calculate degree of dissociation of S8.
(A) 2/3
(B) 1/3
(C) 4/3
(D) 5/3
Ans. B
Sol. S8 4S2
1 
32  8
1  3  2
32  4
1

3
41. What is the free energy change for the process:
H2 O(l, 10o C,0.28Pa,1 mole)  H2O
(s, -10o C,0.26 Pa, 1 mole)
Given that vapour pressure of water and ice at
-10°C is 0.28 and 0.26 Pa respectively.
14
(A) R  263  ln
13
13
(B) R  263  ln
14
13
(C) R  10  ln
14
(D) Zero
Ans. B
Sol. dG  VdP  SdT

dG  VdP (T=constant)
P   0.26 
G  nRT ln  2   263R ln  
 P1   0.28 

 13 
 263Rln  
 14 
42. Beryllium shows diagonal relationship with aluminium, which of the following is incorrect?
(A) Be2C like Al4C3 yields methane on hydrolysis
(B) Be, like Al is not rendered passive by HNO3
(C) Be(OH)2 like Al(OH)3 is basic
(D) Be forms beryllates and Al forms aluminates
Ans. C
Sol. Factual
43. Select the incorrect statement.
(A) In alkaline solution XeO3 forms xenate ions
(B) Perxenate ions can be formed by disproportionation of xenates in alkaline conditions
(C) In perxenates Xe is in +6 oxidation state
(D) Perxenates can act as oxidizing agents
Ans. C
Sol. Xenates (+6), Persenates (+8)

XeO3  NaOH  Na  [HXeO 4 ]
2[HXeO 4 ]  2OH  [XeO6 ]4   Xe  O2  2H2 O
44. Which one of the following pairs of isomers and types of isomerism are correctly matched-
(P) [Co(NH3 )5 (NO2 )]Cl2 and [Co(NH3 )5 (ONO)]Cl2 ... linkage
(Q) [Cu(NH3 )4 ](PtCl4 ) and [Pt(NH3 )4 ][CuCl4 ].... co-ordination
(R) [Pt(NH3 )4 Cl2 )] Br2 and [Pt (NH3 )4 Br2 ]Cl2 .....ionization
Select the correct answer using the codes given below:
(A) Q and R
(B) P, Q and R
(C) P and R
(D) P and Q
Ans. B
Sol. Factual

45. IUPAC name of the complex compound Na3 [Cr(O)2 (O2 )(O2 )2 (NH3 )] where half of the
coordination number are occupied by neutral ligands with magnetic moment   15 must be:
(A) Sodium amminedioxodioxygensuperoxochromate (III)
(B) Sodium amminedioxygendioxodisuperoxochromate (III)
(C) Sodium amminebisdioxygendioxoperoxochromate (III)
(D) Sodium amminebisdioxygendioxoperoxochromium (III)
Ans. C
Sol. Factual
46. An aqueous solution of colourless metal sulphate M, gives a white ppt., with NH4OH. This was
soluble in excess of NH4OH. On passing H2S through this solution a white ppt. Is formed. The
metal M in the salt is:
(A) Ca
(B) Ba
(C) Al
(D) Zn
Ans. D
Sol. Zn2   2NH3  2H2O  Zn(OH)2  2NH4

2
Zn(OH)2  4NH3  [Zn(NH3 )4 ](soluble)  2OH
Zn2  H2S  ZnS  2H

(white ppt)
47. A pale green crystalline metal salt of M dissolves freely in water. On standing it gives a brown ppt.
On addition of aqueous NaOH. The metal salt solution also gives a black ppt. On bubbling H2S in
basic medium. An aqueous solution of the metal salt decolourizes the pink colour of the
permanganate solution. The metal in the metal salt solution is:
(A) copper
(B) aluminium
(C) lead
(D) iron
Ans. D
Sol. The salt could be iron (II) sulphate, in the presence of NaOH and air is oxidised to ferric
hydroxide. On passing H2S forms FeS which is black in colour, potassium permanganate oxidises
+2 3+ +2
Fe to Fe and itself get reduced to Mn due to which the pink colour disappears.

48. In which of the following cases the compound written on right shows the mentioned phenomenon
more than the compound written on left?
(p)
(acidity)
(q) O O
Br
(acidity)
H H
(r) O
H3C
OEtH3C . (Nucleophilic attack)
O
. .
(A) p, q
(B) q, r
(C) p, r
(D) in all
Ans. B
Sol. Factual.
49. A mixture of organic compound responded positively for following reagents (X, Y, Z):
(i) PhSO 2Cl
(X) (ii) KOH
(i) Zn/NH4Cl
;(Y) = 
(ii) Tollen's reagent
;
(Z) = Na metal.
The mixture has:
(A) OH NH2 NO 2
+ +
(B) NH2 COOH

+

(C) H3C CH2 CH CH 2 N CH3
NO 2 C2H5
C CH
+
(D) H C C CH2 CH2 N CH3
CH3
N O
OH
Ans. A
Sol. A primary amine gives positive test with Hinsberg reagent (PhSO2Cl), a –NO2 group gives
positive test with mulliken’s reagent (Zn/NH4Cl, Tollen’s reagent and an acidic functional group
gives positive test with sodium metal.
50. In Fishcher-Killiani synthesis, the anomeric carbon of the reactant:
(A) remains as carbonyl
(B) is lost as CO2
(C) becomes the new epimeric centre
(D) becomes a nitrile carbon.
Ans. C
Sol. Fischer-Killiani synthesis produces C-2 epimers.
SECTION – B
51. On the basis of the information available from the reaction;

4 2
Al  O2  Al2O3 ; G  827 kJ mol 1 of O2
3 3
The minimum EMF required to carry out electrolysis of Al2O3 is:
-1
(1 F = 96500) C mol of electrons)
Ans. 00002.14

Sol. 1 mol Al, n = 3 (electron exchanged)

4 4
mol Al,n   3  4
3 3
Go  nFE0 E0  2.14V
52. Calculate (ratio of Cp and Cv) for triatomic linear gas at high temperature. Assume that the
contribution of vibrational degree of freedom is 75%:
Ans. 00001.18
3 3 11
Sol. Cv  R  R  4R   R;
2 4 2
11 13
Cp  R  R  R
2 2
Cp 13
  1.18
Cv 11
53. In the presence of excess of anhydrous SrCl2, the amount of water taken up is governed by Kp =
1012 atm-4 for the following reaction at 273 K
SrCl2 .2H2O(s)  4H2O(g) SrCl2 .6H2O(s)
What is equilibrium vapour pressure (in torr) of water in a closed vessel that contains
SrCl2.2H2O(g)?
Ans. 00000.76
1
Sol. Kp 
PH42O( g)
1/ 4
 1 
PH2 O(g)  
 K 
 p
(10 )  10 3 atm
12 1/ 4
K p  10 3  760  0.76 torr
54. Consider the following first order competing reactions:

k1 k2
X  A  B and Y  CD
If 50% of the reaction of X was completed when 96% of the reaction of Y was completed, the ratio
of their rate constants (k2/k1) is:
Ans. 00004.65
1 100
Sol. K 2  ln ...(i)
t 4
1 100
K 1  ln ....(ii)
t 50
K 2 ln 25
  4.65
K2 ln 2

55. If 0.50 L of a 0.60 M SnSO4 solution is electrolysed for a period of 30.0 min using a current of
2+
4.60 A. If inert electrodes are used, what is the final concentration of Sn remaining in the
solution?
[At. Mass of Sn = 119]
Ans. 00000.51
W 4.6  30  60
Sol. 2 
M 96500
2+
Moles of Sn reduced = 0.043
Initial moles of Sn2+  0.5  0.6 0.30;
2+
Remaining moles of Sn = 0.30 – 0.043
0.257
[Sn2+ ]=  0.514M
0.5
56. 9.2 grams of N2O4(g) is taken in a closed one litre vessel and heated till the following equilibrium
is reached N2O 4 (g) 2NO2 (g)
At equilibrium, 50% N2O4(g) is dissociated. What is the equilibrium constant (in mol litre-1)
(molecular mass of N2O4 = 92)
Ans. 00000.20
Sol. N2O 4 (g) 2NO2 (g)

t = 0 0.0(1-) 2(0.1)
  0.5
[NO2 ]2
Kc 
[N2 O 4 ]
57. 9 moles of “D” and 14 moles of E are allowed to react in qa closed vessel according to given
reactions. Calculate number of moles of B formed in the end of reaction, if 4 moles of G are
present in reaction vessel. (Percentage yield of reaction is mentioned in the reaction)
Step-1 3D  4E  80%
 5C  A
Step-2 3C  5G  50%
 6B  F
Ans. 00002.40
Sol. L.R.
3D  4E 
80%
 5C  A
5
9 mole 14 mole  9  0.8  12 mole
3
3C  5G 50%
 6B  F
12 mole 4 mole
L.R. is G
6
Moles of B formed   4  0.5  2.4
5
58. A sample of 28 mL of H2O2 (aq) solution required 10 mL of 0.1m KMnO4 (aq) solution for
complete reaction in acidic medium. What is the volume strength of H2O2?
Ans. 00001.00

Sol. Eq. of H2O2 = Eq. of KMnO4

(25  M  2)  (10  0.1 5)
M  0.089
Volume strength = M  0.1 =1
59. Calculate the value of A.

E
A  1,2 where En,Z  Energy of electron in nth orbit, Z = atomic number of hydrogen like
2E2,1
species.
Ans. 00008.00
E1,2 13.6  22  22 16
Sol. A   8
2E2,1 2  1  ( 13.6)  1
2 2
2
60. 2 mole of zinc is dissolved in HCl at 25°C. the magnitude of work done in open vessel is (in kJ)
Ans. 00004.95
Sol. w  P.V  nH2

2  8.314  298
RT    4.955 kJ
1000

SECTION – A
 
61. The vectors a and b are non-zero and non-collinear. The value of x for which vector
     
c = (x –2) a + b and d = (2x +1) a – b are collinear.
(A) 1
(B) 1/2
(C) 1/3
(D) 2
Ans. C
 
Sol. Since c and d are collinear.
 
We have pc  qd = 0 where p + q = 0 for some scalars p and q.
 
  
p { (x –2) a + b } + q{ (2 a +1) a – b } = 0
   
p(x –2) = -q(2x +1) and p b =q b (since a, b are non-colinear)
p(x –2) = - p(2x +1)
x = 1/3.
–1 –1 –1
62. If in ABC, A = sin (x), B = sin (y) and C = sin (z), then
x 1  y 2 1  z 2  y 1  x 2 1  z2  z 1  x 2 1  y 2 is equal to
(A) xyz
(B) x+y+z
1 1 1
(C)  
x y z
(D) None of these
Ans. A
Sol. In a ABC
sin(A+ B+ C)= 0
= sinA cosB cosC + sinB cosC cosA + sinC cosA cosB – sinA sinB sinC
   
xyz = x 1  y 2 1  z2  y 1  x 2 1  z 2  z 1  x 2 1  x 2     

63. The value of a for which the equation 4cosec2( (a + x)) + a2 – 4a = 0 has a real solution, is
(A) a=1
(B) a=2
(C) a = 10
(D) None of these
Ans. B
Sol. 4 [1 + cot2 (a + x)] + a2 – 4a = 0

2 2
4cot  (a + x) + (a – 2) = 0
2
a – 2 = 0 and cot  (a + x) = 0
a = 2.
64. If a sinx + bcos(C + x) + bcos (C –x) = , then the minimum value of |cosC| is
 2  a2
(A)
b2
 2  a2
(B)
4b 2
 2  a2
(C)
16b 2
(D) None of these
Ans. B
Sol. We have asinx +2bcosCcosx = 

The maximum value of asinx + 2bcosCcosx is a 2  4b 2 cos 2 C
which increases as | cosC| increases. So the minimum value of |cosC| will correspond to the
situation when a 2  4b 2 cos 2 C is just equal to , so as to give a real solution of the
equation.
a 2  4b 2 cos 2 C = 
2  a2  2  a2
cos2C = ; | cosC| = .
4b 2 4b 2
65. If 5a + 4b + 20c = t, then the value of t for which the line ax + by + c  1 = 0 always passes
through a fixed point is
(A) 0
(B) 20
(C) 30
(D) None of these

Ans. B
ax by
Sol. Equation of line   1  0 has two independent parameters. It can pass through a
c 1 c 1
fixed point if it contains only one independent parameter. Now there must be one relation
a b a
between and independent of a, b and c so that can be expressed in terms of
c 1 c 1 c 1
b
and straight line contains only one independent parameter. Now that given relation can be
c 1
5a 4b t  20c
expressed as   .
c 1 c 1 c 1
Now RHS be independent of c if t = 20.
66. Consider the equation x2 +x – n = 0, where n is an integer lying between 1 to 100. Total number
of different values of ‘n’ so that the equation has integral roots is
(A) 6
(B) 4
(C) 9
(D) None of these
Ans. C
Sol. x2 +x –n = 0, discriminent = 1+ 4n = odd number = D(say)

Now given equation would have a integral solution if D is a perfect square .
Let D = (2 +1)2 n = + 2 = ( +1) = even number
n can be 2, 6, 12, 20, 30, 42, 56, 72, 90.
n
r2  r  1
67. is equal to
r 1 r  1!
n
(A)
(n  1)!
1
(B)
(n  1)(n  1)!
n
(C) 1
(n  1)!
(D) None of these
Ans. B
n n
r2  r  1 r 1 r  n
Sol.     .
r 1 r  1! r 1  r ! (r  1)!  (n  1)!

68. Two events A and B have probabilities 0.25 and 0.50 respectively. The probability that both A and
B occur simultaneously is 0.14. Then the probability that neither A nor B occurs is
(A) 0.39
(B) 0.25
(C) 0.11
(D) None of these
Ans. A
Sol. P(A) = .25, P (B) = .50, PA B   .14

PA B   P( A )  P(B )  P ( A B)
= .25 + .50 – .14 = .61
PA  
B  P A  
B  1  PA B  = 1 – .61 = .39
69. The number of positive integral solutions of the equation x1 x2 x3 = 60 is
(A) 54
(B) 27
(C) 81
(D) None of these.
Ans. A
2
Sol. Here x1x2 x3 = 2  3  5
Let number of two’s given to each of x 1 , x2 , x3 be a, b, c .
Then a + b + c = 2, a, b, c  0
The number of integral solutions of this equations is equal to coefficient of x 2 in (1 – x)-3 i.e. 4C2
i.e. the available 2 two’s can be distributed among x 1, x2 and x3 in 4C2= 6 ways.
3
Similarly, the available 1 three can be distributed among x 1, x2, x3 in C2 = 3 ways.
-3
(= coefficient of x in (1 – x) )
4 3 3
Total number of ways = C2  C2  C2 = 6  3  3 = 54 ways.
70. In a bag there are 15 red and 5 white balls. Two balls are chosen at random and one is found to
be red. The probability that the second one is also red is
12
(A)
19
13
(B)
19
14
(C)
19
15
(D)
19

Ans. C
14
C1 14
Sol. Probability that out of remaining balls the one that is red is =
19

C1 19
71. Let S be the set of 6-digit numbers a1a2a3a4a5a6 (all digits distinct)
where a1 > a2 > a3 > a4 < a5 < a6. Then n(S) is equal to
(A) 210
(B) 2100
(C) 4200
(D) 420
Ans. B
Sol. First, 6 distinct digits can be selected in 10C6 ways. Now the position of smallest digit in them is
5
fixed i.e. position 4. Of the remaining 5 digits, two digits can be selected in C2 ways. These two
th
digits can be placed to the right of 4 position in one way only. The remaining three digits to the
th
left of 4 position are in the required order automatically.
So n(S) = 10C6  5C2 = 210  10 = 2100.
72. If the normals at the end points of a variable chord PQ of the parabola y2 – 4y – 2x = 0 are
perpendicular, then the tangents at P and Q will intersect at
(A) x+y=3
(B) 3x – 7 = 0
(C) y+3 = 0
(D) 2x + 5 = 0
Ans. D
Sol. Since normals at P and Q are perpendicular, the tangents at P and Q will also be perpendicular
but any two perpendicular tangents of a parabola always intersect on its directrix.
2
The parabola is (y – 2) = 2( x +2). So its directrix is 2x + 5 = 0
4
73. If A is a skew–symmetric matrix of order 3, then matrix A is
(A) skew–symmetric
(B) symmetric
(C) diagonal
(D) None of these
Ans. B

Sol. We have A    A and A 4     A A A A   A A A A 
=   A   A   A   A    1 A 4  A 4
4
Hence (B) is the correct answer.
sin2 x, x rational
74. Let f(x) =  . Then set of points, where f (x) is continuous is
 sin2 x, x irrational
 
(A) 2n  1 , n  I
 2
(B) null set
(C) {n, n  I}
(D) set of all rational numbers
Ans. C
Sol. If a is any number for which sin a  0, then we don’t get any fix tendency of f (x) to approaches
where x  a
so lim f (x) does not exist
x a
but if sin a = 0, lim f (x) = 0
x a
x7 / 2
75.  x9  1
dx equals to
(A) sin–1 x 2  9  c
1  x 9  1 
(B) In c
2  x 9  1 
2  9/2
(C) In  x  x 9  1   c
9  
(D) None of these
Ans. C
9 7/2
Sol. Put x9/2 = t then x dx  dt , So given integral reduces to
2
2 dt 2 2
  In  t  t 2  1  c  In  x 9 / 2  x 9  1   c
9 t 1 9 
2  9  

76. Four points are such that the line joining any two points is perpendicular to the line joining other
two points. If three points out of these lie on a rectangular hyperbola then the fourth point will lie
on
(A) the same hyperbola
(B) conjugate hyperbola
(C) one of the directrix
(D) one of the asymptotes
Ans. A
Sol. The points are such that one of the points is the orthocentre of the triangle formed by other three
points. When the vertices of a triangle lie on a rectangular hyperbola the orthocentre also lies on
the same hyperbola.
x2  
77. The value of ‘’ so that the range of the function y = is R, is
x 1
(A) ( ,  2]
(B) ( ,  1]
(C) ( , 0)
(D) None of these
Ans. B
x2  
Sol. Given that y =
x 1
2
x  yx +   y = 0
2 2
y  4(  y)  0 y + 4y + 4  4 + 4
4 + 4  0    1.
(3 x  4 y  7 ) 2
78. The length of the major axis of the ellipse (5 x  10) 2  (5 y  15) 2  is
4
(A) 10
20
(B)
3
20
(C)
7
(D) 4
Ans. B

2
 1 3x  4y  7 
Sol. ( x  2) 2  ( y  3) 2    is an ellipse, whose focus is (2, -3), directrix 3x – 4y + 7
2 5 
1
= 0 and eccentricity is .
2
3  2  4  ( 3)  7
Length of from focus to directrix is 5
5
a a 10
 ae  5 2a   5 a
e 2 3
20
So length of major axis is
3
/2
n 1
79. If I(n) =   . sin
n
d , n  N, n > 3, then the value of I(n) - In  2 is
0
n
1
(A)
n2
1
(B)
n 1
1
(C) 2
n 1
1
(D)
n 1
Ans. A
/2
  . sin
n
Sol. I(n) =  d
0
/2
I(n) =   . sin
n 2

 1  cos2  d 
0
/2
  . cos  . cos . sin

n 2
= I(n-2) –  d
0
/ 2
sinn 1   / 2 sin n 1

= I(n-2) - .cos .
n 1 0
  . sin   cos .
0
n 1
d
/ 2 /2
1 1
  cos . sin
n n 1
= I(n-2) - . sin  d   d
n  1 0
n 1 0
1 1 /2
= I(n-2) - .In   . sinn 
n  1 n  1n 0
n 1 n 1 1
In   In  2  , I(n) – I(n –2) .  2 .
n 1 n  1n n n

x1 y1 z1
80. Let x1y1z1, x2y2z2 and x3y3z3 be three 3–digit even numbers and  = x 2 y2 z 2 . Then  is
x3 y3 z3
(A) divisible by 2 but not necessarily by 4
(B) divisible by 4 but not necessarily by 8
(C) divisible by 8
(D) none of these
Ans. A
100 x1  10 y1  z1 y1 z1 2A y1 z1
Sol.  = 100 x 2  10 y 2  z2 y2 z2 = 2B y2 z 2 , where A, B, C  I
100 x 3  10 y 3  z3 y3 z3 2C y 3 z3
A y1 z1
= 2 B y2 z2 , which is divisible by 2 but not necessarily by 4 or 8.
C y3 z3
SECTION – B
4 2
81. If the line y = 3x cuts the curve x + ax y + bxy + cx + dy + 6 = 0 at A, B, C and D, then
OA.OB.OC.OD (where O is the origin) is
Ans. 00096.00
r r 3
Sol. The line y = 3x can be written as x = , y= . If this line cuts the given curve, then
2 2
r 4 ar 3 3 br 2 3 cr dr 3
     6  0.
16 8 4 2 2
Therefore OA. OB.OC.OD = |r1| |r2| |r3| |r4| = |r1 r2 r3 r4| = 96
82. The value of ‘a’ for which the equation  a 2  4a  3  x 2   a 2  a  2  x   a  1 a  0 has more than
two roots is –k, then the value of k+2020? is
Ans. 02021.00
Sol. a 2
  
 4a  3 x 2  a 2  a  2 x   a  1 a  0  a  1 a  3  x 2   a  1a  2 x  a  1 a  0
 a  1  a  3  x 2   a  2  x  a   0
if a = 1, then quadratic have more than two roots.

83. Equation of the normal to the curve x2 = 4y which passes through the point (1, 2) is x + y = k-12,
then k =
Ans. 00015.00
Sol. Equation of the normal to the curve x 2 = 4y is x = my – 2m – m3, passes through the point
(1, 2) m = –1.
84. If the value of the sum 29  30   28  30   27  30   ......  1 30   0  30    30  where  n   n Cr ,

 0 1  2  28   29   30  r 
32
is equal to k2 , then the value of k is equal to
Ans. 00003.50
 30   30   30   30   30   30 
Sol. S  29    28    27    ......  1   0     
 0 1   2  28   29   30 
2S  28  30 C 0  30 C1  30 C 2  ....  30 C30   28  230 
7 32 7
Hence, S  14  230  2 . k
2 2
85. Let A  a ij  be a 3  3 invertible matrix. If determinant value of matrix A is 3, then the value of
det((adjAT)T) + det.((adjA–1)–1) (where det(B) denotes determinant value of matrix B)
Ans. 00018.00
Sol. det((adjA T )T )  (det A)2  9

det((adjA 1 )1 )  (det A)2  9
86. If z1, z2, z3 are complex number such that |z1| = 2, |z2| = 3, |z3| = 4 then maximum value of
| z1  z 2 |2  | z 2  z 3 |2  | z3  z1 |2 is
Ans. 00087.00
Sol. | z1  z 2 |2  | z 2  z 3 |2  | z3  z1 |2
= 2(|z1| + |z2| + |z3| ) – (z1z2  z1z2  z2 z3  z2 z3  z3 z1  z3 z1 )
2 2 2
= 58 – (z1z2  z1z2  z2 z3  z2 z3  z3 z1  z3 z1 ) ……(1)

2
Now |z1 + z2 + z3|  0
|z1|2 + |z2|2 + |z3|2 + z1z2  z1z2  z2 z3  z2 z3  z3 z1  z3 z1  0
– (z1z2  z1z2  z2 z3  z2 z3  z3 z1  z3 z1 )  29 ……(2)
from (1) and (2)
maximum value = 58 + 29 = 87.
87. A point P (x, y) is said to be integral point iff both x, y are integers. Then number of integer points
inside or on the circle x2 + y2 = 9 is
Ans. 00029.00
Sol. Let (n, m) be a integer point, then

n2 + m2  9

if n2 = 9, m2 = 0 2  1 = 2 points
if n2 = 4, m2 = 0, 1, 4 2  5 = 10 points
2 2
if n = 1, m = 0, 1, 4 2  5 = 10 points
if n2 = 0, m2 = 0, 1, 4, 9 1  7 = 7 points
so in total, we have 29 points, which are integral points.
8 80 240
88. Let (1 + x)n = 3 
  4  .... , x, n  R. Then the sum of the series
3 33 3
8 80 240
3   3  4  .... is
3 3 3
Ans. 00027.00
8 80 240 n(n  1)x 2

Sol. (1+ x)n = 3   3  4  .... = 1 + nx + +....
3 3 3 2
2
On comparison, n = -3 and x = .
3
ai
89. If ai, i = 1, 2, 3, 4 be four real numbers of the same sign, then the minimum value of ,
aj
i, j  {1, 2, 3, 4}, i  j, is
Ans. 00012.00
ai
Sol. , i, j  {1, 2, 3, 4}, i  j has a total of 4  4 – 4 = 12 terms i.e. 6 pairs, each pair of the
aj
 ai a j 
type   .
 a j ai 
 
a aj  ai
Now  i   2 (as 0)
 a j ai  aj
 
ai ai
 26  12 .
aj aj
N
90. Let N be any four digit number say x1 x2 x3 x4. Then maximum value of is
x1  x 2  x 3  x 4
equal to
Ans. 01000.00
N 1000 x1  100x 2  10 x 3  x 4
Sol. 
x1  x 2  x 3  x 4 x1  x 2  x 3  x 4
= 1000
900x 2  990x 3  999x 4  maximum value of
N
= 1000
x1  x 2  x 3  x 4  x1  x 2  x 3  x 4

FIITJEE
OPEN TEST
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 09-01-2022
answer.
FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a V i h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

AITS-OT-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. A paramagnetic sample shown a net magnetisation of 8 Am 1 when placed in an external

magnetic field of 0.6T at a temperture of 4K. When the same is placed in an external magnetic
field of 0.2T at a temeprature of 16K, the magnetisation will be
32
(A) Am 1
3
2
(B) Am 1
3
(C) 6Am1
(D) 2.4Am 1
Ans. B
I C
Sol. 
H T
8  0.2 16

0.6  I 4
I = 2/3 Am1
2. The phenomena involved in the reflection of radiowaves by ionosphere is similar to
(A) reflection of light by a plane mirror
(B) total internal reflection of light in air during a mirage
(C) Dispersion of light by water molecules during the formation of a rainbow.
(D) Scattering of light by the particles of air.
Ans. B
Sol. Based on internal reflection.
3. An electron (mass m), debroglie wavelength 0 with an initial velcoity v  v 0 î (v 0>0) is in an

electric field E  E î (E0 = constant > 0). It’s de Broglie wavelength at time t is given by
0
0
(A)
 eE0 t 
1  
 m v0 

3 AITS-OT-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
 eE0 t 
(B) 0 1  
 mv 0 
(C) 0
(D) 0t
Ans. A
h 0
Sol.  
mv  eE0 t 
1  
 m v0 
4. Fusion processes, like combining two deutrons to form a He nucleus are impossible at oridnary
temperature and pressure. The reasons for this can be traced to the fact:
(A) nuclear forces have short range
(B) nuclear forces are charge independent
(C) the original nuclei must be completely ionized before fusion can take place
(D) The original nuclei must first break up before combining with each other.
Ans. A
Sol. At ordinary temperature and pressure, the separation will be out of nuclear force range.

5. A linearly polarized electromagnetic wave given as E  E0 î cos(kz  t) is incident normally on a
perfectly reflecting infinite wall at z = a. Assuming that the material of the wall is optically inactive,
the reflected wave will be given as

(A) Er  E0 î cos(kz  t)

(B) Er  E0 î cos(kz  t)

(C) Er  E0 î cos(kz  t)

(D) Er  E0 î cos(kz  t)
Ans. B
Sol. From optically inactive surface there will be no phase change.

6. A small sphere is dropped in a viscous liquid, motion of sphere follows Stoke’s Law. It attains
terminal velocity after some time. The acceleration of ball varies with velocity as
(A) a (B) a
v v
(C) a (D) a
v v
Ans. C
dv
Sol.  kdt
v0  v

v  v 0 1  ekt 
dv
 kv0 ekt
dt
a
v  v0 
k
7. A current I passes through an equilateral through of side ‘a’ the magnetic flux density at centroid
of triangle will be
120I
(A)
4 a
60I
(B)
4 a
180I
(C)
4 a
240I
(D)
4a
Ans. C
0I  I 3  3 2
Sol. B1  2cos 60  0
a 4a 4
4
2 3
3 0I 60I
B1  2 
4 a 4 a
180I
B  3B1
4a

8. A monochromatic light of wavelength is incident on an isolated metal sphere of radius a the

threshold wave length is 0 which is larger than . The number of photoelectrons emitted before
photoelectron emission stops is
ahc  1 1 
(A) 4 0   
e2  0 
ahc  1 1 
(B)   
4 0 e2  0 
4 0 e2  1 1 
(C)   
ahc  0 
e2 1 1 
(D)   
4 0 ahc  0 
Ans. A
hc hc
Sol. eV  
0
hc  1 1 
V   
e  0 
Q = 4 0aV
Q ahc  1 1 
n  = 4 0 2   
e  0 
9. In a meter bridge the point D is a neutral point R1 R2

as shown in the figure.
B
A G C
 D 100 
(A) The meter bridge can have one more neutral point for this set of resistances.
(B) When the jockey contacts a point on meter wire left of D. Current flow to B from the wire.
(C) When the jockey contacts a point on the meter wire to the right of D. Current flows from B to the
wire through galvanometer.
(D) When R is increased, the neutral point shifts to left.
Ans. C

R1 R2
Sol. 
 100  
10. Binding energy per nucleon versus mass number
Binding energy per

curve for nuclear is shown in the figure. A, B, C and D C
are four nucleus indicaled on the curve. The process 8.5
8 B
which release energy
nucleon
7.5 A
5 D
30 60 90 120
Mass number
(A) C=D+D
(B) A=B+D
(C) A = 2C
(D) B=C+D
Ans. C
Sol. If Binding energy of products is greater then the Binding energy of reactants the energy will be
released.
11. A particle of mass m is moved from A to B slowly along the B

inclined plane.  is angle of inclined plane and  is the coefficient
of friction.
(I) work done by gravity will be mgh h
(II) work done by friction will be mgx 
(III) work done by external force will be (mgh + mgx)
m 
(IV) work done by friction will be mg h2  x 2
A x
(A) (I), (II), (III) are correct
(B) (I), (II), (III), (IV) are correct
(C) (I) is correct
(D) (I), (II) are correct
Ans. C
Sol. Work done by friction and external force will depend on the direction of external force.

12. A spherical black body with radius R radiates 500 watt power at 500 k. If radius is doubled and
temperature is halved the power radiated will be
(A) 125 watt
(B) 2000 watt
(C) 500 watt
(D) 4000 watt
Ans. A
Sol. E  4R2 T 4
E1 R12 T14

E2 R22 T24
13. A particle m is moving inside of a heavy tube with velocity v 0

a heaving particle of mass M (M m) also moving with m v0 M
v0
velocity v0 towards m. Initial separation of M from the end of
tube is 3v 0. The kinetic energy of particle m when separation
between heavy particle and end of tube is v 0 will be (all the
collisions are elastic in nature)
1
(A) mv 20
2
9
(B) mv 20
2
8
(C) mv 20
2
3
(D) mv 20
2
Ans. B
Sol. Only one collision will take place after collision velocity of m will be 3v 0
14. A parallel glass slab of refractive index (n  3 ) is of thickness t = 10 cm. then the angle fo
incidence at first surface of air glass interface so that the reflected and emergent ray are
perpendicular to each other.
(A) 30
(B) 60
(C) 45
 1 
(D) sin1  
 3

Ans. C
Sol. Incident ray and emergent ray are parallel when passes through a glass slab. So, reflected and
emergent ray will be perpendicular when i = 45.
15. The acceleartion due to gravity on the surface of earth is 6 times that on the surface of moon and
radius of moon is one foruth of the radius of earth the ratio of escape velocities on earth to moon
will be
3
(A)
2
(B) 3
(C) 2 6
3
(D)
2
Ans. C
2geRe 6ge 4Re

Sol. v es   2 6
2GmRm ge Re
16. Two identical P-N junction diode may be connected in series with a battery in three ways. The
potential difference across two P-N junction diode are equal in
(I) (II) (III)
(A) Circuit (I) and circuit (II)
(B) Circuit (II) and circuit (III)
(C) Circuit (III) and circuit (I)
(D) Circuit (I) only
Ans. C
Sol. In circuit (I) both are forward bias. In circuit (II) both are reverse bias.

17. Two particles each of mass m each moving with velocity v 0 strikes to
masses 2m and sticks to them simultaneously as shown in the figure.
The velocity of mass B just after collision will be
m, v0
B 2m
2m A
m, v0
(A) v0
v0
(B)
3
v0
(C)
5
v0
(D)
2
Ans. B
Sol. mv0 + mv0 = 6mv
18. A solid cylinder of mass M and radius R is pushed by two forces. F

F each as shown in the figure coefficient of frictino is  between
the cylidner and the ground as shown in the figure. Choose the
correct option. F

(A) The cylinder will roll without slipping.
(B) The cylinder will roll with sliding.
(C) The friction will act on cylinder towards right
(D) The friction will act on cylinder towards left
Ans. A
Sol. 2F = Macm …(i)

2
MR
FR =  …(ii)
2
acm = R without friction
So, friction is zero and cylinder will roll without slipping.

19. Two particle P and Q starts from origin P along a semicircular

path of radius R with constant speed and Q moves along y-axis A
with constant speed v such that motion of P observed by Q is (0, 2R)
always one dimensional. The average speed of P for
v
semicircular path will be
Q P
O
(0, 0)
(A) v
v
(B)
2
v
(C)
2
(D) v
Ans. B
2R
Sol. t
v
Distance R
R v
vave  v
2R 2
20. When a nucleus in an atom undergoes a radioactive decay, the electronic energy levels of the
atom.
(A) do not change for any type of radioactivity.
(B) change for  and radioactivity but not for -radioactivity.
(C) change for -radioactivity but not for others.
(D) change for -radioactivity but not for others.
Ans. B
Sol. By  emssion mass number reduces by 4 and atomic number reduces by 2.

and by decay atomic number increases by 1.

SECTION – B
21. A mass m = 10 kg is suspended by three wires A, B and C of

same material. Radius of wire A and C are double that of B. B
A 60 60
Calculate tension (in newton) in wire ‘B’ (elongation in wire is very C
small very small)
Ans. 00050.000
Sol. TA = TC = T
2T cos   TB  mg
2k A x cos   kB x  mg
2k A x cos2   kB x  mg
YA cos  YA
kA  , kB 
 
k A  4cos kB
4kB x cos3   kB x  mg
mg 100
T= 3
=  50 N
1  8cos  2
2
22. A thin plate of area A = 100 cm , mass 260 gm hinged
along one its side. Now the air is blown parallel to the upper
v
surface in such away the plate remins horizontal. Calculate
3
the velocity (in m/s) of air. (Given: density of air 1.3 kg/m
2
and g = 10 m/s )
Ans. 00020.00
a a
Sol. mg    P0  P  A
2 2
1 2
mg  (P0  P0  v )A
2
2  0.26  10
 20 m/s
1.3  100  10 4

23. The current in the given circuit is increasing with at a rate a = 4 amp/s. E = 4V
The charge (in C) on the capacitor at an instant when the current in
the circuit is 2 amp is KC. Find the value of K.
R=1
L = 1H C = 1F
Ans. 00002.00
Ldi q
Sol. iR   E
dt C
K
2R  1 4  4
1F
K = 2C
24. A progressive walve of amplitude 2.5 cm, wavelength 30 cm and frequenc6y 80 Hz is superposed
on a similar wave travelling the opposite direction to form a standing wave, the particle in the
medium has maximum velocity v0 m/s. Calculate the velocity v0 in m/s. (Take  = 3.14)
Ans. 00027.12
Sol. v = 2A
25. A particle of mass m charge q is in equilibrium inside of an +Q Q

parallel plate capacitor having charge Q and area of plate A +
charge q is suspended by a string of length   2m . If +
Qq +
 mg , calculate the minimum velocity given to the particle +
A 0
2 +
so that it completes vertical circle. (Take g = 10 m/s ) +
+
+
Ans. 00010.00
Sol. vmin  5g 2  5  10  2  10 m/s
26. The focal length of the objective lens and eyepiece lens of a compount microscope are 4 cm and
5 cm respectively. If an object is placed at a distance of 6 cm infront of objective lens what is the
magnification produced by microscope. (least distance of distinct vision = 25 cm)
Ans. 00012.00
Sol. u0 = 6 cm, f 0 = 4 cm, v0 = 12 cm

v  D
M  0 1  
u0  fe 
12  25 
M  1  12
6  5 

27. A metal ring of radius r = 1m with its plane normal to uniform magnetic field B = 4T carries a
current of 10 A. The tension developed in the ring (in newton) is
Ans. 00040.00
d
Sol. 2T sin  iBd
2
T = iBr = 10  1  4 = 40 N
28. A diatomic gas ( = 1.4) is expanded isobarically if work done by gas is 200 J. Calculate the heat
given to the gas.
Ans. 00700.00
Sol. Q = nCPT
nRT = 200 J
nRT 200
nCV T    500
1 0.4
Q = 700 J
29. A freely moving pistion devides a vertical cylinder closed at both ends
into two parts each connecting 1 moles of ideal gas. In equilibrium at V1
300K volume of upper part is 4 times greater then lower part. Calculate
the temperature (in kelvin scale) when ratio of these volume is 2.
V2
Ans. 00750.00
mg
Sol. P2  P1 
A
nRT1 nRT1 mg
 
V2 4V2 A
nRT2 nRT2 mg
 
V2 2V2 A
5V2 = V and 3V2  V
5T1
Solving T2   750
2
30. A cylindrical wire of radius R is having a cylindrical cavity of radius R/2 the current
density in wire is J. A charge q is moving inside of cylindrical smooth cavity with
constnat speed v. Such that the magnetic field on the axis of cavity is zero. The

speed of charge particle. (Take J = 2 amp/m2. R = 0.5 m and q  coulomb)
64
Ans. 00004.00

R I R2
Sol. B1 2  0
2 R2 4
0 R2  R
B1  J 0 J
4 R 4
0 qV  qV
B2   0 2
R 2R R
2
2 2
0 R  qV
J 0 2
4 R
R3   64  1
V J 2= 4
4q 4  8

SECTION – A
31. Which of the following statement is not true?
(A) The energy of emitted electron in an photoelectric effect is independent of intensity of

light.
(B) A catalyst that enhance the rate, lower the energy of activation.
(C) A zero order reaction can be an elementary reaction.
(D) A cubic crystal possess 23 element of symmetry.
Ans. C
Sol. A zero order reaction must be a complex reaction.
PAo 3
32. Equal mole of two liquid A and B mixed to form an ideal solution, whose o
value is . What will
PB 2
be the ratio of mole fraction of A and B in distillate after three repeated distillations?
9
(A)
4
4
(B)
9
27
(C)
8
3
(D)
2
Ans. C
XA
Sol. Initially 1
XB
XA PAo X A 3
Ratio of mole fraction of A and B after first distillation in distillate  o 
XB PB XB 2
XA PAo XA
Ratio of mole fraction of A and B after second distillation in distillate  
XB PBo XB
3 3 9
  
2 2 4

XA PAo XA

Ratio of mole fraction of A and B after third distillation in distillate  
XB PBo XB
3 9 27
  
2 4 8
33. The major product of the following reaction is

Cl
N  i NaOH

ii H2O 
Et
(A)
N
Et
OH
(B) N
HO
Et
(C) H3C CH3

N
Et
(D) OH
N
Ans. B
Sol. Cl
N 

Et N Et
OH
Et
OH

34. What will be the value of Ecell for the following cell reaction at room temperature?
Zn  s   Cu2   0.01 M  Zn2  0.1M  Cu  s 
1.1 V
Ecell
 Zn2  
log  2  
Cu 
(A) 1.1295 V
(B) 1.0705 V
(C) 1.159 V
(D) 1.0305 V
Ans. B
Sol. Cell
Zn | Zn2  || Cu2  | Cu
0.059  Zn2  
Ecell  E  o
cell log
2 Cu2  
0.059 0.1
 1.1  log
2 0.01
0.059
 1.1   1.0705 V
2
35. Choose the incorrect statement regarding carbon monoxide?
(A) It is a neutral oxide.
(B) It turn PdCl2 solution black.
(C) It burn with blue flame.
(D) It oxidise Fe to Fe2O3.
Ans. D
Sol. It reduces Fe2O3 to Fe.

36. The correct statement among following is
(A) B2 Cl4 is planar in gaseous state
(B) B2 Cl4 is staggered in solid state
(C) Thermal stability of B2 Cl4 is Less than B2F4
(D) Like B2H6 there is no B – B bond in B2 Cl4
Ans. C
Sol. B 2Cl4  s   planar

B 2Cl4  g   staggered
B2F4 is more stable as F has greater tendency of do back bonding with boron.
37. The incorrect option is
(A) HCl < HBr < H – I < H – F (Boiling point order)
(B) H2 S  H2 Se  H2 Te  H2 O (Melting point order)
(C) H2 O  H2 S  H2 Se  H2 Te (Acidic strength)
(D) NH3  PH3  AsH3  SbH3 (Heat of vaporization)
Ans. D
Sol. Correct order of heat of vaporization

PH3  AsH3  SbH3  NH3 due to H-bonding.
38. Which of the following drug is not used for hyper acidity?
(A) Ranitidine
(B) Cimetidine
(C) Aluminium hydroxide gel
(D) Codeine
Ans. D
Sol. Codeine is an analgesic drug.
39. Which of the following statement is not true about photochemical smog?
(A) Ozone is a primary precursor of the photochemical smog.
(B) It damage plant life

(C) Ozone, nitric oxide, acrolein, formaldehyde etc. are common components of
photochemical smog.
(D) It can cause eye irritation
Ans. A
Sol. Ozone is a secondary precursor of photochemical smog.

o
40. Which of the following gas has its most probable speed at 327 C equal to its RMS speed at
127oC?
(A) He
(B) H2
(C) Ar
(D) All of these
Ans. D
2RT 2R  600 1200R

Sol. Vm.p.   
M M M
3RT 3R  400 1200R
VRMS   
M M M
Vm.p.  600K   VRMS  400K  for all gases.
41. Choose the incorrect statement.
(A) I is better nucleophile than F  in CH3 OH
(B) F is better nucleophile than I in DMSO
(C) I is better nucleophile than F  in hexane
(D) F is a good nucleophile in gas phase reaction
Ans. C
Sol. F is better nucleophile in polar aprotic and non-polar solvent as well as in gas phase reaction.
42. Major product obtained from the following reaction is

O
C NH2
 i NaOBr
ii  
HO C
O

(A)
NH
(B) NH
O
(C) O
(D) O
C NH2
HO
Ans. A
Sol. O O
O
C C NH2
HO C NH2

NaOBr
 HO

H2 O
NH

43. Which of the following is an amphoteric oxide?
(A) CO 2
(B) N2O
(C) Al2O3
(D) MgO
Ans. C
Sol. CO 2 - acidic oxide

N2O - neutral oxide
Al2O3 - amphoteric oxide
MgO – basic oxide
44. Which of the following complex is sp3 hybridized as well as attracted by magnet?
2
(A) Ni  CN 4 
2
(B) Cu NH3  4 
NiCl4 
2
(C)
(D) Ni  CO  4 
Ans. C
2
Sol. Ni  CN 4   Square planar, diamagnetic
2
Cu NH3  4   Square planar, paramagnetic
Ni  CO  4  Tetrahedral, diamagnetic
NiCl4 
2
 Tetrahedral, paramagnetic
Attracted by magnet
45. The major product obtained in the following reaction is

O
 3 i CH MgBr   HBr 1 eq

 ii H2 O   Product

(A) CH3
Br CH3
(B) Br
(C) OH
Br
(D) Br
Ans. B
Sol.
O O

CH3MgBr

H3C
H2 O
OH2 OH
HBr
H3C H3C
H2 O
Br
Br
H3C
46.
O
N
H  3i CH  CH  CH I
 2 2
 Product
 ii H ,H O 2
Major product is:

(A) O
(B) O
(C) O
(D)
Ans. C

Sol.
O
N
N
H
CH3  CH2  CH2  I

axial attack
H3 O 
47. Choose the correct option for the following statements

I. Equilibrium constant tells us about how far a reaction would go.
II. Doubling the stoichiometric coefficient of a chemical equation double the numerical value
of equilibrium constant.
III. For a gaseous reaction with ng   ve , addition of inert gas of constant pressure shift
the equilibrium towards left.
IV. For a gaseous reaction with ng  ve, increase of pressure causes shift of equilibrium
towards right.
(A) I and II are correct.
(B) II and IV are correct.
(C) Only I is correct.
(D) II and III are incorrect.
Ans. D
Sol. Factual
48. Choose the correct statement
(A) When an ideal gas is heated from 20o C to 40o C at constant pressure its volume
doubles.
(B) A catalyst can increase the rate of such a reaction which is thermodynamically not
feasible.

(C) Particles of solute in a true solution may scatter visible light.
(D) Emulsions are lyophobic colloids.
Ans. D
Sol. Factual.
49. Major product obtained for following reaction is

O
 HCl 

(A) HO Cl
(B) Cl
(C) O
Cl
(D) O
Ans. C
Sol. O OH

H



OH O O OH
OH2
O
O
Cl
Cl
50. Least reactive species among the following towards nucleophilic addition is
(A) O
R C F
(B) O
R C NR
(C) O
R C O
(D) O
R C NR2
Ans. B
Sol. Order of electron donation by resonance is NR O NR 2 F

Reactivity order
O O O O
R C F > R C NR2 > R C O > R C NR

SECTION – B
51. CH3  OH 

SOCl2
A  SO2  HCl
Total number of plane in product ‘A’ which contains maximum number of atoms is?
Ans. 00010.00
Sol. Cl
CH3 OH  SOCl2 

H3 H1
H2
Planes which contain maximum atom (3) are
H1CH2 , H2 CH3 , H1CH3 , H1CCl, H2 CCl, H3 CCl, H1H2Cl, H1H3 Cl, H2H3 Cl, H1H2H3
= 10.
52. Total number of planar species among the following is

BF3 ,NH3 ,ICl4 ,SF4 , XeF4 ,H3BO3 ,H3PO3 ,SO3 ,PtCl4  , NiCl4 
2 2
Ans. 00006.00
Sol. Planar molecules/ions are

BF3 ,ICl4 , XeF4 ,H3BO3 ,SO3 ,PtCl24
53. If the minimum number of carbon required for an alkane to show position isomer is ‘x’ and
minimum number of carbon required for an alkyne to show chain isomer is ‘y’, the value of x + y
is:
Ans. 00011.00
Sol. Alkane
x  6 C  C  C  C C C  C  C C  C
| |
C C
Position isomers
Alkyne
C
|
y5 CCCC C C  C C C
Chain isomers
x  y  11

54. What will be the value of change in entropy in JK 1 mol1 when 0.1 mole of an ideal gas
expanded reversibly two times of its initial volume at 25o C.  n2  0.69  .
Ans. 00000.57
V2
nRTn
q V1
Sol. S  
T T
 0.1 8.314  n  2 
 0.5736 JK 1 mol1
55. For a first order reaction A 

 2B (graph shown below) the mole of B formed after 2 hour is
x
. The value of x is:
9
B
1 mole
Moles
1 hr time hr 
Ans. 00010.00
Sol. A  B
1 0
at 1 hr 1  a 2a
at t = 1 hr 1 – a = 2a
1
a
3
at t = 2 hr 1 – b 2b
2.303 1 3
k log  2.303log  
1 1  2
1
3
At t = 2 hr
2.303  1  3
k log    2.303log  
2  1 b  2
2
1 3
log  log  
1 b 2
1 9

1 b 4

5
b
9
10
B  2b  9
10 x

9 9
x  10
56. If the wavelengths emitted during electronic transition between two levels of He ion whose sum
is 5 and difference is 1 is x cm1 and two levels of H atom whose sum is 4 and difference is 2 is
y cm 1, then value of x/y is:
Ans. 00001.60
Sol. For He n1  n2  5

n2  n1  1
n1  2, n2  3
1 2 1 1
 RH  2   2  2 
He  2 3 
5 5
 4RH   RH
36 9
9
x  He  cm 1
5RH
For H – atom
n1  n2  4
n2  n1  2
n1  1 n2  3
1 2 1 1
 RH 1  2  2
H 1 3
8
 RH
9
9
y H 
8RH
9
x 5RH

y 9
8RH
8
  1.6
5
57. Number of unpaired electron in Gd3 ion is (Atomic number of Gd = 64).
Ans. 00007.00
Sol. Gd  64    Xe 4f 7 5d1 6s2
Gd3   Xe 4f 7 5d0 6s0

58. In 100 ml, 0.1 M CH3 COOH solution, 0.1 M NaOH is added till pH of mixture become 5. The
volume of NaOH (ml) used is
3
Given: pK a CH3 COOH  4.82 , log    0.18 .
 2
Ans. 00060.00
Sol. CH3 COOH  NaOH  CH3 COONa  H2 O

100  0.1 V  0.1 0 0
10  0.1V 0 0.1 V
pH  pK a  log
CH3COONa 
CH3COOH
0.1V
5  4.82  log
10  0.1 V
 0.1V 
0.18  log  
 10  0.1V 
3  0.1V 
log    log  
 2  10  0.1V 
V  60 ml
59. What percentage of octahedral void is occupied by Fe 3 ion in Fe3 O4 .
Ans. 00025.00
Sol. Fe3 O4 is an inverse spinel in which out of 4 octahedral voids. One octahedral void occupied by
Fe3 and one occupied by Fe2 .
% of octahedral voids occupied by Fe3 is 25%.
60. A solution is prepared by mixing 10 ml 0.2 M of R enantiomer and 20 ml 0.15 M of S enantiomer

of a compound, was found to have an observed specific rotation of +5.5o. What will be the
specific rotation of S enantiomer?
Ans. 00027.50
Sol. m.mol of R enantiomer  10  0.2  2 m mol

m.mol of S enantiomer  20  0.15  3 m mol
4 m. mol of racemic mixture forms and 1 m.mol of S-enantiomer will be left over.
1
E.excess   100  20%
5
observe sp. rotation
%E.E   100
sp. rotation of pure enantiomer
5.5
20   100
sp. rotation of S  enantiomer
Specific rotation of S-enantiomer = 27.5o .

SECTION – A
sin  x  ln 1  x  
61. If lim  1 , then  + 2 is equal to
x 0 e3x  3x  1
(A) 1
(B) 4
(C) 9
(D) 16
Ans. C
x  3 3
x  2 2
sin  x  ln 1  x     
  ..... x 
 lim   1
2 3
Sol. lim
x 0 e3x  3x  1 x0 9x2 27x 3
  .....
2 3!
2
= , =9 (, ) (3, 3) or (–3, –3)
 sin x  
ln 1  2
62. The value of   2  dx is equal to
 sin x

2

(A)
6
2
(B)
6

(C)
3
2
(D)
3
Ans. B

2
ln 1  b sin x 
Sol. Let f  b    dx , |b| < 1
sin x

2


2
dx
f  b    1  b sin x

2
–1
f(b) =  sin (b)
23
63. The value of  1k 1 31
Ck is equal to
k 8
30
(A) C14
31
(B) 2 C7
32
(C) 2 C21
(D) none of these
Ans. D
 1 =
23 23
Sol.  1k 1 31
Ck 
k 1 30
Ck 1   1
k 30
Ck 30
C23  30
C7  0
k 8 k 8
5
i
64. Let   e 21 and z =  – 2 + 3 – 4 + ….. + 9 – 10. If A = Re(z), then |A| is equal to
1
(A)
4
1
(B)
2
3
(C)
4
(D) 1
Ans. B
21 2 3 20
Sol.  = –1 1 –  +  –  + ….. +  = 0
1
Re  z  
2
 1/2 dx 
65. The value of  2   is equal to (where [.] denotes greatest integer function)
 0 1  x 
3
(A) –1
(B) 0
(C) 1
(D) none of these

Ans. C
1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2

dx dx 1 dx 
Sol.  dx   1 x 3
  1 x 2 2
  1 x 3

6
0 0 0 0
66. Let focus of a parabola be , such that the lines x + y – 3 = 0, x – y + 3 = 0, x + 2y – 3 = 0 and

x – 2y + 3 = 0 are tangents to the parabola, then the value of  – is equal to
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3
Ans. B
Sol. Focus of the parabola is (0, –1)
x
4x3
67. Let f(x) be a quadratic function satisfying the equation  f  t  dt  x f  x   3
 ax 2  x  R and a
0
 R. Also f(0) = a2 – a – 6, then number of integral values of a such that f(x) = 0 has real roots
is/are
(A) 5
(B) 6
(C) 7
(D) 8
Ans. C
Sol. f(x) = 2x2 – 2ax + a2 – a – 6

For real roots, a  1  13, 1  13 
x2 y2
68. Let S1(, 0) and S2(–, 0) be the focii of the ellipse   1 , ( > 0). If S = 0 be the locus of
4 3
the image of the focus S1 about any tangent on the ellipse, then area bounded by S = 0 and
x + 3y + 1 = 0 is equal to
(A) 2 sq. units
(B) 4 sq. units
(C) 8 sq. units
(D) 16 sq. units
Ans. C

Sol. Locus is (x + 1)2 + y2 = 16

2 2
69. Eccentricity of the hyperbola 2x – 2y – 3xy + 9x + 12y = 0 is equal to
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 2
(D) 5
Ans. A
Sol. Angle between asymptotes is 90

Eccentricity = 2
70. A tower subtends a right angle at the top of a pole and distance between tower and pole is 10 m,
then minimum height of the tower is
(A) 5m
(B) 10 m
(C) 20 m
(D) none of these
Ans. C
Sol. If angle of elevation of top of the pole from bottom of the tower is , then height of the tower is
20
sin 2
71. Let a population A has 100 observations 101, 102, ….., 200 and another population B has 100
observations 151, 152, ….., 250. If VA and VB represent the variances of the two population
V
respectively, then A is equal to
VB
9
(A)
4
4
(B)
9
2
(C)
3
(D) 1
Ans. D
Sol. Variance is independent of change of origin

VA = V B

72. ~(p  q)  (~p  q) is logically equivalent to
(A) ~p
(B) p
(C) q
(D) ~q
Ans. A
Sol. ~(p  q)  (~p  q)

(~p ~q)  (~p  q)
~p  (~q  q)
~p
3
2 4 2 2
73. Let , be the roots of the equation x + 2x + 5 = 0, then the value of is equal to
3  
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
(D) 7
Ans. B
3 2 3
Sol. 2 – = 25 and  +  = 10
th
74. 96 term of the sequence 2, 7, 13, 20, 28, ….. is
(A) 4924
(B) 4942
(C) 4992
(D) none of these
Ans. B
n  3  n  4 
Sol. Tn  8
2
75. Number of integral solutions of the equation sin1 cos x  cos 1 sin x in [0, 4] is equal to
(A) 5
(B) 7
(C) 11
(D) 13

Ans. D
Sol. sin1 cos x  cos 1 sin x

xR
3 2
76. The value(s) of ‘a’ for which f(x) = ax + (a + 6)x + 4x + 7 is monotonic  x < 0 is/are
(A) (–, 2)
(B) (0, )
(C) (–2, 3)
(D) none of these
Ans. D
Sol. f(x) = 3ax2 + 2(a + 6)x + 4

For f(x) to be monotonic  x < 0, f(x) = 0 has both roots non-negative
a>0
2 2
77. Area bounded by the curves y = 4x, y = –4x and y = 4 is equal to
8
(A) sq. units
3
16
(B) sq. units
3
32
(C) sq. units
3
64
(D) sq. units
3
Ans. C
4
y2
Sol. Required area = 2 dy
0
4
78. Equation of plane containing (1, 1, 2) and which is at a maximum distance from (2, 2, 1) is
(A) x+y+z=0
(B) x–y–z=0
(C) x–y+z=0
(D) x+y–z=0
Ans. D

Sol. Equation of plane is 1·(x – 1) + 1·(y – 1) – 1·(z – 2) = 0

x+y–z=0
79. Let A = {–3, –2, –1, 0, 1, 2, 3}, then number of functions from A to A which are odd and f(i)  i
( i = –3, –2, –1, 1, 2, 3) is/are
(A) 126
(B) 216
(C) 261
(D) 162
Ans. B
Sol. Number of required function is equal to 6  6  6 = 216
80. Let R be the region containing all the points within or on the sides of an equilateral triangle. A
point P is randomly selected from the region R, the probability that P lies near to internal angle
bisector than any of the sides is equal to
(A) 42 3
(B) 2 3
(C) 3 3 4
(D) none of these
Ans. A
3 a2 3  2  3  a2
Sol. Area of favourable region = 
4 4
Required probability = 4  2 3
SECTION – B
81. Number of divisors of the number N = 23 · 32 · 54 · 72 which are of the form (4k + 2), k  Integer
is/are
Ans. 00045.00
Sol. Number of divisors of the form 4k + 2 = 1  3  5  3 = 45
82. Let p(, ) be the circum-centre of the triangle formed by the lines 2x + 2y – 7 = 0 and
2x2 + 7xy – 2y2 = 0, then the value of  + is equal to
Ans. 00003.50
Sol. p(, ) lies on 2x + 2y – 7 = 0

  
83. Let OA  î  2jˆ  kˆ , OB  2iˆ  2jˆ  kˆ , OC  3iˆ  2ˆj  kˆ represent edges of the tetrahedron OABC,
then length of perpendicular from vertex O on the base ABC is equal to
Ans. 00002.00
Sol. Let length of perpendicular = H

1 2
 1 H  H=2
3 3
84. Order of the differential equation of the family of parabolas having fixed directrix and fixed axis is
Ans. 00001.00
Sol. Number of arbitrary constant in the equation of the family of parabolas = 1
85. Number of values of k for which x 2 + y2 – 4x – 4y + k = 0 intersect x + 2y = 0 and 2x + y = 0 at

exactly 3 points is/are
Ans. 00001.00
Sol. (2, 2) lies on the angle bisector of the lines x + 2y = 0 and 2x + y = 0
 3  4x  xdx
86. Let   x 3/2 f  x   c , then the value of f(3) is equal to
2 x 1
Ans. 00002.00
Sol. f  x  x  1
 1 2 1
87. Let A be a 3  3 matrix such that Adj  A   2 2 1  , then |A| is equal to (where |A| > 0)
3 2 1 
Ans. 00002.00
n 1
Adj  A   A
2
Sol. 4 = |A|
88. Number of solutions of the equation sin x + cos x + sin 4x + cos 4x = 0 in [0, ] is/are
Ans. 00004.00
  5x   5x   3x
Sol. sin x  cos x  sin 4x  cos 4x  2  sin    cos    cos
  2   2  2
3x 5x 5x
cos  0 , sin  cos 0
2 2 2
3  7
x , , ,
10 3 10

x2 y2
89. Let slope of a tangent at point P on the ellipse   1 is m such that normal at P is at a
81 9
maximum distance from origin, then |3m| is equal to
Ans. 00001.73
Sol. Let P be (9 cos , 3 sin )

For normal at maximum distance from origin 9 tan  = 3 cot 
1 1
tan   m
3 3
x 4  3x 2  3
90. Minimum value of the function f  x   is equal to
x2  1
Ans. 00003.00
1
Sol. f  x   x2  1 2
1 f(x)  3
x 1

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
FULL TEST – III
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 18-01-2022
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
correct option;

AITS-FT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22 2

1. A small block of mass m lies above a thin disk of total

mass M, constant surface density  , and radius R. A
hole of radius R/2 is cut into the center of the disk, m M
allowing the mass to pass though. The mass starts at a h R/2
position along the central axis of the disk but is displaced
R 
a height h from the plane of the disk, where h << R.
There are no other external forces at work on this
system; i.e., the disk and block are out in deep space.
Assume m << M. For the first order in h the block
undergoes simple harmonic motion with respect to the
centre of the plane of the disk, compute the period of
oscillation of block.
2R
(A) T
G
R
(B) T
G
R
(C) T
2G
(D) None of these
Ans. A
Sol. m

x
g  2G 1  cos 
 x   x
g  2G 1    2G 1  
 R  x2
2
  R
m

3 AITS-FT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22
 x  x 
g  2G  1     1  
 R   R / 2  
2G
g x
R
2R
T
G
2. Consider a metal can placed coaxially inside a long solenoid. The metal can be modelled as a
thin cylindrical shell of radius r. The magnetic field due to the solenoid varies with time t as kt
where k is a positive constant. The resistivity of the can is and its breaking stress is  . Ignore
the self-inductance of the can and any currents induced in the flat surfaces of the can. Assume
that the magnetic field produced by the induced currents is negligible. Compute the time at which
the can breaks.

(A) t
r 2K 2
2
(B) t
r 2K 2

(C) t
2r 2K 2

(D) t
3r 2K 2
Ans. B
Sol.
Can
Solenoid
Emf is included in the can
dB 2
Emf  r  Kr 2
dt
 2r
R
A
r
i AK
2

A
A
i2rB
From the diagram
i  2rB  2A
2
t
r 2K 2
3. A motor is installed at the top of a pole rigidly fixed on a

platform. A light rod of length r = 1 m is rigidly attached
to the motor shaft at its one end and at the other end a
small ball of mass m is attached. The rod can rotated in 
a vertical plane with the help of the motor. Total mass of m
the platform, the pole and the motor is  4 times the
mass of the ball. The motor rotates the rod at a constant
angular velocity. The platform is placed on a horizontal
surface, where coefficient of friction is   1/ 3. At
which minimum angular velocity 0 of the rod, will the
platform start sliding?
(A) 0  2rad / s
(B) 0  3rad / s
(C) 0  5rad / s
(D) None of these
Ans. C
Sol.

r
  
F on ball+m g  mw 2 r

  
F on platform=m g mw 2 r
5mg
m 2r  0  5rad / s
1  2
4. A ring of mean radius r and cross-sectional area A is made of a

perfectly conducting wire. Inductance L of the ring is so small that
inertia of free electrons cannot be neglected in the current building
process. The free electron density in the conductor is n, mass of an
electron is m and modulus of charge on an electron is e. Initially the
ring is placed in a uniform magnetic field with its plane parallel to B
induction vector B of the field as shown in the figure. Find the current
ring after it is turned through an angle 90°.
Br 2
(A) i
m  r
L
ne2 A
B r
(B) i
m  r
L
ne2 A
Br 2
(C) i
m  2r
L
ne2 A
B  2 r
(D) i
m  r 2
L
ne2 A
Ans. C
Sol. For perfect conductor R = 0 Enet = 0 in loop net  constant

net  self  k  ext
   
=Li  Lki  B A  Lneti  B A
ml
LK  (Where m = mass of one electron, l = loop length)
ne 2 A
As is constant i  f
 
Initially i  0 & B A
net  0
Finally  BA ' Lneti

Br 2 Br 2
i 
Lnet m  2r
L
ne2 A


This section contains SIX (06) questions. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONE OR
5.
L1
L2
For the given figure consider their mutual inductance is M then
L1L 2  M2
(A) Leq  When mutual inductance is not opposing
L1  L 2  2M
L1L 2  M2
(B) Leq  When mutual inductance is not opposing.
L1  L 2  2M
L1L 2  M2
(C) Leq  When mutual inductance is opposing.
L1  L 2  2M
L1L 2  M2
(D) Leq  When mutual inductance is opposing.
2L1  3L 2  2M
Ans. AC
L1L 2  M2 L1L 2  M2
Sol. Leq  & Leq  (Opposing)
L1  L 2  2M L1  L 2  2M
6. In a photoelectric effect experiment, a point source of light of power 40W emits mono-energetic
photons of wavelength 1 that can just exit photoelectrons from an isolated metallic sphere of
radius 1 cm, placed at a distance of 1 km from the light source. Now, three other sources of
wavelength 2 , 3 and 4 which are emitting the same number of photons as that of 1 brought
o o
near the source of 1. Assume photo efficiency of 10-6 (Take 1  4960 A, 2  4133.33 A,
o o o
3  5000 A, 4  7200 A and hc=12.400 eV A )
(A) Number of photoelectrons emitted from the sphere per second is 2.5  109
(B) The potential of the sphere when emission of photoelectron stops is 0.8 V.
(C) The potential of the sphere when emission of photoelectrons stops is 0.5 V.
(D) The time after which the emission of photoelectrons will stop is 1.39  103 sec .
Ans. ACD

P
Sol. I
4R2
P R=1M
Energy incident  Ir 2
P  r 2
No. of Photons incident/sec  
4R2 hc
For 1 no. of photon incident/sec 2.5  1015
Photo electric effect for 1 & 2 only.
h   K max K max  0 For 1 
12400 12400
E2   3ev =  2.5ev
4133.33 4960
Vs  0.5volt
KQ
 Vs Q2  ne
r

7. A dog running with a constant speed v is chasing a cat that is running with a constant velocity u .
During the chase, the dog always heads towards the cat. At an instant, direction of motion of the
dog makes angle  with that of the cat and the distance between them is r.
uv sin 
(A) The magnitude of acceleration of dog at this instant is .
r
vr
(B) Radius of curvature of path followed by dog at this instant is .
usin 
uv cos 
(C) The magnitude of acceleration of dog at this instant is .
r
ur
(D) Radius of curvature of path followed by dog at this instant .
v cos 
Ans. AB
Sol. Acceleration of dog = Normal acceleration.

C
an
D
   
A  A f  A i  A i   A .
dv vd v sin 
a   v 
dt dt r
v2 vr
R  .
an usin 

8. A small bead of mass m can slide on a frictionless fixed ring of radius r.

With the help of two identical strings of force constant k, the bead is
A
connected to two nails A and B each on a diameter at a distance 0.5 r
from centre O of the ring. Relaxed length of each string is negligible as
O C
compared to the radius of the ring. The bead is given a small velocity at
point C. What can you predict about subsequent motion of the bead
B
before any of the string strikes a nail? [ignore gravity]
(A) It will keep moving with its initial speed.
(B) It will oscillate simple harmonically about the point C.
(C) Its angular momentum about centre O of the ring is conserved.
(D) Total elastic potential energy stored in both the strings is 1.25kr2.
Ans. AC
 
Sol. F  2 k r toward 0.

0 0
1  2 r2 
P.t  k  r    1.25kr 2
2  4
9. A solid paraboloid of base radius R0 and height h0 is having uniform volume mass density of s is
Inverted and placed just above the surface as shown, of a liquid having volume mass density of
L . When paraboloid is released from rest it has been observed that when it becomes completely
submerged in the liquid the paraboloid comes to the rest again. There exist uniform gravity of g.
Assume that the liquid body is very large so that liquid level is not changing as the paraboloid
enters into the liquid.
R0
s h0
(A) The phenomenon is true for all paraboloids irrespective of their dimensions as long as
density ratio is maintained.
(B) The phenomenon is not true for all paraboloids irrespective of their dimensions as long as
density ratio is maintained.
L
(C) The ratio of is 2.
s
L
(D) The ratio of is 3.
s

Ans. AD
Sol. Let Y  ax 2 ( A parabola)

H 2
Y x ( from given data)
R2
Fup
x
y y
a R
H
mg
x
dy
v
dt
1 2 dv
mg  x y g  m
L
2 dt
dv x yg L
2
x 2 yg
 g g g L

dt R2H R2 H
2 s s
2
dv
v  g  L gy 2
dy s
0 H
 vdv   (g 
0 0
L
s
gy 2 ) dy
g
o  gH  L
H
3 s
L
3
s
10. A ideal gas having f degrees of freedom is kept inside a thermally insulated vessel, the vessel
has two large pistons each with charge of +Q and -Q. Assume charges are uniformly distributed.
Pistons can move without friction inside the vessel. At an instant the charge of pistons is
increased k times with the help of an external agent. Then which of the following statements are
correct
+Q -Q
Vacuum Vacuum
Gas
K2  f
(A) The Ratio of final to initial temperature of gas in equilibrium is .
2f
2K 2  f
(B) The Ratio of final to initial temperature of gas in equilibrium is .
2f

(C) Work done by the agent in the process is (K 2  1)nRT1 where T1 is initial temperature.
Q2L1
(D) Work done by the agent in the process is  K 2  1 where L1 is initial separation
A 0
between pistons.
Ans. BCD
Sol. Stage 1
+Q -Q
Vacuum Vacuum T1
Gas
L1
Q2 nRT1
P1AL1  nRT1  P1A  (Force Balancing)
2A 0 L1
Stage 2
Charge is suddenly changed
KQ -KQ
Gas T1
L1
System is not in equilibrium
Stage 3
KQ -KQ
T2 L 2 CL1
Gas
L2
Finally system in equilibrium
K 2 Q2 nRT2
P2 AL 2  nRT2  P2 A 
2A 0 L2
Energy of the system is conserved between stage 2 and 3.
1 f 1 f
0E2 AL1  nRT1  0E 2 AL 2 
2 2
nRT2
2 2 2 2
On solving all the above equation
T2 2K 2  f Q2L1
 w ext  K 2  1  K 2  1 nRT1
T1 2f 2A 0


INTEGER.
11. A conducting sphere with inner radius R and outer radius 3R

has some alloys mixed in it due to which its resistivity
changes with radial distance r according to the function
r  Kr, where K is a +ve constant. Inner surface of the
R
sphere is grounded while outer surface of sphere in
maintained at potential V0 with the help of a battery of emf V0. 3R
Battery is ideal. The potential of the sphere at radial distance + V0
n a -
of 2R is V0 . Find (a + b).
n b
Ans. 5
Sol. V0  I Req
dr
3R
Rr
Req   dR
r dr
Req  
4r 2
3R
Kdr K
Req   Req  n(3)
R 4 r 4
K r 
R(r)  ln  
4  R 
V
V(r)  IR(r)  0  R(r)
Req
n2
V  2R   V0
 n3
12. In the circuit shown in the figure the electromotive force of the
battery is 9 V and its internal resistance is 15 .The two V1 V2
identical voltmeters can be considered ideal. Let
st 10 20
V1 and V1' reading of 1 voltmeter when switch is open and
closed respectively. Similarly, V2 and V2' be the reading of 2nd
15
voltmeter when switch is open and closed respectively. Then 9 V
V '  V2
find the value of 2 .
V1  V1'
Ans. 1
Sol. When switch is open

Current in circuit
9
I A  0.2A
45
V1  V2  6V and because in series same current passes and voltmeters are identical so
V1  V2  3V
When switch closed
V1'  2V;V2'  4V
V2'  V2 4  3
 1
V1  V1' 3  2
13. The given thin lenses have R1 R2

R1  R2  10cm and 1  1, 2  2 and 3  4. If final
R  100cm
image formed at object and value of ‘d’ is x  10 cm .
Find ’x’. 1  2 3
O
30cm  d cm 
Ans. 7
Sol.
1 2 3
3 1 3  1 3   2
  
v u R1 R2
4 1 2 1 4  2
  
v 30 10 10
v  30
2
3
1
30cm  d cm 
d  30  100


This section contains THREE (03) questions stems. There are TWO (02) questions corresponding to
each question stem. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL VALUE. If the numerical value has
more than two decimal places, truncate/round-off the value to TWO decimal places.
Question Stem
There is a hollow prism with hexagonal base of side L0 and height H0 as

shown. There are identical non conducting uniformly charged solid spheres
are placed at each corner and two identical spheres at the centre of flat
hexagonal faces. The charges spheres have uniform density of d0 and
radius of R0 . What will be the flux passing through the shaded region and
average charge density   hexagonal prism. It is given that the flux passing
through the hexagonal flat surface is k times the total flux passing through
the prism.
R 3d
Take 0 0  1 SI units
0
3
doR0
&  1 SI units
L20H0
14. The value of s is _________
Ans. 00000.35
15. The value of d is _________
Ans. 00004.83
Sol.
1 s  1
2 K T
6 1 2 2  total
6 1  2K total  total
1  2K  total qin
1  total 
6 0
Top view

q0 / 6
q0 q
qin  12. 2 0
6 2
4
3q0  qin 3d0 R03
3
1  2k  4R0 3 d0
1  
6 0
1  2k  R0 3d0
s   0.35
3 0
qin
Average charge density 
Vprism
8 d0R03
d 2
 4.83
3 3 L 0 W0
Question Stem
One side of a thin metal plate is illuminated by the sun. When the air temperature is T0, the temperature
of the illuminated side is T1 and that of the opposite side is T2. The temperature of each sides be T1' & T2' ,
if another plate of double thickness is used.  Take T0  300 K, T1 =330 K, T2  320 K 
16. The value of T1'  K  is ___________
Ans. 00333.33
17. The value of T2' K  is ___________
Ans. 00316.67
Sol. Left face

Power from sun = P
T1 T2
To l
d d
 T1  T0    T1  T0 
dt dt
 4eAT03

kA  T1  T2 
P  T1  T0   ....(i) ( For left surface)

KA  T1  T2 
  T2  T0  (For right surface)

When thickness is doubled
P   T1 ' T0  
kA T1'  T2'  
.....(iii)
2

KA T1'  T2' 
2
 T1'  T0   ......(iv)
on solving
2T 2  T1T2  T0  3T1  T2   T22
T1'  1  333.33k.
2  T1  T0 
T1T2  T0  T1  3T2   T22
T2'   316.67k.
2  T1  T0 
Question Stem
A boat is travelling in a river with a speed of 10 m/s along the stream flowing with a speed of 2 m/s. From
this boat, a sound transmitter is lowered into the river through a rigid support. The wavelength of the
sound emitted from the transmitter inside the water is 14.45 mm. Assume that attenuation of sound in
water and air is negligible. The frequency detected by a receiver kept inside the river downstream is f 0
and the transmitter and the receiver are now pulled up into air. The air is blowing with a speed 5 m/sec in
the direction opposite the river stream the frequency of the sound detected by the receiver is f 1.
3 3
(Temperature of the air and water = 20°C; Density of river water = 10 kg/m ; Bulk modulus of the water =
2.088  10 Pa; Gas constant R = 8.31J / mol  K; Mean molecular mass of air = 28.8  103 kg / mol;
9
Cp/Cv for air = 1.4)

Note: Boat velocity is with respect to ground & receiver is stationary w.r.t ground
18. The value of f0 (KHZ) is__________
Ans. 00100.69
19. The value of f1 (KHZ) is__________
Ans. 00103.04
Sol. Use doppler effect.


20. The compound (B) would be

O
(1) OH
(B)
(2) H
O
(A) OH (B)
O
HO
O
C
O
C
O
(C) (D)
OH
COOH
OH
OH
Ans. C
Sol.
O
O
OH OH O
COOH H COOH
C
O OH
O O OH
21. How many methoxy group present in the molecule of a compound (A) would be present by the
result of a Zeisel method. Treatment of compound (A) C20H11O 4N with hot conc. HI gives CH3I
indicating presence of methoxy group. When 4.24 mg of a compound (A) is treated with hot conc.
HI and CH3I thus produced is digested with alc. AgNO 3 , 11.62 mg of AgI is obtained.
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4

And. D
AgNO3
Sol. C20H11O4N  HI 
 CH3I   AgI
1.24 11.62
 .013  0.05
329 235
No. of mole of AgI 4  mole of C20H11ON
22. The blue colour produced on adding H2 O2 to acidified K 2 Cr2 O7 solution and shaking with ether is
due to the formation of
(A) Cr2O3
(B) CrO42
(C) CrO3
(D) CrO5
Ans. D
Sol. K 2Cr2 O7  H2 O2  H2SO 4 

ether
 CrO5
(Blue)
23. A 0.001 molal solution of a complex [MA8] in water has the freezing point 0.0054o C . Assuming
–1
100% ionization of the complex salt and Kf for H2O = 1.86 K-Kgmol , write the correct
representation of the complex.
(A) MA 8 
(B) MA 7  A
(C) MA 6  A 2
(D) MA 5  A 3
Ans. C
w  1000
Sol. Tf  i K f  i Kfm
M.W  W
.0054  i 1.86  .001
.0054
i 2.90
1.86  .001


24. A cation which form am amine complex ion with excess of NH3 is
(A) Ag
(B) Cu2
(C) Co2
(D) Al3
Ans. ABC

Sol. Ag  2NH3   Ag  NH3 2 
2
Cu2  4NH3  Cu NH3  4 
2
Co 2  6NH3  CO NH3 6 
25. Which of the following statements regarding P4O10 is correct?
(A) It is an anhydride of metaphosphoric acid
(B) It is a strong dehydrating agent
(C) In P2O5, each phosphorous is attached to three oxygen atoms through normal covalent
bond and also with another oxygen atom through a coordinate bond.
(D) The dehydrated product of HNO3 obtained by treating it with P4O10 is NO2.
Ans. ABC
Sol. HNO3 on dehydration gives N2O5
26. Choose the correct option(s) for the following set of reactions
(i) MeMgBr Conc. HCl
C6H10O Q S
(ii) H2O
(Major)
20%, H3PO4, 360 K
(i) H3/Ni HBr, benzoyl peroxide

T R U
(ii) B3/hv s (Major)
(Major) (Major)
(A) CH3 (B) CH3

H3C Br H3C Br
Cl Cl
(S) (T) (U) (S)

(C) CH3 (D) CH3

H3C Cl H3C Br
Br Br
(S) (U) (U) (T)
Ans. C
Sol. O
H 3C OH H3C Cl
(i) MeMgBr Conc. HCl
H2O
(Q) (S)
20%, H3 PO4 , 360K
CH3 CH3 CH3

Br
Br
H3/Ni HBr
Benzoyl peroxide
Br3/hv
(T) (R) (U)
27. The reaction(s) leading to the formation of 1, 3, 5 trimethyl benzene is/are
(A) O (B) heated iron tube

Conc. H2SO4 Me CH
373 K
(C) H3 C CH3 (D) CHO
(i) Br2/NaOH Zn/Hg(HCl)
(ii) H3 O
OHC CHO
(iii) sodalime
O O
Ans. ABD

Sol. CH3
O
conc. H2SO4
H 3C CH 3
H 3C CH3
CH 3
heated iron tube

Me C CH
873 K
H 3C CH 3
CHO CH 3
Zn/Hg(HCl)
CHO CHO H 3C CH 3
(A) If temperature coefficient is greater than zero, cell reaction is endothermic.
(B) If temperature coefficient is less than zero, cell reaction is endothermic.
(C) If temperature coefficient is less than zero, cell reaction is exothermic.
(D) If Ecell is negative then G is negative and cell reaction is spontaneous.
Ans. AC
 dE  E 2  E1
Sol.   , According to Nernst equation, on  in temp. E.M.F es.
 dT  T2  T1
29. In which of the following pair of solution will the values of Vant Hoff factor be same?
(Assuming same dissociation)
(A) 0.05 M K 4 Fe  CN 6  and 0.10M FeSO 4
(B) 0.10 M K 4 Fe  CN 6  and 0.05 M FeSO 4 . NH4  2 SO 4 .6H2O
(C) 0.20 M NaCl and 0.10 BaCl2

(D) 0.05 M FeSO 4 . NH4 2 SO4 .6H2 O and 0.02M KCl.MgCl2 .6H2 O
Ans. BD
4
Sol. K 4 Fe  CN6   4K   Fe  CN 6 
i  5 No. of ions
FeSO 4 . NH4  2 SO 4 .6H2O  Fe 2  2NH4  2SO42
i = 5 = No. of ions


INTEGER.
+
30. Find the quantum numbers of the excited state of electrons (Let n1 and n2) in He ion which on
transition to ground state emit two photons of wavelength 30.4 nm and 108.5 nm respectively.
Find the sum of  n1  n2   ?
Ans. 7
1 2  1 1
Sol.  RH  z   2  2 
n
 1 n2 
for n1  1 n2  ?
1 1 1
9
 1.09678  107  4  2  2 
30.4  10 1 n2 
n2  2
for n1  2 (first excited state), n 2  ?
1 1 1
9
 1.09678  107  4  2  2 
108.5  10 2 n2 
n2  5
sum of n1 & n2  2  5  7
31. A compound AB forms NaCl type crystals and another compound XY forms CsCl type crystals.
The formula. Mass of XY is three times that of AB but the cubic edge length of unit cell of AB
crystals is twice that of XY. Calculate the ratio of density of XY to that of AB.
Ans. 6
4  M1
Sol. Density of AB = ...(i)
Nar  13
Let molar mass of AB be M1 gm/mol and edge length of unit cell be  1(m) .
1 3M1 8  3  M1
Density of XY   …(ii)
 1 
3
Nar  13
Nar   
2
(ii) /(i) = 6
32. Size of ring in product formed C is?

R RCO3H
H
(B) (C)
R O
Ans. 5

Sol. R R R
H
R R +
O O R
OH
H
RCO3H R
R
Baeyer villager R
O O R OH
R
R O

Question Stem
For the following reaction scheme

i) O3 CH 3OH i) NaOCH3CH 3, etoh H3 O 100o
A B C D E
ii) HOOH H3 O ii) CH 3CH2CH2CH 2I
33. The molecular wight of B is ……………
Ans. 00132.00
34. The molecular weight of E is………….
Ans. 00116.00
Sol. (for Q. 33-34)

COOH COOCH3 COOCH3
H2C H2C HC
COOH COOCH3 COOCH3

H2C CH2 CH2 CH3
(B)
(A)
C5H8O4 (C)
(M.W=132)
H3O
COOH
Δ
H3C CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 COOH H3C CH2 CH2 CH2 HC
( CO2 ) COOH
(E) (D)
C6H12 O2 (M.W = 116)

Question Stem
A 10–3 molal aqueous solution of a chromium complex having same number of ammonia molecule and Cl
ions freezes at 0.00558o C . If all the ammonia molecules are acting as ligands and the percent of
hydrogen in the complex is 4.6 (Given K f (H2 O)  1.86K Kgmol1 ) and assume 100% ionization self.
35. Find the number of Cl atom is complex is___.
Ans. 00004.00
36. The value of Vant Hoff factor is______.
Ans. 00003.00
Sol. (for Q. 35-36)

Let the molecular formula of the complex is Cr NH3  x Clx
% H is in the complex
3x
 100  4.6
52  17x  35.5x
x 4.08 4
Now, Tf  i k f m
.00558
i 3
1.86  10 3
Question Stem
The isoelectric point (PI) is the PH at which the amino acid exists only as a dipolar ion with net charge
   
zero. Structure of lysine and aspartic acid are COOCH  NH3   CH2  4 NH2 and CO OCH  NH3  CH2COOH
   
respectively. The PKa1 ,PKa2 and PKa3 of the dictation lysine are 2.18, 8.95 and 10.53 respectively. The
PKa1 , PKa2 and PKa3 of the cation of aspartic acid are 1.88, 3.65 and 9.60 respectively.
37. Isoelectric point lysine is__________.
Ans. 00009.74
Sol. The dissociation of cationic form of lysine can be represented.
COOH
P  Ka1
COO
P Ka2
COO
PKa3
COO
HC NH 3 OH HC NH 3 OH
HC NH 3 OH HC NH2
(CH 2)3 H (CH 2)3 H (CH 2)3 H (CH 2)3
CH 2NH 3 H2C NH 3 CH 2NH 2 CH 2NH 2
Net change (+2) (+1) (0) (–1)
PKa2  PKa3 8.95  10.53
PI    9.74
2 2

38. Isoelectric point of Aspartic acid is __________.
Ans. 00002.77
Sol. The dissociation of cationic form of Aspartic acid can be shown as

COOH PKa1 COO
 P  COO
 Ka2  PKa3
COO
HC NH 3 OH HC NH 3 OH
HC NH 3 OH HC NH2
CH 2 H CH2 H CH2 H CH2
COOH COOH COO COO
Net change (+1) (0) (–1) (–2)
PKa2  PKa2 1.88  3.65
PI    2.77
2 2


 1  1
39. Polynomial function f (x) satisfying the condition f(x)f    f(x)  f   . If f (10) = 1001, then
x x
f(20) is
(A) 7001
(B) 8001
(C) 8000
(D) None of these
Ans. B
 1  1
Sol. f(x)f    f(x)  f  
x x
n 1 n2
let f(x)  an x  an 1x  an  2 x  .....  aa x  a0
n
 1 a a 1 n
f    nn  nn11  an 2 n2  ..........   a0
x x x x x
 1
f(x) f    a0 an xn   an1a 0  an a1  xn1  xn2  a0 an2  a1an1  a2 an 
x
 1
f(x)  f    an x n  an1xn1  xn2 an2  ........  a1x  a0
x
a a a a
 nn  nn 11  nn  22  .......  1  a0
x x x x
an  1 a0  1 ; a1  a 2  a3  ......  an1  0
f(x)  x n  1
f(10)  10n  1  103  1
n=3
f(x)  x3  1
f(20)   20   1  8001
3
x  e x sgn x 
Let f  x   e and g  x   e    denotes the fractional and
e sgn x 
40. , x  R where and
integral part functions, respectively. Also h  x   log  f  x    log  g  x   then for real x, h  x  is
(A) An odd function
(B) An even function

(C) Neither odd nor an even function
(D) Both odd as well as even function
Ans. A
h  x   log  f  x  . g  x    log e  y   y   e sgn x

y y x
Sol.
 ex , x 0

h  x   e sgn x   0, x  0
x
 e x , x  0

e , x  0
x

h   x    0, x  0 h  x   h   x   0 for all x.
 e x x 0

x  11 y  2 z  8
41. The length and foot of the perpendicular from the point (2, -1, 5) to the line  
10 4 11
are
(A) 14, 1,2, 3 
(B) 14, 1, 2,3 
(C) 14, 1,2,3 
(D) None of these
Ans. C
Sol. Let co-ordinates of foot of perpendicular are (a, b, c)

a  11 b  2 c  8
Since   k
10 4 11
Then a  10k  11,b  4k  2,c  11k  8
Here all alternative give a = 1, then k = -1. So foot is (1,2,3) and perpendicular distance between
(1,2,3) and (2,-1,5) is 14 .
42. If x = 9 is the chord of contact of the hyperbola x 2  y 2  9 , then the equation of the
corresponding pair of tangent is
(A) 9x 2  8y 2  18x  9  0
(B) 9x 2  8y 2  18x  9  0
(C) 9x 2  8y 2  18x  9  0
(D) 9x 2  8y 2  18x  9  0

Ans. B
Sol. Equation of chord of contact

xh  yk – 9 = 0 ….(1)
x–9=0 …..(2)
h = 1 and k = 0
pair of tangent
SS '  T 2
x 2

 y 2  9  8    x  9  9x 2  8y 2  18x  9  0
2

43. Which of the following options are correct?
2
n 1 n  3
 
2
(A) ( C0  C3  C6  .....)  2 ( C1  C2  C4  C5  .....)   4 C1 n C2 n C 4 n C5  ..... 1
n n n n n n
 
(B) If a and b are two positive numbers such that a5 b2  4 then the maximum value of
log21/5  a 2  log21/2  b2  is equal to 4
(C) Constant team in ((((((x  2)2  2)2  2)2  2)2  2)2 .......2)2 is equal to 2
 25
C1  25
C2   25
C3   25
C4 
(D) The coefficient of x 24 in  25
 x   x  22 25  x  3
2
25 x  4
2
25  .....
 C0  C1   C2   C3 
 25
C25 
 x  25
2
25  is equal to 2925
 C24 
Ans. ABD
(A) 1  x  n C0  n C1x  n C2 x 2  n C3 x 3  ......  n Cn x n

n
Sol.
1 i 3
Put x   where    
2 2
 n

C0  n C3  n C6  .....  ........   n
C1  n C 4  n C 7  ......     n
C 2  n C 5  n C8  ...... 2  1   n
 1 i 3  1 i 3
 n
C0 n C3 n C6  .....    n
C1 n C4 n C7  .....   
 2 
2 
  n
C 2  n C 5  n C 8  .....   
 2 
2 
 
1 n i 3
       
n
n
C0 n C3 n C6  ....  C1 n C2  n C4  n C5  ......  n
C1 n C 2  n C 4 n C 5  .....  2
2 2
(B) a5 b2  4 5log2  a   2log2  b   2
y  10log2 a 4log2 b  40log2 a log2 b
5log2  a   2log2 b 
A.M.  G.M.  10log2 a log2 b
2
1
log2 a log2 b  y  4,y  4 when 5log2 a  2log2 b a5  b2  2
10

(C) For constant term put x = 0 and get constant term = 4

(D) Coefficient of x 24  1.25  2.24  3.23  ......  25.1  2925
44. a1,a2 ,a3 ,...... are distinct terms of an A.P. We call (p,q,r) an increasing triad if ap ,aq ,ar are in G.P.
where p,q,r  N such that p  q  r. If (5, 9, 16) is an increasing triad, then which of the following
options is/are correct
(A) If a1 is a multiple of 4 then every term of the A.P. is an integer
(B)  85,149,261 is an increasing triad
1 1
(C) If the common difference of the A.P. is , then its first term is
4 3
th
(D) ratio of (4k + 1)th term and 4k term can be 4
Ans. ABC
Sol. Let R be the common ratio of the G.P. and D be the common difference of A.P.
a5  a5 ,a9  Ra5 ,a16  a5R2
a9  a5  4D R  1 a5  4D
a16  a9  7D R  R  1 a5  7D
1 4 7
From equation (1)/(2), we get  R
R 7 4
9a5
From equation (2) – (1), we get  R  1 a5  3D
2
 3D
16
3 3  3 4D
 a1  4D   D a1   1   D a1 
16 16  4 3
e x 1 ex
45. If  x 2x dx  AF  x  1  BF  x  4   C and F  x    dx, then
2
 5x  4  x
(A) A  2 / 3
(B) B   4 / 3  e3
(C) A 2/3
(D) B   8 / 3  e3
Ans. AD
2x C D
Sol.  
 x  1 x  4  x  1 x  4
2x  C  x  4   D  x  1
C  2 / 3, D  8 / 3

e x 1 x 1  2 / 3 8/3 
  x  1 x  4  2x dx   e  x  1  x  4  dx
2 8
  F  x  1  e3F  x  4   C
3 3
A  2 / 3, B  8 / 3 e3
46. The vertices of a triangle ABC are A (2,0,2), B  1,1,1 and C 1, 2,4  . The points D and E
divide the sides AB and CA in the ratio 1:2 respectively. Another point F is taken in space such
that the perpendicular drawn from F to the plane containing ABC , meets the plan at the point of
intersection of the line segment CD and BE. If the distance of F from the plane of triangle ABC is
2 units, then
7
(A) the volume of the tetrahedron ABCF is cubic units
3
7
(B) the volume of the tetrahedron ABCF is cubic units
6
   2kˆ  î  

(C) one of the equation of the line AF is r 2iˆ  2kˆ   R
   

(D) one of the equation of the line AF is r  2iˆ  2kˆ   î  7kˆ
Ans. AC
Sol. F A  2iˆ  2kˆ 
 3iˆ  ˆj  5kˆ 
D  
 3 
 4iˆ  4 ˆj  10kˆ 
 
 3 
E
P

C î  2 ˆj  4kˆ  
B  î  ˆj  kˆ 
  7ˆj  7kˆ 

CD : r  î  2ˆj  4kˆ 
3

   

BE : r  î  ˆj  kˆ  7iˆ  7ˆj  7kˆ
3
ˆ ˆ ˆ
P (i  j  3k)
Area of tetrahedron ABCF
1 7
  Area of base triangle   height  cubic unit
3 3
  
AB AC  7ˆj  7k,
ˆ PF  PF  2 units

  7 ˆj  7kˆ 
PF  2   ˆj  kˆ  P.V. of F-P.V. of P
 49  49 
 
ˆ
P.V. of F=i+4k ˆ
   

Vectors equation of AF is r 2 î  ˆj    î  2kˆ
47. Let the equation of a straight line L in complex form be az  az  b  0, where a is a complex
number and b is a real number, then
z  c iz  c 
(A) the straight line   0 makes an angle of 45° with L and passes through a
a a
point c (where c is a complex number)
z  c iz  c 
(B) the straight line  makes an angle of 45° with L and passes through a point
a a
c (where c is a complex number)
a
(C) the complex slope of the line L is 
a
a
(D) the complex slope of the line L is
a
Ans. ABC
Sol. Let P(z) be any point on the required line.


CP z c
Then, i.e. is a unit vector parallel to it

zc
CP
*P(z)
A(z1)
*
C(c) P(z)
45°
45°
B(z2)
Let A(z1) and B(z2) be two points on

z  z1
az  az  b  0 then 2 is a unit vector parallel to the line
z 2  z1
az  az  b  0
 
zc z  z1 i 
 4
 2 e
zc z 2  z1
z  c  z 2  z1 
2  2
i
 e 2
 z  c  z  c   z2  z1  z2  z1 

zc  z  z1 
 i 2 
zc  z2  z1 
A(z1 ) and B  z 2  are on the line az  az  b  0 therefore az1  az1  b  0
az2  az  b  0
a z 2  z1
 
a z2  z1
zc iz  c 
From equation (1) and (2) we get 0
a a
The function f  x   x  x  1
1/3
48.
(A) has two inflection points
(B) has one point of extremum
(C) is non – differentiable
(D) Range of f  x  is  3  28/3 ,  

Ans. ABCD
Sol. f  x   x1/3  x  1
df  x  4 1/ 3 1 1 1
x  . 2/3  2/ 3  4x  1

dx 3 3 x 3x
f  x  changes sign from –ve to +ve, x  1 / 4 , which is point of minima.
Also f  x  does not exist at x  0 as f  x  has vertical tangent at x  0 .
4 1 1 2 1 2  1 2  2x  1
f " x  . 2/3  . . 5/3  2/3 2    2/3 
9 x 3 3 x 9x  x  9x  x 
1
f "  x   0 at x   which is the point of inflection at x  0, f "  x  does not exists but f "  x 
2
changes sign, hence x  0 is also the point of inflection.
From the above information the graph of y  f  x  is as shown.

INTEGER.
49. A, B, C and D cut a pack of 52 cards successively in the order given. If the person who cuts a
 
spade first receives Rs. 350 and if the expectation of A is then   is equal to (where [.]
 64 
denotes greatest integer function)_________
Ans. 2
Sol. E = even of any one cutting a space in one cut

n  E  13 C1
n  S  52 C1
P(E)  1/ 4  p,P E  q  
Probability of a winning  p  qqqp  qqqqqqp  .............
P 64
   128
1  q3 175
 
 64   2
 
x 2n1  ax 2  bx
50. Let f  x   lim . If f  x  is continuous for all x  R , then the value of a  8b is
n x 2n  1
Ans. 8
ax 2  bx for 1 x  1


a  b 1 x  1
 2
Sol. f  x  a  b  1
 x 1
 2
 1
 for x 1 or x  1
 x
a b 1
for continuity at x  1 we have a  b 
2
hence, a  b  1 (1)
for continuity at x  1
a  b  1 a  b  1 (2)
hence a  0 and b  1
51. A and B are two independent events. The probability that both A and B occur is 1/6 and the
probability that at least one of them occurs is 2/3. Find 8P  A   9P B  if P  A  P B  .
Ans. 7
Sol. PA B   P  A  P B  1/ 6  P  A  P B 
PA B   P  A   P B  P  A B
1 1
2 / 3  PA   
6P  A  6
6  P  A    5P  A   1  0 P  A   1/ 2,P B   1/ 3
2
So, 8P  A   9P  B   4  3  7


Question Stem
Consider the locus of the complex number z in the Argand plane given by Re  z   2  z  7  2i .
Let P z1 .Q  z2  . Be two complex numbers satisfying the given locus and also satisfying
 z   2  i  
 z   2  i   2 
arg  1    R .
 2 
52. The minimum value of PR.QR where R represents the point (7, -2) is
(A) 25
(B) 12
(C) 10
(D) 50
Ans. 00025.00
 x  2   x  7   y  2
2 2
Sol.
It is parabola
P
R
(7,-2)
2a
x=2 Q
PR RQ   4a 2
2
5
=4   
 2
=25
 z   7  2i  
53. arg  1 equals
 z   7  2i  
 1 
Ans. 00001.57
Sol. Re z  2  z  7  2i

Let P  z1  ,Q  z 2 
 z   2 i  
arg  1
 z   2   R
 2 i   2
z
z1 z2
Question Stem
T is the region of the plane x + y + z = 1 with x, y, z >0. S is the set of points (a, b, c) in T such that just
1 1 1
two of the following three inequalities hold: a  ,b  ,c  .
2 3 6
54. Area of the region T is
Ans. 00000.86
Sol. T is an equilateral triangle with the vertices at (1, 0, 0), (0, 1, 0) and (0, 0, 1)
3
area of the region T is .
2
55. Area of the region S is
Ans. 00000.34
 1 1 1
Sol. Take a point P  , ,  on the plane x + y + z = 1
2 3 6
A(0, 0,1)
(5/6, 0, 1/6)
(0, 1/3, 2/3)
(1/2, 0, 1/2)
(0, 1/2, 1/2)
(1, 0, 0)B C(0, 1, 0)

(1/3, 2/3, 0) (5/6, 1/6, 0)

The region S is shown as shaded region.

3 3 2
Area of S 
2

4
 a  b2  c 2 , where a, b, c are sides of the small equilateral triangles
7 3
 .
36
Question Stem
x 1 y z 1
Consider the line   and the point C  1, 1, 2  . Let D be the image of C in the line.
2 1 2
56. The distance C from the line is
Ans. 00003.73
57. The distance of the origin of the plane through the line and the point C is
Ans. 00000.45
x2 y z 1
Sol.  
z 1 2
C(-1, 1, 2)
P 
(1, 0, -1) Q
CQ  CP sin 
 
CP L
= 
L
i ˆj kˆ
2 1 3
2 1 2 125
= 
4  1 4 3

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
FULL TEST – III
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 18-01-2022
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
are correct;
option;


1. A wire having a uniform linear charge density , is bent in the form of a a1

ring of radius R. Point A as shown in the figure, is in the plane of the
ring but not at, the centre. Two elements of the ring of lengths a1 and r1
a2 subtend very small and equal angles at the Point A. They are at A
distances r1 and r2 from the point A respectively.
r2
a2
r1
(A) The ratio of charge on elements a1 and a2 is .
r2
(B) The element a1 produces greater magnitude of electric field at A than element a2.
(C) The element a1 and a2 produce same potential at A.
(D) The elements a1 produces greater potential at A than element a2.
Ans. ABC
Sol. dq1 = a1
dq2  a 2
dq1 a1  r1 r1
  
dq2 a2  r2 r2
kdq1 k dr1 
E1  2
 2 
r1 r1 r1
1
E1
r1
2. Four particles A, B, C and D of masses m A, mB, mC and mD respectively, follow the paths shown
in the figure, in a uniform magnetic field. Each particle moving with same speed. QA, QB,QC and
QD are the specific charge of particles A,B,C and D respectively :
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X Constant
X X
magnetic
X X X X X X X X fieldX X
X X X RX X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X AX X X X X X X
2R C
X X X X X X X X X X
B
X X X X X X X X X X
R
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X D X X
(A) QA < QB <QC <QD

(B) QD < QB < QC < QA
(C) Charge on the particle B and particle D is of different nature
(D) Work done by magnetic force on the particle C is minimum as compared to other particle
Ans. B
Sol. Since B & revolve in opposite since, thus they are oppositely charged. From direction of motion of
the charges QA = + ve QB & QD  -ve QC  neutral
3. consider a metal rod of length L that is given a uniform acceleration as shown in figure (a) and an
identical rod rotating with constant angular velocity in figure (b).
B
a l
R
A B
A
l
Stationary conducting
(a) Circular Frame
(b)
(A) If VA and VB are potentials of end A and B respectively, then VA < VB in figure (a)
(B) If VA and VB are potentials of end A and B respectively, then VA > VB in figure (b)
ma
(C) Electric field inside rod has magnitude in figure (a)
e
m 2r
(D) Electric field inside rod has magnitude in figure (b)
e
Ans. ABCD
Sol. Due to psuedo force, electrons move from B to A.

a
A E B VA > VA
-ive +ive
In figure (b) electron moves from A to B
Region I Region II
4. There is a spherical glass ball of refractive index 1 and

another glass ball of refractive index  2 inside it as shown in 1
figure. The radius of the outer ball is R1 and that of inner ball is i2 B
r2 C
R2. A ray is incident on the outer surface of the ball at an A r1 O D
angle i1. Mark the correct options. i1
1
R1 R2 2
 sini1 
(A) The Value or r1 is sin-1  
 1 

 R 
(B) The value of r2 is sin1  1 sini1 
  2R2 
 sini2 
The value of r1 is sin   
-1
(C)
 2 
 R 
(D) The value of r2 is sin1  2 sini1 
  2R1 
Ans. AB
Sol. 1 sinr1  sini1

 sini1 
r1  sin1  
 1 
1
sini2  sinr2
2
1 R1 sini1
 sinr2
 2 R 2 1
 R 
r2  sin1  1 sini1 
  2R 2 
5. A bead is fixed on a rigid ring of radius r and of mass that

negligible as compared to that of the bead. Assembly thus formed
is held motionless on a horizontal floor with the plane of the ring
vertical and the bead on the top. Coefficient of friction between the
ring and the floor is  . Now the assembly is given a slight push so
that the ring starts rolling Acceleration of free fall is g. Choose the
correct statements.
(A) The angle rotated by the ring before it begins to slide tan
-1
 
(B) The speed of centre of the ring before it begins to slide  gR
(C) The angle rotated by the ring before it begins to slide 2tan-1   
(D) The speed of the centre of the ring before it begins to slide.  2gR
Ans. BC
Sol. 

V
N
P N
VC is Horizontal only.

  
VP  VPC  VC
VP  0
Mechanical energy conservation,
1
mgR 1  cos    mVbead2
VBead  2v cos  / 2
2
gR  2sin2  / 2  2v 2 cos2  / 2
V= gR tan  / 2

em  Icm 0 As Icm  0
NR sin   N  R  R cos  
tan  / 2  
  2 tan1   
6. An adiabatic container of volume 4 V0 is divided into two equal parts by rigid fixed wall whose
lower half is conducting and upper half in non-conducting. Initially the right portion is divided into
two equal parts by a freely moving massless & non conducting piston. Section A has 2 moles, B
and C each has one mole of an ideal gas with adiabatic exponent   1.5. If the heater in left part
is switched on till the final pressure C becomes (125/27) Po. Mark the correct statements
Non Conducting
Po
B
A Vo
Po
2Vo Po
C
Vo
Conducting
205Po Vo
(A) Final temperature in section A
27R
5Po Vo
(B) Final temperature in section B
3R
205Po Vo
(C) Final temperature in section C
27R
368
(D) Heat supplied by the Heater Po Vo
9
Ans. ABCD
Sol. For piston to be in equilibrium

PB = PC
Process in B is adiabatic,
Process in A is Isochoric
At every instant Temperature of A = Temperature of C
For B
125 9Vo
PoVo1.5 = Po v1.5 V =
27 25
16Vo
Volume of C will increase by
25

41Vo
VC 
25
125 9Vo 5Po Vo
TB  Po 
27 25 3R
205 Po Vo
TC =   TA
27 R
Net work done by gas is zero as there is no pushing of surroundings.
Q Heater =  Usyst
368
Q Heater = Po Vo
9

answer.
A small bead starts sliding down a frictionless rigid helical wire frame. The axis of the R
helix is vertical, radius is R and pitch is h.
A h
Axis
7. In How much time, will the Bead descend a Height H?
2H h2  42R2
(A)
g h
H h2  42R2
(B)
g h
H h2  42R2
(C)
g 2h
(D) None of these
Ans. A
Sol. Motion along Helix = Motion in horizontal plane + Motion along Axis.
a t cos 
at
h a t sin 

2 R
Top view

an
v cos  a t ,cos 
a t  gsin 
A along Axis = a t sin   gsin2 .
1 2H 1 2H h2  42R2
H gsin2 . t=  
2 g sin  g h
8. How much force will the wire frame exert on the bead when the bead has descended a height H?
[Acceleration of free ball g]
h2  42R2  162H2
(A) 2mgR
h 2  4 2 R 2
mgR h2  42R2  162H2

(B)
h2  42R 2
mgR h2  2R 2  42H2

(C)
h2  4 2R 2
(D) None of these
Ans. A
Sol. N2
N1
mg
v cos 
m  v cos  
2
N= N12  N22 N1  N2  mgcos 

R
v  2gH
2mgR h2  42R 2  162H2
N=
h2  42R2

A prism shaped Styrofoam of density styrofoam < water is held completely submerged in water. It lies with
its base horizontal. The base of foam is at a depth h0 below water surface and atmospheric pressure is
Po. Surface is open to atmosphere. Styrofoam prism is held in equilibrium by the string attached
symmetrically.
 Take : styrofoam  f ; water    .
l
ho
90o
PL
l 90°
9. Net force exerted by liquid on the Styrofoam is:
(A) 2  gl2L
(B) 2  gl2L
l2L
(C)  g
2
(D)  gl2L
Ans. C
10. Magnitude of force on any one of the slant face of Styrofoam is:
(A) P 
 o  
g ho  2l  Ll
 
  l 
(B) Po   g  ho    Ll
  2 
  l 
(C) Po   g  ho    Ll
  2 
  l 
(D) Po  p g  ho    Ll
  2 2 
Ans. D
l2L
Sol. Net force exerted by liquid on Styrofoam is buoyant force =  g
2
Average pressure on slant surface
 l 
Po  gho    Po  gho  
Pavg   2
2

 1 
  Po   gho  
 2 2
Force on any one of the slant surface
  l 
Po  p g  ho    Ll
  2 2 

INTEGER.
11. An arrangement consisting of slabs is show in the figure. When system is placed in situation (a)
with temperature difference is maintained between (1) and (2), equivalent thermal conductivity of
system is K and when system in changed to situation (b) and temperature difference is
maintained between (3) and (4) then equivalent thermal conductivity increases by 20%. Find
number of slabs in the arrangement.
d
l d
2l
k
d
(3) 2k
d nl (4)
(1) (2)
k 2k nk
nk
2l nl (b)
l (a)
Ans. 4
Sol. In first case

l  2l  .....  nl l 2l 3l nl
    ...... 
k eq A kA 3kA 3kA nkA
k eq1 
 n  1 k
2
In second case
k1Ai
k eq2 
Ai
kA '  2k  2A '   ......   nk  nA ' 

A ' 2A ' .....  nA '

 2n  1 k
2
 2n  1 k
6  n  1 k

3 5 2
9n + 9 = 10n + 5
n=4
12. A small boat is travelling downstream with velocity 5 m/s relative to river
flowing with speed 7/3 m/s. it encounters a log floating in the river at some
distance from itself. It turns by an angle of 37o and just crosses the edge of
the log after 8 sec. Find time taken by boat to just cross the edge of log if
log is kept fixed.
Ans. 6

Sol. Q
Vbr = 5
PQ = 5  8  4 0 m
37o w.r.t Ground
P Boat
  
Vb  Vbr  Vr
Velocity must be along PQ
vbr sin   vr sin37
sin   7 / 25
Vbr Vb Q
Q
P Vr
40
t  6 sec.
v br cos   v r cos 37o
13. A pendulum with massless string of length l and bob of mass m is

attached inside a railway carriage which is moving with speed v 0 as V0 V0
shown. Carriage is brought to rest uniformly by applying brakes.
When carriage comes to rest pendulum string is horizontal. Minimum
magnitude of retardation of carriage such that bob completes vertical
-2 -2
circular motion is (3k-2) ms . Find k. (g = 10 ms )
Ans. 9
Sol. Acceleration of train = a 

Motion of bob w.r.t. train:

Initially V bob /train  O
From A   B, pseudo force F = ma  acts on bob. Let bob turns through 180o and has
speed v’ at highest position
V’
1800
v
F 
F = ma A
(pseudo) at rest
W/E theorem A  B :
1
FR = mv 2  mgh
2
mv 2
 2  ma  mg …….(i)
R
B   C : Now train has stopped, a = 0,
No pseudo force acts on bob.
Conservation of Energy
1 1
mgR + mv '2  mv 2
2 2

mv '2 mv 2
  2mg
R R
T + mg = 2 (ma – mg) – 2mg [From eq. (i)]
On solving a  25m / s 2
3K – 2 = 25 K=9

Question Stem
Consider two neutral concentric conducting thin spherical shells of radii r and 3r. A particle of positive
charge Q is fixed at a distance 2r from the common center of the shells. The inner shell can be electrically
connected to the outer shell through a resistance R1 with the help of switch S1 and outer shell can be
grounded through a resistance R2 with the help of another switch S2 as shown.
H1 (total heat) is dissipated in the resistance R1 after the switch S1 is closed keeping the switch S2 open
until a steady state is reached:
S2
R1 3r
S1 +Q
r R2
2r
When steady state is reached after closing the switch S1, the other switch S2 is closed. Total Heat
dissipated after the switch S2 is closed until a new steady state is reached is H2.
Q2
(Take  108 SI units]
 0r
14. Then the value of H1 is ___________
Ans. 00000.56
Q2
Sol. H1 =
192 0 r
15. Then the value of H2 is ___________
Ans. 00004.33
Q2
Sol. H2 
24 0r


Question Stem
A glass plate is placed above a glass cube of 2 cm edges in such a way that there
remains a thin air layer between them, see figure. Electromagnetic radiation of
d
wavelength between 400 nm and 1150 nm (for which the plate is penetrable) incident
perpendicular to the plate from above is reflected from both air surfaces and h
interferes. In this range only two wavelengths give maximum reinforcements, one of
them is 400 nm. is the second wavelength. T is change in temp. necessary to warm
up the cube so as it would touch the plate. The coefficient of linear thermal expansion
is   8  106. the refractive index of the air   1 . The distance of the bottom of the
cube from the plate does not change during warming up.
Then,
16. The value of (in nm) ______
Ans. 00666.67
17. The value of T (in o C) ______
Ans. 00003.10
Sol. 2d   2n  1 / 2 for constructive interference

4d

2n  1
4d 4d 4d
 4d, , , -------
3 5 7
As n  
4d
400  4d  400  2n  1
2n  1
400 31
 1150 30n 31 n> n = 2, 3, -----
2  n  1  1 30
4d 77
1150 n n = 0,1,2 ----
2 n  2  1 30
n = 2 (common)
4  1 d
 400 d = 500 nm.
5
d
L  L T T  3.1o C .
L
= 666.67 nm

Question Stem
A heavy steel ball held in contact with an extremely light steel ball at height h
= 5 3 m above a hard horizontal floor. The line joining the centres of the balls
makes angle   30o with a vertical. If all the collisions are elastic and sizes of
the balls are negligible as compared to the height h, the horizontal range of the
lighter ball. Is R & speed Just after collision is u.
Then,
h

18. The value of R (in m) is ______
Ans. 00120.00
19. The value of u (in m/s) is _____
Ans. 00034.82
Sol. Y
LOC
 v co s  v s in 
v cos  v
Heavy
Let velocity of light ball along LOC after collision is V1

V1 – v cos   2v cos 
V1  3v cos 
v12   v sin  
2
Speed u =
 9v 2 cos2   v 2 sin2 
v 2  2gh
3 1 56gh
u  9  2gh   2 g h 
4 4 4
u  14gH  34.82 m/s
3v cos 
v s in 
Find Range R = 8hsin2  4cos 2   1
3  3 
R = 85 3    4   1  120m.
2  4 


20. Which of the following statement(s) is correct?
(A) Most four-coordinated complexes of Ni2 ions are square planer rather than tetrahedral.
3 3
(B) The Fe  H2 O  6  ions is more paramagnetic than the Fe  CN 6  ion.
(C) Square planar complexes are more stable than octahedral complexes.
4
The Fe  CN 6  ion is paramagnetic but Fe  CN6  
3
(D) ion is diamagnetic.
Ans. ABC
4
Sol. Fe  CN6  has Fe 2 and have no unpaired electron, so it is diamagnetic and
3
Fe  CN6  has Fe 3 and having one unpaired electron, so it is paramagnetic.
21. Regarding the structure of compound, PBr2Cl  CH3 2 , which of the following is incorrect
statement(s)?
(A) Both CH3 occupy axial position

(B) Both Br occupy axial position
(C) One Cl and one Br occupy axial position.
(D) One CH3 and one Br occupy axial position
Ans. ABD
Sol. Cl
H3C
P less electronegative atom occupy equatorial position.

Br CH3
Br
22. Which of the following statement(s) is correct.
(A) In metallic carbonyls the ligand CO molecule acts both as donor and acceptor.
(B) The ligand thiosulphate, S2 O32 can give rise to linkage isomerism.
(C) The complex ferricyanide does not follow effective atomic number (EAN) rule.
(D) The complex Pt Py  NH3  NO2  ClBrI exist in eight geometrical forms.

Ans. ABC
Sol. In complex Pt(Py)(NH3 )(NO2 )ClBrI , 15 geometrical isomers exist.
23. In an oxide ions are placed with FCC unit cell in which B+3 ion occupy x% of octahedral void and
A+2 ion occupy y% of tetrahedral void, then what is incorrect about the unit cell?
(A) Formula is A 3B2 O6 in which x = 50% and y = 12.5%
(B) Formula is A 2B4 O 6 in which x = 50% and y = 50%
(C) Formula is AB2 O 4 in which x = 50% and y = 12.5%
(D) Formula is AB2 O 4 in which x = 12.5% and y = 50%
Ans. ABD
Sol. A1B2 O 4 of x = 50% and y = 12.5%

A 4B2O 4 of x = 50% and y = 50%
AB2 O 4 of x = 50% and y = 12.5%
A 4B1/2 O 4 of x = 12.5% and y = 50%
24. If E0Zn2 /Zn  0.76V,ENi

0
2
/Ni
 0.24,EFe
0
3
/Fe
 0.04V,ECd
0
2
/Cd
 0.40V
Which is/are correct statements
(A) Zn2  Cd  Cd2  Zn , spontaneous
(B) Ni2  Cd  Ni  Cd2 , spontaneous
(C) Fe 3  Ni  Ni2  Fe, spontaneous
(D) Cd2  Zn  Zn2  Cd, spontaneous
Ans. BCD
Sol. E0cell is (+) ve, then cell reaction is spontaneous

E0cell  E(R.P)
cathode  E Anode
o(R.P)
 0.76  0.40
 0.36 (Nonspontaneous)
25. Each of the following options contains a set of four molecules. Identify the option(s) where all four
molecule possess permanent dipole moment at room temperature.
(A) BeCl2 , CO2 , BCl3 , CHCl3
(B) NO2 , NH3 , POCl3 , CH3 Cl
(C) BF3 , O3 ,SF6 , XeF6
(D) SO 2 , C6H5 Cl, H2 Se, BrF5

Ans. BD
Sol. O Cl
N N H P Cl C H
O O H H Cl Cl H H
angular Pynomidal Tetrahedral but Tetrahedral but
attached atom are attaned atom are
different different
F F
Cl
Br
S Se
O O H H F F
F
angular Angular
square pyramidal

answer.
Imagine a universe in which the four quantum numbers can have the same possible values as in our
universe except the angular momentum quantum number "  " can have integral values of 0, 1, 2, 3
…….n (instead of 0, 1, 2……….(n -1) and magnetic quantum numbers “m” can have integral values of
    1 to 0 to    1 instead of  to 0 to   .
26. Electronic configuration of the element with atomic number 25, based on the above assumption
is.
(A) 1s2 ,1p6 ,2s2 ,1d10 ,2p5
(B) 1s2 ,1p10 ,2s2 ,1d11
(C) 1s3 ,1p9 ,2s3 ,2p9 ,3s1
(D) 1s6 ,1p10 ,2s6 ,2p3
Ans. D
27. Based on above assumption magnetic moment of the element with atomic number 18 is
(A) 24 B.M.
(B) 8 B.M.
(C) Zero B.M.
(D) 15 B. M.
Ans. B

Sol. (26 – 27)

1s6 ,1p10 ,2s6 ,2p3 ,2d
 spin only  n  n  2   2  2  2   8 B.M.
A compound (x) of molecular formula C8H8O is treated with two equivalent of Br2 in ether at 0oC in
presence of a base to give a substituted product (Y) of molecular formula C8H6OBr2. Compound (Y) on
treatment with alkali followed by HCl forms -hydroxy acid (z) of molecular formula C8H8O3. (x) forms an
oxime as well as showing positive iodoform test.
28. Compound (X) is
(A) O (B) OH
HC CH C H
HC CH3
(C) O (D) O CH CH2
C CH3
Ans. C
29. Compound (z) is
(A) OH O (B) OH O
C 6H 5 CH C OH H C C OC 6 H 5
(C) O O (D) OH OH
C 6H 5 C C H C 6H 5 C C H
H H
Ans. A
Sol. (for Q. 28-29)

(X) is likely to be a methyl ketone since it form an oxime as well as shown positive iodoform test.
Further degree of unsaturation of (x) is 5. Therefore (X) would be
C 6H5 C CH3

O O H2 O
2Br2 OH
C 6 H5 C CH3 C 6H 5 C CH (OH )2 C 6H 5 C C H
C 6H 5 C C H Br2
O O O
(X) (Y)
The formed compound undergoes intramolecular Cannizaro reaction.

INTEGER.
3
30. In how many number of molecule/ions central element is sp hybridized state.
ClO 2 , I3 , IF6 , BrF6 , ICl2 , CsBrCl2 , Br  XeO6 ,  CN  2
3 2
Co  NH3 6  , Ni  CN4  , Ni  CO  4 
Ans. 3
Only in ClO 2 , ICl2 , Ni  CO  4  is sp hybridized.

3
Sol.
31. A saturated solution of a sparingly soluble salt MCl2 has a vapour pressure of 31.78 mm of Hg at
o
30 C. While pure water exert a pressure of 31.82 mm of Hg at the same temperature. Calculate
the solubility product of the compound at this temp. is approximately x  10 5 mol3L3 . Find the
value of x.
Ans. 5
Sol. Let the solubility of MCl2 be small/lit


MCl2(s)  2 
 M(aq)  2Cl(aq)
s 2s
Using Roult’s law
P0  Ps n

P0 N
31.82  31.78 3s

31.82 1000
18
On solving s = 0.0232 mol/lit
Ksp  4s 3
 4.9  10 5 5  10 5
32. What are the number of total plane of symmetry in a cube?
Ans. 9

Sol. Plane of symmetry
Diagonal Plane of symmetric (6) Rectangular plane of symmetric (3)
(12 edge)

Question Stem
OCH 3
HBr / 
 HBr  A 
Mg
(1 eq)
 B  C(C18H22 O 2 )
(1eq) (C10H13 OBr ) (C20H26 O2 )
HC CH CH3
33. Degree unsaturation of compound A is ________.
Ans. 00004.00
34. Degree unsaturation of compound B is________.
Ans. 00008.00
Sol. (for Q. 33-34)

In the case H+ from HBr gas to the double bond making it a carbocation that can be stabilized by
delocalization
OCH 3 OCH 3 OCH 3 OH OH
(A) (B) (C)
CH CH2 CH3 CH CH CH CH
Br H 5 C2 C2 H 5 H5 C 2 C 2 H5

Question Stem
Heavy metal compound (A) with a (+2) oxidation state on the central metal on heating produces a gas
(B). The element of gas(B) forms a paramagnetic oxide (C). (A) on treatment with a chromate salt
produces yellow crystalline p.p.t (D). (B) on reaction with water procures two acids (E), (F); (F) on heating
gives (B) {Atomic weight of Pb = 207, Ba = 137}
35. Molecular weight of compound (A) is_________.
Ans. 00331.00
36. Molecular formula of (E) is HNOx, the value of x is _______.
Ans. 00002.00
Sol. (for Q. 35-36)

1
Pb(NO3 )2  PbO  2NO2  O2 , Pb(NO3 )2 
K 2 CrO4
 PbCrO 4
(A) (B) 2 (D)
NO2  H2 O 
Disproportioration
reaction
 HNO3  HNO 2
(F) (E)
1
2HNO3  2NO2  H2 O  O2
(F) 2
(C) is NO
Question Stem
An organic compound undergo number of parallel reaction can give product P1, P2, P3 ……….Pn. The rate
constant of these parallel reaction are K, 2K, 3K …….. nK and activation energy for each parallel reaction
is E, 2E, 3E ……….nE respectively.
E  2n  1
37. The overall activation energy of reaction is given by . The value of x is_______.
x
Ans. 00003.00
38. A reaction follow two parallel path have activation energies 100 and 200 kJ/mol respectively. Rate
constant of these parallel path are respectively 2  102 & 3  102 min1 . The overall activation
energy reaction in (kJ) is_____.
Ans. 00160.00
Sol. (for Q. 37-38)

P1
E
K,
2K, 2E
A 3K, 3 P2
E
nK, n
P3
E
Pn

Let rate cont. K 0  K  2K  3K  ........nE

E
 0
K 0  Ae RT
E
dK 0  0  E 
 Ae RT  0 2 
dT  RT 
dK 0 E
 K 0 02
dT RT
1 dK 0 E
 02
K 0 dT RT
1  d  E0
K0  dT K  2K  3K  ........nK    RT 2
 
1  K.E 2K.2K 3K.3E nk.nE  E0
K0  RT 2  RT 2  RT 2  ......... RT 2   RT 2
 
K.E 2 E
1  22  32  ...........n2   0 2
RT 2  RT
K.E n n  1 2n  1
 E0
K 1  2  3  .....n  6
n  n  1  2n  1
 E0
n  n  1 6
2
 2n  1
E0  E
3
Overall activation anergy of two parallel path is given by
K E  K 2 E2
E 1 1
K1  K 2
E
100  2  10 2
 200  3  102 
2  10  3  10
2 2
800  10 2

5  102
 160


39. If D1, D2, D3,……...D1000 are 1000 doors and P1,P2P3 ............P1000 are 1000 persons. Initially all
doors are closed. Changing the status of doors means closing the door if it is open or opening it if
it is closed. P1 changes the status of all doors. Then P2 change s the status of D2, D4, D6,........
D1000 (Doors having number which are multiples of 2). Then P3 changes the status of D3, D6, D9 .
.......D999 (doors having number which are multiples of 3) and this process is continued till
P1000 changes the status to D1000, then the doors which are finally open is/are
(A) D961
(B) D269
(C) D413
(D) D729
Ans. AD
Sol. Dm will be open finally if m is the perfect square
40. f(x) = cos( |x| +[x] ), then
(A) f is continuous at x = 1/2
(B) f is continuous at x = 0
(C) f is differentiable in ( -1, 0)
(D) f is differentiable in (0, 1) .
Ans. ACD
Sol. f(x) = cos( |x| +[x])

f(0) =1, f(0 – 0) = cos( -1) = –1
 1 1   1
f(1/2) = cos   = 0 , f   0   cos    = 0,
2
   2  2
1  
f   0   cos  0
2  2
for x  (0, 1) f(x) = cosx
for x  (-1, 0) f(x) = cos ( -x- 1) = - cos x .
41. If z1,z2 ,z3 ,z4 are complex numbers in an Argand plane satisfying z1  z3  z2  z4 . A complex
 z  z2   z3  z2 
number ‘z’ lies on the line joining z1and z4 such that Arg    Arg   . It is given that
 z1  z2   z  z2 
z  z4  5, z  z 2  z  z 3  6 then

(A) area of the triangle formed by z,z1z2 is 3 7 sq. units
15 7
(B) area of triangle formed by z,z3 ,z 4 is sq. units
4
27 7
(C) area of the quadrilateral formed by the points z1,z2 ,z3 ,z4 taken is order is sq. units
2
47 7
(D) area of the quadrilateral formed by the points z1,z2 ,z3 ,z4 taken is order is sq. units
3
Ans. ABC
42. Which of the following is/are correct?
(A) If A is a n  n matrix such that aij   i2  j2  5ij   j  i  I and j then trace  A   0
(B) If A is a n  n matrix such that aij   i2  j2  5ij   j  i  I and j then trace  A   0
(C) If P is a 3  3 orthogonal matrix, , , are the angle made by a straight line with OX, OY,
 sin2  sin  sin sin  sin 
 
OZ and A   sin  sin sin2 sin sin  and Q  PT AP, then PQ6P T  32A
 sin  sin sin sin sin2 
 
(D) Id matrix A  aij  33 and matrix B  bij  33 where aij  a ji  0 and bij  b ji  0  i and j
then A 6B7 is a singular matrix
Ans. ACD
Sol. (A) aij  a ji aij  a ji  0 A is skew symmetric matrix

(B) A  2A 2
A 2 A A 6  25 A
3 2
(D) A 6B7 is a skew symmetric matrix of odd order
43. If three normals can be drawn from the point (h, 0) to the parabola y 2  4x , then h can be
(A) any real number in the interval  , 3 
(B) any real number in the interval  4, 3 
(C) any real number in the interval ( , 4)
(D) any real number
Ans. ABC
(h, 0) satisfy the equation of the normal y  mx  2am  am

3
Sol.

dy x 2  y 2  1
44. The solution of  satisfying y(1) = 1 is given by :
dx 2xy
(A) a system of hyperbola

(B) a system of circles
(C) y2 = x(1 + x) – 1
2 2
(D) (x – 2) + (y – 3) = 5
Ans. AC
Sol. Put y2 = u
du u 1
We get  =  x , which is in linear form.
dx x x

answer.
Let y = f(x) is a curve and P(x, y) be any point on it. The tangent and the normal drawn at P meets x-axis
at T and N respectively PT and PN are called length of tangent and length of normal at P. If M is the foot
of perpendicular drawn from P on x-axis, then MT and MN are called length of sub-tangent and length of
sub-normal at P. Answer the following questions.
45. The equation of the curves passing through (0, 1), if the length of sub-normal at any point of the
curve remains unity is
(A) y2 = x+1
x
(B) y =
2
1
2
(C) y2 = 2x+1
2
(D) y = 3x + 1
Ans. C
dy
Sol. y 1 y2 = 2x + 1
dx
46. The equation of the curve passing through (1, 2), if the intercepts of normal on x-axis is equal to
thrice of the abscissa of point P is
(A) 3x2 – y2 + 1 = 0
(B) x2 – 2y2 + 7 = 0
(C) 2x2 – y2 + 2 = 0
(D) x 2 – y2 + 3 = 0

Ans. C
dy 2 2
Sol. x+y = 3x; solving we get 2x – y + 2 = 0.
dx

1
x
m 1
If m 0, n 0, the definite integral I = (1  x)n1 dx depends upon the values of m and n and is
0
denoted by (m, n), called the beta function.
1 1
x x
5 1
e.g. 4
(1  x) dx  5
(1  x)6 1 dx  (5, 6) and
0 0
1 1
 7 1
x (1  x)1/ 2 dx  x
7 / 2 1
5/2
(1  x)1/ 2 1 dx   ,  . Obviously, (n, m) = (m, n).
0 0
2 2
/2
 cos
2m
47. The integral  sin2n  d is equal to
0
1  1 1
(A)  m , n 
2  2 2
(B) 2 (2m, 2n)
(C) (2m + 1, 2n + 1)
(D) None of these
Ans. A
Sol. Writing sin2  = x, we get 2 sin  cos  d = dx, and hence the given integral is equal to
/2
1
 cos
2m 1
sin2n 1  (2 sin  cos ) d
2
0
1 2m 1 2n 1 1
   
1 1 1  1 1
 1  x 
m 1/ 2 n 1/ 2
= cos2  2 sin2  2 dx  x dx   m , n .
2 2 2  2 2
0 0
 
x m 1 x n1
48. If
 (1  x)
0
mn
dx  k  (1  x)
0
m n
dx , then k is equal to
m
(A)
n
(B) 1
n
(C)
m
(D) None of these

Ans. B
x z 1 dz
Sol. Writing  z, we get x = ,1+x= and dx = .
1 x 1 z 1 z (1  z)2
1 1
zm 1 dz
 (1  z) z
m n
L.H.S. = m 1
1  z  2
 m 1
(1  z)n1 dz = (m, n)
0
(1  z) 0
 n 1
x
=  (1  x)
0
m n
dx .

INTEGER.
49. If the least value of the area bounded by the line y = mx +1 and the parabola y  x 2  2x  3 is 
6
where m is a parameter then the value of is ________
32
Ans. 2
Sol. A    y1  y 2  dx where , are the


roots of x 2  2x  3  mx  1, on solving we will get
 ,0 
 ,0 
1 2 32
 
3/2
m  4m  20 : Hence  
6 3
6
2
32
1
The shortest distance between 1  x    x  y    y  z   z 2 
2 2 2
50. and 4x+2y+4z+7=0 in 3 -
4
dimensional coordinates system is equal to _________
Ans. 2
Sol. Let a  1  x
b xy
c  yz
dz

1
then a+b+c+d=1 and a2  b2  c 2  d2 
4
a  b   a  c    a  d  b  c   b  d   c  d  0
2 2 2 2 2 2
abcd
3 1 1
x , y  ,z 
4 2 4
 3 1 1
So the distance from the point  , , 
4 2 4
3  1 1 7
From the plane 4x  2y  4z  7  0 is 2
6
51. The equation of the plane passing through the intersection of the planes 2x  5y  z  3 and
x  y  4z  5 and parallel to the plane x  3y  6z  1 is x+3y+6z=k, where k is
Ans. 7
Sol. Equation of plane passing through the intersection of the planes 2x  5y  z  3 and x+y+4z=5 is
 2x  5y  z  3    x  y  4z  5   0
 2   x   5   y  1  4   3  5 0 .... i 
Which is parallel to the plane x  3y  6z  1.
2 5  1 4
Then  
1 3 6
2 5  1 4
Then,  
1 3 6
11

2
from eq. (i)
7 21 49
   y  21z  0
2 2 2
x  3y  6z  7
Hence, k = 7


Question Stem
Experiment -1: Let ‘S’ be the sample space obtained when two different coloured unbiased coins are
tossed. Two subsets P and Q (of two elements each) are randomly chosen from S one after another with
replacement.
Element obtained in P and Q are recorded.
Experiment -2: The same two coins used in the previous experiment are tossed. The outcomes are
recorded.
If the outcomes obtained in experiment 2 matches with nay of the outcomes of experiment 1, then both
the experiments are declared ‘successful’.
(Note that experiment ‘2’ is conducted after experiment 1)

52. Probability that ‘success’ is from ‘P’ but not from ‘Q’
Ans. 00000.25
Sol. Case  1: n P Q  0
Let SP denote ‘success’ from P, then
1  E1  1 4
C2

P SP SQ   P    
 n  P Q   0  2 4
.
 2
2
2   C
Case  2 : n P Q  1 n P Q  3
1  E1  1 4 C3 3 C1  2

P SP SQ   P  
 n P Q   1  4
.
 
2
4  
4
C2
Case  3 : n P Q  2

P SP SQ  0
P S P SQ   122  121  41 .
53. Probability that there is no ‘success’ if experiment 1 is conducted after experiment 2
Ans. 00000.25
Sol. Case  2 : n P Q  0
n P Q  4

P SP 
SQ  0
Case  2 : n P Q  1 n P Q  3
3
C1  2 1

P SP SQ    .
 
2
4
C2 6
Case  3 : n P Q  2 n P Q  2
3
C2 1

P SP SQ    .
 
2
4
C2 12
2 1 1

P SP SQ     .
12 12 4

Question Stem
 
 
Let r is a position vector of a variable point in Cartesian OXY plane such that r 10ˆj  8iˆ  rˆ  40 and
   
2 2
  8
p1  max  r  2iˆ  3ˆj ,p2  min  r  2iˆ  3ˆj . A tangent line is drawn to the curve y  2 at the point A
    x
with abscissa 2. The drawn line cuts x-axis at a point B.
54. p2 is equal to

Ans. 00003.40
 2
Sol. p2  min r  2i  3j
 

where r 10ˆj  8iˆ  rˆ  40

take r  xiˆ  yjˆ
 xiˆ  yjˆ  10  y  ˆj  8  x  î 
x  8  x   y 10  y   40
x 2  y 2  8x  10y  40  0
 x  4   y  5  1
2 2
(i)
2
xiˆ  yjˆ  2iˆ  3ˆj
2
 x  2  î   y  3  ˆj
  x  2    y  3   minimum distance of  x, y  from  2,3  
2 2 2
C
(-4,5)
Q
(-2,3)
P
= PQ 
2
= PC  1
2
 
2
= 2 2 1
=8+1-4 2  9  4 2
 
55. AB OB is
Ans. 00003.00

Question Stem
Let   0 and  C denotes the determinant of cofactors, then  C   n 1, where n (>0) is the order of  .
56. If a, b, c are the roots of the equation x 3  px 2  r  0, then the value of

bc  a 2 ca  b2 ab  c 2
ca  b2 ab  c 2 bc  a2 is (if p = 0.9)
ab  c 2 bc  a2 ca  b2
Ans. 00000.53
a2  b2  c 2   a  b  c   2  ab  bc  ca   p2
2
Sol. a  b  c  p,ab  bc  ca  0,
a b c bc  a2 ca  b2 ab  c 2
If = b c a then  C  ca  b2 ab  c 2 bc  a2   3 1   2
c a b ab  c 2 bc  a2 ca  b2
2
a b c a b c a b c
  b c a  b c a b c a
C
c a b c a b c a b
a b c
2 2 2
ab  bc  ca ab  bc  ca p2 0 0
 ab  bc  ca a2  b 2  c 2 ab  bc  ca  0 p2 0
ab  bc  ca ab  bc  ca a2  b2  c 2 0 0 p2
57. If a, b, c are the roots of the equation x 3  3x 2  3x  7  0, then the value of

2bc  a2 c2 b2
c2 2ac  b2 a2 is
b 2
a 2
2ab  c 2
Ans. 00000.00
 x  1
3
Sol.  8 x  1  2, 2, 22
x  1,1  2,1  22
a  1,b  1  2,c  1  22
a b c2 a b c a c b 2bc  a2 c2 b2
b c c  b c a b a c  c2 2ac  b2 a2
c a b c a b c b a b2 a2 2ab  c 2

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
FULL TEST – IV
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 18-01-2022
Section – A (01 – 04, 20 – 23, 39 – 42): This section contains TWELVE (12) questions. Each
question has FOUR options. ONLY ONE of these four options is the correct answer.
Section – B (11 – 13, 30 – 32, 49 – 51): This section contains NINE (09) questions. The answer to
each question is a NON-NEGATIVE INTEGER.
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
correct option;

AITS-FT-IV (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22 2
1. Two identical simple pendulums each of length  are suspended from the
ceiling. Their bobs each of mass m are connected by a very light relaxed
elastic cord of force constant k as shown in the figure. If the bobs are
symmetrically pulled apart slightly and released, what is period of the
ensuing oscillations?
1

 2k g  2
(A)   
 m 
 
1

1
 2k  2  g  2 
(B)      
 m   
 
1

1
 k g  2  g  2 
(C)       
 m    
 
1

1
 2k g  2  g  2 
(D)      
 m    
Ans. D
Sol.
kx
mg
mean position
mg
Add time period of left and right motion from mean position.
 y
2. In the given figure, dipole moment m of a small magnetic dipole placed at P
the origin is shown by a small directed line segment. Magnetic induction A
r
vectors at distant points A (0, y) on the y-axis and B (x, 0) on the x-axis
respectively are 
O B x
 0m m
(A) ĵ and 0 3 î
4y 3 2x

3 AITS-FT-IV (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22
 0m m
(B) ĵ and 0 3 î
2y 3 4x
 0m m
(C) ĵ and  0 3 ĵ
4y 3
2x
 0m m
(D) ĵ and  0 3 ĵ
2y 3
4x
Ans. D

 0m
Sol. Use result M.F. due to dipole on axis 
2r 3

0 m
Use result M.F. due to dipole on equatorial line  
4r 3
3. Three small balls of the same mass, white (w), green (g), and blue (b), are fixed by weightless
rods at the vertices of the equilateral triangle with side l. The system of balls is placed on a
smooth horizontal surface and set in rotation about the centre of mass with period T. At a certain
instant, the blue ball tears away from the frame.
Determine the distance L between the blue and the green ball after the time T.
2
2  1
(A)   3  
3  2
2
4  1
(B)   3  
3  2
4
   3  1
2
(C)
3
2
3  1
(D)   3  
4  2
Ans. D
Sol. Displacement of G = Displacement w.r.t. C + Displacement of C

Further, by mathematical calculations, it can be solved.
B
v
v
3v

C 60 
a
60  

4. The refractive index of the medium within a certain region, x > 0, y > 0, changes with y. A thin
light ray travelling in the x-direction strikes the medium at right angles and moves through the
medium along a circular arc.
How does the refractive index depend on y?
[R : Radius of path & 0 : Initial refractive index]
2R
(A) 0
Ry
R 0
(B)
Ry 2
Ry
(C) 0
R
R
(D) 0
Ry
Ans. D
Sol. Equation of circle is y

(x  0)2  (y  R)2  R 2 …(1)
dy
 tan  …(2)
dx 
By Snell’s law sin(90  )   1 …(3) x
0

5. A closed organ pipe of length  is sounded together with another closed organ pipe of length
  x(x  ). Both vibrate in their fundamental modes. If the speed of sound is v, then the beat
frequency heard is
vx
(A)
2 2
vx
(B)
42
vx 2
(C)
4
(D) None of these
Ans. B

 
v v v  1  v  x  vx
Sol. f    1   1 1 
4 4(  x) 4   x   4    4 2
  1    
 
6. Five equal resistances, a capacitor and two batteries are V

A R
connected in a circuit as shown in the figure. The capacitor D
is initially uncharged and each battery has negligible internal
resistance. It is given that R = 1 , C = 1F and V = 8 volt. R R
On the basis of above information answer the following E C
questions, if switch ‘S’ is closed at t = 0. (Assume e–1 = 0.37, B R
if required) S R
2V
(A) Current in the branch of capacitor at t = 5/8 s is (approximately) 6 A
(B) Current in the branch AB at t = 5/8 s is (approximately) 1.7 A
(C) Potential difference between points A and C at t = 5/8 s is (approximately) 2.5 V
(D) Potential difference between points A and C at t = 5/8 s is (approximately) 6 V
Ans. A, B, C
5RC
Sol. time constant of capacitor ( ) 
8
Maximum charge on capacitor at steady state (q0 )  5CV / 4
Charge on capacitor at any time
5CV  
8t
 V
q  1  e 5RC
 .... (i) A R
4  D

R R
Current in the branch of capacitor at any time C
i2 C
8t
2V  5RC E
i1  e i1 i1 - i2 R
R
i1  1.7 amp R
Now, v A  i2R(i1  i2 )R  VC D 2V
VA  v C  2.52 volt
7. A charged particle of charge –q and mass m is projected with V0

qQ
initial velocity v 0  from a distance a from the fixed
4 0am 
a
charge +Q at an angle of  = 60° with the line joining the charges m
+Q –q
as shown in the figure. It is found that the particle moves on an
elliptical orbit with the charge +Q at one of its foci.
(A) The length of the semi-major axis of the ellipse equals to a
3 2
(B) The area of the ellipse orbit equals to a
2

163 0ma3
(C) The time period of one revolution will be
qQ
8 3 0ma3
(D) The time period of one revolution will be
qQ
Ans. A, B, C
1 qQ qQ V0
Sol. Total energy E  mv 2  
2 4  0a 8  0a a 
qQ 
E D
4 0 (2a)
The particle is moving on an ellipse of semi-major axis a a
a3 163ma3
and the time period will T  2 
 qQ  qQ
 4 m 
 0 
From geometry b  a sin 
3 2
Area A = ab = a2 sin   a
2
8. Consider the situation shown in the figure. Two slits S1 and S2 Screen
are placed symmetrically about the line OP which is S air
perpendicular to screen and bisector to line joining the slits. 3
The space between screen and slits is filled with a liquid of d S1
refractive index 3. A plate of thickness t and refractive index d
2 P
2 is placed in front of one of the slit. A source S is placed O
air 3
above OP at a distance d in front of slit. S2 t
–6
(Given that D = 1m, d = 2 mm, t = 6 10 m., 2 = 1.2, D 2D
 3  1.8 , Choose the correct alternatives
(A) Position of central maxima from point P is 2 mm.
(B) Position of central maxima from point P is 1 mm.
(C) If slab is removed, the central maxima shifts by a distance of 2 mm.
(D) If slab is removed, the central maxima shifts by a distance of 1 mm.
Ans. A, C
Sol. Path difference = 0

d2 yd  2 
   1 t
D 2D  3 
y = 2 mm
d2 y1d
When slab is removed then path difference =  = 0, y1 = 2d = 4mm
D 2D

9. A particle of mass m is moving in a field where the potential energy is given by

U ( x )  U 0 (1  cos ax) , where U0 and a are constants and x is the displacement from mean
position . Then (for small oscillations)
m
(A) the time period is T  2
aU 0
(B) the speed of particle is maximum at x = 0

(C) the amplitude of oscillations is
a
m
(D) the time period is T  2 2
a U0
Ans. B, C, D
 dU
Sol. U  U 0 (1  cos ax) , F   aU 0 sin ax
dx
d 2x
m 2
  a 2U 0 x (For small oscillations)
dt
m
T  2 2
a U0

Potential energy is maximum at x =
a

amplitude is
a
Speed of particle is maximum at x = 0 ( PE is minimum)
10. Which of the following statement is correct regarding induced electric field (symbols have their
usual meanings)?
(A) Work done in moving a test charge in an induced electric field can be zero.
(B) Induced electric field is non conservative is nature.
(C) Induced electric lines of force form closed loops.
  d
(D) Induced e.m.f. in the loop in   E.d   .
dt
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. Induced electric field is a non-conservative field, therefore potential is not defined for such fields.
d
e.m.f.   E.d   .
dt


INTEGER.
A
11. A body executing SHM with time period T and amplitude A. When it is at from equilibrium
2
position moving toward right. It receives an impulse which doubles its velocity without changing
1  K 
direction. Time taken by the block to reach the right extreme position is t  T cos  .
 13 
Find K .
Ans. 1
Sol. Velocity = A2  x 2
2 3 A
= (doubles)
T
2 3 A 2
 A2  x 2
T T
13
A1  A
2
A/2 1  1  1  
cos       cos  
A1 13   3 
 1 
cos 1   t
 13 
 1 
t  T cos 1  
 13 
12. A uniform elastic plank moves due to a force distributed uniformly over the end face. The cross-
sectional area is A and Young’s modulus Y. The strain produced in the direction of the force is
1 F0
. . Find X .
X AY
Ans. 2
Sol. The tension is not constant along the length of the plank. Let force at a distance x from one end
be F.
F0 x
Then F 
l
F F x change in length of element dx
Stress at any cross section =  Y  strain  0  
A lA dx
1
F F
Increase in length of element, dx  xd l  0  xdx
lAY lAY 0

l 1 F0
Hence strain  .
l 2 AY
13. A radioactive sample contains two different types of radioactive nuclei; A-with half-life 5.0 days
and B-with half-life 30.0 days. Initially the decay rate of the A type nuclei is 64 times that of B type
of nuclei. Their decay rates will be equal when time is 9n days. Find the value of n.
Ans. 4
0.69 0.69
Sol. A
 day 1 and B  day 1
5 30
 dN   dN 
Given  OA   64  OB 
 dt   dl 
A NOA  64 BNOB
dNA dNB
At time t, 
dt dt
N
A A  BNB
NOA N 
Dividing equation (1) and (2)  64  OB 
NA  NB 
1 1
But NA  NOA 2 and NB  NOB 2B
Equation (3) becomes  1  64e2 e t
a ( A  B )t  64
( A  B )t  ln(64)  2.303log10 64
2.303log10 64
t  36 days
 0.693 0.693 
 5 
 30 

Question Stem

A cutting tool under microprocessor control has several forces acting on it. One force is F   xy ˆj , a
2
force in the negative y-direction whose magnitude depend on the position of the tool. The constant  is
2.50 N. Consider the displacement of the tool from the origin to the point x = 3.00 m, y = 3.00 m.

14. Calculate the magnitude of work done on the tool by F . If this displacement is along the straight-
line y = x that connects these two points (in J)
Ans. 50. 60

Sol. dr  dxi  dyj , dw  F .dr   x y 2 dy
On the path x = y, so  y dy ,
3

y 2 3
w 
y1  0
 y 3 dy  –50.6

15. Calculate the work done on the tool by F of the tool is first moved out along the x-axis to the
point x = 3.00m, y = 0 and then moved parallel to the y-axis to x = 3.00 m, y = 3.00 m (in J)
Ans. 67.50
Sol. d  xy 2 dy from x = 0 to x = 3 dw = 0

w  2.50  3 = 67.5 J
Question Stem
 V 
A steel tank has internal volume V0 (= 100 litre). It contains half water  volume  0  and half kerosene
 2 
oil at temperature 1 = 10°C
16. Calculate the mass of kerosene that flows out of the tank at temperature of 2 = 40°C.
Coefficients of cubical expansion for different substances are: k = 10–3°C–1; w = 2  10–4°C–1;
–5 –1
steel = 1.2  10 °C . Density of kerosene at 10°C is 1 = 0.8 kg/litre
Ans. 1.37
Sol. Volume of kerosene that spills out

V = Vk + Vw - Vs
V V V 
 0 k   0 w   V0 s   0 ( k  w  2 s )
2 2 2
100  30
 [10  0.2  10  2  0.012  103 ]
3 3
2
Density of kerosene at 2 is
0.8 0.8
2     0.78 kg / litre
1
3
1  k (2  1 ) 1  10  30 1.03
Mass of K.oil that flows out is
V (  w  2 s)
m  V 2  0 1 k (2  1 )
2 1  k ( 2  1 )
 0.78  1.76  1.37kg
17. The height of water in the container at 1 = 10°C is H1 = 1.0 m.

Find the height of water at 2 = 40°C.
Ans. 1.01

V0
Sol. Volume of water at 2 is V  [1  w ] [where  = 2 – 1]
2
V0
The area of cross section of the tank at 1 is A 1 
2H1
 2  V  2 
At 2 cross section will be A 2  A1 [1  ]  A 1 1  s    0 1  s  
 3  2H1  3 
Height of water column is
V0
[1  w ]
V
H2   2
A2 V0  2 
1 s  
2H1  3 

Question Stem
A double pan window used for insulating a room thermally from outside consists of two glass sheets each
of area 1 m 2 and thickness 0.01 m separated by 0.05 m thick stagnant air space. In the steady state, the
room-glass interface and the glass-outdoor interface are at constant temperatures of 27°C and 0°C
respectively. The thermal conductivity of glass is 0.8 Wm–1K–1 and of air 0.08 Wm–1K–1.
18. Calculate the temperature of the inner glass-air interface.
Ans. 26.50
19. Calculate the rate of flow of heat through the window pane.
Ans. 40.50
Sol. (for Q. 18 & 19)

Let T2 and T3 be the temperatures of the glass 1-air interface and air-glass 2 interface
respectively
dQ1 dQ 2 dQ3
The equations of heat flow are  
dt dt dt
dQ K g A(T1  T2 ) K A(T2  T3 ) K g A(T3  T4 )
  a  ...(A)
dt dg da dg
dQ K g A(300  T2 ) K a A(T2  T3 ) K g A(T3  273)
  
dt dg da dg
50 (300 – T2) = T2 – T3 ...(i)
And 300 – T2 = T3 – 273 ...(ii)
dQ
Solve (i) and (ii) to get T2 and T3. Put this in (A) to get
dt

20. If the elevation in boiling point of a solution of non-volatile, non-electrolytic and non-associating
-1
solute in solvent (Kb = xK.Kg.mol ) is y K, then the depression in freezing point of solution of
same concentration would be K f  zK.kg.mol1  
2xz
(A)
y
yz
(B)
x
xz
(C)
y
yz
(D)
2x
Ans. B
Sol. Tb  Kb  m
y
m= ....(1)
x
 f  Kfm .....(2)
y
Tf    z
x
21. The function of zymase is to:
(A) change starch into sugar
(B) ferment glucose to alcohol and CO2
(C) change malt sugar into glucose
(D) change starch into malt sugar and dextrin.
Ans. B
Zymase
Sol. C6H12O6 
 CO2  C2H5OH

22. The density of a pure substance ‘A’ whose atoms are in cubic close pack arrangement is 1g/cc. If
all the tetrahedral voids are occupied by ‘B’ atom, what is the density of resulting solid in g/cc.
[Atomic mass (A) = 30 g/mol and atomic mass (B) = 50g/mol]
(A) 3.33
(B) 4.33
(C) 2.33
(D) 5.33
Ans. B
Sol. Let volume of fcc unit cell = V

4  MA

NA .V
8  MB
B 
NA .V
A  MA  30  0.3
B 2MB 2  50
 A  3.33g / cc
0.3
Total density   4.33g / cc
23. A reaction system in equilibrium according to reaction 2SO2(g) + O2(g)  2SO3(g) in one litre
vessel at a given temperature was found to be 0.12 mole each of SO2 and SO3 and 5 mole of O2.
In another vessel of one litre contains 32 g of SO2 at the same temperature. What mass of O2
must be added to this vessel in order that at equilibrium 20% of SO2 is oxidized to SO3?
(A) 0.4125g
(B) 11.6 g
(C) 1.6g
(D) 5.55 g
Ans. B
Sol. 2SO2 (g)  O2 (g)  2SO3 (g)

(0.12)2
Kc   0.2
(0.12)2  5
Another vessel
2SO2 (g)  O2 (g)  2SO3 (g)
Moles at eqm. 0.5-2x y-x 2x
20
As per given 2x   0.5  0.1
100
(0.1)2
Kc   0.20
(0.4)2 (y  0.05)

y  0.3625 mole
mass of O2 added = 11.6 g

24. From the above compound (A), (B), (C) & (D) achiral compound is:
H3C H
H Me
.
NH2
O NH2
O .
(C) (D)
(A) (B)
(A) A
(B) B
(C) C
(D) D
Ans. B, C, D
Sol. H3C H
is perpendicular to the ring.
. no POS
no COS
O Thus, chiral
O .
Plane of symmetry and centre of symmetry is not present in compound(A)
It is chiral.
25. Select equations having endothermic step.
(A) S - (g)  S2  (g)
(B) Na  (g)  Cl (g)  NaCl(s)
(C) N(g)  N (g)
(D) Al2  (g)  Al3  (g)

Ans. A, C, D
Sol. Factual
26. The standard electrode potentials of some of the alkali metals are
Li / Li  3.05V; Na+ / Na  2.71V; K + / K  2.93V
Alkali metals react with water according to the following reaction. (M = alkali metal)
2M  H2O  2MOH  H2
It is found that Li reacts gently with water whereas potassium reacts violently with water.
Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct regarding the above two experimental facts?
(A) G values have nothing to do with the kinetics of a reaction
(B) The metal having large standard oxidation potential will have lesser reactivity
(C) K has a low melting point, and the heat of reaction is sufficient to make it melt or even
vapourize. This leads to exponential increase in its surface area
(D) The ionization potential of K is greater than that of Li.
Ans. A, C
Sol. Factual.
27. Amongst CuF2, CuCl2 and CuBr2:
(A) only CuF2 is ionic
(B) both CuCl2 and CuBr2 are covalent
(C) CuF2 and CuCl2 are ionic but CuBr2 is covalent
(D) CuF2, CuCl2 as well as CuBr2 are ionic.
Ans. A, B
Sol. Factual
28. At 27°C, 1 mole of N2O4(g) placed in container of volume 8.21 lit, no dissociation will take place at
this temperature. When gas is heated to 127°C, N2O4 is partially dissociated into NO2 and final
pressure is found to be 4.5 atm.
Select the correct statement.
(A) No. of moles of NO2 at 127°C is 0.5 moles
(B) No. of moles of NO2 at 127°C is 0.25 moles
7
(C) Mole fraction N2O4 in gaseous mixture at 127°C is
9
8
(D) Ratio of the pressure of the system at 127°C will be .
9

Ans. B, C, D
Sol. N2O 4  2NO2

1-x 2x
4.5  8.21
Total moles = 1 + x   1.5
0.0821 300
x  0.5
29. For the pairs of canonical forms written below what is/are true?
I II
(p) F3C  CH  CH  CH  CH3 (p) F3C  CH  CH  CH  CH3
(q) Br (q) .
Br
.
(A) In both (p) and (q), I is more stable than II
(B) In both (p) and (q), II is more stable than I
(C) In (q), II is more stable than I
(D) In (p), II is more stable than I
Ans. A
Sol. Factual

INTEGER.
30. For the all reaction

2AgCl  H2  2Ag  2H  2Cl
Temperature coefficient of emf of the cell is 0.02 VK-1. S° for the above reaction in kJ/K is
(nearest integer).
Ans. 4
 dE 
Sol. So  nF  cell 
 dT P
 2  96500  0.02  3.86kJ / K
31. 200 L of 600 ppm CaCO3 dilute aq. Solution is mixed with 50L of 0.02 M H2SO4 solution using
following reaction,
CCO3  H2SO 4  CaSO 4  H2CO3
Calculate pH (excluding decimal part) if H2CO3 dissociates completely. [Given: log4 = 0.6]
Ans. 2
Sol. nH2SO4 500.021

n 600 1
CaCO3   200103  1.2
6 100
10
L.R. is H2SO4
1
[H2CO3 ]   4  103 M
250
pH   log2  4  10 3  3  3log 2  3  0.903  2.1
32. 0.1 M HA is titrated against 0.1 M NaOH. Find pH at the end point. Dissociation constant for t acid
-6
HA is 5  10 and the degree of hydrolysis h < 1.
Ans. 9
Sol. HA  NaOH  NaA  H2O at the end point, their equivalent amounts reacts together.
weak
In the final solution.
0.1
[NaA]   0.05 M
2
As NaA is a salt of weak acid and strong base, it hydrolyses as,
A   H2O  Ha  OH
1
pH  7  [pK a  logc]
2
1
 7  [  log(5  106 )  log0.05]  9
2

Question Stem
Electrolysis of cold sodium chloride solution produces NaOH and Cl2. Cl2 produced, dispropontionates
into NaOH solution to give NaClO and NaCl. 103L of 7.45% (w/w) solute of NaClO is produced if cell
current is 9.65 ampere. Assume density of solution is 1g/m.
33. Find moles of Cl2 required
Ans. 1000.00
34. How long will a cell operate to produce the above mentioned NaClO (x  107)
Ans. 2.00
Sol. (Q33 & 34) Cl  Cl2  2e 

Cl2  2NaOH  NaClO  NaCl  H2O
106  1 7.45 /100
Moles of NaClO required =
7.45
 103 mol

Moles of Cl2 required = 103

Eq. Of Cl2 required = 2  107  t
Question Stem
Standard Gibb’s energy of reaction (rG°) at a certain temperature can be compouted as rG° = rH° and
the change in the value of r Ho and r So for a reaction with temperature can be computed as follows:
Ho  r Ho  r Cop (T2  T1)
T2 T1
T 
r So  r So  r Cpo ln  2 
T2 T1
 T1 
r Go  r Ho  T.r So
And by r Go  RT lnK eq.
Consider the following reaction: CO(g)  2H2 (g)  CH3OH(g)
Given:  f Ho (CH3 OH,g)  201 kJ/mol;  f Ho (CO,g)  114kJ / mol
So (CH3 OH,g)  240J / K  mol; So (H2 ,g)  29JK 1mol1
So (CO,g)  198J / mol  K; Co
p,m (H2 )  28.8 J/mol-K
o o
Cp,m (CO)  29.4J/ mol  K; Cp,m (CH3OH)  44 J/mol-K
 320 
And ln    0.06, all data at 300 K.
 300 
35. rS° at 320 K is:
Ans. -18.78
320

dT
Sol. r S  16  r Cp
T
300
320
r S  16  (44  29.4  2  28.8)ln
300
320
r S  16  ( 43)ln  18.78
300
36. rH° at 320 K is:
Ans. -87.86
320
Sol. r H  87 

300
r Cp dT


Question Stem
Cu2Cl2 HCl R2O2

HCC C  H   A  B  C
NH4Cl 1eq 
Answer the following questions on the basis of above sequence of reactions:
x
37. Degree of unsaturation in A is x. Find .
2
Ans. 1.50
38. Ratio of number of carbon atom to number of H-atom in molecule B is
Ans. 0.80
Sol. (for Q.37–38)

H H
HCl R O
H2C C C C H  H2C C C 2 2 (C)
CH2 
1eq. 
(A)
Cl
(B)
C is artificial rubber (polymerization, free radical).

39. The equation of the line of latus rectum of the rectangular hyperbola xy = c2 is
(A) x  y  2c
(B) x  y  2 2c
(C) x  y  2c
(D) x+y=0
Ans. B
Sol. OA = c A = (c, c) L
AS = eOA ( e 2)
AS = 2c S xy=c2
Co–ordinates of S =  2c, 2c  A
Equation of line through LL’ O
Slope of line = –1 and passing through  2c, 2c is

y  
2c  1 x  2c  
y  2 c  x  2 c
x  y  2 2c .
 3x  x 
1/ 3
21
40. The value of  7x 9  21x 3 20
 x 8  x 2 dx is
(A)
1
84

3x 28  7x12  21x 4  c 
(B)
1
21

3x 20  7x8  21x 2  c 
(C)
1
80

3x21  7x9  21x3  c 
(D) None of these
Ans. A
 3x  x 
1/ 3
21
Sol.  7x 9  21x 3 20
 x 8  x 2 dx

put 3x21 + 7x9 + 21x3 = t

20 8 2
63[x + x + x ]dx = dt
1
1 t4 / 3
1 3 1
 
4/3
I2   63
t dt 
63 4

84
3x 21  7x 9  21x3 c
3
=
1
84

3x 28  7x12  21x 4  c . 
 n2  n  1 
The sum to ‘n’ terms of the series whose n term is given by Tn  ( 1)n 
th
41.  is
 n! 
n1
(A)  1n 1
n!
n
 1
n
(B) 1
 n  1 !
(n  1)
 1
n
(C) 1
 n  1 !
(D) None of these
Ans. A
r2  r  1  r r  1
Tr   1   1
r r
Sol.   
r!   r  1 ! r ! 
r r 1 r
Tr   1   1
r 1
r! r  1 !
Tr = Vr – Vr–1
n
n 1
Tr  Vn  V0   1
n
1
r 1 n!
42. The co-ordinate of the foot of perpendicular drawn from the point (0, –2, 3) to the plane
2x – 3y + z = 5 is
 4 8 19 
(A)  7, 7, 7 
 
 4 8 19 
(B)  7, 7, 7 
 
 4 8 19 
(C)  7, 7 , 7 
 
(D) None of these
Ans. C

Sol. Equation of line through (0, –2, 3) and perpendicular to plane is

x0 y2 z3
   k (say)
2 3 1
Co–ordinates of a point on this line is (2k, –2 – 3k, 3 + k). This point when lying on the plane
satisfies the equation of the plane. Hence 2(2k) – 3(–2 – 3k) + (3 + k) = 5.
4k + 6 + 9k + 3 + k = 5
2
14k = – 4 or k = .
7
 4 8 19 
The point on the plane is  , , .
 7 7 7 

 1 32 n  1  , then which of the

5
 1 32 1
43. Let Sn  lim  6  6  .......   and Tn  lim  6  6  ......... 
n n n n n  n n n6 
  
following is/ are true?

1
(A) Sn 
6
1
(B)  Sn  Tn  
3
1
(C)  Sn  Tn 
3

1
(D) Tn 
6
Ans. A, C, D
 1 32 243 1
Sol. S n  lim  6  6  6  ........ 

n n n n n
 1 32 243
Tn  lim  6  6  6  .......
n  15 

n n n n n6 
  O 1
n 5 1 6 1
r x 1
S n  lim 6
  x 5 dx  
n 
r 1 n 0
6 0
6
 
1 1
S n    ; Tn   
6 6 included in Sn excluded in Tn
5
But since x is concave upward the area included in Sn for
any two consecutive values of r is more than area
excluded in Tn for same values of r.
1 1 1
Sn   Tn S n  Tn
6 6 3

44. z1, z2 ......zn be non-zero complex numbers of equal modulus and satisfying the equation
zn  | z |z n1  1  0 , then
 n n zj 
(A) Re   =0
 j 1 k 1 zk 
 n n z 
j
(B) Re  = 1
 z
j 1 k 1 k 
 n n z 
j
(C) Im  = 0
 j 1 k 1 z k 
 n n z 
j
(D) Im  
 z
j 1 k 1 k 
Ans. B, C
n n zj 1 1 1
Sol. Let S    z1  z2  .....zn     ........ 
j1 k 1 zk  z1 z2 zn 
If z1  z2 ........ zn  r
1 zk

zk r 2
1
S  z1  z2  .....zn  z1  z2  .......zn 
r2
2
z1  z 2  .....zn

r2
But z1  z2  .....zn  z  r
r2
S 1
r2
     
45. If log2  log 1 (log2 (x)   log3  log 1 (log3 (y))  = log5  log 1  log5 (z)   0 for positive x, y and z, then
 2   3   5 
which of the following is/ are NOT true?
(A) zxy
(B) xyz
(C) yzx
(D) zyx
Ans. B, C, D
Sol. Solving we get x  21 2 , y  31 3 , z  51 5

Using graph of x 1 x

2 e 3 5
31 3 51 5
Also 2 1 2  31 3 2 1 2 51 5
as 2 3  3 2 25 52
y x z
Hence (B), (C) & (D) are NOT true
46. A drawer contains red and black balls. When two balls are drawn at random, the probability that
1
they both are red is . The number of balls in the drawer can be
2
(A) 21
(B) 11
(C) 4
(D) 3
Ans. A, C
Sol. Let the drawer contains p balls of which ‘m’ are red.
m
C2 1
Probability of drawing two red balls at random is p

C2 2
2mm  1  p  p  1
2m 2  2m  p 2  p  0
2 
4  8 p  p2
1  2p  2p2  1
m 
4 2
1  2p  2p2 should be an odd perfect square.
i.e., p = 21, 4 but p  3
when 3 balls out of 4 are red.
15 balls out of 21 are red.
47. If a function satisfies  x  y  f  x  y    x  y  f  x  y   2  x 2 y  y 3   x, y  R and f(1) = 2, then
(A) f(x) must be polynomial function
(B) f(3) = 12
(C) f(0) = 0
(D) f(x) may not be differentiable

Ans. A, B, C
Sol.  x  y  f  x  y    x  y  f  x  y   2y  x  y  x  y  
Let x  y  u; x  y  v
uf  v   vf  u   2uv  v  u 
f v f u 
  v u
v u
 f v   f u  
  v    u  =constant
  
 v   u 
f  x
Let x
x
f  x    x  x2 
f 1  2
1  2 1
f x  x  x
2
48. In a ABC medians AD and BE are perpendicular to each other, then
1 a
(A)  2
2 b
1 c
(B)  2
2 a
1 a
(C)  2
2 c
1 b
(D)  2
2 a
Ans. A, D
1 1 A
Sol. AG  2b 2  2c 2  a 2 and BG  2a 2  2c 2  b 2
3 3
c E
AG  BG  c
2 2 2
2b 2
 
 2c 2  a 2  2a 2  2c 2  b 2  9c 2  G
a 2  b 2  5c 2 ...(i) B D C
and for ABC exist
a  b  c or b  a  c
a2  b2
a  b 2  c 2 a 2  b 2  2 ab  2 a 2  2b 2  5 ab  0
5
2
a a a 5 25  16 5 3 1
2   5   2  0    2,
b b b 4 4 2

1 a
 2
2 b
1 b
Similarly,  2
2 a
INTEGER.
a3 2 a2
49. The locus of the vertices of the family of parabolas y  x  x  2a is 64xy  21k, where k is
3 2
equal to
Ans. 5
Sol. Given equation is

a3 x2 a2 x
y   2a
3 2
a3  2 3
y  2a  x  x
3  2a
a3  3 
2
9 
y  2a   x   
3  4a  16a2 
2
3  3 
9
3
(y  2a)  2
 x  
a 16a  4a 
2
3  3  3 
3 
y  2a  a   x  
a  16  4a 
2
3  35   3 
3 
y a  x  
a  16   4a 
Which is of the form X2  4AY .
Vertex is given by
X  0, Y  0
3
x 0
4a
35
and y a0
16
3 35 105
x and y   a xy 
4a 16 64
105 21
 k k  5.
64 64
50. Tangents are drawn from the point (4, 3) to the circle x 2  y2  9 . Then the area of the triangle
64 
formed by these tangents and the chord of contact is square units where  is equal to
25
Ans. 3

Sol. The equation of the chord of contact of the two tangents that can be drawn from P(4,3) to the
circle x 2  y2  9 is (S1  0)
4x  3y  9  0 ….(1) A
For area of PAB, we need

| AB | and | MP | M P O
90°
Here, | OP | (4  0)2  (3  0)2  5 (4,3) (0,0)
Also, | OM | distance of O(0,0) from line (1)

|009| 9 B
 
42  32 5
| AB | 2 (radius)2  OM2
2
9 144 24
 2 32     2 
5
  25 5
and | MP || OP |  | OM |
9 16
5 .
5 5
1
Hence area PAB  | AB || MP |
2
1  24  16  192
     square units
2  5  5  25
64 192
 3.
25 25
51. A straight line L with negative slope passes through the point (8, 2) and cuts the positive co-
ordinate axes at point P and Q. As L varies, the absolute minimum value of OP+ OQ is (O is
origin)
Ans. 18
Sol. The equation of line L be y  2  m  x  8  , m  0 co-coordinates of P and Q are

 2 
P  8  , 0  and Q  0, 2  8m  .
 m 
2
So, OP  OQ  8   2  8m
m
2 2
 10   8   m   10  2  8   m  18
 m   m 
So, absolute minimum value of
OP  OQ  18


Question Stem
Consider the circle x2 + y2 = 9 and the parabola y2 = 8x. They intersect at P and Q in the first and the
fourth quadrants, respectively. Tangents to the circle at P and Q intersect the x-axis at R and tangents to
the parabola at P and Q intersect the x-axis at S. Now answer the following questions
52. The ratio of the areas of the triangles PQS and PQR is
Ans. 0.25
Sol. P 1, 2 2  
Q  1,  2 2 
Equation of PR : x  2 2y  9
R  9, 0 
Equation of PS : 2 2 y  4  x  1
S  1, 0 
1
 2 4 2
PQS 2 1
Area  
PQR 1  8  4 2 4
2
53. The radius of the circumcirlce of the triangle PQR is
Ans. 4.50
Sol. Diameter of circum circle of  PQR will be OR = 9

Where O is origin
Question Stem
If the locus of the circumcentre of a variable triangle having sides y-axis, y  2 and x  my  1, where
(,m) lies on the parabola y 2  4ax is curve C, then
54. Coordinates of the vertex of this curve C is (–2a, ) then the value of 2
  101 is
Ans. 104.75
55. The curve C is symmetric about the line y = k then value of |2021k|

Ans. 3031.50
 1
Sol. C
 0, m 
 
 1  2m 
B  ,2  ,A(0,2)
  
Let (h, k) be the circumcenre of ABC y
1  2m 1  2m
h : k C
2 2m B
y=2
1  2m 1 A
2h  : k  1 x
 2m o
1 k 2 x  my  1
m : 
1k  2 2h(k  1)
(,m) lies on y 2  4ax

m2  4a
2
 1   k 2
   4a 
 2k  2   2h(k  1)
h  8a(k 2  3k  2)
locus of (h,k) is
x  8a(y2  3y  2)
2
 3 1
y    (x  2a)
 2 8a
 3
vertex is  2a, 
 2
1
Length of smallest focal chord  length of latus rectum 
8a
3
From the equation of curve C it is clear that it is symmetric about line y  .
2

Question Stem
Consider a general equation of degree 2, as x2 – 10xy + 12y2 + 5x – 16y – 3 = 0
56. The value of ' ' for which the line represents a pair of straight lines is
Ans. 2.00
57. For the value of obtained in above question, if L1 = 0 and L2 = 0 are the lines denoted by the
given line pair then the absolute value of the sum of abscissa and ordinate of their point of
intersection is
Ans. 13.50

Sol. (for Q. 56 &57)

a = ; h = – 5; b = 12; g =(5/2) ; f = – 8, c = – 3
(12)(–3) + 2(–8)(5/2)(– 5) – (64) – (25/4)· 12 + 3 · 25 = 0
– 36 + 200 – 64 – 75 + 75 = 0 100 = 200 = 2 Ans.
(ii) 2x2 – 10xy + 12y2 + 5x – 16y – 3 = 0
consider the homogeneous part
2x2 – 10xy + 12y2
2x2 – 6xy – 4xy + 12y2
or 2x(x – 3y) – 4y(x – 3y)
or (x – 3y)(x – 2y)
2x2 – 10xy + 12y2 + 5x – 16y – 3 (2x – 6y + A)(x – 2y + B)
solving A = – 1; B = 3
hence lines are 2x – 6y – 1 = 0 and x – 2y + 3 = 0
solving intersection point (-10, -7/2)
product = 35

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
FULL TEST – IV
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 18-01-2022
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
are correct;
option;


1. The strength of the electric field produced by charges uniformly

distributed over the surface of a hemisphere at its centre O is E0. A part
of the surface is isolated from this hemisphere by two planes passing
through the same diameter and forming an angle  with each other. 
Determine the electric field strength E produced at the same point O by O
the charges located on the isolated surface (on the “mericarp”).
E0 
(A) sin
2 2
2E0 
(B) sin
3 2

(C) E0 sin
2

(D) 2E0 sin
2
Ans. C
 
Sol. E1 cos  E2 sin (i) 2
2 2
  
E1 sin  E2 cos  E0 (ii)
2 2  
Solving we get E1 
2 2
/2
E2 E1
2. Two point masses, each of mass M are kept at rest at points A and B respectively. A third point m
is released from infinity with a negligible speed, so that it can move along y-axis under the
influence of mutual gravitational attraction on it due to point masses kept at A and B respectively
as shown in the figure -1. Figure 2 represents the potential energy of system (includes m, M at A
and M at B) with position of m at y-axis. (Neglect any other forces other than gravity) (given
Gm2/d = 12 Joule(m = 6 kg). Choose the correct option(s)
y U
C m
A B
M = 2m M = 2m x y
d U1
d
U0

(A) Point mass m will perform periodic motion
(B) U1 = 24 Joule
(C) Maximum speed of particle is 24 m/s
(D) Maximum speed of particle is 4 m/s
Ans. A, B, D
2GMm GM2
Sol. U 
d2  y 2 2d
2GMm 2Gm2
 
d2  y2 d
 2 1
= 2Gm2   
 d2  y 2 d 
 
1
= U  mv 2
2
3. A coil of radius R carries a current I. Another concentric coil of radius r (r < < R) carries current
I
. Initially planes of the two coils are mutually perpendicular and both the coils are free to rotate
2
about common diameter. They are released from rest from this position. The masses of the coils
are M and m respectively (m < M). During the subsequent motion let K1 and K2 be the maximum
kinetic energies of the two coils respectively and let U be the maximum magnitude of potential
energy of magnetic interaction of the system of the coils. Choose the correct options.
2
K1 M  R 
(A)   
K2 m  r 
Umr 2 UMR 2
(B) K1  K2 
mr  MR
2 2
mr 2  MR 2
0 I2r 2
(C) U
4R
(D) K2 K1
Ans. B, C, D
Sol. 1  2
 dt

I
1

I
1 1
K.E.  12
2 I

mr 2
K1
 2
K 2 MR2
2
2
K1 m  r 
  
K2 M  R 
K1  K 2  U
2
m r 
K2    K2  U
MR
UMR 2
K2 
mr 2  MR2
Umr 2
K1 
mr 2  MR2
I  I  I2 r 2
U  r 2 0  0
2 2R 4R
4. A uniform rod of mass m and length L performs small oscillations about horizontal axis passing
through its upper end. Find the mean kinetic energy and angular amplitude of rod, if at t = 0 it is
deflected from vertical by an angle 0 and imparted an angular velocity 0.
2L02
(A)   02
3g
3 4L02
(B)  kf  MgL  02
4 3g
1 2L02
(C)  kf  MgL  02
8 3g
3 L20
(D)   20
2 g
Ans. A, C
Mg
Sol. 
I
MI2 1
Where I  and  
3 2
Mg(L / 2) 3g
Thus  
ML2 / 3 2L
3g
0  2
 02
2L
2L02
  02
3g

1 2 2
 kf  I
4
1  ML2   3g  2L20
or      20
4 3   2L  3g
1 2L02
or  MgL  02
8 3g
2
5. The resistive force suffered by a motor boat is V when the engine was shut down. When the
velocity is V0 find the average velocity at any time t.
V0  V
(A) Vav =
2
V V0
(B)
2 V 0  V 
V0
V V 0 log e
(C) V
V0  V
V0
2 V V 0 log e
(D) V
V0  V
Ans. C
V t
dV dV 1 1 
Sol.
dt
 k V 2,
V0
V 2
  k d t  V  V
0
  kt
0 
1 1 1 
or t=   
K  V V0 
V x
dV dx dV
.
dx dt
  k V 2 or 
V0
V 
  kdx
0
log e V 0 / V
loge V0 – logeV = kx x
k
x log e V 0 / V   k
or VaV = 
t 1 1 
k  
 V V0 
V0
V V 0 log e
or VaV = V
V0  V

6. A disc of mass ‘m’ is released from top of an inclined plane of

inclination  as shown in figure. If the coefficient of friction
between inclined surface and disc is . Then choose the
correct statement (s)
1 2mg sin 
(A) If  tan  , the net force acting on disc is
3 3
1 4gh
(B) If  tan  , the velocity of disc at the bottom of inclined plane is
3 3
mg sin 
(C) If disc rolls on inclined plane without slipping, then frictional force is
3
1
(D) If   tan  , the acceleration of disc along the inclined plane is g sin 
3
Ans. A, B, C
mr 2
Sol. For pure rolling mg sin   f s ma and f s r   , a  r
2
2 g sin  mg sin 
On solving a  and f s 
3 3
mg sin 
For no slipping,  mg cos 
3
tan  f
And If   , slipping will be there so, a  g sin   k  g sin 
3 m
1 2 1 2 4gh
And velocity of disc mgh  mv  I gives v 
2 2 3


answer.
A wire loop carrying current I is placed in the X-Y plane as shown in the figure. If a particle with charge
+Q and mass m is placed at the centre P and given a velocity along NP (figure).
7. Find the instantaneous acceleration
QV 0I  3 3 
(A)   2
m 6a   

QV 0I  3 3 
(B)   1
m 4a   

QV 0I  3 3 
(C)   1
m 6a   

(D) None of these
Ans. C

Sol. ˆ
B at centre  (Bst. wire  B arc )( k)
 1  1  2   ˆ
 0 (2sin 60)  0    ( k)
 4 R cos 60 4 R  3 
0I  3 3 
ˆ
   1 ( k)
6a   

For charge particle – qvB = ma
qv0I  3 3 
a   1
6ma   


8. If an external uniform magnetic field B  B î is applied, find the torque acting on the loop due to
the field.
  3  2ˆ
(A)  BI   a j
 3 4 
 
  3  2ˆ
(B)  BI   a j
 3 2 
 

  3  2ˆ
(C)  BI   a j
 6 4 
 
(D) None of these
Ans. A
  
Sol. ˆ  B î
T  M  B  NIA(k)
  3 2 ˆ
T  I  a2  a  Bj
3 4 
 
A circular loop of wire of radius ‘a’ is bent about its diameter such that
the angle between the two halves becomes 60°. The resistance per unit
length of the wire is r0. A uniform magnetic field directed along (+) Z-axis,
is varying as B  B0 t. (Neglect self inductance of the loops)
9. Magnitude of induced emf in the loop is
B 0 a2
(A)
8
B0 a2
(B)
4
B0 a2
(C)
2
(D) 2B0 a2
Ans. B
Sol. For loop PQR,

   a2 
1  B A  B 0 t.A cos0  B t
0  
 2 
d 1 B 0 a2
e1  
dt 2
 a 2 
For loop PSR, 2  B0 t   cos 60
 2 
d 2 B a 2
So e2   0
dt 4
B0 a2
e  e1  e2 
4

10. If the system is maintained in the position shown at all the time the external torque need to keep
the loop in the position shown at any time is
3B 20 a3 t
(A)
32r0
3B 20 2 a4 t
(B)
16r0
B 20 2 a4 t
(C)
16r0
B 20 a3 t
(D)
32r0
Ans. A
e Ba
Sol. i  0
2ar0 8r0
For loop PQR, = 0
 3   B0 a  a2   3
For loop PSR,  MB sin60  (iA)(B0 t)    (B0 t) 
 2   8r  2 
   0    2 
3B 20 a3 t

32r0

INTEGER.
11. The prism spectrum is spread out more at violet end than at the red end. Angular dispersion is
d
defined as  , if deviation of small prism is defined as  (  1)A 0 and wavelength is
d
B
defined as   A  2 , where A and B are constants and A 0 is prism angle, then dispersion
1
N
. Find the value of N.
Ans. 3
d
Sol. As, 
d
This can be written as
d d
  ,  (  1)A 0
d d
d
 A0
d

B d 2B
A 2
 3
d
2BA 0 1
So,  3 3
So, N=3
12. A cylinder of radius R is kept embedded along the wall of a dam as

R
shown. Take density of water as r and length of cylinder as L. The
gLR2 R
vertical force exerted by water on the cylinder is . Find the
X
value of X.
Ans. 2
R dF
Sol. fv   g(2R  Rcos )(LRd)cos 
0
d 
R
 (2cos   cos )d

2 2
= L gR
0

= gLR2
2
13. Two square metal plates of side 1 m are kept 0.01 m apart like a parallel plate capacitor in air in
such a way that one of their edges is perpendicular to an oil surface in a tank filled with an
insulating oil. The plates are connected to a battery of emf 564 V. The plates are then lowered
–1
vertically into the oil at a speed of 0.001 ms . Calculate the current (in nano ampere) drawn from
the battery during the process. (Dielectric constant of oil = 11, 0 = 8.85  10–12C2N–1m–1)
Ans. 5
Sol. The adjacent figure is a case of parallel plate capacitor. The combined capacitance will be
C  C1  C2
k 0 (x  1) [(1  x)  1)
  0
d d
C 0
[dx  1  x] ...(i)
d
After time dt, the dielectric rises by dx. The new equivalent capacitance will be
C  dC  C1   C2 
[(1  x  dx)  1]
 0
[(x  dx)  1]  0
d d

 0
[kx  kdx  1  x  dx] ...(ii)
d
We know that q  CV
dq dC
V ...(iii)
dt dt
IV
0
(k  1)
d
From (i) and (ii)
564  8.85  1012
I (11  1)  0.001 5  10 9 A
0.01

Question Stem
A bar of mass m is held as shown between 4 uniform discs, each of mass m and radius r = 75 mm. The
bar has been released from rest, knowing that the normal forces exerted on the discs by vertical wall are
2
sufficient to prevent any slipping. Answer the following questions. (Acceleration due to gravity is 10 m/s )
14. If m = 5 kg and m = 2 kg, what is acceleration of the bar
Ans. 7.65
Sol. F.B.D. of disc

In horizontal direction N = Nx ...(i)
In vertical direction mg – f – Ny = ma ...(ii)
Torque due to friction;
mR 2
fR  
2
As a = R

mR2 a
fR 
2 R
mR2 a
fR 
2 R
ma
f put in (ii)
2
3ma
ma  Ny 
2
3ma
Ny  mg  ...(iii)
2
Now, F.B.D. of bar;
4Ny  mg  ma
Put Ny from (iii)
4ma – 6ma + mg = ma ...(iv)
As m = 2 kg and m = 5 kg
8g – 12a + 5g = 5a
13g 130
a =
17 17
15. If the mass m of the bar is negligible, then acceleration of the bar is
Ans. 6.67
2g 20
Sol. From equation (iv) (neglecting m) a  =
3 3

Question Stem
A cat initially hanging on a rod in static equilibrium as

shown in figure. If the cat climbs up on the rod from its
lower end towards its upper end with a monotonically
increasing acceleration starting at t = 0 and crossing the
midpoint of rod at t = t0 and the average speed of cat in
this time interval (t = 0 to t = t0) is 2m/sec relative to the
rod then in the time interval t = 0 to t = t0 :
(Use SI units)
16. If the angle made by displacement of center of mass of (block + cat) is with horizontal, then
tan is
Ans. 2.40
17. The distance (in meter) travelled by the block is
Ans. 0.08
Sol. (for Q. 16 & 17)

As system was at equilibrium initially
So mcat = 1 kg
Now f – 1g = |a|
(where f is the force on cat applied by rod)
4g + f – 2T = 4a2
T – 25 = 5(2a2)
Solving these question:

a1 = 24 a2
So, average velocity will have same relation
v1  24v 2
Relative velocity of cat w.r.t. rod
2 m/s = v1 + v2
So, v2 = (2 / 25) m/sec
v1 = (48/25) m/sec
1 1
For displacement of cat t 0   s
v1  v 2 2

 48 
Mcat Ycat    1 12
 25 
tan    ...(i)
Mblock Xblock  4  5
 5
 25 
4 1 2
Displacement of block   
25 2 25

Question Stem
A small block of mass m is projected horizontally from the top of the smooth and fixed hemisphere of
radius r = 8 m with speed u as shown. For values of u  u0 , (u0  gr ) it does not slide on the
hemisphere.
[i.e., leaves the surface at the top itself]
18. For u = 2 u0, it lands at point P on ground. Find OP:
Ans. 22.63
mu02
Sol. mg  u0  gr
r
1 2 2r
Now, along vertical; r  gt t
2 g
Along horizontal; OP  2u0 t  2 2r
19. For u = u0/3, find the height from the ground at which it leaves the hemisphere:
Ans. 5.63
Sol. As at B it leaves the hemisphere,

N=0
h mv 2
mg 
r r
mv  mgh
2
...(i)
By energy conservation between A and B
2
1 u  1
mgr  m  0   mgh  mv 2
2  3  2
19r
Put u0 and mv2 h
27


20. By reacting with which of the following reagents CH3NH2 will form a solid derivative?
(A) PhSO2Cl
(B) (COOEt)2
(C) H2SO4
(D) CHCl3 + KOH
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. With (A) solid sulphonamide, with (B) solid substituted oxamide with (C) solid salt.
21. Which of the following is /are soluble in alkaline water?
(A) Me3CCOOH
(B) (COOH)2
(C) PhCOOH
(D) HCOOH
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. Because of salt formation all are soluble.
22. Which of the following will form phthalic anhydride by following this scheme?
- +
(P) KMnO4, OH (Q) H3O
(R) 
(A) o-xylene (B) m-xylene
(C) p-xylene (D) CHO
CH2Cl
Ans. A, D
Sol. Only (A) and (D) on oxidation form phthalic acid.

23. Nylons is/are characterized by:
(A) high melting solid polymer
(B) high degree of crystallinity
(C) hydrophobic
(D) high mechanical
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. Can form H-bond with H2O and hence are hydrophilic.
24. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true?
(A) In metal carbonyl complexes dC-O increases compared to that in CO molecule.
(B) The pair of compounds [Cr(H2O)6Cl3] and [CrCl3 (H2O)3 ].3H2O show hydrate isomerism.
(C) d orbital of central metal atom/ion is used in dsp2 hybridization.

z2
(D) Facial and Meridional isomers associated with [Ma3b 3 ]n type complex compound, both
are optically inactive.
Ans. A, D
Sol. Factual
25. Correct statement is/are:
(A) an acidified solution of K2Cr2O7 liberates iodine from KI

2+
(B) K2Cr2O7 is used as a standard solution for estimation of Fe ions
(C) in acidic medium N = M  6 for K2Cr2O7.
(D) (NH4 )2 Cr2O7 on heating decomposes to yield Cr2O3 through an endothermic reaction
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. Cr2O27   I  Cr 3  I2


answer.
Green compound as mineral (A) decomposes on heating to give black residue (B) and gaseous
compound (C) and (D). When (D) come in contact of CuSO4, it gives blue colour. (C) gives milkiness with
lime water and it is colourless and odourless gas. (B) reacts with sulphuric acid to give soluble compound
which can react with potassium ferrocyanide to give red brown ppt. (E).
26. Compound (E) is:
(A) Cu2 [Fe(CN)6 ]
(B) Zn2 [Fe(CN)6 ]
(C) Cl2 [Fe(CN)6 ]
(D) Fe 4 [Fe(CN)6 ]3
Ans. A
4 NH OH
27. Compound (B) + H2SO 4  (X) 
(Y), compound (Y) is:
excess
(A) [Zn(NH3 )4 ]SO4
(B) Cu(OH)2
(C) [Cu(NH3 )4 ]SO 4
(D) [Cd(NH3 )4 ]SO4
Ans. C
Sol. (for Q. 26-27)

(A) Malachite
(B) CuO
(C) CO2
(D) H2O
(E) Cu2 [Fe(CN)6 ]

Covalent radius is half of the distance between two nuclei of two like atoms bonded together by a single
d
covalent bond. Considering the homonuclear diatomic molecule A2, covalent radius, rA  A  A , where
2
dA  A is bond length but if covalent bond is formed between two elements of different electronegativity,
then we use the following relation, given by Stevenson in 1941. dA B  rA  rB  0.09(XA  XB ) XA and
XB are electronegativities of A and B. (E. N. of Cl = 3.0)
28. If bond length of Cl2 is 1.98Å, then covalent radius of Cl atoms is:
(A) 0.99Å
(B) <0.99 Å
(C) >0.99Å
(D) None of these
Ans. A
29. If bond length A2 molecule is 0.8Å and EN of A-Cl is 1.0 then calculate bond length of A-Cl:
(A) 1.39 Å
(B) 1.30 Å
(C) 2.78Å
(D) 2.60 Å
Ans. B
Sol. (for Q. 28-29)

rA = 0.4 Å
RCl = 0.99 Å
dA B  rA  rB  0.09(XA  XB )

INTEGER.
30. For a certain reaction the variation of the rate constant with temperature is given by the equation
 ln3 
lnK t  lnK 0    T(T  0o C)
 10 
The value of the temperature coefficient of the reaction rate is therefore.
Ans. 3
K  t
Sol. ln  t   (ln3) : when t = 10;
K
 0 10

Kt
 temperature coefficient.
K0
10
ln (temperature coefficient) = (ln 3)   ln3
10
31. Determine percentage degree of dissociation of 0.05 M NH3 at 25°C in a solution of pH = 11.
Ans. 2
Sol. NH4OH  NH4  OH

0.05 0 0
(0.05 0.05  ) 0.05 0.05 
pH  11,[H ]  1011
[OH ]  103  C
32. The number of substrates which neither show SN1 nor SN2.
Cl
CH2Cl
H
HC C Cl
Br
MeCl, H2C CH CH2 Me3Cl, D3C Cl
Br
Ans. 3
Sol. 2, 3, and 4

Question Stem
In an ionic compound A  X  , radii of A+ and X- ions are 1.0 pm and 2.0 pm, respectively The volume of
3
the unit cell of the crystal AX is x pm
x
33. Find the value of
5
Ans. 43.20
34. Coordination number of cations is
Ans. 6.00

Sol. (for Q.33 & 34)

r 1
 0.5 [FCC]  cations in octahedral void.
r 2
a
r  r 
2
a6
3
Volume = a
Question Stem
  
If the slope of ‘Z’ (compressibility factor) vs. ‘P’ curve is constant  slope= atm1  at a particular
  
temperature (300 K) and very high pressure,
35. Calculate radius of the molecules. (in Å)
Ans. 2.50
36. Find the value of vander waal constant “b”
Ans. 0.16
Pb
Sol. Z  1 at high pressure
RT
b 
Slope  
RT 

b=  0.0821 300 and

4
b  r 3  4NA
3

Question Stem
0.10 g of a sample containing CuCO3 and some inert impurity was dissolved in dilute sulphuric acid and
volume made up to 50 mL. This solution was added into 50 mL of 0.04M KI solution where copper
precipitates as CuI and I- is oxidized into I3 . A 10 mL portion of this solution is taken for analysis, filtered
and made up free I3 and then treated with excess of acidic permanganate solution. Liberated iodine
required 20 mL of 2.5 mM sodium thiosulphate solution to reach the end point.
37. Determine mass percentage of CuCO3 in the original sample.
Ans. 74.10
38. Find milimoles of I which are reacted with CuCO3
Ans. 1.50

Sol. M-moles of KI = 50  0.04 = 2

m-equivalent of Na2S2O3 reacted with 10 mL solution = 20  2.5  10-3 = 50  10-3 = 50  10-3
100
m-equivalent of I left unreacted in 100 mL solution  50  103   0.5
10
m=moles of I which reacts with CuCO3  2  0.5  1.5
2Cu2+  5I  2CuI  I3
2+ 2
m-moles of Cu   1.5  0.6
5
weight of CuCO3 0.6  10 3  123.5  0.0741
0.0741
weight % of CuCO3   100
0.1
= 74.1


39. Let z1, z2 , z3 be the coordinate of vertices A, B, C of the triangle if W1  z1  z2 , W2  z3  z2 and

A  90 , then
W 
(A) Re  2  1
 W1 
(B) Re(W1W2 )  | W1 |2
(C) Re(W1W2 )  | W2 |2
W 
(D) Re  1  1
 W2 
Ans. A, B
Sol.
W2 W
 1 e i
C z3
W2 W1
W2 W
 2 e i  1  i tan 
W1 W1
W1 W2 
W1
W2
W2
2
 W1 
W2 ei   W1  i W1
2
W2 sin   90°

A z1 B z2
Let (1  x  x )  a 0  a1 x  a 2 x .........  a 2 n x
2 n 2 2n
40. , where n is odd integer, if
S1  a0  a4  a8  ..............
S 2  a1  a5  a9  ..............
S 3  a2  a6  a10  ..............
S 4  a3  a7  a11  .............. then
(A) S1  S 3
(B) S2  S4
(C) S 2  S4  0
(D) either S1  S 2  S 3 or S1  S 3  S 4
Ans. A, D

Sol. (1  x  x 2 ) n  a 0  a1 x  a 2 x 2   a2n x 2n …(1)

3n  1
a0  a 2  a 4 
2
3n  1
a1  a 3  a 5 
2
Put x  i in equation (1) where i   1
If n  4m  1
a1  a3  a5  1
a0  a 2  a4 0
3n  1
So, a1  a 5  a 9   S2
4
3n  3
a 3  a 7  a11   S4
4
Similarly if n  4m  3
3n  3 3n  1
Then, S2  and S 4 
4 4
41. Let  
f 1 ( x)  sin 1 cos(sin2 x) , f 2 ( x)  cos1 (sin(cos2 x))
f 3 ( x)  sin 1
cos(cos 2

x) , f 4 ( x)  cos 1 (sin(sin 2 x)), then choose the correct option(s)
4
(A) f i ( x )  2  2
i 1
4
(B) ( 1) i f i ( x )  0
i 1
4 i 
3
(C) (1)  
f i ( x)  0 (where [.] is greater integer function)
i 1
(D) f1 ( x ) f 2 ( x) cos2x 0
Ans. A, B, C, D
 
Sol. f1 ( x )   sin 2 x , f 2 ( x )   cos 2 x
2 2
 
f 3 ( x )   cos 2 x , f 4 ( x )   sin 2 x
2 2

42. If the area of a triangle is given  and angle C is given and if the value of the side C opposite to
angle C is minimum then
2
(A) a=
sinC
2
(B) b=
sinC
4
(C) a=
sinC
4
(D) b=
sinC
Ans. A, B
Sol. c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cosC

2
= (a – b) + 2ab(1 – cosC)
1
 = absinC
2
4
or 2ab =
sinC
 1  cos C 
here c2 = (a – b)2 + 4  
 sinC 
2 C
= (a – b) + 4tan
2
C 4
4tan is constant so for c2 to be minimum a = b thus 2ab = 2a2 =
2 sinC
2
a=b= .
sinC
43. f : [1, 4 ]  [7 , 14 ] is a surjective, twice differentiable function such that f ' ' ( x ) 0,
49
 x  (1, 4) , then the equation ( f ' ( x )) 2  has
9
(A) at least one root in (1, 4)
(B) exactly one root in (1, 4)
(C) at least two roots in (1, 4)
(D) at most two roots in (1, 4)
Ans. A, D
Sol. Since f x  0 graph of f x  is concave upward.

7 7
Now f  x   having a solution would mean line having slope touching the curve.
3 3

The graph will strictly lie in the rectangle formed by x  1, x  4, y  7 , y  14 .

If f is monotonic the line parallel to either of diagonal of rectangle will touch the graph exactly
once and if f is non-monotonic, then lines parallel to diagonals will touch the graph exactly once.
2 2 2 1 2m
44. If     then
1!13! 3!11! 5!9! 7!7! n!
(A) m + n =27
(B) m2 = 1 + 2n
2 2
(C) n – m = 27
(D) n=1+m
Ans. A, C, D
2 2 2 1 1 14 1 141 213
Sol.     (2 C1  214 C3  214 C5 14 C7 )  2  m = 13, n = 14
1!13! 3!11! 5!9! 7!7! 14! 14! 14!

answer.
Let A 1,G1,H1 denote the arithmetic, geometric and harmonic means, respectively of two distinct positive
numbers. For n  2 , let A n 1 and Hn 1 has arithmetic, geometric and harmonic means as A n ,Gn Hn
respectively.
45. Which of the following statements is a correct statement?
(A) G1 G2  G3 .....
(B) G1  G2  G3  .....
(C) G1  G2  G3  ......
(D) G1  G3  G5  ........ and G2 G4 G6 ...
Ans. C
46. Which of the following statements is correct?
(A) A1 A2 .....
(B) A1  A 2  A 3  ......

(C) A1 A3 A5 ........ and A 2  A 4  A 6  ...
(D) A1  A 3  A 5  ...... and A 2 A4 A 6 ....
Ans. A

Let two distinct positive numbers be a and b.
1 2ab
A1   a  b  ,G1  ab, H1 
2 ab
1
A n   A n1  Hn1  ,Gn  A n1  Hn1
2
2A n1Hn1
Hn 
A n1  Hn1
For n  2 .
A nHn  A n 1Hn 1
Thus A1H1  A 2H2  A 3H3  .....
G12  G22  G32  ......
G1  G2  G3  .....
As a and b are distinct, A 1 H1
A1 A2 H2 H1
A1 A2 A 3 H3 H2 H1
And so on.
Thus, A1 A2 A3 ....
and H1  H2  H3  .....
Let Vr denotes the sum of first r terms of an arithmetic progression (A.P.) whose first term is r and the
common difference is (2r – 1). Let Tr  Vr 1  Vr  2 ;
1 1
Qr  Tr 1  Tr , Wr   and Xr  3Qr for r  1,2,...
Tr 4 r  1
47. The sum V1  V2  .....  Vn is:
1
(A)
12

n  n  1 3n2  n  1 
1
(B)
12

n  n  1 3n2  n  2 
1
(C)
2

n 2n2  n  1 
1
(D)
3

2n3  2n  3 

Ans. B
r
Sol. Vr  2  r   r  1 2r  1 
2
1 3 2

2

2r  r  r 
n n
1 n 2 1 n
Vk  k3 k  k
k 1 k 1 2 k 1 2 k 1
1 1 1
 n2  n  1  n  n  1 2n  1  n n  1
2
4 12 4
1
 n  n  1 3n  n  1   2n  1  3 
12
1

12

n  n  1 3n2  n  2 
48. Tr is always:
(A) an odd number
(B) an even number
(C) a prime number
(D) a composite number
Ans. D
Sol. Tr  Vr 1  Vr  2
1 1
 r  1  r 3    r  1  r 2    r  1  r   2
3 2
  2  2
1 1
 
 3r 2  3r  1   2r  1   2
2 2
 3r 2  2r  1   3r  1 r  1
Tr is always a composite number.

INTEGER.
49. If  ,  1 is an interior point of ABC where A   0, 3  , B   2, 0  and C   6, 1 , then

the number of integral values of is/are
Ans. 2
Sol. Since the point lies inside the triangle,  8   1  2  0 ,  3   1  9  0 and

6 3
3  2   1  6 0 . Solving these, we get    .
7 2


50. Angle between the tangents drawn from (1, 4) to the parabola y 2  4x is , where m is equal
m
to
Ans. 3

Equation of the pair of tangents is y  4x 16  4   4y  2  x  1  
2 2
Sol.
 
12 y 2  4x  4  2y  x  1
2
 
3 y 2  4x  4y 2  x 2  1  4xy  2x  4y
x  y  4xy  14x  4y  1  0
2 2
If  is the angle between these lines
 2   11
2
2
Then tan    3
1  1
 
  m3
3 m
1
51. If the lengths of the semi major axis of an ellipse is 68 and the eccentricity is then the area of
2
the rectangle formed by joining the vertices of the latus rectum of the ellipse is equal to A, where
A – 6930 is
Ans. 6
x2 y2 2 1
 2  1where a 2   68  and b2   68   1   vertices
2
Sol. Let the equation of the ellipse be 2
a b  4
 b2 
of the lateral recta are  ae, 
 a
2b 2 3 1
Area of the rectangle formed by joining these points  2ae   4b2 e  4  68  
a 4 2
=6

Question Stem
There are five different boxes and seven different balls. All the seven balls are to be distributed in the five
boxes placed in a row so that any box can receive any number of balls.
52. If be the number of ways these balls can be distributed so that no box is empty and order of
putting the balls in the boxes is considered then the value of is
11

Ans. 6872.73
Sol. Select 4 gaps out of 6 gaps between the balls to create 5 distinct partitions. Then permute the 7
balls
total = 6C4 × 7! = 15 7
53. Suppose, all the balls are identical, then number of ways these balls can be distributed into these
3k
boxes if empty boxes are also allowed is k then the value of is
4
Ans. 247.50
Sol. No. of non-negative integral solution of the equation x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 + x5 = 7

11
total is C7.
Question Stem
By taking B(–3, 0) and C(3, 0) triangles PBC of perimeter 16 are constructed. If S is the locus of incentre
of triangle ABC, then
x2 y 2 2
54. Equation of S is 2
 2  1 then b is
a b
Ans. 2.25
Sol. As ID BC
Now x = BD – BO = 5 – b b=5–x
C  10  b  5  x
Now   8  8  6 8  5  x  8  5  x 
 8y   16  3  x  3  x 
2
x 2  4y 2  9
 3 3  3
55. A ray emanating from   , 0  is incident on the curve S at P whose ordinate is . The
 2  2
x y
equation of the reflected ray is   1 then b is
a b
Ans. 1.50
Sol. Equation of s is x2 + 4y2 = 9

 3
P  0, 
 2
 3 3 
Foci are  , 0
 2 
Equation of the reflected ray is 2x + 2 3y  3 3


Question Stem
For a recursive relation in ‘n’ we may generate nth term free from any other term i.e. purely in ‘n’. Based
on this answer the following questions
If  an 1  an  2  an 1   an  0 and a0  1, then lim 2n  4  a n  is

2
56.
n 
Ans. 12.56
2an 1
Sol. Given equation converts to an 
1   an 1 
2
  
a n  tan  n  2 
2 

lim an 2n 
n  4
57. If an  2an21  1 and a0  0, then lim 2ean (use e = 2.72)

n
Ans. 5.44
1  an
Sol. Given equation converts to an 1 
2
  
an  cos  n 1 
2 
  
cos  n1 
Hence, lim e 2 
e
n

JEE (Advanced)-2022
OPEN TEST – I
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 23-01-2022
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
correct option;
Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942
website: www.fiitjee.com
AITS-OT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22 2
Physics PART – I

1. In the shown figure, a plank P of mass 25 kg 1m 3m

is placed over a cylinder C of mass 10 kg.
P A
The cylinder is placed over a block B of mass
5 kg. All the surfaces are rough and
coefficeint of friction between all the surfaces
is  = 0.3. What is the minimum horizontal C
force F needed to pull the block. Plank is
hinged at A so that it is free to move in F
vertical plane without friction. B
(A) 120 N
(B) 95 N
(C) 15 N
(D) 175 N
Ans. B
Sol.
N1
1m
3m
C
P
F
B
25g 2m
N2 N1
15g
N2
50 3N1  2  25g
N2  15g  g
3 50g
 N1 
F  N2  95N 3
2. A cube of side length 1 m and mass 10 kg is placed on 2 kg

a smooth horizontal surface. A small block of mass 2 kg
and negligible size is placed on the front corner of the
cube. Coefficient of friction between the cube and the
block is  = 0.2. The cube is pulled with a constant 10 kg
horizontal force F = 36 N. The kinetic energy of the
F = 36 N
block just before it reaches the ground is
3 AITS-OT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22
90
(A) J
3
80
(B) J
3
20
(C) J
3
7.2
(D) J
3
Ans. B
36  0.2  2g
Sol. aC   3.2 m/s2
10
0.2  2g
aB   2 m/s2
2
 relative acceleration ar  3.2  2  1.2 m/s2
1 2 2
r  ar t1  t1 
2 1.2
For block vx = 2t1
1 1
Also for vertical motion 1   10t 22  t 2 
2 5
vy=10t2, KE=m(vx2+vy2)/2
3. In the shown figure two uniformly charged rings A and B of B

radius R and R 3 having charges Q1 and Q2 respectively are Q2
concentric with center C and coplanar. A point P is on the axis A
of the rings at a distance CP = R. At point P electric field is R3
Q1 R
zero. The ratio is
Q2 C P
Q1
(A) 2
1
(B)
3
1
(C)
2 2
(D) 3
Ans. C
kQ1R kQ2R
Sol. E  0
   
3 3
R2  R2 R2  3R2
Q1 1
 
Q2 2 2
4. An insulating long cylinder is uniformly charged on its lateral surface

with surface charge density . On its flat surface, a circular and
conducting loop of radius r is placed coaxially as shown in the figure.
There is no friction between the cylinder and the loop. The cylinder is
being rotated with a uniform angular acceleration  about its axis. The
relationship between the compressive force F in the loop and time t
and surface charge density is best represented by
(A) F (B) F
time time
(C) F (D) F
Surface Radius of
charge loop
density ()
Ans. B
Sol. Let Rs is resistance of the loop

Field through loop B = (0R)/2 = (0Rt)/2
Induced emf in the loop e = (r20R)/2
e r 20 R
Current in the loop i  
Rs 2Rs
r 2 0 R
F = iBr = 0 Rtr
4Rs
 2 2 2R2r 3 
F 0 t
 4Rs 
 

5. A cube of mass m and side length 4R has a groove made inside

it in a vertical plane. The groove is a circle having radius R. A
particle of mass m is moving down with a velocity v  2gR .
R
Assume all surfaces are smooth. The correct statement(s) at this
instant.
(A) Normal reaction on particle is mg

(B) Normal reaction on cube by the ground is mg
(C) Acceleration of block w.r.t ground is g
(D) Acceleration of particle with respect to ground is g 2
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. N2  mg = 0
 N2 = mg
N1 = ma
R
 v2  N1
N1 + ma = m  
R
 
N1 + ma = m2g a
 N1 = mg
and a = g
N2
mg
F.B.D. of cube
  
aP,g  aP,C  aC,g
N1 ma
g
 = g 2 v2
ar 
R
g
v
F.B.D. of particle w.r.t.

cube
6. A black body at temperature T = 400 K is emitting radiations at rate 200 W/m2. Another body of
surface area 2 m2 coefficeint of reflectivity (r) = 0.3 and zero coefficeint of transmission is at
temperature 800 K. The correct statement(s) about the another body is
(A) Emissive power is 2240 W/m2

(B) Power emitted is 2240 W
(C) Power emitted is 4480 W
(D) emissivity is 0.7
Ans. A, C, D
Sol. 200 = .1.(400)4 …(i)

Power emitted by the other body
P    0.7  2  (800)4 …(ii)
P
  0.7  2  24
200
 P = 200  0.7  2  24
7. A thin cube of side length  = 1m is heated with the help of

electric heater which maintains inner temperature of cube
at 100C. The outer surface of cube emits 500 W power
and absorbs 100 W radiation incident over it in steady
state. After heater is switched off, it cools down according
to Newton’s law of cooling. When its temperature becomes
40C at outer surface, it emits 300Watt power. Temperature
of surrounding is constant at 0C.

(A) Power of heater is 500 W
(B) Temperature of the outer surface is steady state 53.3C
(C) Temperature of outer surface in steady state 80C
(D) Power of heater is 400 W
Ans. C, D
Sol. Power given = power loss

P = 500  100 = 400 W
dQ
 k(T  0)
dt
400 = k (T0) …(i)
Also 300  100 = k(40 0) …(ii)
 T = 80C
8. Capacitor of capacitance C = 10 F was connected with a  = 10 V

soruce of emf  = 10V for long time. At time t = 0 switch S is
shifted from point A to B, which connects a solenoid of self
1
inductance L = 10H length  = m , and number of turns 10000. A C = 10 F
2 S
A charge particle of charge q = 10 C, mass 1106 kg is
B t=0
10
released from rest on the axis of solenoid at time t = ms. At
3
this instant
L = 10 H
(A) acceleration of the charged particle is zero
(B) acceleration of the charged particle is 100 m/s 2
(C) magnetic field inside the solenoid is nearly 700 mT
(D) magnetic field inside the solenoid is nearly 218 T
Ans. B, D
Sol. V = 0 cos t is voltage across capacitor

10
 103
t 3 
t   
LC 10  10  10  6 3

 V  0 cos  
3
10
 V  5 Volt
2
V
Field E   10 V/m

qE 10  10 6  10
a   100 m/s2
m 1 106
2
1 2 1  0  1
C0  C    LI2
2 2  2  2
 I  8.7  10 3 A
B = 0nI
= 4  107  20000  8.7  103 = 218  106 T
9. In the shown figure, two parallel rails in a vertical plane            

of negligible resistance are connected by a resistance R            
= 1 at one end. A uniform horizontal magnetic field is            
present (B = 0.5 T). A thin ring of mass m1 = 1kg, radius            
r = 25 cm is fitted over a wooden disc of mass m2 = 1kg. 1 F = 2N
           
Resistance of ring is R = 4 and there is no friction            
between the ring and the disc, ring and upper rail. r=25cm
           
Friction between ring and lower rail is sufficient to            
support pure rolling of the ring. Horizontal force F = 2N is
     B= 0.5T
     
applied at centre of the disc. When the terminal velocity
is reached
(A) Terminal velocity of disc is 64 m/s
(B) Terminal velocity of disc is 96 m/s
(C) Current flowing in the rails is 8 2 A
(D) Current flowing in the rails is 8 A
Ans. A, D
Sol. at v  v 
Power given =power loss

 4
Fv   I2  1   …(i)
 4
Bv  (2r)
I …(ii)
 4
1  4 
 
By solving v = 64 m/s
and I = 8A
10. A conducting wire of mass m is pulled with a uniform x

velocity v0 on two parallel rails lying in horizontal
           
plane and separated by distance . Ends of rails is
           
connected by a coil of self inductance L. At time t = 0,  L          
x = x0(0) and uniform vertical magnetic field B is         F   
present in space. When the conducting wire is at            
distance x from the initial position.            
           
       B
    
           
(A) Force F is directly proportional to x
(B) Force F is directly proportional to x2
(C) Energy stored in coil is directly proportional to x
(D) Energy stored in coil is directly proportional to x2
Ans. A, D
dI dx
Sol. L  B
dt dt
I x
B
 
0
dI 
L 
dx
0
B
I x
L
1
U  LI2  U  x 2
2
F = IB
B2  2
F x
L
Fx

INTEGER.
11. Two converging lenses L1 and L2 of focal f1 = 20 cm

lengths f1 = 20 cm and f2 = 30 cm respectively f3 = 30 cm
are placed such that their principal axes
coincide. An object is first placed at a distance L1 L2
25 cm from lens L1. Object is oscillating along
principal axis with amplitude 5 cm. Find the ratio
of maximum to minimum magnification of its A
image.
20 cm 50 cm
Ans. 1
Sol. Magnification is independent of object distance from lens L1.

Since separation between lenses d = f1 + f2
12. Two blocks of equal masses are placed one over the other as shown in the figures. Friction
between all the contact surfaces is  = 0.8. Minimum values of the forces required to pull the
blocks are F1 and F2 respectively. Force F1 is horizontal and F2 is parallel to the inclined plane.
F
Find the ratio 1 .
F2
m
m
F1
m
Figure-A m
F2
60
Figure-B
Ans. 2
Sol. F = T + 2mg + mg

And T = mg
 F1 = 4 mg
F2 + mg sin 60 = T + 3mg cos 60
FT = mg sin 60 + mg cos 60
 F2 = 4mg cos60
F1 1
 2
F2 cos 60
13. In the shown circuit all the sources of emf are ideal. I1 5 2V 5V
Current through 5 resistance is I1 and thorugh 10 
I 
resistance is I2. Find the ratio  1  . 20
 I2  3V
5V 15
20
10
I2
5V 5V
10V
Ans. 4
Sol. Using Kirchoff’s law

3  5I1  2  5  10  0  I1  4 A
and 5  10I2  5  10  0  I2  1 A
I1
 =4
I2

Question Stem
A block of ice at 0C and mass M is kept inside isolated container of negligible heat capacity. Steam of
mass m at temperature 100C is kept inside the container. The ice melted and its tempeature becomes
20C. The steam of mass 0.2 kg at 100C is again let inside the container, due to which temperature
inside the container becomes 30C in steady state. Latent heat of ice and steam are 80 kcal/kg and 540
kcal/kg respectively. Specific heat capacity of water is Sw = 1 kcal/kg-C.
14. The value of m (in kg) is ………..
Ans. 1.69
15. The value of M (in kg) is ………..
Ans. 10.48
Sol. (for Q.14-15)

Using conservation of energy
(m  540) + m  1  (100 20) = (M  80) + M  1  (20  0)
 M = 6.2 m …(i)
(0.2  540) + 0.2  1  (100  30) = (M + m)  1  (30  20)
 M +m = 12.2
Solving equations
m = 1.69 kg
M = 10.48 kg
Question Stem
An insulating cylinder of volume 20 liter is divided into two equal

parts by a movable piston made of insulating material. Monoatomic
ideal gas is filled at temperature 300 K and pressure 105 N/m2 in
each part. Left part is given heat Q joule by using an electric heater
such that temperature in the right part becomes (300 + 2)K and in
3/2
 300 
the left part becomes (300 + T)K. (Take    0.99 )
 302 
16. The value of T is …………..
Ans. 8.10
17. The value of Q is …………..
Ans. 50.50
Sol. (for Q. 16-17)

In right part using adiabatic equation
300  102/3  (300  2) V22/3
 V2  9.9 liter
Pressure is same in left part also temperature in left part T2
Volume in left part V2  20  9.9  10.1 liter
 10.1 302 
T2     308.10 ,
 9.9 
By solving T2  308.10
 T = 308.10  300 = 8.10
Q = nCv T1  nCv T2
nCv ( T1  T2 )
P1V1 3 3 P1V1
 R( T1  T2 )  ( T1  T2 )
RT1 2 2 T1
3 105  (10  10 3 )
  (2  8.10)  50.50 J
2 300

Question Stem
A converging lens of power P1 = +5D and a concave mirror of

power P2 = +16D are placed at a separation 80 cm such that their
principal axis coincide. A point object is placed left side of the lens
on its principal axes at a distance X1 from the lens such that image
of the object coincides with the object itself. When the mirror is
further shifted right side by a distance X2, the image of the object O
further coincides with the object.
18. The value of X1(in cm) is ……………
Ans. 26.67
19. The value of X2(in cm) is ………..
Ans. 12.50
Sol. (for Q.18-19)

1 1 1 80 cm
  x1
80  x1 20
1 1 1
   x1 = 26.67 cm
x1 20 80
O
f1 = 20 cm
x2 = R = 12.50 cm x1 80 cm x2 = R
f1 = 20 cm
Chemistry PART – II

20. The correct relation between the following compounds is:

CH3
Cl H HO H
C C C and C C C
H CH3 H Cl
HO
(A) Enantiomers
(B) Diastereomers
(C) Homomers (identical)
(D) Constitutional isomers
Ans. C
Sol. Since, the absolute configuration about the chiral carbon is (S) in each compound. Also,
configuration of Cl and H about double bond carbon is also same in each compound. So, both
compounds are identical.
21. The correct order of the rate constants for the following series of reactions  Z  CF3 ,CH3 ,OCH3  :
Br N
NO2 NO2
 
N
Z H Z
(A) CF3  CH3  OCH3
(B) CF3  OCH3  CH3
(C) OCH3  CF3  CH3
(D) CH3  OCH3  CF3
Ans. A
Sol. Rate of ArSN 2  magnitude of positive charge on   carbon atom.
CF CH OCH
3
 3 3
Decreasing electron withdrawing nature and hence decreasing rate of ArSN 2 .
22. The left half-cell of the electrochemical cell consists of an iron electrode (in excess) that is
oxidized during the action and an aqueous solution of iron (III) nitrate. The right half-cell consists
of graphite electrode and a mixture of iron (II) and (III) nitrates. Using the information on ion
 
mobility o , select the most suitable ionic compound (s) for the salt bridge:
Cation o ,m2 V 1 s1.109 , 25o C Anion o ,m2 V 1 s1.109 , 25o C

Ca2aq 61.6 Faq 51.5

K aq 73.5 CO32   aq  70.3
NH4  aq 76.1 NO3  aq  74.1
Haq 205 Br   aq  81.8
(A) Calcium carbonate
(B) Ammonium nitrate
(C) Potassium carbonate
(D) Ammonium bromide
Ans. B
Sol. For the salt bridges, the most advantageous is to use salts in which the cation and the anion have
the same mobility which assure the absence of so called diffusion potential in the half-cell
boundary. Thus, the most suitable salts are KNO3 and NH4NO3 .
23. 50 mL of 0.10 M HX has been mixed with 100 mL of 0.05 M NaOH, then the concentration of the
conjugate base of HX in the resultant solution can’t be
(A) 0.032 M
(B) 0.028 M
(C) 0.036 M
(D) Both (A) and (B)
Ans. C
Sol. If HX is a strong acid then maximum concentration of conjugate base is 0.033 M. Therefore, any
value higher than this is not possible.

24. Which systematic diagram represents the “INCORRECT” chemical relations between iron and its
compounds?
(A) Fe Conc. HCl

  FeCl2
Ag HCl
Fe2  SO4 3
Conc. H SO

2 4
 FeCl3
(B) Fe HCl gas

  FeCl2

Cl2 / 
Mg
Fe2  SO4 3
Conc. H SO

2 4
 FeCl3
(C) Fe HCl gas

  FeCl2

Air / 
Cu
Fe2  SO4 3
dil. H SO

2 4
 FeCl3
(D) Fe HCl gas

  FeCl3

Air / 
Mg
Fe2  SO4 3
Conc. H SO

2 4
 FeCl2
Ans. A, C, D
Sol. Iron reacts with dry HCl gas to give FeCl2 . FeCl2 on heating with chlorine gas (dry) oxidises to
FeCl3 . Conc. H2SO4 being less volatile substitute more volatile HCl from FeCl3 , converting
FeCl3 into Fe2  SO 4 3 . Mg being more electropositive than iron reduces Fe2  SO 4 3 into Fe.
25. The major product in the following reaction is (X).
i NBS/H O
 2
 ii K 2 CO3  aq  X
 iii BF3 .Et 2O
Identify the correct statement(s) about (X):
(A) ‘X’ gives positive Brady’s test

(B) ‘X’ gives positive Bromine-water test
(C) ‘X’ on reduction with N2H4 / KOH / , gives a bicyclic compound
(D) ‘X’ is a bicyclic compound and both rings in ‘X’ are of same size
Ans. A, C, D
Sol. Br
   2 3 
ii K CO aq
i NBS/H O

2
  O
OH
BF3 .Et 2 O
N2H4 , KOH

 X

26. On adding potassium iodide to an aqueous solution containing complex ion  Ag NH3 2  , yellow
coloured precipitate of AgI is formed. Similarly, when hydroiodic acid was added to the complex

ion,  Ag NH3 2  again yellow precipitate of AgI is formed. The correct statement(s) for these
observations is/are:

(A)  Ag NH3   is less stable than AgI.
 2

(B)  Ag NH3   ionizes less than AgI.
 2
(C) HI neutralizes NH3 ligands and precipitates AgI.

(D) IUPAC name of  Ag NH3 2  is “Diamminesilver (I) ion”.
Ans. A, C, D

Sol. AgI is more stable than  Ag NH3 2  . HI neutralises NH3 for ming NH4 ion, thus it cannot act as
ligand.
(A) Cu2  salts form soluble complex with excess KCN.
(B) Cu2  salts form soluble complex with aqueous ammonia.
(C) Cu2  salts form soluble complex with KI.
(D) A piece of iron or zinc when placed in Cu2  salts solution, precipitates copper.
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. (A) 2Cu2  10KCN  2K 3 Cu  CN4    CN2  4K 

soluble complex
(B) 2
Cu2   4NH3  aq   Cu NH3 4 
 soluble blue complex 
(C) 2Cu 2
 4KI  2CuI   I2  4K 
ppt.
(D) In electrochemical series, Fe and Zn both are above Cu. So, both Fe and Zn can displace
Cu2  from its salt into Cu.
28. The apparatus shown was used to investigate the electrolysis of aqueous sodium sulphate
solution to which a few drops of universal indicator solution had been added. The solution was
initially pale green in colour. Colour of universal indicator at different pH values is given below:
pH range Colour
<3 Red
3–6 Orange-yellow
7 Green
8 – 11 Blue
> 11 Violet
Electrode (B)
Electrode (A)
Na2SO4 (aq) solution
Now, select the correct statement(s) among the following:
(A) Current conducted through the electrolyte is due to the movement of ions.
(B) Oxidation occurs at electrode ‘B’.
(C) When a current was passed through the electrolyte for 15 minutes, 8.5 cm3 of gas was
collected above the positive electrode, then the volume of the gas collected above the
negative electrode at same pressure and temperature and in the same duration is
25 cm3 .
(D) Blue colour appears near the electrode ‘A’.
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. Milli-equivalent of H2 gas produced at cathode are same as milli-equivalents of O2 produced at

anode. As the solution around electrode ‘A’ is slightly basic, colour changes to blue.
29. The graph below shows the change in the mass as copper (II) sulphate pentahydrate
 CuSO4 .5H2O  when heated. Decomposition takes place where the gradient is steepest leaving
various decomposition products indicated by ‘A’ to ‘E’ in the diagram shown below: (Atomic mass:
Cu = 63.5 u, S = 32 u, O = 16 u, H = 1 u)
10
A
20
B
30
C
40
50
Percentage mass loss
60
D
70
E
80
90
100
200oC 400oC 600oC 800oC 1000oC
Temperature (oC)
Select the correct statement (s) among the following:
(A) Conversion of (D) to (E) is a redox reaction with n-factor of one of the product as 4.
(B) (C) is a white compound.
(C) Ratio of oxygen atoms per formula unit in (A) to (B) is 3.
(D) Copper (II) sulphate decomposes above 800o C .
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. From the graph, it can be concluded that

A  CuSO4 .3H2O D  CuO
B  CuSO 4 .H2O E  Cu2 O
C  CuSO 4
1
2CuO  s   Cu2O  s   O2  g
2
O2 has n-factor 4.
About 35% loss in mass corresponds to loss of all water molecules.

INTEGER.
 ii PhMgBr 1 eqv.  Major product P 

 3
i O / Zn/H O
Me 3C  2
 iii CH3MgBr 1 eqv.

Me 3C  iv  H3 O
Let, degree of unsaturation of (P) = x.

Possible number of stereoisomers of (P) = y
So, the value of (x + y) is_____
Ans. 20
Sol. Major product (P) is
OH
Ph
Me 3C
Me 3C
CH3
OH
So, x = 12, and y = 8.
31. How many of the following statement(s) regarding oxides (M2O), peroxides (M2O2) and
superoxide (MO2) of alkali metals are correct?
(i) Order of size of oxide, peroxide and superoxide ions is O2  O22   O2 .
(ii) Thermal stability order is O2  O22   O2 .
(iii) Thermal stability order with a particular alkali metal is : superoxide < peroxide < oxide.
(iv) Lattice energy of oxides, peroxides and superoxides decreases down the group for alkali
Metals.
(v) In the formation of oxides, peroxides and superoxides, the entropy decreases in the order :
oxide  peroxide  superoxide .
(vi) Heat of formation is in the order : oxide > peroxide > superoxide.
(vii) Heat of formation decreases down the group for oxides, peroxides and superoxides.
(viii) Compared to the difference in lattice energies between monoxides and peroxides is less
than between monoxides and superoxides.
(ix) Compared to the difference in lattice energies between monoxides and peroxides is less than
between peroxides and superoxides.
(x) All oxides, peroxides and superoxides form basic solutions when dissolved in water.
(xi) Thermal stability of oxides and peroxides decreases down the group while those of
superoxides increases down the group.
(xii) The difference between the lattice enthalpies of monoxides and peroxides decreases down
the group.
Ans. 8
Sol. Correct statements are :

(iii); (iv); (v); (viii); (ix); (x); (xi) and (xii).
Important data for support:

 Lattice energies kJ mol1 
M2 O M2 O2 MO2
Li 2907 2592 878
Na 2518 2309 799
K 2229 2114 741
Rb 2146 2025 706
Cs 2016 1948 679

 Standard enthalpies of formation Hof in kJ mol1 : 
M2 O M2 O2 MO2
Li 596 640 
Na 416 505 270
K 362 494 280
Rb 330 426 310
Cs 318 402 315
32. In a solution of 0.010 M barium nitrate and 0.010 M lead (II) nitrate, when the more soluble
fluoride (other than NaF) begins to precipitate, the concentration of the cation for the less soluble
fluoride that remains in solution, when NaF is added, is a  10b M. So, the value of 10  a  b 
is………
K sp of PbF2  4  10 8 and K sp BaF2   1.44  10 6 
 
(Round off the answer to the nearest integer)
Ans. 32
Sol. For PbF2 ,

PbF2  s   Pb2  aq  2F  aq
2
4  108   0.01  F 
 F   2  103 M
For BaF2 :
BaF2  s   Ba2  aq  2F  aq
2
1.44  10 6   0.01  F 
F   1.2  10 2 M
 
The PbF2 will precipitate first because a lower value for the concentration of fluoride ion is
needed for its precipitation.
BaF2 starts precipitating when the conc. Of F reaches to 1.2  102 M .
Since, PbF2  s  is present then
PbF2  s   Pb2  aq  2F  aq
   
2
4  108  Pb2   1.2  102
8
 10
Pb   1.2 4 1.2
2
 10 4
 2.77  10 4  2.8  10 4
 a  2.8, b  4


Question Stem
When titanium (III) chloride is heated, it undergoes the following reaction:
2TiCl3  s   TiCl2  s   TiCl4  g
A graph showing how 'K eq ' varies with temperature for this reaction is plotted below
-1
0.00135
0.00140 1/T (K ) 0.00145 0.00150 0.00155 0.00160
-8
(0.001412 (0.001572)
-9
B
-10
(a graph of lnKeq
against 1/T)
- 11
lnKeq
- 12
Graph not to scale
Assume standard enthalpy change Ho   and standard entropy change  S  o

are temperature
independent in the temperature range given in the graph. R  8.314 J mol1 K 1 
 
Let, the Ho of the reaction be ‘x’ kJ and standard free energy change Go of the reaction at 
689.65 K be ‘y’ (kJ).
33. The value of ‘x’ is_______
Ans. Range (155.85 – 155.90)
Ho 1 So
Sol. nK eq    … (1)
R T R
o
1 H
So, the slope of nK eq against     from the graph.
T
  R
Ho 12   9 
Slope     18750
R 0.001572  0.001412
Ho
  18750
R
18750  8.314
or Ho   155.88 kJ
1000
34. The value of ‘y’ is_______
Ans. Range (55.65 – 55.70)
 Ho  1 So
Sol. nK eq    
 R T R
S o
12  18750  0.001572 
R
S o
So,  17.475
R
 So  17.475  8.314  145.28 JK 1
So, Go  Ho  TSo
 155.88  103  689.65  145.28
Go  155880  100192.35
 55,687.65 J
Go  55.68 kJ

Question Stem
NO2
1 eqvt    A  
 excess    B    C
NH4 SH Br2 /H2 O NaNO2
 dil. HCl
 273 K  278 K 
NO2 CuBr / HBr
Br2 / H2 O Sn / HCl
F  E  D
 excess 
 excess   G  
 273 K  278 K    H

NaNO /HCl excess 

NH4 SH 2
H3PO2 1 eqvt 
H3 O CuCN
K   J I 
HCN
[Atomic masses : C = 12; N = 14; Br = 80; H = 1; Cl = 35.5]
Ratio of the number of halogen atoms present in a molecule of (B) to that of the number of
halogen atoms present in a molecule of (F) is ‘x’ and the ratio of molecular weights of ‘D’ to that of
(K) is ‘y’.
35. The value of ‘x’ is______
Ans. 0.40
Sol. +
NH2 NH2 N2 Cl Br
Br Br Br Br Br Br
; ; ; ;
NO2 NO2 NO2 NO2

(A) (B) (C) (D)
+
Br Br NH2 N2 Cl
Br Br Br Br
; ; ; ;
Br Br
+
NH2 NH2 NH2 N2 Cl
(E) (F) (G) (H)
H
; ;
+ CN COOH
N2 Cl
(I) (J) (K)
36. The value of ‘y’ is________
Ans. 2.95
Range (2.94 – 2.96)
Sol. Molar mass of (D) = 360

Molar mass of (K) = 122
360
So, ratio of molar mass of (D) to that of (K)   2.95
122

Question Stem
Consider the given plot of KEmax against frequency    of incident light.
(Graph not to scale)
19.86
K.Emax(Joules)
13.24
6.62
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

Frequency ' ' (in Hz)
Here, frequency '  ' is to be multiplied by 1015 and maximum kinetic energy (KEmax) to be
19
multiplied by 10 .
The work function of the metal be ‘x’ eV.
Planck’s constant  h   6.62  1034 J.s and speed of light (c) = 3  108 m / sec .
Let, electronic charge  e   1.6  10 19 Coulamb .
If a light radiation of wavelength 100 nm is allowed to strike surface of the metal (taken in the
experiment for which above graph has been plotted), then, maximum speed of photoelectron
ejected is found to be y  106 m / s .
37. The value of ‘x’ is________
Ans. Range (4.11 – 4.15)
Sol.   h o
 6.62  10 34  1 1015 J
 6.62  10 19 J
6.62  1019
  4.1375 eV
1.6  10 19
38. The value of ‘y’ is_______
Ans. Range (1.70 – 1.72)
hc 6.62  10 34  3  108

Sol. Energy of photon  10
 3  6.62  10 19 J
 1000  10
Work function     6.62  10 19 J
 KEmax  3  6.62  10 19  6.62  1019
1
KEmax  2  6.62  10 19 J  2
 m  Vmax
2
2  2  6.62  1019
Vmax   1.7  106 m / s
9.1 10 31
Mathematics PART – III

39. Let PQR be equilateral with side length a. On side PQ produced a point A is taken such that P
lies in between A and Q. If r1 is in radius of APR and r2 be ex-radius of AQR with respect to
r r
side QR, then 1 2 is equal to
a
3
(A)
2
(B) 2
(C) 2
1
(D)
2
Ans. A
Sol. As M1M2 = m1m2 m2

r1 r2 R
M1M2 = M1P + PQ + QM2 = a
3 3 m1
m1m2  m1R  Rm2 ….. (1) r1 N1 r2
60º N2
= N1 R + N2 R A
M1 P Q M2
r1 r2
= a a ….. (2)
3 3
r1  r2 r r 
From equation (1) and (2), we get a   2a   1 2 
3  3 
r r 
2 1 2 a
 3 
40. A person has 6 cards A, K, 2, Q, 10, 9. The person randomly draws the cards one by one with
replacement till he gets 3 consecutive A. If Pn represents the probability that atleast n cards are
drawn, then 216Pn  5Pn 3  30Pn 2  180Pn 1 is (For n > 3)
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3
Ans. A
1 5 1 5  5
Sol. Pn     Pn 3   Pn 2   Pn1 
6 6 6 6  6
216Pn  5Pn 3  30Pn 2  180Pn1  0
1 0 0
tr  A n  PBnP 
41. Let A and B be 3  3 matrices and P  0 0 1 , B = PAP, then lim is equal to
n  tr  An 
0 1 0 
(where |A |  0, tr represents trace of square matrix)
n
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
Ans. B
Sol. Bn = PAnP (P2 = I)

 PBnP = P(PAnP)P = An
1
42. Let f  x   , x  [0, 1] and a  [2, 3], then which of the following is correct?
sin x   x  a 
2 2
(A) f(x) always increases in (0, 1)
(B) f(x) always decreases in interval (0, 1)
(C) there exists a point of local minima in (0, 1)
(D) there exists a point of local maxima in (0, 1)
Ans. B
1
Sol. f x   sin2x  2  x  a  < 0  x  (0, 1)
 sin2 x   x  a 2 
2

43. Let the value of log2 

  
 2015 2015 2 iab
1  e 2015   is N, then which of the following is/are TRUE?
 a 1 b1 
(A) N is divisible by 5
(B) N is divisible by 3
(C) N > 13000
(D) N is divisible by 61
Ans. A, B, C, D
 1  e  = 2
n 2 iab
gcd a,n 
Sol. N = 13725 if n is odd, then n
b 1
x2 y2
44. Chords at right angles are drawn through P() lying on ellipse   1 and chords joining
4 1
extremities meets normal at Q, then which of the following is/are correct?
(A) Q is same for all such chords drawn through P()
(B) y = 0 is angle bisector of PCQ, (where C is centre of ellipse)
(C) Locus of Q is ellipse for different position of P
(D) Q is not same for all such chords drawn from P
Ans. A, B, C
6cos  3 sin 
Sol. Coordinate of Q are, ,
5 5
1
45. Let f : [1, )  R is a differentiable function such that f   x   and f(1) = 1, then which
x  f2 x
2
of the following is/are correct?
(A) f(x) is strictly increasing in (1, )
(B) lim f  x   2
x 
(C) The number of solution of f(x) = 1 + 2x is 0
(D) f(3) < 2
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. f(x) > 0  x  (1, ) so f(x) is strictly increasing

1
So, f(x)  f(1)  x  (1, )  f   x   2
x 1
x x
1 x 
So, f  x   1   f   t  dt  1   2
dt  1  tan1 t 1  1  tan1 x 
1 1 t 1 4

x  , f(x)  1 
4
1
46. If all roots of the equation x8 – 4x7 + b6x6 + b5x5 + b4x4 + b3x3 + b2x2 + b1x +  0 are positive
28
and real, then which of the following is/are correct?
b 2b 6
(A)  0.7
b4
b 2b 6
(B)  0.5
b4
b3b5 14
(C) 
b4 5
b2
(D)  7
b1
Ans. A, C, D
Sol. Let i for i = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 are positive real roots

1
 i  4 ,  i  28 using AM  GM
1
 i  1 8
  8  as AM = GM  all roots are equal to
1
8 2  2
6 2
8  1  1
C6    8 C2  
b 2b 6  2  2
 4
b4 8  1
C6  
2
cos x
47. Let g  x   , then which of the following is/are correct?
x 1  x 
 1
(A) g    0
2
1
(B)  g  x  dx  0
0
 1 1
(C) g   = 
2 2
1 
(D) g(x) < 0  x   , 1
2 
Ans. A, B, D
1  1  1  1   1
Sol. g   x   g   x   g   x   g   x   g    0
2  2  2  2  2
10
48. The value of  20r C20  20 r C10 is equal to
r 0
39
(A) C9
41
(B) C10
41
(C) C31
39
(D) C30
Ans. B, C
Sol. Coefficient of x10 in (1 – x)–32

INTEGER.
49. The area bounded by region {(x, y) : |x + ay + a2|  1  a  [0, 1]} is A, then [A] is
(where [.] denotes greatest integer function)
Ans. 3
0 1 1
 2 1  x  dx    x  2 1  x  dx    2 1  x  2  x  dx
1
Sol. Required area = 
2
1 0 0
1 4 23
=  2 =
2 3 6
50. Two circles with radius r1 and r2 touches each other

externally and touch a semicircle of radius 1 internally as
shown in figure. If maximum value of r1 + r2 is k, then
3k
is
2 1
Ans. 6
Sol. A1A 2   r1  r2 2  r1  r2 2  2 r1r2
and A1A2 = A1O + OA2 = 1  r1 2  r12  1  r2 2  r22 O2

O1
= 1  2r1  1  2r2
 1  2r1  1  2r2  2 r1r2 A1 O A2
 r1  r2  2 r1r2  
2  r1r2   r1  r2   2  r1r2 
r1r2  2  1  r1  r2  2  2  1
51. Let P(x) ad Q(x) be polynomials with real coefficients such that P(x) (x 2 – 3x + 2) = Q(x) (x2 + 3x +
2). Then minimum number of real roots of the equation P(x)·Q(x) + x 4 – 5x2 + 4 = 0 is
Ans. 4
Sol. Let g(x) = P(x)·Q(x) + x4 – 5x2 + y, the g(–2) = 0, g(2) = 0, g(–1) = 0, g(1) = 0

Question Stem
Let P(1, s, t) be a point and L1 : x + y = 1, z + 2y = 2, L2 : x + y = 1, z – 3y = 2 be straight lines, then
52. If there exist infinite number of lines passing through P and intersecting both the lines, then the
value of s is
Ans. 0.00
53. If there exist unique line passing through P and intersecting both the lines L1 and L2, then number
of values of s such that P lies on the plane x + y = 1 is
Ans. 0.00
Sol. (for Q. 52-53)

Lines L1 and L2 are coplanar and lies on plane x + y = 1
Question Stem
Let P(–1, ), Q(2, ) be focii of the ellipse which touches y = x at (1, 1). If length of major axis of ellipse is
3
17 , then
2
54. The value of (> 0) is
Ans. 0.50
55. The value of ordinate of centre of ellipse if ( > 0) is
Ans. 2.75
Sol. (for Q. 54-55)

Image of one focus about tangent, point of contact of tangent and other focus are collinear

Question Stem
Let y = f(x) satisfy the differential equation (x + 2)(x + y + 2)dy = y 2dx, for x > 0 and f(1) = 6, then
56. Number of points of intersection of y = f(x) and y = x + 2 is
Ans. 1.00
57. Number of points of intersection of y = f(x) and y = (x + 2) 2 is
Ans. 0.00
Sol. (x + 2)2dy + (x + 2)y dy = y2 dx

1 1 y
dy  dy  dx  0
y  x  2  x  2 2
1  y  y
dy  d    0  ln y  c
y x 2 x2
JEE (Advanced)-2022
OPEN TEST – I
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 23-01-2022
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
are correct;
option;
Physics PART – I

1. 1025 atoms of helium in a container of volume 27 liter are in random motion. Assume speed of
atoms is same and equal to 2  103 m/s. Mass of He atom is 6.65  1027 kg and each collision is
elastic.
(A) Pressure of the gas is 3.3  106 N/m2
(B) Pressure of the gas is 6.6  106 N/m2
(C) Number of atoms hitting wall of 1 m2 area in a second is 1.23  1029
(D) Number of atoms hitting wall of 1 m2 area in a second is 6.17  1028
Ans. A, C
10251028
Sol. no. of atoms per m3  
27  103 27
Assuming a cube of 1 m3 volume frequency of collisiion is n
 No. of atoms colliding 1 m2 in one second
 1028  1
n=   2000  1.23  1029
 27  6
 
Pressure P = 2mvn
= 2  6.65  1027  2000  1.23  1029 = 3.3  106 N/m2
2. Two balls A and B of mass 1 kg and 4 kg respectively are connected A

by an ideal string and placed on a smooth horizontal surface. A and B 1 kg
are given velocity perpendicular to the string connecting them as 2 m/s
shown in the figure. Motion of balls are in horizontal plane.
 = 1m
4 kg
5 m/s
B
(A) Acceleration of ball A is 39.2 m/s2
(B) Acceleration of ball B is 9.8 m/s2
(C) Tension in the string is 39.2 N
(D) Tension in the string is 4 N
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. Let accelertion of B is a towards A

Motion of A with respect to B
72
T  1  a  1
1
  
a A,g  a A,B  aB,g
72
 a 
= 1
 (49  a) 
Motion of B with respect to A
72
T  4(49  a)  4 
1
Solving we get T = 39.2 N and a = 9.8 m/s2
3. Interferecne pattern experiment is done on the screen

surface of water by using a slit S in an opaque plate A
AB and screen is placed at 50 cm from slit. Slit is 1
cm above water surfce and light of wavelength  =
6000 Å is falling over it. The plate is oscillating S 5 cm
according to equation X = A sint along the line BO,
where A = 1 cm,  = 100 rad/s. Point O is just above B
the water surface and another point P is 5 cm above water
the water surface. Plate AB is just above the water
surface. x
(A) Intensity at point O is minimum
(B) Intensity at point O is maximum
(C) Maximum speed of fringe at point P is 10 cm/s
(D) Maximum speed of fringe at point P is 5 cm/s
Ans. A, C
Sol. Reflection will take place from water surface which will introduce /2 path difference.
At distance y above point O, path difference
dy 
x  
D 2

for y = 0, x =  at point O, I is minimum.
2
dy 
x = n = 
D 2
D  1
 y  n 
d  2
dy   1  dD y
 n    A cos t
dt d  2  dt D
 dy  Ay 1 cm  100  5 cm
 dt     10 cm/s
 max D 50 cm
4. Two particles of equal mass m interact with each other by a force for which potential energy
 1 2
function U  U0  12  6 
r r 
Where U0 is a constant, r is separation between the particles. Equilibrium separation between
them is r0. When their separation slightly changes from equilibrium separation they start
oscillating with angular frequency . Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) r0 = 1
r0   2 
1/6
(B)
144U0
(C) 
m
72U0
(D) 
m
Ans. A, C
dU  12 12 
Sol. F  U0   13  7 
dr  r r 
F = 0  r0 = 1
If slightly displaced by r then
r = r0 + r
= 1 + r
 12 12 
F  U0  13
   72U0 r
 (1  r) (1  r)7 
F  144U0  144U0
a  a    r   
(m / 2)  m  m
5. -particle collides elastically with a nucleus of gas which is filled in a chamber. After collision
-particle deviates at 60 and nucleus at 30 with the direction of motion of incident -particle.
Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) Mass number of gas filled in chamber is 4
(B) Mass number of gas filled in chamber is 2
1
(C) Ratio of the speed of struck nucleus to the speed of incident -particle is
3
3
(D) Ratio of the speed of struck nucleus to the speed of incident -particle is
2
Ans. A, D
Sol. mass of -particle is 4 v1

 From COM
4v = 4v1 cos 60 + mv2 cos 30 60
v
And 0 = 4v1 sin60 mv2 sin 30
Conservation of energy  m 30
m
1 1 1 v2
 4v 2   4v12  mv 22
2 2 2
Solving m = 4
v 3
and 2 
v 2
6. A particle of charge q and mass m is dropped from rest. It falls under the effect of uniform gravity
where acceleration due to gravity is g. There exists a uniform horizontal magnetic field B. Choose
the correct statement(s).
(A) After falling through certain distance the particle starts climbing up
2mg
(B) Speed of particle when it starts climbing is
qB
2m2 g
(C) Depth after which particle starts climbing is
q2B2
mg
(D) Speed of particle when it starts climbing is
qB
Ans. A, B, C
 dv dv y  z
Sol. m  x î  ˆj   mgjˆ  q(v î  v ˆj)  Bkˆ
 dt dt  x y
 
dv x qB dv y qB
  v y and  g vx x
dt m dt m
mg mg
Solving v x  (1  cos t) and v y  sin t vx y
qB qB
qB B
Where  
m
v y  0  t   v
vy
2mg
 vx 
qB
Conservation of energy
2
1  2gm 
mghmax  m 
2  qB 
2m2 g
 hmax 
q2B2

answer.
One mole of an ideal monoatomic gas is taken through cyclic process P

ABCA as shown in the figure. Temperature in state A and B are euqal to A
400 K. 4P0
B
P0
C
V0 4V0 V
7. What is the maximum temperature achieved in cyclic process?
(A) 400 K
(B) 625 K
(C) 450 K
(D) 550 K
Ans. B
PV
Sol. T
nR
For Tmax product of PV must be maximum Tc is minimum.
TA = TB = 400 K
4P0 V0 PV
  400  0 0  100
R R
A  B process
P
P   0 V  5P0
V0
RT P0 2 5P0
PT V  V
V RV0 R
2
dT 5 P 5  5P  5 
 0  V  V0 and Tmax   0  V0   0  V0 
dV 2 RV0  2  R 2 
P V
25 0 0
Tmax   625 K
4 R
8. The cyclic process is best represented by T-P diagram
(A) T (B) T
B
B
A A
C C
P P
(C) T (D) T
A
B
B
A
C C
P P
Ans. C
Sol. Use the relation from the given graph, and make the required graph
Experiments are going on to produce large scale energy by using Deuterium 1H2    
and Tritium 1H3 .
They are using laser beams to compress the material. Fuel pallets are made by mixing equal number of
atoms of 1H3 and 1H2 . Such fuel pallets are spheres of radius r = 200 m and its density is 200 kg/m3.
When laser beams hit the pallet, it gets compressed and its density is increased by 1000 times. Assume
that only 10% of the atoms take part in fusion reaction
2 3 4 1
1H 1 H  2He  0 n  Q
mass of 1H2 = 2.0141 u

mass of 1H3  3.0160 u
mass of 2 He4  4.0026 u
mass of 0 n1  1.0087 u
(Take, 1 amu = 931 MeV/c2)
9. The Q-value of this nuclear reaction is
(A) 3.27 MeV
(B) 4.03 MeV
(C) 956 MeV
(D) 17.5 MeV
Ans. D
10. The energy produced in laser action of a pallet is
(A) 108 J
(B) 105 J
(C) 103 J
(D) 106 J
Ans. B
Sol. (for Q. 9-10)

Q m  1H
2 m
1H
3 m
2 He
4 m
0n
1   931 MeV  17.5 MeV
Let n is number of atoms per unit volume then
n n nM M 
200  103  md  mT   d  T 
2 2 2  NA NA 
2NA (2  105 ) 2  6.02  1023  2  105
n   4.8  1031 /m3
Md  MT (2  10 3  3  10 3 )
4
Volume of pallet = (20  10 6 )3
3
4
Number of atoms in a pallet = 4.8  1031   3.14  (20  10 6 )3  1.61 1018
3
Energy produced in one laser action on a pallet is
1.61 1017
 17.5  106  1.6  10 19  2.2  105 J
2

INTEGER.
11. A block of mass 30 kg and an empty and light Box of

30 kg
equal volume are attached by an ideal spring of force
constant k = 400 N/m. The whole system is floating in
water of density (w) = 103 kg/m3. The upper block is
half submerged into water. Take the value of
acceleration due to gravity g = 10 m/s2. If the
compression in spring is 10k cm. Then find the value
of k.
Light box
Ans. 5
V
Sol. 30g = kx  w g
2
And
kx  Vw g
Solving, x = 50 cm
12. A tuning fork produces 3 beats with a sonometer wire of length 80

cm. When separation between the bridges is increased by 1cm,
tuning fork resonates with sonometer wire. If frequency of tuning
fork is 80P Hz. Find the value of P.
Ans. 3
v
Sol.  fT  3
2  80
v
fT   3  80 Hz
2  81
13. A bead of charge q and mass m is free to move on a smooth fixed y

insulating wire, which is in the shape of parabola y = (2  x2) located

in a vertical plane. Uniform gravity g  10(  ˆj) m/s2 is present in the
space. The bead is pushed slightly on the wire from (0, 2)m, it y = 2  x2
reaches on the ground (y = 0) with speed v. Electric field

ˆ N/C is present in space and q  2 (in SI unit). Find
E  (xiˆ  yj)
m
the speed v (in m/s). x
Ans. 6
Sol. Work energy theorem

 
ˆ  1 mv 2  0

(mg  qE)  (dxiˆ  dyj)
2
1
 mg(ˆj)  q(xiˆ  yj)ˆ (dxiˆ  dyj)ˆ  2 mv
2
0 2 0
1
  xdx  q ydy  2 mv
2
mg dy  q
2 0 2
 v = 6 m/s


Question Stem
A sphere of radius R = 5 cm is rolling without slipping with a velocity 10
m/s on two parallel, horizontal fixed rods as shown in the figure. The
separation between the rods is   2 24 cm. There is friction between
the rods and sphere and coefficient of friction  = 0.3. The sphere
collides with a smooth vertical wall elastically. It returns back and again
collides with a velocity v2. Similarly it collides with the wall again with a
velocity v3.
14. The value of v2 (in m/s) is ……………….
Ans. 8.18
15. The value of v3 (in m/s) is ……………….
Ans. 6.69
Sol. (for Q. 14-15)

After 1st collision its linear velocity becomes opposite but angular velocity remains same.
2
v0 0
r v2
Just after collision When it returns back due to

friction
Condition of rolling on rods v0 = r0
r = 1  v 0 = 0
and v2 = 2
Applying COAM about mid point in the plane of rods
2 2
mv 0r  mR2 0  mv 2r  mR2 2
5 5
9
 v2  v0
11
3
v2 2
v3
Just after collision When it returns back due to

friction
Conservation of angular momentum provides
9 9 9
v3  v2   v0
11 11 11
By putting the values
v2 = 8.18 m/s
v3 = 6.69 m/s
Question Stem
A metal sphere with its centre at origin has radius R = Y P(2R, 2R, 0)
1m. It has three spherical cavities each of radius R/4 and
 R   R   R 
their centres are at  0, , 0  ,   , 0, 0  and  0,  ,0 
 2   2   2 
A
respectively. Initially cavity A and B have some non zero
charges and cavity C is empty. The electric field at point R=1m
P is zero. x
B
C
kV
16. When charge from cavity A is removed, electric field at point P(2R, 2R, 0) is found to be 1 .
m
The magnitude of charge present in the cavity A (in C) was …………
Ans. 0.89
17. By keeping the charges same in the cavities A and B and the charge of 2 C is placed at the
kV
centre of cavity C. The electric field at point P (in ) is …………….
m
Ans. 2.25
Sol. (for Q. 16-17)

kQ
E = 0  net charge on sphere is zero. If one is removed, field E 
r2
9  109  q  10 6
1 103 
8R2
R = 1  q = 0.89 C
Now field is due to charge induced on surface due to charge present in cavity C
k qC 9  109  2  10 6
E 2 
r 8R2
kV
R = 1  E = 2.25
m

Question Stem
A uniform time varying magnetic field B = B0t is present in a      R   

cylindrical region. A fixed wire frame PQR of equilateral triangular         
shape has slight curve at its corners. Side length of frame is         
  2 3 m and it is made of insulating material. A charged bead of         
charge q and mass m can move on the wire frame without friction         
is released from rest at mid point of PQ. It is assumed that bead         
moves through corners of frame without any loss of kinetic energy.         
The bead moves on the frame and again comes at initial position         
qB0 P q,m Q
        
in time t0 and with a speed v0. It is given that  3 (in SI
m         
unit).
18. The value of time t0(in sec) is ………………….
Ans. 4.90
19. The value of speed v0(in m/s) is ………
Ans. 4.24
Sol. (for Q. 18-19)

dB
E2r  r 2
dt 
r
B0 r D
 E
2
qE qB0D
a  cos   30
m 2m P  Q
1 qB0D 2
3  t
2 2m
E
12
t …(i)
 qB0 
 m D
 
D 
 tan30  D  1
( / 2) 2 3
t  24  4.90 s
qB0D
v 2  2a (3 )  2   3  2 3  4.24 m/s
2m
Chemistry PART – II

20. Compound (X), C4H8 O decolorizes Baeyer’s reagent. It undergoes hydrolysis on reaction with
dil. H2SO 4 and produces (Y) and (Z). Both (Y) and (Z) give iodoform test positive. Only (Y) gives
Tollen’s silver mirror test positive
(A)  Y  
 i aq. NaOH10% 
 ii  CH3  CH  CH  CHO
(B)  Z  
PCC
CH Cl
2
Y
2
Br
(C)  X  
Br2
CCl4
H2C CH O CH2 CH3
Br
(D)  X  
1. O 3
2. Zn/H O  Y   other product
2
Ans. A, B, C
Sol.  X   CH2  CH  O  CH2  CH3

 Y   CH3 CHO
 Z   CH3CH2OH
21. O
1. LiAlH4  ether
 2. H2 O
 U 
HCHO
dry HCl g Z
O
PCC / DMF
 V  

W 
(Where DMF = N,N - dimethyl formamide)
Identify the correct statement (s) among the following:
(A) ‘U’ is optically active.
(B) ‘V’ gives effervascence with NaHCO3 .
(C) Molecular formula of ‘Z’ C6H12O2 .
(D) ‘W’ gives iodoform test.
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. O OH
O O
1. LiAlH4  ether
 2. H2 O
 
HCHO
dry HCl g
O OH
U
 chiral  Z
PCC / DMF
O O
COOH  
 CH3
 CO2
H3C
W 
V
22. Consider the following reaction sequence:
M2   aq 
H2 S
HCl dilute 
Black precipitate 
conc. HNO3

 White precipitate
Which of the following metal ion(s) can be M2 ?
(A) Hg2 
(B) Ni2 
(C) Cu2 
(D) Pb2 
Ans. C, D
Sol. Only IInd group cations form ppt. of sulphide with H2S in presence of dil. HCl.
So, Ni2  cannot be M2  as it belongs to IVth group. Also, HgS does not dissolve in nitric acid. So,
Hg2  is also not possible. CuS and PbS are black precipitates which dissolve in nitric acid form
colloidal sulphur, a white ppt.
23. An ideal gas is subjected to three different type of adiabatic processes from same initial state to
same final volume as given below:
Expansion Work Final temperature Internal energy Enthalpy
change change
Reversible W T2 U H
Irreversible W T2 U H
Free W  T2 U H
Which of the following relation(s) is/are correct?
(A) T2  T2  T2
(B) W  W   W  and W  W   W 
(C) U  U  U
(D) H  H  H
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. (i) Free expansion of an ideal gas is isothermal as well as adiabatic irreversible process. So,
q  0,W   0, U  0, H  0 .
(ii) For the same change of volume, magnitude of work done in reversible expansion is more
than irreversible expansion.
So, W  W  or W  W   with sign 
U  W  for adiabatic 
U  U
Also, H  H
nRTf
Pfinal 
Vf
So, T2  T2  T2
24. The nitrogen containing product obtained by heating lead nitrate:
(A) can also be obtained by reacting white phosphorus with conc. HNO3 .
(B) is diamagnetic.
(C) contains sp2 hybridized nitrogen atom.
(D) liberates a paramagnetic gas when reacted with water.
Ans. A, C, D
Sol. 2Pb NO3 2  s  


 2PbO  s   4NO2  g   O2  g 
Paramagnetic 
P4  20HNO3  conc.  4H3PO 4  20NO2  4H2 O
NO2  g  H2 O  HNO3  HNO2 
HNO2   HNO3  NO  g 
Paramagnetic 
25. B3N3H6  solution of hydrochloric acid  ?
Select ‘INCORRECT’ statement(s) about the above reaction:
(A) No reaction
(B) B3N3H6 shows substitution reaction and forms B3N3 Cl6
(C) B3N3H6 show addition reaction and produces B3N3H9 Cl3 in which ‘Cl’-atoms are bonded
to boron atoms.
(D) B3N3H6 shows addition reaction and produces B3N3H9 Cl3 in which ‘Cl’-atoms are bonded
to nitrogen atoms.
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. H H Cl
H B H
B N N
H N N H 3HCl H H
 
Cl H
H B B H B B
N N Cl
H
H H
H

answer.
Consider the stereoisomer of iso-leucine labelled as below:

CH3 O
CH3 O
OH (P);
OH (Q);
NH2
NH2
CH3 O CH3 O
OH (R); OH (S)
NH2 NH2
Consider the following data to answer the questions posted:
o
(i) Set molar Gibb’s free energy of ‘P’, Gm  0 kJ mol1.
(ii) The equilibrium constant K eq   for epimerization of (P) has the value of 1.38 (at 374 K).
(iii) Epimerization of (R) into (Q) follows first order kinetics with rate constant ‘k’ (at 374 K) =
9.02  10 5 hr 1 and considered to be irreversible.
RQ
(iv) Diastereomeric excess is defined as De   100 .
RQ
Where, [R] and [Q] represents the concentrations of R and Q forms in their mixture.
o
26. What is the Gm of ‘Q’? [Given ln1.38 = 0.322]
(A) 0 kJ
(B) 1.00  103 kJ mol1
(C) 1.00  103 kJ mol1
(D) 1.38 kJ mol1
Ans. A
Sol. Enantiomers have same molar free energy.
27. If ‘R’ is boiled for 1943 hours at 374 K, then it undergoes epimerization to form (Q). What is the
value of Diastereomeric excess (De) after 1943 hours? e0.175  1.19  
(A) 83.5%
(B) 12.5%
(C) 68.2%
(D) 19.6%
Ans. C
Sol. order 1
R  Q
at t  0 1 0
after time ' t ' 1    
1 1
9.02  10 5   n
1943 1   
1
n  1943  9.02  10 5  0.175
1   
1
 e0.175  1.19
1   
   0.159
So, (R) = 1 – 0.159 = 0.841, (Q) = 0.159
So, Diastereomeric excess (De) 

R  Q  100
R  Q
 0.841  9.159 
De   100
 0.841  0.159 
0.682
De   100  68.2%
1
Rust indicator containing potassium hexacyano ferrate (II) solution was poured into the following glass
dishes to cover the iron nails which were wrapped with different metal strips. The dishes were allowed to
stand in air for some time.
Zinc strip Copper strip Magnesium strip

Silver strip
(Dish - 2) (Dish - 3) (Dish - 4)
(Dish - 1)
28. If the iron nail rusts, what would the colour of rust indicator be around the nail?
(A) Yellow
(B) Brown
(C) Red
(D) Blue
Ans. D
Sol. In the rust, iron is present in +3 oxidation state and form blue solution with K 4 Fe  CN6  .
29. In which of the dishes would the iron nail rust?
(A) Dish – 1 only
(B) Dish – 2 only
(C) Dishes – 1 and 3 only
(D) Dishes – 2 and 4 only
Ans. C
Sol. Since Zn and Mg are more electropositive than iron. So, iron will not rust. But Cu and Ag are less
electropositive than iron, so, can not reduce the rust.

INTEGER.
30. A sample of camphor used in a method for determining of molar mass had melting point of 450 K.
The melting point of a solution containing 0.5 gm camphor and 0.04 gm of an unknown non-
volatile non-electrolyte compound was 430 K. The molar mass of camphor is 152 and its
Hfusion  1.52 Kcal mol1. The molar mass of unknown compound in gm/mole is………
R  2 cal mol 1

K 1 .
Ans. 162
 
2
R Tfo 2  152   450 
2
 M2
Sol. K f  of camphor     40.5
1000  Hof 1000  1.52  1000
Tf  i  K f  M
0.04  1000
450  430  1 40.5 
Msolute  0.5
0.04  1000  40.5
Msolute   162
0.5  20
31. The sum of total numbers of isomers possible for the complexes
Co  ox PMe3   NH3  Cl   and K 4Fe  CN  is……….
 2  6
Ans. 16
Sol. Total isomers of Co  ox PMe3 NH3  Cl   are 6 and total isomers of K 4Fe  CN6 are 10.
32. 2-methyl butane on photochemical monochlorination gives ‘x’ number of isomeric products of the
formula C4H9 Cl . The number of product(s) obtained when major structural isomer of C4H9 Cl
produced in the reaction is heated with KOH in presence of C2H5 OH is y. What is the value of
(x + y)?
Ans. 8
Sol. Cl

Cl2
h
  Cl  Cl

Cl
Major 

alc. KOH
 

Cl
Major 
Question Stem
An acid ‘A’ which is an important constituent of vinegar; on reaction with red phosphorous and Br 2, gives
a monobromo derivative (B) which on reaction with NH3 gives white solid (C). However, ethanal on
reaction with a mixture of ammonium chloride and sodium cyanide undergoes strecker synthesis to give a
product which on acidic hydrolysis gives another high melting solid (D). The sum of total optical isomers
of (C) and (D) are ‘x’ while ‘y’ is the total number of dipeptides (excluding stereoisomers) that a mixture of
(C) and (D) can form.
Ans. 2.00
Sol. A  CH3 COOH; B  H2C COOH ; C  H2C COOH ; D  H3C CH COOH
Br NH2 NH2
Ans. 4.00
Sol. Possible dipeptides are:

C–C;D–D
C–D;D–C
Question Stem
Scheme 1: A person takes 6.1 gm of an antacid tablet comprising bicarbonate ion at 20.8% by mass.
 
The volume of CO2  g  evolved at 1 atm, 25o C in the stomach be ‘x’ litres.
R  0.0821 L atm mol K  . 1 1

 
Scheme 2: The standard cell potential of the following cell:
Pt | H2  g  | HBr  aq  | AgBr  s  | Ag  s 
was measured over a range of temperatures, and the data was fitted as:
Eocell  volts   0.01  1 104  T  298   2  10 6  T  298 
2
Where ‘T’ is the absolute temperature. The standard enthalpy change of the cell reaction
at 298 K is – ‘y’ kJ mol-1 corresponding to 1 Faraday charge [1 F = 96500 C].
35. The value of ‘x’ is________
Ans. Range (0.50 – 0.52)
Sol. HCO3  H  CO2  H2O

6.1 20.8
Moles of HCO3  moles of CO2    0.0208
61 100
PV = nRT
0.0208  0.0821 298
V  0.5088 L  0.51 L
1
36. Value of ‘y’ is_________
Ans. Range (3.80 – 3.85)
 o

Sol.  S   nF  ET 
o
298
 P, 298
 1 96500  10 4 
 9.65 J / K
Go298  nFEcell
o
Go298  Ho  TSo

Ho  Go  TSo

 0.965  298 9.65  10 3 
 0.965  2.8757
Ho298  3.8407kJmol1
Question Stem
Three isomers of molecular formula  C6H12O3  is shown below. On complete acidic hydrolysis P, Q, R
and S are formed as organic products:
H3C O CH3
H O

3
 P 
O O
CH3
O CH3
H3C
H O

3
Q  R  P
O O
O
H O

3
R  S
O O
CH2 CH3
H3C
Let, the ratio of the number of products (P, Q, R, S) which gives haloform reaction to the co-ordination
number of an atom in the top most layer of cubic close packed (ccp) structure be ‘x’ and let the ratio of
packing fraction of diamond to the number of organic products (P, Q, R, S) which gives Tollen’s test

positive be ‘y’,   3.14, 2  1.414, 3  1.732 
37. Value of ‘x’ is________
Ans. 0.25
Sol. P  CH3  CH  O; Q  CH3  CH2  CHO;

O
||
R  HCHO; S  CH3  CH2  C  CH3
2
So, x   0.25
8
38. Value of ‘y’ is__________
Ans. Range (0.10 – 0.12)
0.34
Sol. y  0.11
3
Mathematics PART – III

39. Curves A, B, C and D are defined in the plane as follows;

 x   y 
A   x, y  ; x 2  y 2  2 2
; B   x, y  ; 2xy  2 2
 3 ;
 x  y   x y 
C  x, y ; 
x 3  3xy 2  3y  1 ; D   x, y ; 
3x 2 y  3x  y 3  0 , then
(A)  A  B  C  D
(B)  A  B  C  D
n  A  B
(C) 1
n C  D
n A  B
(D) 4
n C  D
Ans. A, C
Sol. Let z = x + iy
A and B are real and imaginary part of z2 = z–1 + 3i
Similarly C and D are real and imaginary part of z3 – 3iz = 1
 (x, y)  A  B  (x, y)  C  D  A  B = C  D
40. Let x0 > 0 – {3} and xn be defined recursively by xn  6  x n1 where n  1, then lim xn is
n 
(A) 6
(B) 6  x0
(C) does not exist

(D) none of these
Ans. D
Sol. xn  6  x n1 ; xn2  xn21    xn 1  3  xn 1  2 

Case-I : Case-II :
x0 < 3, then xn < 3 x0 > 3, then x2 > 3
Bounded by above Bounded below
Also, xn2  xn21  0 So, xn2  xn21  0
xn > xn – 1 increasing sequence  xn  xn 1 decreasing sequence
x2 y2
41. If ABC be a triangle inscribed in an ellipse   1 , then
4 2
2
(A) area of ABC is maximum when the eccentric angles of the vertices differ by
3
5
(B) area of ABC is maximum when the eccentric angles of the vertices differ by
9
3
(C) maximum area of ABC = 3
2
(D) if area of ABC is maximum, then normals at A, B and C are concurrent
Ans. A, C
ar  A BC 
Sol. ar  ABC  
2
Hence, two areas are maximum simultaneously thus ABC is equilateral
2 3
So, | – | = | – | = | – | = ;   ABC   3
3 2
Hence, let  <  <  ; sin       sin       sin     
 2   4 
= sin   2   sin  2  2   sin   2 
 3   3 

= 2 sin    2  cos  sin 2  0
3
42. If ABCD is a regular tetrahedron with length of any edge be 7, then
343
(A) volume of tetrahedron is
6 2
243
(B) volume to tetrahedron is
2
2
(C) minimum distance of any vertex from the opposite face is 7
3
3
(D) minimum distance of any vertex from the opposite face is 7
2
Ans. A, C
     
aa ab ac
   2              
Sol. a b c   b  a b b b  c ; a  a  72  b  b  c  c ; a  b  72  cos 60
     
c a c b c c
1 2
v  base area   height ; h  7
3 3
  1n 1 c 
43. If  3n  1  a  lnb   , then
n 0  a
a + b divides  222    888 

888 222
(A)
(B) a + b is a prime number
(C) c is an irrational number
(D) [2c] = 6
Ans. A, B, C, D
x 2 x3 x 4
Sol. ln 1  x   x     ..... ….. (1)
2 3 4
x 2 2 x 3
2 ln 1  x   x   ..... ….. (2)
2 3
2 x 2 x 3 x 4
 ln 1  2 x   x     ..... ….. (3)
2 3 4
1  
Adding equation (1) + (2) + (3), we get S  ln2 
3  
3
44. Which of the following are INCORRECT?
19991999   2000 
1998
(A)
(B) e1/e  e1/   2e1/3
(C) log2 3  log3 5
1  1  3   2n  1  1
(D)      .....  
4n  2   4   2n  2n
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. (A) Let f(x) = (1999 – x) ln(1999 + x)

f(x) < 0  0  x  1
 f(0) > f(1)
(B) f  x   e1/ x , f < 0, f > 0
f is dec and convex
(C) x = log2 3, y = log3 5
2x = 3, 3y = 5
27 = 33 = (2x)3 = 8x and 25 = s2 = (3y)2 = 9y
 8x > ay but 8 < 9  x > y
 1 3   2n  1 
(D) Let P      .....  
 2  4   2n 
2 4 2n  2 1
Q   ..... ; PQ 
3 5 2n  1 2n
1 2 3 4 2n  1
     ..... 
2 3 4 5 2n
So, 2P  Q ; 2P2  PQ (where n  I+)

answer.
1 1
 f  x  dx  1 and L   x f  x  dx , then
2 2021
If f(x) be a continuous function over [0, 1]  R+ such that
0 0
45. Maximum value of L is
1
(A)
4041
2
(B)
4041
1
(C)
4043
3
(D)
4043
Ans. C
46. If maximum value of L is achieved for f(x) = g(x), then number of points of non-differentiability of
1
  x  1  x  2   2023
   g x   x  (0, 1) is/are
 2  3  
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) none of these
Ans. C
Sol. (for Q. 45-46)

2
 n
  n
 n

 nlim  xi2021 f  x i  x    lim  f 2  xi  x   lim  xi4042 x 
  i 1   n 
i 1   n i 1 
1 1
1
= f
2  x  dx  x 4042 dx 
0 0
4043
Let A and B be points on the same branch of the hyperbola xy = 1. Suppose that P is a point lying
between A and B on this hyperbola, such that the area of the triangle APB is maximum
 1
47. Let A  (1, 1) and B   4,  , then abscissa of P is equal to
 4
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 2
(D) 3
Ans. C
Area of the region bounded by the hyperbola and chord AP

48. is equal to
Area of the region bounded by the hyperbola and chord PB
1
(A)
2
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3
Ans. B
 a  b  a  t  b  t   1
Sol. A t  A  a, 
2abt  a
 a  b   t 2  ab 
A  t  
2abt 2
So, t  ab is point of maxima moreover P(t)  1
B  b, 
ab b  b
 1 1 1 1  1 1 1 1
   x     dx =
 at a t x    x     dx
 bt b t x
a ab

INTEGER.
 1  2   n 
49. lim sin  2   sin  2   .....  sin  2  is t, then 2t is equal to
n  n  n  n 
Ans. 1
 1  2   n 
Sol. Let sin  2   sin  2   .....  sin  2  be Sn
n  n  n 
1 1 n3 1 2 n
So,  n2  
6 n 6
 Sn  2  2  .....  2
n n n
50. If A is a 2  2 matrix such that trace(A) = det(A) = 3, then trace(A–1) is
Ans. 1
a b
Sol. Let A    , a + d = 3 = ad – bc
 c d
51. To each positive integer with n2 decimal digits we associate the determinant of the matrix
obtained by writing the digits in order across the rows. For example, for n = 2, to the integer 8617
8 6
we associate det    50 . If the sum of all the determinants associated with n -digit integers
2
 1 7 
be S, then
S
is equal to
451 45
(Leading digits are assumed to be nonzero; for example, for n = 2, there are 9000 determinants)
Ans. 1
Sol. n = 1 ; 1 + 2 + 3 + ….. + 9 = 45
1 0 1 0 9 9
n=2;   ..... 
0 0 0 1 9 9
i j
=  k 
   i  jk  = 100  i  90  jk
1 i  9 1 i  9 1  j, k  9
0  j, k,   9 09
= 100.452 – 90.452

Question Stem
Let  be the equation of the line which intersect each of the two lines x + 2y – 2 = 0 = 2x – 2y + z
and 3x – 2y + z –1 = 0 = x + 4y + z – 3 and is parallel to the line x + 2y – 3z = 0 = 2x + y + z + 3.
If line  meets the plane x + y + z = 0 at the point (, , ), then
52.    is equal to
Ans. 0.80
 
53.    is equal to (where [.] denotes greatest integer function)
 
Ans. 1.00
Sol. (for Q. 52-53)

Equation of a line which is coplanar to the lines x + 2y – 2 + (2x – 2y + z) = 0
(1 + 2)x + (2 – 2)y + z – 2 = 0 ….. (1)
(3x – 2y + z – 1) + (x + 4y + z – 3) = 0
(3 + )x + (–2 + 4)y + (1 + )z + (–1 – 3) = 0 ….. (2)
(1) dot pd with (5, –7, –3)
5 + 10 – 14 + 14 – 3 = 0
3
21 = 9   
7
 6  6 3
(1) becomes,  1   x   2   y  z  2  0
 7  7 7
13 8 3
x  y  z  2  0 ; 13x + 8y + 3z – 14 = 0 …..(3)
7 7 7
y = 1 ; 4x + 2y + 2z – 4 = 0
2x + y + z – 2 = 0 ….. (4)
2 2
x y
So, line l is 3  3  z
5 7 3
2 2 4 4
Hence, 5t   7t   3t  0  5t    t 
3 3 3 15
 6 4
Point  2,  ,  
 5 5
Question Stem
Suppose 20 distinct objects are placed along a circle at equal distances. Let n1 be the number of ways of
selecting 3 objects so that no two of them are adjacent and n2 be the number of ways of selecting 3
objects so that neither of them are adjacent nor diametrically opposite, then
n1
54. The value of is
400
Ans. 2.00
n2
55. The value of is
75
Ans. 8.80
Sol. (for Q. 54-55)

n1  20 C3  20  20  16
n2  n1   10 C1  14 
Question Stem
The system of equations 2x – 3y + 5z = 12, 3x + y + z = , x – 7y + 8z = 17 has
56. Will have a unique solution if   k, then k is equal to
Ans. 2.00
57. Will have infinite number of solutions if  +  is equal to
Ans. 9.00
Sol. (for Q. 56-57)

2 3 5
  3 1   0 , c1  c1 – c2, then new  can be 0 if  = 2
1 7 8
Now if  = 2
Then 2x – 3y + 5z = 12, 3x + y + 2z = , x – 7y + 8z = 17 will have infinite solution if  = 7
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – V
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 06-02-2022
answer.
FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy aVi h a r , New Del h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0 , 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

AITS-FT-V-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
 
1. If E (x, t) = E0 sin (t kx) ĵ and B (x,t) = B0 sin (tkx) k̂ are the electric field and magnetic field
vectors respectively in an electromagnetic wave. What would be the direction of propagation of
the EM Wave?
(A) î
(B) î  ˆj
(C) k̂
(D) ˆj  kˆ
2. The percentage modulation in AM Wave is 60% and the peak value of information voltage is 18
Volt. Then the sum of maximum voltage Vmax and minimum voltage Vmin is
(A) 36 V
(B) 60 V
(C) 30 V
(D) 72 V
3. If the radiation of highest wavelength in the ultraviolet region of hydrogen spectrum is just able to
eject photoelectrons from a metal. The value of threshold frequency for the given metal is:
15
(A) 3.83  10 Hz
(B) 4.33  1014 Hz
15
(C) 2.46  10 Hz
(D) 7.83  1014 Hz
4. A particle is projected with speed u at an angle  with horizontal. Which of the following is the
correct representation of kinetic energy of the particle with respect to time? (Take g = 10 m/s2)
(A) KE (B) KE
t t
(C) KE (D) KE
t t

3 AITS-FT-V-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
5. In the given DC circuit diagram each resistor R is of 65 .

Find the current through ammeter?
5
(A) A
3
3
(B) A
5
7 A
(C) A
3
3
(D) A
7 100 V
6. In a composite slab as shown, the temperature at the interface between two materials is equal to
the average of the temperature at the two ends. Assuming steady heat flow through conduction,
choose the correct option.
Interface T0
Thermal Qout
Qin Temperature T2
Temperature T1 conductivity k1
2b b
Thermal
conductivity k2
(A) 2k1 = k2
(B) k1 = k2
(C) 2k1 = 3k2
(D) k1 = 2k2
7. A beam of unpolarized light of intensity I0 falls on a system of

four identical linear polarizers placed in a line as shown in the
figure. The transmission axis of any two successive polarizers
make an angle of 30 with each other. If the transmitted light
I
has intensity I, the ratio is
I0
81
(A)
256
9
(B)
16
27
(C)
64
27
(D)
128
8. If in the circuit shown, the current through the ideal battery R1

remains constant after the switch S is closed. Then the values of
R1 and R2 respectively are (an ideal inductor and capacitor are 90mH
used) R2
(A) 300 each
(B) 200 and 300 30V 1F
(C) 300 and 200
(D) 200 each
S

9. Two smooth spheres of radii R and 2R, specific gravity 0.1 and 0.2 respectively are released from
the bottom of a sufficiently deep-water tank (coefficient of viscosity 10 poise). The spheres travel
all the way to the surface of tank, emerges out and goes up to height H1 and H2 respectively in
air. Then,
(A) H1 = H2
(B) H1> H2
(C) H1< H2
(D) can’t be determined
10. Arrange the following telescopes, in order of decreasing resolving power: (where D is the
telescope diameter and is the wavelength)
(I) D = 100 m, = 21 cm
(II) D = 2 m, = 500nm
(III) D = 1 m, = 100 nm
(IV) D = 2 m, = 10 mm
(A) (III), (II), (IV), (I)
(B) (II), (III), (I), (IV)
(C) (IV), (III), (II), (I)
(D) (III), (II), (I), (IV)
11. For a gas under isothermal conditions its pressure P varies with volume V as P V2/3. Then the
bulk modulus B will be proportional to
(A) V 2/3
(B) V 5/3
(C) V 2
2

(D) V 5
12. When a liquid is placed in vacuum (e.g. a leak from a space vehicle) it evaporates very fast and
can lead to rapid cooling. A water droplet at 10 °C escapes into space and begins to evaporate.
Find its temperature when it has lost 1% of its mass. (To heat 1 kg of water by 1 °C requires 4.2
kJ of energy; to evaporate 1 kg of water requires 2.26 MJ of energy)
(A) 5.6 °C
(B) 4.6 °C
(C) 4.2 °C
(D) 5.4 °C
13. Three infinitely long wires, each carrying equal current are placed in the xy-plane along x = 0, +d
and d. On the xy-plane, the magnetic field vanishes at
d
(A) x
2
 1 
(B) x  d 1  
 3
 1 
(C) x  d 1  
 3
d
(D) x
3

 x 
14. The velocity v(x) of a particle moving in one dimension is given by v(x)  v 0 sin   , where V0
 x0 
x
and X0 are positive constants of appropriate dimensions. If the particle is initially at  , where
x0
| | <<1, then in the long time, it
(A) Executes an oscillatory motion around x = 0
(B) Tends towards x = 0
(C) tends towards x = x0
(D) executes an oscillatory motion around x = x 0
15. Two electric dipoles P1 and P2 are placed at (0, 0, 0) and (1, 0, 0) respectively with both of them
pointing in the +z direction. Without changing the orientations of the dipoles P1 is moved to (0, 2,
0). The ratio of the electrostatic potential energy of the dipoles after moving to that before moving
is
1
(A)
16
1
(B)
2
1
(C)
4
1
(D)
8
16. A light rigid rod with two equal masses m at the ends, is held with
one end on a horizontal surface. The other end rests on a circular
curve of radius 3.4 m, at a distance from the horizontal
corresponding to 1/8th of the circumference of a circle, as shown
in Figure. If the surface is frictionless, what is the speed of the rod
and masses when released and both masses slide on the flat
surface? The masses remain in the same vertical plane.
(A) 2.1 m/s
(B) 3.1 m/s
(C) 4.1 m/s
(D) 5.1 m/s
17. A block of mass 0.38 kg is kept at rest on a frictionless surface

and attached to a wall with a spring of negligible mass. A bullet
weighing 0.02 kg moving with a speed of 200 m/s hits the
block at time t = 0 and gets stuck to it. The equation of
displacement of the block (in meter) with respect to the
equilibrium position is given by (spring constant = 640 N/m)
(A) 2 sin(5t)
(B) cos(10t)
(C) 0.4 cos(25t)
(D) 0.25 sin(40t)
18. A spherical capacitor consists of two concentric conducting spheres of radii a and b (a>b). The
outer sphere is grounded and a charge Q is placed on the inner sphere. The outer conductor then
contracts from radius a to radius a. Find the work done by the electric force.
Q2 (a  a)
(A)
8 0 aa

Q2 (a  a)
(B)
6 0 aa
Q2 (a  a)
(C)
4 0aa
Q2 (a  a)
(D)
2 0 aa
19. A mass m is attached to one end of a weightless stiff rod of

length L which is rigidly connected to the center of a uniform M
R
cylinder of radius R as shown in the figure. Assuming that the
cylinder rolls without slipping, the natural angular frequency of C
oscillation of the system will be (for small oscillation)? L
2mgL 
(A) 2
rad/s
3MR 2
 m(L  R)
2
m
2mgL
(B) rad/s
MR2
 m(L  R)2
2
mgL
(C) 2
rad/s
3MR
 m(L  R)2
2
mgL
(D) rad/s
MR  m(L  R)2
2
20. The phase difference ( ) between input Vi and output voltage V0 for the following circuit (i) and
(ii) will be
C R
C V0 C V0
Vi Vi
(i) (ii)
(A) 0 and 0

(B) /2 and 0 < < respectively
2
 
(C) and
2 2

(D) 0 and 0 < < respectively
2

SECTION – B
21. A ray incident on a glass sphere of refractive index 2 as shown in

figure. Angle of refraction of the ray inside sphere is 30. If total
deviation suffered by the ray is 30x, then find x. 30
22. Find the current (in A) through battery in following circuit.

1 6 6 6 6
36 V 3 3 3 3
1 6 6 6
23. The voltage on a capacitor in a certain circuit is given by V(t) = V0et/RC. If R = 50 k 5% and
C = 0.01 F 10% and the fractional error in the voltage at t = 50 s is N. Find the value of 100N.
24. An alternating current is expressed as i  2cos t  2 sin t . The RMS value of current is N. Find
the value of N?
25. An ideal gas undergoes an isothermal expansion along a path AB, P

adiabatic expansion along BC, isobaric compression along CD,
isothermal compression along DE, an adiabatic compression along A
EA, as shown in the figure. The work done by the gas along the B
process BC is 10J. The change in the internal energy along process
EA is 16J. The absolute value of the change in the internal energy (in
Joule) along the process CD is N. Find the value of N? E
C
D
V
26. Two transverse waves y1 = 5 cos(kxt) cm, and y2 = 5 cos (kx + t) cm, travel on a string along
x-axis. If the speed of a point at x = 0 is zero at t = 0 s, 0.25 s and 0.5 s, then the minimum
frequency (in Hz) of the waves is
27. Consider N1 number of ideal gas particles enclosed in a volume V1. If the volume is changed to
V2 and the number of particles is reduced by half then the mean free path becomes four times of
V
its initial value. The value of 1 is X. Find the value of X?
V2

28. A ball is thrown from a height h = 0.5m above the ground. The
ball leaves the point located at distance d = 10m from the wall at y
45 to the horizontal with velocity u = 20m/s. How far from the
wall (in horizontal direction) does the ball hit the ground,
assuming collision from the wall to be elastic? (Take g= 10m/s2) O
h
29. A semicircular disc of radius R= and mass M has density y-axis

2
which varies as = Cr , where r is the distance from the center of the
base and C is a constant. The distance of center of mass of the
semicircular disk from O is
O x
30. A body slides down a rough plane inclined to the horizontal at 30. If 70% of the initial potential
energy is dissipated during the descent, then the coefficient of sliding friction is N . Find the value
of 10N ? (Take root 3 as 1.73)

SECTION – A
31. Permagnate ion oxidizes H2O2 in acidic solution according to the following equation
2MnO 4  aq   5H2 O 2  aq   6H  aq   2Mn2  aq   5O 2  g   8H2 O   
If 35.0 ml of an acidic 0.150 M KMnO 4 solution is required to consume all the H2O2 in 50.0 ml of
a disinfectant solution, what is the concentration of H2O2 in the disinfectant?
(A) 0.042 M
(B) 0.105 M
(C) 0.263 M
(D) 0.368 M
32. Decomposition of 1 gm of which of the following compounds into its constituent elements gives
the greatest amount of N2 gas?
(A) NO
(B) NO 2
(C) N2O4
(D) NH3
33. The natural logarithm of the vapour pressure (in bar) of HCN (s) as a function of the reciprocal of
the absolute temperature is plotted below:
- 2.0
y  4544x  15.864
- 3.0
- 4.0
nP
- 5.0
- 6.0
- 7.0
0 0.0038 0.0040 0.0042 0.0044 0.0046 0.0048 0.0050
1 1
k
T
What is heat of sublimation of HCN?

(A) 4.54 kJ/mole
(B) 15.9 kJ/mole
(C) 37.8 kJ/mole
(D) 132 kJ/mole

34. Which changes to this galvanic cell increase the measured potential?
Cu  s  / Cu2   aq , 0.10M || Ag  aq , 1.0 M / Ag  s 
I. Increasing Cu2   in the Cu / Cu2 half-cell to 0.5 M.
II. Adding Cl to the Ag / Ag half-cell until Cl   0.01 M .

(A) Only I
(B) Only II
(C) Both I and II
(D) Neither I nor II
35. Rank the element Si, P, Ge, and As in increasing order of their first ionization energy
(A) Si < P < Ge < As
(B) As < Ge < P < Si
(C) Ge < Si < As < P
(D) Ge < As < Si < P
36. The isoelectric point of a protein is the pH at which it is electrically neutral. Which mutation of an
amino acid NH2  CH COOH in the protein would have the greatest effect
|
R
on its isoelectric point, assuming that the mutation does not significantly affect the protein’s
overall structure?
(A) Serine  R  CH2  OH  Ly sine R  CH2  CH2  CH2  CH2  NH2 
(B) Glutamine R  CH2  CH2  CONH2   Methionine R  CH2  CH2  S  CH3 
CH3
(C)
Isoleucine R  CH  CH3  CH2  CH3   Valine R = HC
CH3
(D) Alanine  R  CH3   Glycine  R  H
37. The melting point of silicon dioxide is (1713oC) is higher than the melting point of silicon (1414oC).
What is the best explanation for this difference?
(A) Silicon – oxygen bond are stronger than Silicon – Silicon bonds.
(B) Silicon – dioxide is an ionic solid while Silicon is metallic solid.
(C) Silicon – dioxide is polar while Silicon is non-polar.
(D) Silicon – dioxide forms tetragonal crystal while Silicon forms cubic crystals.
38. Metallic gold will not dissolve in nitric acid alone, but will dissolve in aqua regia. Which is the best
explanation for this observation?
(A) Chloride ion complexes gold (III), stabilizing it as AuCl4 .
(B) Nitric acid is a stronger oxidant in more acidic solution.
(C) Nitric acid and hydrochloric acid react to form NO2 Cl, which react readily with metallic
gold.
(D) Nitric and hydrochloric acid react to form Cl2 , which react readily with metallic gold.

39. Guanine is one of the bases in DNA, is susceptible to attack by alkylating agents. Which nitrogen
in guanine is most prone to alkylation?
O
B
H N C
N
H2N N N D
A DNA
(A) A
(B) B
(C) C
(D) D
40. Sodium halide crystallize in the rock salt structure, which has a cubic unit cell with 4 formula units
per unit cell. If sodium halide has density of 2.83 g / cm 3 and a unit cell edge length of 462 pm.
Which compound is it?
(A) NaF
(B) NaCl
(C) NaBr
(D) NaI
41. The degree of hydrolysis of a salt of weak acid and weak base in its 0.1 M solution is found to be
50%. If the molarity of the solution is 0.2 M, the percentage hydrolysis of the salt should be:
(A) 100%
(B) 50%
(C) 25%
(D) None of these
42. Solution of chemical compound x react with AgNO3 solution to form white ppt. ‘Y’, which
dissolves in NH4OH to give a compound ‘Z’. When ‘Z’ is treated with dil, HNO3 , ‘Y’ reappears.
The chemical compound ‘X’ can be
(A) NaCl
(B) CH3 Cl
(C) NaBr
(D) NaI
43.  
The  n2  n1  and n22  n12 for He ion in atomic spectrum are 4 and 8 respectively. The wave
length of emitted photon when electron jump from n2 to n1 is
32
(A) RH
9
9
(B) RH
32
9
(C)
32RH
32
(D)
9RH

44. The vapour pressure of a saturated solution of sparingly soluble salt  XCl3  was 17.20 mm of Hg
at 27o C . If the vapour pressure of pure H2 O is 17.25 mm of Hg at 300 K, what is the solubility of
sparingly soluble salt XCl3 in mole/lit?
(A) 4.04  102
(B) 4.08  102
(C) 2.02  102
(D) 4.04  103
45. O O O
C C C
H OH H OH H OH
I II III
Among these canonical structure, the correct order of stability is
(A) I > II > III
(B) III > II > I
(C) I > III > II
(D) II > I > III
46. Sulphuric acid cannot be used as:

(A) Hygroscopic agent
(B) Oxidizing agent
(C) Sulphonating agent
(D) Efflorescent
47. n. moles of ‘He’ gas are placed in a vessel of volume V lit. At TK, if V1 is free volume of ‘He’ then
diameter of ‘He’ atom is
1/3
 3 V1 
(A)  
 2 NA n 
 3  V  V1  
1/3
(B)  
 2NA n 
 6  V  V1  
1/3
(C)  
 2NA n 
1/3
 3V1 
(D)  
 N A n 
48. Blister copper is refined by stirring molten impure metal with green logs of wood because such a
wood liberates hydrocarbon gases. This process X is called____________and the metal contains
impurities of Y is___________
(A) X  Cupellation; Y  CuO2
(B) X  Polling; Y  Cu2O
(C) X  Polling; Y  CuO
(D) X  Cupellation; Y  CuO

49. 0.001 mole of Co NH3 5 NO3  SO4  was passed through a cation exchanger and the acid
coming out of it required 20 ml of 0.1 M NaOH for neutralization. Hence, the complex is:
(A) Co  SO 4  NH3   NO3
 5
(B) Co  NO3  NH3   SO4

 5
(C) Co  NH3   SO4NO3

 5
(D) None of these
50. First generation automobile air bags were inflated by decomposition of Barium azide. What mass
of barium azide would be required to inflate a 20 L air bag to a pressure of 1.23 atm at 27o C ?
(Given at. Mass of Ba = 137.327 and N = 14).
(A) 78.6 gm
(B) 74 gm
(C) 157 gm
(D) 52.4 gm
SECTION – B
51. The specific heat capacity of iron is 0.461 J g1 k 1 and that of titanium is 0.544 J g1 k 1 . A
sample consisting of 10.0 g Fe and 10 g of titanium at 100.0o C losses 200 J of heat to the
environment. What is the final temperature of the sample?
52. The Ksp of Ca  OH2 at 298 K is x  10 6 at 298 K

Half reaction Eo V
Ca2  aq   2e  Ca  s  2.87 V
Ca  OH2  s   2e   Ca  s   2OH  aq 3.02 V

Find x? [Given antilog 0.9263 = 8.44
53. Sulphur trioxide is formed from the reaction of sulphur dioxide and oxygen
1
SO2  g  O2  g  SO2  g
2
At 1000 K, an equilibrium mixture has partial pressure of 0.562 bar
SO 2 , 0.101 bar O2 and 0.332 bar SO3 . What is the equilibrium constant KP for this reaction at
this temperature.
54. In an amino acid, the carboxylic group ionizes at pK a1  2.34 and ammonium ion at pK a2  9.60 .
The isoelectric point of the amino acid is at pH?
yz
55. If the following molecule undergo dimerization then find the value of .
x
ClO3 ,OF, GaH3 , AlCl3 , ICl3 , BeH2 , NO2
Where x = Number of molecules which are hypervalent in dimeric form.
y = Number of molecule which complete octet in dimer form.
z = number of molecule which are hypovalent in dimeric form.

56. Find the number of basic radicals among the following cations, which can form soluble complex
on adding excess of NH3 .
Cd2  aq  ,Pb2 aq ,Ni2  aq ,Mn2  aq ,Zn2   aq  ,Ag  aq ,Hg2   aq  ,Fe 3  aq  ,Mg2  aq 
57. Find the total number of electron of Co2  ion which are present in non axial-d-orbitals in the
complex compound Co  dmg2 
o o
58. Calculate the I – I distance in A for given compound H2CCI2 if C – I bond length is 2.35 A
 sin60 o
 0.866 
59. At constant temperature and pressure, 5.0 L of SO 2 is combined with 3.0 L of O 2 according to
the equation
2SO2  g  O2  g   2SO3  g 
After SO 3 formation is complete, what is the volume of the mixture?
60. An element ‘E’ has electronic configuration of ‘K’ shell is  n  5  s2 and it has total number of
electron in its outer most shell is 2, in penultimate shell is 8 and in anti penultimate shell is 25.
Find the total number of unpaired electron in element ‘E’ in their ground state.

SECTION – A
61. Many states use a sequence of three letters followed by a sequence of three digits as their
standard license-plate pattern. Given that each three-letter three-digit arrangement is equally
likely, the probability that such a license plate will contain at least one palindrome (a three-letter
arrangement or a three-digit arrangement that reads the same left-to-right as it does right-to-left)
m
is , where m and n are relatively prime positive integers, then the value of m + n
n
(A) 58
(B) 59
(C) 60
(D) 63
62. There are 20 students participating in an after-school program offering classes in yoga, bridge,
and painting. Each student must take at least one of these three classes, but may take two or all
three. There are 10 students taking yoga, 13 taking bridge, and 9 taking paining. There are 9
students taking at least two classes, then number of students who are taking all three classes?
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
63. Right triangle ABC has right angle at C and BAC = ; the point D is chosen on AB so that
|AC| = |AD| = 1; the point E is chosen on BC so that CDE = . The perpendicular to BC at E
meets AB at F, then lim EF is equal to
0
1
(A)
2
1
(B)
3
1
(C)
4
1
(D)
5
64. All values of the real parameter ‘a’ such that the nonnegative solutions of the equation
(2a – 1) sin x + (2 – a) sin 2x = sin 3x form an infinite arithmetic progression are
(A) a < –2 or a > 2 {0}
(B) a < –3 or a > 3 {0}
(C) a < –5 or a > 5 {0}
13 13
(D) a<  or a > {0}
2 2

1
65. If z  ei /13 , then is equal to (where i  1 )
1 z
(A) 1  z 2  z 4  z 6  z 8  z10  z12
(B) 1  z 2  z 4  z 6  z8  z10  z14
(C) z  z 3  z 5  z7  z9  z11
(D) z  z 3  z5  z7  z9  z11
66. If |z1| = 1, |z2 – 2| = 3 and |z3 – 5| = 6, then maximum value of |2z1 – 3z2 – 4z3| is
(where z1, z2 and z3 are complex numbers)
(A) 43
(B) 44
(C) 45
(D) 61
 Px 
67. Let P(x) be a polynomial of degree 4 having a local maximum at x = 2 and lim  3    27 . If
x 0  x 
P(1) = –9 and P(x) has a local minimum at x = 2. If global maximum value of y = P(x) on the set
A  x : x 2  12  7x is 4M, then the value of M is
(A) 6
(B) 7
(C) 9
(D) 13
2
68. The parabola y = x – y divides the triangle formed by the tangent to it at the origin and the
A p
straight line x + y = 0 and y = –1 into two parts whose areas are A1 and A2. If 1  where p, q
A2 q
p
 N and is in simplest form, then the value of (p + q)
q
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 6
69. Circles C1 and C2 of radii r and R respectively, touch each other as C2

shown in the figure. The line  , which is parallel to the line joining
the centres of C1 and C2 is tangent to C1 at P and intersects C2 at A, A P B

B. If R2 = 2r2, then AOB equals O
1 C1
(A) 22
2
(B) 45
(C) 60
1
(D) 67
2

e
t
70. Let x > 0 be a fixed real number. Then the integral x  t dt is equal to
0
(A) x + 2e–x – 1
–x
(B) x – 2e + 1
(C) x + 2e–x + 1
(D) –x – 2e–x + 1

71. The largest perfect square that divides 20143 – 20133 + 20123 – 20113 + ..... + 23 – 13 is
2
(A) 1
2
(B) 2
(C) 10072
(D) 20142
72. The sum of non-real roots of the polynomial equation x3 + 3x2 + 3x + 3 = 0

(A) equals 0
(B) lies between 0 and 1
(C) lies between –1 and 0
(D) has absolute values bigger than 1
73. If a, b are positive real numbers such that the lines ax + 9y = 5 and 4x + by = 3 are parallel, then
the lest possible value of a + b is
(A) 13
(B) 12
(C) 8
(D) 6
2
 t
74. For real x with –10  x  10 define f  x   dt (where [.] denotes greatest integer function).
10
The number of points of discontinuity of f(x) in the interval (–10, 10) is
(A) 0
(B) 10
(C) 18
(D) 19
n
If 1  x 3  
n 3n  2r
75. ar xr 1  x  , then ar is (where n  N natural number)
r 0
n r
(A) Cr 3
r
n  1
(B) Cr  
3
n
(C) C2r 3r
(D) None of these
  3 
76. Number of solution of the equation sin1  sinx   x   ; x    , is
 2 2 
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3
77. Let S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7} P is a subset of S. After replacing back in S the elements of P, again
subset Q is selected. The number of ways such that n(P Q) = 2, n(P Q) = 4 is
(A) 810
(B) 820
(C) 830
(D) 840

dy 4x  5y  3
78. The general solution of  is
dx 5x  6y  2
(A) 2x2 – 5xy – 3y2 + 3x + 2y + c = 0
2 2
(B) 2x + 5xy + 3y + 3x + 2y = c
2 2
(C) 3x – 5xy + 2y + 2x + 3y = c
(D) 4x2 – 5xy + 6y2 + 3x – 2y = c
79. “If you are born in India then you are citizen of India” contrapositive of this statement is
(A) if you are born in India then you are not citizen of India
(B) if you are not citizen of India then you are not born in India
(C) if you are citizen of India then you are not born in India
(D) if you are citizen of India then you are born in India
80. The angle between the lines whose direction cosines are given by l + m + n = 0 and 2l2 + 2m2 –
n2 = 0
1
(A)   cos1  
3
 1
(B)   cos 1  
4
 1 
(C) cos 1  
4

(D)
3
SECTION – B
9x 2 sin2 x  4
81. The minimum value of for 0 < x < 
x sin x
82. A triangle has vertices P = (–8, 5), Q = (–15, –19) and R = (1, –7). The equation of the bisector of
P can be written in the form ax + 2y + c = 0, then the value of a + c
83. Let a, b, c be the three sides of a triangle, and let , , be the angles opposite them.
2 2 2 cot
If a + b = 1989c , then the value of is equal to
cot   cot
84. Let f(x) = |x – p| + |x – 15| + |x – p – 15|, where 0 < p < 15. Then the minimum value taken by f(x)
for x in the interval p  x  15 is equal to
85. For any integer n  5, let there are two n  n invertible matrices with real entries A. B satisfy the
equation A–1 + B–1 = (A + B)–1. If |A| = 3, then the value of |B|
86. The number of 2  2 matrices A with elements from the set {–1, 0, 1} such that A2 = I is
x 3 y 8 z 3 x3 y7 z6

87. Shortest distance between the lines   and   is
3 1 1 3 2 4

88. Number of common tangents with finite slope to the curve (x – 1)(y + 2) = 9 and (y + 2)2 = 8(x – 1)
is
    
89. Let r be a variable vector and a  î  ˆj  kˆ such that the scalars  r î  ,  r ˆj  ,  r kˆ  are positive
  
integers. If r a is not greater than 10, then total number of possible vectors r is given by
90. A student obtained the mean and standard deviation of 100 observations as 40 and 5.1
respectively. It was later found that he had wrongly copied down an observation as 50 instead of
40. The correct standard deviation is

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – V
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 06-02-2022

SECTION – A
1. A  
Sol. Direction of propagation is E  B
2. B
Sol. Peak value of information voltage = 18 V
modulation percentage  peak carring voltage
18 =
100
VC = 30 V
V  Vmin
Peak carrier voltage VC  max
2
Vmax + Vmin = 60 V
3. C
Sol. Lyman series  UV region
Highest n=2n=1
E2 E1 = 10.2 eV
kmax  10.2 eV 
0 = 10.2 eV  (just able to eject)
10.2 eV
v th    2.46  1015 Hz
h h
4. C
Sol. v x  ucos  , v y  usin   gt

AITS-FT-V-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
1 1
K.E.  mv 2  m u2 cos2   (usin   gt)2 
2 2  
As v(t)  ucos  î  (u sin   gt)jˆ
K.E. t 2 parabola
and K.E. 0 in projectile
5. A
Sol. KCL at x 50 V x
(100x)V
x 50  x (100  x)  x
  0
R R R i1
75
x= V i2
2
and KCL at y
100 V 0V
y 50  y 50  y (100y) y
 
R R R i1
100
y V (100x)V 50 V
3 x
2(x) y 325 5
Current = 2i1 + i2 =    amp
R R 3R 3
6. D
d d
Sol. in  out
dt dt
k1A 1(T1  T0 ) k 2 A 2 (T0  T2 )

2b b
T  T2
T0  1 and A1 = A2
2
We get k1 = 2k2
7. D
I0 I I
Sol. I1  , I2  0 cos2 30, I3  I2 cos 2 30  0 cos 4 30
2 2 2
6
I I  3 27
I4  I3 cos 30  2 cos6 30  0 
2
  I0
2 
2 2  128
8. A
V  t/R2 C V
Sol.
R2
e 
R1

1  eR1t/L  constant 
V  t/R2C V R1t/L
e  e R1  R2
R2 R1
R1 1

L R2C
L
R1R 2 
C

3 AITS-FT-V-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22
9. C
Sol. As the tank is sufficiently deep, the ball will attain terminal velocity Fb
v
2(   b )R2g
vT 
9
Fv
 = density liquid
b= density body
T (   b )R2
mg
T(2) T(1)
H2> H1
10. D
Sol. d  1.22
d
dI  2.56  103
dII  3.05  107
dIII  1.22  107
dIV  6.1 103
1
Resolving power =
d
RPIII RPII RPI RPIV
11. A
Sol. For isothermal Bulk modulus Pressure
12. B
Sol. Using Principle of calorimetry
mc T = 0.01 mL
6
hence T = 0.01 L/c = 0.01 × 2.26 × 10 /4200 = 5.4°C F.
New temperature (assuming no other losses) is 4.6°C.
13. D
Sol. B1 + B2 = B3 y
0I  I 0I
 0 
2(d  x) 2x 2(d  x) 1 2 3
1 1 1 x  d x 1
  
d x x d x x(d  x) (d  x) x
2 x
(d + 2x) (d  x) = dx +x d d
d xd + 2xd  2x = dx + x2
2 2
2 2 2
d + xd 2x = dx + x
d
3x2 = d2 x =
3
14. C
 x 
Sol. v(x)  v 0 sin  
 x0 
 x   dx  x    x 
a(x)  v 0 cos    v 0 cos   v0 sin  
 x0  x0 dt  x0  x 0  x0 

v 20  2x  v 20  2x  2 v02

a(x)  sin   a(x)    2 x
2x0  x0  2x0  x0  x0
So, motion is not oscillatory
d2 x v
2
 k2 x  0 x  Ae t  Be t , where k  0
dt x0
As t , x = Ae t if we assume k small and t is large, we can assume x is some fixed quantity.
15. D
1 U2 r13 1
Sol. Electrostatic potential energy U  
r3 U1 r23 8
16. B
Sol. h = r – rcos
r 45°
= r(1 – cos )
h
= 3.4 (1 – cos 45°) r

 1.7 2  2 m 
1
and from energy conservation, mgh =  2m  v 2
2
Hence, v  gh  9.81 1.7 2  2  3.1 ms1  
17. D
k 640
Sol.    1600
m  m 0.38  0.02
 = 40 rad/s
Let v be the velocity acquired by the block m where bullet m strikes it and comes to rest in it.
By conservation of momentum
m 0.02 0.02
(m  m)v   mv v  v  200   200  10 m/s
m  m 0.38  0.02 0.4
The block is set in oscillation about it mean position with maximum amplitude A
dx
x   A sin t   A cos t
dt
In the mean position, the velocity is maximum
10 10
A = 10 A    0.25
 40
x = 0.25 sin(40t)
18. A
Sol. The electric fields at r < b and r > a are both zero. At b < r <a the electric field is
Q
E er
4 0r 2
Hence the field energy is
a 2
 Q 
1 Q2  1 1 

2
W   4 r dr  
8 0  b a 
0 2 
 4 2
 0 r 
b
When the outer spherical surface contracts from r – a to r = a, the work done by the electric force
is equal to the decrease of the electric field energy

Q2 2
 1 1  Q (a  a)
Wa  Wa      
8 0  a a  8 0 aa
19. C
Sol. C is the point of contact around which the masses M and m rotate. As it is the instantaneous
center of zero velocity, the equation of motion is of the form C = IC, where IC is the moment of
inertia of masses M and m with respect to point C. Now
1 
IC   MR2  MR2   md2 …(i)
 2 
Where d2  L2  R2  2RL cos  …(ii)
For small oscillation, sin  , cos  1 and
3MR 2
IC   m(L  R)2
2
Therefore, the equation of motion become
 3MR 2 
  m(L  R)2    mgL sin   mgL
 2 
mgL
Or   2
0
3MR
 m(L  R)2
2
mgL
 rad/s
3MR2
 m(L  R)2
2
20. D
XC v0 1
Sol. (i) v0  vi  , phase difference ( ) is 0
XC  XC vi 2
XC v0 1 1 1
(ii) v 0  vi    eiCR phase difference ( ) is 0
R  XC vi R 1  iCR 1  ( CR)2
1
XC

Phase difference ( ) is 0 < <
2
SECTION – B
21. 00005.00
sini
Sol.  2 i  45
sinr
Total deviation 30
= (45 30) + 1802(30) + (45 30) 30
= 30 + 120
= 150 = 30x 30
x=5

22. 00009.00
Sol. Equivalent circuit can be drawn as following 1 6
Req = 4
So, I = 9A
36 V 3
1
23. 00001.50
t
Sol. In V = nV0 
RC
V t d  1 t d 1
0   R  C
V C dR  R  R dC  C 
t  R C  50  106  5 10 
     8 4 
   0.015 =N
CR  R C  10  5  10  100 100 
24. 00001.73
  i
Sol. i  2sin   t   2 sin t 2
2 
i  (2)2  ( 2 )2  6
i 6
iRMS    3
2 2 2
25. 00006.00
Sol. UAB = 0, UDE = 0 P
(U)cycle = 0
A
UBC + UCD + UEA = 0 Isothermal
Adiabatic B Adiabatic
10 + UCD + 16 = 0
U = 16J  = 10
UCD = 6
E
C
D Isobaric
Isothermal V
26. 00002.00
Sol. Time difference (Separation) between two zero velocities
T
 0.25 s, T  0.5 s
2
1 1
So, frequency f    2 Hz
T 0.5
27. 00000.50
1 V
Sol.  
2nd2 2Nd2
V
V N
N

V1 N1 N1
 1
 1
 0.5
V2 N  N1 
2 2
(4 1 )  
 2 
28. 00014.14
gx 2
Sol. y  x tan  
2u2 cos2 
y=5m y

velocity just before collision v  10iˆ  0ˆj
 O
Apply elastic collision, velocity v x  10( î) m/s
 5m
vy  0
1 2 10 m
s  ut  at in y-axis
2
1
(y  5)  0  (10)t 2
2
10
10   t 2
2
t  2 sec
Range after collision in x-axis (v x)t = 10 2  14.14 m
29. 00001.60
Sol. dm  rdr  cr 2 rdr  cr 3dr y-axis
2r
 dm 
y cm 
dr
 dm
R
2r 2 r 4 dr 2 R5 r
 c r dr3

  0 O x
y cm    45
2r R
R
 cr dr  2 r 3 dr 4
3
8R
y cm  
5 5
30. 00004.04
Sol. Let the body travel a distance s on the incline and come down through a height h.
Potential energy lost = mgh = mgs sin 
Work done against friction W = fs = mg cos.s
70
By problem mg cos s = mgs sin 
100
 = 0.70 tan  = 0.7 tan30 = 0.404

SECTION – A
31. C
Sol. From the chemical equation, we can have
1 1
 0.15  35  10 3 L   H2O2   50  103 L
2 5
H2O2   0.263 M
32. D
Sol. The mass% of nitrogen is higher in their compound hence gives greatest amount of N2 gas.
33. B
Sol. As we know that
G  H  TS  RT nk
Here the reaction is vapourisation, therefore, the equilibrium constant equal to vapour pressure of
the liquid
H S
Thus,  nP   
RT R
H
Slope of the graph in the question is equal to 
R
H  4544  8.314
= 37.8 kJ/mol.
34. D
Sol. Cu  s   2Ag  aq  Cu2  aq   2Ag  s 
By Nernst equation
RT
E  Eo  nQ
nF
Cu2  
Q  
 2
 Ag 
 
Increasing Q will decrease E.
Hence, I is incorrect and by adding Cl to the Ag .
Cell precipitate
 Ag  es hence Q is  es
 
And II is also incorrect.
35. C
Sol. Ge < Si < As < P
Si = 786 kJ/mole; P = 1012 kJ/mole; Ge = 761 kJ/mole; As = 947 kJ/mole.
36. A
Sol. Isoelectric point is significantly determined by its amine and carboxylic acid functinalities.

37. A
Sol. Si – O bond require more energy becomes it is stronger than Si – Si bond, as ‘O’ atom is smaller
than Si.
Si is not a metal and SIO2 is not a ionic compound and also not polar but Si and SiO2 forms 3D
network covalent solid.
38. A
Sol. Conc. HNO3 or HCl cannot oxidize Au to Au3  because standard reduction potential
3 
Au  3e  Au is too high.
But Cl in aqua regia complex with Au3 , lowering down the reduction potential throuh stabilizing
it as AuCl4 .
39. C
Sol. Most basic, hence easily alkylation.
40. A
1
 4  23  4x  
Sol. 6.023  1023  2.83 g / cm3
3
 1 cm 
 462 pm  
 1010 Pm 
92  4x
 
3
23
 2.83  462  10 10
6.023  10
92  4x  168
168  92 76
x   19
4 4
NaF
41. B
Sol. % hydrolysis does not depend on the concentration, in case of weak acid + weak base; salt.
42. A
Sol. NaCl  AgNO3  AgCl NaNO3
Withe ppt.
AgCl  NH4 OH   Ag NH3 2  Cl
 Ag  NH3 2  Cl  2HNO3  AgCl NH4NO3
43. C
Sol. n22  n12  8
 n2  n1  n2  n1   8
8
n2  n1  2
4
n2  n1  4
n2  3
n1  1
1  1
 RH  4 1  
 9

9

32RH
44. A
Po  Ps
Sol.  m  mol. wt. of solution
Ps
Po  Ps 1000
 m
Ps 18
17.25  17.20 1000
m   0.1615
17.20 18
If m = M = 0.1615.
xCl3  x  3Cl
Mtotal s  3s  4s  0.1615
0.1615
s  0.04  102
4
 4.037  102
45. C
Sol. Neutral species is more stable than charged and complete octet resonance is more stable than
incomplete octet resonance.
46. D
Sol. Sulphuric acid does not show efflorescent.
47. B
Sol. b  4Vm
4 3
 4  NA  r
3
V1  V  nb
nb  V  V1
V  V1 4
b  4.NA  r 3
n 3
 3  V  V1  
1/3
r 
 16NA n 
 3  V  V1  
1/3
D  2 3 
 2  2 NA n 
 3  V  V1  
1/3
D 
 2NA n 
48. B
Sol. The refining process of blister copper is known as polling and Cu2O impurities are present in the
Cu metal.
49. B
Sol. Meq. of complex = Meq. Of acid = Meq. of NaOH

W
 1000  N  V
E
 0.1 20
W 0.1 20
 nf 
M 1000
0.1 20
n  nf 
1000
0.1 20
nf  2
0.001 1000
50. B
Sol. PV = nRT
RV 1.23  20
n  1
RT 0.0821 300
Ba  N3 2 

 B  3N2
1 3
1
Number of moles Ba N3 2 required for 1 mole of N2  mole
3
1
  137.327  84 
3
221.327
 74
3
SECTION – B
51. 00080.10
Sol. By law of conservation of environment
t  1  2
200  10  0.461 T  100   10  0.544  T  100 
  T  100  0.461  0.544   10
T  80.1o C
52. 00008.44
Sol. The dissociation reaction of Ca  OH2 is
Ca  OH2  s   Ca2  aq   2OH  aq
Ca  s   Ca2  aq  2e 

Ca  OH 2  s   2e   Ca  s   2OH
Ca  OH2  s   Ca2   aq  2OH
Eo  E ocal  E oanode
 3.02 V   2.87 V   0.15
From Nernst equation
RT
E  Eo  nQ
nF

At equilibrium E = 0
RT
Eo  nK sp
nF
Eo .nF
nK sp 
RT
E o .nF 0.15  2  96500
logK sp  
2.303RT 2.303  8.314  298
28950
logK sp   5.0737
5705.848
logK sp  5.0737
K sp  Anti log  5.0737 
 Antilog 6.9263
K sp  8.44  10 6
53. 00001.86
1
PSO  0.332
Sol. KP   2   1.86
PSO  PO2    
1/2 1/2
 2 0.562 0.101
54. 00005.97
pK a1  pK a2 2.34  9.60 11.94
Sol. PI     5.97
2 2 2
55. 00003.00
Sol. 2ClO3  Cl2 O6 hyper valent 
2OF  O2F2  complete octet 
2GaH3  Ga 2H6 hypovalent 
AlCl3  Al2Cl6 complete octet 
2ICl3  I2Cl6 hyper valent 
2BeH2  be2H4 hypovalent 
2NO2  N2O 4  complete octet 
x  2| y  3| z  2
yz 3x2
 3
x 2
56. 00004.00
Sol. Soluble in excess of NH3 sol.
Cd2  aq ,Ni2  aq ,Zn2  aq ,Ag  aq 
57. 00005.00
Sol. Number of electron in non-axial d-orbital
 
dxy ,dyz ,dxz  2  2  1  5

58. 00004.07
Sol. H I
o
60
C C O
H I
IO  C  I sin 60 o  4.07
I  I  2  IO
 2  2.035  4.07
59. 00005.50
Sol. 2 SO 2  g   O 2  g   2SO 3  g 
5 3
Limiting reagent is SO2, hence total volume of gas after complete formation of SO3 = 5 L SO3 +
0.5 L O2 = 5.5 L.
60. 00007.00
Sol. K  n  5  s2
6
Outer most shell = 2
Penultimate shell = 8
Anti penultimate shell = 2
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d10 4p6 5s2 4d10 5p6 6s2 4f 7
25 8 2

SECTION – A
61. B
Sol. Consider the three-digit arrangement, aba. There are 10 choices for a and 10 choices for b (since
10  10 1
it is possible for a = b), and so the probability of picking the palindrome is 3

10 10
1
Similarly, there is a probability of picking the three-letter palindrome
26
1 1 1 35 7
By the Principle of inclusion-exclusion, the total probability is    
26 10 260 260 52
7 + 52
62. C
Sol. By property of inclusion/exclusion, we have A1 A2 A3  Ai  Ai Aj  A
Number of people in at least two sets is Ai A j  2 A1 A2 A3  9
So, 20 = (10 + 13 + 9) – (9 – 2x) + x, which gives x
63. B

Sol. Let G be the point obtained by reflecting C about the line AB. Since ADC = ,
2

we find that BDE      ADC   ADC    BDC    BDC
2

sin  
BE BE 2
EF    where we have used the law of sines in BDG. But by L’Hospital’s
BC BG  3 
sin  
 2 
Rule
 
sin   cos  
lim  2   lim 2  1
 0  3  0  3  3
sin   cos  
 2   2 
64. A
2
Sol. Since sin 2x = 2 sin x cos x and sin 3x = sin x (4 cos x – 1), we may write the equation in the
a
form sin x (2 cos2 x – (2 – a) cos x – a) = 0. Thus sin x = 0, cos x = 1 or cos x =  . The
2
nonnegative solutions of the equations sin x = 0 and cos x = 1 are x = k and x = 2 k, k = 0, 1, 2,
a
.... respectively. Let |a| > 2. In this case the equation cos x =  has no solution and therefore
2
the nonnegative solutions of the initial equation are 0, , 2, ....., which form an arithmetic
a
progression. Let now |a|  2 and let x0 be the only solution of the equation cos x =  in the
2
interval [0, ]. In this case the nonnegative solutions of the last equation are x = x0 + 2k and x =
2 – x0 + 2k. It is clear now that the nonnegative solutions form an arithmetic progression only

when x0 = 0, x0 = and x0 = , so giving a = –2, a = 0 and a = 2. The values of a are a = 0 and
2
|a| > 2.

65. D
1  z13
Sol. z  ei /13 z13  1 ; z13  1  0 0
1 z
2 3 12
1 – z + z – z + ..... + z = 0 ..... (1)
1  z13 2

1 z 1 z
2
1 + z + z2 + z3 + ..... + z12 = ..... (2)
1 z
From equation (1) and (2), we get
1 1
1 + z2 + z4 + z6 + z8 + z12 = and z + z3 + z5 + ..... + z11 =
1 z 1 z
66. D
Sol. |2z1 – 3z2 – 4z3| = |2z1 = 3(z2 – 2) – 4(z3 – 5) – 26|  2|z1| + 3|z2 – 2| + 4|z3 – 5| + 26 = 61
67. A
 Px  4 3 2
Sol. lim  3    27 P(x) has no constant term let P(x) = ax + bx + cx + dx
x 0 x 
3 – d = 27 d = –24
4 3 2
P(x) = ax + bx + cx – 24x ; P(2) = 0, p(1) = –9, p(2) = 0
3 2 2
P(x) = 4ax + 3bx + 2cx – 24 ; P(x) = 12ax + 6bx + 2c
P(x) = 24ax + 6b ; a + b + c – 24 = –9
a + b + c = 15 ..... (1)
P(2) = 0
4a(8) + 3b(4) + 2c(2) – 24 = 0
8a + 3b + c = 6 ..... (2)
P(2) = 0
24a(2) + 6(b) = 0 8a + b = 0 ..... (3)
Solving (1), (2) and (3)
a = 1, b = –8, c = 22
4 3 2 3 2 3 2
P(x) = x – 8x + 22x – 24x ; P(x) = 4x – 24x + 44x – 24 = 4[x – 6x + 11x – 6]
P(x) = 4[(x – 1)(x – 2)(x – 3)]
2
P(x) = 4[3x – 12x + 11] > 0  x  [3, 4] = 4[(3) (2) (1)] = 24 = 4M M=6
68. A
Sol. Tangent to parabola at origin is x – y = 0 y = –x y=x
2
 1 1 O
y2 + y = x ;  y    x 
 2 4
Let A be the shaded area
0 0
 y3 y 2 
A    y  y  dx    
2

3 2  1 (0, –1) B(1, –1)
1 y = –1
  1 1  1 A(1, –1)
=        
  3 2  6
1 1 1 1
 
1 A1 A1 1 2 p 1 2
Area of OAB =  1 2  1 ;  2 6 or 2 6  or  or p+q=3
2 A2 1 1 1 1 A2 2 1 q 2 1
 
2 6 2 6

69. B
Sol. 
Equation of AB y = r : A R  R2  r 2 , r using R2 = 2r2 
 
B R  R2  r 2 , r point A(R – r, r) B(R + r, r) slope OA 
r
Rr
 m1
r m  m2 
Slope OB   m2 ; tan   1  1 ;    45
Rr 1  m2m2 4
70. A
 x 
Sol. e
0
1
x  t dt  e 0
1
II  t  x  dt   e  x  t  dt
I
x
1
II I
apply integration by parts
x
=  x  t   e1    1 e  t 0   x  t  e t  e t  x = x + 2e – 1
–x

71. C
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Sol. –(1 + 2 + 3 + ...... + 2014) + 2(2 + 4 + ..... + 2014 )
2 2
 2014 2015  3  1007 1008  2 2 2 2
=   2 2   = –(1007) (2015) + 4(1007) (1008)
 2   2 
= –(1007)2 [(2016)2 – (2015)2] = (1007)2 4031
72. C
Sol. f(x) = x3 + 3x2 + 3x + 3 = 0 ; f(x) = 3x2 + 6x + 3 = 3(x + 1)2  0 ; f(x) is increasing function
Now f(–3) = –6 < 0 ; f(–2) = 1 > 0
real root lies between –3 and –2
 + + = –3 ; –3 < < –2 ;  + – 3 <  + + <  + – 2
 + – 3 < –3 <  + – 2 –1 <  + < 0
73. B
a 9
Sol.  ab = 36 using AM  GM
4 b
ab
 ab a + b  12
2
74. A
Sol. Let r be an integer in (–10, 10)
x  9 8 r h 


  
  
Now, LHL = lim 2 t dx = lim  2 t dt  2 t dt  .....  2 t dt 
x r h0  
10  10 9 r 1 
r 1  
= lim  210  2 9  .....  2 1 h  
h 0
= 2 10  29  .....  2r 1 ..... (1)

x  9 8 r  h 
  
  


lim 2 t dt = lim  2 t dt  2 t dt  .....  2 t dt 
x r h0  
10  102 9 r 
10 9 r 1
= 2  2  .....  2 ..... (2)
r
2
t
f r   dt = 2 10  29  .....  2r 1 ..... (3)
10
From equation (1), (2) and (3), we get f(x) is continuous at all integers

75. A
n
 
n n r
Sol.  1  x 2  3x   ar xr 1  x 
2
r 0
n
   
n r n r
2 2
n
Cr 1  x   3x 2  a r x r 1  x 
r 0
2n  2r
Compare the coefficients of x 1  x  r
76. B
  
 x ;  x
sin1  sin x    2 2
Sol.
  x ;  3 
x
 2 2
77. D
Sol. R.N.W = 7 C2   5 C2  22   840
78. A
Sol. –4xdx + 6ydy + 5(xdy + ydx) – 3dx – 2dy = 0
2 2
Integrating –2x + 3y + 5xy – 3x – 2y = c
79. B
Sol. p q
Contrapositive ~p ~q
80. A
Sol. l2 + m2 + n2 = 1 ; l + m + n = 0 ; 2l2 + 2m2 – n2 = 0
 1 1 2  1 1 2
Solving above equations, we get the direction cosines as  , ,  and  , , 
 6 6 3  6 6 3 
 1 1 2  1 1 2
or   , ,  and   , , 
 6 6 3  6 6 3 
 1
The angle between these lines in both the cases is cos1   
 3
SECTION – B
81. 00012.00
9y 2  4 4
Sol. Let y = x sin x. We can rewrite the expression as  9y 
y y
Since, x > 0 and sin x > 0 because 0 < x < , we have y > 0. So we can apply AM – GM
4 4 4 4 2
9y   2 9y  12 . The equality holds when 9y  y2  y
y y y 9 3
Therefore, the minimum value is 012.

82. 00089.00
Sol. Use the angle bisector theorem to the angle bisector of P divides QR into segments of length
25 15 25 15 QP 5
 x , . It follows that  and so
x 20  x 2 2 RP 3
 5x  3x Q 5yR  3y Q   23 
P   R ,    5,  
 8 8   2 
11
The desired answer is the equation of the line PP·PP has slope  , from which the equation
2
to be 11x + 2y + 78 = 0. Therefore, a + c = 089
83. 00994.00
2 2 2 2 2
Sol. a + b – 2ab cos = c = 1989c – 2ab cos ab cos = 994c
cot cos sin  sin cos sin  sin ab ab 99c 2
Now,    cos  = 994
cot   cot sin sin2 c2 c 2 ab
84. 00015.00
Sol. It is best to get rid of the absolute values first. Under the given circumstance, we notice that
|x – p| = x – p, |x – 15| = 15 – x, and |x – p – 15| = 15 + p – x
Adding these together, we find that the sum is equal to 2\30 – x, which attains its minimum value
(on the given interval p  x  15) when x = 15, giving a minimum of 015
85. 00003.00
–1 –1 –1 –1 –1 –1
Sol. A + B = (A + B) (A + B )(A + B) = (A + B) (A + B)
–1 –1 –1 –1
2I + A B + B A = I A B + B A = –I
Let A–1B = P
–1 2 2 2
P + P = –I P + I + –P P + I = –P P +P+I=0
2 3
(P – I)(P + P + I) = 0 P =I
–1
|B| = 1 |A | |B| = 1 |A| = |B|
86. 00016.00
a b  a2  bc  a  d b   1 0 
Sol. A2     
c d c  a  d  bc  d2  0 1
If a + d = 0, a2 + bc = 1, b = 0, c = 0, d = 1, –1, a = 1, –1
or c = 0, b = 1, –1, a = 1, –1
If b = 0, c = 0, a = 1, –1, d = 1, –1
Number of quadruples (a, b, c, d) = 16
87. 00016.43
Sol.
2
 3  3   5  8  7   1  3  6   3 30
30 30 30
88. 00001.00
4 1
Sol. m3   
49 9
89. 00120.00
Sol. x + y + z  10 R.N.W = 9 C2  8 C2  .....  2 C2 = 36 + 28 + 21 + 15 + 10 + 6 + 3 + 1 = 120

90. 00005.00
Sol. Let the variable be x. Here n = 100, incorrect A = 40, incorrect  = 5.1
x
From formula A  x  nA
n
Incorrect x = 100  40 = 4000
Correct x = incorrect x – 50 + 40 = 4000 – 50 + 40 = 3990
x2
Again, from 2  A 2  , we get x2 = n(2 + A2)
n
2 2 2
Incorrect x = 100{(5.1) + (40) } = 100 (26.01 + 1600) = 162601
Correct x = incorrect x – 50 + 402 = 162601 – 2500 + 1600 = 161701
2 2 2
x 3900
Correct mean A    39.9
n 100
x 2 161701
Correct   2  A 2     1617.01
n 100
Correct 2 = 1617.01 – (correct A2) = 1617.01 – (39.9)2 = 1617.01 – 1592.01 = 25

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – VI
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 13-02-2022
answer.

AITS-FT-VI-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. The upper end of a simple pendulum is fixed to a vertical z-axis and set in motion such that the
bob moves along a horizontal circular path of radius 1 m paralle!t the x-y plane, 5 m above the
origin. The bob has a speed of 4 m/s. The string breaks when the bob is vertically above the x-
2
axis. Taking g = 10 m/s ; the point where hits, the bob lies in the
(A) x-y plane at (1 m, 4 m)
(B) y-z plane at (1 m, 4 m)
(C) x-y plane at (4 m, 1 m)
(D) y-z plane at (5 m, 1 m)
 1 
2. Resistance of a conductor of length L and area of cross-section A is given by R   L  L2  ,
0
A 2 
where  is a constant and 0 is resistivity at 0°C. Then the resistivity of the conductor varies
along the length x of the conductor as
(A)  0 (1  x)
2
(B)  0 (1  x )
2
(C)  0 (1   x)
(D)  0 (1  x)
3. A rod of length 2 is moving such that its ends A and B move in

contact with the horizontal floor and vertical wall respectively as B
shown in figure. O is the intersection point of the vertical wall and
horizontal floor. The velocity vector of the centre of rod C is C
always directed along tangent drawn at C to the

(A) circle of radius whose centre lies at O
2
(B) circle of radius  whose centre lies at O O A
(C) circle of radius 2 whose centre lies at O
(D) None of these
4. The secondary coil of an ideal step down transformer is delivering 500 watt power at 12.5 A
current. If the ratio of turns in the primary to the secondary is 5: 1, then the current flowing in the
primary coil will be
(A) 62.5 A
(B) 2.5 A
(C) 6A
(D) 0.4 A

3 AITS-FT-VI-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
5. Two block of masses m1 and m2 are connected with a m1 m2

massless unstretched spring and placed over a plank
moving with an acceleration 'a' as shown in figure. The a
coefficient of friction between the blocks and platform
is .
(A) spring will be stretched if a  g
(B) spring will be compressed if as a  g
(C) spring will neither be compressed nor be stretched a  g
(D) spring will be in its natural length under all conditions
6. Liquid of density is filled in the container of negligible mass

having area A. Area of hole ‘a’ very small (a << A) is made
near the bottom in the wall of container. Co-efficient of friction
a
between container and surface is equal to   . As liquid is
A
coming out of vessel, instantaneous acceleration of the
container is:
A
(A)  a g
 
3g
(B)
2
a
(C)  A g
 
(D) zero
7. A uniform triangular plate ABC of mass m and moment of a B

inertia I (about an axis passing through A and perpendicular to A
plane of the plate) can rotate freely in the vertical plane about
point 'A' as shown in figure. The plate is released from the
position shown in the figure. Line AB is horizontal. The a a
acceleraion of centre of mass just after the release of plate is:
mga2
(A)
3I C
2
mga
(B)
4I
mga2
(C)
2 3I
mga2
(D)
3I

8. A capacitor is made of two concentric spherical shells A and B of radii a and b respectively,
where a < b. The external shell B is grounded (VB = 0). Inner shell i.e., (r  a) is filled with a
uniform positive charge of density . Variation of electric field versus distance from the centre.
(A) E (B) E
a b r a b r
(C) E (D) E
a b r a b r
9. All three spheres are identical having radius 10 cm. There is no slipping at any point of contact.
Plank P and Q are moving in opposite direction with speed 10 and 30 cm/sec. height of
instantaneous axis of rotation of sphere A from the ground is:
Q
v1 = 30 cm/s
v2 = 10 cm/s A
P
B C
(A) 20 cm
(B) 30 cm
(C) 15 cm
(D) 25 cm
10. Two strings A and B of equal length but unequal linear mass density are tied together with a knot
and stretched between two supports. A particular frequency happenes to produce a standing
wave on each part, with node at the knot as shown. If linear mass density of the two strings A and
B are 1 and 2 respectively, then:
String A String B
(A) 1  2
(B) 1  2
(C) 1 2
(D) can’t be decided

11. Figure shows variation of magnetic field inside and outside two cylindrical wires P and Q carrying
currents that are uniformly distributed across the cross section of wires. If current density for two
wires are jP and jQ, then:
B
Wire Q
Wire P
r
(A) jP  jQ
(B) jP  jQ
(C) jP jQ
(D) can’t be decided
12. Radius of curvature of a concave spherical surface air

separating air-glass medium is R. A point object is glass
placed on the principal axis in the glass (g = 1.5).
For the image to be real, seen by observer in air,
distance of the object from P should be:
(A) 2R < u < 3R P
object
(B) u < 2R
(C) u=R
(D) u > 3R
13. A parent radioactive nucleus A (decay constant A) converts into a radio-active nucleus B of
decay constant b, initially number of atoms of B is zero. At any time Na, Nb is number of atoms of
nuclei A and B respectively then maximum value of Nb is:
aNa
(A)
b
bNa
(B)
a
( a  b )Na
(C)
b
bNa
(D)
( a  b)

14. Initially spring is compressed by distance x 0 from K

equilibrium position. At this compression block is
3K
given velocity x 0 , so that compression in the
m x0
spring increases and block start S.H.M. (Spring Equilibrium
constant is K). Equation of motion of the block is: position
 K 
(A) y  3x 0 sin  t 
 m 3
 
 K 
(B) y  2x 0 sin  t 
 m 6 

 K 
(C) y  3x 0 sin  t 
 m 6 

 K 
(D) y  2x 0 sin  t 
 m 3
 
15. An electric circuit consists of three conducting rods M

MO, ON and PQ as shown in the figure. Resistance
of rods per unit length is . The rod PQ slides at a
constant velocity v, keeping its tilt angle relative to
ON and MO fixed at 45°. At each instant, circuit is v B
closed. The system is placed in a uniform magnetic P
field B which is directly perpendicular to the page.
The rate of change of induced emf at any instant of 45
time t is O Q N
(A) Bv t = t
(B) Bv 2
(C) Bv 3 t = 0
(D) B2v
16. 1.5 mW of 400 nm light is directed at a photoelectric cell. If 0.10% of the incident photons
photoelectrons, the current in the cell is
(A) 0.36 A
(B) 0.48 A
(C) 0.42 mA
(D) 0.32 mA
17. Loop ABCD and long straight wire are in the same plane. C
Side CD = 2AB. Distance between long straight wire and
AB is equal to the distance between AB and CD. Net force B 
on the loop is:
(A) Towards the long straight wire I
(B) Away from the long straight wire I O
(C) Parallel to the long straight wire
(D) Net force on the loop will be zero A 

18. A hollow circular tube of radius R and negligible internal y

diameter is fixed on horizontal surface. Ball A of mass m is
given velocity v0 in the shown direction. It collides with ball mB = 2m
B of mass 2m. Collision is perfectly elastic. If centre of loop
is origin of co-ordinate system, then co-ordinate of next
collision.
 3 R (0, 0)
(A)  R,   O x
 2 2 
 3 R
(B)   R, 
 2 2  mA = m
R 3 
(C)  , R

2 2 
R R
(D)  2,2
 
19. Mirror is moving towards the particles with speed 2 v0 = 2 cm/sec

cm/sec. Speed of particles A and B are 10 2 and 5
cm/sec respectively in the direction shown in figure.
Magnitude of velocity of image of the particle B with
respect to image of A. B
(A) 325 cm/sec
45
(B) 15 cm/sec
(C) 13 cm/sec
(D) 269 cm/sec
20. In the figure shown if a parallel beam of white light is

incident on the plane of the slits, then the distance of
central white spot on the screen from point O is: [assume
d << D, << d] 2d/3
d O
(A) 0
(B) d/2
(C) d/3
(D) d/6
D
SECTION – B
1
21. The least count of a stopwatch is second. The time of 20 oscillations of a pendulum is
5
measured to be 50 sec. What will be the minimum percentage error in the measurement of time.

22. Determine the current in the circuit in ampere.
0.2V
23. A vernier calipers has 1 mm marks on the main scale. It has 10 equal divisions on the vernier
scale which match with 8 main scale divisions. What will be the least count of vernier calipers in
cm.
24. The angle of dip at a place where horizontal and vertical componetns of earth’s magnetic field are

equal is . Find the value of N.
N
25. A sinusoidal electromagnetic plane wave travels thorugh empty space in x-direction. At a certain
point P in space, the oscillating electric field Ey has amplitude of magnitude E0 = 63 V/m. Find the
maximum magnitude B0 of the magnetic field at the same point in microtesla. (speed of light c =
8
3  10 m/s)
26. Three point charges, each of charge +q are rigidly fixed at the three corners of an equilateral
triangle of side a. The surface tension of soap film is T. The system of charges and plane film are
1/N
 q2 
in equilibrium and a  k   , where k is constant. Then find N.
 T
 
27. n moles of an ideal monoatomic gas undergoes a process in which the temperature changes with
2
volume as T = kV . If the temperature changes from T0 to 4T0 then the work done by the gas is
N
nRT0 . Find the value of N.
2
28. A semi-infinite conductor AB lies along the axis of

conducting circular loop of radius R, such that one end of
conductor is at the centre of loop. If the current in conductor
AB varies at a rate of 0.2 amp/sec then what will be
induced emf (in volt) in the loop. (Radius of loop R = 2m) A B
29. A complex current wave is given by

i = 3 + 3 sin t. What will be its average value over one time period in ampere?
30. A charge +Q is uniformly distributed in a spherical volume of radius R. A particle of charge +q and
mass m is projected with velocity v 0 from the surface of spherical volume towards its centre. The
R
minimum value of v0 such that it just reaches at a distance from the centre of spherical volume
2
3Qq
is . Find the value of N. (There is no other resistance force on charged particle except
Nm  0R
electric force)

SECTION – A
31. Which of the following graphs represents the relation between inter atomic potential energy V(r)
and inter atomic distance r for ideal gas?
(A)
V(r)
0
r
(B)
V(r)
0
r
(C)
V(r)
0
r

(D)
V(r)
0
r
32. In which of the following molecules, the shortest O – O bond length can be expected?
(A) O3
(B) O2
(C) O2F2
(D) KO2
33. The graph of ionization enthalpies for elements with atomic number 3 to 10 is best shown as
(A)
-1
H/kJ mol
Atomic number (Z)

(B)
-1
H/kJ mol
Atomic number (Z)

(C)
-1
H/kJ mol
Atomic number (Z)

(D)
-1
H/kJ mol
Atomic number (Z)
34. Considering the graph, which of the following gases has the highest critical temperature TC?
Z
1.0 Gas B
Gas A
Gas C

1/ V m
(A) A
(B) B
(C) C
(D) All have identical TC
35. Which of the following alkali metal is not miscible with other alkali metals in their molten phase?
(A) Li
(B) K
(C) Rb
(D) Cs

36. Which of the following is correct reason behind greater volatility of reaction between potassium
with water compare to that of lithium?
(A) K has greater reducing nature than Li
(B) K has lower reducing nature than Li
(C) K has high melting point than Li
(D) K has low melting point than Li
37. One mole of an ideal mono-atomic gas is carried around the cycle as shown in the figure below.
Find the amount of heat added in the process A to B is
 3R 
 Given : C V  
 2 
atic
P diab
A
A C
V
(Given: TA = 300 K, TB = 600 K, TC = 455 K)
(A) 3742 J
(B) 3742 J
(C) 2812 J
(D) 3228 J
38. Which of the following statement is not correct?

(A) With increase in temperature, the fraction of molecules having energy lower than
activation energy decreases.
(B) With increase in temperature, the collision frequency of reactant molecules increases.
(C) With decrease in temperature, the pre-exponential factor in collision theory increases.
(D) Rate constant can be less than pre-exponential factor in Arrhenius equation.
39. Find the incorrect statement.

(A) The concentration of oxygen in air is greater than the concentration of oxygen in Lake’s
water.
(B) In cold winter season, thick ice forms on the surface of water in Lake; this leads to
restriction on light entering into Lake and hence photosynthesis of plants under water
stops. This consequently leads to increase in concentration of oxygen in the water
(C) The irritant red haze in the traffic and congested places is due to oxides of nitrogen
(D) Carbon dioxide gas is confined to troposphere only
40. The addition of NaH2PO4 to 0.1 M H3PO 4 will cause

(A) no change in pH value
(B) increase in its pH value
(C) decrease in its pH value
(D) change in pH but cannot be predicted

41. If experimentally, it has been found that there are two types of C – C bond length in cyclobuta-
1,3-diene. Based on this, the compound will be
(A) aromatic
(B) anti-aromatic
(C) non-aromatic
(D) can not predict
42. The total number of paramagnetic compounds in the following group is

Na3 CoF6 ,Na2O2 ,CsO2 ,K 3 Co  CN6  ,  V H2O 6  FeF6 2 ,K 3 Fe H2O 6  ,Ni  CO  4
3
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 3
(D) 6
43. In Ellingham diagram, where we plot Go for the formation of oxides of various metal with
respect to temperature. Which of the following statement (s) is/are correct?
I. A metal with higher slope of curve gets always oxidized.
II. A metal with lower slope of curve never get reduced at any temperature.
III. The slope of the curve for some metal changes after particular temperature because of
phase change of metal.
IV. If two metals have same slopes, the one which has greater y-intercept usually get
oxidized by the other one.
V. If two metals have same slopes, the one which has greater y-intercept usually get
reduced by the other one.
(A) II, III and V
(B) III and V
(C) All are wrong
(D) III, IV and V
44. In the series Sc (Z = 21) to Zn (Z = 30), the enthalpy of atomization is lowest for which metal?
(A) Sc
(B) Mn
(C) Cu
(D) Zn
45. How many P = O bonds are present in Orthophosphoric acid?

(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 0
(D) 3
46. In the given reaction, the wrongly matched product is

18
O
|| 
H3O

CH3  CH2  C  O  CH3 
 A  B
 Acid  Alcohol
(A) 18
O
||
A  CH3  CH2  C  O  H
(B)
O
||
A  CH3  CH2  C  O H
18

(C)
18
B  CH3  O  H
(D) B  CH3  O  H
47. H
D
NH2
H3C 
NaOH, Br2
Product;
O
The possible product is:
(A) D
H
H2N CH3
(B) D
H
H3C NH2
(C) D
H3C NH2
H
(D) NH2
D CH3
H
48. Clemmensen’s reduction (unbalanced reaction)

O
||
CH3  C  CH3  Zn  HCl  CH3  CH2  CH3  ZnCl2  H2O
Find the stoichiometric coefficient of zinc in the balanced Clemmensen’s reduction reaction if
stoichiometric coefficient of acetone is 2.
(A) 4
(B) 2
(C) 8
(D) 6
49. Which of the following compound can produce chiral compound upon treatment with CH3MgCl
and then acidification?
(A) Formaldehyde
(B) Pentanone
(C) 2-hexanone
(D) 3-hexanone
50. Which of the following compound is chiral?

(A) CH3  CH  CH  CHCl  CH  CH  CH3
 cis  R  cis 
(B) CH3  CH  CH  CHCl  CH  CH  CH3
 cis  S  trans 

(C) CH3  CH  CH  CHCl  CH  CH  CH3

 trans  S  trans 
(D) CH3
H Cl
Cl H
CH3
SECTION – B
51. The mass of glucose (in gm) which is present in 500 gm of 0.1 m aq. Glucose solution is?
52. Calculate the wavelength (in nm) of light emitted in the transition of electron in between two
energy levels of Li2  ion whose sum is equal to the degeneracy of first excited state of H-atom
and the difference is equal to number of waves possible in second orbit of H-atom
R H  109,688 cm1 
53. A natural gas may be assumed to be a mixture of methane and ethane only. On complete
combustion of 20 L of gas at STP, the heat evolved was 800 kJ.
o
 combHCH4
 g  894 kJ mol1
 combHCo 2H6  g   1500 kJ mol1
Calculate the percentage composition of methane by volume.
54. Treating 12.8 g of calcium carbide with water produces compound ‘A’ with 50% yield. ‘A’ on
passing through red hot iron tube at 873 K gives compound B. Compound B upon sulphonation
and then treating with NaOH produces C. C can be molecule or ion. Find the mass of C formed
(in gm).
55. 1 mole of But-2-yne upon reaction with Lindlar’s catalyst produces compound X. Find the mass
(in gm) of any one of the products for the reaction in which bromination of ‘X’ has happened in
presence of CCl4 . (Atomic mass Br = 80)
56. Twice the amount of a solute is dissolved in solvent A than in the same amount of solvent B. The
elevation in boiling point for solution A is twice the elevation in boiling point for solution B. Find
the ratio of boiling point elevation constants for solvent A to B, respectively
57. The total number of tetrahedral voids that will be unoccupied and which constitute 422.63 gm of
ZnS (Zinc blende) is xNA ( NA is Avogadro number). Find the value of x? (Atomic mass of
Zn = 65)

 Zn2 
58. A graph is plotted between log  2   Y  axis  and Ecell  x  axis  . The curve is linear with
Cu 
 
intercept on y-axis equal to 37.28. Calculate Ecell for the cell
Zn  s  | Zn2   0.1 M || Cu2  0.01 M | Cu
59. A solution containing equimolar mixture of lead acetate and silver nitrate is titrated with H2 S
solution. And, then the solution is boiled with hot water. After filtration, the weight of precipitate
was 6.2 gm. Assuming the yield of the experiment to be 100%, find the mass of lead acetate that
was present in the initial mixture (in gm). [Given: Atomic mass, Pb = 207.3, Ag = 108, S = 32].
60. A 100 mL of 0.1 M metallic-copper colloidal solution is titrated with sufficient amount of dilute
nitric acid. Find the mass (in gm) of the oxide of nitrogen which has been formed.

SECTION – A
–1 –1
61. Let A and B are two non-singular matrices of order 3 such that A  B  2 I and A +B = 3I ,
then AB is equal to (where I is the identity matrix of order 3)
(A) 2I
2I
(B)
3
(C) A
(D) B
a sin x  bx  cx 2  x 3
62. If lim exists and finite, then which of the following is not correct?
x 0 2x 2 ln 1  x   2x 3  x 4
(A) a=6
(B) a=b
(C) c=2
(D) c=0
5 2016  2015
63. If A    , then the value of A  5A 2014 is
 1 403 
(A) 1
(B) –1
(C) 5
(D) –2016
  
   ab
64. If a and b are two non-collinear unit vectors such that a  b  , then the value of
2
   2
a   a  b  is
3
(A)
4
2
(B)
3
1
(C)
2
1
(D)
4
8 
1
 2x 24  3x16  6x8 
65.   x 24
 x16
 x 2x16
 3x 8
 6  8 dx = c

(where , are co-prime natural numbers and c be constant of integration), then the value of  +
+ is
(A) 61
(B) 51
(C) 71
(D) 91

66. PQR is a triangular park with PQ = PR = 200 m. A tower stands at the mid-points of QR. If the
angles of elevation of the top of the tower at P, Q and R are respectively 45, 30 and 30, then
the height of the tower (in m) is
(A) 100
(B) 200
(C) 150
(D) 125
67. Let L1 : x = y = z and L2 : x – 1 = y – 2 = z – 3 be two lines. The foot of perpendicular drawn from
the origin O(0, 0, 0) on L1 to L2 is A. If the equation of a plane containing the line L1 and
perpendicular to OA is 10x + by + cz = d, then the value of b + c + d is
(A) 12
(B) –12
(C) 10
(D) –10
 4x  1  2  3x   2 dy k
68. If y  tan1  2   tan   where x   0,  . If  , then is
 5x  1   3  2x   3 dx 1  kx 2 10
(where and k are natural numbers)
(A) 5
(B) 3
(C) 2
(D) 6
2 2
69. Let R = {(a, b) : a + b = 4, a, b  R}, then relation R is
(A) symmetric
(B) transitive
(C) reflexive
(D) anti-symmetric
70. The contrapositive of the conditional “If Ram works hard, then he gets a first class” is
(A) if Ram does not work hard, then he does not get a first class
(B) if Ram does not get a first class, then he works hard
(C) if Ram does not get a first class, then he does not work hard
(D) if Ram get a first class, then he does not work hard
71. Number of complex numbers satisfying the relation z  z  z  z  2 and z  i  z  i  2 , is

(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
72. The coefficient of x 13 in the expansion of (1 – x)5(1 + x + x2 + x3)4 is

(A) 24
(B) 12
(C) 6
(D) 4

1
73. If 4cos36  cot 7   n1  n2  n3  n4  n5  n6 (where n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6 are natural
2
6
n i 
2
numbers), then the value of
i 1
(A) 19
(B) 91
(C) 81
(D) 101
  3n2  3n  1 
74. The value of tan1  6 5 4 3  is
n 1  n  3n  3n  n  1 

(A)
2

(B)
3

(C)
4

(D)
6
75. If a variable takes the values 0, 1, 2, ….., n with frequencies 1, nC1, n C2 , ....., nCn , then the
Arithmetic Mean is
2n
(A)
n
n
(B)
2
(C) n+1
(D) n
76. If f() = |cos  + 1| + |cos  – 2| + |cos  – 1| + |cos  – 3|, where 0    2, then the product of
maximum and minimum values of x is
(A) 45
(B) 30
(C) 27
(D) 36
2 2 2 2
77. The real values of such that ( – 4 + 3)x + ( – 5 + 6)x + ( – 9) = 0 has more than two
roots is
(A) 2
(B) 1
(C) 0
(D) 3
1 1 5x  12y  7xy
78. If 2
 2
 1 , then the maximum value of is
x y xy
(A) 7
(B) 13
(C) 15
(D) 20

360
 1  p
79. If    q (where p ad q relatively prime integers), then |p – q| is
n 1  n n  1   n  1 n 
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3
80. If f 1  x   x3  3x  4 , then the value of |36f(0)| is

(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 1
(D) 0
SECTION – B
81.
2  f  x  g x 
Let f(1) + g(1) = 9e ; f(x) = –x g(x) ; g(x) = –x f(x). If   2
2
 dx  k e  e , then
4
k
4
is  1

1 
x 2
x x y   ye2x
82. If y = a cos(e ) + b sin (e ), then is
y
x2 y2 x 2 y2
83. In the coordinate plane, ellipse C1 :   1 (a1 0, b1 > 0 and hyperbola C 2 :  1
a12 b12 a22 b22
(a2, b2 > 0) has the same focus points F1, F2. Point P is one of the intersection points of C1 and C2
and PF1 is perpendicular to PF2. If e1 is the eccentricity of C1 and e2 is the eccentricity of C2. Then
minimum value of 9e12  e22 is
84. If x1, x2, x3, x4 and x5 be 5 positive numbers such that x1 + 2x2 + 3x3 + 4x4 + 5x5 = 15 and
x  x 2  x3  x 4  x5
x1 x 22 x 33 x 44 x55  1 , then 1 is
2
85. If tangent drawn to the parabola y2 = –ax (a > 0) from a point A(1, 0) which also touches the
x2 y 2
hyperbola   1 at B such that ASB = 90, where S is the focus of the hyperbola, then the
4 b2
value of a + b2 is
86. Let E1, E2, E3 be three independent events associated with a random experiment such that
3P E1 E 2 E3   P  E1 E2 E3  = 9P E1 E2 E3   3  3P  E1 E 2 E3  ,
where P(E1), P(E2), P(E3)  1 and P(A) denotes probability of event A. If absolute value of
P  E1  P E 2  P  E3 
a ab
P  E2  P E3  P E1   , where a, b  N, then the least value of   is
b  10 
P  E3  P  E1  P  E2 

87. A number x is selected from the set of first 9 natural numbers (i.e., x = 1, 2, 3, ......, 9). If the
2 m
probability that f(f(x)) = x where f(x) = x – 3x + 3 is , then m is equal to
9
4 3 2
88. If , , , be four roots of the equation x – 10x + 37x – 60x + 32 = 0.
1 1 1 1 p
If 2
 2  2  2  , where p and q are co-prime
  5  10  5  10  5  10  5  10 q
numbers, then p + q is
3
89. A straight line L with the slope touches a circle whose radius is 5 units and centre lies on the
4
a
x-axis. If the length of this tangents from a point on the x-axis is where a, b  N, then the least
b
ab
values of is
10
The coefficient of x in the expansion of  2  9x 3  6x 4  x 5 

8 10
90. is 5 2p 3q , where p, q  N,
pq
then is
5

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – VI
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 13-02-2022

SECTION – A
1. A
Sol. The pendulum would strike the xy plane
When the string is cut z = h = 5m and v = 4 m/s parallel to the y-axis
1
The time taken by the bob to hit the xy plane is 5   10  t 2
2
t = 1 sec
During this time it covers a distance 4 m along the y-direction. The point where it hits the xy plane
along the x-axis is 1 m because the radius is 1m. Hence the bob hits the xy plane at (1m, 4m)
2. D
 1 
Sol. R  x  x 2 
0
A 2 
x
Also, R =
A
Taking differentiation of (1) and (2), we get
0
dR  (dx  x dx) and dR  dx
A A
0
(dx  xdx)  dx
A A
= 0(1+ x)
3. B

AITS-FT-VI-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
Sol. At any instant of time the rod makes an angle  with horizontal, the x
and y coordinates of centre of rod are B
x =  cos y =  sin
x2 + y2 = 2 C
Hence, the centre C moves along a circle of radius with centre at O. x
y
velocity vector of C is always directed along the tangent drawn 
at C to the circle of radius  whose centre lies at O.
A
4. B
Sol. P = VI
For secondary :
P 500
V2  2   40 volts
I1 12.5
For an ideal transformer (100% efficient)
Pinput = Poutput
V 1I 1 = V 2I 2
VI 40(12.5)  n1 V 5 V1 
I1  2 2   2.5 A   1  
V1 40  5  n2 V2 1 40 
5. D
Sol. Let the value of 'a' be increased from zero. As long as a  ug, there shall be no relative motion
between m1 or m2 and platform, that is m1 and m2 shall move with acceleration a. As a > g the
acceleration of m1 and m2 shall become ug each.
Hence at all instants the velocity of m 1 and m2 shall be same
The spring shall always remain in natural length.
6. C
Sol. At any time
Fthrust  Ffriction  ma
av 2  mg  ma
a
a(2gh) ( Ah)g  ( Ah)a
A
a
2 agh  agh  Aha ; g  a
A
7. C
Sol. Torque about A a/2
a a B
mg  I
2 A
a/2 3
mga

2I a a
a mga2 a/ 3 mg
acceleration 
3 2 3I
C

3 AITS-FT-VI-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22
8. B
Sol. Since spherical shell b is earthed therefore potential will be zero.
KQ KQ
i.e.,   0 Q   Q
b b
where Q is total charge inside A and Q is charge on sphericla shell B
Therefore field outside B will be zero.
And electric field inside A will be
KQ
E  3 r (linearly increasing)
a
Between spherical shell A and B
KQ
E 2
r
9. D
Sol. Let x be the distance of axis of rotation from the top of v1 = 30 cm/s
sphere A (downward).
Since angular velocity of the top and bottom point of x
sphere A will be same, therefore, A
30 10
 
x (2R  x)
30 10

x (20  x) v2 = 10 cm/s
x = 15
Distance from ground
= 2R + (2R  x) = 20 + 5 = 25 cm
10. C
Sol. f1 = f2
1 < 2
c=f
c1 < c2
T
c

1 2
11. C
Sol. At the surface of current carrying wire,
1
B  0 jr
2
B
j
r
As slope of wire P > slope of wire Q
12. D
2 1 2  1
Sol.  
v u R
1 1.5 1  1.5
 
v ( u) R
For v to be positive

1 3
 0 u 3R
2R 2u
13. A
Sol. Nb reaches maximum when activity of A will be equal to activity of B.
N
i.e., aNa  bNb Nb  a a
b
14. B
Sol. From COE
2
1 2 1  3K  1
Kx 0  m  x 0   Kx 2
2 
2  m  2

1 2 3 2 1 2
Kx0  Kx0  Kx ; 4x 20  x 2
2 2 2
x = 2x0 (Amplitude)
 K 
Equation y  2x 0 sin  t 
 m 6
 
Satisfies condition given in the question.
15. B
Sol. e = Bv
de d
 Bv at any instant of time ‘t’
dt dt
d
 Bv (x 2  y 2 where x = OQ and y = OP
dt
 dx dy   dx dy 
 2x dt  2y dt   x dt  y dt 
 Bv    Bv  
2 2 2 2
2 x y x y
 dx x dy y 
= Bv   
 dt x2  y 2 dt x 2  y 2 
 
 dx dy 
= Bv  cos   sin  
 dt dt 
dx dy
= Bv(v cos  cos  + v sin  sin ) [ v cos  = , v sin  = ]
dt dt
= Bv2 (cos2  + sin2) = Bv2
16. B
Power(watt)  Emission%
Sol. no. of photoelectron emitted per second, n 
Energy of 1 photon (in J)  100
1.5  10 3  0.1 0.48 1240 nm eV
   10 6 (energy of 1 photon =  e joule )
1240(nm)(eV) e 400 nm
 e  100
400(nm)
Photo current = ne = 0.48 A

17. B
Sol. Magnitude of force on AB (F1) and magnitude of C
force on CD (F2) will be equal in magnitude and
opposite in direction.
   B
Hence, F1  F2  0 . Resultant of F3  F4 will be
away from the long straight wire. I
v1 v2
18. A
Sol. mv0 + 0 = mv1 + (2mv2)
v 0 = v1 + 2v2 …(i)
v  v1
e 2 1
v 0
v 2  v1   v 0 …(ii)
From (i) and (ii)
2v v
v 2   0 ; v1  0
3 3
Total dis tance 2R
T 
Velocity of separation v0
2 4
Angle rotated by A  radian and angle rotated by B  radian.
3 3
19. A
Sol. Velocity of image of particle B
 ˆ  4( î)  î
v  5(i)
B
Velocity of image of particle A
v A  10( î)  4(î)  10ˆj   14(i)
ˆ  10ˆj 
 
Relative velocity of image
  
vBA  vB  v A  î   14(i) ˆ  10ˆj   15iˆ  10ˆj
 

v BA  325 cm/sec
20. D
Sol. We know that P will be the central maxima (at
which path difference is zero)
d d d
OP    2d/3
2 3 6 d P
d/2 y = (d/2d/3)
d/3 O

SECTION – B
21. 00000.40
1
Sol. Error in measuring 50 sec =  0.2 sec
5
0.2
% error =  100  0.4 %
50
22. 00000.00
Sol. In reverse biased diode offers infinite resistance
23. 00002.00
 8 
Sol. L.C   1    0.2 mm  2 cm
 10 
24. 00004.00
B
Sol. tan   V
BH
25. 00000.21
E
Sol. B0  0
C
26. 00003.00
q2
Sol. Ta
a2
1/3
 q2 
a  k 
 T
 
27. 00003.00
Sol. N=3

W  PdV  nRkVdV
 …(i)
T = kV2 dT = 2kVdV …(ii)
From (i) and (ii)
4T0
dT nR 3
W  nRk
2k

2  dT  2 nRT
T0
0
28. 00000.00
Sol. No change in flux.
29. 00003.00
T
 idt
0
Sol. Average value in one time period = T
3
 dt
0

30. 00016.00
kQ
Sol. At surface V 
R
kQ
at r < R, V  3
(3R2  r 2 )
2R
for r = R/2
11 kQ
V
8 R
1  11 kQ kQ 
mv 20  q  
2  8R R 

SECTION – A
31. B
Sol. Ideal gaseous particles have no inter atomic interactions, so, zero potential energy.
32. C
Sol. O2F2  O22 Bond order  3
KO2  O2 Bond order  1.5
O3 Bond order  1.5
O2 Bond order  2
Higher bond order means lower bond length.
33. C
Sol. Ionization enthalpies is in the order : Li < B < Be < C < O < N < F < Ne.
34. C
8a  a  1
Sol. TC  TC a , and Z  1   
27Rb  RT  Vm
35. A
Sol. Lithium is not miscible with other alkali metals.
36. D
Sol. Beacause K has lower melting than Li, it melts easily and provide greater surface area during
reaction with water.
37. A
 3R 
Sol. W  0, U  q nCV T  q  C V  
 2 
38. C
Sol. The pre-exponential factor does not increase with decrease in temperature.
39. B
Sol. Due to restriction on light and stopping of photosynthesis, plants start using oxygen which
consequently decreases the oxygen inside the water.
40. B
+
Sol. Increasing the concentrtion of conjugate base (or salt) decrease the H concentration, thus
increases pH.
41. C
Sol. If two types of C – C bond length; it means there is no conjugation in this
compound.

42. A
Sol. Paramagnetic compound :
Na3 CoF6 ,CsO2 ,  V H2O 6  FeF6 2 ,K 3 Fe H2 O  6 
3
43. B
Sol. The slope change in the Ellingham diagram is due to phase change of metal. And, the higher
values of Go generally show its inability to form oxide.
44. D
Sol. Zn has a less enthalpy of atomization because of low inter-atomic attraction.
45. A
Sol. O
H O P O H
O
H
46. C
Sol. During the given de-esterification reaction, the C – O bond of alcohol (here it is methanol) does
not break. So, oxygen will remain O16 isotope.
47. A
Sol. H O H
H3C C 
 H3C NH2
NH2
D D
The configuration around the chiral carbon remain same.
48. A
Sol. O
||
CH3  C  CH3  2Zn  4HCl  CH3  CH2  CH3  2ZnCl2  H2O
Balanced equation 
49. D
Sol. O O H
||
 i CH3MgCl
CH3  CH2  C  CH2  CH2  CH3 
ii H O, H
 H3C CH2 C CH2 CH2 CH3
2
CH3
50. B
Sol. In the given Newmann projection, after the rotating the group of atoms around C2  C3 bond, it
will have plane of symmetry; so, it is not chiral.

SECTION – B
51. 00008.84
Sol. Let the mass be x gm
x 1000
  0.1
180  500  x 
x  8.84
52. 00011.40
Sol. Let the transition occurs between n1 and n2, (n2 > n1)
Number of waves in 2nd orbit of H-atom = 2
st
Degeneracy of 1 excited state of H-atom = 4
n1  n2  4
n2  n1  2
n1  1, n2  3
Find
53. 00099.65
Sol. Let CH4  x lit, then C2H6   20  x  L
800 
x
 894 
 20  x   1500
22.4 22.4
x  19.93
54. 00003.10
Sol. 50%
CaC2  2H2 O   Ca  OH2  C2H2
 0.2 mole  0.1 mole 
3C2H2 
Re d hot iron
873 K

 0.1 mole 
 0.1 
 mole 
 3 
SO 3H O

Oleum

NaOH

 0.1 
 mole 
 3 
 0.1 
Required mass    93  gm  3.1
 3 
55. 00108.00
Sol. H3C CH3
H3C C C CH3 
 Lindlar 's catalyst
C C
H H
cis

CH3 CH3
H3C CH3 H Br Br H
C C 
Br2
CCl4
 
Br H H Br
H H
CH3 CH3
50% 50%
56. 00001.00
Sol.  Tb A  K b  A   m
 Tb B  K b  B   m
m  2m
And,  Tb  A  2  Tb B
Kb  A 
Hence, 1
K b B 
57. 00004.36
Sol. 422.63 gm of ZnS means 4.36 moles of ZnS.
There are 4 moles of ZnS in each mole of unit cell (in Zinc blende structure). Each unit cell also
contain 4 unoccupied tetrahedral voids.
58. 00001.07
0.059 Zn2 
Sol. Ecell   o
E cell log  2 
2 Cu 
 
 Zn 
2
2Eo 2E
log  2    
Cu  0.059 0.059
 
 y  C  mx 
2E
1  37.28 
0.059
E  1.07
59. 00008.13
Sol. Passing through H2 S solution produces PbS and Ag2 S as precipitates, but PbS gets dissolved
upon heating. Hence, only Ag2S will remain as precipitate.
0.1
6.2 of Ag2S  moles of Ag2S
4
0.1
 mole of PbS
4
60. 00000.20
Sol. 3Cu  8HNO3  3Cu NO3 2  2NO  4H2 O
 dilute 

SECTION – A
61. B
Sol. A B  2I ….. (1)
–1 –1
A + B = 3I ….. (2)
Multiplying by matrix A in equation (2)
–1 –1
AA + AB = 3A I I + AB–1 = 3A
Now multiplying by matrix B
I B + AB–1B = 3AB B + A = 3AB
2I
2 I = 3AB AB 
3
62. C
 x3 x5 
ax    .....   bx  cx 2  x 3  a  b  x  cx2   1  a  x 3  a x5  .....
Sol. lim  3! 5!  = lim  3!  5!
5 6
x 0  x 2
x 3
 x 0 2x 2x
2x 2  x    .....   2x 3  x 4   .....
 2 3  3 4
a
Limit is finite, if c = 0, a – b = 0, 1   0
3!
63. D
0 2016
A 2015  5A 2014 = A 2014  A  5I = A 2014 A  5I =  1
2014
Sol.  2016
1 398
64. A
 
Sol.
 
ab 
ab 2 2
a b sin2  
1 2 2  
a  b  2 a b  
2 4
1 1
sin2    2  2cos   2sin2   1  cos  cos   
4 2
   2 2  2 2 2 3
a   a  b   a a  b  a b sin2  
4
65. C
1
1 
48x 23  48x15  48x 7  2x 24  3x16  6x 8  8 dx
48 
Sol. I
Let 2x24 + 3x16 + 6x8 = y

1 9
1 1 8
I   y  8 dy   y 8  c
48 48 9
9
1
I  y 8  c
54

66. A
Sol. Let height of tower MN is h P
MN
In QMN, tan30 
QM
200 45º 200
1 h

3 QM N
QM  3 h 30º 30º
Q M R
In MNP, MN = PM
In PMQ, MP   200    3 h 
2 2
h  40000  3h2 h2 + 3h2 = 40000
4h2 = 40000 h2 = 10000 h = 100 meters
67. D
Sol. OA is perpendicular to line L2 = 0 O(0, 0, 0)
1( + 1) + 1( + 2) + 1( + 3) = 0 x=y=z
= –2
A = (–1, 0, 1)
OA  î  kˆ
 x–1=y–2=z–3
A normal vector to required plane is OA
A( + 1, + 2, + 3)
Equation of required plane is –1(x – 0) + 1(z – 0) = 0
–x + z = 0 –10x + 10z = 0 10x – 10z = 0
b = 0, c = –10, d = 0
68. B
 2 
 x 
 5x  x  3 =  tan1  5x   tan1  x     tan1  x   tan1  2  
Sol. y  tan1    tan1     
 1  5x  x    1  2x    3 
 3 
5
y 
1  25x 2
69. A
Sol. (a, b) and (b, a) lie on circle
70. C
Sol. Ram does not get a first class, then he does not work hard
71. B
Sol. z = i or –i
72. D
5 4 2 4 4 4
Sol. (1 – x) (1 + x) (1 + x ) = (1 – x)(1 – x )
13
Coefficient of x = (–1)(–4) = 4
73. B
 5  1
Sol. 4cos 36  4   5 1
 4 
 3  1
1  
 1  1  cos 15   2 2 
cot  7     = 6 3 2 4
 2  sin15 3 1
2 2

6
1
n i 
2
 12  22  32  42  52  62 =  6  7  13  91
i 1 6
74. A
 n3   n  13 
Sol. Tn  tan1  3

1  n  n  1 
3
–1 3 –1 3
Tn = tan (n ) – tan ((n – 1) )
75. B
n 1
0.1  1 nC1  2 n  2
n n
C2  .....  n Cn n
Sol. Arithmetic Mean = = 
1  nC1  nC2  .....  n Cn 2 n
2
76. A
Sol. f() = (cos  + 1) – (cos  – 1) – (cos  – 2) – (cos  – 3) = 7 – 2 cos 
f()max = 9 ; f()min = 5
77. D
2
Sol. –4 +3=0 = 1, 3
2
–5 +6=0 = 2, 3
2
–9=0 = 3; =3
78. D
Sol. x = sec  ; y = cosec 
5x  12y  7xy 5 12
   7 = 5 sin  + 12 cos  + 7
xy y x
79. B
p 360  1  360
n 1  n 360
 1 1 
Sol.  =    
q n1  n n  1  n  n  1  n 1 
n n  1 n  1 n  n 1  n n 1
 1   1 1   1 1  1 18
= 1      ....     = 1  19  19
 2  2 3  360 360 
|p – q| = 1
80. C
Sol. Let g(x) = f 1  x   x3  3x  4
1
f(g(x)) = x f   g x  
g  x 
g 1 6 1
f   g 1    f   0    
 g 1  6
3 3
36
36f   0   1
SECTION – B
81. 00004.50
4
 x 2  f   x   g  x  
dx =   f  x   g  x  1    f  4   g  4   9e 
4
Sol. I 2
1 x
Now, f(x) + g(x) = –x2(f(x) + g((x))
f   x   g  x  1
 f  x   g  x  dx    x dx  x  c
2

1
f(x) + g(x) = ae x a=9
I  1
9e 4  
 9e  9 e  e 4
1

82. 00001.00
Sol. y   a sin  e x   b cos  e x  e x
y   a cos  e x   b sin  ex  e x ex  a sin  e x   b cos  e x  e x = ye2x  y
y   ye2x
1
y
83. 00008.00
Sol. a1e1 = a2e2
PF12  PF22  4a12e12
PF1  PF2  2a1
PF1  PF2  2a2
PF1  PF2    PF1  PF2   4  a12  a22 

2 2
2 PF12  PF22   4  a12  a22  4a12 e12  2  a12  a22 

2 2
a  e  1 1
2e12  1   2  2e12  1   1  2
 2 2
a
 1  e2  e1 e2
1 1
Let  2 cos  ;  2 sin 
e1 e2
9 1
E  9e12  e22  sec 2   cosec 2 
2 2
1 1
E 10  9 tan2   cot 2   ; Emin  10  6   8
2 2
84. 00002.50
1
x1  2x 2  3x 3  4x 4  5x 5
Sol.   x1 x 22 x 33 x 44 x 55 15
15
x1 = x2 = x3 = x4 = x5 = 1
85. 00028.00
a y
Sol. Tangent to parabola is y  mx  (1, 0) B
4m
a
O m a = 4m2
4m x
S
(1, 0) lies on the directrix of the hyperbola
A(1, 0)
2
1 e=2
e
4  b2  2  2 b2 = 12
Tangent to hyperbola y  mx 4m2  b2
2 2 2
(–m) = 4m – b 3m = b = 12 m2 = 4
2 2
2 2
a + b = 4m + 12 = 28
86. 00004.10
Sol. Let P(E1) = x ; P(E2) = y ; P(E3) = z
3x(1 – y)(1 – z) = (1 – x)y(1 – z) = 9(1 – x)(1 – y)z = 3(1 – x)(1 – y)(1 – z)

3x y 9z 1 3 1
  3 x ; y ; z
1 x 1 y 1 z 2 4 4
1 3 1
2 4 4 2 3 1
3 1 1 1 9
 3 1 2 
4 4 2 64 32
1 2 3
1 1 3
4 2 4
87. 00002.00
Sol. Clearly all the solutions of f(x) = x are also solutions of f(f(x)) = x. First, we solve f(x) = x, f(x) = 0
x2 – 3x + 3 = x x2 – 4x + 3 = 0 (x – 1)(x – 3) = 0 x = 1, 3
Therefore x = 1, 3 are also solutions of f(f(x)) = x. We want to seek if there are any more solutions
of f(f(x)) = x other than 1 and 3.
2 2 2 2
f(f(x)) = x f(x – 3x + 3) = x (x – 3x + 3) – 3(x – 3x + 3) + 3 = 0
4 3 2 2 2
x – 6x + 12x – 9x + 3 = 0 (x – 4x + 3)(x – 2x + 1) = 0
2
(x – 1)(x – 3)(x – 1) = y x = 1, 3
In this case we have no additional solutions. Therefore the probability that x satisfies equation
2
f(f(x)) = x is , therefore m = 2
9
88. 00007.00
2 2
Sol. (x – 5x + 10)(x – 5x + 2) + 12 = 0
2 2
(x – 5x + 10)(x – 5x + 10 – 8) + 12 = 0
(x – 5x + 10) – 8(x2 – 5x + 10) + 12 = 0
2 2
2
x – 5x + 10 = 2, 6
1 1 1 1 4
Required sum =    
2 2 6 6 3
89. 00002.30
3 y
0C 3
4 A y= xC
Sol. 5 4
2
 3   2
   1
4 B
x
 3  4C  4 C( , 0)
   5
 4  5
3  4C 25

3 3
2 2 2
 4C   3  4C   25  20
AB      25 =    25 =    25 
 3   3   3  3
90. 00002.80
 2  x 3  3  x 2 
10
Sol.
10  r
Cr  2  x 3r  3  x 
10 2r
2r
Ck 32r k xk
3r + k = 8 r=k=2
Coefficient of x8 = 10C2·28·4C2·32 = 5·29·35

FIITJEE
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – I
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 17-02-2022
answer.

AITS-CRT-I-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. Two blocks of mass 10 kg and 2 kg respectively are connected by an

ideal string passing over a fixed smooth pulley as shown in figure. A
monkey of 8 kg started climbing the string with constant acceleration
2ms2 with respect to string at t = 0. Initially the monkey is 2.4 m
from the pulley. Find the time taken by the monkey to reach the
pulley.
(A) 1 sec
(B) 2 sec
(C) 4 sec
(D) 8 sec
+
2. Which of the following transitions of He ion will give rise to spectral line which has same
wavelength as some spectral line in hydrogen atom?
(A) n=4 to n=2
(B) n=6 to n=5
(C) n=6 to n=3
(D) None of these
3. A particle is attached to the lower end of a uniform rod which is hinged at its other end
as shown in the figure. Another identical particle moving horizontally collides
inelastically and sticks to it. The minimum speed of moving particle so that the rod with
m,
particles performs circular motion in a vertical plane will be: [length of the rod is  ,
consider masses of both particles and rod to be same]
(A) 20g m
(B) 10g
(C) 70 / 3g
(D) 175 / 3g
4. The circuit shown in the figure is in steady state for a long time. The S
connection to battery is suddenly broken (switch S is opened up). What
is the charge (in μ ) on the capacitor after 0.001 sec.? + 60 40
84V 
(A) 100
5μ
(B) 100e 2 40 20
(C) 100e 4
(D) 0

3 AITS-CRT-I-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
5. Figure shows the anode potential vs photo-current graph when

photons of 6 eV are incident on cathode in a photoelectric
experiment set-up. In the same experimental set-up, if photons
of 8 eV and same intensity are incident on cathode, then anode-
potential vs photo-current graph will be (assume 100%
efficiency of photons to eject photo-electrons in both cases)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
6. A sound source is located somewhere along the x-axis. Experiment shows that the same
wavefront simultaneously reaches listeners at x = –10m and x = +4.0m. A third listener is
positioned along the positive y-axis. What is y-coordinate (in m) if the same wavefront reaches at
him at the same instant it does the first two listeners?
(A) 40
(B) 3
(C) 7
(D) 30
7. A point charge is kept outside a conducting sphere as shown in R
figure. The charge flown through the switch in to the earth after q
closing the switch is: 2R
S
q
(A) 
2
q
(B)
2
q
(C) 
4
q
(D)
4
8. At t < 0, the capacitor is charged and the switch is opened. At t = 0 the switch L Q0 C
is closed. The shortest time T at which the charge on the capacitor will be zero
is given by:
(A) π S

3
(B) π
2

(C) LC
2
(D) 2 LC

9. In the circuit shown switch S is connected to position 2 for a long time and R1
then joined to position 1. The total heat produced in resistance R 1 is:
L S 1
LE 2
(A)
2R 22 2
LE 2 E R2
(B)
2R 12
LE 2
(C)
2R 1 R 2
LE 2  R 1 +R 2 
2
(D)
2R12R 2 2
10. A solid cylinder attached to horizontal massless spring can roll without M.R.
slipping along horizontal surface. Find time period of oscillation: K

(A) 2π
(B) π
(C) π
(D) 2π
11. Assuming the sun to be a spherical body (e = 1) of radius R at a temperature of T K, evaluate the
total radiant power, incident on Earth having radius r0 , at a distance r from the Sun, where r0 is
the radius of the earth and  is Stefan's constant.
2 2 4
π R 0
(A)
r2
r02 R 2 4
(B)
4 r 2
R2 4
(C)
r2
4 r02 R 2 4
(D)
r2
12. The minimum and maximum distance of a satellite from the centre of the earth are 2R and 4R,
respectively, where R is the radius of earth and M is the mass of earth. The radius of curvature at
the point of maximum distance is:
(A) 8R/3
(B) 4R/3
(C) 3R/8
(D) 3R/4

13. A man standing on a road has to hold his umbrella at 30° with the vertical to keep the rain away.
He throws the umbrella and starts running at 10km/h. He finds that raindrops are hitting his head
vertically. The actual speed of rain drops is
(A) 20 km/h
(B) 10 3 km/h
(C) 20 3 km/h
(D) 10 km/h
14. 70 cal of heat is required to raise the temperature of 2 moles of an ideal gas from 30°C to 35°C
while the pressure of the gas is kept constant. The amount of the heat required to raise the
temperature of the same gas through the same temperature range at constant volume is
1 1
(gas constant, R = 2 cal mol K )
(A) 80 cal
(B) 70 cal
(C) 60 cal
(D) 50 cal
15. In a Lloyd's mirror experiment, a light wave emitted directly by the source S interferes with
reflected light from the mirror. The screen is 1m away from the source S. The size of the fringe
width is 0.25mm. The source is moved 0.6mm above the initial position, the fringe width
decreases by 1.5 times. The light used has wavelength
(A) 0.6 μm
(B) 0.4 μm
(C) 0.2 μm
(D) 0.8 μm
16. There is a simple pendulum hanging from ceiling of a lift. When the lift is stand still, the time
period of the pendulum is T. If the lift moving upward with deceleration 3g/4, where g is
acceleration due to gravity, then the new time period of pendulum is:
(A) 0.75 T
(B) 0.25 T
(C) 2T
(D) 4T
17. A solid sphere of mass 1 kg, radius 10 cm rolls down an inclined plane of height 7m. The velocity
of its centre as it reaches the ground level is:
(A) 7 m/s
(B) 10 m/s
(C) 15 m/s
(D) 20 m/s
18. Two spheres made of same material have radii in the ratio 2:1 . If both the spheres are at same
temperature, then what is the ratio of heat radiation energy emitted per second by them?
(A) 1:4
(B) 4:1
(C) 3:4
(D) 4:3

19. A sound absorber attenuates the sound level by 20 dB. The intensity decreases by a factor of
(A) 1000
(B) 10,000
(C) 10
(D) 100
20. Lenses of power 3D and –5D are combined to form a compound lens. An object is placed at a
distance of 50 cm from this lens. Its image will be formed at a distance from the lens will be
(A) 25 cm
(B) 20 cm
(C) 30 cm
(D) 40 cm
SECTION – B
21. A plastic circular disc of radius 10 cm is placed on a thin oil film of thickness 2 mm, spread over a
flat horizontal surface. The torque (N-m) required to spin the disc about its central vertical axis
with a constant angular velocity 8 rad/sec is (coefficient of viscosity of oil is 1.0 kg/m-s)
(take π = 3.14)
22. Calculate the value of output voltage V0 (in V) if the Si diode and Ge diode Ge
V0
conduct at 0.7 V and 0.3V respectively as shown in figure. Si
12V
5k
23. In Young's double slit experiment, the wavelength of red light is 7800 Å and that of blue light is
th
5200 Å . The minimum value of n for which n bright band due to red light coincides with
 n+1
th
bright band due to blue light, is:
24. A railway track (made of iron) is laid in winter when the average temperature is 18°C. The track
consists of sections of 12.0 m placed on after the other. How much gap (in cm) should be left
between two such sections so that there is no compression during summer when the maximum
6
temperature goes to 48°C? Coefficient of linear expansion of iron =11×10 / °C ____
25. A rod is clamped at both of its ends and stationary longitudinal waves are produced in it. In first
experiment, the rod has a total of 4 nodes with amplitude of each anti-node to be 1 mm. In other
experiment, the rod has a total of 6 nodes with amplitude of each anti node to be 2mm. The
E1
energy of vibrations in the rod in two cases is E1 and E 2 respectively. Write value of .
E2
26. A system of binary stars of masses M1 and M 2 are moving in circular orbits of radii r1 and r2
respectively. If T1 and T2 are the time periods of revolution of masses M1 and M 2 respectively
r1 T
and if =2, then find 1 .
r2 T2

27. A bullet of mass 10 gm is fired horizontally with velocity 1000 m/s from rifle situated at height 50m
above the ground. If the bullet reaches the ground with velocity 500 m/s, find work done against
air resistance in the trajectory of the bullet in kilo-joule.
28. A string is stretched between fixed points separated by 75.0 cm. It is observed to have resonant
frequency of 420 Hz and 315 Hz. There are no other resonant frequencies between these two.
The lowest resonant frequency (in Hz) for this string is 100x . Find x.
5 1 1
29. A boat is moving due east in a region where the earth's magnetic field is 5.0×10 NA m due
north and horizontal. The boat carries a vertical aerial 3m long. If the speed of the boat is 3m/s,
find the magnitude of the induced emf in the wire of aerial (in mV).
30. An ice cube of mass M and with sides of length a is sliding without COM
friction with speed v 0 when it hits a ridge O at the edge of counter (see 
V
figure). This collision causes the cube to tilt as shown. The minimum
O
value of v 0 needed for the cube to fall off the table is given by kag .
Find value of k.

SECTION – A

(A) H  is the smallest size cation in the periodic table
(B) Van der waals radius of chlorine is more than covalent radius
 
(C) Ionic mobility of hydrated Li is greater than that of hydrated Na
(D) He atom has the highest ionisation enthalpy in the periodic table
32. Identify the statement(s) which is not correct with respect to surface phenomenon.
(A) If on adding electrolyte in an emulsion, the conductivity increases then it will be oil in
water type emulsion.
(B) Tyndall effect is observed when refractive indices of dispersed phase and dispersion
medium differ largely.
(C) Macromolecular colloids are generally lyophobic in nature
(D) Gases which can react with adsorbents are generally chemisorbed
33. The major product obtained when following substrate is subjected to E 2 reaction will be:
CH3
Br
CH 3
(A) CH3 (B) CH3
CH3 CH3
(C) CH3 (D) None of these
CH2
34. O
  
  A    B
Zn H g
O 
( i ) AlCl
3
( ii ) H  HCl
 Conc.H 2 SO4
O
O
Structure of (A) and (B) respectively are:

(A) O
OH OH
O O
(B) O
O
(C) O O
OH
O
(D) O
OH OH
O O
35. An aqueous solution of a metal ion (A) on reaction with KI gives a black brownish ppt (B) and this
aqueous suspension on treatment with excess KI gives orange yellowish solution. Then A is
(A) pb2 
(B) Bi 3
(C) Hg 22 
(D) Hg 2 
36. Which of the following compounds consist of a P – P linkage?
(A) Hypo phosphoric acid
(B) Pyrophosphorous acid
(C) Dipolyphosphoric acid
(D) Metaphosphoric acid
1
37. The specific conductance of a saturated solution of silver bromide is K Scm . The limiting ionic
 
conductivity of Ag and Br ions are x and y respectively. The solubility of silver bromide in g/L is
(molar mass of AgBr  188 )
K  1000
(A)
x y
K
(B) 188
x y
K  1000  188
(C)
x y
x  y 1000
(D) 
k 188

38. A certain amount of reducing agent reduces x mole of KMnO 4 & y mole of K 2 Cr2 O7 in different
experiments in acidic medium. If the change in oxidation state of reducing agent is same in both
experiments then x : y is.
(A) 5:3
(B) 3:5
(C) 5:6
(D) 6:5
39. The activation energies of two reactions are E1 & E 2 with E1 E 2 . If temperature of reacting
1 1
system is increased from T1 (rate constant are k1 and k 2 ) to T2 (rate constant are k1 and k 2 )
predict which of the following alternative is correct.
k11 k 21
(A) 
k1 k 2
k11 k 21
(B)
k1 k2
k11 k21
(C) 
k1 k2
(D) k11  k 21
ions and 1 , 2 & 3 . The

 2
40. The wavelength of the first Lyman lines of hydrogen, He and Li
ration of these wavelengths is
(A) 1: 4 : 9
(B) 9 : 4 :1
(C) 36 : 9 : 4
(D) 6 :3: 2
41. Two system PCl5  g   PCl3  g   Cl2  g  and COCl  g   CO  g   Cl2  g  are
simultaneously in equilibrium in a vessel at constant volume. If some CO is introduced in the
vessel, then at new equilibrium, the modes of
(A) PCl5 increase
(B) PCl5 remain unchanged
(C) PCl5 decrease
(D) Cl2 increase
42. In the following statement, which combination of true (T) and false (F) options in correct?

(A) Ionic mobility is highest for I in water as compared to other halides.
(B) IF5 is square pyramidal and IF7 is pentagonal bipyramidal in shape
(C) Reactivity order is F2  Cl2  Br2  I 2
(D) Oxidising power order is F2  Cl2  Br2  I 2
(A) TFTF
(B) TTFT
(C) TTTT
(D) TTFF


43. Xenon fluorides are very good oxidising and fluorinating agents. They also act as F donors and
acceptors. When XeF4 donates its fluoride to SbF5 , then the states of hybridisation of central atom
of cationic part and anionic part of product are:
(A) sp 3 d , sp 3d 2
(B) sp 3 d 2 , sp 3 d
(C) sp 3 d 2 , sp 3 d 2
(D) dsp 2 , sp3
44. Which of the following is a polar molecule?

(A) XeF4
(B) BF3
(C) C2 F4
(D) PCl2 F3
45. C6H5
H3C H

alcoholic KoH
E2
A
Br H
C6H5
A is
(A) H3C C6H5 (B) H3C C6H5

C C
C C
H C6H5 H5C6 H
(C) H CH3 (D) None of these
C
C
H5C6 C6H5
46. O-CH3

Conc. HI
 excess 
 Products,Products of reaction are
O-CH3
(A) CH3 (B) OH
2CH 3 I 2CH 3OH
CH3 OH

(C) OH (D) OH
2CH 3 I
2CH 3 I
I
OH
47. Which of the following compound loses CO 2 upon heating to100C

(A) OH (B) OH
O O
O
(C) OH (D) OH
O O
OH
O OH
48. Which of the following monomers has greatest ability to undergo cationic polymerisation?
(A) CH CH2 (B) CH CH2
OCH 3
(C) CH CH2 (D) CH CH 2
NH2 NO 2
49. How many molecules of RMgX are consumed in the below reaction
O
O
Cl RMgX
H 3O +
CHO
(A) 2
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 6

50. Amongst the following, total no of aromatic compounds are
  +
 O
(A) 5
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) 6
SECTION – B
51. One mole of calcium phosphide on reaction with excess of water gives how many moles of
phosphine.
52. Three moles of an ideal gas C p,m =2.5R   and 2 moles of another ideal gas  C p,m =3.5R  are
taken in a vessel and compressed reversible and adiabatically. In this process, the temperature
of gaseous mixture increased from 300K to 400K. The increase in internal energy of gaseous
mixture (in K cal) is. [R = 2 cal/mol/K]
53. Analyse the following pairs of compounds.

Write 1, if they are Tautomers.
Write 2. if they are Metamers.
Write 3, if they are Position isomers.
Write 4, if they are Functional group isomers.
Write 5, if they are Chain isomers.
Write 6, if they are not isomers.
CH3
H
(a) 3 C H3C C N
C N
OH O
(b)
(c) CH 3  CH 2  O  CH 2  CH 3
CH 3  CH 2  CH 2  O  CH 3
Write answer of part (a), (b), (c) in the same order and present the three digit number and report
answer in sum of digit.

54. When mixture of NaCl and K 2 Cr2 O 7 is gently warmed with conc. H 2SO 4 then compound X is
formed. What is the oxidation state of central atom of X .
55. Sum of molecular mass of alkyl iodides produced in following reaction is (At weight of Iodine=127)
(a)
O
conc.HI
 alcohol+alkyliodide
(b)
O

anhydrous
 alcohol+alkyl iodide
(c) Ph - O - Me  HI
 alcohol+alkyl iodide
excess
56. Assuming that boron atoms arrange themselves at the corners of truncated octahedron. Find the
ΔH (in kJ/mol) if 1 mol truncated octahedron is formed by required boron atoms in gaseous
state. Given: ΔH BE  -  00 mol
[Write your answer as sum of digits till you get the single digit answer].
57. Find the number of species from the following which has magnetic moment value of 1.73 B.M.
Fe 2+ , Cu 2+ , Ni 2+ , NO 2 , NO 2 , Sc 2+
58. For any sparingly soluble salt  M  NH3  4 Br2  H 2 PO 2
Given: M0  NH  Br   400Sm 2 mol1 , H0 PO   100Sm 2 mol 1

3 4 2 2 2
Specific resistance of saturated  M  NH3  4 Br2  H 2 PO 2 solution is 200 cm . If solubility

x
product constant of the above salt is 10 . What will be the value of x .
59. How many among the following is / are antipyretic drugs

Ibuprofen, Codeine, Nicotine, Aspirin, Chloroquine, phenacitin, Naproxen
60. How many of the following reagent/s will liberate at least one oxide of nitrogen as a product?
(i) Ag + conc. HNO3
(ii) Sn + dil., HNO3 (20%)
(iii) Cu + conc. HNO3
(iv) C + conc. HNO3
(v) Zn + conc. HNO3
(vi) Zn + dil. HNO3 (20%)
(vii) P4 + conc. HNO3
(viii) S8 + conc. HNO3
(ix) Cu + dil. HNO3 (20%)

SECTION – A
61. sin 47  sin 25  sin 61  sin11 

(A) cos 7
(B) sin 7
(C) 2cos 7
(D) 2sin 7
62. The tangent to the hyperbola xy  c 2 at the point P intersects the x-axis at T and the y-axis at T’.
The normal to the hyperbola at P intersects the x-axis at N and the y-axis at N’. The areas of the
1 1
triangles PNT and PN’T’ are  and  ’ respectively, then  is
 '
(A) equal to 1
(B) depends on t
(C) depends on c
(D) equal to 2
63. The normal at P to a hyperbola of eccentricity e, intersects its transverse and conjugate axes at L
and M respectively. If locus of the mid-point of LM is hyperbola, then eccentricity of the hyperbola
is:
 e 1 
(A)  
 e 1 
e
(B)
e 2
 1
(C) e
(D) None of these
64. Area of the triangle formed by the lines x  y  0, x  y  0 and any tangent to the hyperbola
x  y  a is:
2 2 2
(A) a
1
(B) a
2
(C) a2
1 2
(D) a
2

65. The point, at shortest distance from the line x  y  7 and lying on an ellipse x 2  2 y 2  6 , has
co-ordinates:
(A)  2, 2 
(B)  0, 3 
(C)  2,1
 1 
(D)  5, 
 2
x2
66. Locus of the foot of perpendicular drawn from origin to any tangent to the ellipse  y 2  1 is:
2
x  y 2   2x2  y 2
2 2
(A)
x  y 2   2x2  y 2
2 2
(B)
x  y 2   2x2  y 2
2 2
(C)
(D) None of these
67. For parabola x

2
 y 2  2 xy  6 x  2 y  3  0 , then focus is:
(A) 1, 1
(B)  1,1
(C)  3,1
(D) None of these
The condition that the parabola y  4c  x  d  and y  4 ax have a common normal other than
2 2
68.
x- axis  a 0, c 0  is:
(A) 2a  2c  d
(B) 2c  2a  d
(C) 2d  2a  c
(D) 2d  2c  a
69. The point  P  1 ,  P  , (where . denotes the greatest integer function) lying inside the region
bounded by the circle x  y 2  2 x  15  0 and x 2  y 2  2 x  7  0 then:
2
(A) p   1, 0  0,1 1, 2 

(B) p   1, 2   0,1
(C) p   1, 2 
(D) None of these

70. If the distance from the origin of the centres of three, circles
x 2  y 2  2i x  c 2  0,  i  1, 2,3  are in GP. then the lengths of the tangents drawn to them
from any point on the circle x
2
 y 2  c 2 are in:
(A) A. P
(B) G. P
(C) H.P
(D) None of these
71. The values of k for which the circle x

2
 y 2  1 and x 2  y 2  4 x  8  0 have two common
tangents is:
 9 9
(A)  , 
 4 4
 9 9 
(B)  ,   ,
 4  4 
 9 9 
(C)  ,    ,
 4 4 
(D) None of these
72. The equation of image of pair of lines y  x  1 in y- axis is:
(A) x2  y2  2x  1  0
(B) x2  y 2  2x 1  0
(C) x2  y 2  2x 1  0
(D) None of these
73. If ,  0 and    and ax 2  4 xy   y 2  4 p  x  y  1  0 represent a pair of straight

lines, then:
(A)   p
(B) p 
(C) p 
(D) p   or p  
2 2 4 2m
74. If    , then orthocentre of the triangle having sides
1!9! 3!7! 5!5! n !
x  y  1  0, x  y  3  0 and 2 x  5 y  2  0 is:
(A)  2m  2n, m  n 
(B)  2m  2n, n  m 
(C)  2m  n, m  n 
(D)  2 m  n, m  n 

BC BC CA CA

75. In ABC , if p  tan cot q  tan cot and
2 2 2 2
AB A B
r  tan cot then p :
2 2
(A) 1
(B) pq
(C)  pqr
(D) None of these
76. ABC and P, Q are feet of perpendicular from A to BI , CI respectively.

If I be the incentre of
Then AQ : CI  AP : BI  :
 A B 
(A) cot  
 2 
 BC 
(B) cot  
 2 
C  A
(C) cot  
 2 
 BC 
(D) tan  
 2 
77. A, B, C are three points on a horizontal line through the base O of a pillar OP, such that OA, OB,
OC are in A. P. If  ,  ,  the angles of elevation of the top of the pillar at A, B, C respectively
are also in A. P. then sin  ,sin  ,sin  are in:
(A) A. P.
(B) G. P.
(C) H. P.
(D) None of these
78. Ifn N , then 7 2n  23n3.3n1 is always divisible by:

(A) 25
(B) 35
(C) 45
(D) None of these
79. Let P  n  denotes the statement that n2  n is odd. It is seen that P  n  P  n  1 . Pn is true
for all:
(A) n 1
(B) n N
(C) n 2
(D) None of these

1        
80. If sin  tan  sin     cos 1  cot  cos     , then value of sin can be:
 2   2  2 3
(A) 0
1
(B)
2
1
(C)
2
(D) None of these
SECTION – B
81. The number of ordered pairs  x, y  of real numbers satisfying 4 x  4 x  2  sin y and
2 2
x 2  y 2  3 is equal to___
82. A rectangular hyperbola whose centre is C is cut by any circle of radius unity in four points
P, Q, R and S . Then CP 2  CQ 2  CR 2  CS 2 is equal to____
x2 y 2 π
83. The line 5 x  3 y  8 2 is a normal to the ellipse   1 . If be the eccentric angle of
25 9 k
the foot of this normal, then k is_____
The triangle formed by the tangent to the parabola y  x at the point whose abscissa is
2
84.
x0  x0  1, 2  , the y-axis and the straight line y  x02 has the greatest area if x0 is equal to__
85. The polynomial R(x) is the remainder upon dividing x

2007
by x 2  5 x  6 . If R (0) can be
a+b
expressed as ab(a
c
 b c ) , find the value of +c=?
20
 3 1  3
Number of roots of the equation cos x   sin x   1  0 which lie in the interval
2
86.
 2  
  4
  ,   is_____
87. The number of solutions of tan  5 cos    cot  5 sin   for    0, 2  is_____
88. Number of solutions of the equation 4sin 2 x  tan 2 x  cot 2 x  cos ec 2 x  6 in 0,   is___

89. A special deck of cards contains 49 cards, each labeled with a number from 1 to 7 and coloured
with one of seven colours. Each number – colour combination appears on exactly one card.
Mokshika will select a set of eight cards from the deck at random. Given that she gets atleast one
card of each colour and atleast one card with each number, the probability that Mokshika can
discard one of her cards and still have atleast one card of each colour and atleast one card with
p
each number is , where p and q are relatively prime positive integers. Find p  q :
q
n
e n  y  e  1 1
90. If f  y   lim then the value of  f  x dx is:
n 
n 1 e n
 1 e n 1  1 0

FIITJEE
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – I
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 17-02-2022

SECTION – A
1. B
2. A
3. C
Sol. From conservation of angular momentum about hinged point
 m 2 
mv    2m. 2 
 3 
3 v
 . 
7 
Now from conservation of energy
1 7 2
 m  2
 mgl  2mg.2
2 3
70
v g
3
4. C
84
Sol. i1   0.6 A
140

AITS-CRT-I-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
84
i2   1.4A
60
p.d across capacitor = 20 v

Q = CV = 5 × 20 = 100  C
 t / RC
After S is open Q  Q.e
 100e 1
5. D
Sol. Stopping potential increases and number of photons decreases.
hcn p
I=
λt
6. A
7. B
kq ' kq
Sol.  0
R 2R
q
q' 
2
q
So charge flown in to the earth 
2
8. C
Sol. The time period of LC oscillations, T  2 LC
The time at which charge on the capacitor will be zero is T/4
π
So t= LC
2
9. A
E
Sol. I=
R2
2
1  E 
U inductor =Heat loss in R 1 = L  
2  R2 
10. D
Sol. Using energy method:
1 2 1 MR 2 v 2 1 2
E= mv + + kx
2 2 2 R2 2

3 AITS-CRT-I-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22
3 1
E= mv 2 + kx 2
4 2
dE 3
 0  Mv.a  kxv
dt 2
2 k 3M
As V  0 a x T  2
3M 2k
11. A
eAsun T 1
Sol.  Aproj area
4 r 2
4 R 2
 T 4 r02
4 r 2
π 02 R 2 4
r2
12. A
13. A
14. D
Q 70
Sol. Cp    7cal mol 1 K 1
n  2  5
C v =C p  R  7  2  5cal mol 1 K 1
Q  nCv   2  5  5  50cal
15. A
D d
Sol.   0.25  103  D   103.... 1
d 4
D  0.25 10 3 103 103
'
d  1.2  10 3

1.5

1.5

6
 D 
6
 d  1.2  103  ....  2 
3 3
d d 1.2  10  1 1  1.2 10
From equation = 1 and  2  ,   d  
4 6 6 4 6 6
3
d  2.4 10 m
d  103 2.4  103  103
From (1):     0.6  m
4D 4 1

16. C
Sol. T  2 1 / g
If effective acceleration due to gravity  g  3 g / 4  g / 4
New time period  T '  2 1 / g / 4
 2  2 1 / g   2T
17. B
18. B
1
Sol. Eα
E r 2
2
E1 r12  2  4
 2   
E2 r2  1  1
19. D
 I  I'
Sol. β1 =10lo   and  2 lo
10 10  
 I0   I0 
Given, 1   2  20
20  10 log  I / I '
I
I'
100
20. A
SECTION – B
21. 00000.63
R
 rw 
Sol. =  F .r     2 r dr    .r
0  t 
2WR 4 2  3.14  1 8  104

 
4t 4  2 10 3
 0.625 N  m  0.63 N  m
22. 00011.70
12  0.3
Sol. I=  2.34mA
5  103
V0 =IR=  2.34×11-3  5×103  =11.7V

23. 00002.00
Sol. n  7800    n  1 5200
24. 00000.40
Sol. L  L0  T
 12  11 106  30
 3960  106 m
25. 00000.09
2
1
Sol. Energy in 1 loop  dm  A sin  kx  
2
2 2
λ
=  M/L 
8
3 3 1
Ratio   
5 5 4
26. 00001.00
Sol. Centre of mass of binary star lies at centre of their circular path.
M 1r1  M 2 r2
M 1M 2
Then G   M 1W12 r1  M 2W22 r2
 r1  r2 
2
T1
w1  w2   1.00
T2
27. 00003.75
From equation of motion v  u  2as
2 2
Sol.
37500
 5000   1000   2as
2 2
s
a
10
 ma  s   375000
1000
 3750 Joule  3.75 kJ
28. 00001.05
29. 00000.45
Sol. Induced emf
 eBH lv  5  105  3  3  0.45  103  0.45 mV
30. 00001.10

SECTION – A
31. C
Sol. Ionic mobilities of hydrated alkali metal ions are as:
Cs + Rb + K+ Na + Li +
32. C
Sol. Macromolecular colloids like starch, gelatin are generally lyophilic.
33. A
Sol. Groups to be eliminated should be trans-biaxial in chair conformation.
34. A
Sol. O
O
OH
OH
 
( i ) AlCl3 Zn  H g 
O ( ii ) H  O 
HCl
 A O
O
H
 B
 Conc. H 2 SO4
35. B
  BiI 4 
Sol. 
Bi 3 
KI
 BiI 3 
excess
KI
( A) (B)
Black ppt yellow brown solution
36. A
Sol. O O
P P H 4 P2 O6
HO OH
OH OH
37. C
Sol. AgBr=x+y
K×1000
AgBr=
M
M – molarity of AgBr solution
K×1000
8 (solubility in g/L) = ×188
 x+y 

38. D
Sol. Equivalents of KMnO4  5x
Equivalents of K 2 Cr2 O7  6 y
Equivalents of oxidising agent must be same 5x  6 y
x : y  6:5
39. B
Sol. Greater the activation energy of a reaction, greater is the temperature dependence of rate
constant of reaction.
40. C
1  1
Sol.  RZ 2  1   for lyman line
  4
41. C
Sol. Cl2 is present simultaneously in two equilibria. Decrease in its concentration shift both equilibria
forward.
42. D
Sol. Fluorine is most reactive amongst halides and has highest oxidising power
43. A
Sol.
 XeF3   SbF6 
sp3d sp3d 2
44. D
Sol. In PCl 2 F3 , net dipole moment does not cancel out.
45. A
Sol. C6H5
H5C6 CH3
C6H5 C
Br
 HBr
C
H3C H C6H5 H
H
46. C
Sol. OH group of phenol cannot be replaced by iodine as it does not undergo nucleophilic
substitution reaction under normal conditions.
47. A
Sol. Group stabilise the carbanion character on   carbon
O
C

48. C
Sol. Methoxy group stabilises the cationic intermediate by M effect
49. B
Sol. 2 molecules of RMgX are consumed by acid chloride group as it undergoes addition elimination
first and then addition. The other aldehydic & ketonic group consume one RMgX molecule each.
50. B
Structure containing a ring of  4n  2   e s is aromatic

Sol.
SECTION – B
51. 00002.00
Sol.  3Ca  OH  2  2PH3
Ca 3 P2 +6H 2 O 
52. 00001.90
Sol. Δ = ×1.5R×100+2×2.5R×100=1900cal
=1.9 K cal
53. 00011.00
Sol. 542 and sum of digits = 5+4+2 = 11
54. 00006.00
Sol. CrO 2 Cl2
55. 00454.00
Sol. C 2 H 5 I 156  , C2 H 5 I 156  , CH 3I 142 
56. 00009.00
Sol. H  BE R  BE p
 0   36BE B B 
 36  200  7200
ΔH  7 00
Sum of digits = 9
57. 00003.00
Sol. Cu 2+ , Sc 2+ , NO 2
58. 00012.00
Sol. = 1  H 2 PO21
 M  NH 3  Br2 
 4 
1 400 104 s 100 104 s

 
200 1000 1000
s  10 6
K sp  1012 , x  12

59. 00003.00
Sol. Ibuprofen, Aspirin and Phenacitin are antipyretics
60. 00008.00
Sol. (i) give NO2
(ii) NH4NO3
(iii) gives NO2
(iv) give NO2
(v) give NO2
(vi) given N2O
(vii) gives NO2
(viii) gives NO2
(ix) gives NO

SECTION – A
61. A
Sol. sin 47  sin 25  tan 61  sin11
  sin 61  sin 47    sin 25  sin11 
 2sin 54 cos 7  2sin18 cos 7
 2 cos 7  sin 54  sin18 
 2 cos 7  cos 36  sin18 
 5 1 5 1 
 2 cos 7     cos 7
 4 4 
62. C
 c x
Sol.  is ty   2c  0
Let equation of tangent for  ct,
 t t
Normal from P is xt  ty  ct  c  0
3 4
 2c   ct 4  c   c  ct 4 
Co – ordinate of T  2ct, 0  , T '  0, , N  , 0  and N'  0, 
 t   t 3   t 

c2 1 t4  c2

2t 4
and  ' 
2

1  t4 
1 1 2
  2
 ' c
63. B
64. A
65. C
66. A
67. B
68. A
69. D
Sol. The point  P  1 ,  P  lies inside the circle x 2
 y 2  2 x  15  0
 P  1   P   2  P  1  15  0
2 2
 P   8 .................... (1)
2
Point  P  1 . P   lies outside the circle x  y  2 x  7  0

2 2
 P  1   P   2  P  1  7 0
2 2

 P  4 ........................ (2)
2
4  P  8
2
70. B
Sol. Centres of circles are
C1   , 0  , C2  2 , 0  , C3  3 , 0 
OC1 , OC2 , OC3 are in GP
22  1 , 3
Let any point on x  y  c be P  c cos  , c sin   ,
2 2 2
Length of tangents are

PT1  21  c cos  
PT2  22  c cos  
PT3  23  c cos  
PT22  PT1 , PT3
71. C
Sol. Equation of the radical axis is
9
4 x  9 or x 
4
Pitting x in x  y  1
2 2
81
y 1
16 2
For the circle to have two common tangents, they must intersect at two distinct points
81
1 0
16 2
9 9
 or 
4 4
72. C
Sol. y  x 1
y 2   x  1
2
For image in y- axis, charge x by  x

y 2    x  1
2
x2  y 2  2 x  1  0
73. D
Sol. Use   0
16 2  16 p 2  4 p  p   p     0
Since  is real

D0
 p    p     0
74. A
1  2 10! 2 10! 10! 2m
Sol.    
10!  1!9! 3!7! 5!5! n!
1 10 2m
C1 10 C3  ....... 10 C9 
10! n!
m
1 9 2
2 
10! n!
m  9 n  10
Lines x  y  1  0 & x  y  3  0 are perpendicular to each other
Orthocentre  2, 1
 2m  2n, m  n 
75. B
 B C  bc A
Sol. Since tan   cos  tan gent rule
 2  bc 2
 B C   B C  b c
tan   cot  
 2   2  bc
bc 1 p b
p       1
bc 1 p c
1 q c
Similarly      2
1 q a
1 p a
     3
1 r b
1 p  1 q  1 r 
    1
 1 p  1 q  1 r 
2  p  q  r   2 pqr
p   pqr
76. D
AQ C C
Sol.  sin AQ  AC sin .......1
AC 2 2
A
A/ 2
Q
P
B/2 I C/2
B

CI AC
In AIC , 
A   AC 
sin sin    
2   2 
sin A / 2
CI  AC     2
cos B / 2
B C
cos sin
AQ 2 2
1 /  2  
A
CI sin
2
C B
cos sin
AP 2 2
Similarly 
BI A
sin
2
B C
sin   
AQ AP
   2 2   tan  B  C 
CI BI A  2 
sin  
2
77. B
78. A
Putting n = 1 P 1  7  2.3  50  2  25
2
Sol.
Also confirm by P  n  P  n  1 induction step
79. D
Sol. n  n  1 is always even. So given P  n  is wrong.
80. A
SECTION – B
81. 00002.00
Sol. 4 x 2  4 x  2  sin 2 y
since 0  sin 2 y  1
0  4 x2  4 x  2  1  4x2  4x  2 0
 2 x  1
2
0
1
x
2
sin y  1
2

y
2

82. 00004.00
83. 00004.00
84. 00002.00
85. 02011.25
2007
Sol. dividend= x ,
Divisor= x  5 x  6
2
Let Q(x)be quotient, R(x)=ax+b be remainder

x 2007 =Q(x).(x 2 -5x+6)+ax+b
x 2007 =Q(x).(x-2)(x-3)+ ax+b .....(i )
R( x)
Now R(0)=b=?
Put x=2 in Eq. (i)
2a  b  22007 ....(ii )
Put x=3 in Eq. (i)
3a+b=32007 .......(iii )
Eq. (iii)-Eq.(ii) gives
a  32007  2 2007
2007
Now b=2 -2a=22007 -2(32007 -22007 )=22007 +2.22007 -2.32007
=2.3[22006 -32006 ]=ab(a c -b c )
Hence a=2;b=3;c=2006
86. 00004.00
 3 1  3
cos 2 x   sin x  1  0
 2 
Sol.
  4
 3 1  3
1  sin 2 x    sin x  1  0
 2  4
 
 2 sin x  3   2 sin x 1  0
 2  5
x , , , x    ,  
3 3 6 6
87. 00028.00

Sol. tan  5 cos    tan   5 sin 
2
 
5 cos   n    5 sin  
2 
2n  1
cos   sin  
10
   2 n 1
sin     
 4  10 2

n  14, for each n thane are two values of 

28 solutions
88. 00002.00
Sol. Let tan x  t
Equation reduces to
4t 2 2
 t2  2  5
1 t 2
t
 t  1 t  t 2  2   0
2 4
t 2  1, 2
 3
x ,
4 4
89. 00005.00
Sol. First note that out of the 8 selected cards, one pair of cards have to share the same number and
another pair of cards have to share the same colour. Now, these 2 pairs of cards cannot be the
same or else there will be 2 cards which are completely same.
Then WLOG let the numbers be 1,1, 2,3, 4,5, 6 and 7 and the colours be
a, a, b, c, d , e, f and g . We therefore obtain only 2 cases:
Case I: 1a 1b 2a ,3c, 4 d , 5e,6 f , 7 g . In this case, we can discard 1a
There are 2  6  12 situation in this case
Case II: 1b,1c, 2 a ,3a , 4 d ,5e, 6 f and 7g . In this case, we cannot discard. There are C 2  15
6
situations in this case.

12 4
Probability   pq 5
12  15 9
90. 00001.00
  e n 1  1   e n  1 
n
Sol. f  y   e lim  ny

    
n 
n 1  e  1 e n 1
 1
n
1 1 
 e y lim  n  n 1 
n
n 1  e e 1 
ey

e 1
1 1
1
0   e  1 0 e dx  1
 x
f x dx

FIITJEE
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – II
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 17-02-2022
answer.

AITS-CRT-II-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. It is known that the temperature in the room is +20ºC when the outdoor temperature is
–20ºC, and +10ºC when the outdoor temperature is – 40ºC. Then the temperature T of the
radiator heating the room is (Assuming that radiated by the heater is proportional to the
temperature difference with the room)
(A) 40ºC
(B) 60ºC
(C) 30ºC
(D) 20ºC
2. Two straight conducting rails form a right angle where their ends
are joined. A conducting bar in contact with the rails start at the
vertex at t  0 and moves with a constant velocity v along them
as shown. A magnetic field B is directed into the page. The  v
induced emf in the circuit at any time t is proportional to
(A) v3
(B) v
(C) v
(D) v2
3. A log of mass m is pulled at a constant velocity and with a force F F

by means of a rope of length l. The distance between the end of l
the rope and the ground is h as shown. The co-efficient of friction O h
between the log and the ground is
F l 2  h2
(A)
mgl  Fh
F l 2  h2
(B)
mgl  Fh
Fh
(C)
mgl  F l 2  h 2
Fh
(D)
mgl  F l 2  h 2

3 AITS-CRT-II-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
4. The length of a mono-atomic gas in a uniform container of length L varies linearly from T0 to TL as
shown in the figure. If the molecular weight of the gas is M0, then the time taken by a wave pulse
in travelling from end A to end B is
2L 3M
(A)
 TL  T0  5R
3(TL  T0 )
(B)
5RM0L
L 3M
(C)
( L T  T0 ) 5R
M0
(D) L
2R(TL  T0 )
5. An earth satellite of mass m orbits along a circular orbit C1 at a

height 2R from earth’s surface. It is to be transferred to a circular
orbit C2, of bigger radius, at a height 5R from earth’s surface. The
transfer is affected by following an elliptical path as shown in
figure. Calculate the change in the energy required at point B. [R
= radius of earth]
mgR
(A)
36
mgR
(B)
18
mgR
(C)
2
mgR
(D)
9
6. A ring of radius R, in yz plane, is placed in a magnetic field B y

 
B  iˆ . Bottom point of ring is hinged and top point is attached R
to a spring of the spring constant K as shown in figure. An x
anticlockwise current I flows in the ring when viewed towards z
+ve x-axis. When ring is slightly displaced along x-direction it
starts oscillating. Find the time Period of oscillation.
3M
(A) 2
2(4K  IB)
3M
(B) 
2(2K  IB)

3M
(C) 
4K  IB
3M
(D) 2
4K  IB
7. A point source of power 4W is placed 1m below the free surface of liquid whose refractive index
2
is ' ' . Find the rate of transfer of energy (in watt) from the liquid surface to air. Ignore any
3
absorption or scattering of light energy.
(A) 2
(B) 1
(C) 6.5
(D) 3
8. A point light source is moving with a constant velocity v inside a transparent thin spherical shell of
radius R, which is filled with a transparent liquid. If at t = 0 light source is at the centre of the
sphere, then at what time a thin dark ring will be visible for an observer outside the sphere? The
refractive index of liquid with respect to that of shell is 2.
R
(A)
V
2R
(B)
V
R
(C)
2V
2R
(D)
V
9. In the instant shown in the diagram, the board is moving up (vertically)
with velocity v. The drum winds up at a constant rate . If the radius of
the drum is R and the board always remains horizontal, find the value
of velocity v in terms of R, , .  
R v
(A) v
1  cos 
R
(B) v
1  cos 2
2R
(C) v
1  cos 
R
(D) v
1  sin 
10. A water tank having a uniform cross-sectional area A has an orifice of area of cross-section a at
the bottom through which it is discharging. There is constant inflow of Q into the tank through
another pipe. Find the time taken for the water level to rise from h1 to h2 if a 2g  K .
2A   Q  K h1  
(A)
K 
2
 Q log e 
QK h 
  K  h1  h2 


  2 

A   Q  K h1  
(B)
K 
2
 Q log e 
QK h 
  K  h1  h2 


  2 
A   Q  K h1  
(C)
2K 
2
 Q log e 
QK h 
  K  h1  h2 


  2 
2A   Q  K h1  
(D)
3K 
2
 Q log e 
QK h 
  K  h1  h2 


  2 
11. Suppose potential energy between electron and proton at separation r is given by U = k ln r,
where k is constant. For such hypothetical hydrogen atom, the ratio of energy difference between
energy levels (n = 1 and n = 2) and (n = 2 and n = 4) is
(A) 1
(B) 2
1
(C)
2
(D) 3
12. A small body starts. Sliding down an inclined plane of inclination , whose base length is equal to
l. The coefficient of friction between the body and the surface is . If the angle  is varied keeping
l constant, at what angle will the time of sliding be least.
1
(A) cot 2  

(B) cot 2  
1
(C) cos2  

1
(D) sin 2  

13. A bullet of mass m moving with velocity v0 hits a wooden plank A A

of mass M placed on a smooth horizontal surface. The length of
v0
the plank is l. The bullet experiences a constant resistive force F m M
inside the block. The minimum value of v0 such that it is able to
come out of the plank is
l
Flm
(A)
M2
2 Fl ( M  m )
(B)
Mm
2 Fl m
(C)
M2
Fl ( M  m )
(D)
Mm

14. Three large thin sheets with surface charge density , –2 and – k̂
are placed as shown in figure. Electric field intensity at the point P is
4 
(A)  k̂ z  3a P
0
4 –2 za
(B) k̂ –
0
z0
2
(C)  k̂
0
2
(D) k̂
0
15. A cylinder is filled with a liquid of refractive index . The radius of the observer
cylinder is decreasing at a constant rate K. The volume of the liquid
inside the container remains constant at V. The observer and the
object O are in a state of rest and at a distance L from each other. The
apparent velocity of the object as seen by the observer, (when radius L
of cylinder is r)
(1  ) 2 KV
(A)
( r 3 ) object
(1  ) 2 KV
(B)
( Lr 2 )
(1  )2 K
(C)

(1  ) K
(D)
2
16. A wooden block of mass M rests on a horizontal surface. A bullet of mass m moving in the
horizontal direction strikes and gets embedded in it. The combined system covers a distance x on
the surface. If the coefficient of friction between wood and the surface is  , the speed of the
bullet at the time of striking the block is (where m is mass of the bullet)
2 Mg
(A)
m
2 mg
(B)
Mx
 M m 
(C) 2 gx  
 m 
2 mx
(D)
M m

17. Two identical parallel plate capacitors A and B are connected in A B

series through a battery of potential difference V (see figure). Area of
each plate is a and initially plates of capacitors are separated by a
distance d. Now, separation between plates of capacitor B starts
increasing at constant rate v, find the rate by which work is done on
the battery when separation between plates of capacitor B is 2d.
a 0 vV 2
(A) V
d2
a 0vV 2
(B)
2d 2
a 0vV 2
(C)
9d 2
2a 0vV 2
(D)
d2
18. Two particles A and B are separated from each other by a distance l. At time t = 0, particle A
starts moving with uniform acceleration a along a line perpendicular to the initial line joining A and
B. At the same moment, particle B starts moving with acceleration of constant magnitude b (> a)
such that particle B always points towards the instantaneous position of A. The distance travelled
by B till the moment B converges with A will be
b 2l
(A)
b2  a2
a 2l
(B)
b2  a2
(b 2  a 2 ) l
(C)
b2  a2
(b 2  a 2 ) l
(D)
b2  a2
19. If a cell produces the same amount of heat in two resistors R1 and R2 in the same time separately,
the internal resistance of the cell is
(A) (R1 + R2)/2
(B) R1 R 2
(C) R1 R 2 / 2
(D) (R1 – R2)/2
20. A disc of mass m and radius R is lying on a smooth horizontal

A
surface. A particle of mass m moving horizontally with a velocity v0 , m v0
collides with the disc at B and sticks to it. Speed of the point A on the B
R/2
disc just after impact will be
31
(A) v0
8
5
(B) v0
16

5v0
(C)
16
v0
(D)
2
SECTION – B
21. A hydrogen atom is in n = 5 state makes a transition to it’s ground state. Assuming, H-atom is
initially at rest, find the recoil speed of H-atom.
22. A police car B is chasing a culprit’s car A. Car A and B are moving at constant speed V1 = 108
km/hr and V2 = 90 km/hr respectively along a straight line. The police decide to open fire and a
policeman starts firing with his machine gun directly aiming at car A. The bullet has a velocity
u = 305 m/s relative to the gun. The policeman keep firing for an interval of T0 = 20 s. The Culprit
experiences that the time gap between the first and the last hitting his car is t is
23. Sunray pass through a pinhole in the roof of a hut and produce an elliptical spot the floor. The
minor and major axes of the spot are 6 cm and 12 cm respectively. The angle subtended by the
diameter of the sun at our eye is 0.5°. Height of the roof in meters is
24. A railway tank wagon with its 2m diameter and 6m long horizontal cylindrical body, half full of
petrol is driven around a curve of radius 100 m, at a speed of 8.33 m/s. The curve runs smoothly
into a straight track and the train maintains a constant speed. If value of nf is 2.3. Find the value
of ‘n’. neglect viscosity and consider petrol as a solid semi cylinder sliding inside the tank. Given:
–1
tan (0.07) 4°.
25. In a YDSE experiment, the two slits are covered with a Screen
transparent membrane of negligible thickness which
allows light to pass through it but does not allow water. water
A glass slab of thickness t = 0.41 mm and refractive
w = 4/3 S1
index g = 1.5 is placed in front of one of the slits as d t =30°
shown in the figure. The separation between the slits is
g
d = 0.30 mm. The entire space to the left of the slits is s
filled with water of refractive index w = 4/3. A coherent S2
D
light of intensity I and absolute wavelength = 5000A° is
being incident on the slits making an angle 30° with
horizontal. If screen is placed at a distance D = 1m from
the slits, then find the distance of central maxima from O
(in cm).

26. A metal rod AB of length 10x has its one end A in ice at 0°C, and the other end B in water at
100°C. If a point P on the rod is maintained at 400°C, then it is found that equal amounts of wate
and ice evaporate and melt per unit time. The latent heat of evaporation of water is 540 cal/g and
latent heat of melting of ice is 80 cal/g. If the point P is at a distance of x from the ice end A, find
the value of .
[Neglect any heat loss to the surrounding].
27. Determine the potential difference between 7 2

B
points A and B, VAB, in the circuit shown.
3 A
17
4
100V 6 3
6
28. A rod of mass m and length L (= 50/3m) is hinged in plank of same mass m. The plank is kept on
a smooth horizontal surface and rod makes  with the vertical. The system is released from  =
0°. Find the velocity (in m/s) of plank when the rod makes  = 180°. (g = 10 m/s2)
m m 180°
 L
m m
29. A point object located at a distance 15 cm from the y

pole of a concave mirror of focal length 10 cm on
its principal axis is moving with a velocity
x
(8iˆ  11 ˆj ) cm/s and velocity of mirror is (8iˆ  11 ˆj cm/s
( 4iˆ  2 ˆj cm/s

( 4iˆ  2 ˆj ) cm/s as shown. If V is the velocity of O
 15cm
image. Then find the value of V (in cm/s)
30. A drop of water of mass m = 0.4 g is placed between two clean glass plates, the distance
between which is 0.01 cm. Find the force of attraction between the plates. Surface tension of
water = 0.08 N/m.

SECTION – A
31. For a 1st order reaction

A  g   B  s   2C  g
the half life is 20 min. The reaction is carried out taking certain mass of A(g) in a closed vessel at
27C. The initial pressure of A(g) is 200 mm. The total pressure of the reaction mixture after one
hour is
(A) 550 mm
(B) 425 mm
(C) 375 mm
(D) 25 mm
32. For a first order reaction its frequency factor is 2  1012 s1 and threshold energy is 110.8 kJ/mole.
At what temperature the half-life period will be 38.5 mins, if the average energy of reactants is
20.3 kJ/mole.
(A) 200 K
(B) 270 K
(C) 370 K
(D) 300 K
33. Which one of the following equilibria will be shifted in the backward direction upon dilution?
(A) Cu  s   2Ag  aq 
 Cu  aq  2Ag  s 

 2
(B) HCN aq 

 H  aq  CN  aq

  
(C) AgCl  s  

 Ag  aq   Cl  aq

  
(D) Zn  s   Cu2   aq 

 Zn  aq   Cu  s 

 2
34. If 40 ml of 0.2 M CH3 COOH is titrated with 0.2 M NaOH. How many ml of base must be added to
from a buffer solution with greatest buffer capacity?
(A) 10 ml
(B) 20 ml
(C) 30 ml
(D) 40 ml
35. Suppose that a hypothetical atom gives four transitions in its n4
spectrum, which jump according to figure would give off
n3
second line from the red end in the spectrum?
(A) 31 n2
(B) 21 n1
(C) 41
(D) 32

36. In which of the following compounds all the bond angles (F-F-F; where E = central element) are
90º according to VSEPR theory
(A) XeF4
(B) XeF6
(C) SF6
(D) All of these
37. Transition metals are harder than s-Block metals. This is due to
(A) small size of transition metal atoms
(B) the presence of unpaired electrons in (n–1) d-orbitals in transition metals
(C) more electronegative nature of transition metals
(D) all of these
38. Se  SeCl4  AlCl3  Se8  AlCl4 2

1. Comproportionation reaction
2. Al centre in AlCl3 acts as lewis acid
3. Se centre in SeCl4 acts as lewis base
4. stoichiometric coefficient of Se is a after balancing
Which of the above observations hold correct for the reaction given?
(A) 2 and 3
(B) 1, 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 2
(D) 2, 3 and 4
39. A compound X with molecular formula C3H8O can be oxidized to a compound Y with the
molecular formula C3H6O2. X is most likely to be a:
(A) primary alcohol
(B) secondary alcohol
(C) aldehyde
(D) ketone
40. Sodium tertiary butoxide forms ether only with:

(A) CH3  CH2  Br (B) CH3  X
(C) X (D) X
H3C CH CH3 H3C CH CH3
CH3
41. The most appropriate regent for the conversion of 2-pentanone into butanoic acid is:
(A) chromic acid
(B) acidified KMnO4
(C) alkaline KMnO4
(D) sodium hypochlorite
42. Acetophenone can be obtained by the distillation of:

(A) (C6H5 COO)2 Ca
(B) (CH3 COO)2 Ca
(C) (C6H5 COO)2 Ca and (CH3 COO)2 Ca
(D) (C6H5 COO)2 Ca and (HCOO)2 Ca

43. Which will give silver mirror test with Tollen’s reagent?
(A) C6H5CHO
(B) CH3  CHO
(C) HCOOH
(D) All of these
44. The number of d-electrons in Fe2+ (At. No. 26) is not equal to that of the
(A) p-electrons in Ne (At. No. 10)
(B) s-Electrons in Mg (At. No. 12)
(C) d-Electrons in Fe atom
--
(D) p-Electrons in Cl ion (At. No. 17)
45. By how many folds the temp of a gas would increase when the r.m.s. velocity of gas molecules in
a closed container of fixed volume is increased from 5  10 4 cm / s to 104 cm/s.
(A) 0.5 times
(B) 2 times
(C) 4 times
(D) 16 times
46. The solubility product of salt AB  M.W  100  is 4  10 10 M2 at 25ºC. Loss in weight of precipitate
of AB by washing it with 5 litre of water is
(A) 0.1 g
(B) 1g
(C) 10 4 g
(D) 0.01 g
47. In P-V diagram shown below,

A
B C
P
D
E
O
V
(A) AB represents adiabatic process.
(B) AB represents isothermal process.
(C) AB represents isobaric process.
(D) AB represents isochoric process.
48. Which of the following is a mixed anhydride

(A) P4 O10
(B) SO3
(C) Cl2O6
(D) SO2

 CH  CH2 
 [X] 
49. In the reaction nCH2  CH  CH2 
 | 
 CH 
 3 n
Reagent X is-
(A) Triethylaluminium and titanium tetrachloride
(B) Triethyl aluminium
(C) Zeigler Natta Catalyst
(D) Both (A) & (C)
50. Which of the following is not paramagnetic-

(A) Carbon free radical
(B) Singlet carbene
(C) Triplet carbene
(D) All of these
SECTION – B
51. There are two radioactive nuclei A & B, A is -emitter and B is -emitter, their decay constants
are in the ratio of 1 : 2. What should be the number of atoms of each nuclei at time t = 0, so that
probability of getting of  and -particles are same at time = 0.
52. The gas A 2 in the left flask allowed to react with gas B2 , present
2mole
in right flask as A 2  g  B 2  g 
 2AB  g ; K c  4 at 27C .

 A2
4 mole
B2
What is the concentration of AB, when equilibrium is established?
(volume of each flask is 2 litre
53. The equilibrium constant for the reaction

CO  g   H2 O  g 
 CO2  g  H2  g


is 4 at 1000 K
When an equimolar mixture of CO and H2 O is heated to 1000 K, the mole percentage of CO2
formed at equilibrium is
54. AgNO3  s  is slowly added to a solution which 0.1 M in Cl– and 0.1 M in Br–. The % of Br– ions
precipitated when AgCl ion starts precipitating is?
K sp  AgCl   1 10 10 and K sp  AgBr   1 10 13
55. The pH of a solution obtained by mixing 2 ml of H2SO4 of pH = 2 and 3 ml of KOH of pH = 12 is ?

(log2 = 0.3)
56. 100 ml of 2.45% (w/v) H2SO4 solution is mixed with 200 ml. of 7% (w/w) H2SO4 solution
(density = 1.4 g/ml) and the mixture is dilute to 500 ml. What is the molarity of the dilute solution.
57. Element X reacts with oxygen to produce a pure sample of X2 O3 . In an experiment it is found
that 1.00 g of X produces 1.16 g of X2 O3 . (Calculate the atomic weight of X. Given atomic weight
–1
of oxygen, 16.0 g mol ).

58. 0.5 mole of H2SO4 is mixed with 0.2 mole of Ca  OH2 . The maximum number of mole of
CaSO 4 formed is
59. The lattice parameter of Ga As (edge length of the lattice) is

 
(Given: Radius of Ga = 1.22 A, As  1.25 A )
60. AB crystallizes in a body centred cubic lattice with edge length ‘a’ equal to 387 pm. The distance
between two oppositely changed ions in the lattice is

SECTION – A
2a  3c
61. If a, b, c are real numbers such that  3  0 , then the quadratic equation
bc
2
ax + bx + c = 0 has
(A) atleast one root in ( 1, 0)
(B) atleast one root in (0, 1)
(C) no root in ( 1, 1)
(D) none of these
62. The domain of the function cos1 (log3 (x2 + 17x + 75)) is
(A) ( , )
(B) [ 17, 8]
(C) [ 9,  8]
(D) [ 9, 17]
1 t
63. The value of Lt 2  ln 1  x  dx is equal to
t 0 t
t
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 0
(D) 4
cos ec 2 x  2005
64.  cos2005 x
dx is equal to
cot x
(A) c
(cos x)2005
tan x
(B) c
(cos x)2005
(tan x)
(C) c
(cos x)2005
(D) none of these
3n1 / 4
 1  i 3 
1  i
2n2
65. If  + i =   , (where n1 and n2 are positive integer) then which of the
 2
 
following is false
(A)  = 0 if only one of n1 and n2 is odd
(B) = 0 if both n1 and n2 are odd
(C)  = 0 if both n1 and n2 are even
(D) = 0 if both n1 and n2 are even

66. z1 and z2 are any two distinct complex number in an argand plane. If  |z1| = |z2|, then the
 z1 z2
complex number  lie on the
z2  z1
(A) line segment [ 2, 2] on the real axis
(B) line segment [ 2, 2] of the imaginary axis
(C) unit circle |z| = 1
(D) none of these
67. The equation 3y2 + 20 = 12 (2x + y) represents a parabola with the vertex at
1 
(A)  3 , 2  and axis parallel to yaxis
 
1 
(B)  3 , 2  and focus (2, 0)
 
 1
(C)  2, 3  and focus (2, 0)
 
1  7 
(D)  3 , 2  and focus  3 , 2 
   
68. The range of values of ( > 0) such that the angle  between the pair of tangents drawn from
  2 
( , 0) to the circle x2 + y2 = 4 lies in  ,  is
2 3 
 4 
(A)  , 2 2
 3 
(B)  0, 2 
(C) (1, 2)
(D) none of these
69. If ‘a’ is a positive integer  [1, 89], then the probability that the graph of the function
2 2
f (x) = x  2 (4a  1)x + 15a  2a  7 is strictly above the xaxis is
1
(A)
89
3
(B)
89
1
(C)
90
(D) none of these
 x 4 x6   x2 x3  
70. If sin1  x 2    .....   cos 1  x    .....   for 0 < |x| < 2 , then cot1 x
 2 4   2 4  2
equal to

(A) 
4

(B)
6


(C)
3

(D)
4
2 2
 dy  2  dy   dy 
71. Solution of differential equation y +   x  2xy       0 is given by
2
 dx   dx   dx 
(A) y = 2x 1
(B) y=x 2
(C) y = 3x 2
(D) y=x 1
72. Let y = f(x) be a polynomial of degree 4 with real coefficients and having its zeros 1, 2, 3 only. If
f(x) 0 in (–, 1) (3, ), then the value of f (1) f (2) f (3) is
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 3
(D) 4
69 69
73. The number of values of r satisfying the equation C3r1  Cr2 = 69 Cr 2 1  69C3r is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
4 2
74. If f(x) = x (1  x) , x  [0, 1], then which of the following is false
(A) f(x) is continuous in [0, 1]
(B) f(x) exist in (0, 1)
(C) c = 2/3  (0, 1) such that f (c) = 0
(D) Rolle’s Theorem is not applicable
75. The function f(x) = |sin 4x | + |cos 2x| is a periodic function with period
(A) /2
(B) 2
(C) 
(D) /4
 x 2 1
   11 
76. If A =  1 1 2  ;  x  4
 and det (adj (adj A)) = (14) . Then the value of x is
 3 
 2 1 1 
(A) 2
(B) 2
(C) 0
(D) none of these

x  a2 x4  1 3
77. If f (x) = x  b2 2x 4  2 3 , (where x  0) and f (x) = 0, then a2, b2, c2 are in
x  c2 3x 4  7 3
(A) G.P.
(B) A.P.
(C) H.P.
(D) none of these
78. The lines x = ay + b, z = cy + d and x = a1y + b1; z = c1y + d1 are perpendicular if

(A) aa1 + cc1 = 1
(B) aa1 + cc1 =  1
(C) bb1 + dd1 = 1
(D) bb1 + dd1 =  1

 1 
79. The value of tan1  2 , is
r 2  r  5r  7 

(A)
4

(B)
2
3
(C)
4
5
(D)
4
80. General solution of the equation cos x  sin x, is


(A) n  ( 1)n
4

(B) 2n
4

(C) n 
4

(D) 2n 
4
Where n  I
SECTION – B
81. If xk  0, k  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and x1  x 2  x3  x 4  x5  20 and x1 + x2 + x3 = 5 then the number of

integral solution of (x1, x2, x3, x4, x5)

82. If  = /7, then cos + cos 3 + cos 5 is
100
83. The value of   x   x  dx
10
is
 30   30   30   30   30   30 
84. If the value of the sum 29    28    27    ......  1   0      where
 0 1   2  28   29   30 
n n 32
   Cr , is equal to k2 , then the value of k is equal to
r 
85. If the line x  y  r(r 0) is tangent to the curve x 2  y 2  r, then the value of r is
p
If the difference of the real roots of equation x  4x   0 is 1 (where p and q are coprime),
2
86.
q
then the value of (p + q) is
n  r 3  2r 2  3r  2  2 3 4
87. If   n Cr  2  2  2  2 , then the value of n is
r 0   r  1 
2
3
 
88. Eccentricity of the curve represented by x = 4 (cos t + sin t) and y = 7 (cos t  sin t) is given by
a a 
89. OBC has vertices O (0, 0), B   1,  1 and C (a, 0). If a is positive, the area of  OBC is
2 2 
12 and D is the foot of the altitude from B to OC, then the area of triangle OBD is

90. If the vector v with magnitude 6 is along the internal bisector of the angle between
 
 ˆ then v a
a  7iˆ  4 ˆj  4kˆ and b  2iˆ  ˆj  2k, equals

FIITJEE
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – II
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 17-02-2022

SECTION – A
1. B
Sol. We must take into account here that the heat transferred per unit time is proportional to the
temperature difference. Let us introduce the following notation: Tout1 , Tout 2 and Tr1 , Tr 2 are the
temperatures outdoors and in the room in the first and second cases respectively. The thermal
power dissipated by the radiator in the room is k1 (T  Tr ), where k1 is a certain coefficient. The
thermal power dissipated from the room is k 2 (Tr  Tout ), where k 2 is another coefficient. In
thermal equilibrium, the power dissipated by the radiator is equal to the power dissipated from the
room. Therefore, we can write
k1 (T  Tr1 )  k 2 (Tr1  Tout1 )
Similarly, in the second case,
k1 (T  Tr 2 )  k 2 (Tr 2  Tout 2 )
Dividing the first equation by the second, we obtain
T  Tr1 Tr1  Tout1

T  Tr 2 Tr 2  Tout 2
Hence we can determine T:
Tr 2Tout1  Tr1Tout 2
T  60º C
Tr 2  Tout1  Tout 2  Tr1

AITS-CRT-II-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
2. D
Sol. At time t, the distance travelled by the rod is
A
ED  vt
AD
tan   or AD  ED tan  E  D
ED
AD  vt tan  90–
DC C
tan(90  )  or DC  at cot 
ED
So, AC  AD  DC  vt (tan   cot )
Induced emf = Bvl  Bv( AC )
 Bv.vt (tan   cot  )
Induced emf  Bv t (tan   cot )
2
2
Hence, Induced emf t and v
Therefore, choices (B) and (D) are correct and choices (A) and (C) are wrong.
3. A
Sol. N  mg  F sin  N F
F cos   f  N l
Fsin O h
F cos    ( mg  F sin )  
f Fcos
l 2  h2 l h
2 2
F mg
F cos  l
 
mg  F sin  h
mg  F 
l
F l 2  h2
=
mgl  Fh
4. A
RT 5RT
Sol. C 
M0 3M0
5R   TL  T0  
dx  C.dt   T0     dt
3M0   L  
2L 3M
t
 TL  T0  5R
5. A
Sol. Let v 1 and v 2 be the velocity required for the satellite in order to maintain its motion along the
circular orbits C1 and C2 respectively.
GM GM
Then v1  and v 2 
3R 6R
Now, let v1 and v2 be the velocities of the satellite at A and B while the transfer is pursued from
orbit C1 to C2. Evidently, the poitn A and B will be the position of perigee and apogee for the
satellite along its elliptical path.
Conserving anguarl momentum

3 AITS-CRT-II-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22
v1 (3R)  v  (6R)

v
v2  1
2
Conserving energy between A and B, we have
1 GMm 1 GMm
m(v )2   m(v )2 
2 3R 2 6R
 1 
v  v  2GM 
2 2

 6R 
v
2
GM
v  1 
2
4 3R
3v
2
GM 2 GM
 v 
4 3R 3 R
1 GM
So, v  
3 R
Now, change in energy required at point A
1 1
E1  mv  mv 12
2
2 2
m 4 gR  m  gR  mgR
(gR)  

2 9 
3  2  2  18
Similarly change in energy required at point B
1 1 m  gR gR 
E2  mv 22  mv   
2 2 2 6 9 
m  gR  mgR
  
2  18  36
6. A
Sol. If ring is displaced by an angle  along x direction then
torque due to magnetic field is    B  IAB sin   R 2 IB sin  .
1
And torque due to spring force is 2  K 2 R sin   2 R cos  .

Both torque have the same sense so not torque is  1  2  R 2 IB sin   4 KR 2 cos  sin  .
For  to be small sin  = 
2IB  4 K 
So 
  R IB  4 KR  or
2 3MR 2
2
2

   R 2 IB  4 KR 2  or   
3M
 
3M
Here  -  so it is SHM, hence time period is T  2π
24 K  πIB 

7. B
Sol. The light escape is confined within a cone of apex angle '2c ' b
where c is the critical angle. Imagine a sphere with source of a c
light as its centre and the surface area abc is A.
c c c  c c
here A   2R sin  d  2R (1  cos c )
2 2 R
0 P
  3 
 c  sin    60º 
1
 R 2 
  2  
A
Power transfer  P 
4R 2
1
 4   1W
4
8. C
Sol. Thin dark ring will be visible if ray from source get total internal reflection Q
from the spherical shell.
Let the source at any instant be at point P then at point Q ray will be totally 
reflected if  is equal to or greater than critical angle. If QP is equal to x, then
R 2  x 2  v 2t 2 O vt P
z  cos  
2 Rx
For  to be maximum
dz 2 x2 Rx   2 R R 2  x 2  v 2 t 2


0
 x  R 2  v 2t 2
dx 4R 2 x 2
So, cos  

2 R 2  v 2t 2  
R 2  v 2t 2
2R R 2  v 2t 2 R
1
For no light to come out, sin   or   45 0
2
1 1 R 2  v 2t 2 R R
For minimum time, cos   or  or vt  t
2 2 R 2 2v
9. A
Sol. l  yz (total length at any time t)
 y  y 2  l12
z
dl dy y dy y 
 
dt dt y 2  l12 dt v 
R l1
R  v 1  cos  , v
1 cos 
10. A
2A   Q  K h1  
Sol.
K 
2
 Q log e 
QK h 
  K  h1  
h2 

  2 

11. A
dU k k mv 2
Sol. F=   ,  ..... (i)
dr r r r
1
En  mv 2  k ln r ..... (ii)
2
nh
mvr = ..... (iii)
2
k   n 2h2  
Solving these En  1  ln  2  
2   4 mk  
 
E  E1
required ratio = 2  1.
E4  E2
12. B
Sol. a  gsin   gcos 
 1  2 
 at 2 t  
sin  2  a sin  
dt
For ‘t’ to be min, 0
d
13. B
Sol. From Newton’s third law, force F will act on the block in forward direction
F
Acceleration of block a1 =
M
F
retardation of bullet a2 =
m
relative retardation of bullet
F ( M  m)
ar = a1 + a2 =
Mm
2 2
Applying v = u – 2arl
2 F ( M  m) 2 F l ( M  m)
0 = v 02 – .l or v0 =
Mm Mm
Therefore, minimum value of v0 is
2 F l ( M  m)
Mm
14. C
Sol.
 
EP   
2

  ˆ
 k  
2 ˆ
k  
2 0 2 0 2 0  0

15. A
H observer
Sol. X app  L  H 

(L–H)
dX app dH  1   
  
dt dt   
H
r 2 H  V
dH 2 H dr 2 KH
  object
dt r dt r
dX app 2 KV  1    
  
dt r 3   
16. C
Sol. Let speed of the bullet = v v
V
Speed of the system after the collision = V M
m
By conservation of momentum mv  (m  M )V x
mv
V
M m
So the initial K.E. acquired by the system
2
1 1  mv  1 m 2v 2
 (M  m ) V 2  (m  M )   =
2 2 M m  2 (m  M )
This kinetic energy goes against friction work done by friction = R  x   (m  M )g  x
By the law of conservation of energy
2
1 m 2v 2 m  M 
  (m  M )g  x v 2  2 gx  
2 (m  M )  m 
 M m 
v  2 gx  
 m 
17. C
Sol. Let at any instant separation between plates of capacitor B is x, then
a 0 a 0
.
Ceq  d x  a 0 (dx ) 
a 0
a 0 a 0 dx (d  x) dx

d x
a 0
Q  CeqV  V
dx
dQ a 0 dx a 0
 V  Vv
dt ( d  x) 2
dt ( d  x) 2
 dQ  a 0 vV 2
Rate of work done on the battery   V  (when x = 2d)
 dt  9d 2

18. A
Sol. Let after time t, the velocity of particle B is directed at an angle  with A a  v
the horizontal, then A
vB
ds 
  bt  at cos  l
dt
0 t t
  ds  b  tdt  a  t cos  dt
l 0 0 B
t 2 2 2
1 2 bt a t
and at  b  t cos  dt l 
2 0
2 2b
2bl 1 2 1 2bl b2l
t , S  bt  b 2 
b  a2
2
2 2 b  a2 b2  a2
19. B
Sol. Let r is the internal resistance of cell
Case I: current in loop I1 =

R1  r
2
H1 = I1 R1 =
2
 R1
( R1  r ) 2
Case II: Current in loop I2 =

R2  r
2
H2 = I2 R2
2
 R2
( R2  r ) 2
2 2
R1 R2
i.e.,
2

( R1  r ) ( R2  r ) 2
R1 R1  r

R 2 R2  r
r= R1 R2
20. A
 v 
Sol. COM, mv0 iˆ  2 mvcm vcm  0 iˆ
2
 R   R2 1 mR 2  
COAM about CM  mv0 sin 30º (  kˆ)   m  mR 2  
 2   4 2 4 
 v0 A
 (  kˆ ) m v0 B
4R
    R/2  cm v
v A  vcm    r cm
v0 ˆ v0 R 3 3R 
 i ( kˆ)   . iˆ  ˆj 

2 4R 2 2 4 

11v0 ˆ 3v0 ˆ
 i j
16 16
 31
| v A | v0
8
SECTION – B
21. 00004.20
Sol. When an excited atom emits a photon of momentum p, conservation of momentum requires that
atom recoil with same momentum p.
For emitted photon,
hc
E   pc
hc
p
Here, E  E5  E1
 13.6   13.6 
    
 25   1 
24
 13.6   1.6  1019 J
25
Momentum of photon,
13.6  24  1.6  10 19
p
25  3  108
 6.96  1027 kg ms1
So, recoil speed of H-atom is
p 7  10 27
  4.20 ms1
m 1.67  1027
22. 00023.33
Sol.
Let x = distance between the car at the instant first bullet is fired (sat at time t = 0)
Speed of bullet, relative to ground is
Vb = u + V2 = 305+25 = 330 m/s
Velocity of bullet, relative to car A is
VbA = 330 – 30 = 330 m/s
Time when the first bullet hits the car a is
X X
t1   …(i)
VbA 300
Distance between the car when the last bullet is fired (at time t = T0 = 20 s) is
X1  X  VAB T0  X  5  20  X  100
Time when the last bullet hits the car A is
X
t 2  T0 
VbA
X  100
 20  …(ii)
300

The interval t = t2 – t1
100
 20   23.33 sec .
30
23. 00003.44
Sol. The cone of rays passing through the hole at A produce an elliptical spot on the floor.
The circular base having diameter BD will get projected on the floor as an ellipse.
CB = major axis = 12 cm
DB = Minor axis = 6 cm
h sin
DB AB( )  h  (6 cm)
sin 
DB 6 1
But sin   
CB 12 2
(6 cm)
h
2 
3 cm  180  0.5   
  0.5  radian 
0.5    180 
24. 00005.00
Sol. I  mgx sin 
1 2 d2 
mr  mgx sin 
2 dt 2
d2  2g  4r  4r xG
  2   3 m2R
dt 2
r  3  G 
8g
 f
3r mg
= 0.46 Hz
25. 00001.66
Sol. If central maxima is formed at point P on the screen, then P Screen
Path difference = S2P + (g–1)t – S1P – wd sin 30° = 0 water x
xd w = 4/3 S1
S 2P  S1P    w d sin 30  ( g  1)  t
D d t =30°
x  1.66 cm g
s
S2
D
26. 00009.00
Sol.

For heat flow from P to 0

dm1 KA400
Lf  …(i)
dt x
For heat flow from P to B
dm2 KA300  dm1 dm2 
L vap  …(ii)  Given 
dt 10x  x  dt dt 
On solving (i) and (ii), we get =9
27. 00012.50
Sol. Circuit can be redrawn as figure (A)
2 7 P 17 3
B A
I I
I/2 I/2 I /2 I /2
4 6 6 3
+
100V
-
Figure (A)
It is further reduced using series and parallel combination of resistances and is shown in figure
(B)
And consequently in figure (C)
3 R5 R1 2 I I'
7 17
R9 3 + 3 R10 10 20
100V 100V
-
Figure (B) Figure (C)

100 100
Current in the 10 resistor is I   10 A and in the 20 resistor is I '   5A
10 20
As shown in figure (A)
potential difference between points P and B is
VP  VB  10  7  5  2 =80V … (i)
Also potential difference between points P and A is
VP  V A  5  17  2.5  3 = 92.5 V … (ii)
Subtracting (i) and (ii) we get, VB  V A  12.5 V
28. 00010.00
Sol. There is no horizontal force, momentum is conserved
mv1  mv 2  0 m 180° v1
L
For hinged point v1    v 2 v2
2

1 2 1 2 1 mL2  2 m
Energy conservation , mgL  mv1  mv 2 
2 2 2 12

3
Solving, v1  gL , v1 = 10 m/s.
5
29. 00020.00

Sol. Vobj, mirror  4iˆ  9 ˆj
dx dy
 4, 9
dt dt
u  x
1 1 1
  
10 V  x
 10 x
V
x  10
2
dV  10   dx 
V1 x     
dt  x  10   dt 
V1x  16
V  10 y10
m  
 x x  10 y
 10  dy
V1 y   
 x  10  dt
V1 y  18

Vimage, mirror  16iˆ  18 ˆj

Vimage  12iˆ  16 ˆj
V  20 cm/s
30. 00006.40
Sol. Let R be the radius of the circular layer of water.
2
Then, R d  = m …(1)
2T
Pressure at A  p 0  …(2)
d
Thus pressure between the plates is less than the atmospheric
pressure and so the plates are pressed together as though
attracted towards each other. d T
A
2T
F, force of attraction = p  area F  R 2
d
2T m 2Tm 2  0.4  10 3  0.08
F   2  = 6.4 N
d d d 0.012  10  4  1000

SECTION – A
31. C
Sol. A  g 
 B  s   2C  g
t1 2  20min
60
No. of half lives  3
20
200
Pressure of A after 60 min
2n
200
  25mm
23
Pressure of C after 60 min = 175  2 = 350 mm
Total pressure = PA  PC  25  350  375
32. B
Sol. K  AeEa/RT
Ea = Threshold energy – energy of reactant = 90.5
Ea
logK = logA–
2.303RT
0.693 90500
log  12.3 
38.5  60 2.303  8.314  T
4728.55
log3  10412.3 
T
4276.55
T  270
15.8
33. A
Sol. Application of le chatelier's principle.
34. B
Sol. At greatest buffer capacity [salt] = [undissociated acid]
35. B
Sol. The wavelengths are in the following order
41 > 31 > 21 > 32
Violet end red end
So the second line from the red end will be corresponding to transition 21.
36. D
Sol. No species contains exclusively 90º bond angles. In SF6 diagonally opposite F – S – F bond
angles are at 180º.
37. D
Sol. All the factors given options (A), (B) and (C) are responsible for the hardness of transition metals.

38. C
Sol. 15Se  SeCl4  4AlCl3  2Se8  AlCl4 2
Cl
Cl
Se Cl
Cl Cl Al
Cl Cl
39. A
Sol. Since an oxygen is added, carboxylic acid must form, so X must be primary alcohol
40. B
Sol. Bulky strong base will cause elimination in other cases
41. D
Sol. Haloform reaction.
42. C
Sol. One salt will contribute phenyl and other will contribute methyl with C coming from either
43. D
Sol. Factual
44. D
Sol. Cl  1s2 2s2 2p 6 3s2 3p 6
Total electron = 12
45. C
3RT 5  104
Sol. Ut  
M 10  104
3RT1
M 1 T
  1
3RT2 4 T2
M
T2  4T1
T  4times T1
46. D
Sol. 
 
A B
AB  
s  K sp  2  10 5 moles lit
in 5 litres of water 5   2  10 5  moles of AB will dissolve.
 10 4 moles
 10 4  100 g
 0.01g

47. D
Sol. In AB process, volume does not change hence it is isochoric process.
48. C
Sol. Cl2O6 when dissolves in water produces HClO3 and HClO4, therefore, it is mixed anhydride.
49. D
 CH  CH2 
 [X] 
nCH2  CH  CH2 
 | 
Sol.
 CH 
 3 n
Reagent: 1. Trimethyl aluminum & titanium tetrachloride

2. Zeigler natta eatalyst
50. B
Sol. 

H  C N 
| CH2  CH2
H Singlet triplet carbene
Unpaired e carbene unpaired e
SECTION – B
51. 00002.00
Sol. At time = 0
The radio, activity of both is same.
1N1  2N2
A NA  aN8
N8
A

B NA
NA : N8  2 : 1
52. 00000.66
4x 2
Sol.  KC  4
(1  x)(0.5  x)
53. 00033.00
x2
Sol. 4
(a  x)2
54. 00099.90
1 10 10
Sol.  Ag  required for ppt. of AgCl 
0.1
 1 10 9 M
1 1013
[Br] remaining when AgCl starts precipitating =   104
1 109
1 10 4
% Br  remaining unprecipitated =  100  0.1
0.1
% Br  precipitated = 100 –0.1 = 99.9

55. 00011.30
3  10 2  2  10 2
Sol. OH    2  10 3 M
5
pOH = – log  2  10 3   2.7
pH  14  2.7  11.3
56. 00000.45
2.45 280 1
 7
Sol. 98 100 98  1000  0.025  0.20  1000
500 500
57. 00150.00
Sol. The mass of O atoms = 1.16 – 1.00 = 0.160 g
0.160
Number of moles of O atom =  0.01
16
Number of moles X 2
In X 2O3 
Number of moles of O 3
2 0.02
Number of moles of X   0.01   0.000666
3 3
mas singg 1.0
Atomic weight of X    150
No.of moles 0.00666
58. 00000.20
Sol. H2 SO 4  Ca  OH2  CaSO 4  2H2 O
Initially 0.5mole 0.2mole  
Finally 0.3mole 0 0.2mole 0.4mole
Limiting reagent is Ca(OH)2
59. 00002.85
rc 1.22
Sol.   0.976
ra 1.25
Hence Ga has in body centred or cubic void where 3a  2  rc  ra 
3a  2  1.25  1.22  4.94
60. 00335.00
Sol. For a bcc lattice, 2  r   r   2  r   r    3a
Where r  radiusof cation
r = radius of anion
a = edge length
3  387
r  r   335.142pm 335pm
2

SECTION – A
61. B
2a  3c
Sol. Given 3 0
bc
2a + 3b + 6c = 0.
1 1
 ax3 bx 2  1

2
Now (ax  bx  c) dx     cx  = 2a  3b  6c  = 0.
0  3 2 0 6
2
atleast one root of ax + bx + c = 0 lie in (0, 1).
62. C
Sol. cos1 (log3 (x2 + 17x + 75)) is defined if  1  log3 (x2 + 17x + 75)  1.
1
 x2 + 17x + 75  3.
3
2
Now, x + 17x + 75  3
2
x + 17x + 72  0
(x + 8) (x + 9)  0
x  [ 9,  8]
1
and x2 + 17x + 75  .
3
2
3x + 51x + 225  1  0
2
3x + 51x + 224  0
Here D < 0.
2
3x + 15x + 224 > 0  x
Hence x  [ 9,  8].
63. C
t
 ln 1 x  dx  0  ln    ln 1  t  
Sol. Lt t
 2
 Lt  1  t 
t 0 t  0  t 0  2t 
1  ln   ln   1
 Lt  1  t  1  t   1  1  0.
2 
t  0 t t  2
64. D
cos ec 2 x  2005 dx
Sol.  cos 2005
x 
dx = (cos x)2005 cos ec 2 x dx  2005
cos2005 x
. 
dx
 (2005)(cos x)  cos
2006
(cos x)2005. ( cot x)  (  sin x)(  cot x) dx  2005 2005
.
x
cot x
=  c.
(cos x)2005

65. C
3n1 / 4
 1  i 3 
1  i
2n2
Sol. +i =   .
 2
 
i2   i
1  i 3
Here e 3 and 1  i  2 e4
2
in1 i
 
2n2 n2
Now,  + i = e 2 2 e2
 + i = 2n2 ei(n1 n2 )  / 2

= 2
 n2
cos  n1  n2  = 0, when n1 + n2 odd.
2

= 2
 n2
sin  n1  n2  = 0, when n1 + n2 even.
2
Thus (C) is false.
66. A
Sol. Assuming arg z1 = 1 and arg z2 = 1 + 2
 z1 z2  | z1 | ei1 | z2 | ei( 1 2 )
  
z2  z1 | z2 | ei( 1 2 )  | z1 | ei(1 )
= e i2  ei1 = 2 cos 1
which lies in [ 2, 2].
67. D
Sol. Rewriting the equation
 1 1 
(y  2)2 = 8  x   , which is parabola with vertex  , 2  and axis along the line y = 2 and
 3 3 
7 
focus is  , 2  .
3 
68. A
 2 M
Sol. We have 
2 3 0
90
   2
i.e.   . /2
4 2 3
O /2 P( ,0)
1  3
 sin 
2 2 2
 2 1 2 3 M
But sin   
2 2 2
4
  2 2.
3
69. A
Sol. x2  2 (4a  1) x + 15a2  2a  7 > 0 if
2
(i) coefficient of x > 0 and (ii) D < 0
D = 4 (4a  1)  4 (15a2  2a  7) < 0
2

16a2 + 1  8a  15a2 + 2a + 7 < 0

a2  6a + 8 < 0
(a  2) (a  4) < 0
2 < a < 4. The only integer satisfying the condition is 3 and hence number of favourable values
of a = 1.
1
Hence the required probability = .
89
70. D
x4 x6 x2 2x 2
Sol. We have x 
2
  .....  
2 4  x2  2  x2
1  
 2 
x 2 x3 x 2x
and x    .....   .
2 4  x  2  x
1  
 2 
The given equation becomes
 2x 2    2x 
sin1  2 
  cos1  
2x  2 2x
2x 2 2x
 x=1
2x 2
2x

cot1 (x) cot1 (1) = .
4
71. D
2 2
 dy  2  dy   dy 
Sol. y2 +   x  2xy       0 .
 dx   dx   dx 
 dy 
 where dx  p 
2 2 2 2
y + p x  2xy p  p = 0
 
(y  px)2  p2 = 0
(y  px + p) (y  px  p) = 0
each of y = px  p and y = px + p is a Clairaut’s equation.
Thus the solution is
(y  cx + c) (y  cx  c) = 0
y = x 1 (where c = 1).
72. A
Sol. f(x)  (x  1)(x  2)2 (x  3)
f (2)  0.
73. B
69
Sol. C3r1 + 69C3r = 69 Cr 2 1 + 69 Cr 2
70
C3r = 70 Cr 2
Thus r2 = 3r or 70  3r = r2
so that r = 0, 3 or 7,  10.
Hence r = 3 and 7 (as the given is not defined for r = 0 and  10).

74. D
Sol. Given function is f (x) = x 4 (1  x)2, x  [0, 1]
f (x) being polynomial, is continuous
3 5 4
and f (x) = 4x + 6x  10x
so f (x) exist in (0, 1)
and f (0) = 0 = f (1).
Rolles theorem is applicable.
Hence there exist atleast one c  (0, 1) such that f (c) = 0
3 5 4 3 2
4c + 6c  10c = 0 2c (2 + 3c  5c) = 0
c = 0, 1, 2/3
2/3  (0, 1).
Hence all (A), (B) and (C) are correct but (D) is false.
75. A
2 1 
Sol. Period of |sin 4x| =  
4 2 4
8 1 
Period of |cos 2x| =  
4 2 4
  
cm  ,   .
4 2 2
76. D
Sol. We know that Adj (Adj A) = |A|n2 A if |A|  0 [If order of A = n]
Adj (Adj A) = |A|. A [Here n = 3]
3 4 4
det Adj (Adj A) = |A| . det A = |A| = (14) (given)
|A| = 14.
Now |A| = x (1 + 2)  2 ( 1  4)  1 (1  2) = 14
3x + 11 = 14 x = 1.
77. B
x  a2 x4  1 3
Sol. f (x) = x  b2 2x 4  2 3
x  c2 3x 4  7 3
1 x 4  1 3 x  a2 4x 3 3 x  a2 x4  1 0
f (x) = 1 2x 4  2 3  x  b2 8x 3 3  x  b2 2x 4  2 0  0
1 3x 4  7 3 x  c2 12x 3 3 x  c2 3x 4  7 0
x  a2 1 1
f (x) = 0 + 12x3 x  b2 2 10  0
x  c2 3 1
x  a2 1 1
f (x) = x  b 2 2 10 (Since x  0)
2
xc 3 1
R2  R2  R1; R3  R3  R2

x  a2 1 1
f (x) = b 2  a2 1 0 =0
c 2  b2 1 0
b  a  c + b2 = 0
2 2 2
2 2 2
2b = a + c
2 2 2
a , b , c are in A.P.
78. B
Sol. The lines are x = ay + b; z = cy + d
x = a1y + b1; z = c1y + d1
the given equations can be written as
x b y z d
  … (1)
a 1 c
x  b1 y z  d1
and   … (2)
a1 1 c1
The line (1) and (2) will be perpendicular if
aa1 + 1 + cc1 = 0 aa1 + cc1 =  1.
79. C

Sol.  tan1(r  2)  tan1(r  3) 
r2
 tan1 0  tan1( 1)

tan1 1  tan1 0
tan1 2  tan1 1
:
:
tan1(n  2)  tan 1(n  3)

Sn  tan1(n  2) 
4
  3
S    .
2 4 4
80. A
Sol. cos2 x  sin2 x
1  sin2 x  sin2 x 2 sin2 x  1
1
sin x 
2
but sin x cannot be –ve.
1 
sin x  x  n  ( 1)n
2 4
SECTION – B
81. 00336.00
Sol. xk  0, k  0, 1, 2, 3, 4,5
and
x1  x 2  x3  x 4  x5  20 and x1  x 2  x 3  5

x 4  x 5  20  5
x 4  x5  15
No. of integral solution
 15  2  1 16 
      16 and number of integral solution of x1  x 2  x 3  5 is
 2 1   1 
 5  3  1  7  7  6
    21
 3 1  2 2
Hence total number of integral solution is 21  16  336
82. 00000.50
1
Sol. cos   cos3  cos5 
2
When  = /7
83. 00045.00
100
Sol.   x   x  dx
10
100
 
10
x dx
11
 90  x dx as {x} is periodic with period 1
10
1
 90   45.
2
84. 00003.50
 30   30   30   30   30   30 
Sol. S  29    28    27    ......  1   0     
 0 1   2  28   29   30 
2S  28  C0  C1  C2  ....  C30   28  230 
30 30 30 30
7 32 7
Hence, S  14  230  2 . k
2 2
85. 00002.00
r
Sol. Since, line is tangent to the circle. ; Hence,  r r2
2
86. 00019.00
Sol. Given,
15
  
2 2
 1  4  1 
4
p 15
So,  ; p = 15, q = 4; Hence, p + q = 19.
q 4
87. 00002.00
n  r 3  2r 2  3r  2  n
 r2  r  2  n n n
1 n
Sol.   n Cr    Cr = r n
Cr  2 Cr
r 0  r  1  r 1  r 0 r  1
2
  r 0  r 0

 2n1  1  n 2n1  n2 2n 1  2n 2  2

= n. 2n1 + 2  
 n  1  n 1
n 1 n 1 n 2
n 2  n 2  2  2 2  23  24  2
2 2
 (given)
n 1 21
n = 2.
88. 00000.75
x
Sol. Here = cos t + sin t … (1)
4
y
and = cos t  sin t … (2)
7
Squaring and adding equation (1) and (2)
x2 y2
 = 2 (sin2 t + cos2 t)
16 7
x2 y2
  1 , which is an ellipse
32 14
b2 14 3
eccentricity e = 1 2
 1  .
a 32 4
89. 00007.50
Sol. Given OBC = 12 y a a 
  1,  1
0 0 1 B  2 2 
a 0 1
 24
a a
1 1 1
2 2 O
x
a  C (a, 0)
a   1, 0 
a   1  24 D  2 
2 
a(a  2)  48
a 2  2a 48  0
(+) sign reject
a 2  2a  48  0
(a  8)(a  6)  0
a  8 or a = –6 (reject)
0 0 1
1 1 15
Area of OBD  5 3 1  (15) 
2 2 2
5 0 1
90. 00009.00

Sol. v
9
 î  7ˆj  2kˆ 
 3 6
v  6 3
9
 
v a9

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – VII
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 27-02-2022
answer.

AITS-FT-VII-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. If energy stored in the capacitor C1 and C2 are same, then the C2

2R
C
value of 2 is
C1
25 R
(A) C1
36
36
(B) E
25
4
(C)
9 E
5
(D)
4
2. In the given circuit, find I2  I1 I1 2

(A) zero
1
(B) A
13
2 10V 3 6V
(C) A
13
34 4 I2
(D) A
13
3. A particle-1 of mass m, kinetic energy K and momentum P collides head on with another
particle-2 of mass 2m at rest on horizontal smooth surface. If collision is elastic, find ratio of
kinetic energy of particle -2 and particle-1 after collision.
(A) zero
(B) 1
(C) 1/8
(D) 8
4. Two blocks of mass m and 2m are connected by a spring of spring constant k. The system is
placed on a horizontal frictionless surface. Now at t = 0, the block 2m is projected horizontally
with velocity v0 towards right. What is the minimum time when the elongation in spring is
maximum?
 2m
(A)
4 3k
 2m
(B)
2 3k
3 2m
(C)
4 3k
2m
(D) 
3k

3 AITS-FT-VII-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
5. In the AC circuit drawn below find the phase difference I1 xC

between current I1 and I2.
  X  XC  xL R
(A)  tan1  L  I2
2  R 
  X  XC  ~
(B)  tan1  L 
2  R  AC source
 X 
(C)  tan1  L 
2  R 
 X 
(D)  tan1  L 
2 R 
6. Plates of capacitor have charges 2CV and CV initially. Find the 2CV CV
charge flowing through capacitor of capacitance 2C long time
after switch is closed.
(A) zero
CV
(B)
2 2C
S
(C) CV
3CV
(D)
2
V R
7. In the figure drawn below, if pulleys are massless and frictionless. String is
inextensible then find the time period of oscillation.
k
9m
(A) 2
16k
3m
(B) 2
4k
9m
(C) 
16k
3m
(D) 2k
4k
8. A hydrogen atom is in an excited state of principal quantum number n. When it returns to the
ground state, it emits a photon of wavelength 0. If R is Rydberg constant, then the value of n is
R 0 1
(A)
R 0
R 0 1
(B)
R 0
R 0
(C)
R 0 1
R 0
(D)
R 0 1

9. Two particles are projected horizontally and simultaneously from top of a tower in mutually
perpendicular directions with same speed 30 m/s. After how much time their velocity vectors will
be at angle 60 from each other (g = 10 m/s2)
(A) 1 sec
(B) 3 sec
(C) 4 sec
(D) 5 sec
10. An infinite current carrying wire, carrying current I is bent in V

z
shape, lying in y-z plane as shown in the figure. Find the
magnetic field at P, if OP = 2a.
 0I
(A) (2  3 )iˆ P
2a
 0I I 30 I
(B) (2  3)iˆ 30
2a
0I
(C) (2  3 )iˆ
4a
0I O y
(D) (2  3)iˆ
4a
11. A certain mass of a gas undergoes a process given by dW = 2dU. If the molar heat capacity of
gas for this process is 7.5R, then the gas is (where R is universal gas constant)
(A) Monoatomic gas
(B) Diatomic gas
(C) Polyatomic gas
(D) Insufficient data
12. A string is stretched between pulley and a wave generator consisting of a plate vibrating up and
down with small amplitude and frequency 120 Hz. The standing wave pattern has a 4 nodes as
shown. The load (in gm) is required for standing wave with 5 nodes is (Here m = 256 gm initially)
1.5 m
(A) 216
(B) 512
(C) 288
(D) 144
13. If a spring of stiffness k is cut into two parts A and B of length  A :  B  2 : 3 , then the stiffness of
spring B is given by
(A) k
2k
(B)
5
3k
(C)
5
5k
(D)
3

14. If the pin hole in the container is very small compared to the
area of the base of container and a block floats in the ideal
liquid then the speed of efflux is m
(A) less than 2gh
h
(B) greater than 2gh
(C) equal to 2gh
(D) equal to 2gH H
15. A uniform rod AB of mass 2kg and length 1m is placed on A B

a sharp support O such that AO = 0.4m and OB = 0.6 m.
A spring of force constant k = 600 N/m is attached to end
B. To keep the rod horizontal, its end A is tied to a thread O
k
such that spring is elongated by 1 cm. The reaction of
support on the rod when thread is burnt is
(A) 10 N
(B) 20 N
(C) 30 N
(D) 40 N

16. The electric field of two plane electromagnetic waves in vacuum are given by E  E0 cos( t  kx)jˆ
 
and E2  E0 cos( t  ky)kˆ . At t = 0, a particle of charge q is at origin with a velocity v  0.8cjˆ . The
instantaneous force experienced by the particle is
(A) qE (0.8iˆ  ˆj  0.2k)
0
ˆ
(B) qE0 ( 0.8iˆ  ˆj  0.2k)
ˆ
(C) qE (0.8iˆ  ˆj  0.2k)
0
ˆ
(D) qE0 ( 0.8iˆ  ˆj  0.2k)
ˆ
2
17. 25 W/m energy density of sunlight is normally incident on the surface of a solar panel. Some part
of incident energy 25% is reflected from the surface and the rest 75% is absorbed what is the
force exerted on 2 m 2 surface area of solar panel? (take c = 3  108 m/s)
(A) 10  108 N
(B) 20  108 N
(C) 25  108 N
(D) 35  108 N
18. In the given circuit, S is closed at t = 0. Find the power delivered by 9V C

th
 1
24 V battery, when potential energy stored in capacitor is   of S
4
its maximum value. 12V
(A) 31.5 W
(B) 94.5 W 4
(C) 126 W 24V
(D) 63 W
4

19. A beam of unpolarised light of intensity I0 is passed through a polaroid A and then through
another polaroid B which is oriented so that its principal plane makes an angle of 30 relative to
that of A. The intensity of the emergent light is:
I0
(A)
2
3I0
(B)
8
I0
(C)
8
(D) I0
20. The combination of gates shown below yields

(A) XOR gate
(B) NAND gate
(C) NOT gate
(D) OR gate
SECTION – B
21. In the circuit drawn below initially capacitor C is uncharged and I1 C R

1
switch ‘S’ is closed at t = 0. If C  F , L = 4H and R = 8 , the
16 I2 L R
I
value of 2 at t = n2 sec will be
I1
S
E
22. A soap bubble of radius R, surface tension T exists in equilibrium in vacuum. A monoatomic gas
is trapped inside the soap bubble. Charge Q is given to bubble such that bubble expands from
radius a to radius 2a under adiabatic condition. If surface charge on surface is found to be
x 0T
. Find the value of x +y.
ya
23. Two complete turns of the circular scale of a screw gauge covers a distance of 1 mm on its main
scale. The number of divisions on the circular scale is 50. The screw gauge has a negative zero
error of 0.03 mm. If the main scale reading is 3mm and circular scale reading is 35 during the
measurement of diameter of wire, then find the diameter of wire in mm.
24. The output signal from an AM modulator is given as,

S(t) = 5 cos(1800 t) + 20 cos(2000t) + 5 cos(2200 t)
What is the modulation index of the modulation wave?

25. A parallel beam is incident on a thin t

lens (1 = 1.4) and radius of curvature 1 = 1.4
of each surface is 25 cm as shown in
the figure. Find the thickness of slab
in cm (2 = 1.5) between the lens and
screen so that final image is formed
on the screen if distance between
lens and the screen is 35 cm.
2 = 1.5
screen
35 cm
26. A particle is executing SHM on a straight line. A and B are two points at which velocity is zero. It
passes through a certain point P(PA < PB) with a speed of 3 2 m/s. It moves from A to P in time
0.5 sec and P to B in time 1.5 sec. Find the maximum speed in m/s.
27. A radioactive nuclei P decays simultaneously into two stable

nuclei Q and R with half life of 1 hour and 2 hour respectively as Q
k T1/2 = 1hour
shown in the figure. If the effective half life of P is hours,
9
then find the value of k. P
T1/2 = 2hour
R
28. Two identical containers A and B with frictionless pistons contains the same ideal gas at the
same temperature and the same volume V. The mass of the gas in A is m A and that in B is m B.
The gas in each cylinder is now allowed to expand isothermally to the final volume 2V. The
m
changes in the pressure in A and B are found to be P and 1.5P respectively. Find B
mA
29. Equation of standing wave in a string is given as,

   
y  2 sin  2x   sin  200t   cm ,
 4   6 
Where x is in cm and t is in second. Find the distance between two consecutive nodes in mm.
30. A galvanometer, whose resistance is 50 , has 25 divisions on it. When a current of 4  104 A
passes through it, its needle deflects by one division. What resistance in should be connected
to galvanometer to make it a voltmeter of range 2.5 V?

SECTION – A
31. Br

1. Mg, dry ether
2. CH3  CHO

3. H3 O
N
H
The major product of the reaction is
(A) CH CH3
OH
N
H
(B)
N CH CH3
H OH
(C) CH CH2
N
H
(D)
N
HC OH
CH3
32. Myosin is the common example of

(A) Vitamin
(B) Fibrous proteins
(C) Carbohydrates
(D) Globular proteins
33. Which of the following is positively charged sol?

(A) Copper sols
(B) Sols of Gum
(C) Oxides eg. TiO2 sol
(D) Metallic sulphides

34. Which of the following statements is incorrect?

(A) All Cu(II) halides are known except the iodide.
2+
(B) The standard reduction electrode potential for Cu to Cu has negative value.
(C) Permanganate titrations in presence of HCl are unsatisfactory as HCl is oxidized to
chlorine.
(D) The Eo value for Mn3+/Mn2+ couple is much more positive than that for Cr3+/Cr2+ or
Fe3+/Fe2+.
35. NH2
Conc. HNO3 

H2 SO 4
A B  C
The percentage yield is A > C > B. The A, B, C respectively are:

(A) NH2 NH2 NH2
NO 2
, ,
NO 2
NO 2
(B) NH2
NH2 NH2
NO 2
, ,
NO 2
NO 2
(C) NH2
NH2 NH2
NO 2
, ,
NO 2
NO 2
(D) NH2 NH2 NH2
NO 2
, ,
NO 2
NO 2

36. The rate of solvolysis of I – IV follows

Br Br
Br
Br
II III IV
I
(A) I > II > III > IV
(B) III > I > II > IV
(C) III > II > I > IV
(D) IV > I > II > III
37. Which of the following precipitate of sulphide is yellow in colour?

(A) HgS
(B) PbS
(C) CuS
(D) CdS
38. Which of the following complex is a diamagnetic complex?

3
(A) Co  C2O4  
 3
MnCl6 
3
(B)
3
(C) Fe  CN 
 6
CoF6 
3
(D)
39. Which of the following has correct matching of curve and orbital?
4r R (r)
4r R (r)
4r R (r)
2
2
2
2
r r r
(I) (II) (III)
(I) I(2p) II(1s) III(4p) (II) I(3p) II(3d) III(3s)
(III) I(4d) II(2p) III(5d) (IV) I(2s) II(4f) III(3d)
(A) II, III
(B) I, III
(C) III, IV

40. van der Waals equation for one mole of CO 2 gas at low pressure will be:
 a 
(A)  P  2  V  RT
 V 
a
(B) P  V  b   RT 
V2
RT
(C) P
V b
 RT a 
(D) P  2
 V  b V 
41. The major product formed in the following reaction is

CO 2H

I2 , NaHCO3
H2 O

(A) O
O
I
(B) O
O
I
(C) O
O
I
(D) O
O
42. The correct statement for the following structures is

H
N H N
N N N H
H H N
N N N N N H
N
1 2 3
(A) 1, 2, 3 are resonance structures

(B) 1 and 2 are resonance structures, where are 3 is an isomer of 1 and 2

(C) 1 and 3 are resonance structures, where as 2 is an isomer of 1 and 3
(D) 1, 2 and 3 are constitutional isomer
43. Which of the following compounds has a positive enthalpy of solution?

(A) LiF
(B) LiCl
(C) LiBr
(D) LiI
 E
44. The temperature derivative of electrochemical cell potential E at constant pressure   is given
 T P
by
S
(A) 
nF
S
(B)
nF
S
(C)
nFT
S
(D) 
nFT
45. The d-orbitals involved in the hybridization to form square planar and trigonal bipyramidal
geometries are respectively
(A) dz2 and dz2
(B) dyz and dz2
(C) dx2  y 2 and dz2
(D) dx2  y 2 and dyz
46. The major product formed in the following reaction sequence is:
O
OEt
1. ,NaOEt
OEt
CHO
O

2.  CH3  NH
,

2
3. LiAlH4
4. BF3 ,HCHO
N
(A) OH
OH
OH
N

(B) H3C CH3

N
N O
(C) OH OH
CH3
N
CH3
N
(D) HO

O

HCN, KCN
160o C
(A)
O
CN
(B)
CN
(C) O
CN
(D) O
CN
48. The treatment of formic acid with concentrated sulphuric acid gives
1
(A) HCHO  O2
2
(B) CO2  H2
(C) CO  H2 O
(D) CO  H2

49. Zone refining may be employed for refining of metals like

(A) Ni and Zr
(B) Si and B
(C) Zn and Hg
(D) Cu and Ga
50. Which of the following order is correct?

(A) Li < Na < K < Rb < Cs (melting point)
(B) Li > Na > K > Rb > Cs (density)
(C) Be > Mg > Ca > Sr > Ba (ionization energy)
(D) Be < Mg < Ca < Sr < Ba (melting point)
SECTION – B
51. The maximum limit of nitrate in drinking water is________ppm.
52. Sea water containing 1 M NaCl has to be desalinated at 300 K using a membrane permeable
only to water. The minimum pressure (in atm) required on sea water side of the membrane
is______atm.
53. The dissociation constant of a weak monoprotic acid is 1.6  105 and its molar conductance at
infinite dilution is 360.5  104 mho m2 mol1 for 0.01 M solution of this acid, the specific
conductance is n  10 2 mho m 1 . The value of n is_________
54. A salt mixture (1 g) contains 25 wt% MgSO4 and 75 wt% M2SO4. Aqueous solution of this salt
mixture on treating with excess BaCl2 solution results in the precipitation of 1.49 g of BaSO4. The
atomic mass of M in g mol1 is___________
(Atomic mass of Ba is 137 g mol1 )
55. For the molecule CH3  CH  CH  CH  OH  CH  CH  CH  C CH3 2 the number of all
possible stereoisomers is
o
56. Calcium crystallises in fcc lattice of unit cell length 5.56 A and density 1.4848 g cm3 . The
percentage of Schottky defects in the crystal is________
57. The standard reaction enthalpy of the reaction Zn  s   H2 O  g  ZnO  s   H2  g is

1 1
223 kJ mol and the standard reaction Gibb’s functions is 33 kJ mol at 1520 K. Assuming
that both H and S remains constant. The minimum temperature x  102 K is the
o o
temperature above which equilibrium constant becomes greater than one. What is the value of x?
58. The rate of a first order reaction is 0.04 mol litre1 sec 1 at 10 minutes and 0.03 mol litre1 sec 1
at 22 minutes after initiation. The half-life of the reaction (in minutes) is

59. How many molecules of H2 O are required to hydrolyse 1 molecule of borazine?
60. One mole of an ideal gas ( = 1.4) is expanded isothermally and reversibly at 27oC till its volume
is doubled. It is then adiabatically compressed reversibly to its original volume. The magnitude of
total work done (in J) by the gas is__________
 0.4 4 1 1 
 2  ,R  8.3 JK ,mol 
 3 

SECTION – A
 
 cos 2x  cos3x
1  cos x cos2x cos3x 1   cos x 
61. If L1  lim and L 2  lim , then the value of L1  L 2
x 0 x2 x0 x2
is equal to
(A) 0
5
(B)
2
13
(C)
2
3
(D)
2
62. If  is satisfying the equation sin1  ex   sin1  x 2   0 ,   R and is number of solution of
 2x
 1  tan   
equation cos1   2    x     , then which of the following is true?
 1  tan2 x 
 
 2 
(A) +>0
(B) +<0
(C) >
(D) >0
63. In ABC if a(2 cos A – 1) + b(2 cos B – 1) + c(2 cos C – 1) = 0, then value of
A B  C
a2 sin   b2 sin   c 2 sin  
2 2  2  is
bc ac ab
(A) 1
(B) 3
1
(C)
2
3
(D)
2
9
 z  2
64. If 1, 2, 3, ….., 9 are the roots of the equation    1 , where z = x + iy, x, y  R,
 z 1
9
i  1 , then value of i is equal to
i 1
27
(A)
2
9
(B)
2
(C) 0
(D) 1

 1 0 0
 
65. If matrix M  2 2 1 and let M1 and M2 be two matrix such that M1  M4  4M3  5M2 ,
0 0 1
M2  M4  5M2  2M , then det(M1M2) is equal to
(A) 27
(B) 24
13
(C) 2
11
(D) 2
 x 
ln  
66. Let h(x) be a function such that h(x) = ln 1  x   e  x 1 , then which one is correct for h(x)?
(A) h(x) is decreases for some interval in its domain
(B) h(x) has two point of inflections
(C) h(x) is increasing in its domain
(D) h  x  is increasing for all x in its domain
67. The integral values of k for which the equation x2 + (2022 + k)x + 2022k + 1 = 0 has integral roots,
are k1 and k2, then focii of hyperbola x2 – y2 = k1 – k2 will be
(A)  5 2, 0 
(B)  0,  6 2 
(C)  0,  2 2 
(D)  2, 0 
120
68. If a1, a2, a3, ….., a120 are positive divisors of M, where M  2  32  53  74 and P  ai &
i 1
120
ai
i 1
Q 120
, then value of the following is true?
1
a
i 1 i
P
(A) M12
Q
12
(B) PQ < M
P
(C)  M12
Q
12
(D) PQ = M
69. Let sides of a PQR are represented y the equations PQ: x + y + 6 = 0, QR: x – y – 2 = 0 and RP:
y = 0 and if the point t,  4  t 2   lying inside the triangle PQR, then number of integral value(s)
of t is?
(A) 5
(B) 3
(C) 1
(D) 0

70. Let normals of an ellipse E at point A(–2, 3) and B(1, 2) intersect at M(0, 1) and S is the focus of
the ellipse E, then length of SA is equal to
2
(A)
10
10
(B)
2
2
(C)
3
3
(D)
2
1 1 1
71. If a, b, c are positive real numbers such that    1 , then the minimum value of
a b c
(a – 1)(b – 1)(c – 1) is
(A) 6
(B) 8
(C) 1
(D) 3
72. How many three digit numbers of the type a1a2a3 (decimal representation) where ai  {0, 1, 2,
….., 9}, a1  0 are formed such that a1 < a2 > a3 (a1, a2, a3 are distinct digits)
(A) 120
(B) 204
(C) 320
(D) none of these
           
73. If a, b, c are three vectors such that a  b  3 , c  6 , a b  1, a c  2 and b c  2 , then
  
the volume of parallelepiped formed by the vectors a, b, c
(A) 4
(B) 16
(C) 2
(D) 12
max f   
74. Let f     16 cos2   25 sin2   25cos2   16 sin2  where   R, then value of is
min f   
41
(A)
5
41
(B)
9
82
(C)
5
82
(D)
9

    
75. If p, q are non parallel unit vectors and r is a vector in a plane perpendicular to p and q such
    2     
that r  5 and p  q  p  q , then p q r   p q is equal to
23
(A)
5
17
(B)
5
3
(C)
5
19
(D)
5
76. Let the set of complex numbers (p1, q1), (p2, q2), (p3, q3), ..... denoting the points on the complex
plane satisfying the relation  pn1, qn1    3 pn  qn , 3 qn  pn   n = 1, 2, 3, ..... if
 p100 , q100    2, 4  , then the value of p1 + q1 is
1
(A)
256
1
(B)
297
1
(C)
298
1
(D)
299
77. The number of real values of x, x  R satisfies the equation

3x 2  18x  52  2x 2  12x  162  x 2  6x  280 , is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) infinite
15x  2022
78. If standard deviation of the variate x is 5, then standard deviation of the variate is
7
2022
(A)
5
2077
(B)
7
35
(C)
15
75
(D)
7

 3x  3x  1  x 
79. If y = g(x) is a function, g : [0, 3]  R, g  x   tan1    tan 
2   , then the maximum
3 3 x   3
value of g(x) is

(A)
4

(B)
3
3
(C)
4

(D)
6
80. If there are n number of integers between 1 and 10000 which have the property that “sum of
digits of the number is equal to 12”, then n is
(A) 415
(B) 455
(C) 514
(D) 554
SECTION – B
   
81. If OAB is a triangle such that OA  a , OB  b , O is origin if D, E, F are points on the OB, AB, OA

 1  2  2a  b
respectively such that OF  a , OD  b , OE  if AD, FB, OE intersect at R, Q, P points
3 3 3
area of ABC m
respectively, if  , m, n are coprime, then (m + n) equal to
area of PQR n
82. How many three digit numbers abc (decimal representation) a  0 can be formed by using
decimal digit with the property that a < b and c < b
83. If number of values of 1 for which tan 31 – tan 21 = 1 + tan 31 tan 21, 1  [0, 2022] are 1
and number of value of 2 for which sin  2   cos  2   1 , 2  [0, 100] are
8 8
2, then 1 + 2 is
equal to
84. If z1, z2, z3, z4, z5 are the roots of the equation z5 + z4 + z3 + z2 + z + 1 = 0 and if
2
 zi  z j , then the value of is
1i j 5
85. There is a non-zero complex number z3 such that z12  z2 z3 and z22  z1z3 , if |z1| = |z2| = |z3| = 6
and if area of triangle formed by z1, z2 and z3 as vertices are , then  is equal to
86. In a triangular park ABC a pole of height h standing on the vertex A and there are three
  
equidistant points on the side BC whose angle of depression are observed to be , and
6 4 3
respectively, then the value of h2 is

87. If M be a square matrix of order 3  3 such that det(M) = 4, then det(adj (2M)) is equal to
88. If length of the path traced by the locus of mirror image of foci (both the focus) of ellipse
16x2 + 4y2 = 1 with respect to its variable tangent y = mx + c is L, then [L] is equal to
2 
89. Let AB is a focal chord and MN is latus rectum of the parabola y = 2x, if AB makes angle with
6
positive x-axis (point A and M in first quadrant), then the value of
2
 1 1 
 area of  MAS  area of  NBS  , (where S is the focus of given parabola) is
 
3 p 20 20
m
90. If the sum of series tan1    , then the value of is
p 1 r 1 n 1 m 1
n 

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – VII
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 27-02-2022

SECTION – A
1. A
E C2
Sol. I 2R R
3R
In loop PSQP, +Q2 Q2
Q I R
E 1 E  0
C1 C1
Q1 = 2EC1 P Q
Q E S+Q Q1
Also, E IR  2  E  0 1
C2
5EC2 E
Q2 
3
Q2 Q2
Also, 1  2
2C1 2C2
2
C2  Q 2  25
  
C1  Q1  36
2. C
Sol. Applying KVL, we can get
34 36
I1  A and I2  A
13 13
2
I2  I1  A
13

AITS-FT-VII-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
3. D
Sol. P = P 1 + P2
K = K 1 + K2
P2 P2 P2
 1  2
2m 2m 2m
Solving, we get
P 4P
P1   , P2 
3 3
k 8k
k1  , k 2 
9 9
4. B
2m
Sol. Time period T  2
3k
T
Required time is t 
4
 2m
t
2 3k
5. C
 X 
Sol. Phase difference is  tan1  L 
2  R 
6. D
CV 3CV
Sol. Hence charge flowing the battery is 2CV  
2 2
3CV/2 CV/2 CV/2 3CV/2 3CV/2 2CV 2CV 3CV/2
7. A
Sol. In this case angular frequency is
16k

9m
2 9m
T  2
 16k
8. C
1 1 1
Sol.  R 2  2 
0 1 n 
R 0
n
R 0 1
9. B
Sol. At time t, velocity of 1st is

v  30iˆ  gtkˆ
1

3 AITS-FT-VII-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22

From 2nd, v 2  30 ˆj  gtkˆ
 
Also, v1 v 2  v1v 2 cos60
Solving we get t = 3 sec
10. C
 2 I
Sol. B  0 (sin60  sin90)iˆ
4a
 I
B  0 (2  3 )iˆ P
4a
M 2a
I 30 I
30
11. B
Sol. dQ = dU + dW = 3dU
dQ = 3nCVdT = nCdT
C = 3CV
7.5 R = 3CV
5R
CV 
2
Gas is diatomic
12. D
Sol. when m = 256 gm
3 256g
120  …(i)
2  1.5 
When m = m, then
4 mg
120  …(ii)
2  1.5 
m = 144 gm
13. D
Sol. If  = length of spring
   A  B …(i)
 A : B  2 : 3 …(ii)
From (i) and (ii)
2 3
 A  , B 
5 5
3
k    kb 
5
5k
kb =
3
14. C
Sol. It will be equal to 2gh

15. B
Sol. for rotation N
mg(0.1) + kx(0.6) = I A B
2
Solving,  = 30 rad/s
For translational
mg + kx  N = m(0.1) O
N = 20 newton mg kx
16. A
Sol. Net force
     
F  q(E1  E2 )  q v  (B1  B2

F  qE0 (0.8iˆ  ˆj  0.2k)
ˆ
Here at t = 0, x = y = 0
 
E  E ˆj, E  E kˆ
1 0 2 0
 E ˆ  E
B1  0 k, B 2  0 î
C C
17. B
IA
Sol. F  (1  r)
C
(1  0.25)(25)(2)
 20  108 N
3  108
18. D
th
 1
Sol. When potential energy is   its maximum value, then current through 24 V battery is
4
21
I A
8
21
Power = VI = 24  W = 63 W
8
19. B
Sol. If a beam of unpolarized light of intensity I0 is passed through the two polaroids, the intensity of
the emergent light is
I
I  0 cos2 
2
I0 3I
I  cos2 30  0
2 8
20. D
Sol. Truth table for given combination is
A B X
0 0 0
0 1 1
1 0 1
1 1 1
This comes out to be truth table of OR gate

SECTION – B
21. 00003.00
E
Sol. I1  e  t /RC
R
E  tR

I2   1  e L 
R 
2t
I2 1  e
 3
I1 e 2t
22. 00019.00
4T 4
Sol. P1  , V1  a3
a 3
 2
4T 4
P2   , V2  (2a)3
2 0 2a 3
Process is adiabatic,
P1V15 /3  P2 V25/3
Solving we get
15 0 T

4a
23. 00003.38
Sol. Reading = 3 + (35  0.01)  (0.03) = 3.38 mm
24. 00000.50
Sol. S(t) = 5cos(1800 t) + 20 cos(2000 t) + 5 cos(2200 t)
 1 
= 20 1  cos(200t) cos(2000t)
 2 
modulation index is 0.50
25. 00011.25
1  2  4
Sol.  (1.4  1)  
f  25  125
f = 31.25 cm
Normal shift = 35  31.25 = 3.75 cm
 1   1 
3.75  t  1    t 1  
 2   1.5 
t = 11.25 cm
26. 00006.00
Sol. Here time period is T = 4 sec P O
2
x  A sin t A B
T
 2  Mean position
v  v max cos  t
 T 
Time from O to P is t = 0.5 sec
T
t
8

v 3 2
v max    6 m/s
2 T 1
cos
T 8 2
27. 00006.00
Sol. Effective half life is
TT
Teff  1 2
T1  T2
(1)(2) 2
Teff    hour
1 2 3 9
k=6
28. 00001.50
Sol. In container A;
n RT nA RT nA RT
P  A   …(i)
V 2V 2V
In container B;
n RT nBRT nBRT
1.5P  B   …(ii)
V 2V 2V
By solving
n m
1.5  B  B
nA m A
29. 00005.00
Sol. Here = 1cm
 0.5cm  5 mm
2
30. 00200.00
Sol. V  Ig (Rg  RH ) G
Ig RH
2.5  (10 2 )(50  RH )
RH  250  50  200

SECTION – A
31. D
Sol.
Br MgBr O
||
CH  C H
 3

Mg
 
N N N
N
MgBr
H H
HC CH3
O
H3 O
N
HC CH3
OH
32. B
Sol. Myosin (in muscles) is fibrous protein.
33. C
Sol. Oxides eg. TiO2 sol is positively charged sol.
34. B
Sol. EoCu2  /Cu has positive value which is equal to 0.34 V.
35. C
Sol. NH2 NH2 NH2 NH2
NO 2
HNO3
 
  
H2 SO4
NO 2
NO 2 2%
51% 47%
36. C
Sol. Solvolysis depends on stability of carbocation.
37. D
Sol. HgS, PbS and CuS are black but CdS is yellow.
38. A
Sol. Co2   3d6 4so
C2O24 is chelating ligand. So, t 2g  3d6 and eg  3do

39. A
Sol. The orbitals with same number of radial nodes has same shape of curve.
40. A
Sol. At low pressure V is high so, b can be neglected in comparison to V.
41. B
Sol.
CO 2H COO

I2 , NaHCO3
H2 O
 I
anti  attack
O
O
42. D
Sol. Change in position is not allowed in resonance structures. So, 1, 2, 3 are not resonance
structures, they are constitutional isomers.
43. A
Sol. LiF is sparingly soluble due to its high lattice energy.
44. B
 dG 
Sol. G  H  T  
 dT P
G  nFE
G  H  TS
45. C
46. B

Sol. O
OEt O
C OEt
O
OEt C
C H CH
O C OEt

NaOEt
,

O
N N
 CH3 2 NH
H3C CH3
N
H3C CH3 CH CH(COOEt) 2

N LiAlH4
CH CH2OH
HC N
CH2OH
N
BF3 , HCHO
H3C CH3
N
CH O
HC
O
N
47. C
Sol. CN shows 1,4-conjugae addition.
48. C
conc. H2 SO4
Sol. HCOOH  CO  H2O
Conc.H2SO 4 acts as dehydrating agent.
49. B
Sol. Zone refining is useful for producing metals of very high purity, e.g. germaniumm, silicon, boron
etc.
50. C
Sol. As size increases ionisation energy decreases.

SECTION – B
51. 00050.00
Sol. The maximum limit of nitrate in drinking water is 50 ppm.
52. 00049.26
Sol.   iCRT
  2  1 0.0821 300
  49.26 atm
53. 00001.44
Sol. K a  C2
1.6  10 5  0.01  2
4  102  
 m
,4  102  m
o
m 360.5  104
m  1442  106 mho m2 mol1
 14.42 mho cm2 mol1
1000  K
m 
M
K  1.442  104 mho cm 1
K  1.442  102 mho m 1
54. 00039.20
Sol. MgSO 4  BaCl2  MgCl2  BaSO 4
M2SO 4  BaCl2  2MCl  BaSO4
Total moles of BaSO4 = Total moles of MgSO4 + Total moles of M2SO4
1.49 0.25 0.75
 
233 120 2x  96
x  39.2
55. 00008.00
Sol. Number of all stereoisomers  23  8 .
56. 00003.95
ZM 4  40
Sol.    1.5458
 
3 3
NA  a 6.022  1023   5.56   10 8
3
1.5458  1.4848
%Schottky defect   100  3.95
1.5458
57. 00017.84
Sol. Go  Ho  TSo
190
33  223  1520 S o ,  So
1520
So  0.125 kJ mol1 K 1
For K eq  1 Go  0 Go  Ho  T So  0

Ho 223
o
 T, T
S 0.125
T  1784
T  17.84  102
58. 00028.90
0.04  k A o e  
 k 10
Sol. R1  k A1,
0.03  k A o e  
 k 22
R2  k A 2 ,
4 10k  22k 4 12k
e , e
3 3
4 1 4
n  12k k n
3 12 3
0.693
t1/2 
k
59. 00009.00
Sol. B3N3H6  9H2O  3NH3  3H3BO3  3H2
60. 00349.66
r 1
V 
Sol. For adiabatic process T2  T1  1 
 V2 
T2  400K
W  W1  W2
 V   nR
  nRTn 2     T2  T1  
 V1   r  1 
= 349.66 J

SECTION – A
61. C
1
Sol. L1  7 , L 2 
2
62. B
x 2
Sol. e  (0, 1] x  (–, 0] ; x  [0, 1] x  [–1, 1] x  [–1, 0)
 < 0 and x  (2n + 1) =0
63. D
Sol. r = 2R  is equilateral
64. A
9
27
Sol. i  
i 1 2
65. C
Sol. If (M – I)2(M – 2I) = 0 M3 – 4M2 + 5M – 2I = 0
M1 = 2M, M2 = 4M3 |M1M2| = |8M4| = 114
66. C
1 1
Sol. Domain (0, ), h  x    0  x, h(x) < 0  x  D
1  x  1  x 2
67. C
Sol. (x + 2022)(x + k) = –1
2 2
So, equation of hyperbola can be x – y = 4
68. A
60 1
Sol. P=M and ai  M Q=M
ai
69. C
Sol. t  (–2, 0)
70. A
Sol. Equation of the directrix is x – 3y + 13 = 0
71. B
1 1 1
Sol. Let a  ,b  ,c 
x y z
 1  x   1  y  1  z 
   8
 x   y   z 
72. B
9
Sol. C3  2  9C2

73. A
     
a a a b a c
   2      
Sol. a b c   b a b b b c  16 V=4
     
c a c b c a
74. D
Sol.  f   2  16  25  2 162  252  sin2  cos2   16  25  sin4   cos4  
max f     2 16  25  , min f() = 4 + 5
75. A
     3
Sol. p q r   4 and p q 
5
76. C
Sol. Let zn  pn  iqn zn1   3  i  zn
77. A
Sol. x = 3 is the only solution
78. D
x  
Sol. For the variate the new standard deviation = a
79. A
x
Sol. g  x   tan1  
3
80. A
12 0 1 9 4
Sol. Coefficient x in (x + x + ..... + x )
15
C3  4 C1  5 C2  415
SECTION – B
81. 00008.00
m 7
Sol. 
n 1
82. 00240.00
9 9
Sol. r2  r  285  45  240
r 1 r 1
83. 00100.00
Sol. 1 = 0, 2 = 100
84. 00024.50
Sol. z1, z2, ..... z5 will be 1, , ,  ,  
2 13
zi  z j  1  2  1 1 4  3  3  4  1
1 i j5
4
= 24.50

85. 00046.77
Sol. Triangle formed by z1, z2, z3 will be equilateral triangle
86. 00001.71
Sol. In AQC
2 2 2 2
(QA) + (QC) = 2(QB + BC)
2
h 
h 1 6
 2 2  2  2 A C
 cot  cot  cot 
 3 6 4
12 
h
7 3 B
87. 01024.00
Sol. |adj 2M| = z6 |M|2 = 210
88. 00012.00
Sol. Locus will be a circle of radius two times of length of major axis
89. 00021.33
1 1 2 2
Sol.   for y = 4ax
1  2 3a 2
90. 00600.00
20 20 20 20
m n
Sol. Let k  tan1   ; k  tan1  
n1 m 1
n n1 m 1
m
3 p

2k = 400 k = 100 100  600
2 p 1 r 1

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – VIII
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 06-03-2022
answer.

AITS-FT-VIII-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. A solid object having uniform density ( ) and varying cross-sectional

R1
area (which is circular) is placed on smooth horizontal surface as
R
shown. Then the value of 1 if the stress throughout its height remains
R2
same and having value equal to c. H
gH

(A) e 2c
gH
(B) R2
2c
gH

(C) e c
gH
(D)
c
2. A uniform disc is held in equilibrium on a rough horizontal surface

(coefficient of friction = ) by applying a force as shown. Then the
maximum value of F for this to be possible is (weight of disc is W).
(A) zero R/2
2w
(B) R
3
w
(C)
1  3
2w
(D)
1  3
3. A system of two charge particle A and B having charges +q and q and B

mass m and 2m respectively and connected with an ideal massless
R
inextensible string which lies along the axis of a uniform charged fixed
non-conducting ring as shown. If gravity is neglected and ignore the
force between A and B, find the tension in the string at this instant. Q,R
(A) zero
kqQ R
(B)
3 2R 2
kqQ A
(C)
2 2R 2
kqQ
(D)
6 2R2

3 AITS-FT-VIII-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
4. A body takes 5 minutes to cool down from 50 to 40C in surrounding of temperature 20C. Then
the time taken by the same body to cool down from 40C to 30C in a surrounding of temperature
10C is (Assuming Newton’s law of cooling is valid)
(A) 10 minutes
(B) 20 minutes
(C) 40 minutes
(D) 80 minutes
5. A positively charged particle having charge q and mass m enters P

in isosceles right angle triangular region having uniform magnetic

field B as shown in gravity free space. The maximum value of v
so that particle must comes out through the region from side PQ   
is   
BqL    
(A)
2m v    
( 2  1)BqL (q, m) Q R
(B) L
m
BqL
(C)
2 2m
( 2  1)BqL
(D)
2m
6. If the final image of the object O coincides with it  =1

then the sum of all possible values of x is
(A) 5R
(B) 4R O Plane
(C) 3R mirror
(D) 2R x
 = 3/2
R
9R
7. A tennis ball is thrown in downward direction with speed v from height h towards fixed horizontal
surface with which it collides inelastically with coefficient of restitution e. The minimum value of v
so that the ball will able to reach at the point of projection is
(A) 2gh(1  e)
(B) 2gh(1  e2 )
1 
(C) 2gh   1
e 
 1 
(D) 2gh  2  1
e 

8. A galvanometer is connected as shown in figure. What should be the S

resistance connected to it in parallel so that its deflection is reduced to
half
(A) 90 G
(B) 91 100 R=1k
(C) 99
(D) 100
2V
9. A particle is moved along the curve x 2  y 2  2xy from (0, 0) to (1, 1) by some forces. If one

among them given as F  y 2 î  2xyjˆ . Then the work done by the given force is
(A) zero
(B) 1 Joule
(C) 1 Joule
(D) 2 Joule
10. Which of the following statement is INCORRECT for the given I2 R

circuit.
I1 L C
I
~

1
(A) For  , I1 leads I2
LC
1
(B) For  , phase difference between I1 and I2 is 90
LC
1
(C) for   , phase difference between I1 and I2 is 90
LC
1
(D) for   , is not permissible for the circuit.
LC
11. The correct value of current (i1, i2, i3) in the circuit shown i3 10 k
in the figure is
(A) i1 = 12 mA, i2 = 6 mA, i3 = 18 mA i2 i1
+
(B) i1 = 12 mA, i2 = 4 mA, i3 = 16 mA 240 V 5k
(C) i1 = 16 mA, i2 = 0 mA, i3 = 16 mA 60V
(D) i1 = 16 mA, i2 = 8 mA, i3 = 8 Ma
12. All the pulleys and strings are ideal and massless and = 0.2 F = 4N
1 kg
the system shown is at rest. Now a force F = 4N is
applied on the pulley shown. Then the frictional force
acting between the blocks is 2 kg
(A) 2N
(B) 1.96 N smooth fix
(C) 3N
(D) 0N

13. The speed of sound in hydrogen gas is v 0 at temperature T0. Then the speed of sound in the
mixture of helium and oxygen gas having same number of moles at temperature T0 is
v0
(A)
3
3
(B) v0
14
5
(C) v0
42
5
(D) v0
21
14. An ideal gas is expanding such that PT2 = constant. The coefficient of volume expansion of the
gas is
1
(A)
T
2
(B)
T
3
(C)
T
4
(D)
T
15. A small smooth metal sphere of radius r and density falls from rest in a viscous liquid of density
 and coefficient of viscosity . Due to friction, heat is produced. The rate of production of heat
when the sphere has acquired the terminal velocity is proportional to
2
(A) r
(B) r3
(C) r4
(D) r5
16. Magnifying power of an astronomical telescope in near point adjustment is 110% of its magnifying
power in normal adjustment. Then the focal length of objective when the length of the telescope
in normal adjustment is 10 cm. (Take least distance of clear vision = 25 cm)
(A) 2 cm
(B) 2.5 cm
(C) 7.5 cm
(D) 8 cm
17. Initially the capacitor is uncharged and now switch is closed. Then L = 2H C = 8F
the maximum current through the circuit is
(A) 1 mA
(B) 4 mA
(C) 2 mA V0 = 2V
(D) 8 mA

18. If key is closed in the circuit shown in the figure and the C
galvanometer does not give any deflection at any time, then the 3F
value of C is
(A) 3 F G
(B) 9 F
(C) 4 F 2 6
(D) 1 F
+ 
V0 k1
19. A parallel beam of light having intensity I = 10 Wm2 is continuously falling on emitter plate in the
photoelectric effect setup at angle of 37 with the normal. If area of plate is 1 m 2 and wavelength
of light is 621 nm and one photon is capable to eject one electron. Then saturation current in the
circuit is ( th > 621 nm)
(A) 3A
(B) 4A
(C) 1.8 A
(D) 3.2 A
20. In a YDSE experiment, if a slab whose refractive index can be varied is placed in front of one of
the slits then the variation of resultant intensity at mid-point of screen with ‘’ will be best
represented by ( 1). (Assume slits of equal width and there is no absorption by slab)
(A) I0 (B) I0
=1  =1 
(C) I0 (D) I0
=1  =1 
SECTION – B
21. A particle is thrown towards a stationary planet with

4kGM M, R
speed so that it grazes the planet as shown. 30
105R
C
Find k.
5R

22. Two source resonance are observed at length 53.8 cm and 75.8 cm in a resonance column tube.
Then the radius of the tube (in cm) is R. Find the value of R.
23. A projectile is thrown from ground towards a large vertical wall which is at a distance of 8 m from
the point of projection. If launching speed of projectile from ground is 10 2 m/s. If projectile hits
the wall at a height h from ground. Then maximum possible value of h is ……..(in meter) (Take g
= 10 m/s2)
24. k wavelength emitted by an atom of atomic number z = 11 is . Then the atomic no. of an atom
that emits k radiations of wavelength 4 .
25. If power directed by the cell to the circle is same either switch is 7.2
closed or open. Then the internal resistance of cell is r . Find the
value of r.
S
9
rd nd
26. If 3 excitation potential for a hypothetical hydrogen like atom is 15 volt. Then the value of 2
ionization energy for this hypothetical atom is N eV. Find the value of N.
27. Heat is given to an ideal gas (closed system) so that pressure and volume are increased by 10%
and 20% respectively. Then percentage increase in temperature is N. Find the value of N.
28. Two Polaroids are placed on x-axis such that their planes are parallel to y-z plane and pass axis
of these polaroids are making an angle of 45 with x-axis and also perpendicular to each other. If
an unpolarised light of intensity I0 propagating along x-axis having intensity after passes through
KI
the system of two polaroids is 0 .Then find K.
16
29. The total number of images formed by the lens n1 = 3/2

shown if the object is placed at O. n1 n2
n2 = 4/3
n2 n1
30. Assume that an electron and a positron pair is formed from a gamma ray photon having energy
3.0 MeV. Find the total kinetic energy (in MeV) of the system of electron and positron that is
formed. (Given rest mass energy of electron is 0.51 MeV)

SECTION – A
31.
 3i O 

 ii H2 O  H2O2  A  B
Identify product B?
(A) O
O
(B) O O
O O
(C) O O
O O
O O
(D) O O
O O
O O
32. HCOOH has following possible resonating structures

O O O O
H C OH H C O H H C OH H C OH
(I) (II) (III) (IV)

Decreasing order of stability is:
(A) I > II > III > IV
(B) III > IV > I > II
(C) III > II > I > IV
(D) II > III > I > IV
33. Identify which of the following reaction has negative r S (change in entropy)
(A)  
 CH  CH  CH 3 2
(B) CH3 COO  aq  H3O  aq  CH3 COOH  H2O
 
(C) S  s   S  g 

(D) H2  CH2  CH2  CH3  CH3

34. Correct sequence of filling of electrons for 6s, 6p, 5d, 4f will be
(A) 6s  6p  5d  4f
(B) 6s  5d  4f  6p
(C) 5d  6s  6p  5d
(D) 6s  4f  5d  6p
35. For following electron gain enthalpies

(i) O  g   e  O  g   egH1  141 kJ / mol
(ii) O   g  e  O2  g   egH2
(iii) O  g   2e  O2  g  egH   egH1   egH2
Identify correct statements:
(A)  egH2 is more negative than  egH1
(B)  egH for reaction (iii) will be negative
(C)  egH2 will be positive
(D)  egH1 and  egH2 have almost same value
36. The shape of ICl4 , ICl4 , and ICl5 are respectively

(A) Trigonal bipyramidal, Tetrahedral and Tetrahedral
(B) See saw, Square planer and Square pyramidal
(C) See saw, Tetrahedral and Octahedral
(D) Trigonal bipyramidal, Trigonal bipyramidal and Octahedral
37. Identify compound A  C8H8 O2  which gives following reaction


A 
H2 O/H
 B 
P.C.C.
C 
Neutral FeCl3
test
 positive
aq. KOH Conc. KOH

.
HBr
D GH
(A) OCH3
H3CO
(B)
OH
H3CO
(C)
OH
HO
(D) OH
OH

38. OH

KOH
CHCl3
Products
CH3
Which of the following product is not possible?
(A) O
H3C CHCl 2
(B) KO CHCl 2
CH3
(C) OK
CHO
CH3
(D) Both (A) and (B)
39. Identify wrong statement

(A) Rickets and osteomalacia disease cause by deficiency of Vitamin–D.
(B) Vitamin-A, D,E and K are stored in liver and adipose (fat storing) tissues.
(C) Cellulose is a branched chain polysaccharide composed both   D  Glucose and
(D) During denaturation secondary and tertiary structures are destroyed but primary structure
remains intact.
40. 1.5 moles of gas A and y moles of gas B exert a pressure of 50 Pa and volume of container is
10 m3 at 200 K. y is R  JK 1 mol1  
 1  6R 
(A)  
 4R 
 1 R 
(B)  
 4R 
4 R
(C)
2R
R
(D)
1  4R

41. Identify which of conformer of 3-amino-2-butanol is most stable?

(A) OH
NH2
H CH3
H CH3
(B) OH
H CH3
CH3
H
NH2
(C) OH
CH3
CH3
H
H2N
(D) OH
H3C NH2
CH3
H
H
42. Equilibrium constant for the mutarotation of glucose,   D  glucose  -D-glucose is 1.4
percent of   form remains under equilibrium is…..
(A) 30
(B) 45
(C) 34.5
(D) 41.67
43. Identify correct statement

(A) Powder of kernel of tamarind seeds has been found to an effective material to make
municipal and industrial water waste clean.
(B) Maximum limit of nitrate in drinking water is 100 ppm.
(C) Lead can not damage kidney, liver and reproductive systems.
(D) Clean water would have BOD value more than 17 ppm.
44. Total number of possible isomers for Pt NH3 4 Br2  Cl2 ?
(A) 5
(B) 7
(C) 6
(D) 4

45. Which of the following is not rubber?

(A) Neoprene
(B) Buna-N
(C) Vulcanised rubber
(D) Teflon
46. Value of G in the process of melting ice at 10o C is

(A) equal to zero
(B) less than zero
(C) greater than zero
(D) none of these
47. Which of the following reaction occur at cathode when electrolysis of NiCl2  aq take place at Pt
o
electrode. ENi2
/Ni 
 0.25 V 
(A) Ni 2
 2e  Ni  s 
(B) Pt 2  2e  Pt  s 
(C) 2H2O  2e  H2  2OH
(D) 2H  2e  H2
48. Which of the following reaction is incorrect?


(A) NH4NO3   N2 O  H2O

(B) NH4NO2   N2  H2 O
(C) Sn  HNO3  dil.  Sn NO3 2  NO2  H2O
(D) Fe  HNO3  very dil   Fe NO3 2  NH4NO3  H2O
49. Total number of S – O – S linkages in form of SO3 are

(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 5
50. In which of the following ore carbonate is present?

(A) Limonite
(B) Zincite
(C) Diaspore
(D) Siderite
SECTION – B
51. 10 gm carboxylic acid C xHy Oz   with molecular mass 118 gm/mole, neutralizes 169.5 ml of 1 M
KOH. When 1 mole of carboxylic acid is heated 1 mole of H2 O release without loss of CO 2 . Total
number of carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms in the carboxylic acid are x and y respectively. Find
y/x?

52. “a’ and “b” are total number of correct and incorrect reactions respectively. Find a/b?
 CH3 3 CCl  AlCl3   CH3 3 C   AlCl4 

(i)
 CH3 3 C  COCl  AlCl3   CH3 3 C   AlCl4   CO


(ii)
1
(iii) HC CH  Na  HC C  H2  Na
2
2
(iv) CH2I2  Zn  CH2  ZnI2
(v) CH3  CHI2  Zn  CH3  CH  ZnI2


(vi) CH3  N  N  CH3   2CH3  N2
(vii) CH2  CH2  DBr  CH2  CH  D  Br 
53. 1.5 gm of O2 and some NaCl is formed by heating sample of NaClO3 . The residue is reacted with
excess of AgNO3 and form AgCl. Mass of AgCl (in gram) will be (answer in two decimal places)
54. x are total number of correct statements

(i) Dihydrate of calcium sulphate is known as gypsum.
(ii) None alkaline earth metal hydrides are ionic in nature.
(iii) Phenol gives paraquinol with S2O82 / OH as major product.
(iv) Phenol can give electrophilic aromatic substitution in absence of Lewis acid  AlCl3  .
(v) Solvay process can not be used to prepare K 2CO3 due to precipitation of KHCO3 .
x5
(vi) Salicyclic acid can give white/yellow solution with Br2 / CS2 . Find  ?
 4 
55. x are the total number of chiral carbon atoms and y are total number of hydrogen atoms which
are attached to chiral carbon atoms
C N
OH
H2N
56. Chamber A and B are filled with 2 atm He and 4 atm H2 respectively. Both chamber are
separated by small tube (negligible volume) with stopcock at 300 K temperature as given in
diagram
A B
2 litre
3 litre
After opening stopcock find out total pressure (atm) in chamber A.

57. Solution of 0.05 mole of sugar in 500 gm of water shows 0.279o C freezing point. Cane sugar
solution has inversion as follows
Cane sugar  H2O     Glucose + Fructose
Find out mass of cane sugar left without inversion. (m.wt. of cane sugar = 342 gm/mole)
2
58. Surfactant solution of 100 ml 50 mM solution forms a monolayer covering 67.5 cm on a polar
substrate. If polar head is approximate as a cube. What is its edge length in Pm? No  6  1023  
59. A gas equation is P(V – nb) = nRT for a state, where Vm  5b , for any pressure and temperature.
Compressibility factor of gas for this condition is……(b = van der Waal’s constant, R = Universal
gas constant, Vm = molar volume).
x
60. Enthalpy change (in kcal) for the reaction XeF2  Xe   g  F   g  F  g is ‘x’. Find out
?
100
(Average bond enthalpy of Xe – F = 34 kcal/mol, 1st ionization enthalpy of Xe (g) = 279 kcal/mol,
Electron gain enthalpy of F(g) = - 85 kcal/mol).

SECTION – A
61. Number of ways in which first 11 natural numbers can be 1 2 3 4 5

arranged in the given figure such that aij > akj whenever i > k  j 1
is (aij represents element in ith row and jth column)
(A) 69300 2
(B) 11550
3
(C) 34650
(D) None of these 4
62. Let f(x) = 2x 2 + 4x + 9 and g(x) = f(cos2 x – sin x), then number of points of extrema in x  (0, 2)
is
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 6
 x  2k ; 2k  x  2k  1
63. Let f  x    , where k  I. Consider the following statements:
 2k  2  x ; 2k  1  x  2k  2
(1) f(x) is even function
(2) f(x) is periodic function
(3) range of f(x) is [0, )
(4) f(x) = f(2 – x)  x  R
The correct statements are
(A) 1, 2, 3
(B) 1, 2, 4
(C) 2, 3, 4
(D) 1, 3, 4
64. The solution of the differential equation

 x 4 y3 x 6 y5 x8 y7   x 3 y 4 x5 y 6 x7 y8 
dy  x 2 y     .....   dx  xy 2     .....   0
 3 5 7   3 5 7 
(A) xy tan1  xy   ln 1  x 2 y 2   c
(B) xy tan1  xy   ln 1  x 2 y 2   c
ln 1  x 2 y 2   c
1
(C) xy tan1  xy  
2
xy tan1  xy   ln 1  x 2 y 2   c
1
(D)
2
65. Variance of set of 100 observation given by 3, 5, 7, 9, ..... is

(A) 9999
(B) 6666
(C) 3333
(D) 1111

66. Logical statement (p q) (q r) is equivalent to

(A) (p  r)  (~p  ~q  ~r)
(B) (p  r)  (~p  ~q)  (~q  ~r)
(C) (p  r)  (~p  q  ~r)  (~p  ~q  ~r)
(D) (p  r)  (~p  ~q  r)  (p  ~r  q)
67. Let R = {(a, b) | a – b is irrational ; a, b are real numbers}, then relation R is

(A) reflexive and symmetric relation
(B) transitive and symmetric
(C) symmetric relation
(D) equivalence relation
68. There is a circular park of radius 100 m having two trees of equal height h on its circumference. A
person is standing on the circumference of the park such that the angle of elevation of top of both
the trees is equal to 30. The person starts running at a speed of 10 m/s along the periphery and
reaches one of the tree in 5 seconds, then h equals (in metres)
200  1
(A) sin  
3 4
200  1
(B) cos  
3 4
200  1
(C) sin  
3 2
200  1
(D) cos  
3 2
f 2  x   2xf  x   2x  1
69. If f(x) = xf 2(x) + x2  x, then  1 2xf  x  f  x   f  x 1  x   2x  1 dx equals
1
(A) c
x  f  x
1
(B) c
x  f  x
1
(C) c
x  f  x
2
1
(D) c
x  f x
2
2 2
70. Let 2x + 2y – 5xy = 0, y = mx + c form a triangle such that reflection of any point (x, y), lying
inside the triangle, in the line y = mx also lies inside the triangle, then minimum possible value of
m – m equals
(A) –2
(B) 0
(C) 2
(D) None of these

71. Given a point P from which tangents T1 and T2 are drawn to a unit circle Ci such that the chord of
2
contact so formed subtends at the centre of circle. Now, circle Ci + 1 is drawn which touches
3
T1, T2 and Ci externally (i = 1, 2, 3, .....). If ri represents radius of circle Ci and ri + 1 < ri  i  N,
n
then lim ri equals
n
i1
20
(A)
7
31
(B)
9
5
(C)
3
3
(D)
2
2
72. Let a mirror be placed along the parabola y = 4x. A ray of light parallel to x-axis is incident on the
mirror at point P and after reflection is incident on the parabola again at point Q. If reflected ray at
Q is same as incident ray at Q, then coordinates of P are
(A)  2, 2 2 
(B)  3, 2 3 
(C) (4, 4)
(D) P does not exist
674 2022 674 2020 674 2018 674 674

73. C0 C674  C1 C674  C2 C674  .....  C674 C674 equals
674
(A) 2
(B) 21348
(C) 22022
(D) None of these
74. Let A be set of all 2  2 symmetric nilpotent real matrices and B be set of all 2  2 skew
symmetric nilpotent real matrices, then n(A B) equals
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 4
(D) None of these
 
75. Number of solutions of the equation 3 tan x  3 3 cot 3 x  4 sin2   x   0 in x  [0, 2022] is
 6 
equal to
(A) 2022
(B) 4044
(C) 8088
(D) None of these

76. A given circle has chord AB of length 4 units, chords BC of length 5 units and chord AC of length
6 units, then area of the circle is
16
(A)
7
32
(B)
7
64
(C)
7
192
(D)
7
77. Number of values of x satisfying the system of equation

 2x  
1 1  x
2 
sin1    cos 
1
  2cos x is
 1 x2   1  x2 
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) infinite
78. Let P1 : x + y + z = 0, P2 : x + y + 2z = 1, P3 : ax + by + 3z = 1. If P1, P2, P3 have infinite points of

y 1 z 1
intersection, then the value of a + b such that distance of P3 from x  1   is maximum
2 3
is
(A) 3
(B) –3
(C) 6
(D) –6
 
79. If all values of x  (a, b) satisfy the inequality tan x tan 3x + 1 < 0, x   0,  , then maximum
 2
possible value of (b – a) equals

(A)
12

(B)
6

(C)
4

(D)
3
 
80. Let a, b be two non-zero vectors representing points A and B respectively in space. If A and B lie
   
on plane P and any other vector r in plane P can be written as r  a  b (,  R), then
(A) origin cannot lie on P
(B) origin must lie on line AB
(C) origin can lie anywhere on P except on line AB
(D) nothing can be said about location of origin based on given information

SECTION – B
p
81. If letters of the word ‘IITJEE’ are rearranged, then probability that J appears before T is
q
(where p and q are coprime), then the value of p + q is
cos x
82. Let f(x) = max{2 , |sin x|, |cos x|} for x  (0, 2), then the number of critical points of f(x) is
83. Let f(x) = [sin x + [cos x + [tan x + [cot x + [cosec x + [ sec x]]]]]]
      3 
A   y | y  f  x ; x   0,  ; B   y | y  f  x ; x   ,  and I be set of all integers, then
  4   2 4 
n((I – A) (I – B)) is equal to
2p  3q  1
3
2022  2023 cosec 2 x
84. 
sin2022 x
dx equals 
3r
, then p + q + r is equal to
85. If f(x + f(y)) + f(x – f(y)) = f(x)  x, y  R and (0, 2) lies on y = f(x), then
12 24

0
f  x  dx   f  x  36  dx where
24
equals
86. Number of ways to distribute 5000 similar objects to 100 people P1, P2, ....., P100 such that Pi gets
atleast (i – 1) objects equals n Cr , then maximum value of n + r equals

87. Let L1 : tangent to y = sin x at x = 0, L2 : tangent to y = sin x at x  , L3 : tangent to y = sin x at x
2
= , then area bounded by L1, L2, L3 and y = 0 equals
88. Value of r such that the system of equations |z| = r, |z – 6| = r, z  3  3 3 i  r have a unique
solution is
 esgn x  1  esgn x  1
89. Let m  lim   and n  lim   (where [.] denotes greatest integer function and
x 0  sgn x  x 0  sgn x 
sgn (x) represents signum function), then m – n equals
1 1 1 1
90.     ..... equals
1.2 3.4 5.6 7.8

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – VIII
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 06-03-2022

SECTION – A
1. A
Sol. Stress at any point at distance h from the top is due to the weight of part
above it
mg
 c (constant) m
r 2 h r
cr 2
m
g dh r + dr
dm
c2rdr
dm 
g
2c
r 2 dh  rdr
g
H R
2c 2 dr
 dh 
0 g R1 r
2c  R2 
H n  
g  R1 
gH
R2 
 e 2c
R1
gH
R1 
 e 2c
R2

AITS-FT-VIII-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
2. D
Sol. The disc is in complete equilibrium
F
 f (Rotational equilibrium and translation equilibrium)
2
3 60
F  N  W (Translational equilibrium along vertical direction) W
2 N 30
Also f  N f
F  F 2 
   w
2  2 
 
F
1  3   w
2 
2w
F
1  3
3. D
T  qE qE  T q
Sol.  a
2m m T+qE
T + qE = 2qE  2T
qE
T T
3 a
qkQR kQqR +q
T 
3(R  R )
2 2 3 /2
3(2R2 )3/ 2
kQqR kQq qE
T 
3 2 2  R 3
6 2R 2
 
4. C
dT
Sol.   k  T  TS  also k TS3
dt
Case I : when TS = 20C k1 = k
Case II: when TS = 10C k2 = k/8
50  40  50  40 
k  20  …(i)
5 min  2 
40  30 k  40  30 
   10  …(ii)
t 8 2 
t
From (i) and (ii) 8
5 min
t = 40 minutes

3 AITS-FT-VIII-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22
5. B
Sol. For v to be maximum the line x + y = L must be y
tangent to the circle (0, L)
x 2  (y  R)2  R2

Hence R   2 1 L     X+Y=L
LBq  R 
Vmax  ( 2  1) (0, R)
m    
(L, 0)
   
Path of particle x
6. A
Sol. Only two value of x are possible
O O
x2
x1
9R
3  3 
3 1   1 3 1   1
2  2 
   
2( )  x1 R 2(9R) x 2 R
x1 = 2R x2 = 3R
x1 + x2 = 5R
7. D
Sol. To reach at point P after collision, velocity of ball just after collision must P
be greater than or equal to 2gh
v
2gh
speed of ball before collision is greater than or equal to
e h
According to of conservation of mechanical energy
2
1 1  2gh 
2
mv min  mgh  m  
2 2  e 
 1 
vmin  2gh  2  1
e 
8. B
1 2   S  2
Sol.   
2  1000  100   100  S   100S 
 1000  
 100  S 
S 91

9. C
  (1,1) (1,1)
(1,1)
Sol. W   F dr   (y 2 dx  2xydy)   d(xy 2 )   xy 2   1 Joule
(0,0)
(0,0) (0,0)
The given force is conservative and work done by this force is some along any path.
10. A
1
Sol. For  x L > xC
LC
Hence I2 leads I1
11. A
Sol. 5k (i1) = 60 V, i1 = 12 mA
240V  i3 10 k = 60 V, i3 = 18 mA
i2 = 6mA
12. D
Sol. There is no tendency of slipping as acceleration of both the blocks are same in the absence of
friction
f=0N
13. C
RT
Sol. v
M
7RT
v0 
5(2)
RT
vmix  mix
Mmix
n  4   n  32
Mmix   18
2n
2n n n
 
mi x  1    
7 5
  1   1
5  3 
3
mix 
2
5
v mix  v0
42
14. C
Sol. PT2 = constant
T3
 constant
V
TdV = 3VdT
dV 3
 
VdT T
15. D
Sol. When terminal velocity is acquired, then
fB  fv  W

4 4 3
 r 3 g  6 r rv T  r g
3 3
vT r 2
fv  6 rv T
Rate at which heat is produced = fV (v T )  6 rv T2 r5
16. C
 fe  110  fo 
fo
Sol.  1  D   100   f 
fe
   e
fe 1

D 10
25
fe  cm f e = 2.5 cm
10
L = fe + fo (in normal adjustment)
10 cm = 2.5 cm + f o
f o = 7.5 cm
17. B
Ldi q L C
Sol. V0   (KVL) …(i) i
dt C + 
dq q
Also, i  …(ii)
dt
From (i) and (ii) + 
d2i 1 V0
 i i  im sin(t)
dt 2 LC
di
At t = 0, L  V0
dt
Lim   V0
V0 V0 C
im    V0
L 1 L
L
LC
8
im  2  103 A  4 mA
2
18. D
 1   1
   
Sol.  3F    C  C = 1 F
2 6
19. B
I eA cos 
Sol. i 4A
hC
20. A
  t  
Sol. I0 cos2 (  1)   
  

SECTION – B
21. 00008.00
1 GmM 1 GmM
Sol. mv 02   mv 2  …(i) (conservation of mechanical energy)
2 5R 2 R
mv 0
5R  mvR …(ii) (conservation of angular momentum about C)
2
from (i) and (ii)
32GM
v0  k=8
105R
22. 00002.00
Sol. (2n  1)  53.8 cm  e e = end correction
4
(2n  3)  75.8 cm  e
4
n = 2, = 44 cm e = 1.2 cm
e = 0.6 r, r = 2 cm
23. 00008.40
gx 2
Sol. y  x tan   2
sec 2  y
2u
gL2
h  L tan   2 (1  tan2  )
2u
For h to be maximum h
u
dh 2
0 u = Lg tan 
d 
(10 2)2 5
tan  =  x
8(10) 2 L
2
 5  10 8  29 
hmax  8       8.4 m
 2  2 200  4 
24. 00006.00
1
Sol.
(z  1)2
25. 00006.00
2 2
(9) (4)
Sol. 
(9  r)2
(4  r)2
r=6
26. 00004.00
E0
Sol. Energy in nth orbit =   En
n2
En  E1 15 E0
 15 V  15 V
e 16 e
E
Also, E  E2  0  4eV
4

27. 00032.00
Sol. P0V0 = nRT0
1.1P0  1.2V0 = nRT
T = 1.32 T0
T
% change in T =  100  32 %
T
28. 00000.00
I0
Sol. After passes through 1st Polaroid, intensity of light becomes as it becomes polarised. Now the
2
pass axis of 2nd poloroid is perpendicular to the first, hence the intensity after passes through 2nd
polaroid is zero.
29. 00001.00
Sol. Upper half and lower half has the some focal length.
30. 00001.98
Sol. Applying energy conservation
h  2m0 c 2  E1  E2
3 MeV  2 0.51MeV  E1  E 2
E1 + E2 = 1.98 MeV

SECTION – A
31. D
Sol. O O
HOOC COOH

  3
i O   O O
ii  H2O  H2O2 
HOOC COOH
O O
32. C
Sol. II and III are more stable than I and IV due to complete octet. I is more stable than IV because in
I, more electronegative atom has – ve charge.
33. D
Sol. (A) S   ve because in chain form more rotation is possible in C – C single bond.
(B) Ions have more solvated H2 O than H2 O hence when they form CH3 COOH and H2O,
more H2 O will be free. S 0 .
(C) Solid to gas entropy increases. S 0 .
(D) Two gas molecules are forming one molecule hence S  0 .
34. D
Sol. n  n   
6s 6 0 6
6p 6 1 7
4f 4 3 7
5d 5 2 7
Electrons are filled in increasing order of energy level.
6s  4f  5d  6p
35. C
Sol. O   g  e  O2  g   egH2   ve
It is endothermic process.
36. B
Sol. Cl
Cl
See saw
I
Cl Cl
Cl
Cl
Square planer
I
Cl Cl

Cl
Cl
Square pyramidal
I
Cl Cl Cl
37. B
Sol. OH OH
CHO


H2O /H
 
P.C.C. Neutral FeCl3
test
 positive
OCH3 OH OH
aq. KOH Conc. KOH

Br
CH2OH COOK

.
  CH3Br 
HBr
OH
OH OH
 Cannizaro reaction
38. B
Sol. OH O OK
CHO
 KOH 
CHCl3
CH3 CHCl 2
39. C
Sol. A, B, D are correct statements. Cellulose is a straight chain polysaccharide composed only of
  D  Glucose. units.
40. A
Sol. PV  nRT 1P .m
a
3
 1 Joule 
50  10  1.5  y  R  2000
1
1.5  y  R 
4
1 3 1
1.5  y  y
4R 2 4R
1 3 1  6R
y  
4R 2 4R

41. D
OH NH2
Sol. 3-amino-2-butanol H3C C C CH3

H H
It’s Gauche form is most stable due to hydrogen bonding

H
O
H3C NH2
CH3
H
H
42. D
Sol.   D  glucose  -D-glucose
K eq 
   1.4
 
1
   1.4  1
 
  1
     2.4
1
% of   form   100  41.67
2.4
43. A
Sol. B, C and D are wrong options.
Maximum limit of nitrae is 10 ppm in drinking water.
BOD value would have less than 5 ppm in clean water
44. C
Sol. Pt NH3 4 Br2  Cl2 has 2 geometrical isomers
Pt NH3 4 ClBr  ClBr has 2 geometrical isomers
Pt NH3 4 Br2  Cl2 has 2 geometrical isomers
45. D
Sol. Neoprene and Buna-N are synthetic rubber. Valcanised rubber is rubber which is formed by
natural rubber and sulphur at proper temperature.
46. C
Sol. Melting of ice at 10o C is a non-spontaneous process. Hence, G > 0.
47. A
Sol. NiCl2  aq  Ni2 aq  2Cl  aq 
At Pt cathode reduction will take place
Ni2  2e  Ni  s 

48. C
Sol. (C) is incorrect reaction
4Sn  10HNO3  dil.  4Sn  NO3 2  NH4NO3  3H2O
49. B
Sol. S3O9 is form of SO3
O O
S
O O
O S S O
O
O O
50. D
Sol. Limonite  Fe2O3 .3H2 O
Zincite  ZnO
Diaspore  Al2O3 .H2O
Siderite  FeCO3
SECTION – B
51. 00001.50
Sol.  COOHn  nKOH  n  COOK   nH2 O
Moles of acid × n = moles of KOH
10 169.5  1
n 
118 1000
n2
n  2 means two – COOH groups are present. Since, no loss of CO 2 take place, it means
– COOH will be separated by carbon atoms.
Mass of left C and H in acid = 118 – 90 = 28
It will be by 2C and 4 hydrogen atoms.
Acid will be HOOC  CH2  CH2  COOH
y6
x4
4 6 3
   1.5
x 4 2
52. 00002.50
Sol. (iv) and (vi) are incorrect.
CH2I2  Zn  CH2  ZnI2
CH3  N  N  CH3  2CH3  N2

a5
b2
a 5
  2.50
b 2

53. 00004.48
(Range 4.46 – 4.50)

Sol. 2NaClO3   2NaCl  3O2
NaCl  AgNO3  AgCl  NaNO3
2 2
Moles of O 2  moles of NaCl  moles of AgCl
3 3
2 2  1.5 
Moles of AgCl  moles of O2    
3 3  32 
2 1.5
Mass of AgCl    143.5 gm
3 32
= 4.484 gm
= 4.48 gm
54. 00002.25
Sol. Correct statements are 4(i, iii, iv and v)
x4
x5 45
  2.25
4 4
55. 00001.50
Sol. C N
OH
CH3
H2N
Only four chiral carbon atoms have hydrogen atoms.
x=6
y=4
56. 00003.20
22
Sol. For He gas PHe  Use P1V1  P2 V2 
5
43
For H2 gas PH2  Use P1V1  P2 V2 
5
4 12 16
Ptotal  PHe  PH2     3.20 atm
5 5 5
Total pressure will be same in both chambers A and B.
57. 00008.55
(Range 8.50 – 8.60)
Sol. Cane sugar  H2 O     Glucose + Fructose
t=0 0.05 mole 0 0
t 0.05-0.05 0.05 0.05
Total moles  0.05  0.05  0.05  0.05
 0.05 1   
Tf  iK f m

 0.05 
0.279  1    1.86   
 500 / 1000 
0.279  5
1      1.5
1.86  0.5
  0.5
Moles of cane sugar left  0.05  0.05
= 0.025
Mass of cane sugar left  342  0.025
= 8.55 gm
58. 00001.50
 100 50  23 21
Sol. Total number of surfactant molecules      6  10  3  10
 1000 1000 
Total area of surfactants  3  1021  a2  67.5 cm2
(a = edge length)
67.5
a2   22.5  1021
3  1021
a2  2.25  1020 cm2
a  1.5  1010 cm
a  1.50 Pm
59. 00001.25
Sol. P  V  nb   nRT
For 1 mole V  Vm  5b
P  5b  b   RT
RT
P
4b
PV RT V
 
RT 4b RT
V 5b
Z Z
4b 4b
Z = 1.25
60. 00002.62
Sol. XeF2  Xe   g  F  g   F  g  Hr
Hr  2HXe F  I.E Xe  E.G.E.F 
 2  34  279  85
= 262

SECTION – A
61. A
11!
Sol.  2! 3!  69300
4! 4! 2! 3!
62. A
7 3 11
Sol. g(x) changes sign at , ,
6 2 6
63. B
Sol. f(x) is even, has period 2, range is [0, 1] and symmetric about x = 1
64. D
ln 1  x 2 y 2   c
1
 tan  xy  d  xy   xy tan1  xy  
1
Sol.
2
65. C
 1002  1 
Sol. Variance = 4     3333
 12 
66. C
Sol. Can be easily seen from truth table
67. C
Sol. (a, a) R
if (a, b)  R (b, a)  R
if (a, b)  R, (b, c)  R (a, c) R
68. A
1
Sol. Angle subtended by person at the centre in 5 seconds = radians
2
  1 1 200  1
h  2  100 cos    tan  30  = sin  
2 2 2 3 4
69. B
1  2x f  x   2x  f 2  x  dx
Sol.  1 2x f  x    x2  f 2  x   2x f  x 
2x  f 2  x 
1
1  2x f  x  1 f  x  1
=   x  f  x  2
dx    x  f  x  2
dx =
x  f  x
c
70. A
Sol. Either m = 1, m = –1 or m = –1, m = 1

71. D
 T1
1  sin
ri 1 6  1
Sol. 
ri  3 ri
1  sin ri+1
6 P 30 Ci
n Ci+1
3 1
lim ri  
n 1 2
i1 1
3
T2
72. D
 2
Sol. Let Q(t) and P  t   –t2 – 2 = –1 t2 = –1
 t 
So, point P does not exist
73. A
674 674
Sol. Coefficient of x 674 in 1  x  x 674  x  2   2674
74. B
Sol. Null matrix is the only matrix in set A and set B
75. A
  4  
Sol. tan x + 3 cot3 x = sin2   x  tan x  3 and sin2   x   1
3  6   6 
   
x  n  and  x  n  ; x  n 
3 6 2 3
76. C
abc 4 5 6 8
Sol. R  
4 15  7   5  3  7
4     
2  2   2  2 
Area = R2
77. B
Sol. 2 tan–1 x = 2 cos–1 x is only satisfied for one value of x
78. D
Sol. dr’s of normal vector of P3 should be proportional to –1, –1, 1
So, a = b = –3
79. A
cos 2x
Sol. 0
cos x cos3x
 
Now solve using Wavy Curve Method to get x   
6 4
80. C
 
Sol. As any vector in plane can be expressed as linear contribution of a and b
 
a, b lie in plane and are non-collinear

SECTION – B
81. 00269.00
p 90 90
Sol.  
q 180  1 179
82. 00006.00
Sol. Shown in the figure y=2
cos x
2
1 y = |cos x|
y = |sin x|
0   3 2
2 2
83. 00008.00
Sol. A = {3, 4, 5, ....., } ; B = {....., –7, –6}
84. 04045.50


22022  31012  1
3
2022  2023 cosec 2 x cot x 3
Sol. 
sin2022 x
dx 
sin2022 x 

31011.5
6
6
85. 00000.25
Sol. f(0) = 2 f(x + 2) + f(x – 2) = f(x) f(x) = f(x + 12)
12 24
1
 f  x  dx  4  f  x  36 dx
0 24
86. 00248.00
5000  4950 100 1 149
Sol. Number of ways = C1001 = C99
87. 00002.14
Sol. Bounded area =   1
0  
2
88. 00003.46
Sol. r2 3
89. 00001.00
Sol. m = 1, n = 0
90. 00000.69
1
Sol. Tr  (where r = 1, 2, ......)
 2r  1 2r
1 1
=  S = ln 2
2r  1 2r

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
OPEN TEST – II
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 20-03-2022
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
correct option;

AITS-OT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22 2
1. A uniform rope of length  = 12 m is suspended between two A B

fixed nails A and B that are in the same horizontal level. The  
rope makes an angle  = 37 with the horizontal at the nails.
The radius of curvature of the rope at the lowest point is
(A) 2m
(B) 4m
(C) 6m
(D) 8m
2. One mole of an ideal monoatomic gas is taken through a T

cyclic process ABCA as shown in the T-V diagram. In the B
4T0
process BC, TV = constant. The efficiency of the cycle in
percentage is
(A) 11.2
(B) 22.2 C
(C) 33.2
(D) 44.2
300K =T0 A
V0 2V0 V
3. Consider the circuit shown in the figure. The current R1 = 8 XL = 6

supplied by the ac voltage source is
(A) 4 amp XL = 10 R3 =2
(B) 8 amp
(C) 10 amp
R2 = 3
(D) 16 amp XC = 4
~
80V
4. A metallic surface is illuminated alternatively with electromagnetic radiations of wavelengths

3100Å and 4000Å. It is observed that the maximum speeds of the photoelectrons under these
illuminations are in the ratio 2 : 1. The work function of the metal is
(A) 2 eV
(B) 2.4 eV
(C) 2.8 eV
(D) 3 eV

3 AITS-OT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/22

5. A particle of mass m is rigidly attached to the circumference of a m, R

uniform circular ring of same mass m and radius R which is placed
on a rough horizontal surface as shown in the figure. When the ring
is released from rest from the initial position shown in the figure, it O
m
starts rolling without slipping on the rough horizontal surface. At the
moment when the ring has rotated by an angle  = 30, choose the
correct option(s).
g
(A) The angular velocity of the ring is
3R
2g
(B) The angular acceleration of the ring is
3 3R
mg
(C) The frictional force acting on the ring is
3
mg
(D) The frictional force acting on the ring is
2 3
6. Two strings of mass per unit length 1 = 0.09 kg/m and A O B

2 = 0.04 kg/m are joined together and stretched
between two rigid supports as shown in the figure. A
sinusoidal wave of amplitude 2.5 cm is sent from the
end A. Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) The amplitude of the reflected wave from the joint O is 0.5 cm.
(B) The amplitude of the transmitted wave from the joint O is 3 cm.
(C) The percentage of the incident power transmitted from the joint O is 96%.
(D) The percentage of the incident power reflected from the joint O is 20%.
7. A convex lens of focal length 10 cm is cut along the diameter into two identical halves A and B
and in the process a central layer C of the lens of thickness 1 mm is lost. Then the two halves A
and B are put together to form a composite lens. A point source of light emitting wavelength =
5000 Å is placed at a distance 5 cm in front of this composite lens and a screen is placed behind
the lens at a distance 30 cm from it as shown in the figure. Then choose the correct option(s).
A A
C 1mm
S B
B
5 cm 30 cm
screen
(A) The fringe width of the interference pattern obtained on the screen is 0.2 mm.
(B) The fringe width of the interference pattern obtained on the screen is 0.6 mm.
(C) The number of interference bands observed on the screen is 15.
(D) The number of interference bands observed on the screen is 12.

8. Charge Q is uniformly distributed over the curved surface of a

non-conducting long hollow cylinder of mass m, length  and
radius R which is placed on a rough inclined plane of
inclination  as shown in the figure. The cylinder starts rolling
without slipping down the rough inclined plane. Then choose 
  Q2 
the correct option(s).  Take 0  m
   
4gsin 
(A) The acceleration of the cylinder is
9
2gsin 
(B) The acceleration of the cylinder is
9
2mgsin 
(C) The frictional force acting on the cylinder is
9
5mgsin 
(D) The frictional force acting on the cylinder is
9
9. A uniform conducting wire of mass 3m and length 3 is B B B

bent into the shape of an equilateral triangular loop ABC A
and suspended in a vertical plane from a fixed horizontal x x
axis xx as shown in the figure. The loop is free to rotate
about the fixed horizontal axis xx. Each side of the
triangular loop is having mass m and length . A uniform
vertical upward magnetic field B is existing in the region.
The charge Q is passed through the triangular loop B C
almost instantaneously in the initial vertical position. If the
maximum deflection of the triangular loop from vertical

plane is   , then choose the correct option(s).
2
2 3g
(A) The initial angular velocity acquired by the loop is
5
8 3g
(B) The initial angular velocity acquired by the loop is
5
m 40g
(C) The value of magnetic field B is
Q 3
m 10g
(D) The value of magnetic field B is
Q 3
10. The pitch of a screw gauge is 1 mm and its cap is divided into 100 divisions. When nothing is
placed between its studs, the zero of the circular scale is lying 6 divisions above the reference
line. When a wire is placed between its studs, the main scale reading is 3 divisions and 58th
division of circular scale coincides with the reference line. Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) The least count of the screw gauge is 0.01 mm.
(B) The zero error in the screw gauge is  0.06 mm
(C) The diameter of the wire is 3.52 mm
(D) The diameter of the wire is 3.64 mm.


INTEGER.
11. A thin circular plate of radius R is held closing the opening of a thin hemispherical shell of the
same radius R. Both the bodies are made of insulating materials and having uniform surface
charge density  each. The plate is released keeping the hemispherical shell fixed. If the
 2 R3 
maximum kinetic energy acquired by the plate is n   . The value of n is…………
 32 0 
12. Opening of a glass bottle containing an ideal monoatomic gas is tightly closed
with a cork fitted with a thin frictionless glass tube of cross-section area S. Inner
volume of the tube is negligibly small as compared to volume V of the bottle. A
small glass marble of mass m, when dropped in the tube, it starts oscillating up
and down in the tube without friction. The marble exactly fits inside the tube so
that there is no leakage of air. The atmospheric pressure is P0 and consider the
glass, the cork and the material of the marble as perfect insulator of heat. If the
kmV
time period of oscillations of the marble is 2 . The value of k
15S(P0 S  mg)
is………..
13. A longitudinal standing wave y = A sin kx cos t is maintained in a homogeneous rod with cross-
sectional area S, length  and density . If the elastic potential energy stored in the rod at time
  2 A 2 S 
t is    . The value of  is
6  32 

Question Stem
A sleeve of mass m1 = 5 kg can slide on a smooth horizontal m1 F

rod. A block of mass m 2 = 2kg is suspended at the mid-point
of a light inextensible string of length  = 2.3 m, one end of 53 53
which is attached to the sleeve and the other end is attached
to one end of the rod. Initially the sleeve is held at rest and
the angle between the rod and a string segment is 0 = 53 as
shown in the figure. A constant horizontal force F = 20 N is
applied on the sleeve. When the angle between the rod and m2
the string segment becomes  = 37, the speeds of the
sleeve and the block are v 1 m/s and v 2 m/s respectively.
(Take g = 10 m/s2)
14. The value of v1 is ………..
15. The value of v2 is ………..

Question Stem
In a setup of displacement method experiment, distance between the screen and a light source is 100 cm
and the lens used has a small aperture. By moving the lens between the source and the screen, sharp
images are obtained on the screen for two different positions of the lens separated by a distance x cm.
The ratio of sizes of these two images is 9 : 1. The focal length of the lens used is f cm.
16. The value of x is ………..
17. The value of f is ………..
Question Stem
When an -particle with kinetic energy k = 14 MeV collides with a stationary lithium nucleus, the following
nuclear reaction takes place.
4
He  7 Li 10 B  n
The Q-value of this reaction is E = 2.9 MeV and the neutron is outgoing at right angle to the incoming
direction of the -particle. If kinetic energy of the neutron and the boron nucleus are k1 MeV and k2 MeV
respectively.
18. The value of k1 is ………..
19. The value of k2 is ………..

20. Which one of the following structures represents a different compound from the other three?
CH3
CH3
1 2 3 4
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) 3
21. What is the major organic product obtained from the following sequence of reactions?
(A) 1
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) 2
22. Which is / are correct statements (s) about P4O6 and P4O10?
1. On hydrolysis Both form oxyacid’s H3PO3 and H3PO4 respectively.
2. In P4O6 each P is joined to four O and in P4O10 each P is joined to six O atoms
3. In P4O6 each P is joined to three O and in P4O10 each P is joined to four O atoms
3
4. In P4O6 and in P4O10 each P is SP hybridized.
(A) 1, 3, 4 only
(B) 1, 4 only
(C) 1, 3 only
(D) 2, 3, 4 only
23. How many mL of 1.00 M NaOH must be added to 100 ml of 0.1 M H3PO4 solution to obtain a
phosphate buffer solution with pH of about 8.2? (The pK values of H3PO4 are pK1 = 2.1, pK2 =
8.2, pK3 = 12 )
(A) 10.0 ML
(B) 15.0 ML
(C) 20.0 ML
(D) 30 ML


24. White ppt D 

dil. HNO dil. H2 SO4
A 
3
 B  C 
 Re d Solid  ppt.  Colourless solution
MnCl2 Solution
FeSO4
E   Colourless solution
 Purple Colour 
(A) Compound A is Pb3O4
(B) Compound D is PbSO4
(C) Compound B is PbO2
(D) Compound E is MnO 4
25. PCl3 gives the same TYPE of products on hydrolysis as

(A) NCl3 gives
(B) BCl3 gives
(C) NF3 gives
(D) BiCl3 gives
26. The correct statement about the interhalogen compound ICl3 is:
(A) It exists as dimer.
(B) Geometry around the iodine is tetrahedral in solid state.
(C) It decomposes as ICl and Cl2 in gas phase.
(D) Liquid ICl3 conducts electricity.
27. Consider the following phase diagram of CO2 (not to scale). At equilibrium, the correct
statement is:
Solid Critical point

72.9
Pressure (atm)
Liquid
67.0
Gas
1.0
194.7 216.8 298.15 304.2

Temperature (K)
(A) At 200 K, on increasing the pressure from 1 to 50 atm, CO2 gas condenses to liquid.
(B) It is not possible to obtain liquid CO2 from gaseous CO2 below 5.11 atm.
(C) Both liquid and gas phase of CO2 coexist at 298.15 K and 67 atm.
(D) With increasing pressure, the melting point of solid CO2 increases.

28. The rate of the following redox reaction is slowest when X is

III 3+/2+ II 2+ II 2+ III 3+/2+
[Co (NH3)5X] + [Cr (H2O)6] [Co (NH3)5(H2O)] + [Cr (H2O)5X]
(A) H2O
(B) NH3
(C) Cl
(D) N3
29. Micelle formation is accompanied by the

(A) decrease in overall entropy due to ordering.
(B) mostly due to increase in solvent entropy increase in overall entropy.
(C) increase in overall entropy mostly due to increase in solute entropy.
(D) increase in overall entropy and decrease in enthalpy.

INTEGER.
30. Among the following compounds, the number of compounds that exhibit optical activity at room
temperature is .
O CH3
H3COOC H CH3 N
CH3
H C C C C
Ph OCH3 H COOCH3
I II III IV
F
H
N
OH Br
H3C C 2H 5
COOH
HOOC D
OCH3
OH F VIII
V
VI VII
Br
31. When the following diene D undergo Diels-Alder reaction with methyl acrylate is form a major
product P, which on allylic MONO bromination with NBS produces X number of possible products
(without rearrangements). Value of X is ?.
(D)
32. The vapor pressure of toluene is 0.13 atm at 25 °C. If 6 g of a compound X is dissolved in 46 g
of toluene at 25oC, the vapor pressure drops to 0.12 atm. The molar mass (in g/mol) of the
compound X is----?



Question Stem
Question Stem For the following reaction scheme
A substance undergoes a change represented as shown
A(l) [1 bar, 300 K] A(s) [1 bar, 300 K].
From the given information, if the magnitude of change in internal energy (in Joules) when 1 moles of
A(l) solidifies is X (J/mol).
Information :
(i) Standard melting point of A(s) is 300 K.
(ii) Latent heat of fusion of A is 0.01 kJ/gm.
(iii) Specific volume of A(s) is 100 ml/g and A(l) is 120 ml/gm.
(iv) Molar mass of A is 50 gm / mole.
33. The value of magnitude of  H (J/mol). is___.
34. The value of X is _____
Question Stem
A certain salt (X) gives the following test.
(i) Its aqueous solution is alkaline to litmus.
(ii) On strong heating it swells to give a glassy material.
(iii) When concentrated sulphuric acid is added to a hot concentrated solution of (X), white crystals of
a weak acid (Y) separate out.
35. The Percentage s-character in central atom of Y is __?
36. Y on strong heating gives a white color solid (Z), calculate the percentage of oxygen by mass in
Z_____?

Question Stem
x and y .
37. Calculate distance between x and y (in units of a0) for Li+2 ion __?
38. Calculate ratio of y to x (in units of a0) for Be+3 ion __?

2022 2022
 3 2  3 2 
  a2022  b2022  I where a, b  R, then value of a b + ab is
2 2
39. If    
4 3  4 3 
(A) 7
(B) 1
(C) –7
(D) 6
 1 1 
40. The value of lim   n  2  ! n 2   n ! n  , given that it exists finitely, is

n
(A) 2e
e
(B)
2
2
(C)
e
1
(D)
2e
Let f : R  [0, 3] be a differentiable function such that f(x) f(x) = 3f(3x) f(3x) and lim f  x   2 ,
2 2
41.
x 
2 2
then the number of roots of the equation f(x) = cos x + 2x – (cos x + x ) is
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) none of these
42. z1, z2, z3 are three unimodular complex numbers which are also roots of the equation
3 2
z + az + bz + 1 = 0 (where a, b are complex numbers). If tangents are drawn to |z| = 1 at points
z1, z2, z3 which intersect pair wise at points 1, 2, 3, then 1, 2, 3 are roots of the equation
(A) (ab – 1)z3 + 2(b2 – a)z2 + 8bz + 8 = 0
3 2 2
(B) (ab – 1)z + 2(b + a)z – 8bz + 8 = 0
3 2 2
(C) (ab – 1)z – 2(b + a)z + 8bz + 8 = 0
3 2 2
(D) (ab – 1)z + 2(b + a)z + 8bz + 8 = 0

43. In a triangle ABC points D, E lie on sides AC and AB respectively. M and N mid points of side BD
and CE respectively. If 1 is area of triangle AMN, 2 be the area of triangle ADE,  be area of
triangle ABC, 3 be area of quadrilateral BCDE, 4 be area of quadrilateral MNDE. Which of the
following is always true?
(A) 41 = 3
(B) 41 + 2 = 
(C) 1 = 4
(D) 44 = 2 + 

  
44. Tangents are drawn from   , 0  to f : [0, )  R ; y = sin x and (ai, sin ai) are the points of
 2 
contact of these tangents for i = 1, 2, 3, ..... and ai + 1 > ai. Choose the correct option(s)

(A) an   tanan
2
(B) an 1  an  
(C) an 2  an 2
(D) sina2n  sina2n1  0
x2 y2
45. P is a point on ellipse   1 in first quadrant. F1(, 0) and F2( , 0) are two foci of the ellipse
36 20
( < ). Line PF1 intersect circle x2 + y2 – 6y + 8 = 0 in Q. Choose the correct option(s)
(A) the maximum value of PQ + PF2, as P moves on the ellipse in first quadrant, is 8.
(B) the minimum value of PQ + PF2, as P moves on the ellipse in first quadrant, is 6.
(C) if the line PF1 is at maximum distance from (0, 3) then the value of PQ + PF2 is 12  24
(D) the maximum value of PQ + PF2, as P moves on the ellipse in first quadrant, is 12
46. A fair die is rolled. A is the event that odd number appears. B is the event that number appearing
on the die is factor of a natural number m, where 1  m  60. If A and B are independent events
choose the correct option(s)
(A) sum of all possible values of m is 368
(B) sum of all possible values of m is 348
(C) number of such possible values of m is 11
(D) number of such possible values of m is 12
47. ABCD is a tetrahedron with BCD being equilateral, having each side equal to 12 units. H is foot
of perpendicular from A to BCD and it lies inside the triangle if area of CDH is three times the
area of BCH and area of DBH is two times the area of BCH, AH = 3 and M is midpoint of side
BD. Choose the correct option(s)
(A) perpendicular distance of point H from side BC is 3
(B) perpendicular distance of point H from side BD is 2 3
(C) perpendicular distance of point A from line CM is 13
(D) perpendicular distance of point A from line CM is 15
48. f : [0, 1]  R be a function such that f(x)2 = 1 and f(x) is discontinuous at exactly two point and
1 1
 f  x  dx  0 . Let I   x f  x  dx , choose the incorrect option(s)

0 0
1
(A) maximum value of I is
4
3
(B) minimum value of I is 
4
(C) when I is maximum then number of such function f(x) is 8
(D) when I is minimum then number of such function f(x) is 4


INTEGER.
1 17  1 
49. If m is the minimum value of f(x), where f  x   x 3/2   x   , x > 0, then the value of
8x 3/2 4  4x 
100 + 2m is
2021
r 1
2021
Cr

 2r  12021
50. Let p   1 and q  , then the value of p + q is
r 1 2r 1  1 r 1 22022r
51. The function f(x) defined for all x > a and the g(x) is four degree polynomial with leading
coefficient –1 such that (x – a)f(x) = g(x), x > a. f(x) has local maximum value M at x =  and x =
(  , M > 0). The number of points where f(x) has a local maxima or a local minima is more
than the number of points where the function g(x) has the local maxima or local minima. If –  =
6 3 , then find minimum value of M

Question Stem
The quadratic equation x2 – (a + 5)x + 2a = 0, a  I has rational roots  and

2 2
52. The maximum value of  + is
53. The maximum value of 2 + 2

for which | – | is minimum is
Question Stem
A box has 14 balls, 7 black balls numbered from 1 to 7 and another 7 white balls numbered from 1 to 7. A
person picks 2 balls at a time and repeats the process till box is empty
54. Let n be the number of ways of drawing the balls when every time he picks balls of both the
n
colours and difference of number appearing on them is at most one. The value of is
5!
55. Let n be the total number of ways of drawing the balls when every time he picks the balls such
n
that difference of number appearing on them is at most one. The value of is
6!
(balls can be of any colour)

Question Stem
AB is a focal chord of the parabola y2 = 4x. C is a point on parabola such that CF is perpendicular to AB,
F being the focus of parabola. A line through C, parallel to axis of parabola cuts AB at P. f(x, y) = 0 is
locus of point P as AB varies. Let y = g(x) be image of f(x, y) = 0 in the line y = x.
56. The number of integral values which does not belong to range of y = g(x) is
57. Let (x0, y0) be point of contact of tangent on y = g(x) from origin, the value of
 x 20  4  is
3

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
OPEN TEST – II
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 20-03-2022

Section – A
1. D
Sol. F0 cos  = F …(i) F0
g  A
F0 sin   …(ii)
2 
g
F cot  …(iii) F
2
Let the radius of curvature of the rope at the lowest point be r
Fd = rdg
F = gr
F 
r  cot  (from iii)
g 2
12 4
r   8m
2 3
r = 8m
2. B
3R
Sol. Q AB  nC V T  1  900  1350R
2
In the process BC,
TV = constant
2
PV = constant
Molar heat capacity of the gas in the process BC,
R
C  CV 
(1  x)
3R R 3R R
C   R 
2 (1  2) 2 2
R
C
2

AITS-OT-II (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/22 2
R
QBC  nCT  1  (600  1200)  300R
2
5R
QCA  nCP T  1  (300  600)  750R
2
Wcycle  Qcycle  Q AB  QBC  QCA
Wcycle  1350R  300R  750R  300R
Wcycle 300R
  100   100
Qsupplied 1350R
200
  22.2%
9
3. B
Sol. Z1 = R1 + XLi = 8 + 6i
Z2 = R2  XCi = 3  4i
1 1 1
Now,  
Z Z1 Z2
1 1 1
 
Z (8  6i) (3  4i)
 8  6i (3  4i) 20  10i
  
100 25 100
1 (2  i) 10
 Z 
Z 10 (2  i)
Z  2(2  i)
Z  (4  2i) …(i)
Z3  R3  XL i  (2  10i) …(ii)
Hence, net impedance of the circuit is
Z  Z  Z3  (4  2i)  (2  10i)
Z = 6 + 8i
Z  (6)2  (8)2  10
80 80
Hence, I    8 amp
| Z | 10
4. C
hC 1240
Sol. E1    4 eV
1 310
hC 1240
E2    3.1 eV
2 400
k
Also, 1  4 k1 = 4k2
k2
Now, E1 = k1 +
k1 + = 4 …(i)
E2 = k2 +
k2 + = 3.1 …(ii)
k1  k2 = 0.9
4k2  k2 = 0.9

3 AITS-OT-II (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/22
3k2 = 0.9
k2 = 0.3 eV
k1 = 1.2 eV
from equation (i),
k1 + = 4
= 4  k1 = 4  1.2 = 2.8 eV
= 2.8 eV
5. A, B, D
Sol. IP = 2mR2 + mR2 = 3mR2 m, R
Using conservation of energy,
1 a
mgR sin30   3mR2 2 O
2 30 m
mgR 3 
 mR2 2 60
2 2 N R
g P fs
 …(i) 2mg
3R
(a= R)
Now, = IP
P y
R
2m(g  2R) cos30  3mR2 
2
 g 3
g   3R
x
 3 2
2g
 …(ii)
3 3R
2
2R R  R/2
aCM( x)  a  cos30  cos 60
2 2 30 CM
3 R
 R  2R  a
4 4 60
3R 3 g g
acm(x )   2R   R/2
4 4 2 3 4 3
g
acm(x ) 
4 3
g mg
fs  2macm(x )  2m  
4 3 2 3
6. A, B, C
 F F 
  
Sol.
 v  v1 
Ar   2 A   2 1 
Ai
 i 
 v 2  v1  F F 
  
  1 
 2
 2 
 1   1 2 
A r  
1  3  2.5  1  2.5
2   2

5
 1 
  1  
 1   3
 
A r  0.5 cm

 F 
 2 
 2v 2   2 A  2A i 2  2.5
At    Ai   
 i
 v 2  v1  
F F

 2  1  2 
     1   
1   3 

 2 1  
At = 3 cm
The percentage of incident power transmitted from the joint
2 2
Pt A  v  3  2
 100   t  1  100       100
Pi A
 i 2v  2.5  1
36 2
   100  96%
25 3
The percentage of incident power reflected from the joint O.
2 2
Pr A   0.5  1
 100   r   100     100   100  4%
Pi  Ai   2.5  25
7. A, C
1 1 1 P
Sol.  
v 5 10
1 1 1 1 S1
  
v 10 5 10 O L
v 10
v = 10 cm, m   2 S
u 5
d = S1S2 = 1 mm 5 cm
S2
D = 10 + 30 = 40 cm = 0.4 m
10 cm Q
D 30 cm
Fringe width,  
d screen
7
5  10  0.4
 3
 2  104 m
1 10
 = 0.2 mm
L 30
Now,  L = 3d = 3mm
d 10
The number of interference bands observed on the screen,
L 3
n   15
 0.2
n = 15
8. A, D
Q  I  Q
Sol. I ,B  0  0
2  2
R dB R 0 Q 0 Qa
E   …(i)
2 dt 2 2 4
mg sin   fs = ma …(ii)
fsR  QER = mR2
fs  QE = ma ( a = R)
 0 Q 2a
fs   ma
4

ma
fs   ma
4
5ma
fs  …(iii)
4
Solving (ii) and (iii), we get
9ma 4gsin 
mgsin   a
4 9
5mgsin 
Hence, fs 
9
9. B, C
Sol. Using conservation of energy
1 5m 2 2 3mg
 
2 4 3
8 3g
= …(i)
5
3 2
Magnetic moment of the loop, M  i
4
3
Magnetic torque experienced by the loop,  MB  Bi2
4
Now,  dt  I
3 2 5m  2 
BL  idt 
4 4
3 2 5m  2
B Q 
4 4
5m 
B …(ii)
3Q
From (i) and (ii), we get
5m 8 3g
B
3Q 5
m 40g
B
Q 3
10. A, B, D
Sol. Pitch of the screw gauge, P = 1 mm
P 1
Least count    0.01 mm
N 100
Zero error =  6  L.C. = 6  0.01 mm = 0.06 mm
The diameter of the wire,
d = 3 mm + 58  L.C. + 6  L.C.
d = 3mm + 58  0.01 mm + 6  0.01 mm
d = 3 mm + 0.58 mm + 0.06 mm
d = 3.64 mm

Section – B
11. 16
Sol. Initially the electric potential at any point of the circular plate due to the uniformly charged
hemispherical shell is
Q R
V 
8  0R 2 0
Now, using conservation of energy
Kmax = Ui  Uf
Kmax = QV  0
 R 
K max  R2  
2 0 
 2 R3 
K max   
 2 0 
Hence, n = 16
12. 9
Sol. If the pressure of the gas is P when the marble is in equilibrium
PS = P0S + mg …(i)
When the marble is getting at displacement y below the mean position in the tube,
 P
dP      Sy 
 V 
 5 PS 
dP   y
3 V 
5
dP  (P0 S  mg)y …(ii)
3V
d2 y
Now, m 2  dPS
dt
d y 5S(P0 S  mg)y
2

dt 2 3mV
Time period of oscillations of the marble,
3mV
T  2
5S(P0 S  mg)
Hence, k = 9
13. 6
Sol. The equation of longitudinal standing wave is
y = A sin kx cos t
2
1 2 y
Now, dU = v   sdx
2  x
1 2
dU  v (kA coskx cos t)2 sdx
2
1 2 2 2
dU  v k A cos2 t cos 2 kxsdx
2

1 2 2
    0 cos kxdx
2 2
dU A s cos t
2


1 2 2  1  cos 2kx 
U  A Scos2 t    dx
2 0 2 
1 2 2
U  A s cos2 t
4

At t 
6
1 2 2 
U  A s cos2  
4 6
3
U 2 A 2 s
16
Hence,  = 6
Section – C
14. 1.20
15. 1.00
Sol. (for Q.14-15)
v1 cos = v2 sin2 m1 F
v1 = 2v2 sin 
v1
3 5 37 37
v1  2v 2   v 2  v1 …(i)
5 6
/2
Using work energy theorem /2 v2
m2
 1 1
F(cos   cos 0)  m2g sin 0  sin   m1v12  m2 v 22
2 2 2
4 3 4 3 1 1 25 2
20     20       5v12   2  v1
 5 5  2  5 5  2 2 36
 50  2 4  2.3  36
2(4  2)   5   v1 v1   1.2 m/s
 36  230
v1 = 1.2 m/s
5
v 2  v1  1 m/s
6
16. 50.00
17. 18.75
Sol. (for Q. 16-17)
2
D x 
  9
D x 
D x 
 3
D x 
x 2 D 100
 x   50 cm
D 4 2 2
x = 50 cm
Focal length of the lens,

D2  x 2
f
4D
(100)2  (50)2 7500
f   18.75 cm
4  100 4  100
f = 18.75 cm
18. 5.00
19. 6.10
Sol. (for Q. 18-19)
P2 cos  = P …(i)
P2 sin  = P1 …(ii)
P1
P22  P2  P12
P
2m2k 2  2mk  2m1k1

10k 2  4k  k1
10k 2  k1  4k
10k 2  k1  56 …(iii) P2
Also, k1  k 2  k  | Q |
k1  k 2  14  2.9
k1  k 2  11.1 …(iv)
Solving (iii) and (iv), we get
11k 2  67.1 k 2  6.1 MeV
k1 = 5.0 MeV

Section – A
20. D
Sol. Compound 3 is trans 1,3-dimethyl cyclohexane.
21. A
Sol.
O
H2 N
CN O
Br 
NaCN
 

i LiAlH
ii H2 O  NH2
4
HN HN
H2 Ni

22. A
Sol.
sp3 O
P P
O O O O
O
O P O
P P O P
sp3
O O
O O O
O
P P
O
23. B
Sol. H3PO4  NaOH  NaH2PO4  H2 O
10 10 10
Let millimole of NaOH further added are ‘x’

NaH2PO 4  NaOH  Na2HPO 4  H2O
10 x 0
10  x x
 x 
pH  8.2  log  
 10  x 
x=5
Therefore total millimoles of NaOH = 10 + 5 = 15
Let volume of NaOH is Vml
1  Vml = 15
Vml = 15

24. A, B, C, D
Sol. Compound A is Pb3O4,Compound D is PbSO4,Compound B is PbO2 and Compound E is MnO 4
Pb3O 4  4HNO3  2Pb NO3 2  PbO2  2H2O
25. B
Sol. NCl3  3H2 O  NH3  3HOCl
PCl3  3H2 O  P  OH3  3HCl
same pattern of hydrolysis
BCl3  3H2 O  B  OH3  3HCl

NF3  H2O   N2O3  HF
RT
  No reaction
BiCl3  H2O  BiOCl 2HCl
26. A, C, D
Sol.
Cl
Cl Cl
I I dimer form of ICl3 in solid state
Cl Cl which is sp3d2 hybridized.
Cl

ICl3   ICl  Cl2 in gas phase
2ICl3  ICl2  ICl4 in liquid state
27. B, C, D
Sol. In the verson of 1 atm to 50 atm at 200 K.
CO2  s   CO2  g  equilibrium exist.
28. B
Sol. NH3 is relatively SFL for Co(III) so it can’t be replaced easily. So, backward reaction is more
favoured for NH3.
29. B
Sol. Micelle formation is accompanied by the mostly due to increase in solvent entropy increase in
overall entropy.
Section – B
30. 2
Sol. Only I and III are optically active.

31. 16
Sol. O COOCH3
h
HC C O CH3 
CH2 (P)
(D)
h NBS
Br Br
COOCH3 COOCH3 COOCH3 COOCH3
 
4 4
4 4
Br Br
Value of x = 16
32. 144
P o  Ps mol of solute
Sol. 
Ps mol of solvent
6
0.13  0.12 M
  144
0.12 46
92
Section – C
33. 500.00
34. 400.00
Sol. (for Q.33 and 34)
A (l) A (s)  H = – 500 J/Mole
H = U + (PV)
H = U + P (V)
= U + 1 × 100 (-2050) /1000
U = – 400 J/Mole
|U| = 400 Ans.
35. 33.33
36. 68.57
Sol. (for Q.35 and 36)
(X) = Na2B4O7.10H2O
Y = H3BO3
Z= B2O3
37. 1.73
38. 3.73
y and x are respectively

Section – A
39. D
n n
 3 2  0 1  3
  = 3 I + C1 3 2A  C2 3 2 I  C3 3  2A   C 4 3
n n n 1 n n2 3 n n 3 n n 4 6
Sol.     3 I  2  2 I .....
 4 3    2 0 
n n
 3 2  3 2 
So, 
4 3
 
 4 3
n n
  2 3  C2 3
n 2 3

2  nC4 3n 4 26  n C6 3n6 29  ..... I 
   
2  3  2 2   3  2 2  I
n n
n
C2k 3n 2k 23k I 
40. C
1 1 1
 n  1! n 1   n! n  n! n 1
Sol. If lim  lim 
n n  1  n n n e
1 1 1 1
2
lim   n  2  !  n 2   n  1 n 1   n  1! n1  n! n 
n e
41. A
 f  x 
2 2
Sol. f   x  dx  f  3x  f   3x  d  3x 
f(3x)3 = f(x)3 + c
 3 x
3
 f x  f    c
 3
 3 3
 f x f x   c
  3   2
3 

or   x 3  x 
3
f  2   f  3   c
 3  3 


  x   x 3
f  n   f  n1   c
  2   3 
 3  x  
3
Adding, we get lim  f  x   f  n1     n  1 c
n  3  
3 3
f  x   f  0   lim n  1 c
n
As L.H.S is bounded c=0
f(x) = f(0) ; f(x) is constant
2 3 2
f(x) = 2 ; (x – 1) + (cos x – 1/2) +  0
4
cos2 x – cos x + 1 + x2 – 2x + 1 = 0 no solution
42. D
2z2 z3 2z1z3 2z1z2
Sol. As  1  , 2  , 3 
z2  z3 z1  z3 z1  z2
3 2 2
The required equation is (ab – 1)z + 2(b + a)z + 8bz + 8 = 0

43. A, B, C

1 1    b  c A 0
Sol.   b  c ; 1 
2 8
1
2   b  c  b  E D c 
2
N
1 M
3  1    b  c
2
B b  Cc 
4 
1    b  c b c  b  c 
8 M  ; N 
 2   2 
44. A, B, D
dy sinan
Sol.  cos x 
dx x  an 
an  (an+1, tan an+1)
2
 an, tan an (an+, tan an)
an   tanan
2
Taking intersection of y = tan x Clearly
 an+1 > an + 
and y  x 
2
45. A, B, C
Sol. PQ + PF2 = 2a – QF1 P
(PQ + PF2)max = 12 – (QF1)min = 12 – (4) = 8
(PQ + PF2)min = 12 – (QF1)max = 12 – 6 = 6 Q
For option C, PF1 is tangent to circle F1(–4,0) F2(4, 0)
So QF1  24 so PQ  PF2  12  24
46. A, D
Sol. Let p is number of factors of m which are less than equal to 6, out of these k are odd factors
P(A B) = P(A)·P(B) (as A, B are independent)
k 1 p
 p = 2k
6 2 6
Case-I : k = 1, p = 2, possible numbers 2, 2  7, 2  11, 2  13, 2  17, 2  19, 2  23, 2  29
Case-II : k = 2, p = 4, possible numbers 6, 6  7, 20
Case-III : k = 3, p = 6, possible number 60
47. A, B, C
Sol. Let distance from H to BC, BD and CD be A
p, 2p, 3p B
B
1 1
 12  p  2p  3p   122 sin60
2 2 H
p 3 M
1 1 1 H h0
 6  2 3   12 3   h0 6 3 D C C
2 2 2
1 1 
=   122 sin60  h0 = 2. So distance of A from CM = 22  32  13
22 

48. B, C, D
Sol. Let f(x) = 1 0<x<a
–1 a<x<b
1 b<x<1
1
As  f  x  dx  0
0
a – (b – a) + (1 – b) = 0 ; 2a + 1 = 2b
1 a b 1
a2  b2  a2  1  b2 2a2  2b2  1
0

0

x f  x  dx  x fdx  x f  x  dx  x f  x  dx =
a

b

2  2 

2

2
2
 2a  1 
2a2  2    1 1  4a
 2  1 1
I  ; Imax = similarly minimum is 
2 4 4 4
Section – B
49. 77
Sol. x t
1 17  2 1 
y  t3   t  2
8t 3 4  4t 
 t 1  17   
3 2
 1 1
y  t    3      t    1
 2t   2 4t  4   2t  
y  u3 
3
u   17 u2  1  where u  t  1  2  which has minimum at u = 3
2 4  2t 
9 17
y  3   27    8    23
2 4 2
50. 1
 2021  2021 2021
1 1 Ck
Sol. q 1 r    1k
r   k 1r
r 1 2  2  r 1 k  0 2
2021 
1
2021 2021
Ck
2021
 1k 1 2021
Ck
 1k 2021
Ck =  1k  1
k 0 r 1 2
k 1r
k 0
2 k 1
 1 k 1 2 k 1
1
q=1–p
51. 216
Sol. So the graph of y = f(x) will touch line y = M at x =  x=a
and x =
so g(x) = M(x – a) – (x – )2(x – )2 y = f(x)
x   x   2 2
f x  M 
 x  a
g  x   M  2  x     x    2x       f(x) has
3 maxima
           
2 2
   

= M  4 x       x   
  2   2    2 
So g(x) = 0 should not have 3 distinct roots

           
2     
2  2
g  x   4  3  x         12   x      9 
  2   2    2    
         
g     3  g     3  0
 2    2  
(M  216)(M  216)  0 M  216
Section – C
52. 65.00
53. 25.00
Sol. (for Q. 52.-53)
Roots of the equation x2 – (a + 5)x + 2a = 0 are integers
 + = a + 5 ;  = 2a
( – 2)( – 2) = –6 all combinations
For (, ) are (–4, 3), (–1, 4), (0, 5), (1, 8)
54. 882.00
Sol. For n black and n white balls number of cases are an so an = an – 1 + an – 2 and a1 = 1, a2 = 2,
a7 = 21
55. 595.00
Sol. In this case if for n black and n white balls total cases are bn, then bn = bn – 1 + 2bn – 2
b1 = 1 ; b2 = 3 ; b7 = 85
56. 4.00
57. 2.66
Sol. Equation of AB y 
2t
 x  1 
A t12 , 2t 
2
t 1
As AB CF
 2t1  2t 
 2  2   1  t12, 2t1  C P(h, k)
F(1, 0)
 t1  1   t  1 
2t
As k = 2t1 and k  2 h  1  1 2 
t 1 B , 
We get, 4y2 + (x – 1)(y2 – 4) = 0  t2 t 
So y = g(x) is 4x2 + (y – 1)(x2 – 4) = 0
3x 2  4
g x 
 4  x2 

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
OPEN TEST – II
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 20-03-2022
decimal places.
MARKING SCHEME
marking scheme:
are correct;
option;


1. A thin rod AB is hinged at end A and the block is moving with a B

constant velocity v = 8 m/s on a horizontal surface as shown in the
figure. Then choose the correct option(s). (Take h = 1m)
(A) The angular velocity of the rod at  = 30 is 2 rad/s v
The angular velocity of the rod at  = 30 is 4 rad/s. A h
(B) 
(C) The angular retardation of the rod at  = 30 is 4 3 rad/s2

(D) The angular retardation of the rod at  = 30 is 8 3 rad/s2.
2. In the figure shown, blocks A and B of masses 4 kg and 1 kg are

placed on a plank C of mass 1 kg which is placed on a smooth A B F
horizontal surface. The blocks are connected by a light C
inextensible string passing over an ideal pulley. The coefficients
of static and kinetic friction between the blocks and the plank are
0.16 and 0.10 respectively. When a horizontal force F is applied
on the pulley, the acceleration of the plank becomes 2 m/s2.
Then choose the correct option(s). (Take g = 10 m/s2)
(A) The magnitude of the applied force F is 18 N
(B) The friction force acting on the block A is 1 N
(C) The acceleration of the block A is 2 m/s2
(D) The acceleration of the block B is 8 m/s2
3. A disc of mass M = 2kg is connected with two other identical v0

discs each of mass m = 1 kg with the help of two light
inextensible threads each of length  = 1m. Initially the A C B
system is placed on a smooth horizontal surface and the m m
M
middle disc is imparted an initial velocity v 0 = 4 m/s along the
surface perpendicular to the threads as shown in the figure.
When the discs A and B are about to collide, then choose
the correct option(s).
(A) The velocity of the middle disc C is 2 m/s
(B) The velocity of the disc A is 2 3 m/s
(C) The tension in each thread is 4 N
(D) The tension in each thread is 2 N
4. A small bead of mass m = 4kg is threaded on a smooth

u
uniform ring of mass M = 6 kg and radius R = 0.5 m. Initially M, R
the system rests in a gravity free space and the bead is struck
to impart it a velocity u = 5 m/s along the tangent to the ring as m C
shown in the figure. Choose the correct option(s).
(A) The magnitude of the force of interaction between the bead and the ring is 120 N
(B) The magnitude of the force of interaction between the bead and the ring is 60 N
(C) The minimum kinetic energy of the bead in subsequent motion is 26 J
(D) The minimum kinetic energy of the bead in subsequent motion is 2 J

5. Two heat insulating pistons connected by a spring can slide without

friction inside a horizontal heat insulating tube which is open at both
ends. Neglect the atmospheric pressure. One mole of an ideal
monoatomic gas is filled between the pistons at temperature T1 =
300 K. At this temperature of the gas, the spring is not relaxed. If an
amount of heat is supplied to the gas, its temperature becomes T2 =
400 K and length of the spring becomes = 1.25 times of its initial
length. Then choose the correct option(s). (Take R = 8.3 J/mol-k)
(A) The work done by the gas is 605.9 J
(B) The work done by the gas is 805.9 J
(C) The amount of heat supplied to the gas is 1850.9 J
(D) The amount of heat supplied to the gas is 2050.9 J
6. A source of sound with frequency f 0 = 1700 Hz and an observer are located at the same point. At
t = 0, the source starts receding from the observer with a constant acceleration a = 10 m/s2. The
velocity of sound in air is v = 340 m/s. Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) The frequency of sound received by the stationary observer at t = 10 sec is
approximately 1350 Hz.
(B) The frequency of sound received by the stationary observer at t = 10 sec is
approximately 1550 Hz.
(C) The sound emitted by the source at t = 6.8 sec (approximately) is received by the
stationary observer at t = 10 sec.
(D) The sound emitted by the source at t = 8.8 sec (approximately) is received by the
stationary observer at t = 10 sec.

answer.
A uniform hollow cylinder of mass m = 4 kg and radius R = 10 cm rests on a m,R

wedge of mass M = 5 kg which is placed on a smooth inclined plane of
inclination  = 30 as shown in the figure. Friction between the cylinder and
the top horizontal surface of wedge is sufficient to prevent slipping of the M
cylinder relative to the wedge after the wedge is released from rest. (Take g =
2
10 m/s )  = 30
7. The acceleration of the wedge is

(A) 2 m/s2
(B) 4 m/s2
(C) 6 m/s2
(D) 8 m/s2
8. The acceleration of the cylinder relative to the wedge is

3
(A) m/s2
2
3 3
(B) m/s2
2
5 3
(C) m/s2
2
7 3 2
(D) m/s
2

In the circuit shown, initially the switch ‘S’ was getting in position-1 for C
a long time and then it is shifted to position-2. Initial charge on the
capacitor was zero. L2 = 4L
2
1 S L1 = L
9. The maximum charge on the capacitor is

2CL
(A)
R 5
4CL
(B)
R 5
6CL
(C)
R 5
8CL
(D)
R 5
10. The maximum current through the inductor L2 is

8
(A)
5R
4
(B)
5R
2
(C)
5R
(D)
5R

INTEGER.
11. One end of a steel rod of length  radius R and modulus of rigidity is fixed and the other end is
  R 4 2 
twisted through an angle ‘’. If elastic deformation energy stored in the rod is k   . The
 32 
value of k is……….
12. A time varying magnetic field B = r2t is existing in a circular

region of radius ‘R’ as shown in the figure. If the induced
electric field at r = R/2 is E1 and at r = 2R is E2. The ratio of R
 E2  O
  is ……….
 E1 
 B = r2t

13. A tube of length  and radius R carries a steady flow of a liquid of density and viscosity . The
velocity of flow of the liquid depends on the radial distance ‘r’ from the axis of the tube as
 r2   v 0 
v  v 0  1  2  . If the pressure difference at the two ends of the tube is k  2 
. The value of k
 R   6R 
is……………

Question Stem
A uniform solid sphere of mass m and radius R having initial angular y

3v
velocity 0  0 and moving with initial velocity (v 0 î  v 0 ˆj) collides
2R
with a rough horizontal surface ( = 0.4) with a coefficient of restitution x
e = 0.5 as shown in the figure. The angular velocity of the sphere just v0
after collision becomes  rad/s and the impulse due to friction on the
sphere is J kg-m/s. (Take m = 4.8 kg, R = 32 cm and v0 = 3.5 m/s) 0
v0
14. The value of  is ………..
15. The value of J is ………..

Question Stem
In the circuit shown, the switch ‘S’ is closed at t = 0. The charges C1=2F 4
on the capacitors C1 and C2 in the steady state are q1 C and q2
C respectively.
2 5
C2=3F
6 2
S
5
E=32V
16. The magnitude of q1 is ………..
17. The magnitude of q2 is ………..


Question Stem
Two lenses A and B of focal lengths 7.5 cm and B

20 cm respectively are placed at distances 15
cm and 60 cm from a point source of light ‘S’. A
The source ‘S’ is located on the common
principal axis of the lenses. Aperture radii of the
lenses A and B are 2 cm and 10 cm
respectively. When a screen is placed behind S
the lens B at a distance d cm from the lens B, a
circular light spot of minimum radius r cm is
formed on the screen. 15 cm
60 cm screen
18. The value of d is ………..
19. The value of r is ………..


H
COOCH3 
1. B 2H6
HOOC 2. H

(A)
H
O O
(B)
O O
(C)
H
O
(D)
21. Which of the following statements is /are incorrect?

(A) A Vander Waal gas at its critical condition subjected to adiabatic free expansion
experiences heating effect.
(B) If for a reaction H at 200K  H at 400K then S  at 300K should be equal to S  at
500K .
(C) The value of compressibility factor of a real gas is 1 at Boyle's temperature for all range
of pressures.
(D) A Group-I metal peroxide has 68% by mass metal, hence equivalent mass of its chloride
will be 79.5 gms


CH3 CH3

1. PCC
2. ZnBr2

H3C OH
(PCC = pyridinium chlorochromte)
(A) CH3
OH
H3C
(B) CH3
OH
H3C
(C) CH3
OH
H3C
(D) CH3
OH
H3C
23. The CORRECT statement about the silicones is:

(A) They are thermally unstable because of the Si–C bond.
(B) They are insoluble in water.
(C) They are organosilicon polymers.
(D) They have stable silica-like skeleton (–Si–O–Si–O–Si–).
24. Among the following species, the species that do not has pentagonal planar shape is
(A) XeOF4
(B) IF5
SF5 

(C)
 XeF5 

(D)

25. The correct statement with respect to the stereochemistry of   hydroxy acids P and Q formed in
the following reactions is:
Br

Ag2 O
Q
P 
OH

Me CO 2H H2 O, OH
(A) Both P and Q are formed with retention of configuration

(B) Both P and Q are formed with inversion of configuration
(C) P is formed with inversion of configuration and Q with retention of configuration
(D) P is formed with retention of configuration and Q with inversion of configuration

answer.
Hydrolysis reactions of organic substrates are ubiquitous (common) in the environment. Hydrolysis is an
important degradation reaction in surface, ground, fog and porewaters and can be a dominant pathway in
biological systems as well. In general, hydrolysis occurs via one of two classes of mechanisms;
i) Nucleophilic Substitution (SN1 and SN2), generally occurs when the leaving group is attached to sp3
hybridized carbon centre, such as alkyl halides, epoxides and phosphate esters. ii) Addition –
Elimination, generally occurs when the leaving group is attached to sp2 hybridized acyl carbon centre,
such as with carboxylic acid derivatives including esters, anhydrides, amides, carbamates and ureas.
26. The rates of alkaline hydrolysis of the compounds shown below
I II III
follow the order:
(A) I > II > III
(B) II > I > III
(C) II > III > I
(D) III > I > II
27. Among the following

N3
I II III
OMe
IV V VI
the compounds which can take part in nucleophilic substitution reaction are:
(A) III, IV, and V
(B) I, II, and VI
(C) II, IV, and VI
(D) I, III, and V

10 mole of liquid 'X' and 10 mole of liquid 'Y' is mixed in a cylindrical vessel containing a piston
arrangement. Initially a pressure of 2 atm is maintained on the solution. Now, the piston is raised slowly
and isothermally. Assuming X and Y to be completely miscible and forming an ideal solution. Pure vapour
pressure of X and Y is 0.6 and 0.9 atm respectively.
28. The minimum pressure for the existence of liquid solution is

(A) 0.6 atm
(B) 0.75 atm
(C) 0.72 atm
(D) 0.9 atm
29. If 1/4 of the total amount of liquid solution taken initially is converted to vapour, then moles of X in
liquid will be
(A) 2.125
(B) 3.875
(C) 7.875
(D) 4

INTEGER.
30. By using buffer concept, a student prepares 2L buffer solution of 0.330 M NaH2PO4 and 0.330 M
Na2HPO4. The solution is divided in half between the two compartments (each containing 1L
buffer) of an electrolysis is carried out for 212 min with a constant current of 1.25 A. [Assumes
that pKa(H2PO4–) = 7.2 and log 3 = 0.48]
If pH in 1st compartment cell (at anode) is x and pH in 2nd compartment cell (at cathode) is y.
calculate the closest value of 10(x + y) -------
31. In the given reaction number of possible stereo isomers of the end major product X ?
O
H 
1. CH3MgBr
 
alc. KOH BH3  THF
   
H2O2
X
2. HBr  H2 O OH
32. The reaction sequence(s) A and B that would lead to compounds as the major product given
below. calculate the total sum of DU and benzenoid position isomers for both the compounds X
and Y?
Me
NH2 1. NaNO2 /HCl
273K
(A) 
X 2. CuCN
3.DIBAL  H then H3 O
4. N2H4 , KOH
heat
Me 1. Mg, CO2 , H3 O
 Y
2. SOCl2
(B) 3.H2 , Pd BaSO4
4. Zn  Hg, HCl
Br



Question Stem
Two containers A and B of capacity 1 litre and 2 litre respectively is connected by tube of negligible
volume. The tube is initially closed by stop cock and ‘A’ contains small amount of H2O(l) and B contain
initially pure COCl2 (g) at partial pressure of 100 torr. The gas COCl2 dissociates at experimental
condition into CO(g) and Cl2 (g). Now the stopcock connecting two container is opened and sufficient time
is given to attain final equilibrium. The final pressure at equilibrium is found to be 100 torr in both
containers. Using given data and taking following assumption if we have calculated the the mole fraction
of CO(g) in final state is ‘x’ and the final partial pressure of COCl2 (g) is ‘y’ .
Given : Vapour pressure of H2O at experimental temperature 'T' is equal to 20 torr.
Assumption-1 :Volume of H2O(l) small and can be neglected but sufficient to create vapour pressure in
both container.
Assumption-2 : COCl2 , CO and Cl2 gas do not dissolve in H2O(l).
Assumption-3 : Whole experiment is carried out under isothermal condition.

Question Stem
d P 
For the following reaction 2X  Y 
k
 P the rate of reaction is  k  X  . Two moles of X are mixed
dt
with one mole of Y to make 1.0 L of solution. At 100 s, 0.5 mole of Y is left in the reaction mixture. The
correct statement(s) about the reaction is(are) (Use: ln 2 = 0.693)
4 –1
35. The rate constant, k, (in 10 s ) of the reaction is ___.
dY 3 –1
36. At 200 s,  in (in 10 mol L s ) is ___.
dt
Question Stem
For the following sequence of reactions is (are)
V
PhCH3 
Br2
light
 P 1. Q
2. H2 , Pd/C
 R 
CHCl3
KOH
S 
W
X
Foul smelling
i. KMnO 4
KOH, heat
ii. H3 O
1. NH W
T  3
2. heat
U
If molar mass of the metal in compound Q and V is 107.8 g/mol.

37. The value of sum of molar mass of compound (Q,V and R) is ___.
38. The value of TOTAL number of benzene ring containing structural isomers of the compound X
is ___.


39. Let f : [0, 2]  [0, 2] be continuous and differentiable function, does not have local maximum or
minimum such that f(f(f(x))) + f(x) = 2  x  [0, 2], then
(A) f(x) is increasing function  x  [0, 2]
(B) f(x) is decreasing function  x  [0, 2]
(C) f(x) is non increasing function  x  [0, 2]
2
(D)  f  x  dx  2
0
40. If f : [0, 1]  [0, 1] is an onto function such that f(x) > 0 and f(x) < 0, then
f x
(A)  x  (0, 1] is decreasing function
x
f x
(B)  x  (0, 1] is increasing function
x
(C) f(x)·f–1(x)  x2 for some x  (0, 1)
(D) f 1  x   x  f  x , x  0, 1
41. Let a1, a2, a3, ….., an be a sequence such that an = 2an – 1 – 1, a1 = 3 for n  N, then
(A) a1, a2, a3, ….., an are in Arithmetic Progression
(B) an > 2021 for n  11
(C) a1 – 1, a2 – 1, a3 – 1, ….., an – 1 are in Geometric Progression
(D) none of these
 n ; if i  j
42. Let A be n  n matrix, A  aij  such that aij   , then
nn
1 ; if i  j
 n
1  ; i j
(A) A  bij  , bij   n  1
nn
 n ; i j
 2
 n  1 ; i  j
(B) A 1  bij  , bij  
 1
nn
; i j
 n  1
n
(C) A 1  bij  , bij  ,  i, j
nn n1
2
(D) A 1  bij  , bij  ,  i, j
nn n1
43. Let n1 and n2 be two three digit numbers of form n1 = x1x2x3, n2 = y1y2y3 where 1  x3 < x2 < x1  9
and 1  y3 < y2 < y1  8, then probability that n1  n2 is
37
(A)
56
111
(B) 9
C3 8 C3

113
(C)
168
(D) none of these
44. Let T is a parallopipe in which A, B, C, D are vertices of one face on the plane 2x – 2y + z = 0 and
if face above if has corresponding vertices A, B, C and D lie on plane 2x – 2y + z + 4 = 0. If T is
now compressed to ‘S’ with face A, B, C, D remaining same and A, B, C, D shifting to A, B,
C and D in ‘S’ and volume of parallopipe S is reduced to 75% of T, then
x 1 y 1 z  2
(A) there exit infinite point A on line  
1 2 2
(B) A lie on the plane 2x – 2y + z + 3 = 0
x 1 y 1
(C) there exist infinite point A on the line  z
3 2
x 1 y 1
(D) there exist exactly two distinct points A on the line  z
3 2

answer.
Let AD and CF are mediums from vertex A and C respectively, of triangle ABC, and G be the centroid of
triangle. Four points B, D, G and F are concyclic
 2 
45. If angle C   ,   , then
 3 
a  3 1 
(A)  , 1
b  2 
a  3 1 
(B)  , 1
b  2 
a  3 1 1 
(C)  , 
b  2 2
a  1 3  1
(D)  , 
b 2 2 
2
46. If angle C  and AB = 7 units, then
3
(A) b2 7
(B) a2 7
(C) b 7
(D) none of these

Seven friends F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 and F7 go to a restaurant and keep their hats and coats on stand at
entrance, while going back they pickup one coat and hat at random. Now answer the below question
47. Probability that no one get his own coat given that exactly F1 and F2 has got their own hat
309
(A)
6!
1854
(B)
7!
309
(C)
7!
(D) none of these
48. Probability that each get their own hat but no one get their own coat
1854
(A)
7!
1857
(B)
6!
1854
(C)
 7!2
(D) none of these

INTEGER.
49. If the area of a square circumscribing an ellipse is A square units. The maximum distance of a
A
normal from the centre of ellipse is r, then the value of  2  is
r 
(Where [.] denotes greatest integer function) (Given eccentricity of ellipse is 0.5)
50. The number of solution of equation cos z = i sin (z), where z  C is
m
51. If a, b, c  N, the probability that a2 + b2 + c2 = 13k, k  N is , where m, n are relatively prime
n
numbers, then (n – m) is

Question Stem
Let f : [–1, 5]  R be a function, such that f(x) = (x – 2n)2, 2n – 1  x  2n + 1, n = 0, 1, 2 and P(x) =

min{f(t)}, I  t  x, I < x  I + 1 where I = –1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and g(x) = f(x) – p(x)  x  [–1, 5]

5 5
I
52. If I  
1
f  x  dx and J   g  x  dx , then J is
1
53. y = f(x) is non-differentiable at  number of points and y = g(x) is discontinuous at number of

points for x  (–1, 5), then  + is
Question Stem

1 ln x  x ln x 
Let  a and f  x   , g x   
r 1 r 2
1 x  1  x2 
1 1
I1  I2 
54. 
Let I1  f  x  dx and I2  g  x  dx , then
0

0
a
is
n
 r  lnr  lnn  
55. If lim    a , then the value of | | is
n
r 1  n2  r 2 
Question Stem
Let the median AD of ABC intersects the incircle of triangle at K and L (such that K is nearer to vertex A
as compare to L). If AK = KL = LD, and semi-perimeter of ABC is s = 14 units, then
56. Diameter of circumcircle of ABC is
57. Radius of in-circle of the triangle ABC is

FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2022
OPEN TEST – II
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 20-03-2022

Section – A
1. A, D
h
Sol.  v sin 
sin 
v sin2 

h
8 1
At  = 30,     2 rad/s
1 4
d v d
Now,  2 sin  cos 
dt h dt
v
  sin 2()
h
v sin2

h
8  2 3 2
At  = 30,     8 3 rad/s
1 2
2. A, B, C, D
Sol. The block B will slip relative to the plank C but the block A will not slip relative to the plank C.
f B = 0.1  10 = 1 N aA = 2 m/s
2
f A + f B = mCaC fA + 1 = 1  2 fA = 1 N
F/2
fA
F F
 fA  m A a A 1 4 2
2 2 aB
F = 18 N B
fB F/2
F
 fB  mB aB
2
9  1 = 1  a0 aB = 8 m/s2

3. A, B, C
Sol. When the discs A and B are about to collides using v
conservation of momentum.
Mv 0 = (M + 2m)v C M
Mv 0 24
v   2 m/s …(i)
M  2m 4
Using conservation of energy,
1 1 1 v v
Mv 20  Mv 2  2  m(v 2  v12 )
2 2 2 A B
v 20  2v 2  v12 v1 v1
16  8  v v1  2 2 m/s
2
1 …(ii)
Retardation of the middle disc C,
2T 2T T + ma
a  T …(iii)
M 2
mv12 A
Now, T + ma = v1
 m
1 8
TT 
1
2T = 8 T = 4N
The velocity of the disc A,
v A  v 2  v12  4  8  2 3 m/s
4. A, D
Sol. The bead and the centre of the ring will move along the r1 vCM
circular paths about their centre of mass with a constant
u 5 M
B
angular velocity,     10 rad/s m
R 0.5 r1 CM r2
2 C
N = m r = 4  100  0.3 = 120 N
r2
The velocity of their centre of mass
mu  0 4  5
v CM    2 m/s
mM 10
The speed of the bead relative to the centre of mass
v1  r1  10  0.3  3 m/s
1 1
K1(min)  m(v1  v cm )2   4  (3  2)2  2 J
2 2
5. A, C
Sol. P1A = kx1 …(i)
P2A = kx2 …(ii)
RT1
Now, P1A 1  nRT1 kx1 = …(iii)
1
RT2
P2 A 2  nRT2 kx2 = …(iv)
1
Adding equation (iii) and (iv), we get
R
k(x 2  x1 )   T1  T2 
1
1
The work done by the gas, W  k(x 22  x12 )
2

k
W =(x 2  x1 )(x 2  x1 )
2
R  T  T2 
W   1  (  1)1
2 1 
R   1
W     T1  T2   605.9 J
2 
3R
U = nCVT = 1  (400  300)
2
U = 150R = 1245 J
Hence, Q = U + W = 1245 + 605.9 = 1850.9 J
6. A, D
Sol. Le the sound emitted by the source at time ‘t’ is received by t=t
the stationary observer at t = 10 sec. D S vS
1 1
d  at 2   10t 2  5t 2
2 2 d
Now, d = 340(10  t)
5t2 = 340(10 t)
2
t + 68t  680 = 0
68 (68)2  4  680
t
2
t = 8.8 sec (approximately)
vS = at = 10  8.8 = 88 m/s
 v 
Hence, f    f0
 v  vS 
 340 
f   1700  1350 Hz (approximately)
 340  88 
7. C
8. B
Sol. (for Q. 7-8)
N + ma0 sin  = mg …(i) N
ma0cos   fs = ma …(ii) ma0
m,R
2
fsR = mR 
fs = ma …(iii) 
(N + Mg)sin   fs cos  = Ma0 …(iv)  a(rel to
Solving (ii) and (iii), we get wedge)
maocos  = 2ma
fs
Solving (ii) and (iii) we get mg
ma0cos = 2ma
a cos 
a 0 …(v)
2
Solving (i), (iii) and (iv), we get N
3g 2
a0  = 6 m/s
5 fs
M
a cos  3 3 2 N0
a 0 = m/s a0
2 2 Mg


9. B
10. C
Sol. (for Q. 9-10)
After the switch ‘S’ is shifted to position-2, q C +q
di di
L1 1  L 2 2  0
dt dt i2 i
Ldi1  4Ldi2  0 L2 = 4L
di1  4di2  0 i1
ii i2
L1 = L
 di1  4 di2
i0 0
i1  i0  4i2 i1  4i2  i0 …(i)

When the charge on the capacitor is maximum, i=0
Hence i1 = i2 …(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we get
i  
i1  i2  0   i0  
5 5R  R
2 2
qmax 1 1 i 
Now,  Li20   L  4L   0 
2C 2 2 5
2
qmax 2LI02 4CL
 qmax 
2C 5 R 5
When the current through the inductor L2 is maximum, q = 0
1 2 1 2 1 2
Li1  4Li2  Li0 i12  4i22  i02
2 2 2
(i0  i1 )(i0  i1 )  4i22
(i0  i1 )4i2  4i22 i1 + i0 = i2
i2  i1 = i0 …(iii)
Solving (i) and (iii) we get
2i 2
5i2  2i0 i2  0 
5 5R
Section – B
11. 8
2
1  r 
Sol. dU    2rdr
2  R
R

 2 3
 dU 
 0
r dr r
 R 4 2
U
4 dr
The elastic deformation energy stored in the rod is
 R 4 2
U
4

12. 4
Sol. When r R
E R
d 
r
E2r    B2rdr  E
dt  0  r
O
d 
r
Er    r 2 trdr 
dt  0  E E
2
r 3 B= r t
E
4
When r > R
d 
R
E2r    r 2 t2rdr 
dt  0 
R 4
E
4r
R R3 R3
At r  , E1  and at r = 2R, E 2 
2 32 8
E2 R / 8
3
Hence,  4
E1 R3 / 32
13. 24
Sol. Let the pressure difference at the two ends of the tube is P. F R
The viscous force acting on the cylindrical volume of the liquid r
of radius ‘r’ is
dv
F   2r
dr

 2r 
F   2rv 0   2 
 R 
 r2 
F  4 v 0  2  …(i)
R 
For the steady flow of the liquid
2
Pr = F
 r2 
Pr2 = 4 v 0  2 
R 
4 v 0
P 
R2
Hence, k = 24
Section – C
14. 12.50

15. 2.40
Sol. (for Q. 14-15)
v1 = ev0 = 0.5v0 m,R
J1  m(v1  v 0 )  1.5mv 0 …(i) v1 = ev0
Jmax    Ndt  J1  0.4  1.5mv 0
v
Jmax  0.6mv 0 …(ii) 
using conservation of angular momentum about the contact point,
J1
2 2
mR 2 0  mv 0R  mR2   mvR J
5 5
3 2
mv 0R  mv 0R  mvR  mvR v = R
5 5
8 7
mv 0R  mvR
5 5
8v
v 0
7
v 8v 8  3.5
Hence,    0   12.50 rad/s
R 7R 7  0.32
The impulse due to friction on the sphere
 8v  mv 0
J  m(v  v 0 )  m  0  v 0  
 7  7
mv 0 4.8  3.5
J   2.40 kg-m/s
7 7
16. 35.20
17. 43.20
Sol. (for Q. 16-17)
The equivalent circuit is shown in the steady state. C1=2F 4
32
I  1.6 A
20
Potential drop across the capacitor C1 2 5
V1  I(6  5)  1.6  11  17.6 volt C2=3F
q1  C1V1  2  17.6  35.2 C
6
Potential drop across the capacitor C2,
V2  I(5  4)  1.6  9  14.4 volt I
q2  C2 V2  3  14.4  43.2 C 5
=32V
18. 35.00
19. 1.67
Sol. (for Q. 18-19)
The position of image I1 formed due to the direct refraction through the lens B,
1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1
     v1 = 30 cm
v1 (60) 20 v1 20 60 60

A C
4 cm
x r
S I I1 I2
15 cm 30 cm D
15 cm
30 cm
60 cm 60 cm
The position of image I2 formed due to double refraction through the lenses A and B,
1 1 1 1 1 1 32
     v2 = 60 cm
v 2 (30) 20 v 2 20 30 60
r 10
Now,  x = 3r
x 30
r 4
Also,  15r = 30  3r
(30  x) 60
30 5
r   1.67 cm
18 3
Hence, x = 3r = 5 cm
d = 30 + x = 30 + 5 = 35 cm

Section – A
20. B
Sol.
H
H
H 1. B 2H6
COOCH3   H
+
HOOC 2. H O
OH
OH O CH3
O
OCH3
H
H
H
H
 +
H
O O
O O
21. A, C, D
Sol.
(D) Equivalent mass of metal chloride is 42.5.
22. C
Sol. CH3 CH3 CH3

PCC
 
ZnBr2

+
H O O ZnBr 2
OH
CH3 CH3
ZnBr2  Due to steric hindrance

more stable product
OH O ZnBr 2
H
CH2

23. B, C, D
Sol. The great thermal and chemical stability of silicones is attributed to high strength of Si - C and
(Si – O) bond.
24. A, B, C

Sol. XeF5  p  2, bp  5
p  bp  7  sp3 d3 hybridized
F F
Xe F Pentagonal planar shape
F F
SF5 , IF5 and XeOF4   sp3 d2 hybridized  square pyramidal shape
25. C
Sol. OH OH
P  C Q  C
Me COO Me COO
26. C
Sol. Rate of hydrolysis of II is more than I and III due to steric hindrance. Rate of hydrolysis of III is
more than I due to poor back bonding.
27. C
Sol. In compound I, III and V nucleophilic substitution reaction not possible due to double bond
rd
character of C – Lg and its option III due to steric hindrance back attack is not possible.
28. C
29. C
Since 1/4 th mole will be converted
in vapours 5 moles total will be present. Assuming x moles to be of X
Minimum pressure for the existence of liquid solution is dew point pressure
1  Yx Yy 
  
PT  Pxo Pyo 
PT  0.72 atm
Liquid Vapour
X 10  x x
Y 5x 5x
x 10  x 0.6
  …(1)
5 15 PT
5  x 5  x 0.9
  … (2)
5 15 PT
Equating PT from both the equation.

x 2  45x  100  0
45  2425
x  2.125
2
Mole of X in liquid are = 10 – x
= 7.875
Section – B
30. 144
it 1.25  212  60
Sol. [H ]  [OH ]   = 0.165
96500 96500
At anode
2– + –
HPO4 + H 


 H2PO4
0.330 M 0.165 M 0.330 M

0.330 M – 0.165 M 0 0.330 M + 0.165 M
0.165 M 0.495 M
[HPO24 ] 0.165
pH  7.2  log 
 7.2  log
[H2PO4 ] 0.495
= 7.2 – log 3 = 7.20 – 0.48 = 6.72

At cathode
– – ––
H2PO4 + OH 


 HPO4 + H2O
0.330 0.165 0.330

0.330 M – 0.165 M 0 0.330 M + 0.165 M
0.495
pH  7.2  log
0.165
pH = 7.2 + log 3 = 7.20 + 0.48
pH = 7.68
= 6.72, y = 7.68
x + y = 14.40
10(x + y) = 144
31. 4
OH
Sol. Product X is which has 4 streo isomers.
32. 14
Sol. Both the product X and Y are same, i.e. orthoxylene.

CH3
Which has DU - 4
Position isomers - 3
CH3
Total sum = 4 + 4 + 3 + 3 = 14
Section – C
33. 0.13
34. 53.33
Pressure of H2O = 20 torr pressure due to CO,Cl2 , and COCl2 in final state = 80 tor
COCl2  CO + Cl2
100 – x x x
Total pressure = (100 + x) × 2/ 3 = 80
x = 20 torr.)
final (P) COCl2 = 80 × 2/ 3 = 160/3=53.33 torr
Final (P of CO ) = final(P of Cl2) = 20× 2/ 3 = 40/3 torr
Final P (H2O) = 20 torr ;
Mole fraction of CO = 40/300 = 0.13.
35. 34.65
36. 1.73
2X  Y 
k
 P
t  0 mole 2 1 0
t  100 sec 2  2x 1 x 0.5
1 d  X dY d P 
    k  X
2 dt dt dt
Half-life = 100 s [reaction is first order w.r.t. X]
0.693 0.693 0.693  103
k  sec 1   34.65  104 s 1
2  t1/ 2 2  100 2
dy
  3.46  10 3  X200 s
dt
200 s means t 75% (for first order t 75%  2t 50% )
2X  Y 
k
 P
at  200 s 0.5 0.25 0.75
dY
  3.46  103   0.5   1.73  103 mol L s 1
dt
37. 394.60
38. 18.00
Sol. Q = AgNO2, R = phenylmethanamine, W = LiAlH4, V = AgCN.

CH3 H2 C Br H2 C NH2 H2 C NC
CH2 NH CH3
CHCl3

 Br2 1. AgNO2

  LIAlH4
NH2 (3)
light 2. H2 , Pd/C KOH 
(S) (X) C 2 H5
(P) (R) (1)
i. KMnO4 (O.M.P.)
KOH, heat
ii. H3O HN CH3 (3)
H2 C CH2 NH2 C2 H 5
COOH CONH2 H2 C NH2
(O.M.P.)
NH3

heat
 LIAlH4

W H2 C NH2 (3)
(1) CH3
(T) (U) (R)
(O.M.P.)
HN CH2 CH3
(1)
NH2
CH3
CH3
(6)
Total isomers = 1 + 1 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 1 + 6 = 18.

Section – A
39. C, D
Sol. f(f(f(x))) = 2 – f(x)
Let f(x) is increasing function f(f(f(x))) is increasing function for 0 < 2
f(f(f(0))) < f(f(f(x))) 2 – f(0) < 2 – f(2) f(0) > f(2)
f(x) is not increasing function
Let f(x) is decreasing function f(f(f(x))) is decreasing function f(f(f(0))) > f(f(f(2)))
2 – f(0) > 2 – f(2) f(0) < f(2)
Hence, f(x) is not decreasing function
Since, f(x) is differentiable and does not have local maximum or minimum
2 2
f(x) is a constant function i.e. f(x) = 1  f  x  dx   dx  2
0 0
40. A, D
Sol. Since, f(x) > 0 f(x) is increasing function
f(0) = 0, f(1) = 1
f  x xf   x   f  x 
Let g  x   , x  (0, 1] g  x  
x x2
Let p(x) = xf(x) – f(x) ; x  [0, 1]
p(x) = xf(x) + f(x) – f(x) < 0  x  (0, 1]
p(x) < p(0) = –f(0) = 0 g(x) < 0  x  (0, 1]
f  x  f 1 f x
 1 f(x)  x x  f –1(x)
x 1 x
41. B, C
n
Sol. an = 2an – 1 – 1, let an = 2 tn
n n –n
2 tn = 2 tn – 1 – 1 tn – tn – 1 = –2
n n
 2 n  1 1 3
 tn  tn 1   tn  t1    where a1 = 2t1 = 3 t1 
n2 n2 2 2n 2
1
tn  1  2n tn = 2n + 1 an = 2n + 1
2n
42. B
Sol. Let B  bij  such that bij  1  i, j
nn
2
B = nB and A = (n + 1)I – B
Let C be n  n matrix such that C = A–1
C = aI + bB AC = I ((n + 1)I – B)(aI + bB) = I
a(n + 1)I – aB + (n + 1)bB – bB2 = I
(a(n + 1) – 1)I = aB – (n + a)bB + bnB = (a – (n + 1)b + nb)B = (a – b)B
an + a – 1 = a – b and a – b = 0
1 1
a b C I  B 
n1 n 1
43. C
Sol. n  S   9 C3 8
C3

n E  
1
2
 8 C38C3  8C3   8C28C3
=
1
2
8
C3  8 C3  1  2 8

C3 = 28(56 + 1 + 56) = 28(113)
28 113  113
p E   
56  84 168
44. A, B, D
Sol. Distance of A from plane 2x – 2y + z = 0 should be 1 unit
45. C
46. A
Sol. (for Q. 45.-46) B
We know that CD·CB = CG·CF
a
a2 2 2  2a2  2b2  c 2 
  CF  3a2  4   2 D
2 3  4  a
2 2
a = 2b – c
2 F
2
2 2
c = (2b – a )
2
….. (1) G
C
2 2 2
a b c
and cosC 
2ab
A
 2  2 1
For C   ,   , 1  cos 
 3  3 2
a2  b2   2b2  a2  1 2 2
1   –2ab < 2a – b < –ab
2ab 2
2a2 + 2ab – b2 > 0 and 2a2 + ab – b2 < 0
 a  1  3   a  1  3  
        0 and (2a – b)(a + b) < 0
 b  2   b  2 
3 1 a 1 2 a2  b2  c 2 1
  when c  , 
2 b 2 3 2ab 2
a 1 2
a2 + b2 – (2b2 – a2) = –ab 2a2 – b2 + ab = 0  , c = 7a
2
b 2
a2 = 7, b  2 7
47. B
Sol. n(S) = D5 · 7! ; n(E) = D5 · D7
 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
7!  1        
D D
P E   5 7  
1! 2! 3! 4! 5! 6! 7! 
D5 7! 7!
2520  840  210  42  7  1 1854
= 
7! 7!
48. C
Sol. n(S) = 7! 7! ; n(E) = 1·D7
D 1854
P E   7 
7! 7!  7! 2

Section – B
49. 194
Sol. PQRS is a square P  Q
2 2 2
 A   A where 2  2 a  b
A 
A  2  a2  b2  a2  b2  and a – b = r
2
A  S R
a2 + b2 – 2ab = r2 2ab    r 2 
2 
 a  b 2  A   A  r 2    A  r 2  a  b  A  r2
2 2 
2a  r  A  r 2 , 2b  A  r 2  r
2
2 A  A
 A  r2  r 
2 r  2  1  1 11
 b2  1  r  3 r2 2
e2  1   2   1   
a  4  2  2
4 A 3
 A r r  2
 A  11
r  2  1  1
 r  r2
A A A A
 1  3  2 2  1  2 ;  2  3  2  1  2  3  1  2  3 
4
3 2
r2 r r r
A
 r 2   194
50. 0
eiz  eiz eiz  eiz
Sol. cos z  , sin z 
2 2i
eiz  eiz eiz  e iz
 eiz  0
2 2
Let z = x + iy ei x iy   0
e y ix  0 e y  cos x  isin x   0
tan x = i x R No real solution exists
51. 12
Sol. a, b, c  N
2 2 2
The remainder when a , b , c is divided by 13 is {0, 1, 3, 4, 9, 10, 12}
Let E be the event that a + b2 + c2 = 13k
2
1  3  1 2  2  3! 2  2  2  3! 2  2  2  3! 169 1

P(E) = 3
 3 
13 13 13
13 – 1 = 12
Section – C
52. 2.00
53. 4.00
Sol. = =2
54. 00.75
55. 00.25
Sol. (for Q. 54.-55)
x x
 1 
 1  t  t  t  .....   dt   
2 3
We know that  dt
 1 x 
0 0

x2 x3
x   .....    ln 1  x 
2 3
x x2 ln 1  x 
1   .....   
2 3 x
1 1
 x x2  ln 1  x 
 0
1  
 2 3
 .....   dx  
 x
dx 
0
1 1
ln x
  1 x  a
0
 f  x  dx  a
0
I1 = –a
1
 x ln x 

2
I2    dx , let x = t 2x dx = dt
0
 1 x2 
1 1
1  ln t  1  ln t  1 3 3
I2  
2  1 t  
 dt 
0
  dt = I1
4  1 t  4 
0
I1  I2 
4
I1   a
4
r r
r ln   n n ln  
I1  I2 3  n   lim 1 r n
  and lim
a 4 x 
r 1 2
 r 2  x  r 1
x x r
2
n 1  2  1  
 n  n
1
xdx 1 1
 a    a
=  1 x
0
2

4 4

4
56. 14.48
57. 01.60
Sol. (for Q. 56.-57)
AP = DR =   2  A
bc s–a 
s–a= Q
2 K
P
bc a bc 

2 2 B
L
a = 2c  s–b
2 R
bc D
Also, 22    ..... (1) C bc
 2   
1  2 
And median AD 3  2b2  2c 2  a2
2
2
bc
18  22   2b2  2c 2  a2 ; 18  2 2 2
  2b  2c  4c (Using equation (1))
 2 
9
b  c 2  2  b2  c 2  9(b + c) = 4(b – c) 5b = 13c
2
a 5b a b c
 c   t a = 10t, b = 13t, c = 5t, 2s = 28t = 28 t=1
2 13 10 13 5
a = 10, b = 13, c = 5   s  s  a  s  b  s  c   6 14
 6 14 3 abc abc 10 13 5 325
r   14 also,   2R   
s 14 7 4R 2 2 6 14 6 14

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – IX
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 03-04-2022
answer.

AITS-FT-IX-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. A shell of mass m is at rest initially. It explodes into three fragements having masses in the ratio
2 : 2 : 1. The fragements having equal masses fly off along mutually perpendicular directions with
speed v. What will be the speed of the ligher fragment?
(A) v
(B) 2v
(C) 2 2v
(D) 3 2 v
2. In a P–N Junction diode when not connected to any circuit

(A) potential is the same every where.
(B) the P - type side is at a higher potential than the N - type side.
(C) there is an electric field at the junction directed from the N - type side to the P-type side.
(D) there is an electric field at the junction directed from the P - type side to the N-type side.
3. Mark the correct statement

(A) The energy contained in a small volume through which an electromagnetic wave is
passing oscillates with the frequency of the wave.
(B) Magnetic energy has zero average value in a plane electromagnetic wave.
1 2
(C) Intensity in electromagnetic wave is given by 0E0 c where E0 is maximum electric field.
2
1 2
(D) Energy density of electromagnetic wave is given by 0E0 c .
2

4. An electric dipole is projected with velocity v in B B
a uniform magnetic field directed inside the
plane of paper as shown. Choose the correct  
v P
option. (dipole is completely inside the field)  
v
P
Case-I Case-II
(A) Dipole will experience a net force in case-I due to external magnetic field
(B) Dipole will experience a net force in case-II due to external magnetic field
(C) Dipole will experience a net torque in case-I due to external magnetic field
(D) Dipole will experience a net torque in case-II due to external magnetic field

3 AITS-FT-IX-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
5. The time variations of signals are given as in A, B and C. Point out the true statement from the
following.
(A) e(volt) (B) e(volt)
1.0 1.0
0 time 0 t(time)
(C) e(volt)
1.0
0 t(time)
(A) A, B and C are analogue signals
(B) A and C digital, but B is analogue signal
(C) A and C are analogue but B is digital signal
(D) A, B and C are digital signal
6. If the P-V diagrams of two thermodynamics devices working in a cyclic process are as shown in
the figure, then:
P P
O (A) V O (B) V
(A) A is a heat engine, B is a heat pump/refrigerator
(B) B is a heat engine, A is a heat pump/refrigerator
(C) both A and B are heat engines
(D) both A and B are heat pumps/refrigerator
7. Figure shows a colour coded carbon resistor. What is the Gold

resistance of this resistor?
(A) 47 × 101 ± 5%
1
(B) 23 × 10 ± 5%
(C) 47 × 102 ± 5%
2
(D) 23 × 10 ± 10%
Yellow Brown
Violet
8. Select the correct statement :

(A) Total internal reflection takes place when light travel from rarer to denser medium.
(B) Focal length of a convex lens is positive irrespective of medium in which it is placed.
(C) Focal length of spherical mirror depends on its radius of curvature not on the surrounding
medium.
(D) Blue colour of sky appear due to total internal reflection.

9. A glass hemisphere of radius R and material having refractive

index 1.5 is silvered on its flat face as shown in the figure. A small h
object of height h is located at a distance 2R from surface of
hemisphere. The final image will form :- (Assume paraxial
2R
approximation)
(A) at a distance of R from silvered surface, on right side
(B) on the hemispherical surface
(C) at the plane surface
(D) at a distance of 2R from the curved surface on left side
10. A solid sphere of mass M and radius r slips on a rough A

horizontal plane. At some instant it has translational velocity
 = v 0/2r
v0
v0 and rotational velocity about the centre . The
2r
translational velocity after the sphere starts pure rolling : B r v0
(A) 6v 0 / 7 in forward direction
(B) 6v 0 / 7 in backward direction A
(C) 7v 0 / 6 in forward direction
(D) 7v 0 / 6 in backward direction
11. Which of the following figures best represents the stable equilibrium of a uniform semicircular rod
in vertical plane. It is hinged at point A.
(A) A (B) A
(C) (D) A
12. Two radioactive sources A and B of half lives of 2hr and 4hr respectively, initially contain the
same number of radioactive atoms. At the end of 2 hours, their rates of disintegration are in the
ratio
(A) 4:1
(B) 2:1
(C) 2 :1
(D) 1:1
13. One end of a thermally insulated rod is kept at a T1 1 2 T2

temperature T1 and the other at T2. The rod is composed
of two sections of lengths 1 and 2 and thermal
conductivities K1 and K2 respectively. The temperature at
the interface of the two sections is (cross-sectional area of K1 K2
both rods are same)
(K 2  2 T1  K11T2 )
(A)
(K11  K 2  2 )
(K 2 1T1  K1 2 T2 )
(B)
(K 2 1  K1 2 )

(K1 2 T1  K 2 1T2 )
(C)
(K1 2  K 2 1 )
(K11T1  K 2  2 T2 )
(D)
(K11  K 2  2 )
14. A conducting sphere of radius R and a concentric thick spherical

shell of inner radius 2R and outer radius 3R is shown in figure. A
charge +10Q is given to the shell and inner sphere is earthed. Then 3R
charge on inner sphere is : 2R
(A) –4Q
(B) –10Q R
(C) zero
(D) none of these
15. Two vessels A and B of different shapes have the same base
area and are filled with water up to the same height h as
shown in the figure. The force exerted by water on the base is
FA for vessel A and FB for vessel B. The respective weights of
the water filled in vessels are W A and W B. Then h
(A) FA FB ; WA WB
(B) FA  FB ; WA WB A B
(C) FA  FB ; WA  WB
(D) FA FB ; WA  WB
16. The graph shows current v/s voltage in a series RLC a.c. voltage
circuit. The arrow indicates the direction that this curve is
drawn as time progresses. In this plot, the
(A) current lags the voltage by about 90 degrees
(B) current leads the voltage by about 90 degrees current
(C) current and voltage are in phase
(D) current and voltage are 180 degrees out of phase
17. When monochromatic light falls normally on the surface of the soap film in air, the intensity of the
reflected light depends on the wavelength: it has a maximum at 1 = 630nm and the minimum at
2 = 525 nm. What can be the film thickness? Refractive index of the film n = 4/3.
(A) 590.625 nm
(B) 640 nm
(C) 562.625 nm
(D) 466.66 nm
18. In a resonance tube experiment, an 80 cm air column is in resonance with a tuning fork in first
overtone. Which equation can represent correct pressure variation in the air column (x = 0 is the
top point of the tube, neglect end correction, speed of sound = 320 m/sec)
 15x 
(A) P0 sin   cos  600t 
 8 
 15x 
(B) P0 cos   sin(600t)
 8 
 15x 
(C) P0 cos   sin(300 t)
 8 

 15x 
(D) P0 sin   sin(600t)
 8 
19. In the circuit, when the voltage between a and c is 1 4

20 V, the voltage between b and d is 10V. When the a b
voltage between b and d is 20 V, what is the voltage R
between a and c?
(A) 4V c 1 4 d
(B) 5V
(C) 8V
(D) 10V
20. In the circuit, the electric (in ampere) current through the battery 2
is ……….
(A) 1
(B) 2.5
(C) 4 8 4
(D) 1.5
4V 4
SECTION – B
21. The acceleration due to gravity (g) at a place is determined by using a simple pendulum of length
 = (100 ± 0.1) cm. If the time period is T = (2 ± 0.01) s. Then maximum percentage error in the
measurement of g.
22. 1000 small mercury (Hg) drops each of the radius r and charge q coalesce together to form one
spherical drop. The potential of the bigger drop is 10n times larger than of the smaller ones then
the value of n is
23. In the following combination of logic gates, the outputs of A, B and C are x, y and z respectively
then the value of x + y + z is
(A) 1 (B) 0
1
y
x 1
0
(C) 1
1
z
1
24. A small block slides along a track with elevated ends and A
a flat central part as shown in the figure. The flat portion D
BC has a length  = 3.0 m. The curved portions of the h
track are frictionless. For the flat part, the coefficient of
kinetic friction is k = 0.20, the particle is released at
point A which is at height h = 1.5 m above the flat part of B E C
the track. The block finally comes to rest. Find its
distance BE where it stops.

25. In the atmosphere of a planet there are only two gases Helium and Oxygen in the mass ratio 1 : 4
C 10K
respectively. The value of  P of the mixture is given by  1  . Find the value of K.
CV 11
26. If the ratio of rms speed of molecules ( = 3/2) and speed of sound in the gas at the same
temperature is x, then find the value of x. ( 2  1.41)
27. A direct current of 2A and an AC of peak value 2A flows through resistances 2 and 1
H 
respectively. Find the ratio of heat  ac  produced in the two resistances in same interval.
 Hdc 
28. The current in a coil of self inductance 2.0 H is increasing according to I = 2 sin(t 2) ampere. Find
the amount of energy (in joule) spent during the period when the current changes from zero to
2A.
29. The difference in angular momentum associated with electron in two successive orbit of hydrogen
xh
atom is . Find the value of x.

30. A small fish, 0.4 m below the surface of lake, is viewed through a simple converging lens of focal
length 3m. The lens is kept at 0.2 m above the water surface such that the fish lies on the optical
axis of the lens. Find the image from optical centre of lens of the fish seen by the observer. The
 4
refractive index of water is   .
3

SECTION – A
31. Which statement is wrong?

(A) White lung cancer is caused by textiles.
(B) Depletion of ozone layer causes skin cancer.
(C) PAN is a secondary pollutant.
(D) London smog is nitrogenous smog.
32. Which of the following type of polymers have the weakest force of interactions?
(A) Thermosetting plastic
(B) Thermoplastic
(C) Elastomers
(D) Fibers
33. Which of the following compounds does not go mutarotation?

(A) Glucose
(B) Sucrose
(C) Ribose
(D) Fructose
34. The major product formed in the following reaction is:

H3C CD3
CH

 
N
H3C O
CH3
(A) H3C CD3
C
+
N
H3C CH3
(B) H3C  CH  CD2
(C) CH3  N  CH2
(D) H2C  CH  CD3
35. The products obtained in the reaction

OH Cl
C C Cl 
Conc. NaOH

 Final products
H Cl
(A) C6H5 CHO and CH2Cl2
(B) C6H5 CHO, HCOONa
(C) PhCH2O Na ,HCOONa 
(D) PhCOONa, PhCH2OH and HCOO Na

36. How can we distinguish the products obtained by acidic hydrolysis of

H
CH3
(II) OCOCH3
(I) C
C H3C C
H2C OCOCH3
H
(A) Fehling’s solution
(B) NaHSO3
(C) Brady’s reagent
(D) Lucas test
37. Which of the following is incorrect?

OH
 
H excess



(I) HO
OH
(II) C2H5I 
 C2H5  O  N  O
AgNO2
Major product 
(III) Benzene > Naphthalene > Anthracene (decreasing order of aromaticity)
Br Br
Br
(IV) 
Br2 /FeBr3
Major 
Br Br
(V) 
NO2 ClO 4

Major 
NO 2
(A) II, IV
(B) I, III, V
(C) I, II, IV
(D) IV, V
38. Number of compounds formed (including stereoisomers)

Cl
 Cl2 1 eq 

h
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
(D) 7

39. Among KO2 ,AlO2 ,BaO2 and NO2 unpaired electron present in
(A) KO2
(B) NO2 and BaO 2
(C) KO2 and AlO2
(D) BaO2
40. Which is correct among the following?

(A) Li < Na < K < Rb < Cs (according to density)
(B) B < Al < Ga < In < T (according to atomic radii)
(C) BF3  BCl3  BBr3  BI3  acidic nature 
(D) LiF > NaF > KF > RbF> CsF (solubility)
41. Which can be used to distinguish H2 O2 and O3 ?
(A) PbS
(B) Starch and iodine
(C) KMnO 4
(D) Bleaching powder
42. Which of the following are correct?
In  CoF6 
3
(I) complex; 0 unpaired electron
(II) NiCl4  2
and Ni  CO  4  both are tetrahedral
2
(III) Ni NH3   is a outer complex
 6
(IV) 3 moles of ions are produced by 1 mole of K 2 PtCl6 

(A) II, III, IV
(B) I, II, IV
(C) I, III, IV
(D) I, IV
43. Chemical volcano is produced on heating?
(A) NH4NO3
(B) NH4 2 Cr2O7
(C) NH4NO2
(D) K 2Cr2O7
HgCl2  KI  excess   X 

NH Cl 
44. 4
NaOH
 Y; X and Y are:
X Y
(A) HgI2 NH4I
(B) K 2HgI4 NH4 2 HgI4
Hg
(C) K 2HgI4 O NH2I
Hg
Hg
(D) HgI2 O NH2I
Hg

45. Two closed vessel A and B of equal volume containing air at pressure P1 and temperature T1 are
connected to each other through a narrow open tube. If the temperature of one is now maintained
at T1 and other at T2 (where T1 > T2) then what will be the final pressure?
T1
(A)
2P1T2
2P1T2
(B)
T1  T2
2P1T2
(C)
T1  T2
2P1
(D)
T1  T2
46. Which of the following has been arranged in order of decreasing freezing point?
(A) 0.05M NaNO3 0.04 M CaCl2 0.140M glucos e 0.075M ZnSO 4
(B) 0.04M CaCl2 0.140M glucose 0.075 M ZnSO 4 0.05M NaNO3
(C) 0.075M ZnSO4 0.140M glucose 0.04M CaCl2 0.05M NaNO3
(D) 0.075M ZnSO4 0.05M NaNO3 0.14M glucos e 0.04M CaCl2
47. Colloidal solutions of gold prepared by different methods are of different colours because of
(A) different diameters of colloidal gold particles
(B) variable valency of gold
(C) different concentration of gold particles
(D) impurities produced by different methods
48. Which is correct from the followings?
(A) Packing efficiency of FCC is 74%
(B) F-centre crystal is coloured due to excess electron is trapped in tetrahedral voids
(C) When Ge is doped with As, then electrical conductivity decreases.
(D) Bragg’s equation is n  dcos 
49. For a closed container n = 200 mole of an ideal gas fitted with movable, frictionless, weightless
piston operating such that pressure of gas remains constant at 16.42 atm. Which graph
represents correct variation of logV vs logT
(A)
logV
30o
logT
(B)
45o
logV
1
logT

(C)
logT
logV
(D)
logV
45o
logT
50. Which salt from the following is treated with NaOH, produced insoluble hydroxides but soluble in
aqueous NaOH?
(A) FeCl3
(B) HgCl2
(C) ZnSO4
(D) MnSO 4
SECTION – B
51. 3 g sample of peanut oil is mixed to 25 ml of 0.40 M NaOH. After complete saponification, 4 ml of
0.28 M H2 SO4 is added to neutralize excess of NaOH. The saponification number of peanut oil is
[Given : Saponification number is milligrams of NaOH or KOH used by 1 g oil]
52. If radiation corresponds to second line of “Balmer series” of Li2 ion knocked out electron from
first excited state of H-atom then kinetic energy of ejected electron would be in eV?
53. The nucleidic ratio of 3

1H to 11H in a sample of water is 6.0  10 18 : 1. Tritium undergoes decay
with half life period of 12.3 years. If x  106 tritium atoms are present from 10 g of such sample
after 40 years after the original sample collected. [Given: log9.506 = 0.978, Avagadro’s number =
6.022 × 1023].
54. What is the pH at which 1.25  10 4 M Co2  ions in solution precipitate as Co  OH 2 ?
K sp 
of Co OH2 is 2.5  10 16 [Given : log1.414 = 0.1504].

55. Calculate the heat produced (in kJ) when 112 g of CaO is completely converted to CaCO3 by the
reaction with CO2 at 27o C in a container of fixed volume.
Given: Hof CaCO3 ,  s    1207 kJ / mol
Hof CaO,  s    635 kJ / mol
Hof CO2  g   394 kJ / mol
R  8.3 JK 1 mol1
56. 50 ml of 0.1 M CuSO4  aq solution was electrolysed using inert electrodes by passing current till
the pH of the resulting solution was 2. The solution after electrolysis was neutralized and then
reacted with excess KI and formed iodine (I2) titrated with 0.04 M Na2S2O3 . Calculate the
required volume (in ml) of Na2S2O3 .
57. 0.535 g ethanol and acetaldehyde mixture when heated with Fehling’s solution gave 1.2 g of a
red precipitate. What is the percentage of ethanol in the mixture? [At. Wt. of Cu = 63.5 g].
58. In an evacuated vessel of capacity 110 litres, 4 moles of Argon and 5 moles of PCl5 were
o
introduced and equilibriated at a temperature 250 C. At equilibrium, the total pressure of the
mixture was found to be 4.678 atm. Calculate KP for the reaction
PCl5  PCl3  Cl2 at this temperature.
59. What is the percentage vacant space in one layer of square packing of spheres touching each
other having 4 spheres?
60. The optical rotation of the   form of a pyranose is 150.7o and  form is 52.8o . In solution
an equilibrium mixture of these anomers has an optical rotation of 75.7o . The percentage of the
  form in equilibrium mixture is

SECTION – A
2
 esin x   1 
61.   sin x    cos x  dx  loge  f  x    g  x   c ; where c is constant, then f() – g() is
e x x 
 1
(A)
 1
 1
(B)
 1
 1
(C)

(D) none of these
62. In ABC, a semicircle is inscribed touching sides AC and BC internally and having its extremities
on side AB. If radius of semicircle is 4 and length of angle bisector through C is 8, then C is

(A)
6

(B)
4

(C)
3
5
(D)
12
63. If the number of matrices A  aij  where aij  2,  1, 0, 1, 2 such that aij  0 is k, then
22
(A) k = 85 if A is non skew symmetric matrix
(B) k = 80 if A is non skew symmetric matrix
(C) k = 75 if A is non skew symmetric matrix
(D) k = 65 if A is non skew symmetric matrix
  
 tan x ; x 1
64. The number of points in [0, 2] where the function f  x     4  is either
 3x  4  x  ; x  1

discontinuous or non differentiable is/are (where [.] denotes greatest integer function)
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 2
65. If the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 are arranged in a circle, then the probability that the sum of any two
consecutive numbers must not be equal to 7 is
2
(A)
15

1
(B)
5
4
(C)
15
1
(D)
3
  
66. If (cos x cot y – sin x tan y)dy + (cos x ln cos y – sin x ln sin y) dx ; 0  y  . If y    , then
2 2 4
the value of y(0) is

(A)
8

(B)
6

(C)
4
3
(D)
8
y y  e
67. The area bounded by the curve x = loge y, x = e – 2, x = e – e , x = –1 is A  B ln  1   , then
 2
|A + B| is
1
(A) 2
e
1
(B) 2e
e
(C) 2
1
(D)
e
n
r 2  2r  1 103
68. If 3 , then the value of n is
r 1
 
r 1 ! 101!
(A) 99
(B) 100
(C) 101
(D) 103
69. If the planes x – y – z = 0, x – y + sin  · z = 0 and x + sin  · y – z = 0 pass through a straight

line, then number of values of  in [0, 2021] is/are
(A) 1010
(B) 1011
(C) 2020
(D) 2021

70. Let T be the set of isosceles triangles in which a circle of radius r can be inscribed. If the least
2
perimeter of all such triangles possible in T is 18, then the value of r is
3
(A)
2
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 6
71. The mean and standard deviation of the marks of 20 students were found to be 40 and 15
respectively. Later, it was discovered that a score of 60 was wrongly read as 40, then the correct
variance will be
(A) 232
(B) 236
(C) 240
(D) 244
72. Which of the following is a tautology?
(A) p  (p  q)
(B) p  (p  q)
(C) (p  (p  q))  q
(D) q  (p  (p  q))
2 2 2
73. If the pair of straight line x – 2cxy – 7cy = 0; c is parameter intersect the parabola y = 4x also at
points A and B other than origin, then the locus of the point of intersection of tangents drawn at
points A and B on the parabola y2 = 4x is
(A) 7y + x = 0
(B) 7x + 2y = 0
(C) 7x + 2 = 0
(D) 2x + 7 = 0
x2 y2
74. Let y = 2x be one of the diagonal of a parallelogram inscribed in an ellipse   1; a > b
a2 b2
a2  8
having eccentricity . If the maximum area of parallelogram is 16 2 , then the value of a
a
is
(A) 2 2
(B) 4
(C) 4 2
(D) 8
 cos  
75. If there does not exist any chord drawn from the point  2 2 sin ,  to the circle
 3 
3  x 2  y 2   2 6 sin   cos y which are bisected by x-axis, then
 n 
(A)    , n  ; n  Z
 3 
  
(B)    n  , n   ; n  Z
 3 3
  
(C)    n  , n   ; n  Z
 6 6
  
(D)  n  , n   ; n  Z
 6 2

76. Let the tangent drawn at any point P(t) on the curve y2 = 4ax ; a > 0 having focus at S intersects
the axis at point T. If the locus of the orthocentre of PST intersects y2 = 4ax at points A and B
other than origin, then (AB)2 is
(A) 3a2
(B) 12a2
2
(C) 36a
2
(D) 48a
  
77. The vector a  î  2ˆj  kˆ lying in the plane of the vectors b  î  ˆj and c bisects the angle
    
between b and c . If c  2 , then c a is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
3
(D)
2
78. A tower subtends angles , 2, 3 at points A, B and C respectively all lying on a horizontal line
AB
through the foot of tower. If  1  2 , then  is equal to
BC

(A)
8

(B)
10

(C)
12

(D)
15
79. If R be a relation defined as R = {(x, y) : x + y = p for some rational p; x, y are real numbers}, then
R is
(A) reflexive but not symmetric
(B) reflexive but not transitive
(C) only reflexive
(D) equivalence
2x
80. Let f  x   4 e 4  10  2x  x 3  x 5 and g  x   f 1  x  , then the value of g(50) is
1
(A)
92
1
(B)
2
1
(C)
95
1
(D)
94

SECTION – B
81. One root of the equation x 4 + 2x3 + ax2 + bx + c = 0 is tan 15. If all the roots are real and a, b, c
are rational parameter, then minimum value of b – a is
4036 4035 4034
82. The polynomial f(z) = az + bz – cz has real coefficients where a, b, c belongs to (–,
4038]. If f e    4032  4038


i
3 3 i , then the value of |a – b| is

 1 1 
83. If     L , then [4L] is (where [.] denotes greatest integer function)
r 0
 4r  1 4r  3 
84. Let a = sin–1 sin 26, b = cos–1 cos 36, c = cos–1 cos(a + b), then the largest integer x for which
–1
|x + 10 – c|  cos cos x is
x5 f  x 
85. Let f(x) be a polynomial satisfying lim  10 , f(2) = 3, f(3) = 7, f(4) = 13, f(–5) = 31, f(–1)
x  x10  10
f  x   x  x2  1
= 3, then lim is
x 5  x  5   x  4   x  3
 2022 x 1 4043
 r 
86. Let f  x   x 1
, then the value of f  is
 2022  1 r 1
 2022 
   5 
87. The number of solution(s) of the equation sin  3x    2cos2  x    1  0 in [0, 2022]
 6  18 
n
88. If log2 r   1898 (where [.] denotes greatest integer function), then number of zeroes at the
r 1
end of n! is/are
89. Let N be the total number of six digits number formed which consists the digit {0, 1, 2, 3} at least
once and whose sum of digits is 10, then the sum of even divisors of N is
10 10 10  k
Ck Ck p
90. If k
 where p and q are coprime, then the value of p + q is
k 0  2  q

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – IX
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 03-04-2022

SECTION – A
1. C
Sol. Value of masses after explosion
2m 2m m
, ,
5 5 5
Pi  Pf
2m ˆ 2m ˆ m 
0 vi  vj  v 
5 5 5

| v  | v 5
2. C
Sol. Due to formation of depletion layer electric field is setup from N side to P side.
3. C
1 2
Sol. Intensity in electromagnetic wave is given by 0E0 c where E0 is maximum electric field.
2
4. C
Sol. Since qnet on dipole = 0 no net force F = qvB F = qvB
F = qvB F = qvB
non zero torque non zero torque
no net force no net force

AITS-FT-IX-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
5. C
Sol. As shown, we conclude that A and C are continuous function while B is discrete function.
6. A
Sol. From A : Q > 0, U = 0, W > 0
From B : Q < 0, U = 0, W < 0
7. A
Sol. The number for yellow colour is 4. The number for violet colour is 7. Brown colour gives a
1
multiplier of 10 . Gold indicates a tolerance of 5%. So the resistance of the given resistor is 47 ×
10 ± 5%
8. C
Sol. f = R/2
9. D
Sol. Here, three optical phenomena take place first refraction, then =1.5
reflection, and finally refraction. h
For refraction at first
1.5 1 1.5  1 1.5
  0 v= 2R
v 2R R v
i.e., rays after refraction get parallel to axis and strike the mirror normally, get retraced back and
the final image is formed at the same place where the object is and of the same size. Image
would be real.
10. A
Sol. Angular momentum can be conserved about lowest point A
2 v 2 v
mv0r  mr 2 0  mv r  mr 2  = v 0/2r
5 2r 5 r
10mv 0r  2Mv 0r 7mv r B
 r
10 5 v0
6v 0 F
v  A
7
11. B
Sol. Centre of mass ring must be vertically below point A.
12. C
Sol. Let initially they have n atoms
A the half time two hours
B the half time four hours
1
After two hours A posses 1 half life and B posses half life
2
n
Remaining atoms of A 
21
n
Remaining atoms of B =
(2)1/2

3 AITS-FT-IX-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22
13. C
Ak1(T1  T) k 2 (T  T2 )A
Sol. 
1 2
14. A
KQ KQ1 K(10Q  Q1 )
Sol.   0
R 2R 3R
3Q1  20Q  2Q1  0 Q1  4Q 3R 2R
R
Q1
Q1
10Q+Q1
15. B
Sol. W A > W B as mass of water in A is more than in B
PA = PB
Area of A = Area of B
or PA AreaA = PB AreaB
or FA = FB
16. A
Sol. Current lags voltage by 90 vmax 0
0 0 Imax Imax
vmax 0
17. A
Sol. Path difference x = 2nt 
2
8
For maximum t   n
3 2
8  1 
t   n   630 …(i)
3  2 
8  1
For minimum t   m  
3 2  2
8
t  m(525) …(ii)
3
Equation (i) divided by equation (ii)
1
n
2  2.5
m 3
1
i.e. n   2.5
2
So from (i) t = 590.625

18. A
Sol. At the open end pressure node is present so that
at x = 0 p should be zero and v = f ,
3
For first over tone  0.80
4
f = 300
 = 2f =600 t
 15x 
Hence P = P0 sin   cos(600 t)
 8 
19. A
Sol. Ist Case: i
20
i a 1 4 b
R2
Reading of voltmeter i R V
20V i
V = iR = 10 Volt
20R c 1 4 d
 10 2R  R  2
R2
R=2
IInd Case: 1 4 b
a
20 i
i1   2 amp R i 1
442 V 1
i1 20V
Reading of voltmeter
V = i1R = 4 Volt c 1 4 d
20. D
3
Sol. Current through battery is  1.5 ampere.
2
SECTION – B
21. 00001.10
L 42L
Sol. Simple pendulum T  2 g
g T2
L = 100 cm = 1 m, T = 2 …(i)
Taking log both side in equation (i)
2
ng = n 4 + n   nT
dg d dT
0 2
g  T
% error
dg d dT
 100   100  2  100
g  T
0.1 0.01
=  100  2   100  0.1  1  1.10
100 2
22. 00002.00
4 4
Sol. R3  1000  r 2
3 3
R = 10r

k(1000q)
V
10r
23. 00002.00
Sol. (A) 1 1 0 (B) 0 1
x=1
1
NOT 0 y=1
AND 1
0 NOR 0
(C) 1 0 x=1
1
y=1
NOR 1
z=0 z=0
AND x+y+z=2
24. 00001.50
Sol. An initial mechanical energy of the nlock is mgh and final is zero, so loss in mechanicla energy =
mgh. This mechanical energy is lost in doing work against friction in the flat part,
So, loss in mechanical energy = work done against friction
h 1.5
Or mgh = mgd i.e., d    7.5 m
 0.2
After starging from B, the block will reach C and then will riese up till the remaining KE at C is
convert inot potential energy. It will then again descent and at C will have the same value as it
had when ascending, but now it will move from C to B. The same will be repeated and finally the
block will come to rest at E such that
BC + CB + BE = 7.5
or 3 + 3 + BE = 7.5
ie. BE = 1.5
So, the block comes to rest at the centre of the flat part.
25. 00000.60
n1(4) 1
Sol.  n1  2n2
n2 (32) 4
3  5 
n1  R   n2  R 
Now, Cv  
2   2   11R
n1  n2 6
17
CP  C V  R  R
6
CP 17 6
   1
CV 11 11
26. 00001.41
Sol. = 3/2
3RT RT Vrms 3
Vrms  , Vsound    2
M M Vsound r
27. 00000.25
Sol. In time t heat produced by a DC current I1 is given by
H1 = I2Rt
H1 = (2)2 (2)t = 8t
RMS value of AC is given as
i 2
irms  0   2A
2 2

Heat produced by the rms current in time t is given as

2
H2  irms Rt
 2
2
H2  (1)t  2t
H1 8t
 4
H2 2t
28. 00004.00
Sol. The energy stored in a coil of self inductance L when the current changes by 2A is given as
1 1
E  LI2   (2)  (2)2  4J
2 2
This is equal to the amount of energy spent by the source which is supplying the current.
29. 00000.50
nh
Sol. L
2
h nh h h
L(n 1)  Ln  (n  1)    (0.5)
2 2 2 
30. 00000.60
Sol. The apparent position of the object O from
the surface of water is
h 0.4
h    0.3
 4 / 3
P
The distance PI = 0.3 + 0.2 = 0.5 m
For convex lens, we use 0.2 m
u  0.5m, f  3m A
1 1 1 h
  , we have
v u f 0.4 m
1 1 1
  v =  0.6 m O
v 0.5 3
I

SECTION – A
31. D
H O
Sol. SO 2  O2  SO3 2
 H2 SO4
Composition of London smog is fog of H2 SO4 droplets deposited on carbon particles. So, it is
sulphurous smog.
32. C
Sol. Elastomers – Polymer chains are held together by weak van der Waal’s interaction.
Fibres – These have the strongest force of attraction due to formation of H-bonding or dipole-
dipole interaction.
Force of attraction : Fibre > Plastic > Elastomers.
33. B
Sol. Due to the absence of a free hemiacetal or hemiketal group, sucrose does not exhibit
mutarotation.
34. D
Sol. H D
H
H C C D H3C H
H C  D
 N O  H2C C CD3
H  N
C O H3C
H CH 3
H
C – H bond is weaker than C – D.
35. D
Sol. H
O
O
C CCl 3  OH  C  HCCl3
H H
NaOH
Cannizzaro reaction
O
+
H C O Na
COONa  CH2OH and HCOONa

36. A
Sol. CH3
H3O  Tautomerism
(I)  C Ketone
H2C OH
O
OH Tautomerism O
(II) 
3 H O C
C C
Aldehyde
Aldehyde and Ketone can be distinguished by Fehling’s solution.
37. A
Sol. C2H5I 
AgNO2
 C2H5NO2
AgNO2 is predominantly covalent in nature.
Br Br Br
Br
 Br2
FeBr3 
Major  Minor 
NO 2
38. D
Sol. Cl
Cl Cl Cl Cl
Cl
Cl Cl
Can't form (1) (2) O.A

(1)
O.I.A O.I.A
Cl
Cl
Cl
(1) (2) CH3
O.I.A O.A
Tn = 7
39. A
Sol. O2  Superoxide   1 unpaired electron
O22   Peroxide   No unpaired electron
O2   No unpaired electron
NO2  No unpaired electron

40. C
Sol. 1. Li < Na > K < Rb < Cs (Due to abnormal increase in size of K).
2. B < Ga < Al < In < Tl (Ga comes after 3d series).
3. Due to back bonding.
4. LiF < NaF < KF < RbF < CsF (Due to lattice energy).
41. C
Sol. KMnO4  H2 SO4  H2O2  MnSO4  K 2SO4  H2O  O 2
KMnO 4  O3  No reaction
42. A
CoF6 
3
Sol. (I)
Co 3d6 4so 4po 4do
F is a weak ligand.
Co3
4so 4po
4 unpaired electron sp3 d2
NiCl4 
2
(II)
Ni2 3d8 4so 4po 4do
Cl is a weak ligand.
Ni2
3d8 4so 4po
sp3  Tetrahedral
After pairing
3d10 4so 4po
sp3  Tetrahedral
Ni  CO  4 
Ni 3d8 4s2 4po
CO is a strong ligand.
2
(III) Ni NH3  
 6
Ni2 3d8 4so 4po 3do

Ni2
sp3 d2
K 2 PtCl6   2K   PtCl6 
2
(IV)
1 mol 3 moles
43. B

Sol. (A) NH4NO3   N2O  2H2O
(B) NH4 2 Cr2O7 

 N2  g  Cr2O3  Volcanic ash   4H2O

(C) NH4NO2   N2  2H2 O

(D) 4K 2Cr2O7   4K 2CrO 4  2Cr2O3  3O2
44. C
Hg
Sol. HgCl2  KI  excess  

KCl
 KI
HgI2  NaOH
 K 2HgI4  
NH Cl
 O NH2I
4
 Orange   Soluble  Hg
Brown ppt.
45. B
Sol. Final P is same in both which is different from initial T1 > T2.
Let initial P = P1
Final P = P2
x is number of moles transfereed from A to B
P2 V   n  x  RT1, P2 V  n  x  RT2
 n  x  RT1   n  x  RT2
nT1  T1x  nT2  xT2
n  T1  T2   x  T2  T1 
n  T1  T2 
x
T1  T2
nRT1
V
P1
nRT1  n  T1  T2  
P2   n   RT1
P1  T1  T2 

 n  T1  T2   n  T1  T2   P1
P2  
 T1  T2 n
 nT  nT2  nT1  nT2  P1
P2   1 
 T1  T2 n

2nT2 P1
P2  .
T1  T2 n
2P1T2
P2 
T1  T2
46. A
Sol. Tf  i  K f  m
Tf Number of particles
NaNO3  0.10
CaCl2  0.12
Glucose  0.140
ZnSO4  0.150
Tf  ZnSO 4 Glucose>CaCl2 NaNO3
Tf  ZnSO 4  Glucose<CaCl2  NaNO3
47. A
Sol. Colour of colloidal solution depends upon the size of the colloidal particles.
48. A
4 3
4 r
Sol. (A) Packing efficiency in FCC =  3  100  74%
a3
(B) Electrons are present in anion vacancies.
(C) When Ge is doped with As , then 5th electron of As is free which increases electrical
conductivity rapidly.
(D) Bragg’s equation is n  2dsin  .
49. D
nRT 200  0.0821 T
Sol. V 
P 16.42
logV = logT
50. C
Sol. (A) FeCl3  NaOH  Fe  OH3  NaCl
Re d ppt.
Insoluble 
(B) HgCl2  NaOH  Hg  OH2   NaCl
unstable
HgO  H2 O
 Yellow 

(C)  ZnSo  NaOH  Zn  OH  Na SO

 4 2 2 4
 White

  insoluble 

 Zn  OH 2  NaOH  Na2 ZnO2  H2O

  Soluble 
(D) MnSO4  NaOH  Mn  OH2  Na2SO 4
Buff coloured ppt.
 insoluble 
SECTION – B
51. 00103.47
Sol. Saponification number is milligram of KOH or NaOH consumed by 1 g oil.
Equivalent of NaOH used by oil   25  0.40  4  0.28  2  10 3
 7.76  10 3
Moles of NaOH  7.76  10 3
Mass of NaOH  7.76  103  40  103 mg
= 310.4 mg
310.4
Saponification 
3
= 103.46666
= 103.47
52. 00019.55
1 1
Sol. EPhoton  13.6   32  2  2 
2 4 
27
 13.6 
16
1 1 
Energy required to remove electron from n = 2 in H-atom  13.6  12    2 
4  
13.6

4
27 13.6
Kinetic energy of ejected electron  13.6  
16 4
13.6  27  13.6  23 
  1   
4  4  4  4 
= 19.55 eV
53. 00000.422
Sol. 18g H2 O  6.022  1023  2 atoms of H
18g H2 O has 13H atoms  6  1018  6.022  10 23  2
6  10 18  6.022  1023  2  10
10g H2O has 13H atoms 
18
 2.0073  2  106

 4.0146  106
0.693 2.303 4.015  106
 log
12.3 40 N
4.015  106 0.693  40
log 
N 12.3  2.303
= 0.978
4.015  106
 9.506
N
4.015  106
N  0.422  106
9.506
54. 00008.15
2
Sol. K sp Co  OH2   Co2  OH   2.5  10 16
2
1.25  104  OH   2.5  10 16
2 2.5  10 16
OH    2  1012
  1.25  104
OH   1.414  106
 
pOH   log1.414  106
 6  0.1504
= 5.8496
5.85
pH  14  5.85  8.15
55. 00351.02
Sol. CaO  s   CO2  g  CaCO3  s 
Hro  Hof  CaCO3 ,s   Hof  CaO,s   Hof  CO2  g  
 1207  635  394
 178 kJ / mol
E  H  ngRT
 1  8.3  300
 178 
1000
 178  2.49
 175.51 kJ
112
nCaO  2
56
qV  n.E  2   175.51
 351.02 kJ
56. 00118.75
Sol. Initial milli moles of Cu2  50  0.1  5
Meq or m moles of H+ produced  50  102  0.5
0.5
m moles of Cu2 converted into Cu   0.25
2
m moles of Cu2 left in solution = 5 – 0.25 = 4.75

2Cu2  4I  Cu2I2  I2

I2  2Na2S2O3  2NaI  Na2S4 O6
m moles of Cu2 left  m moles of Na2S 2O3
4.75  V  0.04
4.75
V  118.75 ml
0.04
= 118.75
57. 00031.02
Sol. WC2H5OH  WCH3 CHO  0.535 g
Let x g of C2H5OH and y g of CH3CHO in the mixture
x  y  0.535 g
CH3 CHO  2CuO  CH3 COOH  Cu2 O
44 g 79.6  2 63.5  2  16
Molecular mass of CuO = 63.5 + 16 = 79.6
143 g of Cu2O is produced by 44 g
44
1.2 g Cu2O is produced by  1.2
143
= 0.369
WC2H5 OH  0.535  0.369  0.166
0.166
% of C2H5OH   100  31.02
0.535
58. 00001.75
(Range : 1.72 – 1.75)
Sol. PCl5  g  PCl3  g   Cl2  g 
5 0 0
5x x x
Total number of moles = 5 – x + x + x + 4= 5 + x + 4 = 9 + x
PV 4.678  110
ntotal    11.984
RT 0.0821 523
12
x  11.984  9  2.984 3
2
 3 
  4.678 
12
KP     1.754
 2 
  4.678 
 12 
59. 00047.60
(Range : 47.60 – 47.70)
Sol. 4R

Volume = 4R  4R  2R
 32R3
4 3
Volume of 4 spheres  4  R
2R 3
16 R3
% vacant space  100  100 
3  32R3
22
With ,   With,   3.14
7
 22  
 100  1    100  100 
 76  6
 22   
 100  1    100  1  
 42   6
 11   100 1  0.523 
 100  1  
 21  = 47.7%
 21  11  Range : 47.6 to 47.7
 100  
 21 
10
 100 
21
= 47.62%
60. 00023.39
Sol. 150.7  X   52.8 1  X   75.7
150.7X  52.8  52.8X  75.7
97.9X  22.9
X  22.9 97.9  0.23391
= 0.23391
% of X =23.39%

SECTION – A
61. B
Sol. Put 1  xe sin x  t
62. C
1 1 C
Sol. r a  b   ab sinC
2 2
ab 2ab C b x a
r sinC ; x  cos
ab ab 2
r r
C C
2sin cos
r 2 2 8 C 1 
 sin  C A O B
x C 2 2 3
2cos
2
63. B
11
Sol. Total number of matrices = C3  46 C3  85
Number of skew symmetric matrix  aii  0  , aij  i  j  1, 2, 0
64. A
Sol. Use graph
65. C
n  EC   3 C1 4! 2!  3C2 3!  2!  3 C3  2!   88
2 4
Sol.
88 4
P(E) = 1 – P(EC) = 1 – 
120 15
66. C
Sol. cos x d(ln sin y) + ln sin y d(cos x) + sin x d(ln cos y) + ln cos y d(sin x) = 0
d(cos x ln sin y) + d(sin x ln cos y) = 0 cos x ln (sin y) + sin x ln (cos y) = C
1 1 
C  ln . Also, ln(sin y) = ln y
2 2 4
67. D
 e 2 e 2
0 2 e 2
1
 e  ln  x  2   dx    ln  e  x   ln  x  2   dx  
x
Sol. = 1  ln t dt  ln t dt
e e 2
1 0 1
2
1 e2 1 e2
1  e  1  ln    2  e    e  2  ln  
e  2  e  2 
68. B
r  r  1  r  1  r  r  1  1
Sol.  
 r  1!  r  1! r  1!
r  r  1  r 1 r  2 
Tr    2  
r !  r  1 !  r  1!  r  2 ! 
n
 n3 
Tr  3   
r 1   n  1 ! 

69. A
Sol. x – y + sin  · z + (x – y – z) = 0 ..... (1)
x + sin  · y – z = 0
1   1 sin  
 
1 sin  1
sin  = –1
70. C
   A
Sol. P  r  4 cot  2 tan   90 – 
 2 
dp
0 D r F
d
 1   I
tan  ; 
2 3 3 2
B E C
Pmin  6 3 r
71. D
800  40  60
Sol. Corrected mean =  41
20
2
xi2 xi 
Incorrect SD =   
20  n 
xi2  20  225  1600   36500
2 2
Corrected sum = 36500 – 40 + 60 = 38500
38500 2
Variance =   41 = 1925 – 1681 = 244
20
72. C
Sol. Use truth table
73. A
Sol. Equation of AB is yk = 2(x + h) A
Combined equation of OA and OB is given by
 yk  2x  P(h, k)
y 2  4x   O
 2h 
2 2
i.e., 4x + hy – 2kxy = 0 ..... (1)
x2 – 7cy2 – 2cxy = 0 ..... (2)
B
4 h 2k x
  locus of P is y  
1 7c 2c 7
74. B
b2 8
Sol. 1 2
 1 2
b2 = 8
a a
2 2a
Area of parallelogram = 2a cos   2 2 sin 
a2  2
A max  4 2a  16 2 a=4
75. C

cos2 
Sol. If (h, 0) be the mid-point of chord, then h2  3 2 sin  h  4 sin2   0
6
1
For non real root D < 0 tan2  
3
76. D
Sol. y – 0 = t(x – a) ..... (1) P(t)
x = at2 ..... (2)
2
 y  x
Locus of orthocentre is   
 x  1 a
2 2 T S
x(x – a) = ay
For intersection x(x – a)2 = a · 4ax
x = 0, 3a
Point of intersection  3a, 2 3 a 
77. C
ˆ ˆ  1  ˆ kˆ
î  2ˆj  kˆ   i  j  cˆ  1
ĉ   
1 ˆ  2
Sol. i   j
 2   2  2
 ˆ ˆ
 2 c  jk
78. A
AB
Sol.  1  2cos2
BC
79. D
p
Sol. x+x=p x ;x+y=p y + x = p ; x + y = p, y + z = p, then x + z = p
2
80. C
1
Sol. g  50  
f 2
 
SECTION – B
81. 00004.00
Sol. Given polynomial is (x2 – 4x + 1)(x2 – x + ) where = –2 and  = a + 7, b = 2 – 4 = –26 – 4a
2
Roots are real 
4
a+71 a  – 6 and b  –2
82. 00006.00
Sol.    a  c    b  c ;    1  i 3
f e

i
3
2
 
 a  c    1  i 3   b  c  4038 3 i  4032
 2
2 
ca
a + c = 8076 ;    b  4032
 2 
a = c = 4038 and b = 4032

83. 00003.00
  1 1
dt 
Sol. 
t 4r 1  t 2  dt   1  t 
2

 r 0 0
 0
1  t4  
84. 00015.00
Sol. a = sin–1 sin(8 + 26 – 8) = 26 – 8 |x– 4|
–1 –1
b = cos cos 36 = cos cos(12 – (12 – 36) = 12 – 36
c = cos–1 cos(a + b) = cos–1 cos(4 – 10) = 4 – 10
|x – 4|  cos–1 cos x
x  15 O 2 3 4 5
85. 10080.00
2
Sol. f(x) = 10(x + 1)(x + 5)(x – 2)(x – 3)(x – 4) + x – x + 1
86. 02021.50
Sol. f(x) + f(2 – x) = 1
87. 01011.00
   5 
Sol. sin  3x    cos  2x    2
 6  9 
   5 
sin  3x    1 and cos  2x    1
 6  9 
11
x  2n  ;n Z
9
88. 00074.00
7
Sol. k 2k  1538 1538 + 8(n – 28 + 1) = 1898
k 0
n = 300 Number of zeroes = exponent of 5 in 300! = 74
89. 01524.00
5  5! 5! 
Sol. C1     5 C2 4!  640
 2! 3! 
90. 00191.00
10 10 10 k
Ck C10
Sol. k
k 0  2 
 10 1  x 11 10 1  x 12 1  x 20 
Coefficient of x10 in  10 C0 1  x   10 C1  C2  .....  10
C10 
 2 22 210 
10
Coefficient of x in
 2 3 10 
1  x 10  10 C0  10C1  1  x   10 C2  1  x   10 C3  1  x   .....  10 C10  1  x  
  2   2   2   2  
10
10   1 x  
Coefficient of x10 in 1  x   1   
  2 
10 1  x 2 10 10
C5 252 63
Coefficient of x in 10
 10
 
2 2 1024 128

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – X
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 10-04-2022
answer.
XXXXX.XX and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.

AITS-FT-X-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
P h ys i c s PART – A
SECTION – A
1. The true value of angle of dip at place is 60, the apparent dip in a plane inclined at an angle of
30 with magnetic meridian at this place is
 1
(A) tan1  
2
(B) tan  2
1
2
(C) tan1  
3
(D) none of these
2. In the figure shown, A & B are free to move.

All the surfaces are smooth. then : (0 <  < 90º) A
(A) the acceleration of A will be more than g sin
(B) the acceleration of A will be less than g sin 
(C) normal force on A due to B will be more than mg cos  B
(D) normal force on A due to B will be equal to mg cos 

3. Identify the logic operation performed by the

A
circuit given below
(A) NOT A
(B) AND
B y
(C) OR
(D) NAND B
4. If the voltage between the terminals A and B is 17 V I

and zener breakdown voltage is 9V, then the potential
A R
voltage across R is
(A) 6V
(B) 8V
(C) 9V 2R
(D) 17V
5. The plates S and T of an uncharged parallel plate S T k

capacitor are connected across battery. The battery is
then disconnected and the charged plates are now
connected in a system as shown in the figure. The
system shown is in equilibrium. All the strings are
insulating and massless. The magnitude of charge on m
one of the capacitor plates is: [ Area of plates = A ]
(A) 2mgA 0

3 AITS-FT-X-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
4mgA 0
(B)
k
(C) mgA 0
2mgA 0
(D)
k
6. The graph represents the decay of a newly prepared

sample of radioactive nuclide X to a stable nuclide Y. The Number Y
half-life of X is . The growth curve for Y intersects the of atom X
decay curve for X after time T. The time T is
(A)
2
 
(B) n  
2
0 T time
(C)
(D) 2
7. Moment of inertia of a uniform solid hemi-sphere about given IB

axis is IA and IB then:
(A) IA > IB
(B) IA = IB
(C) IA < IB IA
(D) Can’t be predicted
8. A hydrogen atom at rest emits a photon during its transition from n = 2 to n = 1. Choose the
incorrect statement.
(A) De-Broglie wavelength of hydrogen atom during recoil will be same as wavelength
of emitted photon.
(B) Energy of emitted photon will be less than 10.2 eV
(C) Kinetic energy of recoil H-atom will be less than 10.2 eV
(D) Kinetic energy of recoil H-atom will be equal to energy of emitted photon.
(-1/3)
9. A monoatomic gas is undergoes a process T*P = constant. If heat is given to the gas during
the process, then:
(A) Its temperature remains constant
(B) Its temperature will increase
(C) Its temperature will decrease
(D) Cann't be predicted
10. An object is placed at a point, which is at a

distance x from the focus of a convex lens
and its image is formed at I, which is at a
distance x’ from the focus f’ (as shown in the O
f f
figure), The distance x and x' satisfy the x x I
relation
x x'
(A) f
2
(B) f  xx '
(C) x  x '  2f
(D) x  x '  2f

11. An air bubble of diameter 2 mm rises steadily through a solution of density 1750 kg/m 3 at the
rate of 0.35 cm/s. The coefficient of viscosity of the solution is nearly (Assume mass of the
bubble to be negligible)
(A) 9 poise
(B) 6 poise
(C) 11 poise
(D) 4 poise
12. A metallic cylinder of radius r and height h is totally

submerged in a liquid contained in a beaker as shown in the
figure. If a force F is applied on the string to pull the cylinder
with a constant velocity v, the graph showing the variation of
force F against displacement of cylinder is best represented
by
(A) F (B) F
S S
(C) F (D) F
S S
13. In a YDSE experiment the primary source S (which is far away Screen
from the slits) is moved towards slits symmetrically and slowly.
As a result d
(A) Fringe width increases O
S
(B) Fringe width decreases
(C) Positions of maximas remains the same.
(D) Intensity of fringes decreases. D
14. The given graph illustrates a transverse wave travelling on a string at a particular instant, and the
points P, Q, R and S represent elements of the string. Which of the following statements about
the motion of the elements is correct?
displacement
P S
Q
distance along the
string
R
(A) The speed of the element at P is a maximum

(B) The displacement of the element at Q is always zero
(C) The energy of the element at R is entirely kinetic
(D) The magnitude of acceleration of the element at S is maximum.

15. A tunnel is dug along the diameter of the earth. The time
period of oscillation of a body dropped (from surface) in the
tunnel is T1. If T2 is the time period of similar body dropped
(from surface) in a straight tunnel dug along any chord except T1
through the centre of the earth, then T2
(A) T2 < T1
(B) T2 = T1
(C) T2 > T1
(D) any of A, B or C
16. Suppose we consider a large number of containers each containing initially 10000 atoms of a
radioactive substance with a half life of 1 year. After 1 year
(A) all the containers will have 5000 atoms of the material,
(B) all the containers will contain the same number of atoms of the material but that number
will only be approximately 5000.
(C) the containers will in general have different numbers of the atoms of the material but their
average will be close to 5000.
(D) none of the containers can have more than 5000 atoms.
17. A uniform cylinder of mass M and radius R is to be F

pulled over a step of height a (a < R) by applying a force
F at its centre ‘O’ perpendicular to the plane through the
axes of the cylinder on the edge of the step (see figure).
The minimum value of F required is:
O
R
a
a2
(A) Mg 1 
R2
2
 R 
(B) Mg   1
Ra
a
(C) Mg
R
2
Ra
(D) Mg 1   
 R 
18. The heat capacity C of a certain solid is related to its temperature T by the equation C = aT3,
where a is a constant characteristic of the solid. Heat is supplied to the solid at a steady rate.
Which graph best represents the variation of its temperature T with time t?
(A) T (B) T
O t O t

(C) T (D) T
O t O t
19. Two point masses, each of mass M are placed at (L, 0) and (L, 0). A third equal point mass M, is
2 2 2
uniformly rotating on the circle x + y = L . Equation of path traced by COM of system of these 3
point masses is
(A) x 2  y 2  L2
L2
(B) x2  y2 
3
(C) x=y=0
L2
(D) x2  y2 
9
20. If a proton is moving along the +ve x-axis at a speed v (small compared to speed of light), then
find the magnetic field at (aiˆ  bj)
ˆ , when the proton is at origin. Take charge on proton as q.
0 qva
(A) ĵ
4(a2  b2 )
0 qva
(B) k̂
4(a2  b2 )3/2
0 qva
(C)  k̂
4(a2  b2 )3 /2
0 qva
(D) k̂
4(a2  b2 )
SECTION – B
21. A string of length 1m fixed at both ends is vibrating in 1st overtone. Tension in string is 200 N and
linear mass density is 5 gm/m. Frequency (in Hz) of these vibrations is :
22. A conducting rod of mass m and of negligible resistance A

and length 0.5 m slides on a pair of parallel metallic rails,
which are connected by a resistance R= 10 ohm and
shown in the figure. A magnetic R B
field B= 1 T is applied normal and into the plane of the F C
circuit. At t=0, a force F=0.4 N is applied on the rod AB.
The terminal speed (in m/s) acquired by the rod will be
B

23. When the voltage applied to an X-ray tube is increased from V1= 15.5 kV to V2 = 31 kV, the
wavelength interval between the K line and the cutoff wavelength of the continuous X-ray
22
spectrum increases by a factor of . If the atomic number of the element of the target is Z, the
19
value of Z is (Take hc= 1240 eV-nm, Rydberg const= 107 m-1)
2 3
24. A cylindrical block of wood of base area 30 cm , floats in a liquid of density 900 kg/m . The block
is depressed slightly and then released. The time period of the resulting oscillations of the block is
equal to that of spring with block of same mass, then spring constant of this spring is equal to:
(take g = 10 m/s2)
25. The current gain of a common emitter amplifier is 99. If the emitter current is 12 mA, then
collector current in mA is
26. An unpolarized light of intensity 128 W/m2 passes through three polarizers namely P1, P2 and P3
arranged one after the other such that P1 is 1st, P2 is 2nd and P3 is last. The transmission axis of
P3 is parallel to that of P1. The intensity of light detected through the last polarizer is found to be 4
2
W/m , then angle between the polarization axis of P2 and P3 in degrees is
27. A vernier caliper (Non standard) is constructed which has one main scale division of length 1 mm
and 20 vernier scale divisions measure 18 mm. In an experiment, zero of vernier scale lies
between 0.4 and 0.5 cm on main scale and 2nd division of vernier scale coincides with a main
scale division (when jaws of vernier are in closed position). When a cylinder whose diameter is to
be measured is kept between the jaws of vernier caliper, the zero of vernier scale lies between
2.4 and 2.5 cm on main scale and 12th division of vernier scale coincide with a main scale
division. The diameter of cylinder in cm is
28. A parallel plate air capacitor has a capacitance C (figure-1).

When it is half filled with a dielectric of dielectric constant 2
(figure-2), the percentage increase in the capacitance will be
k=2
C
Figure-1 Figure-2
29. A block and a sphere of equal mass m are placed on an inclined

plane. If the maximum frictional force that can exist between the
block and the plane is equal to the weight of the block, and there
is no frictional force between the sphere and the plane, what is
the maximum angle  at which the plane can be inclined before
the block starts to slip (in degrees) is 
30. The amplitude of a damped harmonic oscillator become half in 3 second and will become 1/x of
the initial amplitude in next 6 second where x is :-

C h e m i st r y PART – B
SECTION – A
31. When intermolecular attractive forces are neglected, isobar formed between V and T at constant
p is of the type

  tan1 0.1642

V dm 3

0.20 dm3 mol1
O
T K  
Pressure at which isobar is made,
(A) 2 atm
(B) 0.5 atm
(C) 1 atm
(D) 4 atm
32. Which of the following on the addition will not cause deep red colour to disappear?
2
Fe3  aq  SCN  aq  Fe  SCN    aq
Pale yellow Colourless Deep red
(A) AgNO3
(B) HgCl2
(C) H2 O
(D) H2C2O 4
33. For the calomel half-cell, Hg,Hg2Cl2 | Cl  aq values of electrode potentials are plotted at different
log Cl  . Variation is represented by
(A)
E

O log Cl 

(B)
E

(C)
E

(D)
E

34. K a of HCN and CH3COOH are respectively 4.5  10 10 and 1.5  105 at 298 K. Thus, equilibrium
constant for CN  CH3COOH  CH3 COO  HCN would be
(A) 3.1 105
(B) 3.2  105
(C) 3.3  104
(D) 3.3  104
35. Which of the following set of species have planar structures?


(A) I3 ,CH3 ,ClO3 ,SiF62 I
(B) I3 ,ICl4 , Al2Cl6 ,TeCl4
(C) SCl2 ,N2 O5 ,SF4 , XeOF4
(D) I2Cl6 , XeF2 ,BrF4 , XeF5
36. XCl2  excess   YCl2  XCl4  Y ;

 1
YO 
400o
O 2  Y; Ore of Y would be:
2
(A) Siderite
(B) Cinnabar
(C) Malachite
(D) Hornsilver

37. Nitrogen dioxide cannot be obtained from:

(A) Cu  NO3 2
(B) Hg  NO3 2
(C) NaNO3
(D) AgNO3
38. Calcium imide on hydrolysis gives gas (B) which on oxidation by bleaching powder gives gas (C).
Gas (C) on reaction with magnesium give compound (D) which on hydrolysis gives again gas (B).
Identify (B), (C) and (D)?
(A) NH3 ,N2 ,Mg3N2
(B) N2 ,NH3 ,MgNH
(C) N2 ,N2 O5 ,Mg NO3  2
(D) NH3 ,NO2 ,Mg NO2 2
39. Select the correct statement about silicates:

(A) Cyclic silicate having three Si atoms contains six Si – O – Si linkages
1
(B) 3 over oxygen atoms of per tetrahedron unit are shared in double chain silicate
2
(C)  Si2 O5 n2n  is formula of double chain silicate
(D) SiO44  units polymerize to form silicate because Si atom has less tendency to form
  bond with oxygen
40. Which is not true regarding nylons?

(A) Usually a high melting solid polymer
(B) Possesses a very high degree of crystallinity
(C) Nylons are usually hydrophobic
(D) Nylons have very high mechanical strength
41. What is the most likely product form the following reaction?
CH2  COOC2H5  2  Br  CH2  2 Br 

EtONa
EtOH
H /H2 O



(A) COOC2H5
(B) (COOC2H5)2
(C) COOH
COOH
(D) COOH
42. An ester (A) with molecular formula C9H10 O2 was treated with excess of CH3MgBr and the
complex so formed, was treated with H2 SO4 to give an olefin (B) whose ozonolysis gave a
ketone with molecular formula C8H8 O which shows positive iodoform test. The structure of (A) is
(A) C6H5 COOC2H5

(B) C2H5COOC6H5
(C) C6H5 CH2COOC2H5
(D) p H3OC COCH3
43. O
O
H3C C
A

C C OH 
H
H3C H
The product (A) in given reaction would be:
(A) O O
C C
H3C C OH
H CH3
(B) O OH
C
O
C H
H3C
CH3
(C) O
H
H3C C
C H
CH3
(D) O
HO
C H
C C
H3C CH3
44. What is the principal product of the following reaction?

CH2 CH O
NaOH
Ethanol, water, 
 H2 O  ?
CH2 CH O
(A) CH O
CH O
(B) CH O

(C) OH
OH
(D) O
O
||
45. This structure of glycine (amino acid) is H3 NCH2 C O (Zwitter ion). Select the correct statement
of the following?
(A) Glycine, as well as other amino acids are amphoteric.
(B) The acidic functional group in amino acids is  NH3 .
(C) The basic functional group in amino acids is CO2 .
(D) All the statements are correct.
46. Select the incorrect statements about SO2 :

(A) It acts as oxidant and reductant both
(B) It acts as bleaching agent but bleaching action is temporary
(C) Its bleaching action is weak and that too by nascent H-atom
(D) It bleaching action is due to oxidation of coloured matter in presence of moisture
47. What is the major product of the following reaction?

O
o
 
10% NaOH, H2O/ /100 C

O O
(A) O
O
(B) O

(C) O
O
(D) O
48. Hydrogen peroxide in its reaction with KIO4 and NH2OH respectively, is acting as a
(A) reducing agent, oxidizing agent
(B) reducing agent, reducing agent
(C) oxidizing agent, oxidizing agent
(D) oxidizing agent, reducing agent
49. The reaction of white phosphorous with aqueous NaOH gives phosphine along with another
phosphorous containing compound. The reaction type; the oxidation states of phosphorous in
phosphine and the other product are respectively
(A) redox reaction; – 3 and – 5
(B) redox reaction; + 3 and + 5
(C) disproportionation reaction; – 3 and + 1
(D) disproportionation reaction; – 3 and + 3
50. Select the incorrect statements

(A) Nitropentaammine chromium III chloride shows ionization isomerism
(B) Among silver halides and calcium halides only AgF and CaF2 are water soluble
(C) In Fe  CO 5 , the Fe – C bond possesses both  and   character
(D) Cu and ethylene diamine gives a chelate compound due to multiple denticity
SECTION – B
51. The freezing point of an aqueous saturated solution of I2 is 0.0024o C . More than this can
dissolve in a KI solution because of the following equilibrium
I2  aq  I  aq  I3  aq
0.1 M KI solution dissolves 12.5 g L1 of I2 . Calculate the equilibrium constant K C for the above
equilibrium. Assume molarity to be equal to molality and also assume that concentration of I in all

saturated solutions is same. K t of water is 1.86 K molal1. 

52. Mosely equation is represented as v  a  Z  b  , where a and b are constant. If OA = 1,

calculate nuclear charge Z and 400 Hz. When frequency is 400 Hz
45o
O A Z
53. How many of the following species show paramagnetism?

Na ,O 2 ,Cu2 ,Fe2  ,Zn2 ,Cr 3  ,Cu ,O2 ,O22
54. An ideal solution is made up of volatile liquids A and B for which

poA  125 Torr and pBo  46.3 Torr As the pressure is reduced, first vapour is observed at 70.0
Torr. Calculate X A .
55. Rate constant of decomposition of H2 O2 to H2O and O2 is 0.0693 min1 . Calculate volume of O 2
(in litres) obtained from the decomposition of 1.00 mole of H2O2 at 760 mm Hg and 293 K after
20.0 minutes.
x
56. Graph between log   and log p is a straight line inclined at an angle of 45o and log k = 0.6990
m
x
for Freundlich’s adsorption isotherm,   is the amount of adsorbate adsorbed per gram of the
m
x
adsorbent. What is the value of   at 0.80 atm?
m
57. Consider the following complex compounds

(I) Pt NH3 2  SCN2  (II) Co  NH3   NO2  
 3 3

(III) Pt  en  Cl2  (IV) Cr  en  Br2 
 2 
3
(V) Rh  en 3  CoCl2Br2 
2
(VI)
Then calculate sum of total number of geometrical isomers in all above complex compounds.
58. 10 g of a mixture of hexane and ethanol are reacted with sodium to give 200 ml hydrogen at
27o C and 760 mm pressure. What is the percentage of ethanol into the mixture?
59. The mass adsorbed per g of adsorbed O2 having pressure 10 atm at 400 K, if placed in contact
with solid surface of 2 g in one litre vessel. The pressure of O2 after adsorption becomes 2 atm.
Assume no change in temperature and R = 0.08 litre atm K-1 mol-1.
60. How many enol tautomers (including stereo isomers) can you draw for the following diketone?
O O

M athematics PART – C
SECTION – A
1
61. If  is only real root of the equation x 3 + cos1 x2 + sin1 x + 1 = 0, then tan1   tan1 is equal to

(A) 0

(B)
2

(C) 
2
(D) 
62. f(x) is a polynomial of degree 4, f(1) = f(2) = f(3) = f(4) = 0, then root of f(x) = 0 is
5
(A)
11
5
(B) 
11
11
(C)
5
11
(D) 
5
2 2
63. If a curve passing through (1, 1) satisfies the differential equation x dy = y dx + xy d(xy), then
the equation of the curve is
1 1
(A) log xy  2  2
x y
1 1
(B) log xy  
x y
1 1
(C)  log xy  2

y x2
1 1
(D)  log xy  
x y
n
 1k n
64. The value of S  3 2
Ck is
k 0 k  9k  26k  24
1
(A)
n  3  n  4 
1
(B)
2 n  3  n  4 
1
(C)
2  n  1 n  2 
1
(D)
n  1n  2 

65. Let complex number z = (a + cos ) + (2a – sin )i. If |z|  2 for any   R, then the range of a is
 1 1 
(A)  , 
 5 5
 1 1 
(B)  , 
 5 5
 2 2 
(C)  , 
 5 5
 2 2 
(D)  , 
 5 5
66. The value of positive real parameter a such that the area of region bounded by parabolas y = x –
ax2, ay = x2 attains its maximum value is equal to
1
(A)
2
(B) 2
1
(C)
3
(D) 1
67. Let S be the set of all those 2007-place decimal integers 2a1a2a3 ..... a2006 which contain odd
number of digit 9 in each sequence a1, a2, a3, ....., a2006. The cardinal number of S is
1  2006
(A) 10  82006 
2
1  2006
(B) 10  82006 
2
(C) 102006  82006
(D) 102006  82006
68. Nine balls of the same size and color, numbered 1, 2, ....., 9, were put into a packet. Now A draws
a ball from the packet, noted that it is of number a, and puts back it. Then B also draws a ball
from the packet and noted that it is of number b. Then the probability for the inequality a – 2b +
10 > 0 to hold is
52
(A)
81
59
(B)
81
60
(C)
81
61
(D)
81
1
 x
 log 
  5x   5 4 
 log5  
69. If L  lim   4  , then [L] is (where [.] denotes greatest integer function)
x 4  20 
 log5 
 x 
(A) 3
(B) 7
(C) 9
(D) 12

70. A tower subtends angles , 2 and 3 respectively at points A, B and C, all lying on a horizontal
line through the foot of the tower. Then AB/BC is equal to
sin3
(A)
sin2
(B) 1 + 2 cos 2
(C) 2 cos 2
sin2
(D)
sin 
71. The SD of 15 items is 6 and if each item is decreases by 1, then standard deviation will be
(A) 5
(B) 7
91
(C)
15
(D) 6
72. ~(p  q)  (~p  q) is logical equivalent to

(A) ~p
(B) p
(C) q
(D) ~q
 1 0 0
 
73. If matrix A   1 0 1 , then which of the following is in correct?
0 1 0 
(A) A – A2 = A – I
3
(B) A 2022  I  0
1 0 0
 
(C) A 50  25 1 0
25 0 1
1 1 0
50  
(D) A  50 1 0
50 0 1
74. The distance of the point P(–1, –2, 4) from the plane x + y + z = 7 measured parallel to z-axis is
(A) 4
(B) 3
(C) 5
(D) 6

75. The sum of all possible real values of ‘a’ for which vectors r1  ln a î  ajˆ  kˆ and

r2  1  a2  î  ˆj  a  1 kˆ are orthogonal is
(A) –2
(B) 0
(C) 2
(D) 4

a
76. Let f be a continuous function that p  x    f  t  x  t dt
2
where x  (–2, 2), then the value of
2
p  x 
 f  x  dx
0
is equal to
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 4
77. A line L1 passing through point A(2, 0) and makes an angle  with positive x-axis in anti-clockwise
1
direction, where tan   . Now, L1 is rotated about the point A in anti-clockwise direction through
2
an angle of ( – 4). If the line in the now position in L2. Then the positive slope of the angle
bisector between the lines L1 and L2 is
(A) 2
3
(B)
2
1
(C)
2
2
(D)
3
sin2 
78. If tan     , then tan  = f( ). The value of f   equals
3  cos 2 4
(A) 2
1
(B)
2
(C) 3
1
(D)
3
79. In a parabola y2 = 4ax, two points P and Q are taken such that the tangents drawn to parabola at
these points meet at directrix in R. Focus of locus of circumcentre of PQR will be
a 
(A)  , 0
2 
(B) (a, 0)
 3a 
(C)  , 0
 2 
 5a 
(D)  , 0
 2 
tan3 x
80. If f  x    2  tan 2
x
dx , then
2  sin2 x
(A) f  x   log C
cos x
2  sin2 x
(B) f  x   log C
cos x

2  cos 2 x
(C) f  x   log C
sin x
2  cos2 x
(D) f  x   log C
sin x
SECTION – B
81. The number of integral points (i.e., the points whose x and y-coordinates are both integers) within
the area (not including the boundary) enclosed by the right branch of hyperbola x 2 – y2 = 1 and
the line x = 100 is
82. Let f(x) be an odd function on R, and f(x) = x 2 for x  0. Suppose for any x  [a, a + 2], f(x + a) 
2f(x). Then the range of real number a is   ,  . Then  is
 
83. The largest possible value of the expression
S  sin x1 cos x 2  sin x2 cos x 3  .....  sin x 99 cos x100  sin x100 cos x1 , where x1, x2, x3, ....., x 100
are arbitrary real numbers is
84. Four letters, two ‘a’s and two ‘b’s, are filled into 16 cells of a matrix as
shown in figure. It is required that each cell contains at most one letter,
and each row or column cannot contain the same letters. Then there are
_____ different ways that the matrix can be filled
z z
85. Given that |z| = 1 and satisfies   1 . Then the number of solution of the equation is
z z
1 1 2 3
86. Suppose a and b are positive real numbers satisfying   2 2 and (a – b) = 4(ab) . Then
a b
loga b is equal to
87. Let a, b be real numbers, and f(x) = ax + b satisfies |f(x)|  1 for any x  [0, 1]. Then the maximum
of ab is
88. Let n = aaaaaa be a six digit number (all digit repeated) and N is divisible by 924. Let a and b are
the roots of the equation x 2 – 11x + = 0, then the sum of possible values of is

89. Let ABC be a triangle with angle B  and c = 8. A circle with centre A and radius AB meets BC
4
at D. If altitude from vertex A to the side BC meets the circle at E. Then area of the BED is

  
 1 . Then the value of is
90. Given 2022 vectors on a plane. Sum of every 2021 vectors is a scalar multiple of the other vector.
Not all vectors are scalar multiple of each other. The magnitude of sum of all these vectors is

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – X
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 10-04-2022

SECTION – A
1. B
V
Sol. tan   3
H
V V
tan   
H Hcos 
3
tan   2
cos 30
  tan1(2)
2. A
Sol. Since, all surfaces are frictionless
Acceleration > g sin 
3. B
Sol. Truth table of AND gate
4. B
Sol. Voltage (regulated) across zener diode being 9 V, therefore V across resistor is (17  9) = 8V
5. A
 2 
Sol. mg    A; A
2 0 
q2
mg =  2mgA 0
2A 0

AITS-FT-X-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
6. C
Sol. N0 e t  N0 1  e t

1
e t 
2
n2
t1/2  
1
T n2
T=
7. C
3R
Sol. IA < IB since COM is at from IA (close to axis A than to axis B)
8
8. D
Sol. Conceptual
9. C
Sol. TP1/3 = constant
(PV/nR)*P1/3 = constant
2/3
P V = constant
3/2
PV = constant
3 5
x , 
2 3
R R 3R R R
C    
 1 1 x 2 3 2
1
2
C is negative
Q = nCT
if Q is +ve T is ve
10. D
Sol. From the figure for real image formation
x  x ' 2f  4f
x  x '  2f
11. C
4 3
Sol. Buoyant force on a bubble (B) = r g 
3
Viscous force (F) = 6 rv
For uniform velocity F = B
2r 2  g
Equating both, we get =
9v
Putting values 11 poise
12. A
Sol. As long as cylinder is completely inside, B is constant in magnitude, then its value decreases
linearly with displacement and finally becomes zero.

3 AITS-FT-X-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22
13. C
Sol. There is no change in fringe pattern, with symmetric motion of source. Intensity at maxima
increases because intensity at slits increases.
14. D
Sol. Velocity of particles at extreme position is zero and acceleration of particle at extreme position is
maximum.
15. B
Sol. Time period of SHM is independent of position of the tunnel
16. C
Sol. conceptual
17. D
 
1/2
Sol. FR  Mg R2  (R  a)2
1/2
  R  a 2 
F  Mg 1    
  R  
18. C
dq T
Sol.  constant = i (lets say)
dt
dT dT i
i  aT 3 , 
dt dt aT 3
i
dT  dt
aT 3
T t
i
 
a 0
3
T dT dt
T0
O t
T T4
4
i
 0  t
4 4 a
19. D
Sol. COM of M(L, 0) and M(L, 0) is (0, 0)
x y
Therefore COM of three particle system when third mass is at (x,y) is at  , 
3 3
2
L
COM traces path given by x2 + y2 =
9
Where radius is L/3
20. B
  q (v  r )
Sol. B 0
4 r 3

r  a î  bjˆ

v  v î
 q vb kˆ
B 0
4 (a2  b2 )3/ 2

SECTION – B
21. 00200.00
Sol. 1st overtone
2V V 1 200
f    (200)
2L L 1 (5 / 1000)
f = 200 Hz
22. 00016.00
B V dV A
Sol. i  CB.
R dt V
B  dV  R B
i   V  RC C = 1F
R  dt  F
I
dV B2 2
 dV 
m F  V  RC 
dt R  dt  IR B IC
dV  B2  2 
m  B2 2 C  F  V
dt  R 
dV
0
When rod attains terminal velocity vT, dt
FR 0.4  10
vT  2 2   16
B 1 0.25
23. 00021.00
1 1 1
Sol.  R(z  1)2  2  2  …… (i)
k 1 2 
hc
0  ; ……. (ii)
eV1
 0  22
 k  ( k  0 )
 2  19
25
Therefore, k  0 ;
6
Putting values from (i) and (ii) in above equation, we get Z= 21
24. 00027.00
Sol. Let say the displacement of cylinder from its equilirbrium position is ‘x’.
ma =  gAx
 gA 
a   x
 m 
gA
cylinder  …(i)
m
k
springblock  …(ii)
m
cylinder  springblock …(iii) (given)
K = gA [from (i), (ii), (iii)]
K = 27 N/m

25. 00011.88
 
Sol.   IE  IC
 1 
99
 12  11.88 mA
100
26. 00060.00
Sol. I0 = 128 W/m2 ; I1 = I0/2; I2 = I0/2 cos2
I3 = I0/2 cos4  = 4
27. 00002.00
Sol. Diameter = 2.4 + 2  LC  (0.4 + 2  LC) = 2 cm
28. 00050.00
A A
0   2 0   3 A
2 2 
Sol. C     0
 1.5 C
d d 2 d
29. 00030.00
1
Sol. 2mg sin  = mg sin  >
2
 = 30
30. 00008.00
Sol. A  A 0 e bt
A0
 A 0 e b(3)
2
1
e 3b  …(i)
2
A   A 0 e b(9)
 1
A   A 0   from equation (i)
8

SECTION – A
31. B
 a 
Sol.  p  2   V  b   RT
 V 
a
 0  neglected
V2
p  V  b   RT
pV  pb  RT
pV  RT  pb
R 
V   T  b
p 
Isobar is made at constant pressure between V(y-axis) and T(x-axis)
R
Slope   tan   0.1642 dm3 K 1
p
R 0.0821 dm3 mol1 K 1
p 
tan  0.1642 dm3 K 1
 0.5 atm mol1 .
32. C
Sol. (A, B, D) colour dissapers if a reactant added removes Fe3  or SCN .
Ag  SCN  AgSCN
Hg2  2SCN  Hg  SCN2
3
C2O24  Fe3   Fe  C2 O4 3 
33. D
Sol. This represents oxidation half-cell
2Hg  2Cl  Hg2Cl2  2e 
1 0.0591
Q E  Eo  logQ
 2 2
Cl 
 
0.0591 1
 Eo  log  Eo  0.0591log Cl 
2  2
Cl 
 
When Cl   1 M, E  Eo and E increases on increasing log Cl 
E

Eo

34. D
Sol. HCN  H  CN , K a  4.5  1010
CH3 COOH  H  CH3 COO  , K a  1.5  10 5
1
CN  H  HCN, K a 
Ka
CH3 COOH  CN  HCN  CH3 COO  , K eq  K a .K a
1
 1.5  105  10
 3.33  10 4
4.5  10
35. D
Sol. F
Cl Cl Cl F F F F
I I Xe Br F Xe
Cl Cl Cl F F F F
F
3 2 3 3 2
sp d sp d sp d sp d
3 3
Planar Linear: It is planar as three Square planar Pentagonal planar

points are in same plane
36. B
Sol. SnCl2  HgCl2  SnCl4  Hg
 XCl2   YCl2   XCl4   Y 
 1
HgO 
400o
Hg  O2
2
HgS : Cinnabar
37. C
1
Sol. NaNO3 
below
500o C
NaNO2  O2
2
Hg  NO3 2 

 Hg 2NO2   O 2 
38. A
Sol. Ca NH  2H2O  Ca  OH2  NH3  g
B 
2NH3  3CaOCl3  N2  g  3CaCl2  3H2O
B  C 
N2  g  3Mg  Mg3N2
C D 
Mg3N2  6H2 O  3Mg  OH2  2NH3
D  B 

39. D
Sol. .
. .
Cyclic silicate having three Si atoms Si3 O96   contains three Si – O – Si linkage.
One tetrahedron shares three oxygen atoms while other share two oxygen atoms and these two
tetrahedrons constitute one unit. Therefore, number of oxygen atoms sheared per tetrahedron or
32 1
Si atom = 2
2 2
General formula of double chain silicates :  Si4 O11 n
6n 
.
As the tendency of formation of multiple bond increases the extent of polymerization
decreases. Silicon has large size hence, it forms less effective p  p overlapping with oxygen.
40. C
Sol. Due to presence of amide groups, nylon forms intermolecular H-bond with water and therefore,
possesses high hydrophilicity.
41. D
Sol. CH2  COOC2H5  2 
EtONa
EtOH
CH  COOC2H5  2
Br  CH2 3 Br  CH  COOC2H5  2  Br  CH2 3 CH  COOC 2H5  2
EtONa
COOH H2C CH2


H / H2 O
 COOC2H5
H2C C
COOC2H5

42. A
B  

Sol. C9H10 O 2  CH3MgBr 

H Ozonolysis
Ketone  Positive iodoform test
10  5  5 Excess   Olefin   C8H8 O 
OH
O
||
C6H5  C  OC2H5  CH3MgBr  excess   H5C6 C

CH3 
H
H5C6 C CH2
CH3 CH3
Ozonolysis
O
||
CHI3  C6H5  C  O  
NaOH, I2
 H5C6 C O
CH3
43. C
Sol. H
O
O O
O H3C
H3C C H 
C C OH C C C O H
H H3C H
H3C
Unstable
H  CO2
H H3C OH
H3C O
C C C C
H3C H H3C H
Enol
44. B
Sol. H CH O
CH CH O CH CH O
 OH
O
H2 O
CH2 CH O CH2 CH O
H2O OH
CH O
OH
,  H2 O
CH O

 ,  unsaturated aldehyde 

45. D
Sol. Glycine and all other amino acids are amphoteric because of the presence of NH2 and CO2H
group both. The amino acid exists and Zwitterion and acid group is  NH3 while basic group is
CO2 .
46. D
Sol. SO 2  2H2O  H2SO4  2H
Oxidation of SO2 and thus bleaching of coloured matter by reduction.
47. D
Sol. O O O O O
 
 
HO

  H2O
 
O O O O O
Conjugate addition OH
48. A
Sol. KIO4  H2O2  KIO3  H2O  O2
I7   2e  I5 
O  1
2
 O2  2e
 Reductant 
NH2OH  3H2O2  HNO3  4H2 O
N  N5  6e
 O   2e  2O
1
2
2
 Oxidant 
49. C
Sol. The balanced disporoportionation reaction involving white phosphorous with aq. NaOH is
Oxidation of P0 to P1 state
3 1
P40  3NaOH  3H2 O  PH3  3NaH2 P O2
Re duction of P0 to P3 state
50. B
Sol. AgF is water soluble but CaF2 is insoluble in water.
SECTION – B
51. 00707.20
Sol. We know that Tt  K t m.
0.0024
Therefore, m   0.0013 mol kg1
1.86
or molarity  0.0013 mol L1 (in case of solvent water molarity = molality).
The reaction involved is

I2  aq   I  aq  I3  aq

Initial moles 0.0492 0.1 0
Moles at equilibrium 0.0492  x 0.1  x x
Total number of moles at equilibrium = 0.0492 – x + 0.1 – x + x = 0.1492 – x.
Now, 0.1492 – x = 0.0013 because of conc. of I2 in all saturated solutions is same, so x = 0.0479.
I3  0.0479
Hence, the equilibrium constant is K C      707.2
I2  I  0.0013  0.0521
52. 00021.00
Sol. By Mosely’s equation
v  a Z  b
v  aZ  ab
This represents a straight line between v  y  axis  and Z(x-axis)
45o
O A Z
At v  0, aZ  ab
Z  b  OA  1
Also, slope  a  tan 45o  1
When v  400, then 400  Z  1
v  Z 1
Z  21
53. 00005.00
Sol. Species with at least one or more unpaired electron(s) are attracted by the magnetic field and is
said to be paramagnetic
Na ,Zn2  Cu and O22 
No unpaired electron hence, diamagnetic
O2  Two unpaired electrons, in anti-bonding molecular orbitals
Fe2   Four unpaired electrons in 3d-orbital
Cr 3  Three unpaired electrons in 3d-orbital
Cu  One unpaired electron in 3d-orbital
O2  One unpaired electron in anti-bonding molecular orbitals
54. 00000.30
Sol. First vapour appears at 70 torr. It means total vapour pressure = 70.0 torr.
p total  poA X A  pBo 1  X A 
70.0  125X A  46.3 1  X A 
 70  46.3   125  46.3  XA
23.7  78.7X A
X A  0.30

55. 00009.00
Sol. 2H2O  2H2O  O2
k  0.0693 min1
0.693 0.693
T50    10 min
k 0.0693 min1
20
H2 O2 left in 20 min, y  2
10
y 2
 A t   A o 
1  1 1
  1 mol    mol
2  2 4
1 3
Thus, H2 O2 decomposed  1   mol
4 4
3
O2 formed  mol
8
nRT
V
p
3
mol  0.821 L mol1 K 1  293K
 8  9.02 L
 760 
  atm
 760 
56. 00004.00
1
x
Sol. By Freundlich’s adsorption isotherm    k  p  n
m
x 1
log    logk  logp
m n
x 45o
log  
m
0.6990
O logp 
y  C  mx
1
 m  slope  tan 45o  1
n
n 1
log k = 0.6990 = C
K  50
1
x
 k  p  n  5.0  p 
m
When, p = 0.80
x
 5.0  8.0  4
m

57. 00006.00
Sol. Complexes Number of geometrical isomers
(I) Pt NH3 2  SCN2  2
(II) Co  NH3 3  NO2 3  2
(III) Pt  en  Cl2  0

(IV) Cr  en 2 Br2  2
3
(V) Rh  en 3  0
(VI)  CoCl2Br2 
2
0
Hence, sum of total number of geometrical isomers = 6.
58. 00007.48
Sol. Given, Hexene + Ethanol = 10 g
1
Therefore, C2H5OH  Na  C2H5 ONa  H2
2
PV 760  200
Now, mole of H2 formed  
RT 760  1000  0.0821 300
 8.13  103 mole
 200 ml H2 is formed at 27o C and 760 mm pressure 
1
Now, mole H2 is formed by  46 g C2H5 OH
2
8.13  10 3 is formed  46  8.13  103  2 g C2H5 OH
= 0.748 g
0.748  100
% of ethanol in mixture   7.48%
10
59. 00004.00
PVM 10  2   32
Sol. Mass of O2 adsorbed    8g
RT 400  0.08
X 8
 4
m 2
60. 00006.00
Sol. OH O O OH
OH O
(Two geometrical isomers) (Two geometrical isomers)

(d,l)

SECTION – A
61. C
Sol. Let f(x) = x3 + cos1 x2 + sin1 x + 1 = 0
f(x) = 3x2 + 2 cos1 x + sin1
f(x) > 0
1 
So, the real root is negative tan1   tan1 
 2
62. A
Sol. Let f(x) = (ax + b)(x – 2)(x – 3)(x – 4)
b 5
f(1) = 5a + 11b = 0  
a 11
63. B
x2 dy  y 2 dx  xy  d  xy  dy dx d  xy  1 1
Sol. 2 2
x y

x y2 2 y x 2
 2

xy
   log xy  c
y x
64. B
3 2
Sol. k + 9k + 26k + 24 = (k + 2)(k + 3)(k + 4)
n
 1k k  1 1
n
S n
Ck =  k  1 n 4
Ck  4
k 0
k  1k  2  k  3  k  4  n  1n  2   n  3  n  4  k 0
n4
n  1n  2 
 1k k  3  n 4
Ck =
k4
2
1
So, S 
2 n  3  n  4 
65. B
Sol. |z|  2
2 2 2
(a + cos ) + (2a – sin )  4 2a(cos  – 2 sin )  3 – 5a
2 5 a sin       3  5a2 2 5 a  3  5a2
 1 1 
a   , 
 5 5
66. D
x2 a
Sol. For point of intersection x  ax 2  x = 0,
a 1  a2
a
1 a2
 x2  5 a2

2
Area =  x  ax   dx 
 a  6 1  a2 2
0
Area maximum when a = 1
67. B
Sol. Define A as the number of the elements in S, we have

 2006  2005  2006  2003  2006 

A  9  9  .....   9
 1   3   2005 
2006 2006
2006  2006  2006 k 2006  2006  k 2006 k
On the other hand,  9  1    9 and  9  1     1 9
k 0 
k  k 0 
k 
 2006  2005  2006  2003  2006  1 2006
So, A   9  9  ......    9 = 10  82006
 1   3   2005  2
68. D
Sol. Since each has equally 9 different possible results for A and B to draw a ball from the packet
2
independently, the total number of possible events is 9 = 81. From a – 2b + 10 > 0 we get 2b < a
+ 10. We find that when b = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, a can take any value in 1, 2, 3, ....., 9 to make the
inequality hold. Then we have 9  5 = 45 admissible events
When b = 6, a can be 3, 4, ....., 9 and there are 7 admissible events
When b = 7, a can be 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and there are 5 admissible events
When b = 8, a can be 7, 8, 9, and there are 3 admissible events
When b = 9, a can only be 9, and there is 1 admissible events
45  7  5  3  1 61
So, the required probability is 
81 81
69. B
1
 x x2
 log  log5
 5x  5 4  lim 16
 log5 4  1
x 4
log5
x
Sol. L  lim 1   e 4  e2
x4
 log 20 
5
 x 
[L] = 7
70. B
h E
Sol. In ECD, tan3 
CD
CD = h cot 3 ..... (1)
h
In EBD, tan2 
BD h
BD = h cot 2 ..... (2)
h
In EAD, tan  
AD  2 3
AD = h cot  ..... (3) A B C D
From equation (2) and (3), we have AD – BD = h cot  – h cot 2
AB = h (cot  – cot 2) ..... (4)
From equation (1) and (4), we have BD – CD = h cot 2 – h cot 3
BC = h(cot 2 – cot 3) ..... (5)
cos  cos 2 sin  2   

AB h  cot   cot 2 
From equation (4) and (5), we have   sin  sin 2  sin  sin2
BC h  cot 2  cot 3  cos 2 cos 3 sin  3  2 

sin2 sin3 sin2 sin3
sin3
=  3  4 sin2   3  2 1  cos2   1  2cos2
sin 
71. D
Sol. If variable is decreased by 1 then there is no effect on standard deviation

72. A
Sol. ~(p  q)  (~p  q) (~p  ~q)  (~p  q) ~p  (~q  q) ~p  t ~p
73. D
 1 0 0 1 0 0 
  2  
Sol. A   1 0 1 ; A  1 1 1
0 1 0  1 0 1
1 0 0 1 0 0
3   4  
A  2 0 1 ; A  2 1 0 
 1 1 0  2 0 1
1 0 0 0 0 0 
2n   2n  
A  n 1 0  ; n  N ; A  I   n 0 0 
n 0 1 n 0 0 
74. D
x 1 y  2 z  4
Sol. Equation of line parallel to z-axis passing through A is   
0 0 1
Point on the line is (–1, –2, + 4) which lies on x + y + z = 7
–1 –2 + + 4 = 7 =6
So, required distance is 6 units
75. B
 
Sol. r1 r2  0 y
2
ln |a|(1 + a ) – a + a – 1 = 0 (0,1)
1
ln a 
1  a2
From the graph it is clear that number of values of x2 x1
‘a’ are two i.e., x1, x2 and x1 + x2 = 0
76. D
x 2 x 2
Sol. 
2

f  t  x  t  dt  f  t  t  x  dt ; p  x  
x

2

f  t  dt  f  t  dt
x
2 2
p  x 
p  x   f  x   f  x   2f  x  ;  f  x  dx  2 dx  4
0 0
77. A
  y
Sol. Slope = tan   2     cot   2
2 
 – 4 L1
x
A(2, 0)
L2

78. A

sin
  2 1 tan   1 1
Sol. tan        tan  = 2
 4  3 1  tan  3
3  cos
2
79. C
Sol. Tangent at end of focal chord meet at directrix at 90
PQ is focal chord and its mid-point will be circumcentre
a 2a 
Let P = (at2, 2at) Q  2, and circumcentre = (h, k)
t t 
 1  1  1 2 
2h  a  t 2  2  and 2k  2a  t   2h  a  t    2
 t   t  t 
 k2
2h  a  2  2 2ha = k2 + 2a2 Locus is, y2 = 2a(x – a)
a
 3a 
Focus =  , 0 
 2 
80. B
 sec 2 x  1 tan x
Sol.   tan2 x  2 dx ; Put sec x  t sec x tan x dx = dt
 t 1 
=   1  t   dt log 1  t 2   log t  C
t  t  1 
2 2
1  cos 2 x 2  sin2 x
log C log C
cos x cos x
SECTION – B
81. 09800.00
99
Sol. Number of integral points within the area above the x-axis is  99  k   99  49  4851
k 1
The total number of integral points within the area is 2  4851 + 98 = 9800
82. 00002.00
 x 2 x0
Sol. f  x  
2
  x x0
So, 2f(x) = f  2 x  f(x + a)  f  2 x 
As f(x) is increasing are R, then x + a  2x
a   2  1 x since x  [a, a + 2] ;  2  1 x is maximum at x = a + 2
So, a   2  1  a  2  ; a   2, 
 
83. 00050.00
Sol. 2ab  a2 + b2 using this
sin2 x1  cos2 x2 sin2 x100  cos2 x1
S  .....   50
2 2

84. 03960.00
4
Sol. It is easy to see that there are   P24  72 different ways to put two ‘a’s into the matrix such that
2
4
each row and each column contains at most one ‘a’. similarly, there are also   P24  72
2
2
different ways for two ‘b’s to do the same thing. By the multiplicative principle, we get 72 ways.
Among them we exclude 72 cases in which two ‘b’s occupy the same cells as the two ‘a’s do, and
 16 
exclude   P29  16  72 cases in which one ‘a’ shares the same cell with a ‘b’.
 1
Therefore there are 722 – 72 – 16  72 = 3960 different ways that meet the requirement.
85. 00008.00
Sol. Let z = cos x + i sin x
z z z2  z 2
  2
 2 cos2x  1
z z z
cos 2x = 1 or cos 2x = –1
 5 7 11  2 4 5
x , , , , , , and
6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3
So, 8 solutions
86. 00001.00
1 1
Sol. From   2 2 , we have a + b  2 2 ab
a b
3 2
On the other hand (a + b) = 4ab + (a – b) = 4ab + 4(ab)  4 2 ab  ab   8  ab 
2 2 3
And that means a  b  2 2 ab ..... (1)

Therefore, a  b  2 2 ab ..... (2)
The equality in (1) holds only where ab = 1. Associating it with (2), we get
a  2  1 , a  2  1
 and  . So the answer is loga b  1
b  2  1 , b  2  1
87. 00000.25
Sol. It is easy to find that a = f(1) – f(0), b = f(0), then
2
 1  1 1 1
ab  f  0   f 1  f  0      f  0   f 1    f 1    f 1  
2 2
 2  4 4 2
1 1
When 2f(0) = f(1) = 1, i.e., a = b = , we get ab =
2 4
1
Therefore, the maximum of ab is = 0.25
4
88. 00052.00
Sol. N = a(111 111)
924 = 4  7  11  3 so a must be divisible by 4, a = 4, 8
Sum of roots of equation = 11
If a = 4, then b = 7, = 28 ; a = 8, then b = 3, = 24

89. 00016.00
Sol. AF  4 2
FE = 8  4 2 A
BD  8 2
8
1
Area of BED = 8 2  8  4 2  = 32  2  1 /4
C
2 B F D
 = 32 ; = 2 E
90. 00000.00
Sol. Let a1, a2 , ....., a2022 be the vectors
a1  a2  .....  a2021   a2022
a1  a2  .....  a2020  a2022  a2021
 a2022  a2021  a2021  a2022
+1= +1=0
 = = –1
a1  a2  a3  .....  a2022  0

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XI
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 17-04-2022
answer.

AITS-FT-XI-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. A glass wind screen whose inclination with the vertical can be changed is mounted on a car. The
car moves horizontally with a speed of 4 m/s. At what angle  with the vertical should the wind
screen be placed so that rain drops falling vertically downwards with velocity 12 m/s strike the
wind screen perpendicularly?
 1
(A) tan1  
3
1
(B) tan (3)
(C) cos1(3)
 1
(D) sin1  
3
2. Find the amount of work done to increase the temperature of one mole of an ideal gas by 30C if
it is expanding under the condition V T 2/3
(A) 166.2 J
(B) 136.2 J
(C) 126.2 J
(D) None of these
3. A particle is hanging from a string of length  = 10 m. It is imparted a velocity of 20 m/s at the

bottom. The velocity of the particle at its highest point is (g = 10 m/s2)
20
(A) m/s
3
20 2
(B) m/s
3 3
20
(C) m/s
3
2
(D) 20 m/s
3
1
4. Suppose the gravitational force varies inversely as the power of distance. Then the time
nth
period of a planet in circular orbit of radius R around the sun will be proportional to
 n 1
 
(A) R 2n 
 n 1
 
2 
(B) R
n
(C) R
 n2 
 
2 
(D) R

3 AITS-FT-XI-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
5. A ball of mass m and density is immersed in a liquid of density 5 at a depth h and released. To
what height will the ball jump up above the surface of liquid? (neglect the resistance of water and
air).
(A) h
(B) h/2
(C) 4h
(D) 3h
6. As shown in the figure, a mass m and another mass 10m are u

connected with a string. Friction is sufficient to prevent the 10m
L
slipping of 10m. Mass m is given a velocity u in vertical direction. m
For complete circular motion of mass m keeping heavier particle
stationary, the value of u is
(A) u 3gL
(B) 2gL  u  5gL
(C) 3gL  u  13gL
(D) 11gL  u  15gL
7. If the length of a simple pendulum is equal to 2R, where R is the radius of earth, its time period of
S.H.M. will be
2R
(A) 2
3g
R
(B) 2
2g
2R
(C) 2
g
R
(D) 
2g
8. An organ pipe of length 33 cm closed at one end vibrates in its 5th overtone. If amplitude of a
particle at antinodes is 6 mm, then amplitude of a particle which is at a distance 18 cm from
closed end is
(A) 3 cm
(B) 3 2 mm
(C) 2 mm
(D) zero
v0
9. A uniform ring of radius R is given a back spin of angular velocity and thrown on a horizontal
2R
rough surface with velocity of centre to be v 0. The velocity of the centre of the ring when it starts
pure rolling will be
v0
(A)
2
v0
(B)
4
3v 0
(C)
4
(D) 0

10. The depletion layer is silicon diode is 1 m wide and the knee potential is 0.6 V, then the electric
field in depletion layer will be
(A) zero
(B) 0.6 V/m
(C) 6  104 V/m
(D) 6  105 V/m
11. The wavelength corresponding to maximum spectral radiancy of a black body A is A = 5000Å.
Consider another black body B, whose surface area is twice that of A and total radiant energy by
B is 16 times that emitted by A in same time. The wavelength corresponding to maximum
spectrum radiancy for B will be
(A) 5000(2)3/ 4 Å
(B) 2500 Å
(C) 10000 Å
(D) 5000(2)3/ 4 Å
12. The wavelength of characteristic K line emitted by a hydrogen like element is 0.32 Å. The
wavelength of the K line emitted by the same element will be
(A) 0.25 Å
(B) 0.27Å
(C) 0.30Å
(D) 0.35Å
13. In the circuit shown, the capacitors C1 and C2 have capacitance C R C1

each. The switch S is closed at time t = 0. Taking Q0 = CE and = RC,
the charge on C2 after time t will be C2
(A) Q0 1  e t /2 
E
(B) 
Q0 1  e t /
 S
Q

(C) 0 1  e t/2
2

(D) Q0 1  e2t / 
14. The output of an AC generator is given by:
   3 
E  Em sin  t   and current is given by i  im sin  t   . The circuit contains a single
 4  4 
element other than the generator. It is:
(A) a capacitor
(B) a resistor
(C) an inductor
(D) not possible to decide due to lack of information
15. A particle undergoes SHM with a time period of 2 second. In how much time will it travel from its
mean position to a displacement equal to half of its amplitude
1
(A) sec
2
1
(B) sec
3
1
(C) sec
4
1
(D) sec
6

16. Two beams of light having intensities I and 4I interfere to produce a fringe pattern on a screen.
The phase difference between the beams is /2 at point A and  at point B on the screen. Then
the difference between resultant intensities at A and B is:
(A) 2I
(B) 4I
(C) 5I
(D) 7I
17. An inductor of inductance L = 400 mH and three resistor of

resistance R1 = 4 , R2 = 2 and R3 = 10 are connected E L
to a battery of emf E = 10V as shown in the figure. The
R1 R2
internal resistance of the battery is negligible. The switch S
is closed at tim t = 0. What is the potential drop across L as S R3
a function of time?
(A) 10e25t volt
(B) 10e5t
(C) 5e5t volt
(D) 30e16t volt
18. 3.2 kg of ice at 10C just melts when with a mass m of steam, at 100C is passed through it.
Then (specific heat of ice = 0.5 cal/gmC, latent heat of ice = 80 cal/gm, latent heat of
vaporization of water = 540 cal/gm, specific heat of water = 1 cal/gmC
(A) m = 400 g
(B) m = 800 g
(C) m = 425 g
(D) m = 900 g
19. To get maximum current through a resistance of 2.5 , one can use ‘m’ rows of cells, each row
having ‘n’ cells. The internal resistance of each cell is 0.5 . What are the values of n and m, if the
total number of cells is 45.
(A) 3, 15
(B) 5, 9
(C) 9, 5
(D) 15, 3
20. In the figure shown, A is a fixed charge. B (of mass m) is v

given a velocity V perpendicular to line AB. At this moment
the radius of curvature of the resultant path of B is +q +q
A B
r
(A) 0
(B) (infinity)
4 0r 2mv 2
(C)
q2
(D) r

SECTION – B
21. A uniform cube of side a and mass m rests on a rough horizontal table. A horizontal force F is
applied normal to one of the faces at a point that is directly above the centre of face, at a height of
4
a above the base. The minimum value of F for which the cube will begin to tilt about an edge is
5
kmg
. Find the value of k. (assume that the cube does not slide)
4
22. A ring of mass m is placed on a rough horizontal surface with its plane vertical. A horizontal
impulse J is applied on the ring of mass m along a line passing through its centre. The linear
kJ
velocity of the centre of the ring once it starts pure rolling is . Find the value of k.
m
23. A particle of mass 1kg is performing SHM with maximum kinetic energy 2J. The average speed of
particle during the interval of time in which it moves from one extreme position to the other
n
extreme position is m/s. Fin the value of n.

24. Two bodies of mass 1 kg and 2 kg move towards each other in mutually perpendicular direction
with the velocities 3 m/s and 2 m/s respectively. If the bodies stick together after collision what will
be the value of heat liberated in joule.
25. A positive charge q is projected in magnetic field of width        

mv    B    
with velocity v as shown in the figure. Then time taken by
2qB        
       
km
charged particle to emerge from the magnetic field is . Find        
qB q v     
the value of k.
mv
2qB
26. A ray of light enters into a transparent liquid from air as

shown in the figure. The refractive index of the liquid varies 45
1 air
with depth x from the topmost surface as   2  x
2
where x in meters. The depth of the liquid medium is
sufficiently large. Find the maximum depth (in cm) reached
by the ray inside the liquid.
27. A heavy nucleus having mass number 200 gets disintegrated into two small fragments of mass
number 80 and 120. If binding energy per nucleon for parent atom is 6.5 MeV and for daughter
2
nuclei is 7 MeV and 8 MeV respectively, then the energy released in the decay will be k  10
MeV. Find k.

28. The equivalent resistance of the circuit across points A B 15 10

A and B is n . Find the value of n.
10 15
30 20
20 30
29. A paramagnetic substance of susceptibility 3  104 placed in a magnetic field of 4  104 Am1.
Then, the intensity of magnetization in the unit of Am1 is k  108. Find the value of k.
30. The maximum kinetic energy of photo electrons emitted from a metal surface, when photon of
energy 6eV fall on it is 4 eV. Find the stopping potential in volts.

SECTION – A
 o

31. The de-Broglie’s wavelength of electron in a certain orbit of Li2 is 2ao ao  0.53 A  . What is
 
the quantum number of that orbit?
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 1
32. 24 miligram of MgSO 4 is present in 500 ml of a water sample. What is the hardness of water in
ppm?
(A) 60 ppm
(B) 20 ppm
(C) 40 ppm
(D) 50 ppm

(A) The hybridization of Be in solid BeCl2 is sp3 .
(B) In B2H6 all of the B – H bonds are not of equal length.
(C) The angle between H – O and O – O bond in hydrogen peroxide is same in gas and in
solid.
(D) O3 is a polar molecule.

2 3
(A) 1 H and 2He are isotones
37 39
(B) 17 Cl and 18 Ar are isodiaphers
7 7
(C) 3 Li and 4Be are isobars
3
(D) 1 He and 24He are mirror nuclei
35. In which of the following cases, the oxidation sate number changes by 8?
(A) MnO 4  MnO2
(B) C2O24  CO2
(C) AsO33   AsO34
(D) NO3  NH4
M M
36. 20 ml of H3PO4 solution is treated with 40 ml of NaOH solution. What is the pH of the
10 10
resulting solution? pK1  3, pK 2  7, pK 3  13 for H3PO4 
(A) 10
(B) 9
(C) 5
(D) 8

37. Calculate Eo for MO2  M4 in 1 M acidic medium in the following diagram
MO2 
0.97 V
 MO2 
?
 M4 
1.01 V
 M3
1.02 V
(A) 1.20 V
(B) 1.08 V
(C) 1.32 V
(D) 1.5 V
38. In the Lassign’s test of an organic compound, if FeCl3 is added in the final extract, a red
colouration is observed. Which elements are present in the compound apart from carbon and
hydrogen?
(A) N and O
(B) N and P
(C) S and O
(D) S and N
39. 3 mole of nitrogen initially at 300 K and 10 atm expands irreversibly and adiabatically against a
constant pressure of 1 atm. Calculate the final temperature of the gas CP  29.133 K 1 .  
(A) 230 K
(B) 270 K
(C) 223 K
(D) 242 K
40. If K 4 Fe  CN6  undergoes 50% dissociation in water, calculate the van’t Hoff factor i?
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 3
(D) 2
41. Phosphorescence shown by phosphorus is due to

(A) Oxidation of P in P2 O3
(B) Oxidation of P in P2 O5
(C) Oxidation of Luciferin by Lucifeze enzyme
(D) Reduction of P into phosphide ion
42. Choose the correct order of o for the following complexes

2
I. Co  H2O  
 6
3
II. Co  H2O  
 6
3
III. Fe  H2 O  
 6
3
IV. Fe  CN 
 6
(A) I < II < III < IV
(B) I < III < II < IV
(C) I < II = III < IV
(D) I < II < IV < III

43. Which of the following acetate salts gives the metal on heating?
(A) Na2C2O4
(B) Ag2C2O4
(C) FeC2O 4
(D) SnC2O4
44.
I II III
The correct order of stability of the given carbonium ions is
(A) II > I > III
(B) III > II > I
(C) I > III > II
(D) II > III > I
45. Identify the correct reagents required for the following transformation
HC O CH2OH
?
 
COOEt CHO
(A)  i NaBH4 ii  H3 O
(B)  i LiAlH4 ii  H3 O
(C)  i HOCH2CH2  OH ii LiAlH4 iii  H3O 
(D)  i HS  CH2  CH2  SH, H ii  LiAlH4  iii  H3 O 
46. The correct order of rate of solvolysis of the following molecule is
Br
Br
Br
I II III
(A) III > II > I
(B) II > I > III
(C) III > I > II
(D) II > III > I

47. The metal ion M2 in the following reaction is
M2   S2   Black precipitate 

Hot conc.
HNO3
 White precipitate
(A) Mn2
(B) Fe2
(C) Cd2
(D) Cu2

OH
N

H .

(A) CN
OH
(B) O
NH
(C) O
CH3
NH2
(D) H O
N
49. What is the reactivity of the following compounds towards nucleophile

CH3
O N O
H H OCH3
P Q R
(A) P>Q>R
(B) Q>P>R
(C) Q>R>P
(D) R>P>Q

50. The major product in the following reaction

O
OH

K 2CO3
PhCH2Br

OH 1 mole 
(A) O
OCH2Ph
OH
(B) O
OH
OCH2Ph
(C) O
OCH2Ph
OCH2Ph
(D) O
OH
CH2Ph
HO
SECTION – B
51. For the following amino acids pK a of the groups are given
HOOC CH2 CH2 CH COOH pK a  2.19
pK a  4.25 NH3
pK a  9.67
What is the pH corresponding to the isoelectric point of the amino acid?
52. Calculate the volume occupied by 8.8 gm of CO 2 at 31.1o C and 1 bar pressure
53. Solid Ca HCO3  2 decomposes as

Ca HCO3 2  s   CaCO3  s   CO2  g  H2 O  g
If the total pressure is 0.2 bar, at 420 K, what is standard free energy change of the reaction (in
kJ/mole)

54. O
1. CH3MgBr

2. H
 A  75% yield  
Conc. H2 SO4

 B  80% yield 
 X
How many grams of B is obtained (in gram) if initially 9.8 gm X was present?
55. Calculate EMF of the cell in volt.

Pt | H2  g || BOH  aq || HA  aq  | H2  g | Pt
0.1 bar 1M 0.1 M 1 bar
56. Using van der Waal’s equation, find the constant ‘a’ (in L2 mol2 ) when two moles of a gas is
confined in 4 L flask exerts a pressure of 11 atm at a temperature of 300 K?
 b  0.05 L mol 1
, R  0.082 L atm / K mol 
57. A first order reaction is 50% completed in 20 minutes at 27o C and in 5 minutes at 47o C . What is
the activation energy of the reaction (in kJ/mole)  n2  0.7
58. A solution contains 8.2% Na3PO4 and 12% MgSO 4 by weight. If percent ionization of Na3PO4
and MgSO 4 are 50 and 60 respectively, then what is the boiling point in o C ?  
Kb H2 O   0.5 kg mol1 
 
59. Molybdenum (At. Wt. = 96 gm/mole) crystallises as bcc. If the density of crystals 10.3 gm / cm3 .

Given 3.1 1023
  3.14  10 8 
1/3
What is the radius of Mo atm (in pm)? NA  6  1023 
 
2x
60. If the number of equivalent Cr – O bonds in CrO24 is x, then ?
3

SECTION – A
61. The number of integral ordered pairs (x, y) that satisfy the system of equation |x + y – 4| = 5 and
|x – 3| + |y – 1| = 5 is/are
(A) 2
(B) 4
(C) 6
(D) 12
3n3  4
 n  4n4 1
62. The value of lim  n  is
n  n 
3
(A) e4
3

(B) e 4
–1
(C) e
(D) 0
1
4 
f  x   1   xe  ye x  f  y  dy , if h(x) = f(x) + 3x is strictly increasing in (–, k), then  ek 
y
63.
3 
0
equals to
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
4
(D)
5
64. If a, b  R distinct numbers satisfying |a – 1| + |b – 1| = |a| + |b| = |a + 1| + |b + 1|, then the

minimum value of |a – b| is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
p b c
p q r
65. If a  p, b  q, c  r and a q c  0 , then the value of   ?
pa qb r c
a b r
(A) 1
(B) –1
(C) 2
(D) –2

66. A coin is tossed (m + n) times m > n, find the probability of getting atleast m consecutive heads is
(m > n)
n2
(A)
mn
n2
(B)
2m
n2
(C)
2m 1
n2
(D)
2n  1
3 2  
67. If , , are the roots of 2x + x – 7 = 0, then find the value of   
 
(A) 3
(B) –3
(C) 2
(D) –2
68. A matrix of order 3  3 are formed by using the elements of the set A = {–3, –2, –1, 0, 1, 2, 3},
then find the probability that the matrix is either symmetric of skew symmetric is
1 1
(A) 6
 3
7 7
1 1 1
(B) 9
 3  6
7 7 7
1 1 1
(C) 3
 6  9
7 7 7
1 1
(D) 
73 79
2
d
69. If  f  x   g  x  ; d  g  x   f  x2  , then d 2 f  x 3  can be expressed in the form
dx dx dx
kx a f  xb   px g  x x  where a, b, c, k, p  N, then the value of (k + p + a + b + c) equal to
(A) 26
(B) 27
(C) 28
(D) 30
2 10 k 10
70. If A and B are two square matrix such that A B = BA and if (AB) = A B , then k is
(A) 1001
(B) 1023
(C) 1042
(D) 1025
x2 y2
71. Two perpendicular chords of the ellipse   1 (a > b) each passing through exactly one of
a2 b2
x2 y2 2
the foci meet at point P and PQ and PR are tangents to   1 , then 4 cosec ( QPR) is
a2 b2
equal to
(A) 4

(B) 16
(C) 32
(D) 48
72. A circle touches the parabola y2 = 4x at (1, 2) and also touches it’s directrix, then the y-coordinate
of the point of contact of the circle and the directrix is
(A) 2
(B) 2
(C) 2 2
(D) 4
73. If x1, x2, x3 are non negative real roots of equation x 3 – 6x2 + 3px – 2p = 0 (p  R), then value of
 1 1  1  1  1  1 1
sin1     cos    tan    is equal to
x
 1 x 2  x
 2  x 3  x
 3 x1

(A)
4

(B)
2
3
(C)
4
(D) 
1

     2010 
n n n
2010 2009
lim   2009 
b
74.  is equal to a (a, b  N), then a – b = ?
n
(A) 2009
(B) 1
(C) –1
(D) 0
x
75. f : R  R defined as f  x   x3  2x 2  4x  sin and g be the inverse of f, then g(8) equals
2
1
(A)
9
(B) 9
1
(C)
11
(D) 11
76. The maximum value of (cos 1) (cos 2) (cos 3) ..... (cos n) under the restrictions

0  1, 2, 3 ..... n  and cot 1 cot 2 cot 3 ..... cot n = 1 is
2
1
(A) n
22
1
(B)
2n
1
(C)
2n
(D) 1

77. The X – Y plane is rotated about it’s line of intersection with Y – Z plane by 45, then the equation
of new plane is
(A) z–x=0
(B) x–y=0
(C) y–z=0
(D) x+y+z=0
        
78. If a r b , then vector v in terms of a and b satisfying the condition v a and v b = 1 and
  
 v a b   1 is
  
b ab
(A) 2   2
b ab
  
b ab
(B)    2
b ab
  
b ab
(C) 2   
b ab
 
 a  b
(D) b  
ab
79. Which of the following is not tautology?

(A) (p  q)  p
(B) (p  q)  (p  ~q)
(C) p  (p  q)
(D) (p  q)  (~p  q)
80. The mean of two samples of sizes 200 and 300 were found to be 25 and 10 respectively, their
standard deviations were 3 and 4 respectively the variance of combined sample size of 500 is
(A) 64
(B) 65.2
(C) 67.2
(D) 64.2
SECTION – B
1 a
 x 2010  x804  x 402   2x1608  5x 402  10  402 1  2010
 5x 804  10x 402  402 , then find the
81. If
 =
10a
2x
value of a
82. The sum of the squares of the lengths of the chords intercepted by the family of the lines x + y = n
(n  N) from the circle x2 + y2 = 4 is
x2 y2 x2 y2
83. Let t and f(t) be the eccentricities of the ellipse   1 and  1
3b2  2a2 2b2  a2 2b2  a2 b2
1
2
where b2 > a2 (a  0) respectively, then  fofofof  t  dt is equal to
0

  4x  f  x   f  x  dx 
3 4
84. If , then find the area of region bounded by y = f(x), x-axis and
7
0
coordinate x = 1 and x = 2
4 3 8  15 12  35
85. If the sum of first 84 terms of the series    ..... = 549k, then k is equal
1 3 3 5 5 7
to
1995 1995 1995

86. The digit at the unit place in the number 17   11  7
3a b c  1
  T
87. If a, b, c  R and abc = 1 if A   b 3c a  and A A  4 I & |A| > 0, then the value of
3
 c a 3b 
a3 + b3 + c3 is
88. Let circle S1 and S2 on argand plane be given by |z + 1| = 3 and |z – 2| = 7 respectively. If a

variable circle (S) |z – z0| = r be inside circle S2 such that it touches S1 externally and S2
internally, then the locus of z0 describes a conic E. If eccentricity of E can be written in simplest
p
from as , then find p + q is (where p, q  N)
q
89. A curve y = f(x) is passing through (2, 0) and slope of it’s tangent at any point (x, y) is
 x  12  y  3 m
, then the area bounded by the curve y = f(x) and x-axis is (where HCF of m
x 1 n
and n is 1), then value of m + n is
90. Consider two numbers N1 = 1083 and N2 = 1070 the probability that a randomly chosen positive
1
divisor of N1 is an integer multiple of N2 is , then  is equal to
9

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XI
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 17-04-2022

SECTION – A
1. B
  
Sol. Velocity of rain with respect to car v RC  v R  vC should be 
vC = 4m/s
perpendicular to the wind screen. 90°

From figure,  wind screen
v 12 
tan   r  vRC 
vR =12m/s
vc 4
  tan 1 (3)
2. A
Sol. PV = RT for 1 mole
RT
W   PdV   dV
V
V  CT 2/3
2 dV 2 dT
dV  CT 1/3 dT or 
3 V 3 T
T
 2  dT 2
2
W   RT    R(T2  T1 )  166.2 J
T1 3 T 3
3. B
Sol. vb = 20 m/s < 5g
Particle leaves the circular path.

AITS-FT-XI-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
2
20  g(2  3 cos ) cos 
3
Velocity at top =  g cos  cos 
20 2
3 3
m/s
4. A
2 1
Sol. mR
R1/ n
5. C
m v=0
Sol. Volume of ball V  g H
Acceleration of ball inside the liquid
h
F upthrust  weight a
a  net 
m m
m
 (5 )( g )  mg
or a 
 = 4g (upwards)
m
Velocity of ball while reaching at surface
v  2ah  8 gh
The ball will jump to a height
v 2 8 gh
H   4h
2g 2g
6. C
Sol. At the top
mv 2
T  mg 
L
T  10mg
v  11gL
7. A
Sol. F = mg sin 
F = mg sin(+ )
ma = mg( + ) 
2R
 x x
a  g   
 2R R  x
 3g 
a   x …(i) mg 
 2R 
a = 2x …(ii)
from equations (i) and (ii)
2R
T = 2
3g

3 AITS-FT-XI-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22
8. D
5
Sol. For fifth overtone  = 33 cm, = 12 cm
2 4
at a distance 18 cm (= 3 /2) from closed end node is formed
9. B
v0
Sol. Here u = v0, 0  
2R
At pure rolling,
F  v V  F  FR
v  v 0   1  t and   0   1  t (in pure rolling v = R) ( =  1 2
m R 2R  mR  I mR
v0
v0  v  v 
2
v0 v0
2v  v
2 4
10. D
V 0.6
Sol. By using E   6  6  105 V/m
d 10
11. D
4
Sol. P = AT
4
PA A A  TA 
   TB  TA (2)3/ 4
PB A B  TB 
TB
as mT = constant A

B TA
3

B = 5000(2) Å 4
12. B
1 1 1 1 1 1
Sol.  RZ 2  2  2  and  RZ2  2  2 
k 1 2  k 1 3 
Dividing we get,
k  0.27 Å
13. B
Sol. Rearranging the circuit, we observed that C1 is joined directed to R C2
the cell and acquires its full charge when S is closed. It plays no
part in the charging of C2 through R.
So, q2 = Q0 1  e  t / 
C1
14. C
Sol. The current lags the emf by /2, so the circuit should contain only an inductor.

15. D
2 A
Sol. x  A sin t; for x 
T 2
A 2
 A sin t
2 T
T
Solving, t 
12
16. B
Sol. I1 = I and I2 = 4I
Inet  I1  I2  2 I1I2 cos
IA = I + 4I = 5I ( A = /2)
and IB = I + 4I 2 4I I  I ( B = )
IA  IB = 4I
17. A
Sol. I = Imax (1  e t / )
18. C
Sol. miceSice(10) + miceLice = MLV + MSwater (100)
3200(0.5) (10) + 3200(80) = m[540 + 100]
m = 425 gm
19. D
Sol. For maximum current, net resistance of cell must be equal to 2.5
n(0.5)
i.e.  2.5 …(i)
m
and m  n = 45
solving, we get n = 15, m = 3
20. C
kq2  1 
Sol. F ; k  
r 2
 4 0 
kq2 mv 2

r2 RC
mv 2r 2 4  0 v 2r 2m
RC  ; R C 
kq2 q2
SECTION – B
21. 00002.50
Sol. Taking moments about the edge about which the cube is likely to tilt,
4 a
F  a  mg 
5 2
5
F  mg
8

22. 00000.50
Sol. Let v be the velocity of centre of mass of ring just after the
impulse is applied and v is its velocity in pure rolling. v0 v
J  mv0 
J P P
v0 
m
Conserving angular momentum about point of contact with ground
mv0 r  mvr  I cm 
v J
v 0 
2 2m
23. 00004.00
1 2 A 4 A 4 A 4
Sol.
2
mv max  2 J , v max  2 m/s  A , vavg     m/s
2 T /2 T 2 
24. 00004.33
Sol. m1  1kg , m2  2kg , u1  3 ms 1 , u 2  2 ms 1
Initial momentum  ( m1u1 ) 2  ( m2 u 2 ) 2  9  16 = 5 kg ms–1
5
If combined velocity is v, (m1  m2 )v  5 , v  ms 1
3
1 2 1 2 1 13
Heat liberated = loss in kinetic energy  m1u1  m2u 2  ( m1  m2 )v 
2
J
2 2 2 3
25. 00000.25
mv
2qB 1 
Sol. sin   
mv 2
qB
 = 45
T m
t 
8 4qB
26. 00100.00
Sol. At maximum depth the ray graze the surface (i.e. the angle made by the ray with normal will
become 90)
Applying snell’s law
 1 
1 sin 45   2  x  sin90
 2 
1 1
2 x or x = 1 m
2 2
27. 00002.20
Sol. Energy released = (80  7 + 120  8  200  6.5) = 220 MeV

28. 00037.50
Sol. equivalent circuit is 10 15
= 37.5
20 30 15
A 10 B
20 30
29. 00012.00
Intensity of magnetistation(I)
Sol. ( )
Magnetizing field(H)
Or, I = H
30. 00004.00
K.Emax
Sol. eV0 = K. V0 
e

SECTION – A
31. B
Sol. If n – quantum number, then, n  2r   de  Broglie' s wavelength
2
n ao
r
Z
n2ao
n  2
Z
2nao
 Z  3 for Li2
Z
 2ao
2nao
2ao 
3
n3
32. C
Sol. 500 ml of water contains 24 mg of MgSO 4
1000 ml of water contains 24  2  48 mg of MgSO 4
48
48 mg MgSO 4  gm MgSO4
1000
 0.048 gm MgSO4
0.048
Number of moles of MgSO 4 
120
 4  104 mole
i.e. number of moles of CaCO3 (hypothetical) would be 4  104 in 1 litre.
Mass of CaCO3  4  104  100  0.04
= 40 mg.
Hardness in ppm = 40
33. C
Sol. Cl Cl
Be Be Be
Cl Cl
3
Be is sp hybridised.
H
H H
B B
H H H
The bridge H forms longer bond

O O
H
o H
94.5
o
O 101.9
O
H
Gas H
Solid
The angle between H – O and O – O are not the same in solid and gas.
O O
O O O O
O3 is polar, as there is a charge separation and the molecule is bent.
34. D
2 3
Sol. 1 H and 2He are isotones as they have same number of neutrons but different mass number.
37 39
17 Cl and 18 Ar are isodiaphers as they have same excess of neutron over protons (A – 2Z).
7 7
3 Li and 4Be are isobars as they have same mass number but different atomic numbers. Mirror
nuclei have equal mass numbers but their atomic numbers differ by 1.
2 3
1 H and 2He can not be mirror nuclei as mass numbers are different.
35. D
Sol. 5 3
NO3  NH4
8
36. A
1
Sol. 10 milimoles of H3PO 4  20  2
10
Milimoles of NaOH = 4
H3PO 4  NaOH  NaH2PO 4  H2 O
2 4 2
0 2 2
NaH2PO4  NaOH  Na2HPO4  H2O
2 2 4
i.e. the resulting solution contains 4 milimoles of Na2HPO 4 .
pK 2  pK 3
i.e. pH of the solution 
2
7  13
  10
2

37. B
Sol. MO22  e  MO 2 Eo  0.97 V G1o
MO2  4H  e  M4  2H2O Eo  Eo2 G2o
M4  e  M3 Eo  1.01 V Go3
MO22  4H  3e  M3 Eo  1.02 V Go
G1o  G2o  G3o  Go
F   0.97   F  Eo2  F  1.01  1.08
Eo2  1.08 V
38. D
Na
Sol. C  N  S   NaCNS
3NaCNS  FeCl3  Fe  CNS 3  3NaCl
Red colour 
39. D
Sol. n3 P1  10 atm T1  300K, CP  29.13 JK 1
Wirr  P2  V2  V1   nCV  T2  T1 
 nRT2 nRT1 
P2     nCV  T2  T1 
 P2 P1 
 P 
R  T2  T1 2    CP  R  T2  T1 
 P1 
 1
8.314  T2  300     29.13  8.314  T2  300 
 10 
T2  222.94 K 223 K
40. C
Sol. Let,  be the degree of dissociation of K 4 Fe  CN6 
4
K 4 Fe  CN6   4K   Fe  CN 6 
1    4 
i
1     4    1  4
1
  0.5
i  1  4  0.5
=3
41. A
Sol. Factual
42. B
Sol. CN is a strong field ligand. Greater be the oxidation state, greater be o .

43. B
Sol. Ag2C2O 4 

 2Ag  2CO2
44. D
Sol. Planarity at the bridgehead position is not permitted. However, the flexibility of the molecule is
increased as number of carbon atoms in the bridge increases.
45. C
Sol.
O H O O O O
C CH CH HC O
 i
HO OH  ii LiAlH iii H O
  
4
 
3
H
COOEt COOEt CH2OH CH2OH
46. D
Sol. Greater be the stability of carbocation, greater be the rate of solvolysis.
Aromatic
CH2
Stabilised through +R effect of benzene ring.
Anti-aromatic.
47. C
Sol. Cu2   S 2   CuS 
Hot conc.
 Cu NO3  2  H2 S
HNO3
Black precipitate  White precipitate

48. D
Sol.
OH OH 2
N H N


H
N O
H
H
O H OH
N N
H
O
N
49. A
Sol. O is more electronegative than N. In R, the +R effect of OCH3 reduces reactivity of carbonyl
group.
50. A
Sol. O O
O H O
OH 
 H2 C Ph
OH OH
more acidic Br
OCH2Ph
OH

SECTION – B
51. 00003.22
2.19  4.25
Sol. PHI 
2
= 3.22
52. 00004.98
8.8
Sol. n  0.2 T  273  31.1  304.1
44
P  1 bar 1 atm
nRT 0.2  0.082  304.1
V 
P 1
 4.98 
53. 00016.083
Sol. Ptotal  0.2 bar
At equilibrium, PCO2  PH2 O  0.1 bar
KP  PCO2 .PH2O   0.1  0.01 bar

2
Go  RTnK eq  8.314  420  2.303log  0.01

= 16.083 kJ.
54. 00005.76
Sol. 9.8 gm X was present
O H3C CH3
OH

1. CH3 MgBr
2. HCl
 
Conc. H2 SO4


9.8 gm A B
 0.1 mole 0.075 mole 0.06 mole
Amount of B formed = 0.06  96  5.76 gm
55. 00000.39
Sol. K a  HA   10 7 , K b BOH  10 5
 
o
H 
0.06  RHS PH2
Ecell  log LHS
 
2
2 H 
 LHS PH2 RHS
OH   Kb C OH   103

   
H  11
 LHS  10
H  4
 RHS  K a C  10
 
2
0.06 104  0.1
Ecell  log  0.39 V
 
2
2 10 11

56. 00006.46
 n2a 
Sol.  P  2   V  nb   nRT
 V 
n2a nRT
 P
V2 V  nb
2
 nRT V
a  P 2
 V  nb n
V  4, P  11 atm, n  2, b  0.05, R  0.082
a  6.46
57. 00055.87
0.7
Sol. k1  T1  300 K
20
0.7
k2  T2  320 K
5
k 2 Ea  1 1
n    
k1 R  T1 T2 
RT1T2 k
Ea  n 2
 2 1  k1
T  T
8.314  320  300
  n4
20
= 55.87 kJ/mol
58. 00101.785
Sol. For Na3PO4 i  1  3  1  3  0.5  2.5
MgSO 4 i  1.6
100 gm solution contains 8.2 gm Na3PO4 and 12gm MgSO4
Tb  iK bm
 8.2 12 
 164  2.5  120  1.6 
 0.5    1000
 79.8 
 
 1.785o C
Boiling point  100  1.785  101.785o C
59. 00135.96
Z M  2 96
Sol. a3    
d  NA  10.3 6  1023
3a
a  314 pm, r  135.96 pm
4
60. 00002.66
Sol. O
Cr
O
O O
2x
x4  2.66
3

SECTION – A
61. D
Sol. Let x – 3 = X ; y – 1 = Y, then |X + Y| = 5 and |X| + |Y| = 5
Hence, total 12 ordered pairs
62. B
3n3  4
 n  4n4 1
Sol. Let y  lim  n 
n   n 
1
3n3  4
 n 3 3
log y = lim
n 4n 4  1
log  n  =
n  4
0
log x dx  
4 
3

ye 4
63. C
1 1
f(x) = 1 + Ax + Be where A  e f  y  dy ; B  yf  y  dy 
x y
Sol.
0 0
1 1
A  e y 1  Ay  Be y  dy ; B  y 1  Ay  Bey  dy
 
0 0
3 2
A ; B
2 e1
3 2e x
h(x) > 0 
f(x) + 3 > 0 3 0 
2 e 1
3 4 4 k 
e x   e  1 ; e x   e  1  3 e   3
4 3
64. B
Sol. f(x) = |x – a| + |x – b| 2x – a – b
a + b – 2x
f(0) = f(1) = f(–1)
Let a > b
f(x) is constant in [b, a]
b  –1 and a  1 minimum |a – b| = 2
b a
65. C
p b c
Sol. ab qb 0  0 (R3  R3 – R2 and R2  R2 – R1)
0 bq r c
p b c
pa qb rc
(p – a)(q – b)(r – c) 1 1 0
0 1 1

 p b c 
(p – a)(q – b)(r – c)    0
pa qb r c 
p b c p  b   c 
  0 ;   1    1  2
pa qb r c pa qb  rc 
p q r
  2
pa qb r c
66. C
Sol. Following cases (x  stands for H or T any one)
m
HH ..... H x x x x .....  
1
 1
m times 2
m
1  1
T HHH .....  x x x x x .....  1    1
m times 2 2
m
1  1
x T HHH ..... m times  x x x .....  1    1
2 2
m m m 1 m
 1  1  1  1  n n2
x x x ..... T HHH .....   1   =    n  =   1   = m 1
m times 2 2 2  2   2 2
67. B
 
 
1 1 1
Sol.        3     
   
    
       3

  
    
   
0 3    ;      3
   
68. C
76 1
Sol. Probability matrix is symmetric = 9

7 73
73 1
Probability matrix is skew symmetric = 9

7 76
One matrix containing all 0 is common in both
1 1 1
Required probability = 3  9  9
7 7 7
69. C
Sol. f(x) = g(x)
g(x) = f(x2) = f(x) let y = f(x 3)
dy
 f   x3  3x 2
dx
d2 y
 3 3x 2 x 2 f   x 3   2xf   x 3   = 9x 4 f   x 3   6x f   x 3  = 9x 4 f  x 6   6x g  x 3 
dx 2
k+p+a+b+c=9+4+6+6+3

70. B
3 2
Sol. (AB)(AB) = A(BA)B = A B
3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 7 3
AB AB AB = A B AB = A B(BA)B = A B A B B = A (BA) AB B = A A (BA) B B = A B
 AB n  A  2 1
k   210  1  1023
n
Bn . If n = 10
71. A
Sol. Equation of two chords are y = m(x – ae) ..... (1)
1
y    x  ae  ..... (2)
m
Multiply equation (1) and (2), we get x 2 + y2 = a2e2 x2 + y2 = a2 – b2
Which is director circle of the hyperbola
72. C
Sol. Tangent at (1, 2)
2y = 2(x + 1)
y=x+1 (1, 2)
Equation of circle
(x – 1)2 + (y – 2)2 + (x – y + 1) = 0 ..... (1)
Put x = –1
y2 – 4y – y + 8 = 0
2
D=0 ( + 4) = 32
  4 4 2
y y  2 2
2 2
73. A
x1  x2  x3 3
Sol. Let x1, x2, x3 are roots of equation A.M.  2 ; H.M 2
3 1 1 1
 
x1 x 2 x 3
A.M = H.M ; x1 = x2 = x3 = 2
 1 1  1  1 1  1  1 1   
Hence, sin1     cos     tan    = 0 
x
 1 x 2  x
 2 x 3  x
 2 x1 2 4 4
74. C
1 1
Sol.  2010  2010   2009  2009 ;  2010 2009   2009 2010
1
1
  
n n
 2010 2009

     2010  
n n n
2010 
 
2010 2009
lim   2009   
; lim 2009  1 
n n    2009 2010  
   
 2009 2010  ab ; a = 2009 ; b = 2010 a – b = –1
75. C
1 1  1  1
Sol. g  y   ; g  8   =   =
f  x f  1 x 
 3x2  4x  4   cos  
11
  
2  2  x 1
76. A
Sol. cot 1 cot 2 cot 3 ..... cot n = 1
cos 1 cos 2 cos 3 ..... cos n = sin 1 sin 2 ..... sin n
Let y = cos 1 cos 2 ..... cos n
y = sin 1 sin 2 ..... sin n

sin21 sin 2 2 .....sin2n

y2 
2n
1 1
Maximum of y 2  n
; maximum of y 2  n
2
22
77. A
Sol. Equation of family of plane passing through intersection of X – Y plane and Y – Z plane is z + x
= 0 this plane makes an angle 45 with the xy plane (z = 0)
1
cos 45  ; 2
1  2 ; 2 1 2 ; = 1
2
1 1
Hence, plane are z + x = 0 ; z – x = 0
78. A
         1
Sol. Let v  xa  yb  z a  b  ; v a  0 x  0 ; v b 1 y 2
b
  
     2 1  b ab
v a  b  z a  b   1 ; z  ; v 2 
 2  2
ab b ab
79. B
Sol. (p  q)  (p  ~q)
p q pq p  ~q
T T T T
T F T T
F T T F
F F F T
80. C
n1x1  n2 x2 80
Sol. Combined mean x    16
n1  n2 5
d1  x1  x  25  16  9
d2  x2  x  10  16  6
Combined mean 2 
 
n1 12  d12  n2 22  d22  = 200  9  81  300 16  36 
= 67.2
n1  n2 500
SECTION – B
81. 00403.00
1
Sol.  x  x 2009  x 803  x 401   2x1608  5x 402  10  402 dx
1
 x 2009  x803  x 401   2x2010  5x804  10x 402  402 dx

Put 2x 2010  5x804  10x 402  t
a = 403
82. 00022.00
n
Sol. 2 n < 2 2 ; n = 1 or 2
2

Length of chord = 16  2n2 the sum = 22
83. 00000.25
2b2  a2 b2  a2 2
b2  a2
  t   1  b
2
Sol. t2  1  2  ; f 
3b  2a2 3b2  2a2 2b2  a2 2b2  a2
t2 t t
 f  t  2  2
and f(t) > 0 ;  f  t    ; fof  t  
1 t 1 t 2
1  2t 2
1
2
t 1
fofofof  t  
1  4t 2
;  fofofof  t  dt  4  0.25
0
84. 00007.50
1 a 1
  4x f  x   f  x   4x  4x  dx    f  x   2x 
4 2 4

3 2 6 6
Sol. ; 4x 6 dx  3
dx 
7 7
0 0 0
1 2
  f  x   2x 
2 15
 f  x  dx 
3 3
dx  0 f(x) = 2x ;
2
0 0
85. 00002.00
a2  b2  ab a3  b3
Sol.  2 ; 549k = 1098 k=2
ab a  b2
86. 00001.00
Sol.  7  10 1995  1  10 1995   7 1995 = (a number of multiple of 10) + 1
Unit place digit is 1
87. 00009.00
3a b c 
  3 3 3
Sol. A   b 3c a  ; det(A) = 29abc – 3(a + b + c )
 c a 3b 
1
T 2
A A ; AT A  4 ; A
3
4 I  4 ; |A| = 2
3 3 3
a +b +c =9
88. 00013.00
Sol. cc1 = r + r1
cc2 = r2 – r C1(–1, 0)
r
cc1 + cc2 = r1 + r2
Locus of c is an ellipse with focus c1 and c2 C(h, k)
r1 + r2 = 2a = 10 C2(2, 0)
r
|c1c2| = 2ae = 3
3
e
10
p + q = 13

89. 00007.00
Sol. f(2) = 0
2
dy  x  1  y  3
 ; let x + 1 = X and y – 3 = Y
dx x 1
dY X2  Y Y dY Y d Y
  X ;  X ;   1
dX X X dX X dX  X 
Y 2
 X  c ; (y – 3) = (x + 1) + c(x + 1)
X
Put (2, 0) y = x2 – 2x
4
x = –4 A
3
90. 00004.00
83 83 83
Sol. N1 = 10 = 2 5
70 70 70
N2 = 10 = 2 5
So, divisor are of type 29 56
0  a, b  83 (for N1)
70
For multiple of 10 70  a, b  83
14  14 1
Probability =   = 36
84  84 36

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XII
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 22-05-2022
answer.

AITS-FT-XII-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. If the area under the I-H hysterics loop and B-H hysterics loop are denoted by A1 and A2 then
(A) A2 = 0A1
(B) A2 = A1
(C) A1 = 0A2
(D) A 2  02 A 1
2. There is a set of 4 tunning forks, one with lowest frequency vibrating at 552 Hz. By using two
forks at a time the beat frequencies heard are 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8. then the possible frequencies of
other three forks are
(A) 553 Hz, 554 Hz, 560 Hz
(B) 553 Hz, 555 Hz, 560 Hz
(C) 553 Hz, 556 Hz, 558 Hz
(D) 551 Hz, 554 Hz, 560 Hz
3. A tube of length L is open at one end. It is lowered into a tank of liquid

as shown in the figure with open end downward. The closed end just
touches the surface. The liquid is pushed into the tube to a height h. If
atmospheric pressure is L of liquid, then choose the correct one. L
2
(A) (2L + h) (L  h) = L h
2
(B) (2L + h) (L + h) = L
2
(C) (2L  h) (L + h) = L
2
(D) (2L  h) (L  h) = L
4. The centres of two thin coaxial conducting loops of radius r each are separated by distance d (d
>> r). Then, the mutual inductance of the system is:
0 r 2
(A)
d
0 r 4
(B)
d3
0 r 2
(C)
2d
0 r 4
(D)
2d3

3 AITS-FT-XII-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
5. A smooth wire PQR passes through a bead Q which rotates P

with a constant angular speed in the horizontal circle of
radius r, as shown in figure. The angular speed is
g 30
(A)
r R
g 60
(B)
2r Q
2g
(C)
r 2r
g
(D)
3r
6. The temperature (T) dependence of resistivity ( ) of semiconductor is represented by

(A) (B)
T T
(C) (D)
T T
7. For the given Maxwell’s speed distribution curve, if v P N (number of molecules

= most probable speed, v rms = r.m.s. speed and v m =
mean speed, then
(A) v1  vrms , v 2  vP , v 3  vm
(B) v 2  vP , v 3  vm , v 4  vrms
(C) v 2  vP , v 3  vrms , v 4  v m
(D) v 2  vm , v 3  vP , v 4  vrms v3 v4
v1 v2 speed
8. Find the amount of heat produced in the circuit after closing the V0
switch (capacitor is initially charged with potential V0 as polarity  +
shown in the figure)
(A) zero C
1
(B) CV02 S
2
(C) CV02
(D) 2 CV02 + 
V0

9. A positive charged particle is placed inside the hollow right R = 1 cm

circular cone on its axis at a distance of 1 cm from the apex 1 cm
as shown. Find the electric flux passing through the upper
half curved surface of cone.
q
(A) ( 2  1)
2 0
q  1 
(B) 1   H = 2 cm
4 0  2
q
(C) ( 2  1)
2 0
q  1 
(D) 1  
4 0  2
10. A solid sphere of mass m is held in equilibrium on a rough inclined A

surface with the help of an ideal string which is wrapped on it and one
end is fixed such that part AB is vertical. Then the friction force acting m
on the system by the inclined surface is
B
mg
(A)
2  = 30
3mg
(B)
4
mg
(C)
3
2mg
(D)
3
11. In the given circuit, if the reading of ideal voltmeter is 220 V, V

then the box may contain.
(A) only capacitor
(B) Series combination of capacitor and inductor BOX
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(D) none of the above
~
220 V
12. A particle starts from rest and moves in a straight line with initial acceleration a0. The acceleration
reduces exponentially and becomes half of its initial value in t0 seconds. The terminal velocity of
the particle is
a0 t 0
(A)
n2
a0 t 0
(B)
2n2
a0 t 0
(C)
3n2
2a0 t 0
(D)
3n2

13. According moseley’s Law, the ratio of slopes of graph of f and Z for k and k is
32
(A)
27
27
(B)
32
33
(C)
22
22
(D)
33
14. A cell of internal resistance 1 is connected across a resistor. A voltmeter having variable
resistance G is used to measure potential difference across resistor. The plot of voltmeter reading
V against G is shown. What is the value of R.
V V
20 V
R
G
24 V, 1
(A) 5
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) 1
15. A paraxial beam is incident on a glass (n = 1.5)

hemisphere of radius R = 6 cm in air as shown.
The distance of point of convergence F from the
plane surface is
F
(A) 5.4 cm
(B) 8 cm
(C) 12 cm
(D) 18 cm
16. A charged sphere of mass m and charge q starts sliding

along the surface of a smooth hemispherical bowl from
position P. The region has a transverse uniform magnetic g
field B. Normal force by the surface of bowl on the sphere at P
position Q. 
(A) mgsin   qB 2gR sin 
(B) mgsin   qB 2gR sin  B
Q
(C) 3mgsin   qB 2gR sin 
(D) 3mgsin   qB 2gR sin 
17. The property of metals which allows them to be drawn readily into thin wires beyond the elastic
limit without rupturing, is known as
(A) elastically
(B) Hardness
(C) Malleability
(D) Ductility

18. A large parallel plate capacitor, whose plates have an area of 1 m 2 and are separated from each
other by 1 mm, is being charged at a rate of 25 V/s. If the dielectric between the plates has the
dielectric constant 10, then the displacement current at this instant is
(A) 1.1 A
(B) 11 A
(C) 2.2 A
(D) 0.22 A
19. In a wheat-stone bridge experiment as shown in the figure.

(A) Key k1 should be pressed first and then k2 P Q
S
(B) Key k2 should be pressed first and then k1
(C) Any key can be pressed in any order k1
(D) Both keys should be pressed simultaneously.
R X
+  k2
20. A radioactive sample undergoes a series of decays according to the scheme

 
A   A 1  A 2   A 3  A 4
If the mass number and atomic number of A are 180 and 72 respectively, these numbers of A4
are
(A) 172, 68
(B) 172, 69
(C) 172, 67
(D) 171, 69
SECTION – B
21. The maximum vertical distance through which a full dressed astronaut can jump on the earth is
0.5 m. Estimate the maximum vertical distance (in m) through which he can jump on the moon.
2  1
(Given moon    earth , Rmoon    Rearth )
3
  4
22. Two moles of helium are mixed with n moles of hydrogen. The root mean square speed of the
gas molecules in the mixture is 2 times the speed of sound in mixture. The value of n is
23. The limiting angle of incidence of a ray that can be transmitted by an equilateral prism of
7 
refractive index is radian. Find k.
3 4k
24. The ratio of heat required to increase the temperature of 2 moles of diatomic gas at constant
pressure by 20C to the heat required to increase the temperature of 3 moles of monoatomic gas
at constant volume 14C is

0
25. Radiation of wavelength is incident on a photosensitive sphere of radius R. The charge
3
 6 0RChn 
developed on the sphere when electrons cease to be emitted will be  .( 0 being the
 e 0 
threshold wavelength). Find n.
26. A thin copper wire of length  is heated from 20C to 70C, then increase in length is 1%. If a thin
rectangular copper plate of length 3 and breadth 2 is heated through the same temperature
change, then % change in its area will be
27. Starting from mean position a body oscillates simple harmonically with a period of 2s. Its kinetic
energy will become 75% of the total energy after n sec for the first time. Find n.
28. An inductor coil stores 32 J of magnetic energy and dissipates it as heat at rate of 320 W when a
current of 4A passed through it. The time constant of the coil is t0 sec. Then find t0
29. A faulty thermometer reads 1C at freezing point of water and 99C at boiling point of water. What
is the reading of this faulty thermometer in C when the correct thermometer reads 40C.
30. In YDSE apparatus, d = 1mm, = 600 nm, D = 1m. Then find the minimum distance between two
points on the screen (in mm) having 75% of the maximum intensity.

SECTION – A
31. Which of the following is correct for last electron filled in ‘S’ atom?
1
(A) n  3;  3; m  2; s  
2
1
(B) n  3;  1; m  1; s  
2
1
(C) n  3;  1; m  1; s  
2
(D) Both (B) and (C) are possible
32. Which of the following is correct about marked bond length and bond angles, in the following
structure of PCl2 F3 ?
F
2 Cl
1
F P
3
Cl

F
(A) 2 1 3;   90o
(B) 1 3 2;  90o
(C) 1 2 3;   90o
(D) 1 2 3;  120o
33. What is the concentration of Cl2  g , when 2 moles of ClF3  g is allowed to decompose in a
closed container of 5 litre at 304.5 K, with KP  50 atm2 ?
(A) 0.103 M
(B) 1.03 M
(C) 0.065 M
(D) 0.129 M
34. What is the solubility of AgBr in 0.1 M NH3 .


Given: K SP  AgBr   5  1013 ; K f  Ag NH3  2   107 ?
(A) 2.226  104 M
(B) 2.5  104 M
(C) 2.226  103 M
(D) 2.5  103 M

35. Which of the following undergo fastest SN 2 by NaBr/acetone?

(A)
Cl
(B)
Cl
(C) Cl
(D) Ph3 CCl
36. What is the reaction product of the following reaction?
CH3
CHOH 
CH3 COOH
Warm
?
HO
NO 2
(A)
O
H C CH3
NO 2
(B)
C CH3
O H
NO 2
(C)
H
C CH3
O NO2
(D)
H
CH3
NO2

37. CHCl3  Chloroform  is stored in closed dark coloured bottles and completely filled…….
(A) As it is decomposed to give CH2 Cl2 and Cl2 in presence of light and Cl2 is poisonous.
(B) As it is decomposed to give  CCl4 and HCl  in presence of light and HCl is poisonous
and acidic as well.
(C) As it slowly oxidized by air in presence of light to an extremely poisonous gas,
COCl2 (Phosgene).
(D) As it is slowly oxidized to give CO and HCl, which are poisonous.
38. Which of the following is correct?

(A) If BOD level of water in reservoir is less than 10 ppm, it is highly polluted.
(B) High BOD means low activity of bacteria in water.
(C) Excessive use of chlorinated synthetic pesticides cause soil and water pollution.
(D) Synthetic chlorinated pesticides are biodegradable.
39. Which of the following is sulphur containing compound/drug?

(A) Renitidine
(B) Brompheniramine
(C) Phenelzine
(D) Veronal
40. Which types of isomerism is not exhibited by the compound with molecular formula
CrCl2 Br.6H2 O ?
(A) Hydrate isomerism
(B) Ionization isomerism
(C) Geometrical isomerism
(D) Optical isomerism
41. During the extraction of copper, Cu-metal is formed in Bessemer converter due to the
reaction…..?
C
(A) 2Cu2 O   4Cu  CO2 ;

(B) Cu2 S   2Cu  S;
(C) Fe  Cu2 O  2Cu  FeO;
(D) Cu2 S  2Cu2 O  6Cu  SO2 ;
42. Which of the following is correct regarding gas ‘P’ evolved in the following process?
Zn  dil.HNO3  Zn NO3 2  P ;
(A) ‘P’ evolve as brown fumes.
(B) Aqueous solution of ‘P’ is acidic in nature.
(C) ‘P’ is a neutral gas.
(D) ‘P’ forms brown ring with FeSO 4 solution.
43. Which of the following is not soluble in aqueous NaOH?

(A) ZnO
(B) Fe2 O3
(C) Al2 O3
(D) BeO

44. Which of the following is formed as white turbidity, on dissolving BiCl3 in excess of water?
(A) Bi  OH3
(B) Bi2 O3
(C) Bi2 OCl3
(D) BiOCl
45. A white salt (P), turn black by reaction with NH3 , forming the compound (Q), which is soluble in
aqueous aqua-regia and gives compound (R). ‘R’ gives orange red precipitate with KI which is
soluble in excess of KI, forms (S). S is used to test NH3  g . What is ‘P’?
(A) PbCl2
(B) K 2HgI4
(C) Hg2 Cl2
(D) HgCl2
46. Which of the following give foul smell on treating with KOH / CHCl3 ?
(A)
NH
(B) C2H5  NH2

(C) C2H5  OH
(D) OH
47. Which of the following give CO gas on heating with dil. Acid?
(A) COOH
COOH
(B) OH
COOH
(C) COOH
Cl
(D) OH
COOH

48. What is the major product of the following reaction?

CHO
CHO
KOH/ 
 ?
NO 2
(A) OH
CHO
NO 2
(B) CH2OH
COO
NO 2
(C) COO
CH2OH
NO 2
(D) CH2OH
CH2OH
NO 2
49. In a solid crystal of a mixed oxide, the oxide ions constitute ccp lattice. Element ‘A’ occupy half of
the octahedral voids while the element ‘B’ occupy 12.5% of tetrahedral voids. The formula of the
oxide is……..?
(A) A 2 B3 O 4
(B) AB2 O3
(C) A 2 BO4
(D) AB2 O2

50. By which of the following process, benzene is produced as ultimate product?

(A)

H /
 CH3 Cl 
Anhyd. AlCl3
 
KMnO 4
  ?
(B) OH

Zn dust
?
(C) SO 3H

Sunlight
?
(D) By all the three processes.
SECTION – B
51. How many ‘N’ atoms are there, per molecule of Adenine?
52. How many of the following are copolymers?

Buna-S, Teflon, Cellulose, Dacron, Nylon-6,6, Bakelite, Novolac, Neoprene, Buna-N, Glyptal
53. How many chiral centres are there per molecule of sucrose?
54. How many isomeric monochlorinated products of the following are possible (including
stereoisomers)?
55. How many moles of sucrose should be dissolved in 500 gm of water to prepare a solution, which
has a difference of 104.76oC between its melting point and boiling point?
K f  1.86 K / molal; K b  0.52 K / molal
56. Half-life of a zero order reaction: R  P; is 6 min. How much total time (min) is required to
complete the reaction by 75%?
57. 20 ml of a standard hydro gold sol requires 36 mg sodium oleate to protect the gold sol from
coagulation by 3 ml 20% NaCl solution. What is the gold number of sodium oleate sample?

58. k1  0.0693 min1

2B  g  2C  g
A  g
D  g
k 2  2k1
Find partial pressure of ‘A’ (in atm) at 10 min, if initial pressure of A was 16 atm and none of B, C
and D was present initially.
59. What is the value of K eq for the following cell reaction?

Cu  s  | CuNO3 1M  || I2  s  | I 1 M  ;Pt; at 25 o C.
If EoCu |Cu  0.5196; EIo |I  0.534
2
2.303RT
[Given: log 3 = 0.48;  0.06 ]
F
60. What is the work done (in atm lit) during the following process?
P
(atm)
4
1 6.1 V (lit)

SECTION – A
1 2 3
 22 2   33 3   44 4 
61. Let am be the mth term of the sequence  2   ,  3   ,  4   , ….., then the value of
1 1  2 2 3 3
1
lim  am  m is equal to
m
(A) e+1
(B) e–1
1
(C)
e 1
1
(D)
e 1
 f  x dx
2 4 2
62. Let f be a polynomial function such that for all real x, f(x + 1) = x + 5x + 2, then is
x3 3x 2
(A)   2x  c
3 2
x3 3x 2
(B)   2x  c
3 2
x3 3x 2
(C)   2x  c
3 2
x3 3x 2
(D)   2x  c
3 2
  1  2  ...  n 
63. Let  > –1 and > –1, then the value of lim n   is
n 
 1  2  3  .....n 
1
(A)
 1
 1
(B)
1
2
(C)
2
2
(D)
2
x2
64. A circle with centre at (15, –3) is tangent to y  at a point in the first quadrant. The radius of
3
the circle is equal to
(A) 5 6
(B) 8 3
(C) 9 2
(D) 6 5

65. Let f : R  R be a function defined by f(x) = 2x 3 – 21x2 + 78x + 24 the number of integers in the
solution set of x satisfying the inequality f(f(f(x) – 2x3))  f(f(2x3 – f(x))) is
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 6
66. x1  7 3  7 9 , x 2  7 5  7 7 , then
(A) x1 = x2
(B) x1 > x2
(C) x1 < x2
(D) none of these
2 2
67. If the system of equations x + y = 1, (c + 2)x + (c + 4)y = 6 and (c + 2) x + (c + 4) y = 36 are
consistent and c1, c2 (c1 > c2) are two values of c, then c1c2 is divisible by
(A) 3
(B) 6
(C) 9
(D) 8
2
68. If a  log12 18 and b  log24 54 , then the value of (a + b) + a(10 – a) – b(10 + b) is equal to
1
(A)
2
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3
69. If OABC is a tetrahedron such that OA2 + BC2 = OB2 + CA2 = OC2 + AB2, then which one of the
following is INCORRECT?
(A) OA BC
(B) OB CA
(C) OC AB
(D) AB BC
70. If PSQ is a focal chord of the parabola y2 = 8x such that SP = 6, then the length of SQ is
(A) 6
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) none of these
x2 y2
71. 
If the normal at any point P of the ellipse  1 (a > b > 0) meets the major and minor axes
a2 b2
at G ad G respectively and OF is the perpendicular drawn from centre O to this normal, then
PF PG is equal to
(A) b2
(B) a2
(C) ab
(D) none of these
72. If ABC is a triangle whose internal angles are A, B, C and DEF is pedal triangle of ABC, then
the ratio of the area of DEF to area of ABC is
(A) 2 cos A cos B cos C
(B) 2 sin A sin B sin C
(C) 2 cos A cos B sin C
(D) none of these

73. In a triangle PQR let PQR = 30 and the sides PQ and QR have lengths 10 3 and 10
respectively, then which of the following statement is NOT TRUE?
(A) QPR = 45
(B) the area of PQR is 25 3 and QPR = 120
(C) the radius of the incircle of PQR is 10 3  15
(D) area of the circumcircle of PQR is 100
If D  diag d1, d2 , d2 , ..... dn  is a diagonal matrix with di  0 for i = 1, 2, 3, ….. n, then D is

–1
74.
(A) d11 d21 d31 ..... d11 In
(B) diag  dn1, dn11, dn12 , ..... d11 
(C) diag d11, d21, d31, ..... dn1 
(D) none of these
75. In ABC cos A + 2 cos B + cos C = 2, then the sides of the triangle are in
(A) AP
(B) GP
(C) HP
(D) none of these
2
76. Let PQ be a double ordinate of parabola y = 4ax. Let N be the point of intersection of normals
drawn at P and Q. Let T be intersection of tangents at P and Q. Then which one is NOT
CORRECT
(A) area of  formed by circum-centres of PQN, PQT and TQN is zero

(B) NQT =
2
(C) circle passing through P, T and N also passes through the point Q
(D) none of these
100 100  1 
77. If  f  x  dx  a , then   f  r  1  x  dx  is equal to
0 r 1  0 
(A) 0
(B) a
a
(C)
2
(D) 2a
78. The common chord of the circle x 2 + y2 + 8x + 4y – 5 = 0 and a circle passing through the origin
and touching the line y = x passes through the fixed point
 5 5 
(A)  , 
 12 12 
 5 5 
(B)  , 
 12 12 
 5 5 
(C)  , 
 12 12 
 5 5 
(D)  ,  
 12 12 

79. Given p(x) = x4 + ax3 + bx2 + cx + d such that x = 0 is the only real root of p(x) = 0. If p(–1) < p(1),
then in the interval [–1, 1]
(A) p(–1) is the minimum and p(1) is maximum value of p(x)
(B) p(–1) is not minimum but p(1) is the maximum value of p(x)
(C) p(–1) is the minimum and p(1) is not the maximum value of p(x)
(D) neither p(–1) is the minimum nor p(1) is the maximum value of p(x)
bc
80. If a, b, c are non-coplanar unit vectors such that a   b  c   , then angle between a and b
2
is

(A)
4

(B)
2
(C) 
3
(D)
4
SECTION – B
d  g x 
81. If f(x) = x3 + 3x + 4 and g is the inverse of f, then the value of 9   at x = 4 is equal to
dx  g  g  x   
4 2 2
82. Number of integral values of a for which the equation sin x – 2 cos x + a = 0 has a solution is
83. Let a1, a2, a3, ….., an be n, (n  10) natural numbers in A.P. such that the volume of parallelopiped
  
formed by vectors a  a1î  a2 ˆj  a3kˆ , b  a2 î  a3 ˆj  a1kˆ and c  a3 î  a1ˆj  a2kˆ is 108, then a4 is
equal to (given a1  6)
 
84. Number of solutions of the equation sin8 x  cos2 x  x 2  4x  5 in the interval [–2, 2] is
2 2
A 2
85. Let A and B are two independent events such that P(A) + P(B) = 1, P    and P  A B  = x,
B 3
then 54x is equal to
86. If the equation of a plane parallel to y-axis and containing the points (1, 0, 1) and (3, 2, –1) is
ax + by + cz = 2, then the value of |a + b + c| is
87. Let a line with the inclination angle 60 (with +ve x-axis) be drawn through the focus F of the
parabola y2 = 8(x + 2). If the two intersection points of the line and the parabola are A and B and
the perpendicular bisector of the chord AB intersects the x-axis at the point P, the length of the
3
line segment PF is , then is equal to
4

2
z1  1  z 2  1 
88. Let z1 and z2 be two complex numbers such that z2  1 and  , then the value of
z1  1  z 2  1 
|z1 – 1| + |z1 + 1| is equal to
89. Gaurav writes letters to his five friends. The number of ways can the letters be placed in the
envelopes so that at least two of them are in the wrong envelopes are , then – 110 is equal to

9  x2
x e dx
0
90. 
is equal to
7  x2
x e dx
0

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XII
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 22-05-2022

SECTION – A
1. A
Sol. As, B = 0(H+I)
dB = 0dH + 0dI
 HdB    HdH    HdI

0 0
A =A (
2 0
 HdH  0 )
1
2. B
Sol. beat frequency = |f 1  f2|
3. D
Sol. PA = PB
PA(L  h)A = P0LA ( P 1V 1 = P 2V 2) A
P0L B
 P0  g(L  h)
(L  h)
Also, P0 = gL ( given)
2
(2L  h) (L  h) = L

AITS-FT-XII-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
4. D
Sol. 2  Mi1 r r
0i1r 2
(r 2 )  Mi1
2d3 i1
4
0 r d
M
2d 3 1 2
5. A
Sol. F.B.D. of bead is as T 60

T cos 30 + T sin 30 = mg …(i)
2 T 30
T cos 60 + T sin 60 = m r …(ii)
From (i) and (ii)
g
= r
r
6. C
Sol. Exponentially decreasing.
7. B
dN
Sol.  0 for v P (because N is maximum for v = v P)
dv
vrms > rm > v P
8. D
Sol. After closing the switch, the circuit will look like. V0
H.L. = W b  U = V0(2CV0)  0 = 2CV02 (U = 0) + 
+ 
V0
9. D
q
Sol. C  P  (Gauss law)
0
q 
q 1 
C  
1  
0 2 0 2
C q  1 
 1  
2 4 0 2

3 AITS-FT-XII-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22
10. C
Sol. Rotational equilibrium fR  Tf = 0 T
T=f …(i) f
Translational equilibrium along the inclined plane N
T sin  + f = mg sin  …(ii)
From (i) and (ii)
mgsin  mg mg
T 
1  sin  3  = 30
11. C
Sol. The system must be either capacitive or inductive and also non-resistive
12. A
n2
Sol. a  a0 ekt ,  t0
k
t
 ( n2)
t0
a  a0 e
vT  n2t
 dt
 
t0
dv  a0 e
0 0
a0 t 0
vT =
n2
13. A
 1 1 
Sol. f  RC(Z  b)2  2  2 
n 
 1 n2 
 1
f for k is RC(Z  1)2  1  
 9 
 1
f for k is RC(Z  1)2  1  
 4
8RC 4 32
Required ratio = 
9 3RC 27
14. A
Sol. As voltage across voltmeter is 20V, its resistance is  and hence negligible current in voltmeter.
iR = 20
24R
 20
1 R
24R = 20R + 20
4R = 20
R=5
15. B
Sol. Refraction at curved surface
3
1
3 1
  2 , v1 = +18 cm
2v1  6
Refraction at plane surface
1 3
 v = 8 cm
v 2( 12)

16. C
Sol. Applying work energy theorem, we get
V at Q is 2gR sin  N
2
mv q
N  mgsin   Bqv 
R Bqv v
N = mgsin   Bq 2gR sin   2mgsin  mg cos 
N  3mgsin   Bq 2gR sin 
mg sin 
17. D
Sol. Thin wire are made up of ductile materials.
18. C
A
Sol. Ck 0  8.85  108 F
d
d
id  (CV)  2.2A
dt
19. B
Sol. On the experimental basis, k2 should be pressed first.
20. B
Sol. no. of protons = 72  4 + 1 = 69
Mass number = 180  8 = 172
SECTION – B
21. 00003.00
1
Sol. g  R and h 
g
h R = same for both
 2 R
(0.5) R = h     h = 3m
3  4
22. 00002.00
Sol. vrms  2v sound
3RT Y RT
 2 mix
M M
3
Ymix 
2
n2 n 2
 
3 7 5
1 1 1
2 5 3
n=2

23. 00001.50
Sol. For limiting angle of incidence, the angle of A
emergence is 90.
sini   sin(60  C ) 60
 3
C  sin1 
 7  90
  C
i
 60C
i  , 4k = 6 and k = 1.5
6
24. 00002.22
 7R   3R 
Sol. Q1  2   20 , Q2  3  2  14
 2   
Q1
 2.22
Q2
25. 00001.33
hC
Sol.   eV
3hC hC eq
 
0 0 4 0R
8 0RCh
q
e 0
8 = 6n
n = 4/3 = 1.33
26. 00002.00
d
Sol.  100  1

2
A = 6
dA 12d
 100   100  2
A 6 2
27. 00000.17
Sol. k = 75% of E U = 25% of E
x = A/2
T 1
The time taken from x = 0 to x = A/2 is  sec
12 6
28. 00000.20
1
Sol. L(4)2  32 L = 4H
2
(4)2R = 320 R = 20
L
t 0   0.2 sec
R

29. 00040.20
t  tFP
Sol.  constant
tBP  tFP
t 1 40  0  4 
 t  1  98  
99  1 100  0  10 
t = 40.2C
30. 00000.20
 yd 
Sol. I  Im cos 2  
 D
 yd  3
cos2  
 D 4
|y|min = 0.2 mm

SECTION – A
31. D
Sol. Electronic configuration of ‘S’
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p 4
last electron
or
32. C
Sol. In case of P – Cl bond, orbital, of 3rd shell of Cl is involved in bonding while in case of P – F bond,
orbital of 2nd shell of F is involved, which is much smaller than 3rd shell orbital. Also, axial bond
length is larger than equitorial bond length, provided the ligand atoms are same.
33. C
KP 50
Sol. KC    0.08
RT  2
 304.5  0.08212
2ClF3 Cl2  3F2
x 3x
 0.4  x 
2 2
3
 x   3x 
  
2  2 
0.08 
0.4  x 
2
On solving x = 0.12915
x
Cl2   2  0.065 M  approx.
34. A
AgBr  s  Ag  aq   Br   aq ; K SP
Sol.
S S
~

Ag  2NH3  aq   Ag NH3   ;
 2
Kf
S 0.1 M 0
~ 0.1  2S S

AgBr  s   2NH3  aq Br   aq   Ag NH3  2   aq
 0.1  2S  S S
2
S
K SP  K f 
 0.1  2S 2
2
 S 
5  1013  107   
 0.1  2S 
S  2.226  104 M

35. D
Sol. Ph3 C  X , has great tendency to undergo SN 1 and SN 2 both, due to very good stability of
carbocation in SN 1 reaction mechanism and very good stability of transition state under SN 2
conditions, respectively.
36. B
Sol. Pinacole-Pinacolone reaction occurs but free carbocation is not formed under the given
conditions. Hence, NGP by phenyl ring results into the product.
H
H
CH3 COOH CH3
CH3 HO
HO NO2 OH2
NO 2 OH
O
H
H H O
NO2 CH3 NO2 CH3
Product 
37. C
h
Sol. 2CHCl3  O2  2COCl2  2HCl;
38. C
Sol. (A) Clean water would have BOD value of less than 5 ppm whereas highly polluted water
would have a BOD value of 17 ppm or more.
(B) High BOD means high activity of bacteria.
(D) Synthetic chlorinated pesticides are non-biodegradable.
39. A
Sol. Among the given four
Only Ranitidine is sulphur containing compound. However, all of these contains N as essential
element.
40. D
Sol. Following complexes can be derived from the given formula
Cr H2 O   BrCl2 ; CrBr H2 O   Cl2 .H2 O;
 6  5
CrCl  H2 O   ClBr.H2 O; CrCl2 H2 O   Br.2H2 O ;

 5  4
CrBrCl  H2 O 4  Cl.2H2 O and none of those can exhibit optical isomerism.

41. D
42. C
Sol. Zn  dil.HNO3  Zn NO3 2  N2 O ;
N2 O is neutral and doesn’t form brown ring with FeSO 4 solution.
43. B
Sol. All others are amphoteric in nature, hence soluble in aq. NaOH.
44. D
Sol. BiCl3 undergo partial hydrolysis to give BiOCl (pearl white), which appears as white turbidity.
45. C
Sol. Hg2 Cl2  NH3  HgNH2 Cl.Hg
P   Q  Black 
HNO3 / HCl
excess KI KI
K 2HgI4  HgI2  HgCl2
S   Orange  R 
46. B
Sol. Primary amines give carbyl amine test; to produce foul smelling R – NC (isocyanides).
47. D
Sol. H +
H H
O
O O
C OH H  
C O H
 CO ;
 
O
48. C
Sol. The ‘CHO’ group, para to 'NO2 ' is more electrophilic hence it is attacked by OH and oxidised
and the other CHO (meta to NO2 ) is reduced due to intramolecular Cannizzaro reaction.
49. C
Sol. Oxide ions constitute ccp means fcc unit cells, i.e. Number of oxide ions per unit cell = 4
4
Number of ‘A’ per unit cell   2 (As ‘A’ occupy half of the octahedral voids)
2
12.5
Number of ‘B’, per unit cell  8 1
100
Hence, formula becomes A 2 BO4 .
50. D
Sol. CH3 COOH

CH3 Cl

KMnO4
 H / 
 CO2 ;
AlCl3  

OH
Zn  dust
   ZnO;
SECTION – B
51. 00005.00
Sol. NH2
N C
C N
HC
C CH
N N
H
(Adenine)
52. 00006.00
Sol. Polymer Monomer(s)
Buna-S I. Styrene II. 1,3-Butadiene
Teflon CF2  CF2
Cellulose Glucose
Dacron I. Ethylene glycol II. Terephthalic acid
Nylon 6,6 I. Adipic acid II. H2 N  CH2 6 NH2
Bakelite I. Phenol II. HCHO
OH
Novolac CH2OH
Neoprene 2-chloro-1,3-butadiene
Buna-N I. 1,3-butadiene II. Acrylonitrile
Glyptal I. Ethylene glycol II. Phthalic acid
53. 00009.00
Sol. OH
HO
O O
OH
OH OH
O
OH OH
OH
OH

54. 00008.00
Sol. Cl
(2) (1) (2) (2) Cl (1)

Cl
Cl
Cl
55. 00001.00
Sol. Tf  K f m;  i  1
Tf  1.86  m
Tb  K b m;  i  1
= 0.52 m
For said difference of melting point and boiling point,
Tf  Tb  4.76 (in case of water)
1.86 m + 0.52 m = 4.76
m = 2.0
Mass of solvent =0.5 kg
Hence, n = 1.00 mole
56. 00009.00
Sol. For a zero order reaction
a a
t1/2  or k 
2k 2t1/2
and x = kt
3a
 k.t 75%
4
3a 3a 6t
t 75%    1/2
4k a 4
4
2t1/2
66
  9 min .
4
57. 00003.00
Sol. 20 ml gold sol require 36 mg sodium oleate hence 10 ml of given gold sol require 18 mg sodium
oleate to protect from coagulation by 3 ml, 20% NaCl (aq). Hence, these 10 ml sol would require
18
 3 mg . Sodium oleate to protect from coagulation by 1 ml, 10% NaCl (aq).
3 2
58. 00002.00
Sol. Let, overall rate constant for consumption of ‘A’ is k then k  k1  k 2  3k1 .
0.693
Hence, half-life of A 
k
0.693 0.693 10
   min
3k1 3  0.0693 3
Number of half-lives passed till 10 min = 3
3
 1
Hence, PA,t  16     2 atm .
2

59. 00003.00
Sol. Eocell  0.534  0.5196  0.0144
0.06
Eocell  logK eq
2
0.0144  2
 logK eq
0.06
0.48  logK eq
K eq  3
60. 00004.00
1 5.1
Sol. W  ab  3.14  
2 2
= 4 (atm-litre)

SECTION – A
61. C
1
 m 1
 m
m
1
 1  m  1 1
Sol. lim  am  m     1      
m   m  m   e 1
62. A
Sol. f(x2 + 1) = (x2 + 1)2 + 3(x2 + 1) – 2
2
f(x) = x + 3x – 2 for all x  1
x3 3x 2
 f  x   3  2  2x  c
63. A
1
x 1

1
Sol. 0
  1 
1 1  1
x 1
0
64. D
Sol. Let the equation of circle is (x – 15)2 + (y + 3)2 = r2
2
2  x2 
Solving circle with parabola (x – 15) +   3  r2
 3 
Now, apply the condition of coincident roots to find r (radius)
65. C
3 3
Sol. Since f(x) is increasing function. Hence, f(x) – 2x  2x – f(x)
66. C
Sol. Let x1 < x2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 7  9 9  57  77 9 7  77  5 7  3 7
1 1 1 1
1  8  7   8  1 7   4  1 7   4  1 7
1 1 1 1
1  8  7  1  8  7  1  4  7  1  4  7
7 7 6 5 4 2 3 3 2 4 5 6
Now, apply a + b = (a + b) (a – a b + a b – a b + a b – ab + b )
67. D
1 1 1
Sol. c2 c4 6 0
 c  2 2  c  4 2 36
68. C
loge 18 loge 54
Sol. a  log12 18  , b , put the values of a and b
loge 12 loge 24

69. D
  
Sol. Let OA  a , OB  b , OC  c
a . a  b  c  b  c   b b   c  a   c  a 
2b c  2c a a  b c  0
AB OC similarly BC OA and CA OB
70. C
1 1 2
Sol.  
SP SQ 2a
71. A
Sol. Let equation of normal at P(a cos , b sin ) is ax sec  – by cosec  = a2 – b2
 a2  b2  b  2
Coordinate of G is  cos , 0  ; PG  a sin2   b2 cos2  
 a  a
ab
PF 
a sin   b2 cos 2 
2 2
72. A
1 1
Sol. DEF   acos A bcosB  sin    2c  ; ABC  ab sinC
2 2
73. A
10 10 3 P
Sol. (A)   = 30
sin  sin 150   
 
1
(B)   10  10 3 sin30  25 3 10 3
2

(C) r   10 3  15 150 – 
S 30º
Q R
2 10
  10  2
(D) area = R =    100
4  1/ 2 
74. C
 1 
d 0 0 0 .....
 d1 0 0 0 0 ....   1 
 0 d  1 0 0 .....
 2 0 0 0 .....  1   
0 0 0 .....
0 1 0 0 
Sol.  0 0 d3 0 .... .....  d2  =
  0 0 1 0 
 
..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....
0 0
d
0 .....  
..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....
.....  d 3 
..... ..... ..... ..... .....

75. A
Sol. cos A + cos C = 2 – 2 cos B
A C  A C 2 B  AC B A C
2cos   cos    2 2sin   ; cos  2sin  2cos  
 2   2  2 2 2  2 
A C A C  A C A C
cos cos  sin sin  2  cos cos  sin sin 
2 2 2 2  2 2 2 2

A C 1  s  b  s  c   s  a  s  b  1
tan tan  
2 2 3 s s  a s s  c  3
3s – 3b = s a + b + c = 3b a + c = 2b
76. D
Sol. TPN = TQN = 90 P(at2, 2at)
Hence, PTQN is a cyclic quadrilateral
T
N
2
Q(at , –2at)
77. B
1 1 1 1
Sol.  f  x  dx   f 1 x  dx   f  2  x  dx  ..... f  99  x  dx
0 0 0 0
1 2 3 100 100
 f  x  dx   f  x  dx   f  x  dx  .....  f  x  dx =  f  x  dx  a
0 1 2 99 0
78. A
2 2
Sol. Solution equation of common chord is S1 – S2 = 0 where S1 = x + y + 8x + 4y – 5
2 2
S2 = x + y + (x – y) = 0
79. B
Sol. p(0) = 0 c=0
p(x) = 0 has only one real root the p(x) = 0 has maximum two real roots
80. D
3
Sol.  a c  b  a b  c  b  c a b
1
cos   
1

2 2 2 4
SECTION – B
81. 00003.00
Sol. f(g(x)) = x f(g(x))g(x) = 1
d  g  x   g  g  x   g  x   g  g  x   g  x  g(x)
 
dx  g  g  x    g g x 
2
1
Also, g(4) = 0 and g(4) =
f 0
f   x   3x2  3 f(0) = 3, g(g(4)) = g(0) = –1
82. 00003.00
4 2 2
Sol. sin x + 2 sin x + 1 – 3 + a = 0
2 2 2
a = 3 – (1 + sin x) 0  a2  2 a = 0, 1

83. 00007.00
a1 a2 a3
Sol.
 a  a2  a3 
v  a2 a3 a1 =  1
 2 

  a1  a2    a2  a3    a3  a1   108
2 2 2

a3 a1 a2
3a2
 6d2   108 a2 d2  4  3 d = 2, a2 = 3
2
84. 00000.00
Sol. RHS = (x – 2)2 + 1
Minimum value of RHS is 1 at x = 2 but maximum value of LHS is 1 for some odd number
85. 00006.00
A 2 1 2 1
Sol. P   PA  PA  P(B) = 1  
B 3 3 3 3
1 1 1
PA B   P  A  P B    
3 3 9
86. 00002.00
Sol. Vector ĵ and  2iˆ  2ˆj  2kˆ  both are parallel to plane, then the equation of plane is

 r   î  kˆ   ˆj   î  ˆj  kˆ   0 
  x  1 î  yjˆ   z  1 kˆ   kˆ  î   0
x+z–2=0 |a + b + c| = 2
87. 00004.00
32 B
Sol. Length of focal chord AB 
3 M
1 8 8
MF = AM – AF = AB   F 60º
2 3 3 (–2, 0) (0, 0) P
16
PF = MF sec 60 =
3
A
88. 00002.00
 z22  1 
  1
z1  1  z22  1  2z 2   2z 2  1 1
Sol.   z1   z2 
z1  1  z22  1  2z 2   z 22  1  2 z 2 
  1 
 2z2 
Let z2 = cos  + i sin  z1 = cos 
 
|z1 – 1| + |z1 + 1| = |cos  – 1| + |cos  + 1| = 2 sin2  2cos2  2
2 2
89. 00009.00
Sol. If all wrong then 44 ways, for one right and four wrong is 5  9 = 45. If 2 right and three wrong
then 5 C2  2   20 . If 3 right and two wrong then 5 C3 1  10

90. 00004.00
 
 x e dx   x  xe  dx . Put x = –t
2 2
9 x 8 x 2
Sol. 2x dx = –dt
0 0

1 1
I1   t
4 t
e dt   4!  . Similarly, I2   3! 
2 0
2
I1
4
I2

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XIII
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 31-05-2022
answer.

AITS-FT-XIII-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. The velocity of a particle depends upon the time t according to the equation:
c
v  ab  bt 
d t
The physical quantities which are represented by a, b, c and d, are in the following order:
(A) distance, distance, acceleration, time
(B) distance, acceleration, distance, time
(C) acceleration, distance, distance, time
(D) none of the above
2. Dimensions of electrical resistance is:

(A) ML2 T 3 A 1 
(B) ML2T 3 A 2 
(C) ML3 T 3 A 2 
(D) ML1T3 A 2 
3. In the adjoining figure, the tension in the string connecting A and B

is
(A) g
g
(B)
9
8g
(C) 5kg C
9
A 3kg
10g
(D)
9 B 1kg
4. An object of mass 5 kg falls from rest through a vertical distance of 20 m and reaches
ground with a velocity of 10 m/s. The work done by air resistance (g = 9.8 ms–2) is:
(A) +730 J
(B) –730 J
(C) +980 J
(D) –980 J

3 AITS-FT-XIII-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
5. An explosion blows a rock into three parts. Two parts go off at right angles to each other.
These two are 1 kg first part moving with a velocity of 12 m s–1 and 2 kg second part
moving with a velocity 8 ms–1. If the third part flies-off with a velocity of 4 ms-1, its mass
would be:
(A) 7 kg
(B) 17 kg
(C) 3 kg
(D) 5 kg
6. A satellite orbiting around the earth of a radius R is shifted to an orbit of radius 2R. How
many times the time taken for one revolution increase?
(A) 8 times
(B) 2 times
(C) 2.5 times
(D) 2.8 times
7. When water flows at a rate Q through a tube of radius r placed horizontally, a pressure
difference p develops across the ends of the tube. If the radius of the tube is doubled
and the rate of flow halved, the pressure difference will be:
(A) 8p
(B) p
(C) p/8
(D) p/32
8. Oxygen is 16 times heavier than hydrogen. Equal volumes of hydrogen and oxygen are
mixed. The ratio of the velocity of sound in the mixture to that in oxygen is:
1
(A)
8
32
(B)
17
17
(C)
32
(D) 8
9. A sound absorber attenuates the sound level by 20 dB. The intensity decreases by a
factor of:
(A) 100
(B) 1000
(C) 10000
(D) 10
10. The critical angle for light going from medium x into medium y is . The speed of light in
medium x is . The speed of light in medium y is:
(A) (1 – cos)
(B) / sin 
(C) / cos 
(D) cos 

11. A point source of light is placed 4 m below the surface of water of refractive index 5/3.
The minimum diameter of a disc, which should be placed over the source, on the surface
of water to cut-off all light coming out of water is:
(A) 1m
(B) 4m
(C) 3m
(D) 6m
12. Concave and convex lenses are placed touching each other. The ratio of magnitudes of
their power is 2 : 3. The focal length of the system is 30 cm. Then the focal lengths of
individual lenses are:
(A) 75, 50
(B) 15, 10
(C) 75, 50
(D) 75, 50
13. A prism of a certain angle deviates the red and blue rays by 8° and 12° respectively.
Another prism of the same angle deviates the red and blue rays by 10° and 14°
respectively. The prisms are small angled and made of different materials. The
dispersive powers of the materials of the prisms are in the ratio:
(A) 5:6
(B) 9 : 11
(C) 6:5
(D) 11 : 9
14. The current gain of a transistor in common base mode is 0.995. The current gain of the
same transistor in common emitter mode is:
(A) 197
(B) 201
(C) 198
(D) 199
15. In the following circuit diagram the potential difference across the plates of the capacitor
C is:
(A) 2.5 volt

(B) 1.5 volt
(C) 1.0 volt
(D) zero

16. The resistivity of a potentiometer wire is 40 × 108 ohm-m and its area of cross-section is
8 × 106 m2. If 0.2 ampere current is flowing through the wire, the potential gradient will
be:
(A) 102 V/m
(B) 101 V/m
(C) 3.2 × 102 V/m
(D) 1 V/m
17. In the circuit shown in the following figure E = 10V, R1 = 2 ohm, R2 = 3 ohm and R3 = 6
ohm and L = 5 henry. The current I1 just after pressing the switch S is:
(A) (10/4) amp

(B) (10/5) amp
(C) (10/12) amp
(D) (10/6) amp
18. In the series LCR circuit, the voltmeter and ammeter readings are:
(A) V = 100 volt, l = 2 amp

(B) V = 100 volt, l = 5 amp
(C) V = 1000 volt, l = 2 amp
(D) V = 300 volt, l = 1 amp
19. The ratio of the frequencies of the long wavelength limits of the Lyman and Balmer
series of hydrogen is:
(A) 27 : 5
(B) 5 : 27
(C) 4:1
(D) 1:4
20. The wavelength of K X-rays produced by an X-ray tube is 1.785 Å. Find the atomic
number of the anode material of the tube (R = 109737 cm1):
(A) 24
(B) 32
(C) 48
(D) 27

SECTION – B
21. The Poisson’s ratio of a material is 0.4. If a force is applied to a wire of this material,
there is a decrease of cross-sectional area by 2%. The percentage increase in its length
is (in percentage)
22. A body of mass 2 kg is floating in water with half its volume submerged. What would be
the force required to wholly submerge it into water? (in N) (take g = 9.8 m/s2)
23. If the temperature of a hot body is raised by 5%, then the heat energy radiated would
increase by: (in percentage)
24. A sample of ideal gas ( = 1.4) is heated at constant pressure. If an amount of 100 J is
supplied to the gas, the work done by the gas is: (in Joule)
25. The variation of potential with distance R from a fixed point is shown in figure. The
electric field at R = 5 m is:
26. The width of a single slit, if the first minimum is observed at an angle of 2° with a light of
wavelength 6980 Å, (in mm) is:
27. The balancing length for a cell is 560 cm in a potentiometer experiment. When an
external resistance of 10 is connected in parallel to the cell, the balancing length
changes by 60 cm. The internal resistance of the cell (in ohm) is:
28. A plane electromagnetic wave, Ez = 100 cos(6 × 108 t + 4x) V/m propagates in a
medium. Find out refractive index of medium.
29. In the given circuit the current through the Zener diode is: (in mA)
30. If per nucleon binding energies for 3Li7 and 2He4 are 5.60 MeV and 7.06 MeV, then the
energy released in the nuclear process: (in MeV)
7 1 4
3Li + 1p  2 2He is:

SECTION – A
31.
t1/2
(in sec)
[A0] in mol L–1

What is the unit of rate constant of the reaction, for which the above graph is given?
(A) s–1
(B) mol L–1s–1
(C) mol L–1s
(D) mol–1 L2s–1
32. The soda extract of which of the following compound gives the test of nitrogen?
(A) NH2NH2
(B) HNO2
(C) HCONH2
(D) All are correct
33. Which of the following reaction produces Cl2 gas?

(A) NaCl  H2SO 4  
(B) KClO3 
Heat

(C) HCl  O3 

(D) KCl  AgNO3 

34. Which of the following metallurgical process is not needed in order to extract Zn from
ZnCO3?
(A) Calcination
(B) Roasting
(C) Carbon reduction
(D) Distillation
35. Which of the following salt can increase the boiling point of water by maximum extent?
(Assume equimolar quantities are added)
(Assume complete dissociation of the salts)
(A) NaCl
(B) CaCl2
(C) AlCl3
(D) KCl

36. The heat of atomization of a compound XY3 in gaseous state is E kJ mol–1. What is the
X – Y bond energy in kJ mol–1 unit?
(A) E
(B) 3E
E
(C)
3
E
(D)
6
37. In aqueous solution beryllium sulphate exists as:

(A) [Be(H2O)4]SO4
(B) [Be(H2O)6]SO4
(C) [Be(H2O)3]SO4
(D) [Be(H2O)5]SO4
38. The normal boiling point of a liquid ‘X’ is 500 K. Which of the following statement(s) is
incorrect for the following process?
X  liquid  X  gas 
(A) At 500 K and 1 atm pressure, G = 0
(B) At 500 K and 1.5 atm pressure, G = +ve
(C) At 500 K and 0.2 atm pressure, G = -ve
(D) At 520 K and 1 atm pressure, G = +ve
39. In the crystal lattice of CsCl, Cs+ ions are present at the
(A) tetrahedral voids of the unit cell
(B) octahedral voids of the unit cell
(C) body-centre of the unit cell
(D) face-centre of the unit cell
40. A weak acid HX has the dissociation constant 1  10–5 M. It forms a salt NaX on reaction
with alkali. The percentage hydrolysis of 0.1 M solution of NaX is
(A) 0.0001%
(B) 0.01%
(C) 0.1%
(D) 0.15%
41. What is the molar solubility of Mn(OH)2(Ksp = 4.51014) in a buffer solution containing
equal amounts of NH4+ & NH3(Kb=1.8105)
(A) 3.0105
(B) 1.38104
(C) 1.38102
(D) 7.3106
42. Which of the following reagent can convert phenol(PhOH) to anisole(PhOCH3)?

(A) CHCl3
(B) CH2N2/
(C) CH3Cl
(D) HCHO

43. OH
Reagent
CH3CH2C  CHCH3   CH3 CH2 CHCHCH3
CH3 CH3
Which reagent forms the above organic product as the only product in the above
reaction?
(A) H2O/H+
Hg  OCOCH3 2 ,H2O
(B)
NaBH4
B2H6 ,THF
(C)
NaOH,H2O2
(D) KMnO4/OH–/Cold
44. Which of the following compound forms two stereoisomers when treated with NH2OH in
weakly acidic medium?
(A) CH3COCH3
(B) HCHO
(C) CH3COC2H5
(D) C2H5COCH2CH3
45. Which complex cannot form precipitate with AgNO3 solution?

(A) Na2[ZnCl4]
(B) [Cr(NH3)5Cl]Cl2
(C) [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl
(D) [Co(NH3)6]Cl3
46. Which of the following is an electrophilic substitution reaction?

(A) CH3 CH2Cl (B) Cl
h FeCl3
 Cl2    HCl  Cl2    HCl
(C) Cl (D) Cl
Cl OH
CCl4 H2O
 Cl2    Cl2  
47. In borax bead test, which compound is formed?

(A) Meta borate
(B) Ortho borate
(C) Tetra borate
(D) Double oxide

48. AlF3 is most soluble in

(A) HF
(B) KF
(C) KHF2
(D) F2
49. SO3  g   CO  g  

 SO2  g   CO2  g 


Which of the following activity can reduce the equilibrium concentration of CO to half?
(A) Increasing pressure twice
(B) Increasing the volume of reaction container to two times of its initial value
(C) Adding two moles of CO2 gas
(D) Adding two moles of helium gas at constant pressure
50. Which of the following is a paramagnetic metal ion?

(A) Zn2+
(B) Ti4+
(C) Mn5+
(D) Cu+
SECTION – B
51. An alkyl polychloride(X) on hydrolysis forms HCOOH. How many total number of atom(s)
is/are present in the molecule(X)?
52. The pH of 0.1 M aqueous solution of the sodium salt of a weak monobasic acid(HA) is
12.8. What is the p K a value of the acid?
53. Two moles of glycol is dissolved in 891.24 g of water. The solution is cooled to -4.8oC.
How many gram of ice is formed in the cooling process? [Kf of water = 1.86 K kg mol-1]
54. X  g  
 Y  g  Z  g


250 mole of ‘X’ is taken in a 100 L container at a certain temperature. 50 mole
percentage of ‘X’ undergoes reaction at equilibrium. How many moles of ‘X’ should be
added at equilibrium so that concentration of Y will become 1.3 M at the new
equilibrium?
55. How much heat is absorbed in Kcal mol–1 unit by heating one mole of an ideal gas from
 3 
300 K to 1300 K at constant volume?  CV  R  [R = 2 cal K-1 mol-1]
 2 
56. Zn(s) | Zn2+(0.01 M) || H+ | H2(1 atm), Pt

The e.m.f of the above electrochemical cell is 0.6418 V. What is the pH of the cathode
half-cell if EoZn2  / Zn  0.76 V

57. NH4NO3   N2O  2H2O

Let the molecular mass of NH4NO3 is M, What will be the value of ‘n’, if the equivalent
M
mass of NH4NO3 is expressed as ?
n
58. CH3
CH3CH = CH - CH - CH = CHCH 3
How many stereoisomer(s) is/are possible for the above compound.
59. CH3
 Cl2
Fe
  Product s
How many monochloro product(s) is/are formed in the above reaction?

(Consider minor as well as major products)
60. A solution contains 72 g of water and six moles of alcohol. What is the mole fraction of
water in the solution?

SECTION – A
d2 y
61. If y  tan   cot , x  tan   cot , where  is a parameter then y 3 is equal to
dx 2
(A) 2
(B) –2
(C) 4
(D) –4
62. If the line x cos   y sin   2 is the equation of a transverse common tangent to the
circles x 2  y 2  4 and x 2  y 2  6 3x  6y  20  0, then the value of  is
5
(A)
6
2
(B)
3

(C)
3

(D)
6
63. Let f be a twice differentiable function such that f "  x   1  f  x  where
.
Area bounded by the curve y  f  x  and the x – axis from x = 0 to x   is
(A) 2  4
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) 2  2
64. The line 4x  7y  10  0 intersects the parabola, y 2  4x at the points A and B. The sum
of the co – ordinate of the point of intersection of the tangents drawn at the point A and B
is
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
(D) 7

65. Consider the polynomial P  x   x3  ax 2  bx  c where a,b,c  1,2,........,10 then the

probability that P (x) is divisible by x 2  x  1 is
1
(A)
100
9
(B)
1000
1
(C)
1000
9
(D)
100
3 5 7
66. Sum of the series    ...... upto n terms is equal to
4 36 144
1
(A) 1
n2
n n  2
(B)
n  12
n2  2n  2
(C)
n  12
1
(D) 1
n2
If A is an idempotent matrix satisfying I  0.4 A 

1
67.  I  A, where I is unit matrix of the
same order as that of A, then the value of  is:
1
(A)
3
1
(B)
3
2
(C)
3
2
(D)
3
68. The unit digit of 171983  111983  71983 is

(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 0

69. The equation   1 x   3  1 y  2 z  0,   1 x   4  2  y    3  z  0 and

2x   3  1 y  3   1 z  0 give non – trivial solution for some values of then the
ratio x : y : z, when has smallest of these values is:
(A) 3:2:1
(B) 1:3:2
(C) 1:3:1
(D) 1:1:1
70. A game is played with fair cubic die which has one red side, two blue sides and three
green sides. The result is the color of the top side after the dice is rolled. If the die is
rolled repeatedly then the probability that second blue result occurs on or before the
3p  2q
tenth roll can be expressed in the form of where p, q, r are positive integers
3r
then the value of p  r  q is
(A) 9
(B) 3
(C) 7
(D) 8
71. Two lines are drawn through (3, 4) each of which makes angle of 45o with the line
x  y  2 . Then area of the triangle formed by these lines is
(A) 9
9
(B)
2
(C) 2
2
(D)
9
(3x  4y  7)2
The length of the major axis of the ellipse (5x  10)  (5y  15) 
2 2
72. is
4
(A) 10
20
(B)
3
20
(C)
7
(D) 4
73. If x 2  px  1 is a factor of ax 3  bx  c, then

(A) a2  c 2  ab
(B) a2  c 2  ab
(C) a2  c 2  ab
(D) a2  c 2  ab

74. If arg
 z  10  6i    then the perimeter of locus of z is:
 z   4  2i  4

(A) 13  
4
(B) 3 13 

(C) 3 13  
4

(D) 3 26  
2
75. Five digit numbers divisible by 9 are to be formed by using the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7
without repetition. The total numbers of such numbers is 3, then is
(A) 5
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D) 9
76. If sin is the geometric mean between sin  and cos , then cos 2 is equal to
 
(A) 2 sin2    
4 
 
(B) 2cos2    
4 
 
(C) 2 sin2    
4 
(D) None of these
    
77. If 2 sin2    cos2 x   1  cos   sin 2x  , x   2n  1 , n  I , then cos 2x is equal to
 2   2
1
(A)
5
3
(B)
5
4
(C)
5
(D) 1

  2 3    12  
78.


The value of cos cot sin 1 

1 
  cos1 
  4 
 sec 1   2

is equal to
  
4
   

(A)
2

(B)
3

(C)
4

(D)
6
79.  
Given f g  x   1  x  2x  5x and f  x   1  3x  x  R , then the value of 3g 1 is
2 3
equal to
(A) 5
(B) 6
(C) 4
(D) 8
 n 
1 
80.  lim  n Cr .   is equal to
 n r 0  r  4  .nr  
(where [.] denotes greatest integer function):
(A) 0
(B) 3
(C) 5
(D) 7
SECTION – B
81. If
 1 
exists and is equal to f  k  ,k  N , then the value of   is equal to (where .
 f  5  
denotes the greatest integer function)
82. The radius of circle which passes through the focus of the parabola x 2  4y and touches
it at point (6, 9) is k 10 , then k is equal to?

83. For the curve ynx  xny, the intercept made by the normal at the point e 2 ,e2   on
4a  b
x –axis and y – axis are a and b respectively, then is equal to
b
x2 y2
84. A normal to the hyperbola   1, has equal intercepts on positive x and y – axes. If
4 1
x2 y2 9 2
this normal touches the ellipse 2  2  1, then find
a b 25
a  b2 .  
 1  ax  b  1
 tan  c  0 x 
   2
 1  1  ab
85. If f  x    0 x is differentiable in x   0,  , then is equal
 2  2 c

 log 2  bx
2
  1
2
x
1
2

to
86. Suppose that all the terms of an arithmetic progression (A.P.) are natural numbers. If the
ratio of the sum of the first seven terms to the sum of the first eleven terms is 6 : 11 and
the seventh term lies in between 130 and 140, then the common difference of this A.P. is
87. The sum of the following infinite series

 2  1   3  2 2   5 2  7  17  12 2
1            ..... is
 2 2   8   16 2  64
2x 7  3x2 ax3  bx 8
88. If  x10  2x 5  1 dx 
x10  2x 5  1
 c (where c is constant of integration),
then (a + b + 9) is equal to:
Rolle’s Theorem holds for the function f  x   x  bx  cx, 1  x  2 at x  3, then the

3 2
89.
value of b + c is
d2 y d2 x
90. Let y  f  x  be a one – one function satisfying the differential equation  0
dx 2 dy 2
and f '  0   1, f 1  2, then f  0  is:

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XIII
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 31-05-2022

SECTION – A
1. B
Sol. Distance, acceleration, distance, time
2. B
Sol. According to Ohm’s law,
V
V  RA or R 
A
W [ML2T 2 ]
Dimension of V  
q [AT]
[ML2T 2 / AT]
R  [ML2T 3 A 2 ]
[A]
3. D
54
Sol. T  1 g   g
 9 
4. B
Sol. By work-energy theorem,
W = KE

AITS-FT-XIII-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
1
Wg  Wr  mv 2
2
1 1
mgh  Wr  mv 2 or Wr  mv 2  mgh
2 2
5. D
Sol. When an explosion breaks a rock, by the law of conservation of momentum, initial
momentum which is zero, is equal to total momentum of three pieces.
mv
–1
1 kg × 12 ms = m1v1
m2v2 = 2 kg × 8 m/s
Total momentum of the two pieces 1 kg and 2 kg
= 122  162 = 20 kg ms–1
The third piece has the same momentum and in the direction opposite to the resultant of
these two momenta.
Momentum of third piece = 20 kg ms–1 ; velocity = 4 ms–1
mv 20
Mass of the 3rd piece =  = 5 kg.
v 4
6. D
4 2R3 4 2 (2R)3
Sol. T and T 
GM GM
T
 8  2 2 or T  2 2 T  2.8T.
T
7. D
Sol. Poiseuille’s formula gives the quantity of liquid flowing through a capillary,
 pr 4
Q
8 
8 n
i.e., p Q 4
 r
Q
If Q  , r   2r
2
p 8 Q n 8 Q n 1
   ( n = 32)
n  2 (2r) 4
 r4 32
p
i.e., pressure p  .
32

3 AITS-FT-XIII-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22
8. B
32 rRT 2  32
Sol. , V , MMixture   17
17 M 2
9. A
I  I 
Sol. L1  10 log  1  ; L 2  10 log  2 
 I0   I0 
I  I 
L1  L 2  10 log  1   10 log  2 
 I0   I0 
I  I 
or L  10 log  1  or 20 dB = 10 log  1 
 I2   I2 
I1 I1
or 10 2  or I2  .
I2 100
10. B
1 ny
Sol. sin   y
  x
nx nx y
x
y  
sin  sin 
11. C
1 3 3
Sol. sinic   , tanic 
 5 4
If x be the diameter of the disc, then
3 x
tanic   or x  3m
4 4
12. B
1 1 1
Sol.  
f f1 f2
1 1 1
or  
30 f1 f2
f is  ve, P1 P2
Hence, P1 = 3, P2 = 2
f1 P2 2
 
f2 P1 3
f1 = 10 cm and f 2 = 15 cm
13. C
 12  8   
Sol. For one prism, 1  B R
   B R

10  2 

4
or 1 
10
B  R 14  10  14  10 
For other prism, 2     
12  2 
1 4  3 1 12 6
or  or  
2 10  1 2 10 5
14. D
Sol. Current gain in common emitter mode
 0.995 0.995
    199
1   1  0.995 0.005
15. D
Sol. Current I is given by:
1
20I + 10I = 2.5 – 1.0 or I  amp
20
VA – VB = 2.5 – I × 20 = 1.5 volt
But (VA – VD) + (VD – VB) = VA – VB = 1.5
Since, there is no current through 1.5 volt cell,
so,
VD – VB = 1.5 volt
Hence, VA – VD = 0 volt
16. A
Sol. The resistance of 1 m length wire will be,
R = (40 × 108) / (8 × 106) = 5 × 102
V
x
 
 5  10 2  0.2  10 2 V / m
17. B
Sol. When the switch S is pressed, the circuit is complete but on account of electrical inertia
of the inductor L, the current I2 immediately after pressing the switch is zero, i.e., I2 = 0.
Since, R1 and R2 are in series in the closed circuit, total resistance R is given by:
R  R1  R2  2  3  5
E 10
I1  I3    2 amp.
R 5
18. A
Sol. Here, VL = VC. They are in opposite phase. Hence, they will cancel each other. Now,
resultant potential difference
= applied potential difference = 100 volt
Z=R ( X L = X C)
Vrms Vrms 100
Irms     2 amp.
R R 50

19. B
Sol. (longest) for Balmer sides (36 / 5R)
(longest) for Lyman sides = (4 / 3R)
4 5 5
Ratio   
3 36 27
20. D
1 2 1 1 
Sol.  R  Z  1  2  2 
 1 2 
4 1 1
or  Z  12   
3  R
4 1 10 2
  
3 1.785  10 10 109737
2
or (Z – 1) = 680.6 or (Z – 1) = 26
or Z = 27
SECTION – B
21. 00002.50
d 
Sol. Poisson’s ratio,  = 0.4 = 
d 
d2 4A
Area, A  r 2  or d2 
4 
4
Differentiation, 2d d  A

d2 2d d
As A  , so, A 
4 4
d
d
A 2 d
 2 2
A d / 4 d
A
Given;  100  2%
A
d d
22 or  1%
d d
d / d d 
Given;   0.4 or  0.4
 /  d 
 1 
  2.5  1% = 2.5%.
 0.4 
22. 00019.60
V
Sol. Upthrust =  1000 g Newton
2
V
In equilibrium position 2g   1000 g
2

4
m3
V
1000
Force required to wholly submerge the body into
V 4  1000  9.8
Water =  d  g  = 19.6 N.
2 1000  2
23. 00021.55
E  E [T  95 / 100)T] 4
Sol. 
E T4
E
1  (1  0.05)4  (1.05)4
E
24. 00028.57
 
Sol. CP   R
  1
dQ = nCp dT …(i)
dU = nCv dT
dW = dQ – dU = n(Cp – Cv)dT
= nR dT …(ii)
Given: dQ = 100 J
100
ndT 
Cp
 100 
From equation (ii) dW  R  
 C 
 p 
  1  1.4  1 
= R  100     100 = 28.57 J.
 R   1.4 
25. 00002.50
100  95 5
Sol. E  = 2.5
64 2
26. 00000.02
Sol. For the first minimum, a sin  =
where, a = width of slit
6980  10 10
a   2  10 5 m  0.02 mm.
sin  sin 2

27. 00001.20
R I1  I2 
Sol. Internal resistance, r 
I2
10  560  500  10  60
   1.2
500 500
28. 00002.00
Sol. Comparing the given equation with the equation of plane electromagnetic wave,
Ez = E0 cos (t + kx)
We have  = 6 × 108 and k = 4
Velocity of light in medium,
 6  108 3
    108 m / s
k 4 2
c 3  108
Refractive index,    2
3 8
 10
2
29. 00003.33
Sol. The voltage drop across R2 is
VR2  VZ  10 V
The current through R2 is
VR 10 V
IR2  2   0.667  102 A
R2 1500
 6.67  10 3 A  6.67 mA
The voltage drop across R1 is
VR1  15 V  VR2  15 V  10 V  5 V
The current through R1 is
VR 5V
IR1  1   10 2 A  10  10 3 A  10mA
R1 500
The current through the Zener diode is
IZ  IR1  IR2
30. 00017.28
Sol. The reaction is, p + 3Li7  2 2He4
7
Binding energy of 3Li = 7 × 5.60 = 39.2 MeV
4
Binding energy of 2He = 4 × 7.06 = 28.24 MeV
Energy of proton, Ep = 2 × B.E. (2He4) – B.E. (3Li7)

= 2 × 28.24 – 39.2 = 17.28 MeV

SECTION – A
31. B
Sol. It is a zero order reaction.
32. C
Sol. Carbon should be present in the compound for giving nitrogen test.
33. C
Sol. NaCl  H2SO 4 
 NaHSO 4  HCl

2KClO3   2KCl  3 O2
2HCl  O3  Cl2  O 2  H2O
KCl  AgNO3 
 AgCl  KNO3
34. B
Sol. Roasting is carried out for sulphide ores.
35. C
Sol. It produces maximum number of ions as compared to other salts.
36. C
Sol. XY3  g  X  g  3Y  g  ; H = E kJ mol–1
E
B.E of X – Y bond = as XY3 contains three X – Y bonds.
3
37. A
Sol. Be 
 1s2 2s2 2p0
 2s0 2p0 Four vacant orbitals 
Be2 
Be2+ forms complex with four water molecules.
38. D
Sol. At normal boiling point (500 K), the following equilibrium exists between the two physical
states at 1 atm.
X  liquid 
 X  gas 


For the equilibrium G = 0
If the pressure increases the change shifts to backward direction for which G = +ve.
If pressure decreases the change shifts towards forward direction, for which G = -ve.
If temperature increase, the change will proceed towards forward direction, for which
G = -ve.
39. C
Sol. CsCl has b.c.c. unit cell.

40. B
Sol. NaX  Na  X
X  H2 O  

 HX  OH

t0 0.1 excess 0 0

t  eq. 0.1(1   ) 0.1 0.1
[HX] [OH ]
Kh 
[X  ]
[HX] [H ][OH ]
 
[H ] [X  ] 1
K w 0.1  0.1
  0.1  2 1   1 as 1  for weak acid
Ka 0.1(1   )
1014
5
 0.1  2
10
  1  10 4
% hydrolysis  0.01%
41. B
NH 
 4 
Sol. pOH = pKb + log  pK b
NH3 
(OH) = 1.8105
Ksp = [Mn2+] [OH]2, [Mn2+] = 1.38104
42. B
Sol. OH OCH3

CH2N2

 N2
43. C
Sol. Anti Markownikoff reaction takes place in this case.
44. C
Sol. H3C OH H3C
NH2OH/H
CH3COC2H5  
 C N + C N
H5C2 H5C2 OH
45. A
Sol. No Cl- is formed in (A).
46. B
Sol. Cl2  FeCl3  FeCl4  Cl
The electrophile Cl+ substitutes a hydrogen atom from benzene.

47. A
Sol. Na2B4 O7 .10H2 O 
heat
 Na2B4 O7 
740 C
 2NaBO2  B2 O3
o
10H2 O
Sodium
metaborate
B 2O3  CuSO 4  CuO.B2 O3  SO3
Cu(BO2 )2 (blue)
Copper metaborate
48. B
Sol. AlF3  3KF  K 3  AlF6 
For this reaction, maximum concentration of F- ions is obtained from KF.
49. B
Sol. Increasing the volume of reaction container twice, the concentration of all the species
will reduce to half.
50. C
Sol. Mn5+ has 3d2 configuration.
SECTION – B
51. 00005.00
Sol. X is CHCl3
52. 00012.60
1
Sol. pH  pK w  pk a  logC 
2
1
or,12.8  14  pka  log10 1 
2
On solving, pKa  12.6
53. 00116.24
Sol. Tf = Kf  m
1000
or, 0 - Tf = 1.86  2 
W
2000
or, 0 – (-4.8) = 1.86 
W
On solving, W = 775 g
Mass of ice formed = 891.24 – 775 = 116.24 g
54. 00015.20
Sol. X  g  
 Y  g  Z  g


250
Initial conc.  2.5
100
At equm 2.5 – 1.25 1.25 1.25
KC = 1.25

X  g  
 Y  g  Z  g
m
At equ 1.25 1.25 1.25
After addition (1.25 + x - y) (1.25 + y) (1.25 + y)
1.25 + y = 1.3
or, y = 0.05
1.3  1.3
KC   1.25
1.25  x  0.05
On solving, x = 0.152
n n
0.152  
V 100L
or, n = 15.2
55. 00003.00
3 3
Sol. H = nC v T = 1  R  (1300 - 300) =  2  1000 = 3000 cal = 3 Kcal.
2 2
56. 00003.00
0.0591  Zn  2
Sol. ECell = E  o
Celllog  2
n H 
0.0591 10 2
or, 0.6418 = [0-(-0.76)] - log 2
2 H 
on solving, [H+]2 = 10–6
[H+] = 10–3, pH = 3
57. 00004.00
Sol. n-factor of NH4NO3 is 4.
58. 00004.00
Sol. It shows geometrical as well as optical isomerism. Optical isomerism will be exerted
when one double bond of the dine is Cis and the other is trans.
59. 00003.00
Sol. Ortho, meta and para products are formed.
60. 00000.40
72
Sol. Moles of water = =4
18
Total mole = 4 + 6
4
Mole fraction of water is  0.4
10

SECTION – A
61. C
dy
Sol. y2  x2  4 2y  2x  0
dx
2
d2 y  dy  d2 x2
y    1 y 1 1
dx 2  dx  dx 2
y2
d2 y
y3 2
 y2  x 2  4
dx
62. D
Sol. C1C2  r1  r2

C1   0,0 ; C2  3 3, 3 and r1  2, r2  4 
Circle touch each other externally.
Equation of common tangent is 3x  y  4  0 ……….(i)

Comparing it with x cos   y sin   2, we get  
6
63. B
Sol. f " x  1 f x
Multiplying both sides by f '  x 
get f  x   sin x  1…….. (i)
y
x
O 
Required area    2

64. C
Sol. C.O.C. of P  x1,y1 
w.r.t y 2  4ax is yy1  2  x  x1 
compare with 4x  7y  10  0 P (x1, y1)
B
5 7
to get  x1, y1    , 
2 2
4x – 7y + 10 = 0
65. B
Sol. P    1  a2  b  c  0 1  c  a  b  a    0
a  c  1 and b  a
b  a and c  a 1
we can select in 9 ways.
9
P E  
1000
66. B
3 5 7
Sol. Given series is    .....
1 2  2
 2  3 2
3  4  2
3   n  1  2  n  1  n2
2
Tn  
n2  n  1
2 2
n  n  1
1 1
Tn  
n 2
n  12
1 1 1 1 1 1
Sum of series   2  2  2 ......... 2 
2
1 2 2 3 n n  12
1 n n  2 
 1 
n  1 2
n  12
67. C
Sol. A is idempotent matrix i.e. A 2  A
I  0.4A 1  I  A
I  I  A I  0.4A 
 I2  0.4AI  AI  0.4A 2

 I  A  0.4  0.6 
4

6
68. A
Sol. 171983  111983  71983

 171983  71983  111983 

 17  7  171982  171981.71  171980.72  ........  71982  111983 
Last digit in 17 7 is 0 1983 1983
1983
and last digit in 11 is 1
Last digit of 171983  111983  71983 is 0 + 1 = 1
69. D
1 3 1 2
Sol. 1 4  2 3 0
2 3  1 3   1
 0 or 3
If  0, the equations become  x  y  0 ,
 x  2y  3z  0 and 2x  y  3z  0 ,
x y z
 
6  3 6  3 1  4
70. C
Sol. 2nd blue result occur on or before 10th roll is equivalent to the occurrence of blue face at
least twice in 10 rolls
1 2
n  10, p  , q 
3 3
39  211
p  m  2   1  p  0   p 1  
39
71. B
m tan 
Sol. The equation of lines are y  y1   x  x1 
1 m tan 
1 tan 45o
y4  x  x1 
1 tan 45o
1 1
y4  x  3
1 1
y  4 or x  3

72. B
2
 1 3x  4y  7 
Sol. (x  2)  (y  3)  
2 2
 is an ellipse, whose focus is (2, -3), directrix
2 5 
1
3x – 4y + 7 = 0 and eccentricity is .
2
3  2  4  (3)  7
Length of from focus to directrix is 5
5
a
 ae  5
e
a 10
2a   5 a
2 3
20
So length of major axis is
3
73. C
c
Sol.  
ax 3  bx  c  x 2  px  1  ax  c  comparing co – eff of x 2 and x, we get p 
a
 c 
a  c   b a2  c 2  ab
 a 
74. D
Sol. 2r  10  4 2   6  2 2
 36  16  2 13
r  26
3 3
Perimeter   2r   26
4 2
75. B
Sol. Clearly sum of digits = 22, for the number to be divisible by 9 the sum of digits must be
divisible by 9 sum of digit is 18 only.
There are two ways (1) omit 0 and 4
Number of arrangements = 5! = 120.
(2) By omitting 1, 3
Then the number of ways = 4  4  3  2  1 = 96.
Total number of numbers = 120 + 96 = 216 = 63.
76. A
Sol. Given, sin  sin  cos  sin2  sin  sin 
Now, cos 2  1  2 sin2  1  2sin  cos 
  sin   cos  
2

   
 2 sin2     or 2cos2    
4  4 
77. B
       
Sol. The given equation is equivalent to 2 sin2    cos2 x   2 sin2    sin 2x 
 2    2  
cos x  sin2x
2
cos x  cos x  2 sin x   0

1  2 tan x  0 as cos x  0

x   2n  1
2
1
tan x 
2
1  tan2 x 3
cos 2x  
1  tan2 x 5
78. A
 2 3   42 3 
Sol. sin1    sin1  
 4   8 
   
 2 
 sin1 
 3 1   
1  3  1  
  sin   
 8   2 2  12
 
 12  1  2 3  
cos1    cos  
 4   4  6
sec 1 2   
4
       
cos1 cot      cos1 cot  
 12 6 4   2 

 cos1  O  
2
79. C
 x  2x 2  5x 3 
Sol. f  g  x    1  3  
 3 
3 2
5x  2x  x
g x  
3
3g 1  4

80. A
Cr  r  3 
a n 1
Sol. lim
n 
  x dx 
nr  0
r 0 
1 n r 
x
   lim n
Cr .   . x3  .dx
 n r 0 n 
0 
1 n
 x
  lim  1   . x3 dx
0
a  n
= 6 – 2e
SECTION – B
81. 00005.00
Sol.
1
n t
x x
x k 1 x k 1
dx
0
lim k
dx  lim 0
n
 1 t 0 tk
 
n
Taking t as continuous variable (as t  0 )
t t k 1 1 1
lim k 1
 lim t t  .
n k t t 0 k k
82. 00005.00
Sol. Equation of tangent to parabola at P is
2  y  9   6x y  9  3x
Equation of circle is
 x  6    y  9    y  3x  9   0
2 2
Put  0, 1
x 2  4y
36  64  10   0
 10  6, 9 
Equation of circle is
x 2  y 2  18x  28y  27  0
radius  9 2  14   27  5 10
2
 0, 1
83. 00005.00
Sol.
y x
y ' nx   n y  y ' for the point e 2 ,e2
x y
 

2y ' 1  2  y '
y' 1
Equation of normal is y  e2  1 x  e 2  
y  x  2e2
a  2e 2 and b  2e2
4a  b
5
b
84. 00003.00
2x y
Sol. Equation of normal at  2 sec , tan   is  5
sec  tan 
2 tan 
Slope  1   1
sec 


6
5
normal becomes y   x 
3
25
It is tangent to ellipse a2  b 2 
3
9 2
25

a  b2  3 
85. 00002.00
 1 
Sol. f  x  is differentiable in  0, 
 2
 1 
f  x  is continuous in  0, 
 2
 ax  b 
 1
f 
2
  x
lim f  x 
1
lim tan1 
x
1  c  x
2
  0 and lim1 log 2  bx  0  
2 2 2
a b
 b  0 and 2   1
2 4
a  2b  0 and b  4 a8
1
Now, f  x  is differentiable at x 
2
1 a 1
 2 2
2bx 1
 ax  b  c x  1 2  bx x
2
1   2
 c 
8 4
 c  2
c  1
2  4 
 4

86. 00009.00
7
2
 2a  6d 6 7  2a  6d
Sol.  6
11
 2a  10d 11  2a  10d 
2
2a  18d
a  6d
also 130  a  6d  140
26 28
 d d9
3 3
87. 00001.71
 2  1
The given series is in the form 1  a  a2  a3 ........ to  where a  
Sol.
 2 2 
 
1
Sn 
1 a
1

 2  1
1 
 2 2 
 
2 2

2 2  2 1
2 2

2 1
2 2  2 1 
88. 00009.00
2x 7  3x2
Sol.  x10  2x5  1 dx
 3 
x 6  2x  4 
  x 
dx
 2 1 
x6  x 4   6 
 x x 
3
2x  4
 x dx
2
 2 1 
x  3 
 x 
1  3 
Let x 2  3  t  2x  4  dx  dt
x  x 
3
dt 1 x
  2   c   5 c
t t x 1



 x3 x5  1 c  x 3  x8
c
x  x 
2 2
5 5
1 1
89. 00003.00
Sol. f  x   x3  bx 2  cx
f 1  1  b  c
f  2   8  4b  2c
By Role’s Theorem
f 1  f  2 
3b  c  7  0 ……..(i)
f '  x   3x  2bx  c
2
4
f '   0
3
By Rolle’s theorem
8b  3c  16  0 ………(ii)
By (i) and (ii)
b c 1
 
5 8 1
b = –5
90. 00001.00
dx 1
Sol. 
dy dy
dx
   
d2 x d  1  d  1  dx
    .
dy 2 dy  dy  dx  dy  dy
   
 dx   dx 
1 d2 y dx 1 d2 y
 2
. 2
.  3
. 3
 dy  dx dy  dy  dx
   
 dx   dx 
 
2  
d y 1 
From the given is 1  0
dx 2   dy 3 
   
 
  dx  
d2 y dy
2
 0 or1
dx dx
y  ax  b :a  0

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XIV
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 09-06-2022
answer.

AITS-FT-XIV-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. A uniformly charged non conducting sphere of charge Q and radius R is kept in a uniform electric
field E. A very small part of area dA is removed from the sphere and sphere is released from rest
when position vector of hole with respect to center of sphere is perpendicular to electric field.
Which of the following is correct?
QERdA
(A) Initial torque on sphere about its CM is
4 R 2
3QEdA
(B) Maximum angular velocity of sphere is
4mR3
5QEdA
(C) Maximum angular velocity of sphere is
4mR3
(D) Sphere will not rotate.
2. Angle of declination at any point on the equator of earth is  0

(A) will increase if observer will move along a longitude towards north pole
(B) will remain same if observer will move along a longitude toward north pole.
(C) must increase if observer moves along equator towards east.
(D) will remain constant if observer moves along equator towards east.
3. Ends of an inextensible string is wrapped tightly over two cylinders & string is allowed to pass
over a fixed pulley as shown. Linear & angular velocities of cylinder at any instant are indicated in
figure. R is radius of each cylinder, then
2
1
v1 v2
(A) v1  1R
(B) v 2  2R
(C) v1  v 2   1  2  R
(D) v1  v 2   1  2  R

3 AITS-FT-XIV-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
4. A thin film of a liquid having mass m is formed on a ring radius

r. Thickness of film is equal to thickness of ring and angle of r
contact is zero. When ring is kept horizontal in air then center y
of film goes down by distance y  y  r  . Find surface tension
of film.
mg
(A)
2y
mg
(B)
4y
2mg
(C)
y
4mg
(D)
y
5. Two particles are moving along horizontal circular path on inner surface of right circular cone.
Height of circular paths are h1 and h2 as shown and corresponding time period of particles are T1
& T2 then (Neglect friction)
h2
h1
T1 h1
(A) 
T2 h2
T1 h2
(B) 
T2 h1
T12 h1
(C) 
T22 h2
T12 h2
(D) 
T22 h1
6. A plane sound wave is traveling along positive x-axis. Its displacement versus position at
particular time is as shown in figure.
s
B C D x
A
Which of the following is correct?

(A) Air at point A has velocity in positive direction and is a rarefaction.
(B) Air at point B has velocity in positive direction and is a rarefaction.
(C) Air at point C has zero velocity and is a compression.
(D) Air at point D has velocity in negative direction and is a rarefaction.

7. A long straight wire carrying current I is bent at mid point to form angle . Find magnetic field at
point P as shown in figure
P
d
 I

 0i
(A) 1  cos 
4d
0 i
(B) 1  sin 
4d
 0i
(C) 1  cos  
4d
 0i
(D) 1  sin  
4d
8. If rms speed of molecules of a monatomic gas is increased 1.5 times through adiabatic process
then what is ratio of initial volume to final volume?
5/ 4
 2
(A)  
3
3/ 4
3
(B)  
 2
3
3
(C)  
 2
2
 2
(D)  
3
9. A ring of radius 3 m is uniformly charged. There are two points on the axis and on the same side
of ring where ratio of electric potential and electric field intensity is 10 m. What is the separation
between these two points?
(A) 2m
(B) 4m
(C) 6m
(D) 8m
10. A capillary tube is immersed vertically in water and the height of the water column is h1 . If
arrangement is taken into a mine at depth d, the height of water column is h2 . If R is radius of
h1
earth than is
h2
 d
(A) 1  R 
 
 d
(B) 1  R 
 

Rd
(C)
Rd
Rd
(D)
Rd
11. Voltage drop across p side, n side and depletion region of pn junction in forward bias are
Vp , Vn and Vd respectively then,
(A) Vd Vp
(B) Vd  Vn
(C) Vd  Vp
(D) Vd  Vn
12. If pressure (p), density (d) and velocity (v) are taken as base quantities in place of mass, length
and times then dimension of plank’s constant is
(A) pd2 v
(B) p2 dv
(C) pd2 v 1
(D) p, d & v cannot be taken as base quantities
13. In photoelectric experiment, graph obtained for collector plate potential (V) versus photocurrent
(i) is as shown in figure.
i
Which of the following can be concluded from the graph?

(A) Photocurrent is independent of intensity of incident light.
(B) All the photoelectrons do not have same kinetic energy
(C) Photoelectron emission is instantaneous
(D) Stopping potential depends on frequency of incident light.
14. A disc of mass m and radius R is attached to ceiling with the help of ropes of length l. Find the
time period of small oscillation of disc in the plane of disc.
 
R/2
R

lR /2
(A) 2
g
l2   R / 2 
2
(B) 2
g  R / 2  l
l
(C) 2
g
(D) None of these
15. The graph shows the current versus the voltage in a driven RLC circuit at a fixed frequency. The
arrow indicates the direction that this curve is drawn as time progresses.
current
voltage
In this plot, the

(A) Current lags the voltage by 90 degrees
(B) Current leads the voltage by 90 degrees
(C) Current and voltage are in phase
(D) Current and voltage are 180 degrees out of phase
16. A pin 10 mm tall is used as an object in front of a mirror and the image formed is erect and 2mm
tall.
(A) Moving the pin closer to the mirror will make the image larger
(B) The image must be real
(C) The mirror must be converging
(D) Both (B) and (C) are correct
17. Ionization energy of a hydrogen-like ion A is greater than that of another hydrogen-like ion B. Let
r, U, E and L represent the radius of the orbit, speed of the electron, energy of the atom and
orbital angular momentum of the electron respectively. In ground state:
(A) rA rB
(B) UA UB
(C) EA EB
(D) L A LB
18. A shunt of resistance 1 is connected across a galvanometer of 9 resistance. A current of 5 A

gives full scale deflection in the galvanometer. The current that will give full scale deflection in the
absence of the shunt is:
(A) 5.5 A
(B) 0.5 A
(C) 0.004 A
(D) 0.045 A

19. A monochromatic light is used in Young's double slit experiment. When one of the slits is
covered by a transparent sheet of thickness 1.8 mm and made of material of refractive index 1 ,
then number of fringes which crosses a point on the screen is 18. when another sheet of
thickness 3.6 mm and made of material of refractive index 2 is used, number of fringes which
shift is 9. Relation between 1 and  2 is given by
(A) 42  1  3
(B) 41  2  3
(C) 32  1  4
(D) 21  2  4
20. The binding energies of the nuclei of 24 He , 37 Li , 12

6
C & 14
7
N are 28, 52, 90, 98 MeV respectively.
Which of these is most stable?
4
(A) 2
He
7
(B) 3
Li
12
(C) 6
C
14
(D) 7
N
SECTION – B
21. Two particles are projected vertically up with the same speed 40 m/s on the surface of planets
2 2
where accelerations due to gravity are 5 m/s and 10 m/s respectively. What is the ratio of
distance covered in 6 sec?
22. A block of mass m is hanging in equilibrium with the help of two strings s1 & s2. String s1 makes
an angle 30 with vertical & s2 makes an angle  with vertical as shown.
S1 S2
30 
m
Find  in degree to have minimum tension in string S2.

23. 12 identical wire is used in a network as shown. A current i enters into network at A and leaves at
B such that current in wire PQ becomes 1A. Find the value of i in ampere.
P 1A
Q
i B
A
24. A rough incline plane is inclined at 30 and its length is 5m. A block of mass 4 kg is pulled
upward to top from bottom. The man pulling the block needs to supply 400 J for this while
applying force parallel to incline plane. What is work done by the man for same process if incline
2
plane has inclination 60 . (g = 10 m/s )
25. Find percentage error in measurement of moment of inertia of an annular disc if measured value
of inner radius is  3.0 0.1 cm, outer radius is  4.0 0.1 cm and mass is  50 1 g.
26. What is total energy (in J ) stored in the capacitors of given circuit in steady state?
5F 10
10F
15
24 V
15
27. A hollow cylinder and a block are released on a rough inclined plane. Cylinder rolls down without
o
slipping and incline plane makes angle of 45 with horizontal. Find coefficient of friction between
block and inclined plane if both cylinder and block move with same acceleration.
28. A particle is projected horizontally from a point A between two parallel walls as shown. All
collisions are elastic and neglect friction. Find time period (in second) of motion of particle.
2
(g = 10 m/s )
A
10 m/s
5m
20m

29. Plot 1 in figure gives the charge q that can be stored on capacitor 1 versus the electric potential V
set up across it. Plots 2 and 3 are similar plots for capacitor 2 and 3, respectively. Now these
.
capacitors are connected as in circuit (b). What is the charge (in µC) stored on capacitor 2 in that
circuit?
16  C
1
2
q  C  C1
3
10 V C3
C2
V(V) 2V
(a) (b)
30. In the circuit diagram shown, XC = 50 ohm, XL = 200 ohm & R = 75 ohm. The effective current (in
ampere) through the source is :
C  X C  50 
300V R
 75  L  X L  200 

SECTION – A
31. The compound

HO OH
O O
is subjected to following treatment stepwise:
+
(i) SOCl2 (ii) NH3 (iii) LiAlH4/H3O
The final product of the reaction is
(A) Propanamide
(B) 5-Amino pentane-1-ol
(C) 1, 5-Propanediamine
(D) 1, 5-Pentanediamine
32. Which is the product formed when 2-methylcyclohexanone is treated with selenium dioxide in
presence of acetic acid?
(A) O (B) O
CHO O CH 3
(C) O (D) O
CH 3 CH3
O
33. A crystalline solid having molecular formula C7H8O reacts with sodium to liberate hydrogen. It is
insoluble in water but soluble in dilute aqueous NaOH upon treatment with Br2 in CCl4, Only one
monobrominated compound with the formula C7H7OBr is formed. The original compound has the
structure.
(A) CH2OH (B) CH3
OH
(C) CH3 (D) CH3
OH
OH

34. Which of the following statement is incorrect about ores?

(A) Calamine and siderite are carbonate.
(B) Argentite and cuprite are oxide.
(C) Zinc blende and iron pyrite are sulphides
(D) Malachite and azurite are ores of copper.
35. A white solid (A) dissolves in water. The aqueous solution gives a white precipitate (B) when
NaOH or NH4OH is added. (B) dissolve in excess of NaOH but not in NH4OH. BaCl2 solution,
when added to a solution of (A) gives a white precipitate (C) which is insoluble in dilute HCl. (A)
may be
(A) Al2(SO4)3
(B) ZnSO4
(C) SnSO4
36. Solution of salt (X) gives a scarlet coloured precipitate with KI solution which dissolves in its
excess. The colorless solution with ammonium chloride in presence of alkali forms red brown
precipitate. The compound (X) is
(A) Mohr’s salt
(B) Glauber’s salt
(C) Epsom salt
(D) Corrosive sublimate
37. The product obtained when MnSO4 solution is boiled with PbO2 and concentrated HNO3 is
(A) MnO2
(B) HMnO4
(C) Mn3O4
(D) PbMnO4
38. K 4 Fe  CN6  can be used to detect which of the following ions out of the following
Fe 2 ,Fe3 ,Zn2 ,Cu2 and Cd+2 ?
(A) Fe 2 ,Fe3
(B) Fe 3 ,Zn2 ,Cu2
+3
(C) all but not Fe
+2
(D) all but not Fe
39. A graph is plotted between Ecell of quinhydrone half cell and pH of solution. Intercept is 0.699 V.
At what pH, Ecell will become 0.492V?
(A) 3.5
(B) 4.2
(C) 7
(D) 10
40. In which of the following case would the probability of finding an electron residing in a dxy orbital
be zero?
(A) XY and YZ plane
(B) XY and XZ plane
(C) XZ and YZ plane
(D) Z direction, YZ and XZ plane

41. One litre of an ideal gas diffuse in 5 minutes at S.T.P, How much time it would take for the same
diffusion at 1 atm and 273C?
(A) 7.1 min
(B) 10 min
(C) 14.1 min
(D) cannot say
42. 0.85% aqueous solution of NaNO3 is apparently 90% dissociated. The osmotic pressure of
solution at 300 K is
(A) 4.67 atm
(B) 46.74 atm
(C) 2.46 atm
(D) 4.67 mm of Hg
43. Calcium crystallizes in a face centered cubic unit cell with edge length (a) = 0.556 nm. Suppose
this sample of Ca contained 0.1% Frenkel defect in the crystal. The density of crystal
(A) change by 0.05%
(B) change by 0.1%
(C) change by 0.5%
(D) does not change
44. A base, C17H21O 4N is soluble in water to the extent of 1.7 gm/lit and a saturated solution has a pH
of 10.08. The value of the ionization constant, K b for this base is:  Antilog  3.92   1.2  10 4 
(A) 5.6  106
(B) 1.2  10 6
(C) 2.62  10 6
(D) 9.04  10 6
45. For the elementary reaction 2NO  H2   N2 O  H2 O; the half life time is 19.2 sec at 820C
when partial pressure of NO and H2 are 600 mm of Hg and 10mm of Hg respectively. The value
of half life time at the same temperature when partial pressure of NO and H2 are 600 mm Hg and
20 mm Hg respectively would be:
(A) 19.2 sec
(B) 10 sec
(C) 830 sec
(D) 415 sec
46. The weight of acetic anhydride that must be added to 75 gm of 92% acetic acid to make the
concentration of acetic acid 100% would be
(A) 22 gm
(B) 38 gm
(C) 34 gm
(D) 56 gm
47. Solubility of a substance which dissolve with a decrease in volume and absorption of heat will be
formed by
(A) high P and high T
(B) low P and low T
(C) high P and low T
(D) low P and high T

48. A reversible isothermal evaporation of 90gm of water is carried out at 100C . Heat of evaporation
of water is 9.72 KCal/mol. Assuming water vapour to behave like an ideal gas. What is the
change in internal energy of the system?
(A) 48.6 KCal
(B) 52.33 KCal
(C) 44.87 KCal
(D) 56.06 KCal
49. Langmuir adsorption isotherm is applicable to

(A) Physical adsorption
(B) Chemical adsorption
(C) Any monolayer adsorption
(D) Both physical adsorption and activated adsorption
50. H 3C CH3
C C CCl 3 COO

+ (P)
H H
Product (P) of reaction is
(A) No reaction occurred (B) H3C CH3
C C H
H CCl 3 COO
(C) H3C CH3 (D) H3C CH3
C C C C
H H H O C
C C H
Cl Cl
O Cl Cl
SECTION – B
51. How many number of edges present in a truncated tetrahedron?
52. In a crystal of XY, X form CCP lattice and Y are present at all tetrahedral voids. If particles along
one of the body diagonal are removed, then formula of compound is XnYm. The value of (n+m) is?
53. Calculate the percentage of dissociation of an electrolyte XY2 (normal molar mass = 164) in
water. If the observed molar mass by measuring elevation in boiling point is 65.6?
54. A saturated solution in PQ(s) and PR(s) has conductivity of 290  10 10 Scm1 . If Ksp of PQ(s) and
PR(s) are 3  1014 and 1 10 14 respectively. The limiting molar conductivity of P ,Q  ,R are 50
Scm2mol-1, X Scm2mol-1 and 20 Scm2mol-1 respectively. The value of X is
55. The sum of number of hexagonal faces and cubical faces present in a truncated octahedron is
56. The sum of mono and dihalo substituted isomers are possible for benzene and borazole
(Inorganic benzene) is

57. The rate of first order reaction is 0.04 molL-1s-1 at 10 seconds and 0.03 molL-1s-1 at 20 seconds
after initiation of reaction. The half life period of reaction is?
58. How many number of Faraday is required to convert 5 mol of nitrobenzene to aniline?
59. If mass of one atom is 3.32  10 23 gm , then calculate number of nucleons (neutrons and protons)
present in 4 atoms of the element.
60. 

 A g  B g at 300C , Kp for dissociation equilibrium is 2.56  10 atm. If
In the reaction ABg  2
the total pressure at equilibrium is 1 atm, then the percentage dissociation of AB is approximately

SECTION – A
61. The equation of sphere concentric with the sphere x 2  y 2  z 2  4x  6y  8z  5  0 and which
passes through the point (0,10) is
(A) x 2  y 2  z 2  4x  6y  8z  7  0
(B) x 2  y 2  z2  4x  6y  8z  0
(C) x 2  y 2  z 2  4x  6y  8z  5  0
(D) None of these
x  2 y 1 z  3
62. The angle between the line   and the plane 3x  6y  2z  5  0 is
2 1 2
 4
(A) cos1  
 21 
 4
(B) sin1   
 21 
 6 
(C) sin1  
 21 
 4 
(D) sin1  
 21 
N
63. Let N be any four digit number say x1 x 2 x 3 x 4 . Then maximum value of is equal
x1  x 2  x 3  x 4
to
(A) 1000
1111
(B)
4
(C) 800
(D) None of these
64. Let , and be roots of f  x   x3  x 2  5x  1  0. Then          where . denotes the

greatest integer function, is equal to
(A) 1
(B) –2
(C) 4
(D) –3
4
65. If z   2, then find the maximum value of z is equal to
z
(A) 1
(B) 2 2
(C) 3 1
(D) 5 1

66. If xk  0, k  1,2,3,4,5 and x1  x 2  x3  x 4  x 5  20 and x1  x 2  x 3  5 then the number of

integral solution of  x1, x2 , x 3 ,x 4 , x 5 
(A) 84
(B) 168
(C) 286
(D) 336
cosec 2 x  2005
67.  cos2005 x dx is equal to
cot x
(A) c
 cos x 
2005
tan x
(B) c
 cos x 
2005
  tan x 
(C) c
 cos x 
2005
cot x
(D)  c
 cos x 
2005
68. Two number a, b are chosen from the set of integers 1, 2, 3, ….., 39, then probability that the
equation 7a – 9b = 0 is satisfied, is
1
(A)
247
2
(B)
247
4
(C)
741
5
(D)
741
2r  1 m
Cr 1
m
69. Let m be a positive integer and r  m2  1 2m m 1 then the value of r is
   
r 0
sin2 m 2 sin2  m  sin m2
given by
(A) 0
(B) m2  1
(C) 2m
(D) 2m sin2  2m 

 x
f  x    
2
3 x  5 , x  0
70.

x . Then  f  x  dx is equal to ( . denotes the greatest integer function)
 2, x  0 3 /2
11
(A) 
2
7
(B) 
2
(C) –6
17
(D) 
2
71. If    / 7, then cos   cos 3  cos 5 is

1
(A)
2
1
(B)
4
1
(C)
8
1
(D)
16
sin2y 3 sin3y
If tan1  x  h   tan1  x    h sin y  sin y    h sin y  .   h sin y  .
2
72.  ……..
2 3
Where x   0, 1 , y    / 4,  / 2  , then
(A) y = tan-1x
(B) y = sin-1x
-1
(C) y = cot x
(D) y = cos-1x
73. PQ is a vertical pole with end P on level ground. R is the mid-point of PQ. At a point A on the
level ground, the portion QR subtends an angle  at A. If AP = nPQ, then  =
n
(A)
2n2  1
n
(B)
n2  1
n
(C)
n 1
2
(D) None of these
x  a2 x4  1 3
74. If f  x   x  b2 2x 4  2 3 ,  where x  0  and f’ (x) = 0, then a2 ,b2 ,c 2 are in
x  c2 3x 4  7 3
(A) Geometric progression
(B) Arithmetic Progression
(C) Harmonic Progression
(D) Arithmetic Geometric Progression

cos2
75.   sin   cos   2
d is equal to
1
(A) c
sin   cos 
(B) log sin   cos   c
(C) log sin   cos   c
log  sin   cos    c
2
(D)
  1  
76. Given a function f(x) continuous x  R such that lim  f  x   log  1  f  x    log  f  x    =0, then
x 0
  e  
f(0) is
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3
77. Nine hundred distinct N –digit numbers are to be formed by using 6, 8 and 9 only. The smallest
value of N for which this is possible is
(A) 6
(B) 7
(C) 8
(D) 9
78. y = x + r and y = -x + r where r takes all decimal digits. Then the number of squares in xy plane
formed by these lines with diagonals of 2 units length are
(A) 81
(B) 100
(C) 64
(D) 49
 x 4 x6   x2 x3  
79. If sin1  x 2   ......   cos1  x   .....   for 0  x  2, then cot 1 x equals to
 2 4   2 4  2

(A) 
4

(B)
6

(C)
3

(D)
4
80. The mean of two samples of sizes 200 and 300 were found to be 25 and 10 respectively. Their
standard deviation were 3 and 4 respectively. The variance of combined sample so size 500 is
(A) 64
(B) 65.2
(C) 67.2
(D) 64.2

SECTION – B
    
2  3 sin   h   cos   h 
 6  6 
81. lim 3  is equal to
h 0
3h 3 cosh  sinh  
 x  1  y  1
2 2
82. If P is any pt on the hyperbola   1 and S1, S2 are its foci, then S1P  S2P is
9 16
equal to?
2 2  k  1 k
83. Minimum distance between the curves y = x – 1 and x = y – 1 is equal to , where k is
2k
prime number, find k
84. The equation of the base of an equilateral triangle is x + y – 2 = 0 and one vertex is (2, -1). Then
k
the length of the side of the triangle is , find k?
k 1
85. If tan x  tan2 x  1, then the value of tan4 x  2 tan3 x  tan2 x  2 tan x  1 is?
86. Let Pi and PI’ be the feet of perpendiculars drawn from foci S, S’ on a tangent T to an ellipse
10
whose length of semi major axis is 20. If  SPi  S 'Pi '   2560, then the value of eccentricity is:
i 1
87. A chord AB whose equation is ax + by + c = 0 (where a, b, c are in A.P.) Cuts the parabola
y 2  4y  8x  4  0 at points A and B. The angle between the tangents drawn to the parabola at
points A and B is k0. Find k.
88. The value of ‘a’ for which the equation  a2  4a  3  x 2   a 2  a  2  x   a  1 a  0 has more than
two roots is –k, then the value of k + 2020 is
89. Equation of the normal to the curve x 2  4y which passes through the point (1, 2) is
x  y  k  12 , then k =
90. Tangents are drawn from the point  ,  to the hyperbola 3x 2  2y 2  6 and are inclined at
angles  and to the x – axis. If tan .tan   2 and 2 2  2
 k, then find k + 11.

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XIV
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 09-06-2022

SECTION – A
1. D
Sol. Net torque about center of mass is zero. Therefore, sphere will not rotate.
2. A
Sol.
Ng
Nm
'
'

AITS-FT-XIV-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
3. C
Sol. u1  u2
1R  v1  v 2  2R
v1  v 2   1  2  R
u1
u2
4. B
Sol. S  2r sin   mg
r
S  2r   mg ....(i)
R
R2  r 2  R  y 
2
r2
R
2y
S  2r 2
 2y  mg
r2
mg
S
4 y
5. C
Sol. Nsin   mg
N
R
h
 mg
Ncos   m 2R  m 2h tan 

g
tan   2
 htan 
1

h
T h
(C)

3 AITS-FT-XIV-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22
6. D
Sol. VP  v  slope
(D)
7. C
0 i
Sol. B sin    90   sin90  0
4d
i
 0 1  cos  
4d
8. C
T2
Sol. Vrms T  1.5
T1
5 5
1 1
T1V13  T2 V23
3
V1  3 
 
V2  2 
9. D
3
Sol.
V

kQ

R2  r 2   2
 10 r  1, 9
E R2  r 2 kQ r
Separation  8m.
10. A
1
Sol. h
g
 d
g 1  
h1 g2 R d
    1
h2 g1 g R
11. A
Sol. Resistance of depletion region (no free charge carriers) is very high as compared to resistance of
p and n side
12. D
Sol. p, d & v are not independent of each other.
13. B
Sol. All photoelectrons do not reach anode at given potential.
14. C
Sol. Each point on the disc oscillates on a circular arc of radius l.
15. B

Sol. i = i0 cos = i0 sin(t + )
2
v = v0sin = v 0sint
so current leads the voltage by 90°

current
 i0
voltage
v0
16. A
Sol. Mirror is convex because image of a real object is small, erect and virtual. As the object pin
moves towards the mirror size of image increase but m is always m  1, m = 1 when object is at
pole]
17. B
Sol.  E A  E B
E A  EB
K.E.A K.E.B
So, UA UB
18. B
 R 
Sol. I  I0   = 0.5A
 R  RG 
19. A
Sol.    1 t  n
(1  1)  1.8  10 5 18

(2  1)  3.6  10 5 9
 1  1  4   2  1
4 2  1  3
20. C
Sol. Higher is the binding energy per nucleon more is the stability of nucleus.
4 28
2
He = 7 MeV/Nucleon
4
7 52
3
Li = 7.42 MeV/Nucleon
7
12 90
6
C = 7.5 MeV/Nucleon – Most stable
12
14 98
7
N = 7 MeV/Nucleon
14

SECTION – B
21. 00001.50
1 1
Sol. d1  ut  gt 2  40  6   5  62  150m
2 2
2 2
42 1  T  402 1  8
d2   gt      10  6  
2g 2  2 2  10 2  2 
 100 m
d1 3
  1.5
d2 2
22. 00060.00
Sol. T2 will be minimum when
T1 T2
  60
T1
30
mg
T2
23. 00005.00
Sol. 1A
3 1 3
A A A
2 2 2
2A
3
A
2
i  5A
24. 00346.41
Sol. W1   mgsin 1  mgcos 1  l
1 3
400  40     5
2 2 

 3
W2  mg  sin  2   cos 2  l
 3 1
 40   3  5
 2 2 

 200 3J = 346.41

25. 00007.60
M 2
Sol. I
2

R1  R22 
M dM 2
dI   2R1dR1  2R2 dR2  
2 2
R1  R 22  
 47.5
dI
 100  7.6%
I
26. 00382.50
24
Sol. i  0.6A
15  10  15
10
15
i
24 V
15
1 1
 5  106  15  0.6    10  106 10  0.6 
2 2
U
2 2
 382.5J
27. 00000.50
gsin 
Sol. gsin   gcos  
1 1
tan 
  0.5
2
28. 00004.00
2h
Sol. T4 4s
g
29. 00020.00
q
Sol. C C1 = 6µF, C2 = 4µF, C3 = 2µF
V
if v = 10, Ceq = 3 µF
Qtotal = 30 µC
4
Q2 = 30 × µC
6

30. 00004.47
Sol. I I’
IR C  XC  5 0 
300V R
 75  L  X L  2 00 
IR  2
V=300
V
I' 
XL  X C
=2
V 300 V 300 2
R = = = 4A, ‘= = = 2A, = R  2 = 20 = 4.47 Amp.
R 75 X L  XC 150

SECTION – A
31. D
Sol. HO OH Cl Cl H2 N NH2
SOCl2 NH3
O O O O O O
LiAlH/H3O +
H2 N NH2
32. B
Sol. SeO2 convert –CH2 group into >C=O, adjacent to >C=O.
33. C
Sol. Phenol is soluble in NaOH, alcohol are also soluble, but not more than 6C. It give only one
monobromo, It mean other group present at p-.
34. B
Sol. Argentite is sulphide.
35. A
Sol. ZnSO4 is soluble is excess of NH4OH.
ZnSO4  4NH4 OH    Zn NH3 4  SO 4  4H2O
36. D
Sol. HgCl2  2KI  HgI2  2KCl
 K 2 HgI4 
HgI2  2KI 
Hg NH 2
2K2[HgI4] + 3KOH + NH4Cl O
Hg I
(Brown)
37. B
Sol. PbO2  HNO3  MnSO 4  HMnO4
38. D
Sol. In K 4 Fe  CN6  , iron is present in +2 oxidation state.

39. A
Sol. O OH
_
+ 2H + + 2e
O OH
(Q) (QH 2)
.0591 1
EQ/QH2  EQ/QH2  log 2
2 H 
 .0591 1
or EQ/QH2  EQ/QH  log 
2
1 H 
.0591
0.492  0.699  PH
1
.0591PH  0.699  0.492
PH  3.5
40. C
-
Sol. dxy orbital have probability of finding e in XY-plane and in the same plane perpendicular to it.
41. A
v1 t 2 P1 T2
Sol.  
t1 v 2 P2 T1
1 t 2 1 546
 
5 1 1 273
t 2 7.1min
42. A
Sol.   iCRT
0.85
  1.9   0.0821 300 4.67atm
85  0.1
43. D
Sol. In Frenkel defect density of crystal does not change.
44. C
Sol. POH   log OH    log K b C
Antilog  3.92   K b C
1.7
1.2  10   4
K b C and C 
303
1.44  108
 303  Kb
1.7
K b  2.62  106

45. A
Sol. For a first order reaction, t1/2 remains constant, if any one reactant taken in excess, then the order
with respect to that is zero.
 dx 1
 dt  k NO H2  
0
 
46. C
Sol. O O
CH 3 C O C CH3 + H 2O 2CH 3COOH
69 gm acetic acid associated with 6 gm H2O, 18 gm water react with 102 gm  CH3 CO  2 O
So, 34 gm acetic anhydride consume 6 gm H2O.
47. A
Sol. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, On increasing pressure equilibrium favour in that direction
having lesser volume and for a endotherm reaction, on increasing temperature equilibrium favour
in forward direction.
48. C
Sol. H2 O(l) 
 H2 O v 
5 mol 5 mol
H  E  ngRT
9.72  5  E  5  2  10 3  373
E  48.6  3.73
 44.87KCal
49. C
Sol. Freundlich’s isotherm related to multimolecular layer, but it fails at very high pressure. Langmuir
isotherm explain monolayer adsorption.
50. C
Sol. CCl3 COO on heating generate: CCl2 (dichlorocarbene). This reaction is related to insertion of
carbene in double bond.
SECTION – B
51. 00018.00
Sol. 6 edge present in a tetrahedron. If we cut four corner, 12 edge new created.
52. 00013.00
Sol. X 6 Y6
3
8
X 30 Y6
8
X30 Y48
or X5 Y8

53. 00075.00
Theoretical M.W
Sol. i
Observed M.W
164
1 2 
65.6
2  2.5  1
1.5
  .75
2
% degree of dissociation  75%
54. 00075.00
Sol. 
PQ  
P Q

ksp1  3  10 14   s  s1  s
 s  s1  s


PR  
P R

ksp2  1 1014   s  s1  s1
 s  s1  s1
On solving
s  1.5  107
s1  0.5  10 7
Simultaneous solubility   s  s1 
 2  10 7
o k  1000
m 
C
o 290  1010  1000
m 
2  10 7
o
 145Scm2mol1  l P   lQ   l(R )
m 0 m 0 m 0
m
 
145  50  X  20
X  145  70
X  75Scm2mol1
55. 00014.00
Sol. 8 triangular faces gives 8 hexagonal faces and cut of a corner give a cubical faces.

56. 00010.00
Sol. X
x2 (one monosubstituted)
X X X
X
2x 2
+ + (three disubstituted)
X
X
X X
B B
HN NH HN NH
+ (Two mono substituted)
x2 HB BH HB BH
BH
HN NH NH NH
X X X
HB BH
NH 2x 2 X
B B BH B
HN N NH NH NH N X NH NH
+ + +
HB BH BH B BH BH BH BH
NH NH X N N
X X
four disubstituted isomers
57. 00024.10
ln2 1 .04
Sol.  ln
t1/2 10 .03
t1/2  24.10
58. 00030.00
Sol. 6e  6H  C6H5NO 2  C6H5NH2  2H2 O
59. 00080.00
Atomic mass
Sol. Mass of one atom 
Avogadro no.
Atomic mass
3.32  1023 
6.02  1023
Atomic mass 20
60. 00016.00
Sol. 

ABg  A  g  B  g
1 x x
1 x
x2
K p  2.56  10 2 
1  x2
x  0.16
% dissociation  16%

SECTION – A
61. C
 x  2   y  3    z  4  r 2
2 2 2
Sol.
Put (0, 1,0)
r 2  24
62. D
2  3   1  6  2   2 
Sol. sin1
22   1  22 . 32  62   2 
2 2
63. A
N 1000x1  100x 2  10x3  x 4
Sol. 
x1  x 2  x 3  x 4 x1  x 2  x 3  x 4
 900x 2  990x3  999x 4  N
 1000  Maximum value of  1000
x1  x 2  x 3  x 4 x1  x 2  x 3  x 4
64. D
Sol.

-3 -2 -1 0 1 2
f  0   1,f  x   4,f  2   1,f  1  4,f  2   5,f  3   4

         3  1  1  3
65. D
4
Sol. z  2,
z
4 4
z   z  2
z z
2
z 4 2z
2
z 2 z 4  2
z  1 5
max of z is 1  5
66. D
Sol. xk  0, k  0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
and
x1  x 2  x 3  x 4  x5  20 and x1  x 2  x3  5
x 4  x5  20  5
x 4  x5  15
No. of integral solution

 15  2  1 16 
      16 and number of integral solution of x1  x 2  x 3  5 is
 2 1   1 
 5  3  1 7 7  6
   21
 3 1  2 2
Hence total number of integral solution is 21 16  336
67. D
cosec 2 x  2005 dx
  cos x 
2005
Sol.  cos2005 x
dx  . cosec 2 x dx  2005
cos 2005 x
.
dx
 cos x  .   cot x     2005  cos x    sin x  cot x  dx  2005 
2005 2006
.
cos2005 x
cot x
 c
 cos x 
2005
68. C
7
Sol. Given 7a  9b  0 a b
9
Hence number of pairs (a, b) can be  9,7  ; 18,14  ;  27,21 ;  36,28  .
4 4
Hence required probability = 39
 .
C2 741
69. A
m m n
 2r  1 m
Cr 1
m r 0 r 0 r 0
Sol. r  m2  1 2m m 1
   
r 0
sin2 m 2 sin2  m  sin m2
m2  1 2m m 1
 m 1
2
2 m
m 1
2
sin m  2
sin  m  sin m2
2
 
=0
70. A
x
Sol. 3 x  5  3  x   5, if x 0
x
 3  x   5, if x  0
y
2
1
-3/2 1 2
x
-2
-5

 f  x  dx
3 /2
 3
 1 1    2 1  1 5    2 
 2
1 11
  252  
2 2
71. A
1
Sol. cos   cos3  cos5 
2
When    / 7
72. C
tan1  x  h   tan1 x sin 2y
Sol.  sin2 y  hsin2 y.
 ……
h 2
Now, taking limits of both sides as h  0, we get
1
 sin2 y x 2  cosec 2 y  1  cot 2 y
1 x2
x  cot y, y  cot 1  x 
73. A
PQ 1
Sol. tan      
AP n
PR 1/ 2  PQ 1
tan    
AP AP 2h
Q
R

 P
A
      
tan       tan 
tan  
1  tan      tan 
1 1

n 2n  n
1 1 2n2  1
1 .
n 2n
74. B
x  a2 x4  1 3
Sol. f  x   x  b2 2x 4  2 3
x  c2 3x 4  7 3

x  a2 x 4  1 3 x  a2 4x 3 3 x  a2 x4  1 0
f '  x   x  b2 2x 4  2 3  x  b2 8x 3 3  x  b2 2x 4  2 0  0
x  c2 3x 4  7 3 x  c 2 12x 3 3 x  c2 3x 4  7 0
x  a2 1 1
f '  x   0  12x x  b2 3
2 100
x  c2 3 1
75. B
cos2   sin2 
Sol. Given integral   d
 cos   sin 
2
cos   sin 
 d  log sin   cos   c
sin   cos 
76. A
  1  
Sol. lim  f  x   log  1  f  x    log  f  x   
x 0
  e  
  1 
  1  f  x 
x 0

f x
 
= lim log e    log 
 f 
x
x


  
 
 ef  x  1   ef x  1
lim log   0 lim   1
x 0  f  x  x 0  f  x  
   
lim f  x   0 f  0   0 (as f (x) is a continuous function).
x 0
77. B
Sol. (3)6 = 729 < 900 and (3)7 = 2187 > 900
78. C
Sol. Draw ten lines y = x + r and other ten lines y = - x + r. We can observe that required squares are
82 = 64
79. D
x4 x6 x2 2x 2
Sol. We have x 2    ....  
2 4  x2  2  x2
1  
 2 
x2 x3 x 2x
x   ......  
2 4  x  2  x
1  
 2 
The given equation becomes
 2x 2    2x 
sin1  2 
  cos1  
 2  x  2 2x
2x 2 2x
 x 1
2x 2
2x

cot 1  x  cot 1 1 
4

80. C
Sol. Combined mean,
n x1  n 2 x 2
x 1
n1  n2
200  25  300  10
  16
500
Let d1  x1  x  25  16  9
and d2  x 2  x  10  16  6
  2  
n1 12  d12  n2 22  d22  
n1  n2
200  9  81  300 16  38 

500
33600
  67.2
500
SECTION – B
81. 00004.00
Sol. Given limit has value 4.
82. 00006.00
Sol. S1P  S2P = 2a
 23
=6
83. 00002.00
3 2
Sol. Required distance is , therefore value of k is 2.
4
84. 00002.00
2
Sol. Required distance is , therefore required value of k is 2.
3
85. 00004.00
Sol. tan4 x  2 tan3 x  tan2 x  2 tan x  1
tan 4 x  tan2 x  2 tan3 x  2 tan x  2 tan 2 x  1
   
2
 tan2  tan x  2 tan x  tan2 x  1  4
86. 00000.60
Sol. 10 b2  2560 b  16
16 3
1  e2  e
25 5
87. 00090.00
Sol. For c = 2b – a, given line always passes through focal chord of parabola. Therefore required
angle is 900.

88. 02021.00
Sol.  a2  4a  3  x2  a2  a  2  x   a  1 a  0
 a  1 a  3  x 2   a  1 a  2  x   a  1 a  0
 a  1  a  3  x 2   a  2  x  a   0
If a = -1, then quadratic have more than two roots.
89. 00015.00
2 3
Sol. Equation of the normal to the curve x = 4y is x = my – 2m – m , passes through the point (1, 2)
m  1.
90. 00018.00
x2 y2
Sol. Given hyperbola is 3x 2  2y 2  6 i.e.,  1
2 3
Let tangents from the point  ,  be y  mx a2m2  b2 i.e.  y  mx   a 2m2  b 2
2
  m    2m2  3
2
 a2  2 and b2  3 
2

m   2  2 m 
2
 2
 3  0; let m1, m2 be the roots of the equation
3 2
m1m2   tan .tan  2  tan .tan  2 given 
 2 2
2
 3  2 2  2  
2
 2  72
2  2 2
7

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XV
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 15-06-2022
answer.

AITS-FT-XV-PCM-JEE(Main)/22 2
SECTION – A
1. The kinetic energy K of a particle moving along a circle of radius R depends upon the distance
2
moved from rest s, as K = as . The force acting on the particle is (a is a positive constant)
s2
(A) 2a
R
1/2
 s2 
(B) 2as 1  2 
 R 
(C) 2as
(D) 2a
2. In which of the following instrument used in the lab there exists an error of random category
known as back lash error
(i) Screw gauge (ii) Micrometer (iii) Vernier callipers
(A) (i) and (ii) only
(B) (i) and (iii) only
(C) (i) only
(D) three
3. A body cools down from 500 C to 450 C in 5 min and 450 C to 400 C is 8 min. Find the
temperature of the surrounding. Assume Newton’s law of cooling is valid.
(A) 340 C
(B) 240 C
(C) 390 C
(D) 200 C
4. When a belt moves horizontally at a constant speed of 1.5 ms1 , gravel is falling on it at 5 kgs1
continuously and sticks to it, then the extra power needed to drive the belt is
(A) 11.25 W
(B) 37.5 W
(C) 7.5 W
(D) 0.75 W
5. Electrons with de Broglie wavelength fall on the target in an X-ray tube. The cut-off wavelength
of the emitted X-rays is
2mc 2
(A)
h
2h
(B)
mc
2m2 c 2 3
(C)
h2
(D)

3 AITS-FT-XV-PCM-JEE(Main)/22
6. A block of mass m = 3kg resting on a horizontal frictionless floor is horizontally struck by a 9N

force that acts for 0.02 sec. After 3 sec it receives a second blow of force 9N but in opposite
direction which acts for 0.01 sec. The speed of the body after 10 sec. is:
(A) 0
(B) 3 cm/sec
(C) 104 m/sec
(D) 105 m/sec
7. A thin uniform rod of mass ‘m’ of length ‘L’ L
hinged at one end. This rod is maintained in
horizontal position by colliding very tiny balls of hinge
each mass m/10 completely elastically 10 times
per sec striking on the opposite end as shown in v
figure. Find the speed of the ball. (Take g = 10
m/s2) m/10
(A) 10 m/sec
(B) 2.5 m/sec
(C) 5 m/sec
(D) 20 m/sec
8. A right angled triangular loop travelling with constant velocity (as shown B
in the figure) enters in uniform magnetic field (at right angle to the
boundary of the field) directed into the paper. Draw the graph between a
induced emf e and the distance along the perpendicular to the boundary
a 2a
of the field (say X) along which loop moves
(A) e (B) e
a x a 2a 3a x
(C) e (D) e
a 2a 3a
a 2a 3a x x
9. A coil is in the form of equilateral triangle of side ‘a’. The current in the coil is I. The magnetic field
at a distance ‘a’ equidistant’ from all the vertices will be
0I
(A)
2 3 a
30I
(B)
2a
0I
(C)
3 a
0I
(D)
4 3 a

10. A vertical ring of radius r and resistance R falls vertically. It is in P Q

contact with two vertical rails which are joined at the top. The rails
are without friction and resistance. There is a horizontal uniform
magnetic field of magnitude B perpendicular to the plane of the ring
and the rails. When the speed of the ring is v, the current in the
section PQ is
(A) zero
2Brv
(B)
R
4Brv
(C)
R
8Brv
(D)
R
11. Two spheres each of mass 8 3 kg and radius 5 cm lie in contact inside a hemispherical bowl of
radius 40 cm. There is no friction between any of the contact surface. The contact force exerted
2
by one sphere on another is (Take g = 10 m/s )
(A) 10 N
(B) 20 N
(C) 30 N
(D) 40 N
12. Two wires W1 & W2 carry current ‘2i’ and i respectively directed into the plane of A

paper as shown in figure. AA’ is line at some distance from wire. Let B be the

  W1
net magnetic field due to wires. The magnitude of  B. d  will be equal to 2i d
 W2
(A) 0i / 2 i
(B) 0i / 4 A
(C) 0i / 8
(D) zero
13. Four identical plates 1, 2, 3 and 4 are placed parallel to each other at 1
equal distance as shown in the figure. Plates 1 and 4 are joined
together and the space between 2 and 3 is filled with dielectric of 2
dielectric constant k = 2. The capacitance of the system between 1
C 3
and 3 is C1 and between plates 2 and 4 is C2. The ratio 1 is:
C2
5 4
(A)
3
(B) 1
(C) 3
5
(D) 5
7
14. An arc of radius r carries charge. The linear density of charge is  and the arc subtends an angle

at the centre. What is electric potential at the centre?
3
(A)
4 0

(B)
8 0
(C)
12 0
(D)
16 0
15. A sphere , a cube and a thin circular plate all made of same material and having the same mass
are initially heated to a temperature of 2000 C . Which of these objects will cool fastest and which
will cool slowest when left in air at room temperature, respectively ?
(A) Sphere, cube
(B) Cube, thin circular plate
(C) Thin circular plate, sphere
(D) All will cool at the same rate
16. A wheel is rolling straight on ground without slipping. If the centre of mass of
the wheel has speed v, then instantaneous velocity of a point P on the rim,
defined by angle  with vertical, relative to the ground will be P 
1 
(A) v cos   
2 
1 
(B) 2v cos   
2 
1 
(C) v sin   
2 
(D) v sin   
17. Two sources S1 and S2 emitting coherent light waves of

P
wavelength in the same phase are situated as shown.
The minimum distance OP, so that the light intensity
detected at P is equal to that at O is(D>> ) S1 S2
O
(A) D 2 2 D
(B) D/2
(C) D 3
(D) D/ 3 screen
18. Truth table for system of four NAND A

gates as shown in figure is :
Y
(A) A B Y (B) A B Y
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1 0 1
1 1 0 1 1 1

(C) A B Y (D) A B Y
0 0 1 0 0 1
0 1 1 0 1 0
1 0 0 1 0 0
1 1 0 1 1 1
19. The activity of a sample of radioactive material depends on

(A) its temperature
(B) its chemical composition
(C) number of atoms present
(D) all of these factors
20. A charged particle enters in uniform magnetic field with velocity at an angle of 45° with magnetic
field. The pitch of the helical path followed by the particle is P. The radius of the helix will be
P
(A)
2
(B) 2P
P
(C)
2
2P
(D)

SECTION – B
21. The near vision of an average person is 25 cm. To view an object with an angular magnification
of 10 the power of the microscope is k diopters. Find the value of k.
22. In a uniform gravitational field g, which is acting vertically downward, a ball is thrown at an angle
with horizontal such that the initial (immediately after projection) radius of curvature is 8 times the
minimum radius of curvature. If angle of projection is 15, then find the value of .
23. The minimum force required along the plane to start pushing a body up a rough (frictional
coefficient  ) inclined plane is F1 while the maximum force along the plane needed to prevent it
from sliding down is F2 . If the inclined plane makes an angle  from the horizontal such that
tan   2 , then the ratio F1 / F2 is
24. A 3 kg sphere makes a perfectly inelastic head-on collision with a second sphere initially at rest.
The composite system moves with a speed equal to one third of the original speed of the 3 kg
sphere. Find ratio of initial and final kinetic energy of system.
25. A series combination of n1 capacitors, each of value C1 , is charged by a source of potential

difference 4V. When another parallel combination of n2 capacitors, each of value C2 , is charged
by a source of potential difference V, it has the same (total energy) stored in it as the first
kC1
combination has. The value of C2 in terms of C1 , is . Find the value of k.
n1n2

26. The length of a cylinder is measured with a metre rod having least count of 0.1 cm. Its diameter is
measured with a Vernier Callipers with Vernier constant 0.01 cm. Given that the length of the
cylinder is 5.0 cm and its radius is 2.00 cm. The percentage error in the calculated volume is x.
find x
27. Water is boiled in a rectangular steel tank of thickness 2 cm by a constant temperature furnance.
Due to vaporization, water level falls at a steady rate of 1 cm in 9 minutes. If the temperature of
furnace is n x 220C. Find n. Given K for steel = 0.2cgs units,
Lvapour = 540 Cal/gm.
1
28. A series L – R a.c circuit with power factor has source voltage 8V. What is the peak voltage
2
(in V) across the inductor?
29. One kg of a diatomic gas is at a pressure of 8  104 N / m2 . The density of the gas is 4kg / m3 .
The energy of the gas due to its thermal motion is p  104 J . Find p. (neglect vibrational energy)
30. A cubical block is floating in a liquid with half of its volume immersed in the liquid. When the
whole system accelerates upward with a net acceleration of g/2, then find the fraction of volume
immersed in the liquid.

SECTION – A
31. The element with atomic number 56 belongs to

(A) s-Block element
(B) p-Block element
(C) d-Block element
(D) f-Block element
32. Which of the following is yellow colour sulphide?

(A) ZnS
(B) HgS
(C) CdS
(D) Bi2 S3
33. Major product obtained in the following reaction

O
C NH
H5C2 CH3

Br2 /FeBr3

(A) O
C NH
H5C2 CH3
Br
(B) O
C NH
H3C C2H5
Br
(C) O
HN C
H3C C2H5
Br

(D) O
C NH
H5C2 CH3
Br
34. Major product obtained in given reaction is

O
H 
NaBH4

EtOH
(A) OH
(B)
O Et
(C) O
(D)
OH
35. Which of the following alcohol will be oxidized to acid using Br2 / KOH , followed by work up?
(A) CH3  OH
(B) CH3
HC OH
(C) H2C CH2OH
(D) HO CH3

1
36. If the uncertainty in position is th of uncertainty in momentum then the minimum value of
4
uncertainty in velocity will be
h
(A)
2
1 h
(B)
m 2
1 h
(C)
m 
h
(D)

37. A 100 ml solution is prepared by using x ml 0.2 M NaOH and rest 0.1 M H2SO4, what will be the
value of x among the following option in which maximum rise in temperature observe
(A) 30 ml
(B) 70 ml
(C) 40 ml
(D) 49 ml
38. For a reaction,

A  2B  4C
d B 
 K  A  B 
2

dt
d  C
The expression for will be
dt
2K  A B 
2
(A)
K  A  B
2
(B)
1
K A  B
2
(C)
2
2K  A  B 
2
(D)
39. The linear molecule is/are

(I) SnCl2 (II) NCO 
(III) NO 2 (IV) N3
(A) I, II & III
(B) I & IV
(C) II & IV
(D) All of these
40. Which of the following substrate has highest rate for SN1 reaction?
(A) Cl
(B) Cl
(C)
Cl
(D) Cl

41. The common ion effect shown by

(A) NaCl + NaOH
(B) KCl + HCl
(C) H2O + HCl
(D) BaCl2 + Ba(NO3)2
42. The correct order of relative acidic strength is

(A) CH3 COOH HCN H2 O C2 H5 OH
(B) CH3 COOH H2 O C2 H5 OH HCN
(C) HCN CH3 COOH H2 O C2 H5 OH
(D) C2H5 OH  HCN  CH3 COOH  H2 O
43. If an ideal gas is expanded at constant temperature

(I) The pressure of the gas decreases
(II) Average kinetic energy of the gas decreases
(III) Average kinetic energy of the gas remains same
(IV) The number of molecule of the gas increases
(A) I & II are correct statements
(B) II & III are correct statements
(C) II & IV are incorrect statements
(D) I, II & IV are correct statements
44. For As2S3 colloids, which of the following ion will have highest coagulating power?
(A) Mg2
(B) SO 24
(C) PO34
(D) Al3
45. The product obtained when calcium carbide is strongly heated with N2 is
(I) Ca(CN)2 (II) CaCN2 (III) C (IV) Ca3N2
(A) I & II
(B) II & III
(C) I & IV
(D) II only
46. The basic strength order for alkali metal oxide is

(A) Rb2O K 2O Li2O Na2O
(B) Li2O  Na2O  K 2O  Rb2O
(C) Li2O  Na2O  K 2O  Rb 2O
(D) Li2O Na2O K 2O Rb2O
47. Transition metal with highest melting point among the following is
(A) Fe
(B) Mo
(C) Cr
(D) Ru
48. In which of the following ores calcium is not present?

(A) Dolomite
(B) Bauxite
(C) Gypsum
(D) Calcite

49. The drug which is used to relieve pain

(A) Antipyretic
(B) Antiallergic
(C) Antiseptic
(D) Analgesic
50. The V2 O5 is used as a catalyst in

(A) Contact process
(B) Deacon’s process
(C) Wacker process
(D) Ziegler –Natta polymerisation
SECTION – B
51. What will be the ratio of -bond to all p-d bond in SO3 is
52. How many of the following species will show tautomerism?
O O O O O O CH3
O CH3
O
O
H3C CH3 O
O N H N
OH
53. How many of the following structure of C6H6 have all 6 equivalent hydrogen
54. OH
20 ml, 0.1 M reacts with 20 ml, 0.025 M Ca(OH)2
COOH
Solution, what will be pH of final solution Given : K a1  105 , K a2  109 
55. If co-ordination number of [M2+] is four, how many moles of acetylacetonato anion per mole of
metal ion is/are needed to form stable complex

56. For a homogeneous gaseous reaction

A  2B 
 C  2D
2
Initial concentration of A is
times of B. When equilibrium is achieved concentration of A and B
3
becomes equal. The value of Kp is…….?
57. Total number of monobrominated product (including stereo isomer) is

Br2
hv

58. If the half of the face centered atoms are removed, from a ccp type structure. The approximate
void efficiency will be (nearest integer)
59. 2 Ampere current is passed into 36 g of pure H2O at room temperature. The time required (in
hour) for complete decomposition of H2O is (1F = 96500)
60. An ideal solution of x and y having vapour pressure in pure liquid state is 36 mm and 25 mm of
Hg respectively. If initially 1 mole of both x and y are present in the mixture, then find out the final
vapour pressure (in mm) of mixture, when 1 mole of mixture has been vapourised?

SECTION – A
61. If z1 is a root of the equation z5  z3  z  3  0 , then

(A) |z1| < 1
(B) |z1|  1
1
(C) z1 
2
1
(D) z1 
3
62. The equation e sin x  e  sin x  4k  0 will have exactly four distinct solutions in [0, 2] if
(A) k  R+
 1 
(B) k   , 0
 4 
(C) k   5,  4
(D) none of these
63. An ellipse whose focii are (2, 4) and (14, 9) and touches x-axis, then its eccentricity is
13
(A)
213
13
(B)
179
13
(C)
313
1
(D)
13
2
64. If the point (t, t ) lies inside the triangle formed by the lines 2x + 3y – 1 = 0, x + 2y – 3 = 0 and
5x – 6y – 1 = 0, then number of integral value of t is
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3
ln  x  ; x I
65. Let f  x    ; (where {x} is fractional part function), then the area enclosed by
 0 ; x I
curves
y = f(x), y = f(|x|), x  [–5, 0] and y = 0, is
e
(A) 5ln  
 2
(B) 0
(C) 5 ln 2
(D) 1

66. A dice is rolled 4 times, the numbers appearing on the dice in different throws are listed, such that
the largest number appearing in the list is not 4, in how many ways this can be done
(A) 175
(B) 625
(C) 1040
(D) 1121
67. If the quadratic equation ax 2 – bx + 12 = 0 where a, b are positive integers not exceeding 10 has
roots both greater than 2, then number of possible ordered pair (a, b) is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) 8
1 1 
68. Let f : R+  R be a function which satisfy f(x)f(y) = f(xy) + 2    1  x, y > 0, then the value
x y 
 1
of f   is
2
(A) –4
(B) 5
8
(C) 
3
(D) –5
   
69. If (sin )x2 – 2x + b – 2  0  x  (–, 1] and    0,   ,   , then the possible real value of
 2 2 
b is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
6
70. The number of terms in the expansion (a + b + c) which must contain non zero index (power) of
‘a’
(A) 15
(B) 21
(C) 6
(D) 12
m
p
71. If L  lim 2
, then the value of [L], where [.] denotes the greatest integer function
p 1 2p  m  m
m 
(A) 3
(B) 2
(C) 1
(D) none of these
72. Let ax + by = 40 is a chord of minimum length of the circle x 2 + y2 – 20x – 40y – 229 = 0 if chord
a
passes through (5, 15), then the value of is
b
(A) 4
(B) 1
(C) 13
(D) 17

73. Let g(x) be double differentiable function with continuous derivative, defined for x  [0, 1]
 
x
1   g  t    g  t  dt  0  x  [0, 1] such that g(0) = 0 = g(0), then
2
satisfying the equation
0
1
(A) g 1
2
1
(B) g 1 
2
(C) g(1) = 1
(D) none of these
5 4 3 2
74. The sum of real roots of the equation of the equation z – 5z + 9z – 9z + 5z – 1 = 0, is
(A) 5
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) 1
 3x  x 3   3
75. If f  x   tan1  2 
and g  x   x  3 , then number of real values satisfying the
 1  3x  8
equation f(x) – g(x) = 0
(A) 4
(B) 3
(C) 2
(D) 1
  1 xr 1    1 x 2r 2  3A  B
76. If A    dx  and B 
   dx  , then the value of

is
r 1  0 r  r 1  0 2r  1  B
(A) 0
3
(B)
2
(C) 5
(D) 4
77. While shuffling a pack of 52 playing cards. Unfortunately 4 cards are dropped on the ground it is
known that 2 out of 4 are spades. What is the probability that all dropped 4 are spades?
13
C2
(A) 39
C4
13
C2
(B) 52
C4
13
C2
(C) 39
C2
(D) none of these
78. The number of ways of selecting 4 letters from 3 ‘a’s, 4 ‘b’s and 5 ‘c’s is
8
C2
(A)
2
6
(B) C4
12
C4
(C)
3
3
(D) C2  4 C2  5C2

z
79. The equation of the common tangent to the curves  i  1 and |z – 1 – 3i| + |z + 1 – 3i| = 2 2
2
is
(A) z  z  4i
(B) z  z  8i
(C) zz 2
(D) zz  4
2  1
80. If the equation x + ( – 2)x = 3  x   has exactly three distinct real solutions, then which of
 3
the following value  can NOT take
(A) 1
(B) –3
(C) 3
(D) 7
SECTION – B
 2 4  
81. If   tan ,  tan ,  tan , then the value of is equal to
7 7 7   2
P1 P2  P2 P1  P1 P2  P1 P2
82. If P1 and P2 are two complex numbers, then the maximum value of is
P1 P2
equal to
a2   b  1   a  12    b  4   13 ,
2 2 2 2
83. If (a, b) satisfies the equation 5a – 12ab – 24 = 0 and
then a + b is equal to
84. For real value  let P() = 1 + cos  + i sin  – cos 2 – i sin 2 + cos 3 + i sin 3 when i  1
 3
and if number of value of ,   [0, 2) for which P() = 0 is k, then value of  k   is
 4
P
If P   C2  C2   C2 C2   C2 C2  .....   C2 C2 , then the value of 
3 4 5 42
85. is (where {.} is denote
10
fractional part function)
86. Distinct lines L1 and L2 lie in the xy plane intersect at (0, 0), point P(–1, 4) is reflected about the
line L1 to P and then P reflected about line L2 to P(4, 1) and if equation of L2 is ax + by = 0, then
b
the value of is
a
87. Let S is the set of all the polynomial P(x) = ax 3 + bx2 + cx + d, where a, b, c, d  {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9} if one polynomial P(x) is selected from the set S, then what is the probability that P(–1)
= –9

88. If line y = mx + 2 passes through no such (, )  I with   (0, 100] for all m such that
1  1
m   , a  . If maximum possible of m is k, then is
2  k
x3
cos2 x  cos x  e x cos x  e x 
89. If lim 2  L . When L is non-zero finite n  N, then the value of
x 0 xn
(nL) is
1
90. Each face of a cube is painted either red or blue each with probability , the colour of each face
2
is determined independently, if the probability that the painted cube can be placed on horizontal
1
surface so that the four vertical faces are all the same colour is P, then is
P

FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XV
JEE (Main)-2022
TEST DATE: 15-06-2022

SECTION – A
1. B
1
Sol. Given that, K  as2 or mv 2  as2
2
or mv 2  2as2 …(i)
d ds
Differentiating w.r.t time t,m. 2  2a.2s.
dt dt
ds
But, 
dt
d d
2m  4as or m  2as
dt dt
d
Now, m =tangential force = Ft
dt
Ft  2as …(ii)
2 2
m 2as
Centripetal force = Fr   …(iii)
R R
2
 2as2 
 2as 
2
F Ft2  Fr2   
 R
 
s2
 2as 1 
R2

AITS-FT-XV-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22 2
2. A
Sol. This error occur in all the instruments which utilizes screw or nut-bolt system
3. A
50  45  50  45 
Sol.  K  S 
5  2 
45  40  45  40 
 K  S 
8  2 
Hence S  340 C
4. A
Sol. Here, v  1.5ms1
dm dm
 5kgms 1,F   v  5  1.5  7.5N
dt dt
P  F  v  7.5  1.5  11.25W
5. A
2
h hc 2mc
Sol.  and 0  
2meV eV h
6. B
Sol. As, impulse received; u=0
As, J  9  0.02  m  V  0  9N
t=0 3kg
0.18
V  0.06m / sec
3
Velocity after 3 sec V   0.06 m / sec
3 sec V   0.06 m / sec
Now impulse received by second force
J  9  0.01  m  V   V  
V   0.03  0.06  0.03m / sec
Alternate solution
J = 9(0.02  0.01) = m(V0)
V = 3 cm/s
7. B
Sol. Taking torque about hinge: L/2 F
L
Mg  FL
2
L  mv 
mg  2   10L
2  10 
v = 2.5 m/sec
mg
8. C
d
Sol. e
dt

3 AITS-FT-XV-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/22
9. A
Sol. At P only vertical components of magnetic field will add up due to each wire.
P A a
3
3 d
a B
C B a
0L 1 3a
B net = 3   where d =
4 d 3 2
10. D
Sol.  BlV  B(2r) V
8BrV
I  .
R/4 R
P Q
    
R/2
R/4
  
R/2
     
11. B
N N
Sol. tan  
mg
5 N 
 35 cm
(35)2  (5)2 mg
5 cm mg
N
12. A
Sol. Due to 2i ( w1 ) A
B  C
o o
A'  B'   B  A  W1
 A
B dl  A'
B dl   B'
B dl  B
B dl  0 (2i) W2
2i i
  B 
 
A'
B dl  B dl (By symmetry)
B'
A
C
A'  0 2i B  A
 A
B dl 
2
  oi
  oi

A'
Similarly due to i(w 2 ) A B dl  in opposite sense hence
2
A'  i i
 A
B dl(Total   i 
2

2

13. B
Sol. Conceptual
14. C
r ,
Sol. Length of the arc  r 
3
r r r
Charge on the arc  
3 /3
kq
Potential at center 
r
1 r
  
4 0 3 r 12 0
15. C
Sol. The temperature of these objects being identical the cooling rate will depend upon surface area.
The circular pate has the largest area and hence will cool faster than cube and sphere, Sphere
having less surface area than a cube will cool at the lower rate
16. B
r
Sol. vp  v 2  v 2  2v 2 cos  (r = v)
P 
2v cos  v
 2v 1  cos   
2 
2
17. C
Sol. Referring to the figure, the path difference between
the two waves starting from S1 and S2 turns out to be P
(2 cos )  n where n is taken as 1 to get the point

of maximum intensity which is the same as a point O. S1 S2 O
Therefore, the above relation gives 2 D
cos   1/ 2 so that   60
and tan   PO / D  3, giving PO  D 3
screen
18. A
Sol.
A B Y Y1 Y2 Y
0 0 1 1 1 0
0 1 1 1 0 1
1 0 1 0 1 1
1 1 0 1 1 0
19. C
Sol. Radioactivity does not depend on physical and chemical factors
20. C
mv sin 
Sol. r
Bq

2m
T
Bq
x  V cos   T
SECTION – B
21. 00040.00
Sol. Here; D = 25 cm, angular magnification (M) = 10
D D 25cm
As M  , f    2.5 cm
f M 10
100
Power of the microscope, P   40 diopters
2.5cm
22. 00004.00
1 1
Sol. 8 3
cos  
cos  2
 = 60 = 15 =4
23. 00003.00
Sol. F1  mgsin   mgcos 
F2  mgsin   mgcos 
F1 Tan  
 3
F2 Tan  
24. 00003.00
v
Sol. As 3v   m  3    , m  6kg
3
1
 3  v2
k1 2
 3
k2 1 v2
9
2 9
25. 00016.00
1  C1  1
.    4V    n2C2  V 2
2
Sol.
2  n1  2
16C1
C2 
n1n2
26. 00003.00
Sol. v  r 2l
% error in V = % 2 x error in r + % 1 x error in l
 2  0.01 0.1 
   100  3%
 2 5 
27. 00005.00
Sol. Let A cm2 be the surface area of the bottom of the tank which is in contact with the furnace.
Volume of water evaporating in a time t (9 minute = 540 s)
= area x thickness of water layer= A x 1 = A cm 3

Mass of water evaporating in the time.

T = A x 1 = Ag
Amount of heat required to evaporate A g of water, i.e.,
Q = AL = A x 540 [as L, latent heat of steam = 540 cal/g]
= 540 A Cal …….(i)
Let T1 be the temperature of the furnace and T2 that of boiling water. Therefore,
T1  T2   T1  100 
Thickness of the tank, x = 2 cm
kA  T1  T2  t
As Q  …….. (ii)
x
From eqns. (i) and (ii)
kA  T1  T2  t
 540A or
x
540Ax 540x
 T1  T2   kAt  kt
540  2
or T1  100   10 or T1  100  10  1100 C
0.2  540
28. 00008.00
Sol.  VL rms  8
2
4 2
 VL peak 8
29. 00005.00
Sol. Energy of gas due to thermal motion is transitional and rotational
2  TKE 
Since P  
3  V 
3 3 Pm 3 8  10 4  1
TKE  PV     3  104 J
2 2 2 4
RKE  2  104 J
Total energy = 5  10 4 J
30. 00000.50
Sol. Conceptual

SECTION – A
31. A
Sol. 56 Ba is a s-Block element.
32. C
Sol. CdS is yellow in colour.
33. D
+
Sol. The ring attached with nitrogen has more electron density, so Br will come of para position of it.
34. D
Sol. H prefer direct attack on conjugated aldehyde.
35. B
OH
Sol. group will show haloform reaction.
CH CH3
36. C
h
Sol. x.p 
4
1 h
p  p 
4 4
h
p 

1 h
v 
m 
37. D
Sol. When x = 49 ml, maximum heat will be evolved as maximum neutralization occurs.
38. D
1 d B  1 d C
Sol. Rate   
2 dt 4 dt
d B  1 d C
 K  A  B 
2
 
dt 2 dt
d C
 2K  A  B 
2
dt
39. C
Sol. II, III & IV are linear
 
NCO ONO NNN
Sn is bent
Cl Cl

40. A
Cl
Sol.
will form most stable cation (allylic cation with tertiary at one end)
41. C
Sol. Common ion effect is observed in a mixture of strong and weak electrolyte having common ion.
42. A
Sol. Order of stability of conjugate base
CH3 COO CN OH C2H5 O 
43. C
Sol. Average kinetic energy of ideal gas is the function of temperature only.
44. D
Sol. As2S3 is a negatively charged sol, therefore ion with higher positive charge has higher
coagulating power
45. B

Sol. CaC2  N2   CaCN2  C
46. C
Sol. Basic strength of alkali metal oxide increases down the group
47. B
Sol. Conceptual
48. B
Sol. Bauxite is an ore of Al
49. D
Sol. Analgesic drug is used to reduce the pain
50. A
Sol. V2O5 is used as catalyst for preparation of H2SO4 in contact process.
SECTION – B
51. 00001.50
Sol. O
S
O O
-bond = 3
p – d= 2
p – p = 1
52. 00002.00
Sol. Only these two will show tautomerism
O O
O
N
OH

53. 00002.00
Sol. H H H
H H
and
H
H H H
H
H H
Has 6-H equivalent.
54. 00005.00
Sol.
2 HO COOH Ca(OH)2  HO COO Ca  2H2 O
2
Initial 2 m moles 0.5mmoles 0 0

1 m mole
After complete reaction 0 0.5m moles
This is a buffer solution
pH = pKa + log
conjugatebase
acid
1
= 5 + log
1
= pH = 5
55. 00002.00
Sol. Acetylacetonato anion is bidentate ligand, so two moles are needed
-
O O
H3C CH3
CH
56. 00004.00
Sol. A 2B  
 C  2D
3
x x 0 0
2
3
At eq. x  y x  2y y 2y
2
According to question at equilibrium
3
x  y  x  2y
2
x
y
2
y   2y 
2
Kp 
3 
 x  y  x  2y 
 2 

x
 x2
 2 4
2
 x  3 
 x  2  2 x  x 
  
57. 00003.00
Sol.
Br
Br
Br
58. 00054.00
Sol. P. E of ccp is 74%
After removing half of the face centre of atom
3
4
% P.E  2  74  46.25
4
void efficiency =100 – 46.25 = 53.75 54 %
59. 00053.61
36
Sol. Number of mole of H2O = 2
18
2H2O 
 2H2  O2
Number of e involved = 4
4  96500  2  time
time  2  96500 sec  1.93  105 sec  53.61 hrs
60. 00030.00
Sol. Pfinal  Pxo  Pyo
= 30 mm

SECTION – A
61. B
5 3
Sol. If |z1| < 1 z1  z1  z1  3
So, contradiction 3 < 3
62. D
Sol. t  e sin x , t  [1, e]
63. C
Sol. 2ae = 13, a2(e2 – 1) = 36
64. A
 3  1 
Sol. t    ,  1  , 1
 2  2 
65. A
0
e
Sol. 10  ln  x  1 dx  5ln  
1 2

2
66. D
Sol. 64 – (44 – 34) = 1121
67. A
b 2
Sol. 2 , b  48a, 2a – b + 12 > 0
2a
(a, b) (1, 7)
68. C
Sol. x = 1, y = 1, f(1) = –2, 3
2  2x  1  1 8
f  x  f(1) = –2, f    
x  f 1  1
   2 3
69. D
2
Sol. min((sin )x – 2x – b – 2) must be greater than zero but minimum is at x = 1
b4
70. B
7
Sol. C2  21
71. D
1
Sol. L
2
72. B
a
Sol.   1 a = b, 5a + 15b = 40 a=b=2
b

73. B
2
x x
Sol. g(x) = 2sin2   
 2 2
74. B
Sol. (z – 1)5 = z2(z – 1) = 0 (z – 1)(z2 – 3z + 1)(z2 – z + 1) = 0
75. B
Sol. By the graph number of point of intersection will be 3
76. D
 
1 1
Sol. A 2
, B
r 1 r r 1  2r  12
77. D
13
C4
Sol. P E   13 35 13 39 13
C2 C2  C3 C1  C4
78. A
Sol. Coefficient of x4 I (1 – x)4(1 – x5)(1 – x6)(1 – x)–3 = 6 C4  1  14
79. B
Sol. Common point of contact is (0, 4)
80. A
Sol. Either ( – 5)2 > 4 and ( + 1)2 = 4 or ( – 5)2 = 4 and ( + 1)2 > 4
SECTION – B
81. 00000.14
Sol. 2, 2, 2 are roots of the equation t3 – 21t2 + 35t – 7 = 0
82. 00004.00
Sol. Re(z)  |z|
83. 00001.83
5 1
Sol. b a 1 a = 2, b  
12 6
84. 00000.75
Sol. k=0
85. 00000.40
Sol. p = (40)4 – 5(40)2 + 4
86. 00001.50
Sol. L2 2x – 3y = 0
87. 00000.02
Sol. –a + b – c + d = 9 (9 – a) + b + (9 – c) + d = 9 so number of such P(x) = 12C3

88. 00001.98
50
Sol. m
99
89. 00002.00
1
Sol. L  ,n  4
2
90. 00003.20
6 20 5
Sol. n(S) = 2 P 6
 n(E) = 20
2 16


Aits 2122

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aits 2122

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FIITJEE

ALL INDIA TEST SERIES

 The test consists of total 90 questions.

 Each subject (PCM) has 30 questions.

 This question paper contains Three Parts.

 Part-A is Physics, Part-B is Chemistry and Part-C is Mathematics.

 Each part has only two sections: Section-A and Section-B.

 Section – A : Attempt all questions.

 Section – B : Do any five questions out of 10 Questions.

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

1. A simple pendulum of length ‘’ is attached to a point in a horizontal roof

2. A uniform rope of mass m and length ‘’ lies on a y

4. In the mass pulley system shown in the figure, y

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

5. The system is held with the spring at its relaxed length A

6. One end of a light string is tied to a bob and other end is P 

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

8. PQR is a plane lamina of the shape of an equilateral triangle. P

9. A rod of length ‘R’ and mass ‘M’ is free to rotate about a

10. A particle of mass m collides elastically with a smooth horizontal m

11. A ball is projected from ground with some initial speed at an

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

12. A particle is thrown with a velocity 10 m/s with respect to a

(A) sec 30

13. For a thin non-uniform disc of radius R, whose area density of

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

15. Two vertical strings support a uniform rod AB

17. A projectile is launched at an angle ‘’ above the horizontal of a roof of

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

21. The system is released from rest and the wedge P

23. A wheel rolls on a plane surface without slipping. At a certain A

27. Block ‘B’ is pulled by using a light string, F

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

29. A block of mass 1 kg is slowly pulled along the curved C

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

32. K 2Cr2 O7  HCl  xKCl  yCrCl3  zCl2  wH2 O

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

35. 2SO3  g  

36. Choose the correct statement about saline hydrides

38. The correct order of IE1 values of Group (13) elements is

40. Which of the following statement is incorrect?

41. Which of the following represents the amphoteric oxides only?

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

43. Consider the following reaction at equilibrium

45. Consider the following mechanism

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

 120o C Very strong heating

48. Choose the correct order of thermal stability

49. Choose the incorrect statement of the following

50. Which of the following is not paramagnetic?

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

53. The number of water molecules of crystallization present in Na2B4 O7 .10H2O is

58. C2H5 OH  I2  OH  CHI3  HCOO   H2O  I

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

60. At 900 K and 1 atm SO3 (g) dissociates as follows

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

74. The Boolean expression (p  ~q)  q  (~p  q) is equivalent to

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2

f(0) = 1. Then the maximum value of f(x) is

FIITJEE L t d ., F IIT J E E House, 2 9-A, K a l u S a r a i, S a r v a p r iy a Vi h a r , New De l h i -1 1 0 0 1 6, Ph 4 6 1 0 6 0 0 0, 2 6 5 6 9 4 9 3 , F a x 2 6 5 1 3 9 4 2